MEETING OF JOINT COUNCILS              1891


New Church Life

Vol. XI.     PHILADELPHIA, JANUARY, 1891=121. No. 1.

     [Address all contributions for this department to the Rev. L. G. Jordan, Secretary, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]
                    Wednesday, November 12th.
     ON the day preceding the opening of the General Meeting, a Joint Councils Meeting was held, at which the relation of the General Church of Pennsylvania to the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America was discussed, and as some of the things said were not brought forward in the same form at the General Meeting, it has been decided to publish the discussion.
     The subject was introduced by the reading of the following letter which had been sent to the Council of the Laity.

     FROM THE COUNCIL OF THE CLERGY TO THE COUNCIL OF THE LAITY.

"DR. G. R. STARKEY,
     "Secretary council of the Laity, General Church of Pennsylvania.
     "DEAR SIR:- At a meeting of the Council of the Clergy of the General Church of Pennsylvania, held on the 6th instant, it was agreed that the opinions of the Council on the relation of the General Church to the General Convention be transmitted to the Council of the Laity in preparation for a full discussion of the subject at the approaching meeting of the Joint Council at Pittsburgh.
     "Attention was called by Bishop Benade to the Statement and Resolution No. 56, Journal of last year, and that Statement and Resolution are made a part of this presentation of the subject.

     MINUTE 56, JOURNAL 64TH MEETING GENERAL CHURCH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

     The Rev. John Whitehead offered the following 'Statement and Resolution':
     "'Statement: The Constitution of the General convention gives the Association the right to enjoin a minister from the exercise of his functions within its own limits. Acting under this law, the General Church of Pennsylvania enjoined the Rev. L. H. Tafel.
     "'The General Convention, at its last meeting, held in Washington, passed a resolution which implied censure of the General Church of Pennsylvania for this act, and this, in the face of a report of the General Council declaring that a thorough investigation of the case in all its details of fact and principle was hardly practicable, and not likely to lead to the best results.
     "'Thus the Convention acted without any attempt at investigation, - and without any knowledge of the facts of the case, except from the biased statements of the enjoined minister and his adherents.
     "'The Convention and the General Council in the various proceedings" bearing on this matter acted contrary to the plain letter of the Constitution and to the act of Incorporation, which required that the General Council shall be governed by the Constitution.
     "'The Divine Law of the Church teaches that to act according to the law is to act from good, and to act contrary to the law is to act from evil, as may appear from n. 4444 of the Arcana Coelestia.
     "'The General Church of Pennsylvania in its proceedings, has acted in conformity with the plain provisions of the Constitution of the Convention and of the Divine Law of the Church given in the Heavenly Doctrines; but the Convention has acted contrary to Its own laws and to common practice.
     "'In view of these facts, be it
     "'Resolved, That the acts of the General Convention, enumerated above, merit and receive our condemnation; and that we deplore the lack of charity, of common justice, and of equity manifested by the majority in Convention.'"

     "It was pointed out by one speaker that the logical sequence of the Resolution would be another, severing connection with the Convention, and any stranger hearing it for the first time would expect such a resolution to follow. Finally it, was agreed that the proceedings last year were in the nature of preparation for separation, which latter, however, was not to be effected till one more opportunity had been given the Convention to take the proper steps to right its wrongful action and attitude toward the General Church and the principles advocated and represented by it. In answer to questions on the point, Bishop Benade showed that the origin a idea of Convention was of a National Church performing the uses of a larger body and of which the smaller bodies would be members. On this basis a compromise Constitution was adopted, but the Convention has not carried out the idea. Their breaking of the compact affords the best ground for severance of the relation to Convention. Such violation of the compact is in several forms and instances. The Trine in the Ministry was held to by us, but repudiated by others, and as a compromise nothing was said about it in the Constitution, thus leaving it a matter with which Convention had no right to interfere. It was a breaking of the compact for Convention to interfere in the matter of the consecration of Mr. Pendleton because the whole matter was ignored by its Constitution. Again, though the Constitution requires us to make a report, the Convention refused to receive the one we presented. Reports are properly statements of the opinions and doings of the reporting body and to throw ours out was a breach of good faith. So in the case of the injunction there was another breach of the compact and of good faith. By this action they have separated themselves from us and there is no sense in keeping up appearance of union.
     "The point that the separation already exists, and by the act of the Convention itself, was regarded as of vital importance.
     "It was also suggested that the state of prejudice in the Convention against anything emanating from the General Church is such that even if there were common ground with some in that body it is beyond ordinary sagacity to so present principles we believe in as to have them and ourselves understood and that therefore it is practically impossible to get a hearing.
     "We condemned their action last year, have given them opportunity to repent, and they have not availed themselves of it but actually aggravated the offense.
     "For thirteen years efforts to co-operate have been tried but without success. We presented the photo-lithographing use as a common one and they do nothing about it.
     "There is denial of the Writings as the Divine Human, and this is at the bottom of all the disorder in the Convention. This is the serious ground of difference, and shows that we can no more make one Church with the most of Convention than could the believers in the truths of the Old Testament, who denied the LORD, be accepted as of one Church with the Christians who accepted Him as God alone.
     "Hoping that this statement may be a means to our better understanding of our duty in the matter,
     "For the Council,
          "L. G. JORDAN, Secretary.
     "November 7th, 189O=121."

     DISCUSSING THE LETTER.

     The Bishop:-"We do not need to put it in the form of a specific resolution. The reasons have been stated for a movement for severance. That is the question before us."
     Rev. W. H. Adam asked whether the action of the last annual meeting is to be considered in connection with the present question.
     The Bishop:-"That action is connected with it."
     Mr. Pitcairn suggested that this consideration is really a continuation of that of the last meeting.
     Rev. N. D. Pendleton asked whether it would be in order for those members of the Council of the Clergy who had not been present at the last meeting of the Council to now express their views on the general subject.
     The Bishop stated that it would be in order.
     Mr. Pendleton then declared his full agreement with the statement from the Council of the Clergy which had been read.
     Mr. Adam also indorsed the statement.
     Rev. Ellis I. Kirk concurred in the conclusions of the Council.
     Rev. John Whitehead could not yet say that he had come to that conclusion. He could not say that he was fully ready to enter on the discussion. He thought it would be well to discuss the question further in the Council of the Clergy. He condemned the action of the Convention, but had not yet seen reason to change his view of last year as to the attitude to assume. He thought another step should be taken. The great burden of complaint in the Convention was that we did not come to them in the right way. We ought now to go over the whole ground and state the matter in such form that Convention would be compelled to give a categorical answer to us, so as to make it plain, that they take the initiative.
     The Secretary called attention to the fact that it was not only the form but the substance of our complaint that was objected to.
     Mr. Whitehead said that the Chairman's ruling at Convention was not a formal objection, but as a side remark.
     The Secretary then read from the report of the proceedings, showing that the ruling was deliberate and actually that of the Convention inasmuch as no one opposed it.

     "Chairman:-'Do not arraign the Convention.'

     *     *     *     *     *

     "Chairman:-'It is out of order. You are entirely out of order. You are going on to arraign the Convention.'
     "Mr. Jordan:-'I will not appeal from the decision of the Chair. It is not the form, it is the substance that the Chair Objects to. . .'
     "Chairman:-'We object to both substance and form."

     The Bishop:-"Are we prepared to submit to similar treatment?"

     CONVENTION'S DENIAL OF THE DIVINE HUMAN.

     Mr. Burnham said that particulars call attention to special states, and serve to confuse if too much dwelt upon. Certain things stated have called our attention to a state of the Convention. They are all summed up in the closing part of the statement which has been read. (The part relating to the denial of the Divine Human of the LORD by Convention was again read.) "If that statement is true, and I think no one here is prepared to deny it, we can decide the question at once. If that is the state of the Convention no memorial, no report we could make would be accepted. If the charge is true there is sufficient reason why we should leave the Convention. If one is a member of the General Convention and of the General Church and of the Immanuel Church, would he not have to give his allegiance first to the larger body? But he cannot do this because he cannot recognize the body which should be the head. To attempt to maintain such a divided allegiance injures the Convention, and it injures us, and it injures every component part of the Convention. From that general state of denial of the LORD'S Divine Human all the particulars of the actions complained of, must flow."
     The Bishop:-"We owe allegiance to the LORD."
     Rev. E. J. E. Schreck:-"The Doctrine of charity determines the question. We owe allegiance not to the body but to the charity in the body. If the good of charity is not in the Convention we do not owe allegiance to it."
     Rev. A. Czerny:-"Last year when the question was before us some expressed the opinion that we should separate. I was not then in favor of doing so, on the ground that the angels do not leave any one but men go away from the angels. The occurrences of the last year show that the Convention has separated from us. They do not believe the Writings as we do; they believe them to be the writings of Swedenborg. I agree fully with the Council of the Clergy."
     The Bishop:-"We have put in our statement the fact that the Convention has separated from us."
     Mr. Czerny:-"Only those constitute the Church who receive the Writings as a Revelation."

     CONVENTION HAS LEFT THE NEW CHURCH.

     Rev. N. D. Pendleton:-"It is clearer than ever that it is a question of the LORD'S New Church on earth and of belief in His Writings. This body known as the General Convention does not stand as a church before the LORD. They do not recognize the Writings as the glorified form of the LORD. They have not merely separated from us or from any body, but have put themselves out of the Church. It may be a question how many of them deny the LORD in the Writings. There may be many of them who do not deny, but I believe that such denial has been adopted as a principle in the Convention. I am convinced that we are not here to discuss how the President ruled, but the relation of the Convention to the LORD'S Church."
     Mr. Acton:-"What is it that can alone hold Newchurchmen together but doctrine? Convention is held together by compromise. That cannot constitute a body as a man. If we were part of the Convention as a man they would perform certain uses to us which they do not do, and we should perform uses to them which we cannot. The bond that holds us together is a merely external bond. It is better to have a straightforward understanding and not to attempt compromises."
     The Bishop:-"We do not wish to continue a compromise with such a shaky body-a body that has the rickets."
     Mr. Schreck:-"Is it a continuance of the compromise after they have so frequently broken it?"
     The Bishop:-"Mr. Pendleton is right. They have separated from the Church."
     Bishop Pendleton:-"Yes they have separated from the Church."

     IS CONVENTION IN THIS STATE?

     Mr. Albert H. Childs:-"I must confess that I have been taken by surprise. I knew of the discussion of this question last year. I read the report of the meeting. After Mr. Whitehead came home the matter was brought up in our men's meeting at home. The pastor gave his views of the disorder in Convention, and thought that we ought to bring them into order. I regarded it as settled for the present, that it was right that we should continue the relation and try to be harmonious. Then we received the minutes of the Council of the Clergy. I did not know what to say. Is this to be rushed through? When I found that the clergy had gone in this direction I thought that even if they had found reason for it it had come to them quite suddenly. I do not defend the Convention. Still, it does not seem to me that the wrong can be all on one side. We should make an effort to continue in charity. I do not believe that because they do not agree with the General Church it is a reason for separation. The Church is in its infancy. Certain principles which are essential I believe are received by all. I cannot believe that the statement before us [that they deny the LORD] is true."
     The Bishop:-"We mean the LORD in His Second Coming."
     Mr. Albert H. Childs (continuing):-"Not that it is such a denial as to justify our cutting loose and separating from them. There should be a general body and one under which we can act freely. I think an intelligent stranger would not expect Mr. Whitehead's resolution to be followed by one of severance, but one to harmonize. I think if the General Church should rush this through it would separate from many who could not go along. I would urge that the Church do not act in a hasty manner, but try to do something to make us in harmony with our brothers in the Church. I do not mean that the Convention is the best form, but we ought to have something that will bring us into harmony. We are not working for a minute, but for eternity. We should not act from resentment or offended dignity. I believe there are more things which might be said to bring us together. I am afraid the desire to separate has grown up, and that this makes even the Doctrines to favor it. I hope that a memorial, not in arrangement, but in a proper form, may be tried. There is a great deal in the method followed."
     Mr. R. M. Glenn:-"Mr. Childs looks at the question from the wrong side. He speaks of our secession, forgetting that the separation is accomplished. The position of Mr. Pendleton and the other ministers is that it exists. Now, the Convention requires us to report. Our report was not accepted. In a certain sense we have been kicked out. I doubt if a memorial would be received as well as the report. It is proper to report. It is our duty to report, no matter what the evils are that are among us. The Convention is to receive the report and deal with the evils. The throwing out of our report is the throwing out of the body. I do not see how it is possible to go to Convention with a memorial or in any other way till the Convention takes action to show that it does not stand by the wrongs it has committed. The Convention has made the separation."
     Mr. Albert H. Childs:-"I don't believe the Convention intended that. But that will be as good an excuse as any. If we want to heal the breach we should try to do it. I don't suppose they are any further away than for forty years past, it is going away for their action at one time. The case is not as serious as some believe. Some take up the idea and they are followed by others. Now, if throwing out the report does throw out the body I did not hear it until lately. It is making it too serious to treat it in that way. If the Convention intended that, it could have done it in a way not to be misunderstood."

3




     Mr. Jacob Schoenberger:-"I think that if it can be clearly stated that the Convention does not believe in the Second Coming of the LORD that is sufficient to separate us. I would be sorry to look up to a Convention which denies that. If the statement can be proven we should separate, and the sooner the better. As long as we remain in it we are part of a disorderly body. The Convention should not be in a position to be accused of being a disorderly body, and this body the head of the New Church. It is a question of how much use there is between us. It seems that the Convention is closed against the General Church, and there is no benefit from us to them or from them to us. The General Convention is prejudiced against the General Church of Pennsylvania. While that state exists it is of no use to be a member any longer. We can perform the true use of a Church better not to be guided by any outside body but ourselves. I believe that the New Church has just started now in the General Church of Pennsylvania. Convention was only a forerunner of the Church."

     IS THE PROPOSED ACTION HASTY?

     Mr. G. A. Macbeth.-"There seems to be an idea in Mr. Childs's mind as of a somewhat hasty action. That is not justified by the facts. I think if a mistake has been made at all it was in agreeing to a compromise Constitution. The present state of affairs is orderly progression. If we say two times two are four and they say two times two are three and a half, we have no option. Now, I would call attention to the original letter on this subject (referring to his letter published in Journal 64th annual meeting). We talked that over very thoughtfully. Many were not up to that point. In conversation since, nearly everybody came to the conclusion that the Convention had separated from us. I am the only layman who was at Detroit and Boston and Washington. The action at Detroit plumped it to me at once, 'What is the use of fooling with this Convention.' You have now come to what was my position then. It has been conciliation for forty years. Conciliation, conciliation, conciliation. We ought to see now if we could get there. We have gone on deliberating and the General Convention is satisfied. There has been no single act without due and careful consideration. The historicals will bear us out. Pennsylvania has been as conciliating as possible in every matter. We cannot alter the truth, and if we adopt a resolution to do so we cannot alter it. We have stood a long time in coming to this conclusion."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"Last year I was opposed to severing connection with the Convention. I had much the same view at that time as has been expressed by my brother. But General Church of Pennsylvania would do better work if separated from the Convention. I also believe that the New Church has, pre-eminently, begun as an organized body in the General Church of Pennsylvania.
      "It may be difficult to prove to a person not open to conviction that the Convention denies the Divine Human in the Writings. It is not clear to my brother that the time has come to do what is proposed, but I would suggest that he, and no doubt many others in the General Church, might be convinced, and also that many in the Convention are capable of being led to see the truth and away from those who are now leading them. Now if there is a way to convince them I should like to know it. Possibly it might be well to remain awhile longer in the Convention to force its leaders to show where they stand."
     The Bishop:-"This involves what shall -help the Convention on the doctrine of charity. Supposing a member of the Old Church had received the Doctrines of the New Church, would he help the Old Church by going in or staying out? Is it not of charity to separate where you cannot work together? Some of us have been, for forty years, in a chronic state of hopelessness. We have failed because we met with obstacles. The Academy's existence is owing to that very thing. It was a modus vivendi. We established a body to act in freedom according to reason, we tried to find a way to continue profitably with them. Instead of succeeding we are further apart. We have no better Convention than forty years ago. We must give up the idea of the Convention as a Church."
     Mr. Albert Childs:-"It is very different from what I have thought if that is so. I have not so understood. You compare them with the Old Church, but there are the varieties of the New Church spoken of in the Writings."
     The Bishop:-" We do not admit the variety."
     Mr. Childs (continuing):-"I understood it so. If you can prove the denial of the Writings that would have been sufficient. But if I am not mistaken, there is at the head of the Messenger, or was the last time I noticed it (I confess-I have not read it much, and it may have been changed) a statement of belief in the Second Coming of the LORD. As to this movement being sudden it is so to me. Last year we had the idea of continuing indefinitely. Last Saturday I received the first notice of any change in that determination. It seems to me too hasty. It appears to me to be wrong. There are some of us who cannot do this yet. It will leave us stranded highs and dry. Why should you go away and leave us? Our Church will be lost, Convention will be lost. We can't go with any people. What will we do."

     THE REPRESENTATION OF MOSES.

     Mr. Whitehead:-"The Divine Human is the essential of the subject. All the rest is merely nothing. That is the point we ought to come to. The miserable state of the Convention has appeared to me more and more in the last few years. No doubt the Bishop sees more, and is thoroughly convinced of its rottenness. But the matter should be examined from the Word. I have been so considering it, especially from the case of the Sons of Israel. Moses represents the Divine Truth revealed for the leading out of Egypt. There was a mixed multitude. There were rebellions and rejections. These were subdued one after the other. I believe the position of the General Church is just that of Moses. The teaching of the Bishop has been that it is this which is to bring the simple out from the Old Church as well. In the application to the Church it seems as if it would involve separation even from the simple good. Then there are some other phases which seem to show that we ought to stand there as a centre. But we are not yet in that condition, we are only working toward it. The people were making the golden calf while Moses went up to receive the Ten Commandments. This represents their being in externals. Those who oppose the authority of the Writings are in the externals, but in that only for the time. The history seems to indicate that they will be almost separated. Moses took the tent out of the camp and set it in a new place. I have a strong feeling that the General Church will come to that. The state of the Convention seems to be almost full. They say it is a matter of interpretation, and pass on without hearing, because it is a matter of interpretation. This is, at present, a denial of the Writings. Now, Moses reduced the different states to order. The rebels, like Nadab and Abihu, were killed, and so the leaders of the Convention must go down if they oppose the LORD in the Writings. But I have a strong conviction from the teachings of the Bishop that there I should be a general body of the Church."
     (Voices:-"Yes, the Church.")
     "There is no question of that, I do not believe that the Convention is organized according to order. In the history of the Apocalypse there is a description of the disorderly states. In the Apocalypse Revealed it is applied, more to the Old Church than to the New, but in the Apocalypse Explained in reference to any Church. It is shown that the war between Michael and the Dragon was in heaven-that is, when it is in the New Church. The Dragon was cast down by conflict. If the Church comes into conflict, false states will be cast out, as sometimes in the history, we may be separate, but unity will come afterward. There should be one body. I have not given such attention to the-study of the varieties of the Church as to know that the varieties will be distinct Churches. I have supposed that all Newchurchmen band together to carry on general uses. The Ancient I Church was divided into nations. Perhaps it will not be so in the New Church. It seems to me that the way we are going on there will be more disorder. They are not varieties now, but diversities. Varieties can be harmonized. Diversities cannot. There are great diversities in the New Church now. It brings what is heterogeneous together on the same plane. I believe the heads of the Church ought to get together. I am not prepared to say as yet that we ought to take the final step of separation."

     THE TIME FOR SEPARATION HAS COME.

     Mr. John Pitcairn:-" Ever since the present Constitution of the General Convention was adopted (and even while it was being considered) I have been convinced that separation would come sooner or later. I happened to be a member of the Committee that was appointed to frame the compromise Constitution under which we are working. In that Committee, which was a representative one, the negative attitude of the leaders of the Convention toward the Doctrines was evident. The Constitution was adopted and it has satisfied nobody, The reasons given by Mr. Whitehead, in his reference to Moses, seem to show the necessity for separation. Where is Moses in the New Church? Does the Convention acknowledge Moses? The Constitution of the General Convention, as has been said, is a compromise instrument.

4



The little of the law drawn from the Writings which we find in it is there owing to the efforts of the members of this body. Parliamentary law and the forms of a vastated Church played too large a part in the framing of it. When the children of Israel rebelled against Moses, who represented the law, did he compromise? Let the daily lessons we have been reading according to the Calendar, answer. Happily Moses, representing the Divine Law as given in the Writings for the New Church, is acknowledged in the General Church of Pennsylvania. We have endeavored to frame our Instrument of Organization solely from those Writings, which we believe to be the LORD in His Second Advent.
     "The time for separation has come now. I had a doubt whether it would not be better to wait another year; but the more I think of it the more I come to the conclusion that it would be useless. When we separate we shall be a body that is founded on the LORD'S Revelation in His Second Coming. There will be in the world a rallying point for all in the New Church who acknowledge the LORD in His Second Coming. There will be a focus for influx and for true development, and the progress will be such as never before. In the General Church we have done away with geographical limitations, believing that similarity of faith should conjoin. The General Convention fought that principle. Has the time come to put up the banner of the New Church and to establish the New Church on the fundamental Doctrine of the Divine Human, of the LORD in His Second Advent? Only by separation can we make progress. If people cannot agree, let them separate. This principle goes into all the uses of life. When men are associated and they offer in regard to fundamental principles of action, is it not charity for them to separate? The application is plain. I believe that the time has now come for separation."
     Mr. Albert H. Childs:-"What Mr. Pitcairn says is true to him, no doubt. But he says that not long ago he was not of that mind. There are many others who are not convinced, who have not had the opportunities he has had. No one interferes with our freedom. We are acting according to true order. There is no need for haste and rushing this through this meeting."

     THE REPRESENTATION OF AARON.

     The Bishop:-"The discussion has gone so far that it becomes necessary for me to say a few words. Mr. Whitehead cited the; Word of the LORD. He introduced the representation of the LORD by Moses, but not that by Aaron. Aaron was the High Priest. He should be regarded as well as Moses. As your, Bishop, I say to you that I am not free. I ask you to set me free. (Turning to the Rev. N. D. Pendleton:) as one of the younger ministers I speak to you. Supposing you were called on to baptize an infant and you proceeded to do so, and your Church Council took you to task for doing it. What would you say?"
     Mr. Pendleton:-"Attend to your own business."
     The Bishop:-"And that is what I should say to the Convention in respect to ordination. I claim the freedom to ordain any man. I deny that Convention has any authority over a General Pastor or Bishop, and as long as I continue in the office I cannot submit to their control. Aaron represents the LORD in the priestly function. We have talked of the denial of the LORD in His Second Coming. They want to subject the Priesthood to a vote of the majority of Convention. They might as well say that they have the right to interfere in baptism and in training a child. They might even inflict such names as did the Puritans of 'Praise-God-Barebones.' Now I cannot continue in the office of Bishop and submit to such interference. I do not wish to resign the office because there are difficulties in the case, and because I should desire my successor to be free."
     Mr. Burnham:-"There is one phase of the subject which has not been brought up. Mr. Whitehead spoke of the nations in the Ancient Church. I believe the division in the Most Ancient Church was according to families. As I understand it, that relation is to be restored in the New Church, but it is to be on the basis of spiritual affection. We should be brought together by spiritual affection. We are not to be governed by the limitations of geography. If we are bound to the Convention, why not to all Newchurchmen in the world? If we recognize the LORD and we are all bound together by spiritual affiliations there will be varieties. The Convention is brought together on geographical grounds altogether. If they believe the Writings but interpret them in their way and look at it differently from us, if so (it might be so), then there might be diversity of churches. Spiritual, not natural diversity. There should be an universal Church. All who see truth in the same way throughout the world should be together. It may have the seat of government in this country or in any other. We may belong to that Church because there is a spiritual brotherhood. Grant that the others of the Convention are honest in their beliefs, it takes on a different form from ours. They are thus not free, nor are we free as long as we are together. When geographical limits are not the bond of the Church, we are left free. Our love should be for the LORD'S New Church, and if it brings greater freedom to separate, we should recognize it and separate."
     Bishop Pendleton:-"The first principle of charity is the love of the freedom of the neighbor. That being so, does Mr. Childs think our presence in the Convention contributes to the freedom of the Convention?"
     Mr. Albert B. Childs:-"That is difficult to answer. My opinion of how they would feel does not enter. They seem to be free enough. I am not disposed to set up geographical or any other bounds. We have met with some little rebuff. But I have not seen enough to lead me to separate. My mind cannot be changed at once. Especially believing as I have, that we were all right then and more still after last year."
     Mr. Glenn:-"'Does the Convention mean it?' asks Mr. Childs. We must suppose they know what they do, and are carrying out their principles honestly. If Mr. Childs will consider that carefully he will see that the time has come to go out now. Only he thinks they may not mean it. The time will never come if we wait to find out whether they do."
     Rev. C. T. Odhner:-"I wish to speak of the state of the Priesthood in the Convention. That is most internal and essential. If it is from the LORD it is of the Church. If it is not from the LORD it is from hell. Up to a few years ago they recognized the Priesthood as from the LORD. Now they have established a third degree of the Priesthood not from the LORD and thence from hell. Can we live together with them in that case with two Priesthoods?"

     BISHOP BENADE'S APPEAL FOR FREEDOM.

     Bishop Pendleton called attention to what the Bishop had said. "Are we prepared to set him free or to separate from him? There will be confusion if we are separated from our head. Now, what is the bond which holds bodies together? This bond is charity. Does it exist? Is there a bond of chant that holds us, the General Church and the Convention, together? If so, we should remain together. It seems to me that there is not any bond but one of faith alone. We profess like views, but there is no bond of charity in application, in the carrying out. The first thing of charity is to lend to the Doctrines of the Church. Is there a bond of that? Not a single one of application. That seems to me fundamental. Creeds do not hold men together. Charity is what holds. Lately I have been thinking of the value of an initiative. For a long time it seemed that we ought to be separate. I have been of the idea, however, that the Convention ought to take the initiative. But it is a valuable principle of war, of all combat, to cease to be passive and become aggressive. The first states enter into all that follow. Separation should not come in a state of doubt, but with affirmation that we ought not to continue together. The positive affirmation of the Divine Truth as the LORD expresses it in the Revelation, which is His Second Coming."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"What is the bond of union? I have come to conclude that we have no true bend. There should be one of uses. Thinking over the matter, I see that we have no common bond of use. If they would do the use of the photo-lithographing, we might unite with them in it, but they have not entered into it. We cannot enter with them into the use of the education of ministers. Boards practically independent of the Convention have control of these uses in which we could engage. We have no representation on the Board of Missions. They keep us out of those Boards. It has seemed to me that the separation would come unless a change was effected in these respects. I do believe in taking the initiative. I don't believe in allowing the Convention to buffet us. The Convention has shut us off from the uses we might perform together. So, too, the Convention interferes with the office of the Bishop. If he needs to exercise his functions we cannot ask the Convention for authority."
     The Bishop:-"Has the Convention given us the right that it has to other bodies?"
     Mr. Whitehead:-"No. They have cut us off. We ought to make a statement of this and lay it before them. They acted as a superior to an inferior, yet they have not organized the Convention in that way. We are as equals. The fact that seven parts differ from one part does not give the seven the right to give the other a whipping. We have in the Convention no body to investigate in case one body does what is disorderly. We ought to state these things and ask what they intend to do."

5





     THE FIRST DUTY IS TO THE LORD.

     Mr. Schreck:-"Our duty is not to any man or set of men, but the LORD only. In discussing such serious questions we should keep our eyes singly upon the LORD. The angels do not, constitute the heavens. The Divine of the LORD makes the heavens, and the Church is the Divine as received on earth. Now, the action proposed is not hasty. I fear that Brother Childs has not considered all that has been presented. The general trend of the last meeting was toward separation, and to be ready for it this year."
     Mr. Albert H. Childs explained again about the discussion of the subject in the men's meeting at Pittsburgh.
     Mr. Schreck (continuing):-"The idea was not unforeseen. The consideration that the Church is wholly from the LORD will clear up the question of the varieties, and determine whether in time they may be brought into harmony. The separation exits, and it is only a question of recognizing it. If the Church exists in any body it is our duty to recognize what the LORD demands of us there. The New Church descends as a bride out of Heaven, from God. It is our duty to remove everything that interferes with the reception of it, and to prepare our minds that it may rest on the foundations made for it. Why was the earth created but that the Church may rest on it? It is the duty of us, who see that the LORD has come with power and great glory, to co-operate with Him in the establishment of the New Church on earth, that the principles of the New Jerusalem may be carried out, onto the most ultimate acts of the body. It has been said to be our duty to stay and show our brethren these principles. For years this has been done. We have united in this anomalous association with no good result. When the LORD comes the judgment is effected. It has been effected through the preaching and teaching of the Divine Truth. The principle that geographical bounds do not inclose us has been established, and this extends further than our country. We must associate according to spiritual affinity. There are indications not only of the judgment here but in other nations as far as the imperfect conditions will warrant it. A Church is being formed throughout the Christian world. There has been a two-fold rejection on the part of the Convention, of Moses and of Aaron, of the Divine Truth and the Divine Good. Men are led by truth to good. There is rejection of both. Representations have not ceased. Representation was not abolished. Representatives still continue in force. We have a representative of the LORD in the Holy Office of the Priesthood for saving souls. Our Bishop is a representative, and I refer to him because he' is in the third degree. I do not speak of him as a man. If he calls upon us to set him free he calls not as a man but as the representative of the LORD, and what else can we do but heed that call. There is in that a most grave consideration. It must not be determined by external considerations. Our charity is due first to the LORD and to the means He employs. It is our charity to do what is to be done. Varieties of view are to be considered, but they will not be of the Church unless they recognize the Church. There is a general acknowledgment of the LORD in His First Coming. But we have that and more in the newly opened Word in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg. Mr. Childs has questioned our statement that the Convention rejects the LORD in His Second Coming. The Vice-President of the Convention has asserted that 'The Doctrines are not the LORD, they are the means of coming to the LORD, they are the way to the LORD.' And the President said in an annual address: 'These truths are the means of the Lord making His Second Advent,' entirely ignoring the fact that Swedenborg has written on two of his books: 'This Book is the Second Coming of the LORD.' These, charges against the two highest officials of Convention were published a year ago in our proceedings. Not a word of denial has been uttered by the Convention that this is not their belief in view of this we see that their professions of a belief in the Writings as Divine do not amount to anything.
     "We are admonished to exercise charity to the Convention, but nothing is said of the charity which we owe to the LORD'S representative among us, to the Bishop, the Chief Priest of this Church
     "The act of Convention in denying the Bishop the freedom of his office is a further cutting off of the connection. It is time to recognize that the Convention has already separated itself from the Doctrines of the Church and from us."
     Rev. N. D. Pendleton:-"The matter has come to me forcibly from what our brother Schreck and the Bishop have said about freedom. I was trained by the Bishop, and he has made a call upon me to do what I can to free his hands. That arousing might come and might be said to come from the state of affection for the man. But there has been that about what the Bishop has done which has characterized his other acts that I feel in no way forced by his personal authority. I do not in the least give up my personal freedom in the matter, but in accordance with that freedom I do feel called upon to recall what the Bishop has said, and to do all I can to set him in his office free. Mr. Childs speaks of 'little rebuffs.' That may be his different way of looking at them. They have not been small to me. The Convention believes that the Writings are of man. The General Church of Pennsylvania believes that they are of Divine authority. Now there will always be a pretext for combat. There will be the real cause for a war and an ultimate pretext. I maintain that the pretext came when we presented our report and had it rejected. That embodiment of the principles of the Church was the General Church of Pennsylvania present. When they put it out, they put out the General Church. We are to embody our principles in our report, and they cast a stigma upon them. To say that separation will be is to say that it is and will be announced."
     The Secretary:-"It seems to me that we are not at liberty to discuss the other elements in the case until we have disposed of the question as to what we will do concerning our Bishop. He has declared that he is not free."
     The Bishop:-"The office is not free."
     The Secretary:-"Then the first thing for us to do is to take note of that bondage and remove it. There is no need to discuss any other matter unless we are prepared to go on without our head."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"Does the Bishop mean to say that he will resign before the next session of the Convention? There is a question as to whether we owe anything to those who are misled. Would it not be a great gain not to do what they want us to, but compel them to show their real animus? Beside, does not charity require that we remain for the sake of the salvation of souls by bringing out the real state of the Convention? Perhaps the Bishop would delay his resignation."
     The Bishop:-"That matter has been considered in the Bishop's address."
     Mr. Schreck:-"The principal question is that raised by Mr. Burnham about the denial of the Divine Human. If they do not see that the Writings are the Divine Human, they will not see the point about the freedom of the priesthood or any other. If they blind themselves to that, they will reject all."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"Will they see what we mean? I do not believe they will, and we shall not reach those whom we might lead."
     Bishop Pendleton:-"The end which Mr. Childs desires, I am solemnly convinced, will be reached much better if we are independent. The stronger, freer, more rational we are, the better we can do uses. In every thing you propose, this is the way to do it."
     Mr. Macbeth:-"A careful review of the whole discussion will resolve itself to this: 'What are the Writings?'"

     THE MESSENGER AND THE WRITINGS.

     Mr. Albert Childs:-"These are serious assertions. I don't know whom you mean. It is amazing to hear such assertions. Why, the very last Messenger had an article which I read hastily, but, as I recall it, it combated the idea of holding to Swedenborg as a man."
     Mr. Schreck:-"What do they mean by that?"
     Mr. Childs:-"The same as I do, I suppose."
     Mr. Schreck:-"They do not, as their literature will show. The unity of the Church does not depend on external organization. If that were so, we ought not to have different churches in different countries. Unity is from an internal principle."
     The Bishop:-"The LORD in His Divine Providence is preparing the way for the establishment of a general body, which shall be a General New Church. In England, France, and other places, that is coming to pass and rapidly. We shall be able to unite with a body that is in order. This seems to be impossible at the present time. We have had the conviction that we ought to be in a larger body. We have labored for that on the basis of the acknowledgment of the LORD in His Second Coming. That has been our position year after year. It was rejected, and we have been shut out. On the ground of charity, I think, our action in separating from the Convention will be an orderly one. It will lead to the organization of a body in true order. It will gather out all who acknowledge the LORD in His Second Coming. You may depend upon it that the denial of the priesthood will have its ultimate in the disintegration of the existing bodies. They claim that it is men's office. That they make it. I claim that that is a profanation of the LORD'S office and of the LORD'S Divine Truth. The Convention claims, and, the Conference in England claims, that they are the force making, and I believe that the LORD alone is the sole authority, and not men or any body of men."

6




     Rev. Ellis I. Kirk:-"As to the article in the last Messenger, the same writer says, a little further on, that 'we do not for a moment compare the Writings with the Word.' Now, with the office of the priesthood assailed and our report rejected, is it optional with us to follow on and continue in connection with the Convention? The only step is that we may free ourselves. The Bishop holds up the standard, 'JEHOVAH NISSI.' It only remains for us to rally round that standard."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"There is a confirmation of the relation of the clergy to this matter. Many sermons have been published by Convention ministers, but in none have I seen a simple answer to the question, 'What constitutes the Second Coming of the LORD?' it is said to be evidenced in sewing-machines, the steam-engine, and the telegraph and such things; but, outside of the General Church of Pennsylvania, I never heard it said that it was in those Books. Even take the instance of Dr. Tafel, once the standard-bearer of the authority of the Writings. Dr. Tafel says there may be trifling errors in Swedenborg, while he professes that those books constitute the Second Coming of the LORD. This shows that our acknowledgment is not his. Separation is simply a question of time. For my own part, I have been for delay only for the sake of ourselves and others in the Convention, The question now is: Has the time come?"
     Mr. Schreck:-"What do you want them to do?"
     Mr. Childs:-"Make a proposition to them to apologize."
     Mr. Schreck:-"To withdraw is the best way to lead them to apologize, if they can be brought to that at all."
     Mr. Glenn:-"If the priesthood is bound the whole Church is bound. Can we then help the simple good?"
     Mr. Pitcairn:-"Since this question has become prominent it has occurred to me that the LORD has been protecting the simple good in the Old Church by preventing them from coming out too soon. If they had come into the so-called New Church their minds would have been obscured. I should not be surprised, if when the Church is established according to the principles we hold, there were a great many who would then come in. The Church will maize real progress."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"I have thought almost the same in regard to the simple good of the Old Church. But there is another reason given in the Writings. They could not come out until the combat with the Old Church is passed. I do not look for increase until after the New Church has been fully established, then the simple good can be drawn into it. In Nos. 473 or 573 of the Apocalypse Explained, where the Dragon is treated of, this seems to be indicated that there must first come a clearing in the New Church. (Several: 'Just what we want.') Only those represented by John can withstand the assault. These see that the LORD has made a revelation. These will produce; those who will constitute Michael. I think the disorder will have to be driven out."
     Mr. Pitcairn:-"It is a remarkable fact that up to the present time there has been no General New Church. There has been only a meeting."
     Mr. Schreck:-"It was proposed that they should call themselves the New Church, but they rejected it."
     Mr. Pitcairn-"If the connection were dissolved we could be free to establish such a Church."
     Mr. Price:-"In the True Christian Religion we are taught that dinners and suppers denote conjunction of charity and serve to effect it-that is, with those who are in mutual love from similar faith. Here is one strong point in the matter of our relation to the Convention: Here the most Holy of all Suppers has been so defiled that we cannot be present. They charge us with want of charity and yet take such action that we cannot he together with them."
     The Bishop:-"With want of charity for our refusing to partake with them in an act of profanation."
     Mr. Price:-"Mr. Albert Childs is at a loss in matters of history. Mr. W. C. Childs has suggested that the freedom of the clergy in the Convention has been taken away. What has been done all along but that very thing which he describes? For my own part, I have heard nothing else. The records of the Convention show it. Open the books and you see it in every place. The Magazine, for instance. It is really a good reason for going that they wish us to. The Magazine for a year and a half easily interpreted shows that nothing would be better for them."

     The hour being late, it was decided to discontinue the discussion, that the Councils make no recommendation in the matter, but that the subject be allowed to come up for discussion in the General Meeting from the Bishop's address.

     THE GENERAL MEETING.

     THE sixty-fifth annual meeting of the General Church was held in Pittsburgh on November 13th to 16th, both included. The attendance was larger than ever before in the history of the re-organized Church, and the representation of particular Churches fuller. About fifty members and visitors from a distance were in attendance. Bishop Benade, quite contrary to all expectation, was able to be present and to preside at all the business meetings and to attend the socials and other gatherings, except those of Sunday. His presence and unlooked-for strength contributed greatly to the fullness of interest and value of the meetings.

     THE FIRST DAY.

                         Thursday, November 13th.
     THE BISHOP opened the meeting with Divine Worship.
     Certain routine business was transacted, and it was then agreed that the Bishop's address should be postponed to the next morning. The presence of three representatives from Canada, the Rev. E. S. Hyatt and Messrs. A. K. Roy and Rudolph Roschmann, was noted, and they were warmly welcomed and invited to participate in the deliberations of the Church.
     The report of the Council of the Clergy was read. The matters of importance therein treated of are either already well known to the Church, or more fully considered in the discussion to be hereafter reported. This was followed by the reports of Ministers and particular Churches. The principal matters herein mentioned and not hitherto published were the removal of the Rev. W. H. Acton to Chicago to assist in the work of Immanuel Church and the School of the Academy there; the resignation of the Rev. John Whitehead as Headmaster of the Academy School in Pittsburgh, to give more attention to the Pittsburgh Society and other work of the General Church, and the withdrawal of the Lancaster Society from the General Church.
     In the course of debate upon the proper course to pursue, with respect to the Lancaster Society, the question of membership in the General Church came into great prominence. It appeared that there had been considerable misunderstanding us to the relation of particular Church organizations to the General Church and the formalities necessary to constitute an individual a member of the General Church. The Bishop ruled that no particular Church as such is necessarily a member of the General Church, but that the latter is composed of individual members. Also, that no particular Church can constitute an individual a member of the General Church, but that each individual must express his desire to become such member and be accepted as such. That the proper order for the formation of particular Churches within the General Church is to require that all who would so organize be first members of the New Church by baptism, and secondly, members of the General Church by acceptance thereon.
     Much time was spent in discussing the situation, owing to the fear of some that as this order had not always been observed, something of past action might be invalidated. It was finally agreed to refer the matter to Councils, with a request that they report upon it at the next general meeting of the Church.

7




     In reference to the Lancaster Society, the following preamble and resolutions were adopted:
     "WHEREAS, A communication has been received from the Lancaster Society that said Society withdraws from the . . . "General Church," and by this act has, to all intents and purposes, severed its connection with the same.
     "Resolved, That the communication from Lancaster be accepted as the expression of the individual members who subscribed it.
     "Resolved, That the withdrawal of these persons from the membership in the General Church of Pennsylvania be accepted, and
     "Resolved, That the General Church of Pennsylvania regrets that these members have withdrawn without assigning any reason."

     The report of the Council of the Laity was read.
     Also the following summary of the Treasurer's Report:

Balance in Treasury November 1st, 1889, .      $122.50
Receipts from all sources, November 1st,
     1889, to October 31st, 1890               1,908.49
               Total,                     $2,030.99

Expenditures, November 1st, 1889, to October
     31st, 1890                              1,489.05

Balance on hand November 1st, 1890,           $541.94

     The Treasurer also stated that he had sent out a circular letter to every member of the General Church respecting contributions, but that although stamped envelopes for reply had been inclosed, together with a request for some sort of answer, only twenty-eight per cent. of the number written to had responded.

     THE SECOND DAY.

                         Friday, November 14th.
     THE meeting was opened by Bishop Pendleton, who conducted religious service.
     Bishop Benade took the chair.
     The Secretary called attention to the importance of order in the proceedings, and stated that the stenographer engaged to assist the Secretaries had instructions to report no remarks except of those speakers who had been duly recognized by the chair.
     The Church proceeded to listen to the Bishop's address. At the request of the Bishop a small portion of this was read by the Rev. E. J. E. Schreck, but by far larger portion by the Bishop himself, who spoke for upwards of an hour, standing all the time and extemporizing considerably. The whole address, including the extemporaneous additions, which are inserted in brackets, is as follows:

     THE BISHOP'S ADDRESS.

     I.

     "DURING the year that has passed since our last annual meeting, the relations between the General Church of Pennsylvania and the General Convention, that had suffered a severe strain in previous years, rapidly approached the point of rupture, and it will be for us to consider at this time whether it be wise to seek a reconstruction of those relations rather than to sever the union that has attached us to the Convention as a constituent member of that body. I have no hesitation, brethren, in stating it to be my conviction that the latter will be the wiser and better course, inasmuch as it will free us from the intolerable condition of being tied to a hostile body that seems to be unwilling to be bound by its own Constitution in cases affecting our action.

     THE CONSTITUTION, A COMPROMISE.

     The Constitution of the General Convention is a compromise, so understood at the time of its adoption in its present amended form. A compromise binds and is useful only so long as the parties to it act in good faith. It rests upon their mutual good faith, and bad faith on the one part or the other involves a violation of the compact between the two parties, and inevitably leads to a severance of their united relations.
     In Article V, of the Constitution of the General Convention, on the Priesthood or Ministry, there is a general acknowledgment of subordination in the Priesthood and hence of different orders in the Ministry, an acknowledgment so general that the various parts of the Church are at liberty, and can feel themselves at liberty, to define the distinction of orders according to their several understandings of the Divine Laws. Not a word is said of degrees in the Ministry. A reference to a trine of discrete degrees in the Ministry was intentionally withheld by those members of the Committee that drafted this Article, who believed in such a trine and this for the reason that it was known that such a reference would be objectionable to others, and would prevent the intended compromise. It was known, also, at our division of the Church held firmly to a belief in a trine in the Ministry, and good faith required that those who were of an apposite belief should respect our belief and our trust in their maintaining their own belief whilst having a regard to our rational freedom.
     But now, what do we see? Your Bishop, after performing an act of ordination into the third degree of the Ministry, according to his known convictions of order, is subjected to the insult of an investigation by an incompetent and inferior Committee, which reports to the Convention that in its opinion the act of ordaining Mr. Pendleton was not loyal to the spirit, at least, of the Constitution under which Mr. Benade holds the office of General Pastor, etc. (See Journal, Report No. 11, page 46.) In this way the Committee attempts to meet the wishes of their friend, Mr. Tafel, and by the introduction of a "spirit" that has been kept bottled up until this time, finds a way of overcoming their perplexity arising from the fact that the act of Mr. Pendleton's ordination into the third degree does not affect any actual provision of the Constitution. Had the Committee performed its duty intelligently, it would have learnt that the act was not performed by me as a General Pastor of the Convention, but as Chancellor of the Academy of the New Church; no General Pastor of the General Convention could have installed Mr. Pendleton in the office of Vice- Chancellor of the Academy, a body which is entirely independent of the Convention. The process of letting out an embottled spirit, in order to establish the charge of disloyalty to the Constitution, is peculiar, to say the least of it, and leads the way to the advice that this spirit be caught without delay and shut up again, lest he go about to do further mischief.

     THREE INSTANCES OF BAD FAITH.

     For the reasons given, I hold this charge of the Committee to be in bad faith and a violation of the compact between parties to the compromise of the Constitution. The Convention, by not repudiating the opinion of the Committee, has participated in the bad faith of their course, and has thereby separated itself from the General Church of Pennsylvania.

8




     This state of things makes a continuance of the connection intolerable, especially now that the Convention has further illustrated its own disloyalty to the Constitution by adopting the recommendation of the Council of Ministers to sanction the vesting of the powers of General Pastor in the President-elect of the New York Association and in the Superintendent of the Illinois Association. (See Journal for 1890, minute No. 91, p. 19, also pp. 83, 47.)
     The action of the Convention of 1889, at the meeting in Washington, in sustaining the ruling of the Chair on the point of order raised by your Bishop when the matter of the injunction of Mr. Tafel was under consideration, was a flagrant act of bad faith and a violation of the compact of the Constitution, inasmuch as it is well understood that the injunction clause of Section V of the Constitution was a compromise providing for an Association's right to enjoin a minister for cause within its own limits. (See Journal for 1889, minutes Nos. 25-27, 31, p. 7.)
     In the last place, the By-Laws of the Convention, which are its rules of practice, by fixing the order in which Reports shall be read, provides that Reports shall be made to the Convention by the officers and the associated parts of the body. This involves that the reporting parties shall give information to the General Body of their doings, and of such matters as they as they may desire to call to the attention of the Convention. At the meeting of the Convention in Chicago, last year, the Convention adopted the recommendation of the General Council to refer back to the General Church of Pennsylvania its Report, with the direction to "omit from it all those portions which contain charges against the Convention," etc., etc. (see Journal for 1890, minutes 43-45), and this without having made an investigation of the grounds of those charges, this proceeding, besides being a gross impertinence, was an act of bad faith and of violation of the compromises of the Constitution.
     Now, therefore, I hold that the General Convention has by repeated acts of bad faith separated itself from the General Church of Pennsylvania, and that we shall better promote the objects of our organization by releasing ourselves from a relation which seems to have brought with it so much hindrance to our movement, and interference with our freedom, and which has thus been rendered intolerable. Let the Convention go in peace, we will do likewise, since their way is not our way, and our way is not their way. We have charged them openly with hostility and animosity, and they have refused to hear and heed the charge, nevertheless, the charge remains and stands recorded in the history of the Church.
     The Convention may make the silly attempt to amend reports, it cannot amend historical facts except by acts of repentance.

     II.

     THE AUTHORITY OF THE LORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE PRIESTHOOD.

     RECENT events in the Church invite me, brethren of the General Church of Pennsylvania, to address a few words to you on a subject of especial importance to our Church and to the welfare of the whole body of the New Church. The organized New Church can be in order as the LORD'S kingdom on earth only when it is in the rational and loving acknowledgment of the LORD'S High-Priesthood, on which depends a genuine recognition of the Priesthood in the Church as the LORD'S office, by which He effects the salvation of souls. This genuine recognition is not possible where the Divine Authority of the LORD, inherent in that office, is not acknowledged. The administration of the ordinances and sacraments of the Church is of the Priesthood. I ask: Who introduces into the Church by baptism?
     [Baptism is an introduction into the Church, through the gate of entrance into the Church, it is an external rite, and my inquiry is, Who is it that introduces into the Church by the sacrament of baptism; is it the Priest who administers the rite, or the congregation of the Church, or is it the LORD? We know, also, that the Holy Supper is the gate of admission into Heaven, and I ask, in respect to this, Who is it that introduces into Heaven by the administration of the external Sacrament of the Holy Supper? Is it the Priest, or the congregation of the Church, or is it the LORD Himself who bus established that gate of admission into Heaven?]
     The answer to these questions will determine whether the party answering is in a rational acknowledgment of the LORD and of His authority or not.
     The LORD says of Himself in His Divine Human, "All authority is given unto me in Heaven and earth." After this Divine affirmation of Himself as having all authority and therefore as the Source of all authority, He commissions His disciples to go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to keep all things whatsoever He hath commanded and giving the blessed promise, "Lo! I am with you all the days until the consummation of the age. Amen" (Matthew xxviii, 18, 20).
     "It is to be known that the LORD had authority over all things in Heaven and on the earth before He came into the world, for He was God from eternity and JEHOVAH, as He Himself clearly says in John viii, 5-8: 'O Father, glorify Me with Thyself; with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was;' but the reason why He says All authority was given unto Him in Heaven and on earth is because by the Son of Man is meant His Human Essence, which, when it was united to the Divine was also JEHOVAH, and He, at the same time, had authority, which could not have been effected before He was glorified-that is, before His Human Essence by unition with the Divine had also life in itself-and thus in like manner was made Divine and JEHOVAH" (A. C. 1607).

     CONSECRATION OF THE REV. W. F. PENDLETON.

     On the 9th of May of the year 1888 our well-beloved brother, the Rev. W. F. Pendleton was installed in the office of Vice- Chancellor of the Academy of the New Church. As incidental to this installation he was first inducted into the third degree of the Priesthood "in the name of the LORD JESUS CHRIST and by His authority," and was, at the same time by the same function invested with the office of a Bishop in the LORD'S New Church.
     It is my desire, brethren, to impress upon you the fact that this solemn act was performed by me in the LORD'S name and by His Authority, because I acknowledge no other Name and know no other Authority than that of Him who has said: "All authority is given unto Me in heaven and earth," and because to act from any other authority would be to deny Him and to profane His Holy Name.
     As you well know, this act was made the subject of an accusation of schism by a former minister of our body, now under injunction for disturbance in and attempted disruption of the same.

9



The accusation, so evidently proceeding from a spirit of revenge, was willingly heard and acted on by the General Convention, under the appearance, at least, of an expressed or implied obligation to further that minister's project of revenge, and by that Convention it was referred to the Council of Ministers. This Council, closing its eyes to the fact that your Bishop had openly declared against the trial of any question affecting the performance of a minister's official duties by any tribunal but one composed of his peers, referred the accusation to a subcommittee for investigation and adjudication, composed of two Pastors and one General Pastor; that is to say, to an incompetent Committee; and this Committee, with a sort of brutal determination to disregard the convictions of your Bishop, proceeded to consider the accusation without the presence of the accused and knowing that it could not have his presence and answer to the accusation. It is to be stated as an evidence of a remnant of a little saving grace in the mind of this Committee, that it did not venture to report to the opinions in respect to it and in regard to a letter written by me in reply to one received from the Committee. The only apparent judgment of the case I have noticed elsewhere.
     In the letter of the Committee occurs the following:
     "We shall be glad if you will communicate with us freely in reference to this matter, first, as to the facts of the case, whether they are correctly stated by Mr. Tafel; and, secondly, as to your view of the act of consecrating the Rev. Mr. Pendleton as a Priest or Minister of the third degree of the Priesthood in the New Church, as stated by Mr. Tafel. Do you understand that this act was performed under the authority granted to you by the General Convention as one of its ordaining Ministers, and that by the act of consecration Mr. Pendleton is invested with the power of ordaining other ministers? This inquiry seems to us pertinent to the question whether candidates for the Priesthood or Ministry in the New Church who may hereafter be ordained by Mr. Pendleton shall be regarded as Priests or Ministers of the General Convention, and, as such, entitled to full authority and respect by the general body of New Church people in this country?"*
     * It is for the General Convention to answer this question. The consecration of Mr. Pendleton does not interfere with the freedom of the Convention, and the absence of authorization of the consecration by the Convention cannot possibly affect the validity of ordinations performed by him under the authority of the LORD. You see that the Convention itself has raised the question of superiority of authority. Whose authority is the superior authority, the LORD'S or the Conventions?
     Of course, to such inquiries from a Committee incompetent to act in the case, and, therefore, without jurisdiction there could be no response except the following:
     "I hold very distinct and well-defined views on the subject of the consecration of the Rev. Mr. Pendleton, and shall be prepared to express them at such time and place as I may deem advisable." I held that the Committee was not competent to ask me any such question.

     PROFANE ASSUMPTION BY CONVENTION.

     The present is the time and this the place to say that the implied claim for the Convention of original authority to confer ordaining powers is a profane assumption of what belongs to the LORD alone, who says: "All authority is given unto Me in heaven and on earth" (Matt. x, 28). In no congregation of men, even though it be organized Into some form of a Church by an acknowledgment of the LORD and His Word and by some sort of recognition of a Priesthood, is there any original authority whatever to institute a Priesthood to the LORD or to give authority to Priests to perform functions ordained of the LORD as His means of man's salvation from evil by Divine Good. He says: "Ye have not chosen Me but I have chosen you and ordained you, that ye may go and bear fruit, and your fruit should remain, that whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in My Name He may give it you" (John xv, 16). "It is not here meant that they should ask the FATHER in the name of the LORD, but that they should ask the LORD Himself; since there is no other way open to the Divine Good, which is the FATHER, but by the Divine Human of the LORD, wherefore to ask the LORD Himself is to ask according to the truths of faith; and what is so asked is granted" (A. C. 6674).

     AUTHORITY TO ORDAIN IS OF THE LORD.

     Whatsoever authority to ordain exists in the office of the Bishop is of the LORD and is ordained of the LORD, even as the authority to baptize vested in the office of the Priest of whatever degree is the LORD'S, being ordained by Him who commanded His disciples to go forth and make disciples of all nations-i. e., of all who are in good-baptizing them into the Name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit" (Matthew xxviii, 19). Like baptism and the Holy Supper, ordination is of Divine Institution in the LORD'S office of saving souls, which office is the Priesthood. Let it be repeated-no body of men can grant authority to perform the ordinances and sacraments of the Church. [No congregation of men can by any possibility grant authority to do what that body has no authority to do itself. No Convention has authority to baptize, still less has it authority to ordain. The rational Newchurchman will not recognize the validity of a baptism performed by such a body of men, or the validity of an ordination performed by the same. No body of men possesses any original authority over Divine institutions.
     Such a body may be an agent in the hands of the Divine Providence to establish an external plane for the transference of the Holy Spirit, but no more. There is, therefore, in a congregation of men no original authority to control the administration of Divine institutions. They neither can establish them nor can they abolish them; if they can establish them, they can abolish them, the one includes the other. I say again, that such a body of men may be an instrument in the Divine hands to establish an external plane for the transference of the Holy Spirit, as is the case in the act of ordination, a plane into which the Divine can inflow. This much is granted to men by the teaching of the Church. But no more than this. The instrument cannot claim to be the principal; it is a profane Resumption for the instrument to make any such claim.]
     The LORD gives the Spirit and man prepares himself and is set in order to receive the Spirit from the LORD. When received the Spirit is not of the man, but it is in the Office and of the Office which is adjoined to the man. In this Spirit is all the authority of the office, for the Spirit is the LORD'S saving truth and good.
     Away, then, with the stupid and profane notion that bodies of men larger or smaller can grant authority to perform the offices by which the LORD does His work of salvation.

     ALL ITS FUNCTIONS INHERIT IN AN OFFICE.

     Further, the LORD does not institute an office to which He does not give authority to perform all its functions to perpetuate itself. This authority of necessity inheres in the office, as may be apparent from the Word of the LORD in the letter and in the spirit.

10



It is written:
     "Do thou cause to approach to thee Aaron, thy brother; his sons with him from the midst of the sons of Israel that he may perform the office of the Priesthood to Me" (EXODUS xxviii, 1).
     [I would have you note particularly that the office of the Priesthood is to be performed to the LORD, and not to men. When the Priest performs the functions of his office it is done to the LORD, and for men; men receive the benefit of it.]
     This is said by the LORD to Moses and signifies the conjunction of the Divine Truth with the Divine Good in the Divine Human of the LORD, a conjunction to be effected in heaven and the Church by means of a representative of the LORD established in them, by which representative the Divine Truth may be presented "in an internal and external form" such as it is in the spiritual kingdom adjoined to the celestial kingdom.
     [Hence it was that in the representation of a Church the High Priest when he entered into the sanctuary or Holy of Holies wore bells upon his garment. These bells were heard when he went into the sanctuary, to signify that those who heard them should acknowledge that the LORD was present in that place, and that the LORD was doing the work before them in the person of the High Priest, and that He was present in the Priest's acts. These bells upon the garments of the Priests, if they are understood and heard by the men of the Church, will lead them to acknowledge not the man, but the LORD, to turn away their thoughts and ideas from the man to the Office, which is the LORD'S Office, and to the truths and goods which constitute the internal of the Church, and are represented by that Office.]

     DOCTRINE CONCERNING THE PRIESTHOOD.

     Moses represents the LORD as to the Divine Good, and the coming together of Moses and Aaron represents the conjunction of Divine Truth with Divine Good. This conjunction was effected in the Divine Human of the LORD, which He first made Divine Truth, and afterward Divine Good. "Good is the esse of truth and truth is the existere of good; their conjunction is represented in the Word by two conjugial partners, and also by two brothers; by two consorts, when the heavenly marriage is treated of, which is the marriage of good and truth. . . by two brothers when the subject treated of is concerning a double ministry, which is that of judgment and of worship. They who discharged the ministry of Judgement were called 'Judges,' afterward 'Kings,' but they, who discharged the ministry of worship were called 'Priests.' And because all judgment is effected by truth, and all worship from good, therefore by 'Judges' in the Word are signified in the sense abstracted from the person, truth from good, but by 'Kings,' truth from which is good, and by 'Priests' is signified good itself;' hence it is that the LORD is called a 'Judge' in the Word, also a 'Prophet,' as also a 'King,' where truth is treated of, and a 'Priest,' where good is the subject, likewise 'CHRIST,' the 'ANOINTED' or 'MESSIAH,' when Truth is the subject, but 'JESUS' or the SAVIOUR when good is treated of. On account of the brotherhood between truth which is of Judgment, and good which is of worship, Aaron, the brother of Moses, was chosen to perform the office of the priesthood. . . . It is said in Psalm cxxxiii, 1, 2, 3, 'Behold, how good and delightful for brethren to dwell together, as good oil upon the head descending into the beard of Aaron, which descends upon the mouth of his garments.' He who does not know what is signified by 'brother' also what by 'oil,' by 'head,' by 'beard,' by 'garments,' likewise what is represented by 'Aaron,' cannot comprehend why such things are compared with the dwelling together of brothers. . . but the comparative resemblance is evident from the internal sense, in which the influx of good into truths is treated of, and thus their brotherhood is described; for 'oil' signifies good, the 'head of Aaron' the inmost principle of good, the 'beard' the most external thereof; 'garments' signify truths, to 'descend' signifies influx; thus it is clear that these words signify the influx of good from interiors to exteriors, and conjunction in the latter" (A. C. 9806) which, in other words, is the saving authority of good descending by truth from the LORD out of heaven, to fulfill the Divine Will in the ultimates of order in the Church, in which order the Divine that makes the Church is in its fullness, its holiness, and its power. In the case before us the ultimate is the High-Priesthood of Aaron. Aaron was chosen to perform the office of the Priesthood to the LORD, thus to minister in things most holy, and at the same time that there might be a representative of the LORD and of every office which the LORD discharges as the Saviour. Whatsoever He discharges as Saviour is from Divine Love, thus from Divine Good, hence, also, by the Priesthood in the supreme sense is signified the Divine Good of the Divine Love of the LORD, and this gives to the Priesthood its position and authority in the Church. The Priesthood is a Divinely established ultimate, to receive and administer for the salvation of souls, the Divine Good of the Divine Love of the LORD, an ultimate ordained of Him to go and bear fruit and that its fruit remain. Therefore does it represent the saving love of the Divine Human of the LORD.
     Of this Priesthood we are taught that it is in the Church, an office performed to the LORD, and representative of Him, or of "every office which He discharges as Saviour, and whatever He discharges as Saviour is from Divine Love, thus from Divine Good, for all good is of love. Thence, also, by the Priesthood in the supreme sense is signified the Divine Good of the Divine Love of the LORD" (A. C. 9809).
     [This is the point upon which we must fix our thought. The Priesthood is a sign to men on earth, and an external sign which appears before their eyes a sign of the Divine Good, of the Divine Love, by which the LORD saves men from their evils and introduces them into Heaven.]
     Here, then, is the source of the authority of the Priesthood. How can its origin be claimed for men, or for congregations of men? Let us hear again the Divine Teachings on this important subject:
     "There is Divine Good and there is Divine Truth. Divine Good is in the LORD, thus it is His Esse, which in the Word is called 'JEHOVAH,' but the Divine Truth is from the LORD; this, in the Word, is meant by GOD, and because what exists from Him is also Himself; therefore the LORD is also the Divine Truth which is His Divine in the heavens, for the heavens exist from Him, because the angels are receptions of His Divine: the Celestial angels receptions of the Divine Good which is from Him; the spiritual angels receptions of the Divine Truth which is thence; from these things it may be evident what of the LORD is represented by the Priesthood and what of the LORD is represented by royalty; by the Priesthood, namely, the Divine Good of His Divine Love, and by 'Royalty' the Divine Truth thence. That by the Priesthood is represented the Divine Good of the Divine Love of the LORD, thus every office which the LORD discharges as Saviour may appear in what follows from the Word.

11



In David, 'The saying of JEHOVAH to my LORD, sit Thou at My right hand until I place Thine enemies a stool for Thy feet; JEHOVAH will send the sceptre of strength out of Zion to rule in the midst of Thine enemies; Thy people are of promptnesses in the day of Thy fortitude, in the honors of holiness; out of the womb from the day-dawn Thou host the dew of Thy nativity. JEHOVAH hath sworn, and He will not repent, Thou art a Priest to Eternity according to My Word Malchizedek. The LORD at Thy right hand hath smitten kings in the day of His anger, He hath filled with carcasses, He hath smitten the head over much earth; He shall drink of the stream in the way, therefore shall He exalt the head' (Psalm cx, 1-7). From these words it is evident what LORD is as a Priest, consequently what the Priesthood in the LORD represented, namely, all the work of the salvation of the human race, for the passage treats of LORD'S combats with the hells, when He was in the world, by which He acquired to Himself Divine Omnipotence over the hells, whereby He saved the human race, and also at this day saves all who receive Him."
     [Concerning this Priesthood, we are taught that it is in the Church, an office performed to the LORD, a representation of Him. We are taught that there was a Priesthood in the LORD, and this represented the work of the salvation of the human race, the work of Divine Good, the good of His Love.
     This Priesthood in the LORD has been transferred by His Holy Spirit to men on earth, in order that He might have a representative to Himself among men, and that men, by this representation, might be led to a knowledge of the LORD. Hence it is said of Him, "Thou art a Priest to eternity." This is an everlasting proof of the Divine Love. When you acknowledge the Priesthood in this sense, and its authority as being the Divine authority, and not any authority given or granted by men, or by a congregation of men, you acknowledge that the LORD alone has justice and merit, and that it is His justice and merit alone that saves from sin and elevates into Heaven.]
     "This salvation itself; because it is from the Divine Good of the Divine Love is that from which it is said of the LORD, 'Thou art a Priest to eternity according to My Word Malchizedek.' 'Malchizedek' is the 'King of Justice,' and thus salvation. According to what has been shown in n. 9715" (A. C. 9809). "The LORD had merit and justice because He fought alone with all the hells and subdued them, and thus reduced into order all things in the hells, and at the same time all things in the heavens, for with every man there are spirits from hell angels from Heaven; man could not at all live without them. Unless the hells had been subjugated by LORD, and the heavens reduced to order, no man could have been saved. This could not have been done: except by His Human, namely, by combats with them from His Human; and because the LORD did this from power, and thus alone, therefore He alone has merit and Justice, and, therefore it is He alone who with man conquers the hells, for He conquered them once and conquers them to eternity. On this account man has nothing at all of Merit and Justice, but the Merit and Justice of the LORD is imputed to him when he acknowledges that nothing is from himself but all from the LORD; thence it is that the LORD alone regenerates man, for to regenerate man is to drive away the hells from him, therefore evils and falses which are from the hells, and in their place to implant heaven-that is, the goods of love and the truths of faith-for these make heaven" (A. C. 9715).
     [Let us acknowledge, then, that all authority to discharge the Priest's office is from the LORD alone.]
     The LORD'S work is represented in the office of the Priesthood and it is in the doctrine concerning the Priesthood that men may learn to acknowledge that nothing of Merit and Justice is for themselves, but all for the LORD, who alone regenerates them. To regenerate man is to drive away the hells from him, or the evils and falses which are from the hells, and to implant heaven-that is, the goods of love and the truths of faith-for these make heaven and these are represented by the Priesthood. It is Justice to restrain the infernal attempts to destroy the human race and save the good and faithful (A. C. 9715). This Justice is of the LORD'S office as Saviour and of the office of the Priesthood in the LORD and of the office of the Priesthood from the LORD in Heaven and the Church. "Thou art a Priest to eternity, according to my Word, Malchizedek" (p. 20).
     "The LORD'S good of merit is the only good that reigns in the heavens (see A. C. 9486), for the Good of Merit is also now the continual subjugation of the hells, and thus the protection of the faithful; this Good is the Good of the LORD'S Love, for from the Divine Love He had fought and conquered, and from the Divine power in the Human thence acquired, He afterwards alone fights and conquers, and thus saves to eternity for Heaven and the Church, thus for the whole human race. This, now, is the Good of Merit which is called Justice, because it is Justice to restrain the infernal attempts to destroy the human race and to protect and save the good and faithful" (A. C. 9715).
     The Divine Good of the Divine Love, is the Divine Good of the LORD'S merit as SAVIOUR, and this is represented by the Priesthood. This Divine Good is in the LORD, it is His esse itself, and as this is every office which the LORD discharges as Saviour, we may understand what the Priesthood in the LORD represented, and why it it is said of Him in the Word, "Thou art a Priest to eternity according to my Word, Malchizedek."
     Because the LORD, as to every work of salvation, was represented in the representative Jewish Church which prefigured the true Christian Church, and because this was represented by the High-Priest, and the work of salvation itself by his office, therefore there was not given to Aaron and his sons any inheritance and portion with the people, for it is said that JEHOVAH GOD is their inheritance and portion. If we add to these teachings the following: "The people represented heaven and the Church, but Aaron and his sons with the Levites represented the good of love and faith which makes heaven and the Church, thus the LORD from whom that good is" (A. C. 8909), it may appear clear why it is said that this distinction was made because the LORD, whose Good was represented by the Priesthood of Aaron, "was in them but not among them as one and distinct."
     [The Jewish Church prefigured the Church which is now being established, not that anything of the external of that Church is to be introduced into the true Church, but the internal of those externals established by Divine institution, which internals are open, and the doctrine is introduced into the minds of the men of the Church, and which will lead them to do those things which relate to the government of the Church and also to Divine worship. That is as I understand it, for the people of Israel represent Heaven and the Church, whilst the Priesthood represented the goods and truths of the LORD. You will observe that the representation is very distinct, and this was carried out in the regulations of the Jewish Church in this; that Aaron and his sons received no inheritance or portion in the land.

12



All the sons of Jacob received their inheritance and portion, but to Aaron and his sons there was given none, for it is said that Jehovah Himself was their portion. The LORD Himself is the portion of the Priesthood and their inheritance, and they can have none in the land, because the LORD Himself is present with them in the truths and goods of their use from which they are to minister to Him for the salvation of souls, and in which they are to have their delights and joys. This is what we claim for the office of the Priesthood, and what the office has and of which it cannot be robbed by congregations of men, for they are robbing the LORD or attempting to do so. They cannot take from that office what the LORD has given to it, because it is in Himself and His Priesthood which He has established in its representative form.]
     Thus the Priesthood as the LORD'S office is in the Church and in Heaven, a representative of the LORD and of His saving good, alone, an office which cannot be assumed and appropriated by the Church as being of its origination, an institution, but which is the Divine means given by Divine institution to be the ultimate of the Church's existence for the salvation of souls.
     [The office of the Priesthood is in the Church, but not of the Church as an office-that is, one and distinct among the various offices that exist there. It is in every office that is performed by the Church, as the internal in its external.]
     The conclusion is evident, therefore, that the Church on Earth, or a body of the Church, instead of being the source of authority to the Priesthood to perform the functions of its office, itself exists by virtue of the Priesthood and of the discharge of its offices which are the LORD'S, and which He has instituted that they may be offices to Him in His work of salvation. [If there is among men any source of authority it is in the Priesthood and not in the congregations of men. The Priesthood is the LORD'S office, and priests are to do His work of salvation. Hence from the Priesthood is the authority which is in it.] -

     THE HIGH-PRIESTHOOD INCLUDES EVERY PRIESTLY OFFICE.

     What is said of the Priesthood in general applies in particular to the High-Priesthood, which includes every Priestly Office, in its highest function of ordination, which is a placing in order and correspondence of natural with spiritual things. The discharge of this supreme function must needs be as much at the disposal of the official perception and judgment of the High-Priest or Bishop, or General Pastor, or whatever title may be given to the official and his office, as the discharge of the lower function of Baptism is at the disposal of the judgment of the Priest of the lower degree. [Otherwise it would not be possible for that office to be the Divine agent in conferring authority in respect to the lower functions, and the object and purpose of that is ordination into the High-Priesthood, so that the natural things maybe placed and set in their order and true relation and correspondence to internal spiritual things, and this is accomplished when the authority of the LORD is allowed full weight and respect in the Church on earth.]
      [For the Divine authority cannot be in it unless it have the full authority to perpetuate itself, to continue itself by transference through the agency of one official to another, who is to act in his place or with him. The Divine will not be among men unless this be recognized and acknowledged. For in all true order one of the principal elements is continuity, for unless there be in the Priesthood the authority to continue itself; there will be a break in the channels of influx, into the performance of the use by which men are saved from sins, and the Church established.]
     It is the Good of the Divine Love of the LORD which makes Heaven and the Church, and this good is present and active in its own office of saving souls, and inflows into all the truths which exist from it, and by which it effects its saving work, as well as in all the order of Heaven and Church formed by those truths, and expressing the fulfillment of the Ends of the Divine Love. Not until the Church comes to a rational acknowledgment of the LORD'S Presence in His office of the Priesthood and recognizes in the work of that office His authority to perpetuate itself and to continue the means and agencies of the performance of its work of salvation, can we hope to see true order established and the true Church take form and go forth in the power of the LORD to conquer the Earth.
     This acknowledgment of the Priesthood necessarily involves the acknowledgment and reception of the good of the LORD'S merit and justice by which is effected the continual subjugation of the he I Is and the protection of the faithful. The denial of the Priesthood of its position in the Church, on the other hand, necessarily involves the denial of the LORD'S good and of His supreme power to subjugate the hells and restore the heavens to order and to establish a correspondence of order in the Church to the order of the heavens. Such a correspondence cannot possibly exist, where it is claimed that the authority of the Priesthood to discharge the functions of the office does not descend from above-i. e., from the LORD out of Heaven, but that it rises up from below-i. e., from men and congregations of men on Earth who are in evils and falsities and by them consociated with the hells.
     [They who deny this authority of the Priesthood, actually deny that the LORD Himself and alone subjugates the hells. Now as He subjugated them in the human, and by this subjugation drives away from men the hells which are evils and falses, we would have you note that the conclusion is absolutely logical.]

     AN APPEAL FOR FREEDOM.

     You can see from what has been said that your Bishop holds the action of the Convention in the matter of Mr. Pendleton's consecration to be a violation of Divine Order proceeding from a denial of the LORD in the Office of the Priesthood, and you will understand that whilst he utterly repudiates the claim of original authority made for the Convention, and holds it to be a profane assumption of what belongs to the LORD alone, he at the same time declines absolutely to maintain any further connection with the General Pastorate of the Convention. He would be free to act as your Bishop in the discharge of the functions of his office according to the light vouchsafed to his understanding by the LORD Himself, who is the Divine High-Priest of the Church and the Saviour of the human race from the Divine Good of His Divine Love. [He would be free now and henceforth. Free, let me add, to own but one responsibility, not any responsibility that can be interrupted by the rude interference of men, but a responsibility to his Heavenly Father, whom he acknowledges as the only Source of authority, a responsibility more solemn and greater by far than can be any responsibility to men, a responsibility greater and higher because it looks to the LORD-and asks His presence and His Divine sanction of what man, in the weakness of his judgment, may decide to do.

13




     Therefore, it is not, in his conviction, for congregations of men to decide that this man shall be ordained or that man shall be consecrated, but it is in the judgment of the high-priest himself or the Bishop or General Pastor, if you please to call him by that title. He must perform the functions of his office himself, and must be responsible for their right performance, a responsibility to Him who alone has authority-a high and holy responsibility. And you may be sure it is one that will be regarded as most sacred. At the same time in this regard of that responsibility, there is the presentiment of a state of freedom in the performance of the duties of this office which comes with special force to your Bishop at this time. As you well know, during the year he has been brought very near to the portals of the other world, so near as almost to hear the loving invitations proceeding from that world to enter there, and yet in the mercy of the LORD, a mercy hidden in His Infinite Providence, he continues among you in the discharge of his office, and he feels that there is before him in this office, which he does not desire to give up, but which he would resign if the old state were to continue, he feels that there is for him and for all who may come after him, for all who are to be clothed with this office in the future, the prospect of a freedom from the bondage of responsibly to the mere externals of the Church, such as has never existed in the past. They shall answer to the LORD alone, for what they do, and in the freedom of this state there is the supreme delight of looking to the Heavenly Father alone, that delight which the angels have, which is communicated to all infants who come into the world, when they are taught that they have but one father, their Heavenly Father, and that they have no human authority of a human father, but the Divine authority of the Divine Father who is Infinite Love, and who from His Infinite Love would have His children act in freedom, according to reason, in the performance of their duties, believing that the Divine Love will not regard their mistakes and their errors, but will look at their intentions. If, then, the intention of the incumbent of this office be to do the LORD'S Will, he can well bear that higher responsibility, and you, brethren, can well rejoice in his having received it, when you will find that you have taken a step forward in the acknowledgment of the LORD which has never before been taken, and that the LORD in His Priesthood and His High-Priesthood has a representative among you. Not that the representation reflects upon a person at all, for he is but a weak instrument to do the things commanded to be done, though he be a willing servant, one, who like yourselves, in his office acts according to his rational understanding of what the LORD teaches him to do. He is not led blindly by your commands or by the commands of men, but he is a rational man, with his eyes open and looking upward to his Heavenly Father for light and power to do the things which are of his office. Thus, if this be acknowledged in the Church, it will come into the Church, and advance it to a higher form of order and to a higher knowledge of the LORD. Therefore, in taking the step, which is proposed, I we are all entering into the higher freedom of spiritual life. I may state to you that whilst this is claimed for the office it is not without the prospect of trial and temptation, for at the present time there are applications in my hands for consecration into the Bishop's office, one coming from a far distant country and one from our own country. In regard to these it will be necessary for your Bishop to remember his responsibility to the LORD, in order that he may do what is right and just, and what shall be promotive of the justice and merit by which the human race is saved.
     It is in the spirit of these remarks that I have stated my conviction that it would be the right step for us to take to sever our connection with the body which has attempted by a rude interference to deprive your Bishop of his right to exercise his judgment in the performance of the functions of his office, and to subject that office to those which are of an inferior degree. We must protect ourselves and the Church from falling into the great error of determining our principles and movements by votes and by the voice of majorities of men. Men are men before the LORD only as they respect His truth and good, and the love and life to which He leads them. I would have the men of this Church to be men before the LORD, so that the Church may grow up into the regenerate human form, and thus be consociated with the forms of the angelic world.]

     THE RELATION OF THE GENERAL CHURCH TO THE GENERAL CONVENTION.

                         Friday Afternoon.
     THE Bishop stated that the subject of the relation of the General Church of Pennsylvania to the General Convention was before the meeting, and invited all to express themselves freely, in order that the matter might be fully considered by any action was taken.

     Rev. E. J. F. Schreck:-"Our actions should low from a knowledge of the LORD and of His Divine Truth. Only when we go to Him shall we have light, shall we see clearly what actions we are to decide upon. You, Bishop, as the high Priest among us, as the high priest of this Church, and as our teacher, in accordance with the principle that men must be lead by the Priesthood, by truth to good, have presented to us the doctrine bearing upon the subject before us-the Heavenly Doctrine of the New Jerusalem as it has come to us out of Heaven from God, and you have in a general way outlined what good this truth leads us to. It is, therefore, incumbent upon us, in the first place, to give diligent heed to the words of Divine Truth, to the words of the LORD that He Himself has revealed in the Spirit and in the Letter of His Word in order that thus in His Light we may see light.
     "I think, sir, that every one present who has listened to the Divine words as they have been quoted by you in your address, has been impressed with the Divine Truth running through them that the office of the Priesthood is the LORD'S office, and that all the functions thereunto appertaining come from the LORD and not from men. That is the particular principle which, it seems, we must consider in the present crisis. Into this particular enter, I may say, innumerable universals, and it may perhaps be well, in a serious and solemn crisis like the one upon the Church, to consider them-to go back to the very first universal principle that underlies the establishment of the LORD'S New Church.

     THE FUNDAMENTAL OF THE NEW CHURCH.

     "We profess to believe in one GOD, the CREATOR and SAVIOUR of the universe. The God whom we acknowledge is one in essence and one in person, and the LORD JESUS CHRIST is that one God. The LORD JESUS CHRIST is He who from eternity to eternity is JEHOVAH, Who is the 'I AM,' Who descended into the world, assumed the Human, and glorified it. And, when the Church which was established by Him at His first coming came to an end, He again came into the world in the Divine Human which He had assumed and glorified. It is for us of the New Church to acknowledge freely and fully whether we truthfully believe that the LORD JESUS CHRIST has made a Second Coming. Do we believe that He in His Divine Human is present now among men? It has seemed to a number of those who are in the LORD'S office of the Priesthood that this fundamental principle, the fundamental truth of the New Church, which alone can lead to saving good within this New Christian Church, is not freely and fully acknowledged in the New Church as it professes to exist upon earth. The Divine Truth and the Divine Good, which is the Divine Human of the LORD, has been most mercifully revealed to us. It has come down to us in order to redeem and save us, in order to lift us up into conjunction with itself.

14



It has come into the world, the Light has come into the darkness, but the darkness has not comprehended it. It is for us to declare that the LORD JESUS CHRIST has either made His Second Coming in the Writings of Divine Truth, the Writings published through His servant, Emanuel Swedenborg-or He has not; they are the LORD speaking to us with His loving voice, or they are not. The acknowledgment of them is the foundation rock upon which the Church is established-this is the Head of the Corner which the builders have rejected, and which the builders are rejecting, but which must become the Head of the Corner. When the LORD comes in Divine Truth He comes to judgment. His judgments are continuous, and are taking place at the present day. The LORD was rejected when He came into the world the first time, He was rejected when He came into the world the second time, and He is even now rejected in His own house, in that which professes to be His New Church. It is incumbent upon us who see that this is the case to free ourselves, to come out of this bondage of falses which has gradually been woven about us, and come to a position where we can freely worship and acknowledge the LORD JESUS CHRIST in His Divine Human, as He has now revealed Himself the second time, and in this way co-operate with the LORD Himself in the salvation of men.
     "For the purpose of establishing the Church, the LORD, as you, Bishop, have shown from His teaching, has instituted among men an office of the Priesthood, an office which does not belong to men, but to Him who is the Only Man, to the LORD alone. If there is anything that has been made clear in what you have said, it is this, that the Priesthood is the LORD'S office for saving souls, and that it is not man's office. The spirit which prevails upon men of the professed New Church to give more credence, more trust and reliance to the opinions of men than to the Word which the LORD has spoken, that very same spirit looks to me for the salvation of souls, instead of this LORD, and it is that spirit which has laid profane hands upon the office which is, among men, the LORD'S office of saving souls. If there is any duty incumbent upon us as men, whose eyes the LORD has opened, be it even to a small degree, it is that, according to the convictions that have been formed within us, we should remove every barrier to the descent and firm establishment on earth of the LORD'S New Church. If we pray day by day, as we do, 'Our Father who art in the heavens, hallowed be Thy name, Thy Kingdom come, Thy Will be done, as in Heaven, so upon the earth,' must we not then, sir, with all the power that the LORD has given unto us, see to it that His name be hallowed. His name is everything by which He is worshiped-that is, it is His Divine truth and good. He Himself, in his Divine Mercy and Grace, has come down upon earth, for our salvation, for our conjunction with Him. We must, I repeat it, do everything in our individual lives, and also in our corporate lives, to see to it that the Name of the LORD be not profaned, that such a profanation be shunned as a sin against Him, as an evil that originates in hell.
     "That has been the endeavor of the General Church of Pennsylvania from its beginning. We have tried to raise aloft the banner of the LORD, to raise aloft its one guiding truth, that the LORD JESUS CHRIST has indeed come and that He shall-indeed reign. While respecting the freedom of others we have tried to lead them gradually to unite with us in being instructed by the Word of the LORD, and in seeing that the Writings are the writings of the LORD Himself. We have done this for a number of years. But is the LORD'S Name hallowed, in this sense, in the New Church, any more at the present day than formerly? Is there not the same and an increasing denial that the LORD JESUS has come in His Divine Word? We have kept ourselves open to follow the indications of the Divine Providence, what step to take from time to time. We have endeavored, weak as we may be, not to do anything hastily, but have trusted the LORD Who is the High-Priest of His Church, that He will show us, that He will lead us, that He will open the way in which we shall walk. We go on, contenting ourselves with thus promulgating the Gospel of the LORD'S Second Coming. But the Name of the LORD is not acknowledged any this more fully in the professed Church outside of the General Church of Pennsylvania, and those who are in sympathy with it. We pray further: 'Hallowed he Thy Name, Thy Kingdom come Thy Will be done, as in Heaven, so upon earth.' That follows upon the first acknowledgment of the LORD JESUS CHRIST and of the promulgation of His Divine Name upon the earth. We must first recognize the Divine Law-Giver, and the Divine Law which He giveth unto us. Seeing that that Law avails in Heaven, that it is the very breath of Heaven, that everything that exists in Heaven which is truly heavenly is founded upon that law, it is incumbent upon us to see to it that it shall be not only known and acknowledged upon earth, but that it shall be carried out in our individual lives and also in our corporate lives. The Kingdom of the LORD shall come, and His Will be done as in Heaven so upon the earth, and every time we pray that, it means a most solemn obligation, a most solemn responsibility upon our part that we shall do our utmost to co-operate with whatever strength the LORD has given us, and while recognizing that it is the LORD Himself who does it,-to co-operate with Him in the establishment of His Kingdom upon earth; the establishment of His Kingdom, not with the admixture of human conceits, not with the admixture of human wills such as has taken place in the recent proceedings and in the proceedings of years past, in which the office of the Priesthood has been threatened in the way that it has been-but it means that we shall co operate with the LORD'S Will, so that it shall be done upon earth, and that we shall arise from our own desires, wills, and cupidities, and that when anything is seen to be opposed to the LORD'S truth we should at once shun it, that we shall at once remand it to hell, from whence it came, and thus remove everything in our lives and in the life of the Church which will prevent the establishment and the firm grounding of the LORD'S Church upon earth.

     THE TIME HAS COME TO SHUN THE EVIL POINTED OUT.

     "It seems to me, sir, that you, who are amongst us as the representative of the LORD in the office of the Priesthood, which is for the salvation of souls, have plainly shown to us the indications of the Divine Providence; that the time has come for such a shunning of evils as sins against the LORD. You have shown to us that the LORD'S office is not untrammeled, that it is not free. How can the freedom which is the birth-right of the human race from the LORD Himself, how can that be preserved, how can we go on to acquire more and more of that freedom that comes from the LORD only, if we are recreant to our trust by not following the indications of Providence, and freeing the incumbent of the LORD'S office. The office of the Priesthood is the most holy office among men, and the Priests must be free to exercise the functions of that office as their conscience dictates, for it is through this that the LORD JESUS CHRIST, their High-Priest, speaks to them. The indications are sufficient to show that the Divine Providence is leading us this way. The New Church exists upon earth. But it so exists in order to become more and more free, in order to become more and more rational, in order to become more and more spiritual and heavenly, in order, to come more and more into conjunction with the LORD JESUS CHRIST who is its very Soul and Essence. That cannot be done unless when we see an evil we shun it.
     "Every means has been tried in order to establish in the external organization-the common organization that exists in this country-to establish there the Divine office of the Priesthood freely and truly according to the Revelation which the LORD has made to us for that purpose, and these means have not only been ineffectual, but they have been cast back into our face. If that be not a most plain indication of our duty in the premises, I fail to see how we shall ever have a plainer one. Seeing this evil, and seeing that every means has been tried to overcome it in the form of the Church in which we have been organized, and that those means have proved ineffectual,-it is our duty, and it is our solemn duty and we cannot avoid it, to try new means to attain the end for which we are striving. External bonds make not the unity of the Church. The unity of the Church is an internal one, it comes from the LORD, and it consists in the one unanimous acknowledgment of the LORD JESUS CHRIST in His Divine Human, in the understanding, and in the hearts-that is to say, in the lives of men.
     "The time has come for us to take such a stand among the nations upon earth that the Priesthood can, in harmony with the voice which they hear speaking to them from the LORD, establish the New Church upon the basis which the LORD Himself has pointed out to us-aye, upon that basis which the LORD Himself has given us, and which is He Himself; that the Church be established upon this sock, the Rock of Truth. As it is, are we in external form established upon that Rock? In the internal form, yes, but this must find expression in the external also, in the organization of the Church, in order that it may stand completely before the LORD as a man, as a man with flesh and bones and with garments, garments that will fit it, that will show forth the beauty and loveliness of the true temple of the LORD. The time has come. It is something that we owe not to ourselves I alone, it is a duty that we owe to the LORD, in the first place, and that we owe to the heavens. The heavens themselves need a basis here upon earth. Why has the Word been given? The Word has been given as a bond to unite Heaven and earth, in order that Heaven and earth may together appear before the LORD as a man formed into His image and His likeness.

15



The LORD'S Word has been given to us for that purpose, and it is our duty that we shall preserve that Word in forms that are most nearly pure and heavenly under the existing condition of things.
     "For these reasons, Bishop, do I think that we should follow the Divine voice of the LORD as it has been heard in the address that you have given to us, you who, as Priest, are the representative of the LORD in this CHURCH. If we will harken to this voice truly, not only hear it but harken and give attention to it, love to hear what it says, and obey its dictates, if we do that we shall find that the action required of us is this: That we go forth and show to those who are about us, and lead them to the One Pure Fountain of Life, that all may come truly and in freedom, and drink of the water of Life freely."

     "THE HOLY SPIRIT PROCEEDS FROM THE LORD THROUGH THE CLERGY TO THE LAITY." (Canons H. S. IV.)

     Rev. John Whitehead:-"I think Mr. Schreck has stated the truth concerning the consideration of this subject. It should be from the internal to the external. The Bishop has presented to us the true internal phase of the subject which we should consider. We are told in the Writings that the Holy Spirit comes from the LORD to men, through the clergy to the laity, and we know from the Writings, too, that this cannot come in its fullness and purity to establish the Church in its order, as a means for the salvation of man, unless the clergy itself be in the order as laid down in the Doctrines. It comes through the various degrees of the clergy to the laity. And if in the establishment of the Church the degrees of the clergy are in disorder, everything else in the Church is in disorder; it cannot be otherwise. Confusion in the head produces confusion in the body; disease in the head produces disease in the body. The origin of disease is in the most interior fibres, therefore, unless the clergy of the Church be in the order as given in the Doctrines of the Church, there cannot possibly be a New Church upon the earth. It cannot possibly work for the salvation of human souls, it cannot do the work of redemption which the LORD desires and counsels to do through this Instrument of Organization in the ultimate form. We have labored for the introduction of this order into the organized body of the Church, as presented to us in the Convention. We have been in hopes that something of this order might from time to time more and more be introduced, until finally the Priesthood of the General Church of this country should be in the order and in agreement with the principles of the Divine Truth revealed by the LORD, and thereby serve to bring forth this redemption of the LORD into the country and save those who are in danger from the violence of the hells.
     "This hope, to my mind, to the mind of our Bishop and to all our minds, instead of increasing has been gradually diminishing. We have seen in meeting after meeting, utter contempt of the principle of Divine Order, that there should be a High-Priesthood in the New Church And this contempt has been visited upon the head of our Bishop, whom we recognize as the wisest man in the Church, under the LORD'S instruction, from His doctrines, and from whom we have been privileged to see these principles of order. We have received them through the LORD'S representative, not that they belong to this man, but that he has received them from the LORD. Could we have received them if the LORD had not raised up this man as a representative of Him? I say no. Now we come to an issue. The Bishop has raised the issue. He, in his wisdom, sees that he cannot profane the office of the LORD'S representative by remaining any longer in connection with this disorderly condition. We are in freedom to follow the Bishop in this movement, or not. Each degree has its freedom. We cannot bind the Bishop, he is in a higher degree, he acts from his freedom and his rationality. But we have our freedom, we can follow the principles he has presented to us or not; every one is in freedom. It seems perhaps, at first glance, that there is something of force in this idea that the Bishop can no longer retain his connection with this disorderly condition in the General Convention. It seems as if we are forced to follow him. We are not forced. We can act according to our freedom and our rationality and follow him, or we can decline to follow; the Bishop can follow his convictions whether we follow him or not. It has come strongly into my mind that it is our duty to follow what the LORD has shown to us through him, for I believe now that that issue is upon us. We must follow what the Doctrines of the Church teach. In regard to this order of the Priesthood, we know that the Priesthood of the General Convention is in utter confusion and disorder, and that if we retain our connection with that we cannot receive the Holy Spirit, it cannot pass through the clergy to the laity. Therefore the very connection with Heaven is broken and no man can be truly saved through it.
     "We can establish an orderly ministry that recognizes this most interior principle of the reorganized Church, which has not been recognized by the Convention as an organized body, and which on every occasion pours forth its utter contempt of that principle. I consider this to be the question: Can we have a general Priesthood in the New Church, and can we through that work for the salvation of human souls? I am ready at once to separate and sever the connection with Convention and try in an orderly way to make that connection with the LORD and His Truth that will bring down the New Church on the earth in its fullness and power, because the LORD Himself will then be with us, working for the salvation of human souls."

     SEPARATION INEVITABLE.

     Mr. O. A. Macbeth:-"Bishop, I believe the laity, for probably apparent reasons, have not much to say, and I rise only to call attention to what I consider an important part of the question. You may remember that after the Washington Convention the clergy were asked why we should stay in the Convention. The question was again asked last year in Philadelphia, why we should stay in the Convention. It was apparent from external, impartial observation, to any man who believes anything, that the situation was utterly inconsistent. That has not been denied, and now, in place of the clergy telling us why we should stay in, they give us reasons why we should go out, or why we should be separated. I hold that now the question would come up in a layman's mind, 'How do you propose to proceed to effect the separation; if anything further is necessary to effect it?'"

     THIS RADICAL CHANGE UNNECESSARY.

     Mr. Albert H. Childs:-"It is with great sorrow that I heard within a week that this General Church was contemplating to take up this question at this meeting. I knew it had been discussed at the last meeting of the Church, and since that, and although many favor a separation, still there are many who do not. In the discussion that we had last year and since, it seems that the greater part believed it was our duty to remain with the Convention, to do our duty to the Convention since we were a part of it, and to strive to inculcate the proper views, hoping that we might in that way be of use there. If we were unsuccessful in that and our demands rejected, they, if they saw fit, could break the connection, but it was our duty to stand firmly by the obligations which we had assumed with them. This, I thought, was the judgment which had been reached not only by ourselves but by those who took part in the discussion, as set forth by our pastors at that time. And, therefore, until with in a few days, I did not expect this action at the present time. I feel some hesitation in expressing myself very fully in view of all that was said, especially the words of the Bishop, outlining what his action would be. But still I think it is the duty of every one to say what he may have to say on the subject, and if any one is in darkness to get such light as he can. I have failed to see the great necessity for this radical change. It is a most serious matter, to my mind, and one that ought not to be lightly effected. In regard to the remarks of Mr. Schreck, what he said for the most part is what we all could agree to, especially where he took up the LORD'S Prayer and spoke of all the actions of our lives, but many applications I couldn't agree with, particularly when it seemed to reflect upon nearly all the rest of the Church outside of the Church of Pennsylvania. I am slow to believe that the state can be such as he describes. It seems to me that in the trouble of the last two years in the Church the differences are magnified and points of agreement minimized; that it is not impossible for us to go ahead for a time-I don't know how long-but I cannot help objecting to this suddenness.
     "The Bishop brought forth many points which were comparatively new. For instance, that he could not feel in freedom in his present office to perform the duties of the Priesthood. Those are subjects upon which we all require instruction, and instruction that could not be given at a brief meeting like this. Why it is that the General Pastor finds himself so hampered in the performance of his duty I do not know; I believe one charge was that when Mr. Pendleton was inducted into the third degree of the Priesthood objections were raised to that as being contrary to the rules of the Convention, but that it was explained afterward he was not inducted into the Priesthood of the Convention, but into that of the Academy of the New Church."
     The Bishop:-"Yes."
     Mr. Childs (resuming):-"Then that would seem to me as not so serious, because they acted under misapprehension. When the matter was inquired into and a letter written asking for the facts, and to which no answer was returned, the matter was dropped at that point.

16



I do not know why the Bishop should feel himself so bound or hampered in the performance of his office and duty, unless it is that the rule of the Convention prevents him from ordaining ministers when he sees fit. If that is the case the rules govern all General Pastors alike, and may be changed by taking the proper means before the Convention.
     "Those seem to be the main charges against the Convention and we should try to redress them before we take the extreme of parting from them. I do not see why it is not proper to have a general body of the New Church, whether this most general body shall be confined to this country, or embrace the Church throughout the world. The point is we find ourselves by our own free action members of what is calleed the General Convention, an therefore our obligations and duties are not to be lightly thrown off, but only for the very best of reasons.
     "These are among the doubts and reasons which I have had, and I feel compelled to state them here, and to object to the separation at the present time unless I see better reasons than I at present see for this action. I know it has been said, I believe (that point has not been brought out now, but no doubt it will be, it was said in conversation), that the action of the Convention in rejecting the report from the General Church of Pennsylvania constituted good cause for separation. But I hardly think that unless many other reasons exist. That was one reason given among many that would be thought to have such serious weight. The report was hardly expressed in a way that the Convention thought proper, they conceived it to be disrespectful in its terms, and so recommitted it with the request that those offensive expressions be expunged. There was a great deal of feeling on both sides no doubt, but, to my mind, there has been nothing shown that justifies that extreme measure which is now proposed."

     DOUBTS THAT MAY BE REMOVED.

     This Bishop:-"I think some of the difficulties in Mr. Childs' mind, which have caused doubts to arise as to the proposed measure, can be removed by a statement of the facts of the case. The Convention, as I stated in my address, accepted and acted upon a resolution which declared the act of the consecration of Mr. Pendleton to be an act of schism by the introduction of a new Priesthood which would be in conflict with the Priesthood of the General Convention, and referred the question to the Council of Ministers which referred it to a committee. I claim that this was an incompetent committee because it was detailed and instructed to inquire into the performance of the functions of a General Pastor or Bishop, which could only be investigated by a committee of Bishops or General Pastors, according to the well-established principle in our country that a man can only be tried by his peers; and in the course of this attempted investigation they must fail, because the appointment of such a committee was contrary to the principles which I had always advocated. We had tried to get a proper tribunal in the Convention, but they treated our proportion with contempt. This committee, inspired by its knowledge of those things, endeavored to force an investigation when it had not the parties before it, and expressed its opinion that the act was disloyal to the spirit of the Convention. It did not attempt to say it was disloyal to the actual provisions of the Convention, but they invented a spirit to help them out of the difficulty.
     "You will understand, then, that this is the charge made against your Bishop, of being disloyal to the laws governing his office, and that without any investigation of a proper kind, without regard to the fact that the Constitution under which we were all acting, as the Constitution of the general body, provided nothing at all which would sustain such an opinion. That I declare to be intolerable. I cannot act as your Bishop with any degree of freedom if I am subjected to that rude degree of interference with what I claim to be the LORD'S appointment of the duties of my office. I shall discharge them according to my conscience and not according to the conscience of men who have no knowledge of the principles underlying the organization of the Priesthood, and who claim to themselves an authority that is very far past their reach. You will understand, yourself, Mr. Childs, that if you are in the discharge of anything that you regard as your duty, and you are acting according to your conscience, and are called to account for it, and subjected to condemnation on the basis of a law which yon cannot acknowledge, and do not acknowledge rationally, you are placed in a very false position, and your freedom is taken away from you if that is to be continued. If this is permitted to continue, the office of the Bishop cannot be exercised by those in authority with any degree of rationality."

     FROM WHAT SOURCE IS THE OFFICE OF BISHOP DERIVED?

     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"May I ask from what source the office of Bishop is derived; that is the point. This Committee claims that the Convention is the source."
     This Bishop:-"Yes, that is the point this Committee claims, that the Convention is the source. I utterly deny any such profane assumption as that. It is robbing the LORD of what belongs to Him alone."
     Mr. A. B. Childs:-"By whom were the Bishops appointed?"
     The Bishop:-"The Bishop was selected by the Church, by this Church; it involves this Church and its freedom."
     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"Was there no confirmation by the Convention?"
     The Bishop:-"There was a consecration by the officials of the Convention, but I maintain that was not an act of consecration by the Convention, which cannot consecrate. It is of the Priesthood to consecrate, and the act of consecration is simply an external representation of the transference of the Holy Spirit from the LORD through this channel to the individual who is consecrated, and to whom the office is adjoined."
     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"It is an orderly method."
     The Bishop:-"It is a provision of the LORD'S; but it is a most infernal disorder for the Convention or anybody to claim that it is the principal in such transference, it is simply instrumental; it is claiming for the means that which belongs to the end itself; which in this case is the LORD'S. For the LORD, as I have shown you, declares that all authority is His. The Convention says 'all authority is not the LORD'S, but the authority in this case is ours.' I decline to remain on any such assumption as that."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"The question that seems to arise here is this: Suppose a Bishop does an act that seems to the organized Church to be contrary to the principles that should govern his office; what can they do about it, or what is orderly?"
     The Bishop:-"It is orderly to do precisely what I proposed, and what you proposed to the general body of the Church, to do; to establish a tribunal that can try a question that relates to the office of the Bishop, a tribunal of General Pastors or Bishops; a tribunal whose competency the party accused can acknowledge, and before which he can appear; but the Convention, or the general body of the Church, has no earthly (and certainly no heavenly) right to insult the LORD'S office by subjecting it to an investigation by an incompetent tribunal and if we submit to that we submit to the greatest kind of disorder, a disorder that will open the way to all forms of disorder in the future."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"May I ask, further, can the Convention put a man out of the degree of the ministry, or only out of its own body?"
     The Bishop:-"It can withdraw itself from him, but cannot put him out, any more than the Church can put a man out of the Church who has been baptized into it. Baptism makes a man a member of the Church and the Church cannot declare him not a Newchurchman. The Church can say, 'We do not wish to have any further connection with him.' The Church can go away from him, but it cannot put him away, it is not possible, not within the competency of the Convention.
     "The Convention cannot put a Priest out of a Priest's office, he alone can go out of it by resignation. The Convention has no authority over the Priest's office, it does not confer it, nor does it institute it, but the LORD has done these things for us, and we acknowledge all things done by the LORD. I know it is claimed that the Convention has instituted its ministry, I have myself been on the Committee that proposed the form of Constitution which they have, but we went on the ground that we would take the LORD'S teachings and try to formulate that in such a way that we could have an orderly Priesthood in accordance with the Divine Will and Law. That is all the Convention can do. It cannot originate any truth on the subject, much less can it originate the Spirit, for that is of the LORD Himself; and it is transferred by the establishing of a plane for the influx of the LORD into men, which corresponds to and represents the internal principle; into this He can inflow when this plane is established, by the consecration or ordination of an individual. He is set in a proper relation to the spiritual world, in such relation that the Divine can inflow and operate through him, so that the Holy Spirit of the LORD can be transferred through His agency to others. That is all that the Convention can possibly do."
     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"While that has been done under our form of organization; it was considered the orderly way that that should be done by the General Pastors or Bishops, or whoever have the power to consecrate the Bishop."
     The Bishop:-"Excuse me, it was never allowed that the General Pastors can do it, it was claimed that the Convention must do that by the vote of a majority of ignorant men."
     Mr. A. H Childs:-"Is that the way?"
     The Bishop:-"That's the way.

17



A particular Church selects a man for the office, and that particular Church is required to come to the Convention and the Convention passes a resolution, or not as it may think proper, and then the President of the Convention installs or puts into the office or consecrates him in that office. What is claimed in this case is that this form has not been followed. It has not been followed. It was intended that the true form should be followed."
     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"And, further, that all General Pastors who, have once been consecrated have the right to induct others."
     The Bishop:-"That is what is claimed by us, but they claim that the General Pastor has no right whatever in this case; that he must come to the Convention. At the same time the Convention claims that it can be voted, and the right given to some parts of the Church to vest the President or Official of the body with all the powers of a General Pastor, without this form. It is not by any means consistent. I have no doubt at all that the doctrine of the Church teaches that the right to consecrate to the office of General Pastor or Bishop is inherent in that office itself, and that any General Pastor or Bishop can perform that function without reference to any Convention or any congregation of men. Congregations of men may claim to be heaven when they may be hell; the claim does not make it right. I think it is time for us to enter an emphatic protest against these claims. They do not come down from the LORD. They rise up from beneath. No sane man will refer a question to the feet; the feet will aid the head, not the head the feet."

     HISTORY IN CONVENTION RELATING TO THE CONSECRATION OF BISHOP PENDLETON.

     Rev. L. G. Jordan:-"If you will allow me I should like to call attention to one or two particulars in order that while we have the opportunity the in formation may be exact. In the first place, the Bishop inadvertently used a term which is not in the original resolution as passed at the Convention at Washington. He spoke of a schism: now thereby hangs a tale. It is interesting to know that that word was used by the mover of the resolution but it was not introduced into the resolution itself. The resolution will be found in minute 129 of the journal of Proceedings of the General Convention, held at Washington in the year 1889. That resolution is as follows: 'That the Council of Ministers be requested to consider what action should be taken with respect to the induction of the Rev. W. F. Pendleton into the third degree of the ministry, by the Rev. W. H. Benade, on the ninth day of May, 1888, and his (Mr. Benade's) declaration that with him (Mr. Pendleton) should he established a priesthood that shell be the Priesthood of the Academy.'"
     The Bishop:-"Before you go any further, I call your attention to this, that the Committee acted on that idea, and in its question to me, brought it out. They asked me whether I considered that Mr. Pendleton's consecration would involve of necessity his right to ordain others, and the priests so ordained should be considered priests of the general body or not. My answer is, That is for the Convention to decide. It involves the same idea."
     Mr. Jordan:-"Of course I see it does."
     The Bishop:-"They did not venture to bring it out, but I wanted to bring it out, as I knew that was the trouble. For it implied a claim, on the part of the Convention that no such ordination could be regarded as regular and orderly, and as conferring upon the ministry the right to perform the functions of that office, unless the members of the Convention by vote had practically instructed the General Pastor to so ordain; that, therefore, the source of the original authority was with the Convention, and not in the office; that is the idea I think that needs to be understood, and it will answer the difficulty in Mr. Child's mind. That is where the trouble comes in this case, and will come in all such cases in the future. Is this body of the Church prepared to acknowledge that there rests in the Convention any such authority as that?"
     Mr. Jordan:-"One other point, Bishop, please. In the report of the Council of the Ministers upon that resolution, made at the annual session at Chicago, in this year, it is stated that the facts, alleged in Mr. Tafel's resolution of last year were substantially true, that the Rev. W. H. Benade did, on May 9th, 1888, induct Mr. Pendleton into the Third Degree of the Ministry, and that Mr Pendleton is recognized as a Bishop of the Academy of the New Church by its members. This investiture of Mr. Pendleton into the office of Bishop, though performed by a General Pastor of the Convention, was not done by the request of an Association nor with the sanction of the Convention, as required by the Constitution."
     The Bishop:-"That is the point."
     Mr. Jordan:-"Now, the Constitution does not require any such thing. The Constitution, if you will examine it, simply says that the General Pastors may, under these circumstances, invest one with the Third Degree. Then it provides that a man so invested and reporting to the Convention shall be under certain rules of the Convention. It says nothing which prohibits the General Pastor from investing another with the office of General Pastor or inducting him into the Third Degree in some other way than at request of an Association or with the sanction of the Convention. Therefore the Committee was obliged to report that the action was not in violation of the letter of the Constitution. You will find that in the report of the Committee. They acknowledge that Mr. Benade, in acting as a General Pastor and inducting Mr. Pendleton into the Third Degree, did not violate the Constitution, except to this extent, as they go on further to say that it was done under the rules of a body which is not a component part of the Convention. That is their complaint. It is a complaint of a matter for which the Convention is in nowise responsible. That is what is the matter with the Convention, that is the secret of the business."
     The Bishop:-"You are right."
     Mr. Jordan:-"They admit that it is not in their Constitution. The trouble is that they have not the control of the Academy. That's the thing in a nut-shell. Now they go on to say in extenuation of their complaint, 'While it appears to the Council that this act is not loyal to the spirit at least of the Constitution under which Mr. Benade holds the office of General Pastor, nor consistent with the unity of the ministry of the Church, we do not recommend any judicial action in regard to it, deeming it sufficient to present it in the light of the facts of the case.'
     "Thus they deny the right to have any ministry not a part of the Church, which the General Convention now is.

     SOURCE OF UNITY OF THE MINISTRY.

     "The principle which we seek to recognize in the General Church is that there will be a unity of the ministry, and the address which we have heard this morning distinctly laid down the true basis of unity, the recognition of the Divine origin of the Priesthood. When we accomplish that we can have a unity, but when we agree that the unity consists merely in a loyalty to a Constitution established and controlled by a majority vote which can be changed very easily, and is changed at almost every meeting, merely in accordance with the ideas of the locality in which the Convention happens to be held, or the external circumstances which caused the delegation to be made up, then we depart from every principle of unity; even in our agreement we are simply subjecting our unity to the whim of time and circumstance. The unity, if there be a unity, is that which is derived from the LORD. The doctrine upon that subject has been made so clear that I did not suppose it would be necessary for one of us to refer to it. We only do so now to make clear the external principles, and arrange them in their order under that universal principle. The law has been given us, and I must say, after giving the subject such attention as I have, that the truths to which I listened this morning were almost in the nature of a revelation. Not merely because of the perspicacity of the mind of our Bishop, but because he succeeded in arranging in their order the principles involved in the case, from the LORD'S own teaching to His Church. It is that which illustrates, and it is that which affected me in the way I suggest.
     "To finish this matter, the Convention went a step further and said although they did not regard it as quite loyal to the spirit of the Constitution, they still recommended that no judicial action be taken in regard to the matter, 'as it seems sufficient to resent it in the light of the facts of the case.' What would have been the logical conclusion if this act was disloyal to the Constitution of the Convention, disloyal to the true unity of the ministry? Was it a judicious thing to let it go without judicial action? How recreant were those men to their trust as guardians of the unity of the Church and its ministry when they were willing to let the thing slide and passed no resolution of censure of such an act. The Convention claims that it has the right by its Constitution, adopted as a compromise, to take under its charge all these people. There is a question in connection with that which I want to put to the Bishop, and in a few moments I will ask the privilege of putting that question."

     A CANADIAN VISITOR.

     Mr. A. K. Roy, of Toronto, Canada:-"Mr. Chairman, by your courtesy I feel bound to say a word here, although I feel considerable diffidence in rising to speak. I feel interested about the affairs of the New Church, not only in the United States, but in Canada and England. It seems to me it is the duty of every one to speak out. I begin by defining my position. At present I am a member of no Society of the New Church. I have withdrawn my membership from the Elm Street Society in Toronto, because I could not longer continue a member; the reasons I need not trouble you with now.

18




     "Well, now, this crisis has come up before you in relation to the rejection, I suppose, by the General Convention,-at least that has precipitated it,-of the report of this General Church of Pennsylvania at Chicago, for the reason that it contained language which they considered disrespectful. The General Convention, by the rejection of that report, have virtually expelled this Church from the Convention. That is the position I took at Berlin and take now, and I have seen nothing to change it. Suppose this General Church goes to the Convention next year, how is it to go there? Are you going to send in another report? Probably they will treat you the same way and throw it back in your face. My contention is that, if you go at all, and they ask for a report, you must say, 'We cannot give you a report until you deal with the one we have given you,' and the consequence will be that they decline to receive it at all. That is not respect to this body. You do not commit them to what it contains; if it contained the most utter falsehood they ought to have received it, then turned around, criticised it, and passed their opinions upon it, that's the common-sense way and rational way of looking at it; I maybe wrong, but that's how I feel.
     "Now comes up this question of the Priesthood. We have been told in Canada that we were about to be ruled by all sorts of Jesuitism and Priestcraft, and I don't know what else. The terms and the ideas in the minds of those seemed to me at least to have been derived from the state of affairs which has hitherto existed, and probably is existing at the present time within the realms of the Church of Rome, which, however, is not a Church but a religious organization that has denied the LORD, and erected a man in the LORD'S place. We could not be free of priestcraft if we believed everything that was told us, but I say we need not be afraid of priestcraft. Priesteraft is like every other craft, it is good in its own place. Lawyers' craft is all right in its place, so is priestcraft, and if this particular order of priestcraft which you want to erect here is wrong and disorderly, time will tell. In that wonderful struggle of the power of the United Netherlands against the power of the whole Empire of Spain, Philip the Second had a maxim, and it was 'Time and I against any two.' I am willing to take that maxim against this Priesthood; time will tell whether it is wrong. In the New Testament we find it stated 'If it be of God, ye cannot overthrow it; if it be of man, it will come to naught.' If this character of the Priesthood be a creation of your brain, and not drawn from the Writings of the LORD, in His relation to the New Church, it will certainly and surely come to naught. And it ought to, as the Secretary very truly says, and it will do so. There is the position I take. I am not afraid of anything in the New Church, I do not care much what it is, so long as it comes to me buttressed upon the Writings; if it comes buttressed upon that I don't say that I would accept it all at once, because I have found that certain parties in the New Church, a certain section of the New Church, are inclined to take the Writings and attempt to buttress up what I call preconceived ideas. Therefore I ask time to investigate and to satisfy myself, and that, I apprehend, is a claim which no one here will deny, not even any of these gentlemen who are in the office of the Priesthood or our-your Bishop."
     A voice:-"Our."
     Mr. Roy (resuming):-"I would not object very much to saying our. Now in Canada we have a similar crisis taking place. The President of the Canada Association is, and has been for a number of years past, recognized as a General Pastor of the General Convention. Most of you, I presume, have read the New Church Life report of the last meeting of the Canada Association in Berlin, and I must say that that report on the whole is an extremely good one, although a great deal of fault has been found with that report. I was present at that meeting, and I was present there as am here, as a kind of free lance to exercise the right of criticising everybody and anybody, and I will say that if that report were not right, I should not hesitate to criticize it, but that report on a whole is a very good one, and under the circumstances I think it is an extremely creditable one, and, more than that, it is an extremely charitable one, not only charitable to those who favor the views of the Academy which is held up to us as the greatest danger which we have to guard against, but it is charitable to the opponents of the Academy. If the language that was used on the floor had been reported by the stenographer and printed you would have been amazed at some of it."
     (The speaker here entered at some lengths into the details of the T. Mower Martin incident,)
     "Now, I long ago came to the conclusion that majorities, nine times out of ten, in the New Church at any rate, are wrong, and I am for one quite prepared to try the new order of things. But I must say this, that I thought that when I was coming to Pittsburgh to the meeting of the General Church, I was coming amongst a happy family,- where everybody was in harmony, where all were agreed. I find from what I have heard here this afternoon that it is quite the reverse, that they are not all prepared for the action which the Bishop has advised."
     A voice:-"Nevertheless we are all happy."
     Mr. Roy (continuing):-"Well, I hope you are, but at all events you are not all agreed so far as I can judge, from the utterances here this afternoon at any rate. So that that very fact is to me evidence that there is nothing to fear from the recognition by the Church generally, or by that section of the Church who are willing to recognize that order of the Priesthood as it exists and such as is spoken of in the Bishop's address, and as exists in the General Church of Pennsylvania. There is nothing to fear from it. I do not see why the Church should be so much opposed to it as they are. I for one am quite prepared to give it a trial. We have had in Canada two recent importations, of what is there styled Foreign Ecclesiastics, for what reason I don't know, I don't see why the New Church should be designated by geographical terms in any way specially.
     "The Secretary referred to the Convention claiming to include a portion or all of Canada. It seems to me, while that is true in fact, still the New Church should be free from geographical boundaries, that should not come into the question at all. The unity of the New Church rests upon far higher ground, and on a far higher plane than that, so that I do not think we need to fear the annihilation of the Priesthood in that way, and I for one would be happy to try it and see it inaugurated, to see the results, what they are and judge it by them."

     SECTION 4, ARTICLE F, OF CONVENTION'S CONSTITUTION.

     Mr. Jordan:-"There are one or two particulars of fact that ought to be cleared up. It seems to me, and it may possibly help to the solution of the question, we will be freer to apply principles if we do not regard facts mistakenly. One important element in all this matter, especially from the side of the Convention, has been that it was claimed in the Convention that the original regulation of the work of the General Pastor intended to allow to Associations the right to invest the General Pastor or Presiding Minister for the time, so to speak ex officio, with, the functions of a General Pastor. It is said that as that article was originally adopted in the compromise Constitution, it was so intended to work; but, that when they tried to apply it, it was discovered, upon consultation with legal authority, that it was not so framed as to operate in that manner, and it is alleged that the amendment to the Constitution which has been referred to in the Bishop's address, where he spoke of New York and Illinois, was introduced for the purpose of giving effect to the original intention; that no new idea was thus introduced, but that it was simply making, in technical form, possible that which was originally intended, but which could not be effected, owing to the faulty wording of the section. The section No. 4 of Article V of the Constitution, Journal of the Convention held in Boston, in 1888, read:
     "'A Pastor after a suitable term in the pastoral office, may, by request of an Association, and with the sanction of the General Convention, be invested with the office of General Pastor, with power to authorize Candidates, ordain Ministers, and preside over a general body of the Church, while acting as Presiding Minister of any Association, or of the General Convention.'
     "Then there was a proviso that the adoption of this rule should not affect the status of the existing ministers, and those that were consecrated should be classed as General Pastors. Now, in amending that section they adopted such a clause as to make it read, in addition to what has been given:
     "'Or, an Association may, with the sanction of the General Convention, temporarily invest the powers of General Pastor in its presiding Minister, or Superintendent, during his continuance in office.'
     "Now, the point upon which I wish to secure the judgment of the Bishop is, whether in the minds of those who were interested in the formation of that Constitution, and who are here present, and who represent the principles of the General Church of Pennsylvania, there was any intention or any understanding that that loose power of operation as ordaining ministers or general pastors should be conferred ex officio, temporarily, and to cease with the end of the incumbency of the office?"
     The Bishop:-"In point of fact there is no truth whatever in that statement, not a particle of truth. It is an invention of those who were in perplexity to find reasons for what they wanted to do, equal to that 'spirit of the Constitution.'

19



the Committee that first proposed the order as it exists there, was composed of four members of the Church; of these four there were who were in favor of an orderly ministry, but the other did not know what he wanted, it may have been in his mind, but wasn't in the Committee, I can assure you."
     Jordan:-"Then it wasn't in the original idea of the Committee at all?"
     Bishop:-"Not at all, there is not a word of truth in it, it is a pure invention."
     Jordan:-"That disposes of the only defense that the Convention has for that action."
     Bishop:-"And that is proved by going to the Journal of meeting of the Convention in Boston when this subject was first brought up; it is proved by the discussion of the subject there. The New York Association applied for power of the General Pastors, and it was opposed there. Those who belonged
Committee that were present in this meeting, Mr. Warren and myself, opposed that, and it wasn't brought forward at that time."
     Mr. Schreck referred the meeting for fuller particulars to the Report of the Boston Convention, published in New Church Life, vol. viii, pp. 90-94.

     CONVENTION'S VIEW OF THE ARRAIGNMENT.

     Jordan:-"There was just one other point, as a matter of fact, that needs to be cleared up. It has been said that the understanding is that the only objection of the Convention to the Report of the General Church of Pennsylvania was that it was disrespectful in form. Now, that is a point which I am able to clear up, from experience. I was on the ground, and the record is plain. At Chicago it was suggested that we put our complaint into the form of a memorial instead of a report. I objected to putting in that form."
     The speaker here quoted from the Report of Proceedings of Chicago Convention, New Church Life for August, 1890, page 131, the portion including the words:
     "Chairman:-'Do not arraign the Convention.' . . .
     "Chairman:-'It is out of order. You are entirely out of order. You are going on to arraign the Convention.'
     "Mr. Jordan:-'I will not appeal from the decision of the Chair. It is not the form, it is the substance that the Chair objects to. . .
     "Chairman:-'We object to both substance and form.'"

     Rev. N. D. Pendleton:-"While you are speaking in regard to the decision of the Chairman you must remember that the Vice-President had before ruled the other way, so that there were two rulings given in the Convention."
     Mr. Jordan:-"No. The Vice-President did not rule in that form, that is a point which I will clear up if necessary. I do not wish to discuss things that are not important, but it can be shown from the report that the Vice-President was practically on the same side."
     Mr. Pendleton:-"Oh! I know that."
     Mr. Jordan:-"The bearing of the observation is this: That a matter of fact it would not have made the slightest difference whether we put our report into the most polite and decorous language possible, it was the substance of the thing to which the Convention objected, and that was the matter which was distinctly brought before the Convention, for remember it was the President of the Convention sitting in the Chair, ruling upon the point, and not a single soul in the Convention objected to his ruling in that case. The whole Convention adopted his ruling, even if he had spoken in the heat of debate, or from excitement of any sort, and without the authority of the Convention, it was easy to cure the mistake and set it right, for there were plenty of people present who had not lost their heads, and from all appearance the Chairman in that instance was as cool as he usually is in the chair. I do not mean to say that that implies an iceberg by any means. Now, the simple fact remains there was no sort of redress open to us, there was no way of getting before the Convention except in the way in which we went, and by that method prescribed by the Constitution we approached them with our complaint. I do not believe it is possible to devise a way which will be any more favorably received, and I am certain in rejecting our report, the leading elements of the Convention, the ones that have the power to gain a majority vote, intended to shove out just as much of the substance of the General Church of Pennsylvania as they possibly could, and that the real bearing and effect of the rejection of that report was a substantial rejection of the Church of Pennsylvania. I say this as one who was a representative at the time."
     The Bishop:-"Will you please to inform me whether there was any specification of the disrespectful language?"
     Mr. Jordan:-"The specification of the disrespectful language was both general and some of it was quoted. It was that we omit anything that implied on the part of the Convention, as unjust, or unkind, or unbrotherly action; we were therefore left entirely free to say that they were brethren to us and had acted kindly and justly and equitably, but not free to say that they had acted unkindly, unjustly, and inequitably, no matter how strong our convictions that such were the facts. That was the substance of it, it was not an objection to specific terms, but if we had put into any terms that it is possible to employ by the use of the English tongue, the substance of the charge that they had not been fair, just, and right in their action against us, the same sort of spirit would have prevailed, and our report would have en rejected. It was not the Chairman alone that gave utterance to those sentiments, but it was the other members, and one of the officers of the Convention stated that the resolution was not as strongly put as he desired."

     A RESOLUTION OFFERED.

     Mr. Burnham offered a resolution declaring that the compromise between the General Convention and the General Church of Pennsylvania had been broken, and requesting Councils to draw up a declaration of the relation existing between the two bodies.


                                   Friday Evening.
     A VERY enjoyable social was held on Friday evening in the school-rooms, which were quite crowded with happy people. Several toasts were drunk and fitting responses made. The presence of the Bishop added not a little to the pleasure of the evening. The soft color of the walls, finished throughout with yellow pine, and the cheerful glow of the natural gas burning in open fire-places formed an excellent framing to the whole.


     THE THIRD DAY.

                         Saturday Morning, November 15th.
     THE meeting was called to order by Bishop Pendleton, who asked the Rev. Enoch S. Price to conduct the opening Services.
     Bishop Pendleton then took the chair, but during the reading of the minutes of the previous day Bishop Benade came in and took the chair.
     The Bishop declared that the resolution offered by Mr. Burnham yesterday was before the meeting.

     ON MR. BURNHAM'S RESOLUTION.

     Mr. Burnham:-"Bishop, I would like to suggest that in the discussion we avoid entering too much into the particulars of the existing condition of affairs in the Church. I noted yesterday that a large portion of the time was given to the little facts connected with the disorderly proceedings in the Convention within the last few years. Now, it is a small matter whether the disorder was on our part or on theirs. Whenever a disorder occurs, it is an evidence of something that is existing within, and it should cause us to look to see what is the internal condition, and when these facts have called to our attention the disorder, we no longer have to do with them, except to see if there is anything done upon our part for which we should apologize or make amends; that might be considered in a subsequent resolution; but this resolution has brought before us the question as to whether we are or have been in internal conjunction with the General Convention, and I think it would be well for us, possibly, in considering this, to ask ourselves these two questions: If the General Church were already existing entirely free from the General Convention, and the General Convention were also existing, would we, as individual members, provided it was orderly for us to do so, belong to both bodies? Would we care to belong to the General Convention? I think, if we look at the two bodies, the General Church as being what we hope it will be, and at the General Convention as it is, and ask ourselves the question, Would we care, as individual members, to belong to the General Convention? I think it would be clear to us what position we I should assume.
     "There is one other thing to ask ourselves: Whether it interferes with the progress of the New Church in the world for us to continue to belong to the General Convention?

20



If we ask that, I think the answer is clear. Many matters were brought up in Joint Council, showing why there was no internal relation between the two bodies, and showing why it is that there can no longer be any conjunction; and if we confine ourselves to a consideration of those matters, and leave out of consideration, for the present, all these little things which have merely brought it to our minds, there will be no doubt but that we will be united in our actions."
     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"Bishop, I only wish to call attention to one point in Mr. Burnham's address in which he lays down the basis upon which this question of union should be considered; That we should look at it as if we were now two entirely distinct bodies, and consider whether, that being the case we would be willing to unite with the Convention. That looks to me very much like one who, having assumed an obligation, should, when a little trial came in the course of time, in the carrying out of that obligation, consider whether he would have assumed that obligation in the light of subsequent events, and not carry it out, unless he would have made it at a later day."
     Mr. Burnham:-"Bishop, I understand that our obligation is to the LORD, and not to men. I understand that if we have entered into an unwise compact, and we see it hindering the growth of the LORD'S New Church, we cannot only recognize that, but we can state that we see that clearly, and ask to be relieved from our contract, because we see that we had no business to go into it."
     Mr. A. H. Childs:-"Bishop, it might be carrying the illustration a little too far to say that when a man finds himself unhappily married, and wishes to be free, he has a right to consider the question as to whether he would like never to have been married!"

     MUTUAL TRUST NECESSARY.

     Mr. George O. Starkey:-"Bishop there have been presented interior grounds for believing that the General Convention and the General Church of Pennsylvania are not one, as to the essentials of the Church. That being so, there is not an internal union. Where there is no internal union, external bonds of connection must, sooner or later, be loosened and fall away. Now, I would like to bring the question down to a more external plane than has been presented, and yet I hope to do it in a general way, and not go into particulars, for I recognize the danger of discussing particulars, at this stage of the discussion, at least. Internals rest on externals. Now, I maintain that the only basis of relation and connection between individuals or organizations is that of confidence, mutual confidence. There is an internal to that, and there is an external to the internal. Have faith in the LORD-that is, trust. Trust is the basis of the structure of human life. If we do not trust in the LORD'S intention, in His ability to carry out that of which He approves, we cannot believe in Him. Faith must descend into trust. Men who have dealings with each other must trust each other, or everything lacks a containing basis. Why, even in ordinary business intercourse, with men in whose internals we have not the slightest trust, that intercourse rests on a certain kind of trust; that trust is restraint, law in its most ultimate form. We know that there is a basis on which we can rely. The trust that I am speaking of now is a trust in the consciences of those with whom we deal, and in their qualifications, mentally and morally, to sustain that part of the compact which their business relation, or the relation of co-operation, involves.
     "Now, do we trust the General Convention, and does the General Convention trust us? If so, then we can continue to have relations; if not, it seems to me a mere sham and a mere show for us to go on in relations with them. Do they trust our sincerity? Do they trust the faithful and full reports of our meetings-which are the fullest reports of the most sincere discussions that exist in the body of the Church as it exists to-day? Do they believe that those discussions represent our true thoughts and purposes, or do they not rather attribute to us some hidden and ulterior motive, something beneath, as being a move toward domination over the minds and freedom of men? I think their action and course and the utterances of their journals clearly show the lack of any such trust as I have outlined as necessary, else they don't read our journals. If they did, they never could accuse us of secrecy, of lack of charity. I think the lack of trust is clear upon their side. How do we feel toward them? What have we to rely upon? Their professions of charity and good-will and desire to leave us in freedom? I think that these questions must be answered, and to my mind they are already answered."
     Mr. Swain Nelson:-"Bishop, it seems tome that this question of separation is not a new one. It seems to me that we separated long ago, and I wish to call your attention, to this. Is there any use in common that we can perform, or have been performing ever since we left them, or they left us, as the case may be. I cannot think of any uses that we are performing in common. The uses of the General Church are not performed by them, and it seems to me, if I remember your instructions, that the importance of life is in uses. In proportion as we can perform uses we will be able to prosper, and we will be able to perform those uses if we are entirely free."

     ANOTHER VISITOR FROM CANADA SPEAKS.

     Rev. E. S. Hyatt, of Parkdale, Canada:-"Bishop, not long after the meeting of the Convention in Washington, a prominent member of the Convention came down to Toronto, and complained that the Canada Association had not been represented at the Convention. He was told that Mr. Hyatt and Mr. Waelchli were there. This answer was, 'Oh! we do not regard them as Newchurchmen.' They do not regard us as Newchurchmen at all, and I must say that on our side we have very grave doubts as to their being Newchurchmen. How, then, under these circumstances, can there be any real bond of union? Now to be a Newchurchman is to worship the Divine Human in the form in which He appears in His second advent.
     "In doing this work, do we find that the Convention are helping, or do we feel that they are hindering? For myself, I must say that in regard to their forms of worship they are an obstruction to worshiping the LORD in His Divine Human, and make it more difficult than it otherwise would be to lead people to clearly recognize that we know that thus LORD has effected His Second Advent. Therefore, if the Convention and those who sympathize with us, cannot co-operate in carrying out the essential uses of thus Church, where can there be a bond of union? It must rest upon those uses, and if we cannot co-operate in performing those uses, the mere fact of professing to be united together is a sham."

     REVIEWING THE HISTORY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

     Rev. C. T. Odhner:-Bishop, I have thought it would be useful briefly to review the history of the New Church, with respect to the issue that is now before us.
     "From the very beginning of the New Church, there have been two classes of Newchurchmen. One that accepted the Revelation given by this LORD in His Second Advent, as a Revelation from Him to them. Another class who accepted it simply as a matter of understanding, without seeing that the Doctrines were to be realized in life. From the very beginning of the New Church these two classes have not agreed. In the latter part of the last century, when the question came up of establishing a New Church in an external form, these two classes were very distinctly drawn. There was a party of separationists and a party of non-separationists- One party, led by men like Robert Hindmarsh, and a few other outspoken Newchurchmen, were told that they must separate from the Old Church; another class, led by clergymen of the Old Church, who had accepted the Doctrines of the New, believed that the Old Church would gradually become New. These same ideas we find present at this time, and in them are involved all the principles of the General Church. The New Church in England became established by the efforts of the separationists, and during the first twenty years of its activity the New Church made such progress as it has never made since. Missionary work was made on distinctively New Church principles, and the authority of the Doctrines was more or less clearly seen. Gradually, however, the men of the New Church began to draw nearer to those who had remained in the Old, began to affiliate with the other class of Newchurchmen, and a separation took place in the external New Church, inasmuch as Robert Hindmarsh, and the soundest men in the Church with him withdrew from the General Conference. Again, after some years, these men, who had withdrawn from the Conference, were induced to re-join it, but the result was a weakening on both sides. Hindmarsh himself, never was, after he had again joined the Conference, what he had been before. His interest seemed to be taken up with more general subjects, and the Conference in general began to weaken more and more, until, at this date, it can hardly be called the LORD'S New Church.
     "So in America, the same two classes of Newchurchmen have also been present. In the early days, when the Doctrines were first promulgated, and a Society was established in Philadelphia, there were among the early men, staunch Newchurchmen, among whom may be mentioned Jonathan Condy and Judge Young, of Pittsburgh, who, as you can see from history, belonged to the Order of the New Church. The New Church became more fashionable. Some, however, remained true to the sound principles.

21



After a time a Central Convention was formed.
     "I think it is well to call to mind in this manner that separations have taken place before in the New Church, and that when again united on an external basis the end was not achieved; neither, of the parties were really benefited, as far as I can see.
     "After some years the Central Convention (which, indeed, was not what we would now call a sound Church, but which had certain sound principles in it) was dissolved, and those that had been members of it (most of them, at least) joined the General Convention.
     "But I do not see that the object of these men who joined the General Convention again has been achieved by that union. Peace has not been established in the Church. The same issue was present after this union with the Convention, and I believe that we can trace the proposed action of this General Church, we can trace its start to the very beginning of the New Church as it was established in the world, and I believe that this aim of such men as Hindmarsh and the early founders of the New Church was to establish such a Church as we are now endeavoring to establish. Let us now, therefore, take this step, and endeavor to establish the New Church on the solid rock of Faith in the Divine authority of the LORD'S Revelation, and then build the house accordingly."

     FREEDOM NECESSARY.

     Rev. N. D. Pendleton:-"Bishop, there is one principle that is fundamental to all New Church life, that we all recognize, and that principle is freedom. A man must have freedom in order to become a regenerated man, and all interference with his freedom is so much in the way of his becoming a regenerated man. It is the duty of every Church, as it is the duty of every individual man, to first guard its own freedom, or there is no hope of its regeneration.
     "I do not mean by freedom what is known in this country at the present day as a man's rights, but I mean by freedom whereby a man would be enabled to live the life of the Church according to the Divine Order as laid down in the Writings, and this by the wisdom that comes from the LORD'S Revelation to him; because in no other way can man overcome his evils. He cannot rid himself of falsity and evil, except by the LORD'S Divine Truth, and that comes into his understanding from the Writings, and he should guard his freedom, in the first place, as being that essential element of his life, or that essential thing in his life, into which alone the Revelation of the LORD can come. Because this end of all is the salvation of human souls, which should be the action in view of every man of the New Church. And I take it that this is the end that we have in view in obtaining this freedom of the General Church of Pennsylvania to-day.
     "Now, that freedom that I speak of is essential to this Church, and the question comes, 'Does this Church have that freedom as it now stands?' It seems very plain to me that it does not. From all that I have seen in the attitude of the Convention, I know that there is a state of opposition in the General Convention against this Church which, imperils its freedom to a greater or less extent. Now, we desire our freedom, and we know that unless we protect our freedom we are in no position to give another man his freedom. The Convention interferes with our freedom, and we are not in a position to give freedom until, we are in a position to maintain our own. There is a clash that disturbs the freedom of both. What do we expect to gain by remaining? Shall we have any more freedom by remaining in the Convention? Do we not know that if we stay there will be an endless and continual conflict. If we hold to our principles there is sure to be war to the end. On the other hand, can we hope that the Convention will come to us? We entirely repudiate any idea of giving up ourselves. It seems to be a hopeless case."
     Mr. George O. Starkey:-"Bishop, I agree with the last speaker in his remarks on freedom. Our Bishop has appealed to us to give him freedom to act in his office. The General Conference knows nothing of such freedom, and why? Because it knows nothing, apparently, of trust in the men who discharge the functions of Priesthood; because it does not trust in their loyalty to the Doctrines, in their subordination of self to their function. The idea of government in the present world is founded on mistrust. Rulers are so hedged about and circumscribed that they can do nothing, instead of being loosed that they may do good. There is the essential point of difference between us. We trust their consciences; we trust our Bishop; and even if, in the last extremity, our Bishop should not be the man we take him to be, we still have to have trust somewhere. We have to trust in the tribunal of Pastors or Bishops. We must have trust; and that is what the Convention knows little about trust in the consciences of men."

     ON THE PRIESTHOOD.

     Mr. Whitehead:-"Bishop, something has been said about the internal and the external, and in my previous remarks I spoke of the General Pastorate as being the internal of the Priesthood, as being next to the LORD. Our endeavor has been in the Convention to establish order. Thus is not established at the present time, and the whole Priesthood is in confusion. The Bishop's address was largely on that topic, and he referred to the Priesthood of Aaron. There was a time, before that Priesthood was fully established, when Aaron did not have that representation, and then he represented the external separated from the internal. I wish to read something from the Doctrine on that subject, which I think is descriptive of the state of the New Church at the present day. It is really a prophecy of the state of the New Church."
     Mr. Whitehead read from n. 10,397 and 10,400 of the Arcana Coelestia, and resumed:
     "At the present time the general state of the Convention is looking to the letter separate from the internal sense, which is the Doctrine revealed by the LORD. There is a general confession throughout the Convention at the present day that they believe that the Writings are Divine and should be carried out in the Church, but when we come to discuss a particular subject as to what the Doctrines teach, there is an immediate rejection of that, and it is thrown aside by the saying that it is an interpretation, without bringing forth, anything to show that that interpretation is not true.
     "In the matter of the establishment of a General Pastorate in the Convention, we have labored to bring the Church into that for many years, and the more the effort is made, and the more the teachings are shown to establish it, the more contempt is thrown upon the office. I have been in hopes that, by continual effort, the Convention would be brought into order, but those hopes are entirely dissipated. I do not see that by going there in the way we do, we can establish the Priesthood in the Convention, and I am convinced that the time has now arrived to establish it ourselves."

     WHO ORDAINS: CONVENTION, OR THE LORD?

     Bishop Pendleton:-"Bishop, I would like to say a word to try to make a little more clear the fact asserted by you in your address, that the Convention has laid a profane hand upon the Priesthood. If that can be made clear to us, our duty is plain, to remove ourselves from that profane connection and sphere. If the Convention claims (as it has been made clear to us that it does claim) to ordain-that ordination is in its hands, then it is clear that the Convention claims that which belongs to the LORD alone. If the Convention claims to be the LORD'S vicar on earth, then it is over-reaching itself. I think, brethren, that our Bishop has made that clear to us, and in stating what he did, and in showing to you, as he did, that the LORD alone ordains, he only said what is a part of a most universal truth of all human life, that the LORD alone does all things, and that man himself does nothing. Man, as our Bishop has said, merely provides the plane into which, the LORD can enter to remove the evil. The evil must be removed. Man merely provides the plane by acknowledging evils are sins against God: he provides the plane and the LORD comes and removes the evil from him.
     "Does man baptize? Man provides the plane, and the LORD comes, through His holy office, and baptizes, and introduces man among Christians in the Spiritual world.
     "Does man administer the Holy Supper? Emphatically, no! but the LORD Himself administers the Holy Supper-man provides the plane.
     "Does man ordain? Is it not plain to us all that man merely provides the plane? The LORD ordains. Neither the Convention, any other body of the Church, nor the whole human race together can ordain. It is the LORD Himself who does it.
     "This is a vital question that is before us. The Convention claims to ordain. We believe that the LORD alone ordains, and the Priesthood must be free. The ordaining Priest, the one who is in the third degree, must be free to go to the LORD and ask Him if this man who presents himself is to be ordained; not to ask men, but to ask the LORD. And how does he ask the LORD? He goes to the Doctrines of the Church, and those Doctrines teach him that if this man fulfills, all the requirements of the Doctrines which are provided for ordination, then the LORD ordains. So that it is, in the judgment of the Priest of the third degree, in the holy office which he is administering that the LORD ordains.

22





     FREE THE PRIESTHOOD!

     "Our Bishop has called upon you in the light of this truth, to rise in your might and tear away this profane hand that has been placed upon the Priesthood, that it may stand free before the LORD and before the Church to do the uses which he is called upon to do on earth; and the question is, Shall we do it? As has been said by Mr. Starkey, the element of trust must enter. Do you trust your Priesthood? Do you believe that they are bound by conscience? If you do, take away all external bonds from them, and let them be alone under the bond of conscience, under the bond which binds them to the LORD alone in the performances of their offices. Will they not perform it then with much greater freedom, and lead more clearly the men of the Church in the way to Heaven? I contend that that is the case. The more freedom the Priest has, the more he can apply to the LORD and be instructed by Him. Therefore, I say, take away all external bonds, if you love the Church and desire to have it established on earth. We are told that the more the external bonds are removed from the angels the more nearly they can draw unto the LORD; but, on the other hand, the more the bonds are taken away from the evil ones, the more they will rush into evil. If you believe that your Priesthood will rush into evil, then put these bonds on them. But, if you believe that your Priesthood has a conscience, take away these bonds and leave them free to draw near to the LORD in the performance of the uses of their office. This is the essence of the whole question. This is the issue. The Priesthood has been assaulted. Are we prepared to maintain the LORD'S office, the only office He has with man for establishing Heaven in the world?"
     Mr. Walter C. Childs:-"Bishop Pendleton asked us the question a moment since as to whether we have confidence in our Priesthood, and stated that if we have we will carry out a certain line of action. I think it is safe to say that we have that confidence. If that alone was the argument, it might be just, but I am glad there is something else besides that. Were that the only reason given, an appeal by the Priesthood to the laity, that might be open to doubt. Now, I contend there is more than that in this.
     "The question before us is in regard to severing our connection with the General Convention. The reasons for that have been given from every plane, by Bishop Pendleton and by the Bishop of the General Church from the highest plane, by other speakers from the lower rational planes. Now, take it upon the merest external plane. In the world there is one principle well established, that a partnership should exist only so long as full trust exists-a business partnership. A man that should get into great difficulties from a partnership would receive very little sympathy among business men were it knows that he and his partner had been working together for years without any trust one in the other. Now, can there be in any one's mind a reasonable doubt that this lack of trust exists between the General Convention and this Church? Mr. Burnham said that he would like to hear some reasons given showing how it would be not only to our benefit but to the benefit of the Convention, should we receive our freedom. Reasons have been given. It appears to me that we infest the General Convention. I doubt if any other body of men could make those men commit acts that we criticize. I can regard them with charity in that way, and in no other way can I can account for those actions except that we are, in a certain sense, responsible for them. A year ago I was among those who were very much opposed to leaving the General Convention, but I have thought over the matter a great deal during the past year, and it took me but a few months to make up my mind that we ought to leave the Convention. I think we infest the General Convention, and I am sure that they infest us. It is evident that we do not leave them in freedom. We stir up their evils. I have said that I was formerly in doubt as to whether we should leave the General Convention, but I am no longer undecided. I believe we should heave now."
     Mr. Burnham:-"Bishop, I wish to enter a most emphatic protest against mixing up the office with the man. Bishop Pendleton has made a speech asking us to set the Priesthood free. He does not ask us to set the present incumbents of the Priesthood free. He asks us to give confidence to the Priesthood because it is the LORD'S Priesthood, knowing that if the LORD'S New Church is to be established, the LORD is going to provide that the incumbents of this office shall be true men. And I, as a layman, object to having this characterized as a personal appeal. I do not consider it as that at all. An assault has been made upon this office, and it is the business of the incumbents of this office to say plainly that such an assault has been made and to cry out to us, and I protest against its being characterized as a personal appeal. It is the LORD'S office of the Priesthood that has cried out to us, and that office we as laymen must support."
     Mr. George O. Starkey:-"Bishop, I should like to ask a question, just as a matter of the use of terms. Would it not be better to say that the presence of truth on a higher plane causes infestation? We cannot say that truth infests, but that truth produces separations, causes the separation of falsity from truth, and of evil from good; and then the hells can invade those Societies that follow falsity and evil and infest them. But when a higher principle inflows into a lower, it produces the effect of a judgment, which judgment is a separation between that which is good and that which is evil, that which is true and that which is false. In that sense we may speak of infestation in such a case as this."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"Bishop, I want to make a little explanation. I am much obliged to Mr. Burnham for setting me right. I did not mean that this was a matter of personal appeal, but that, to a certain extent, it had that appearance. I think, from what was said by Mr. Pendleton, and also by the Bishop, that it looks like a personal appeal to the laity to show confidence in their clergy."
     Mr. Burnham:-"Bishop, I want to apologize to Mr. Childs if I apparently reflected on him."

     THE SEPARATION ALREADY EXISTS.

     Dr. Edward Cranch:-"Bishop, it occurs to me to ask, first, the question, are we not already practically separated? Whenever a member of this body comes In contact with the members of other New Church Societies, he is looked at as a different order of being, and that has been so for some time. We are seized upon and asked all kinds of questions as to what we believe, and what we do, and what we mean by this, and that, and the other, and how we do things in our Church. Practically, it looks like a separation on the commonest plane of thought. And that was emphasized to me as long ago as five years when one of the most prominent leaders in the Convention (I may say the most prominent) asked us, 'Why did all you folks in Erie join the Church of Pennsylvania? Didn't you know it would separate you and isolate you from all the rest of the Church?'
     "Now, in regard to the office of the Priesthood. A parallel occurs to my mind that may be of some little use. When a body of men or a family choose a physician, they do not create the office in him; they simply give their adhesion to him as to views. His office is created after his preparation, and the establishment of the proper plane in his mind of the duties of that office; his office is established by the legal judgment of other members of the class holding the same office; and that office once held by virtue of that preparation and the declaration of his equals in that office, cannot be withdrawn from him, except by his own vicious conduct. He may even hold the office in abeyance, cease to exercise its functions, but the office still remains with him unless he has destroyed his usefulness by his vicious conduct.
     "Now, it would seem as if the same would apply to the Priesthood. When a man has once evidenced his preparation for the first, second, or third degree of the Priesthood, and his fitness has been passed upon by his superiors, that office cannot be taken away from him by any body of laymen; it can only be taken away by his own vicious conduct which destroys that plane in his mind. It does seem to me that that would he saying, in effect, that a man might be living one year in the third degree of the Priesthood, and the next year might be taken down from that degree.
"There is another thing in regard to one of the uses of the General Church in which we have never been upheld by the General Convention, and that is the careful training of the young in the principles of the New Church, as brought down to the details of every-day life, except as it is taught to them in sermons, in Sunday-schools, and in Doctrinal classes. In other words, there is no attempt to instruct the young in their daily life so that they will become citizens of the New Church, and afterward citizens of Heaven. On the other hand, the view taken by the other aide is something like this: 'Let the children be free when they are young.' But children cannot be free-they cannot have freedom and rationality until their minds are formed. The expression has often been repeated to me: 'Let the children be free when they are young, and when they are old enough they will choose for themselves.'
     "The separation has actually taken place, and it only remains for us to effect the formal act of separation."

     THOSE THAT CANNOT PULL TOGETHER SHOULD SEPARATE.

     Mr. Ralph Means:-"Bishop I wish to give expression to my views on this question. First, I would ask if I make any error that I be corrected.

23




     "The Writings teach us that the Ancient Church derived its intelligence from the science of correspondences. In the New Church it should be the same. The Writings and our observations teach us that no two men are the same as to intelligence. Therefore, the General Convention, as a whole, and the General Church of Pennsylvania, being two different men, are different also. Being different, we can compare them, according to the science of correspondence, to that which signifies intelligence, the horse. The horse, a noble animal! Here, we see from observation, the same difference prevails. No two horses are exactly alike. Now, let us put two different horses together in one team. If those two horses do not pull together, there will be no movement forward. One horse backs, the other goes ahead; one pulls at one time, the other remains still. There is no advancement. Now shall the LORD'S New Church advance, or shall it stand still from opposing forces? We of the General Church should at least advance. Let us go on with the work which the LORD wills shall be done for the salvation of men. If we cannot pull in harmony with the General Convention, let us be separated and pull separately. Let us accomplish something which is to the advancement of the LORD'S New Church.
     "Now, there are uses at present, uses which must be performed immediately. There are members of this General Church of Pennsylvania who have contributed toward one use three or four different times, and are willing to make a further contribution. I speak of the preservation of the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg in the ultimate form. Having been appointed a member of the Committee to solicit contributions from the members of the General Church of Pennsylvania for this use, I know whereof II speak. Now, there has been a considerable sum contributed and handed over to the General Convention for this use. This sum is insufficient for the performance of the use. Now, if this use is a proper one to be performed, it should be performed, and the LORD will provide the means. And if we cannot act in unison with the General Convention in performing this use, let them return this money that we have handed over for this use. We do not say that we will do it all ourselves and hinder others from contributing to the use. Let the union of the General Church and the General Convention remain, in whatever use they can perform together. But if we cannot act together, let us act separately. Let us go ahead.
     "There are other important uses, too, but I will not mention them. But you see the point, that two horses to make progress must pull together."
     Mr. Alfred Acton:-"Bishop, I think there is no doubt in the minds of any of us here that there is an internal separation between this General Church and the General Convention. That separation has been felt for a long time. But there was some doubt as to whether we should make the external separation, and the reason for that was shown at the last meeting in Philadelphia. In your address there you stated that the Convention is not a Church, but that the members of the Convention may be Churches. Now, sir, many of us present thought that by leaving the Convention we should injure those in the Convention who were Churches. Mr. Bostock made some remarks, during which he read a great many passages respecting Noah, and he compared the Convention to Noah. Thus there were many in the Convention who were misled, not from malice, but from ignorance. Mr. Bostock's speech had great influence on this Church; his position that the Convention represented Noah, and that the state of Noah was the state of the Convention was largely instrumental in deciding this Church not to separate externally from the Convention. I should like to hear something upon that point from you, because I think it would clear up the minds of many as to the duty of the General Church, since the remark was made last year."
     The Bishop:-"I am sorry that Mr. Bostock is not here. I should like to repeat what I wrote to him: That I considered his illustration very unfortunate indeed, in view of his own desire to manifest charity. It was simply saying to the Convention, You are drunk, therefore we will be charitable to you."
     Mr. T. L. Forest:-"Bishop, I would suggest that there is more truth than poetry in that."
     The Bishop:-"Drunkenness signifies evil. It seems to me that he failed in pointing his charity."

     CONVENTION DENIES THE WRITINGS TO BE THE WORD.

     The Rev. A. Czerny:-"Bishop, we are taught in the Writings that a Church is a Church from the understanding of the Word, and a New Church, of course, is a Church according to the understanding of the Writings of the new Word, as we have it. In the New Church we have the Internal Sense of the Word given in the Writings of Swedenborg. Now, from all that has been said so far, and from many things said last year, it is plain that the majority of the Convention do not understand the Writings to be the Word, or, if they do, they won't acknowledge it. Now, as a Church is a Church according to understanding, the Convention cannot, therefore, be a Church, because it either does not understand the Writings or does not live them. Therefore, Mr. Acton's point was, I think, a correct one, that they have long been separated from the Church. The Writings have not been understood, and, so far, these men have never been in the Church. It seems to me it is plain enough from all the illustrations that have been given that we should not continue our union with a body that is not a Church."

     HOW CONVENTION TREATS THE HOLY SUPPER.

     The Rev. Ellis I. Kirk:-"Bishop, it has been evident for years that there has been a distinctiveness in the internal principles existing in the General Church of Pennsylvania and the General Convention. It has been evident that there has been a chasm and that there is a chasm existing between the two bodies, and it is also known that this chasm has been or was bridged over by a compromise Constitution, and that so long as the two organizations acted in good faith they could meet upon this bridge and act, as it were, together on an external plane. But that faiths has been broken. First, by assaulting our Bishop, and thereby laying profane hands upon the Priesthood, and next by rejecting the Report of this body of the General Church of Pennsylvania. It is also asserted that the General Convention deny the Divine Human of the LORD. And, as a confirmation of all these, that of laying profane hands upon the Priesthood of the General Church of Pennsylvania and the denying of the Divine Human of the LORD, we have another confirmation in the worship in the General Convention on Sunday. In the setting of the table on Sunday we find that they have prepared it in such a manner that the General Church of Pennsylvania cannot worship with them in the Holy Supper; prepared it in such manner that it is of themselves and not of the LORD; prepared it as dictated by their own intelligence and not as dictated or taught by the LORD. This worship is the ultimate of the principle which actuates them in all their proceedings in the Convention, and is a part of that distinctiveness which renders it impossible for members of the General Church of Pennsylvania to act with them. It is a confirmation by them in the Holy Supper that they deny the Divine Human of the LORD as He is acknowledged in the General Church of Pennsylvania and by its Priesthood. It is evident in the Holy Supper that they are laying assaulting hands upon Him, that they are laying profane hands upon Him. It is evident from that Holy Scupper that they are placing the crown of thorns upon His head, that they are crucifying Him. And it remains now for us to decide whether we will attempt to follow them across this chasm from which the bridge has already been withdrawn and fall into the abyss, crying, 'Crucify our LORD,' or whether we will proclaim the LORD our King and desire to dwell with. Him forever in the Kingdom that He lies prepared for us."

     THE JUDGMENT ELSEWHERE.

     The Rev. W. B. Acton:-"Bishop, I have heard many reasons given why we can no longer remain in connection with the General Convention. There is one other reason that I should like to point out, and that is, not only for our own sake, but for the sake of those who are held in bondage, we may say, in other bodies of the Church. The principles that we have recognized and have endeavored for so many years to bring before the Convention have at last been making themselves manifest in other bodies. We have seen this in recent accounts of the Conference of the Church in England, and also in the Canada Association. These principles have produced separation there, and it only remains for us to separate, when it will become possible for those who believe that the LORD has made His Second Corning, and believe in the Writings of the Church, to join together and form one body. At present they are scattered, because there is no possibility of their being united. We have been told that the office of the Priesthood is not free. It cannot be free. The Secretary has already alluded to a recent act of a Convention which makes it possible for a Convention to consecrate an office for one year. Why should it not give the power to ordain laymen to perform the different offices of the Church for one year? If we do the one, why not the other? The Priesthood we recognize is the head of the Church, as constituting the internal of the Church, and if that be not in freedom, the body cannot be in freedom, the body cannot grow. We do not recognize the Convention as being a Church at all. It calls itself the 'General Convention.' That point was brought out by you, sir, at the last general meeting of this body, and it has become more and more evident to my mind, and l am sure to other minds, that the only Church that exists really is the General Church of Pennsylvania, and we are held in bondage to this external body of men.

24



It indeed has become manifest that we shall have to cast off all these external restraints, and I hope that we shall all see this so clearly that we can act as a body."

     CONDITIONS HAVE BECOME INTOLERABLE.

     Mr. Jordan:-"Bishop, I want to say a few words on a single point. It is admitted that we have disagreed. All the reasons that have been given here this morning as to why we- should separate in the external form from the General Convention, with some slight exceptions, existed last year when we held our annual meeting. I understand the basis of the reason why we should not now separate from the General Convention to be that the same state of things of which we now complain existed last year,-and that our action at that time was in the nature of a condoning of the offense. If there is any real value in the objections to now severing the relations between the General Church and the General Convention, it is because they suggest that we have condoned the offense-we agreed to live together, although we disagreed; we simply agreed to disagree; and that on that account, so to speak, the slate had been sponged off.
     "Now, it would remain only for us to determine whether, since the last meeting of the General Church of Pennsylvania, there have been such occurrences as in any degree to revive the old offense and to renew our right to complain, notwithstanding we had, as it were, forgiven the offenders. It seems to me perfectly plain that in every respect, in all of the planes treated of in the address of the Bishop and by the speakers upon the question, that we have had reason to restore the charge, because all the elements of the original offense have been renewed, and, to a very considerable extent, aggravated-making it perfectly plain that it is of no use to attempt, year by year, to or give this thing, to wipe it out, to agree to disagree, but that the time has come when it is apparent that it is perfectly hopeless for us to go on another year doing the same sort of thing.
     "Now, it is not sufficient ground for separation that we do not agree. It is perfectly right to say that if we do not agree it is our duty to try to agree; and we have done that; but when it is shown so clearly as it is in the address of the Bishop that the disagreement is upon such essential matter that it is impossible for us to come together or into agreement, then it is a valid statement of the reason why we should sever our connection, that we disagree. We disagree not only as we did before, but the thing has become intensified by the action of the last annual Convention, so that the state has become perfectly intolerable. It was barely tolerable last year. We could manage to live through it in a certain way, because we simply bent our back and bore the burden. But it has now reached such a place that it is impossible to carry it. It is not necessary for us to specify the particulars; they have all been laid before us. But we may mention that action which allowed the New York and Illinois Associations to do about as they pleased, but not us; and although that action was held at Washington, we did not complain of it as going to such an extent that we could not possibly live under it; but the fact is, as soon as they again met, the Convention went forward and acted upon that thing, gave effect to it in such a form that it is now impossible for the Priesthood of the General Church of Pennsylvania to be free. At Washington the disorder consisted merely in the introduction of that clause into the Constitution; it was then, we may say, a disorder in posse. We know, from past experience that the Convention is very apt to disregard its Constitution, so we thought it possible that they might disregard this and not give it its full swing, that they might even apply it in the manner in which they have treated the act of the Bishop of the General Church of Pennsylvania, in acting in one of his capacities and by virtue of and under the authority vested in him as a Priest of the Third Degree-that is, disregarded their own law. But they have shown us that they mean to give both intent and effect to that clause of their Constitution-not only giving to the New York and, Illinois Associations (and any others that want it) the right to act in this disorderly manner, but preventing our representatives from acting in an orderly manner, and according to our convictions. We did not know but that they would see the folly of that clause in the Constitution and would expunge it, but they have not done so. So that in that and in other instances, in matters relating to the Priesthood' they have made it unbearable since the last meeting, thereby restoring the original cause of complaint and aggravating it.
     "Then, again, on an external plane we had ground for disagreement; we couldn't get on together, although we had agreed to disagree, and established a compromise Constitution which would enable us to have certain of our rights guaranteed-although we had known that it existed prior to the last meeting, and condoned it. Since the last annual meeting of the General Church, they have again violated that compact. The letter of the Constitution has again been violated, to say nothing of its spirit. We are required to make our report, and they won't take our report.
     "Now, what is the situation? Simply that all the original causes of disagreement have been renewed; they have been aggravated; and we move forward from this moment with the prospect that, no matter how much we try to come together, all these things will again and again come up as matters of disturbance. So that the question finally resolves itself down to this: Has the moment come for the declaration of our independence from them? We all recognize that we have been separated from them in internal matters all the way along, but we thought we might possibly have some ground upon which we could agree externally. The events of the last year prove that not only have the worst offenses of the past been renewed, but they have been put in a more aggravating form than ever before.
     "Therefore, I say it is perfectly plain that the time has come, and that this is the time for us to make our declaration of independence.

     NOT YET CONVINCED.

     Mr. Albert H. Childs:-"Bishop, I cannot but speak of certain things said by Mr. Jordan. He said that the objection has been raised that, owing to this thing having been urged a year ago in Philadelphia, and no separation having then taken place, it was a condonance of the offense. I had not heard that point raised before, and, as for myself, I would say that I never had thought of it in that way, and I may certainly speak for myself alone as I do not seem to have anybody else to speak for I. But still I will say in regard to that matter that I think it would have been very much worse to have made the separation at that time than I think it is now. I think that would have been an unseemly haste which would have allowed less time for the change of opinion that has taken place to a very large degree than has been allowed. I have listened to the course of this debate, and I presume it is nearly over, as it is evident what the sentiment of the Church is. I have listened with great interest, and have tried to do so with an open mind. I have no private position to maintain. I only stand in the position of being both a member of the Church and of the General Convention, and it would only be a change of position to be willing to depart from one of those bodies. I had hoped to see things in a different light, for ever since I have been in the New Church, like every one else, I am quite accustomed to changing my opinion on various points. But I know it is contrary to the Doctrines of the New Church to change your position until you have seen reason to do so rationally and freely. I have heard many strong arguments made here. I believe that if this vote had been taken a year ago, at the time that Mr. Jordan speaks of, there would not have been nearly so many in favor of the separation as favor it now. I believe if the vote had been taken a few months ago, even, the result would not have been nearly so much on one side as it is now. And while I do not question for a moment the sincerity of the change that has taken place in the minds of every one that has seen fit to advance it, yet, as it has not become clear to me, I think I would not be true to my teachings were I to leave the Convention until I see the reason. I think if the reasons given here could be urged as unquestionably correct, if the state of the Church were really as claimed to be by some, there would be, perhaps, sufficient reason for changing. But I must say that lam not yet ready to accept the fact that those living in the light of the new dispensation are generally in the deplorable state as to the acceptance of the Doctrines of the Church that they are said to be. However, this is neither here nor there. I hope that, whatever may occur, each will believe in the other's sincerity in maintaining that which he believes to be right."
     Mr. Schreck:-"Bishop, in response to the last remark of Mr. Childs, I hope that he understands our position. The attitude toward the Writings which we have ascribed here to the rest of those that comprise the Convention does not apply to individual members, but applies to the bodies as bodies. We are taking their official utterances as officers, and" also their public acts as officials, and as public bodies. I myself believe that there are very many (I hope indeed, that it is a great majority of those professing the New Church) who are honest and sincere in their acceptance of the Doctrines of the New Church, and who will in time come to take the ground that we are taking now. And that is the reason that we advocate this movement. We advocate this step in charity to them, and in the belief and trust that they desire to come into the true order, but that at present they do not see, and therefore, cannot acknowledge, because their leaders, their pastors, do not recognize the truth on the subject."

25




     Mr. Albert H. Childs:-"Bishop, I just wish to say one word more, and that is: While I regret what is evidently about to take place, I do not mean to say I feel, any hopelessness in regard to the future. I believe that whether the Church acts in the wisest way it should or not, in the providence of God, good will come out of it for the New Church eventually."

     A VARIETY OF CHURCHES TAUGHT.

     Mr. Burnham:-"Bishop, there is one view of the case that I would like to bring to our minds, and that is this: We are taught in the Writings that there will be a variety of Churches. Now, it is evident that we are not of the same genius as the General Convention. We have no right to mix these varieties. If it is told in the Writings that varieties will exist, we must agree with this, and not make any effort to create one Church, which must be made to fit all forms of mind. It is our duty to see that the Churches are established in freedom, whenever there is an indication that the Churches are ready to do that; otherwise we cannot attain true results. The trees, the flowers do not follow the same form, but must each take on the form of its kind. While we acknowledge the authority of the Writings, we know that different minds interpret them differently. There is probably none of us here but hopes that our friends come into the new light. But, while we are in a mixed condition as we are, when several bodies, having different forms of mind, have received the truth in a different way, to try to come together only disturbs the mind of every one. Now, I do not mean to say that a Church which claims a doctrine that we know is a false doctrine can be a Church at all, if it continues to hold that doctrine. But it might be possible that several Churches could exist, all of them founded on the Writings and true doctrines drawn from them, that they saw in a little different shape. We can see that here, even, some people want to claim that that is true that we see is not consistent. They ought to see that men that believe that the Writings are Divine authority could not agree with them if they hold the opposite.
     "Now, it is hardly fair to compare a falsity and a truth; but what I want to say is that if we can't see the truth from their standard, it must be apparent that those two things are inconsistent; and it is for such reasons as this, that we should separate. The more we examine into it, the more different reasons we see. We must by our act set other Churches free to do the same as we are doing, and not try to bring all together. It is something we have no right to do. It is something, evidently, that was not contemplated. And now, if we see that clearly, we should not hesitate to go ahead."

     NO PROGRESS WITHOUT SEPARATION.

     Mr. Pitcairn:-"Bishop, I am thoroughly satisfied that there will never be progress until there is separation. We have in different cities different churches, virtually, and I have no doubt, as the Church grows, in every large city there will be different churches, so that those that differ in genius may select and worship, each in a church which agrees with the state of life in which he is. We know what the Doctrines teach in regard to choirs. Where there is not harmony there can he no true progress; we see the disorder that exists in the General Convention, and I think we will all agree that there can be no true progress as long as we do not agree with them.
     "Now, the General Church of Pennsylvania is not limited by geographical boundaries. We are united upon fundamental principles of doctrine, upon our ways of looking at the doctrine; all those who are in sympathy with the fundamentals that we hold can unite with us. The General Convention has endeavored to make a geographical limit; it is, true they take in Canada; and there has been a great deal of criticism because we of the General Church extended our limits, and when we questioned hat decision it was combatted; but we insisted upon taking in Societies who are in sympathy with us, and we have, in consequence, a more homogeneous body.
     "Before the resolution is put, I shall read the Articles in the Constitution of the General Convention in regard to membership, and then I would like to hear what effect the passing of resolution would have upon the ministers and members of General Church."
     The speaker here read Article I of the Constitution of the General Convention, followed by Sections 1, 2, and 3 of Article II.
     "I believe that is all that is said in regard to membership. Now I would like to hear in what position we would be placed should this resolution that is before this body be passed."

                         Saturday Afternoon.

     AFTER the noon recess the meeting was called to order by the Bishop.
     Mr. Burnham withdrew the resolution presented by him in favor of the following one, by Mr. Schreck, which is largely based on the original resolution:

     A SUBSTITUTE FOR MR. BURNHAM'S RESOLUTION.

     "WHEREAS, It has become evident that the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America is not in internal accord with the General Church of Pennsylvania, and that the external bond existing under and by virtue of a compromise compact, has been rent asunder by the General Convention, both by the acts of its duly constituted officers and also by the acts of a majority of its members in solemn convention assembled, Therefore be it
     "Resolved, That the clause reading 'constituting a part of the Most General Body of the New Church in America, styled, "The General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America,"' be hereby expunged from Paragraph I, Part II, on 'Organization' in the Instrument of Organization of the General Church of Pennsylvania, and
     "Resolved, That the Councils of the General Church of Pennsylvania be requested to draft and transmit to the General Convention a Declaration, setting forth in appropriate terms the position of the General Church of Pennsylvania and the circumstances of the severance of the external bond heretofore existing between it and the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America."

     Mr. Schreck briefly explained the changes from the original resolution, among them being one affecting the opening clause, which in the original resolution was reversed, reading, "That the General Church of Pennsylvania has never been in accord with the General Convention of the New Church," etc.

     Mr. Pitcairn seconded the resolution.

     THE WORDING OF THE PREAMBLE.

     Rev. N. D. Pendleton:-"I should like Mr. Schreck to state the reason a little more clearly why he has changed the resolution and said that the Convention is not in internal accord with the Church of Pennsylvania."
     Mr. Schreck:-"The reason of it is that the preamble, as I have it, is more in accord with the position taken in the Bishop's address, that the Convention has separated itself from us."
     Mr. Pendleton:-"The General Convention is a larger body of which this body is a subordinate portion, and from a sense of acknowledgment of that fact it might be stated in the other way."
     Mr. Schreck:-"That would not be acknowledging a truth. The fact that Convention is a larger body has nothing to do with the case. This matter to be considered is which is the body that has really separated itself from the truth, and which is not in it. The Truth has always been and still is; the separation therefore is on the part of that body which is not in the Truth. Again, we are not in a subordinate I position. That is a mistake. It would have been in order for the General Church of Pennsylvania to be subordinate to the more general body; but that is the very principle that the Convention has not recognized. It is the principle of subordination in the Priesthood. If subordination does not exist in the Priesthood, how can it exist in the Church?"
     Mr. Pendleton:-"I acknowledge everything that Mr. Schreck says. It seems to me that the General Convention has been a body that has been constructed or erected on a compromise between the different bodies of the Church, and that government has extended its limits over this special Church, and as a matter of fact it is my belief Bishop, that the General Church of Pennsylvania has gone away from the Convention in this sense, that the General Church of Pennsylvania has made progress an the line of truth, and that the General Convention has not done so. I am in favor of that sentiment, and if that is in accord with the resolution, I am in favor of the resolution."

26





     ORGANIZATION OF THE CONVENTION.

     The Bishop:-"I think the answer to the question proposed by Mr. Pitcairn may help to solve that difficulty. If you will take the Instrument of Organization of the General Church of Pennsylvania, you will see that this Article I of the Constitution of the General Convention is substantially identical with the Article on Membership of our Constitution, for the simple reason that it was introduced into the Convention Constitution by the same parties and for the same reason that it was introduced into our organization. That was the primary idea. It was carried from our organization into that of the General Convention. The purpose was to avoid the old confusion and error of constituting a body as a meeting composed of delegates without a known and recognized constituency. Delegates were sent from a supposed constituency which was not in existence and was not recognized by the Constitution of the Convention. And the purpose of making this change was that the constituency of the delegation to the Convention might be known and recognized, that therefore all individuals who desired to cooperate should be recognized as members of that general body, as it is with us. And hence it is that this Convention is made up of all those who acknowledge the Doctrines of the New Church, as revealed by the LORD from His Word in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, and who unite with this Body in performing the uses of the General Church.
     "You will see that the instrument of organization is substantially the same. That was for the purpose of expressing in the Constitution a recognition of the constituency of the delegations to the annual meetings; which annual meetings were supposed to constitute the Convention. They who were sent as delegates to that body were said to be members of the Convention, thus making a body of an annual meeting and introducing the disorder of calling a meeting a body, and constituting a majority of that meeting the very body itself. That was the purpose of it.
     "I believe the object of the question [by Mr. Pitcairn) was to ascertain what would be the effect of the passage of this resolution upon the members of this body. I have no doubt it would be the duty of the members of the body to do precisely the same thing individually that is given by this resolution to the Councils to do for the whole body; to withdraw from membership of the General Convention, so that the General Convention may understand that so many of its members have gone out as members of that body, and hence it would be impossible for those who have withdrawn to become the constituents of delegates to any general or other meeting of that body, they having withdrawn from it. Then they will understand the opinion of the individuals and the relation of those individuals that constitute the membership of thus body to their body, that they are no longer members. It is not necessary that each individual should withdraw separately, but a general statement might be made and signed by the members and sent into the General Convention; I think that would be the effect of the passage of this resolution."'
     A voice:-"The General Convention does not recognize individuals as members, does it?"
     The Bishop:-"It does by its Constitution. It does not practically, that is the error in its proceedings. That was intended to be corrected by this amended article of the Constitution. I speak with a knowledge on the subject, for I wrote this myself and I know what my intentions were in writing it, and what the Committee understood to be the intention of it. It was opposed considerably."
     Mr. Pitcairn:-"You endeavored to make a Church of it, and it wouldn't be made a Church of."
     The Bishop:-"I suppose that is it."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"They made the membership different from year to year."
     The Bishop:-"Yes, the delegates differed year by year, and so the membership of the Convention differed year by year, and the action of the Convention varied year by year, an hence you may understand how the Convention had in its own Constitution the ground of inconsistency of its action. It could not be otherwise than inconsistent in itself for its action was determined by different delegations, which delegations would act, in a great measure, according to the state of things in the State or town in which the meeting took place."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"In regard to membership, how are we members now, how long does this last?"
     The Bishop:-"You are members, according to this Constitution, as long as you do not withdraw from your expressed action in being accepted as members."
     Mr. Childs:-"Then it is simply another case where they have not been consistent with the Constitution."
     The Bishop:-"They have not acted according to the Constitution any more than we have. We have to repent of our negligence, and repentance is always in order. We have not done right heretofore, and we must do right now, and we must begin by doing right, which is an act of charity toward what is claimed to be a larger body with which we hare been connected.
     "The first act of charity is to do what that resolution provides for, in expunging that pact of the Constitution so that we will understand that we are not members, and when withdrawals come in they may understand why that is done; that it is the action of a body harmonious in itself. We would show the Convention that we are a harmonious body, if you look at the matter from a charitable point, by withdrawing from that body the discordant note which they claim we have been in it. If we have been the discordant note to destroy the harmony of the Convention, we now withdraw, and they can harmonize now as much as they please. They can be unanimous with the President if they choose, for he is unanimous."

     Mr. Ralph Means moved that this resolution be declared important.
     The motion was seconded and carried.
     Mr. A. H. Childs called for a division.
     Whereupon the Secretary announced thirty-five (35) in favor of the motion, and one (1) opposed.

     Mr. Means:-"If I may be permitted, I want to state my reason, and it is rather late in the proceedings to give the reason, but it is this, that we want to show historically that the resolution of severance was not carried by a majority vote. The record is now made."
     Mr. Burnham:-"Bishop, I have heard that there are some parties in the room who have not even expressed an opinion, and who do not agree with us."
     The Bishop:-"It is to be hoped that they will exercise their freedom and express themselves fully."
     Mr. Burnham:-"If there are ladies present who desire to have a statement made are they not at liberty, and should they not be requested to ask some gentleman to state what they would say?"
     The Bishop:-"If anybody knows how to inspire anybody else we may take it for granted it is the ladies."

     OPPOSED TO SEPARATION.

     Mr. McCandless:-"I want to say a few words. I profess a great deal of ignorance on the subject, because I have not been able to attend the last few years, and I only know from hearsay what has occurred. It seems to me that the ground laid for separation, as stated by some of the speakers, is utterly inefficient. It was stated that the action of the last Convention in refusing to accept the report of the General Church was illegal; they had no authority or power to refuse to accept it, and sent it back, therefore their action is null and void, and as such the General Church can take no notice of it whatever. It was certainly great disrespect to the members of the General Church, shown by individual members and a majority present at the Convention. But as an act of the Convention it was null and void; they had no authority to do it under that Constitution at all. Therefore this body, as such, should take no action on it. That is as it appears to me. Another point that appears to me, and I mention it with great diffidence, is as to the authority conferred upon the Bishops or General Pastors, how they receive their authority as such. Is there any law by which they were appointed as such, is there an orderly way in which they have been appointed and are to be appointed?"
     The Bishop:-"There is a rule of procedure."
     Mr. McCandless:-"In the General Church or in the Convention?"
     The Bishop:-"In the Convention."
     Mr. McCandless:-"As I understand, and I may be entirely wrong, the last Convention at Chicago refused to confirm the action of our Bishop in the consecration of an Assistant Bishop in the Academy, not of the Church."
     Mr. Schreck:-"You are mistaken."
     The Bishop:-"That is a mistake."
     Mr. McCandless:-"That was my idea, I maybe wrong."
     Mr. Schreck:-"They were not asked to confirm, and therefore could not have refused."
     Mr. McCandless:-"From my imperfect knowledge, I understand that was one of the grounds taken by the Church at this meeting as a reason for declining."
     Mr. Schreck:-"That is a misunderstanding."
     Mr. McCandless:-"Another point that was emphasized by one of the speakers was that the majority was always wrong, that the majority of the city in which the Convention chances to meet ruled at the time, that the state of the people in the various cities was entirely different.

27



That although Chicago was certainly very antagonistic to the General Church and you might say the same thing was the case in Washington, probably a majority of the delegates in Pittsburgh would carry the thing the other way, yet it might not be the case."
     The Bishop:-"And it might."
     Mr. McCandless:-"It might be the case. Therefore the action of the majority, at the time the delegates were in Chicago, seems to me was not the action of the entire Church as such, it was that of those who chanced to be present at the time, and might by no means represent the unbiased feeling of the majority-that is, a very large majority of the individual members of the Church throughout the United States. Therefore I do not think that action, at this moment, should be taken. I am not prepared to vote with the very large majority as I think present, and I propose to place myself on the record as voting with the minority."
     Mr. Burnham:-"I want to call attention to one fact in answer to that statement, and it is that this might not be the sense of the majority of the members of the Convention. The minutes of the proceedings of the Convention have been published and very extensively circulated, and it has not been called to my attention that their action has been repudiated to any great extent."
     Mr. Starkey:-"I was sorry to hear the remark of the gentleman [Mr. McCandless], for after asking for information he immediately states that he has formed his conclusion as to his action before he has got that information, which nullifies any real value-which the information imparted might have."
     Mr. McCandless:-"The conclusion is on the other side."
     Mr. Jordan:-"On a single point as to whether the action is null and void, I would like to ask the gentleman who referred to the illegality of the action [Mr. McCandless], whether he would consider the action of an assassin who plants a dagger in his bosum null and void; it is an illegal act, and isn't he bound to take notice of it."
     A voice:-"It is unconstitutional."
     Mr. Jordan:-"Yes, it is very unconstitutional. It seems to me the very essence of this thing is that the action was illegal. The very essence of our complaint is, that over and over, and hover again it has been illegal, and there is no redress, because the very attempts we make to secure redress are suppressed. We cannot get a hearing. The body and substance of our report was to the Convention. 'Gentlemen, your action has been illegal and in defiance of the principles of your Constitution, as well as the Constitution of the Church.' Even admitting that they might have acted equitably according to spiritual principles, they acted wrongly under their own law, and it was illegal, because they violated the law of the Church. It was illegal because they violated the compact under which they were living, and when we presented that to them in plain language they rejected our presentation; they would not listen to our indictment; the substance of the case is, it has been an illegal action all slung."
     The Bishop:-"Our charge is that they have violated the compromise, that this Constitution of the Convention is a compromise, and they have violated that compromise and thus acted in bad faith, and that we cannot continue in the compact which is violated or broken at every step, according to the will or wilfullness of men; that is the point in the case."
     Mr. McCandless:-"I confessed my ignorance when I commenced speaking of the facts of the case, but I expressed my views as far as the information I received from this meeting, and, of course, I was not fully advised of the cause."

     CONVENTION'S CONSTITUTION A COMPROMISE.

     The Bishop:-"That is the point, if you will consider a little; that is just where we stand, that the Convention Constitution is a compromise made between the whole body itself and the constituent parts. I was a party myself to the preparation of that compromise, and it has intentionally made. We saw clearly that it was not possible for these parts to remain bound together in one body, unless certain things held by the different parts of the whole were kept in abeyance and were not brought forward, and these very things kept in abeyance are these very things that they claim as their right to impose upon us, and we claim that they have no right to impose those things upon us. It is an action against imposition; we desire to be free from any further imposition. When they find their Convention will not carry out their wishes they invent a 'spirit' to take the place of the actual body of the Constitution, and keep it bottled up for special purposes."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"It has been said that the meetings vary in different parts of the country, and, possibly, if a meeting took place in other parts of the country we would get more justice than in Chicago, but I think you will find perhaps that when we meet in Chicago or West, there is more chance of getting justice than any other place. Our experience has been that year after year we have been heading a sort of forlorn hope that something could be done toward order in the Church by going to Conventions year after year; I have advocated that, as you all know. Our experience in Boston, in Detroit, in Washington, and Chicago, representing all the different parts of our country and in Philadelphia and in New York has been that there was a continual rejection and violation of the Constitution. What I hope can we have by running our heads against the wall once more? I was of the opinion that we had better try once more to see if we could not do something, but I am fully convinced that it will result as in the past, and that we would simply hurt ourselves by the operation."
     Rev. N. D. Pendleton:-"Bishop, you said you were a party to the preparation of that compromise. I wish simply to say that you were not the only one that acknowledged that it was compromise-they acknowledge it."
     The Bishop:-"They acknowledge it, and Mr. Warren has acknowledged it, a gentleman who was on the committee with me."
     Mr. Pendleton:-"It was acknowledged it was a compromise, and a resolution to change the Constitution of the Convention was attempted to be withdrawn, on the ground that it was a compromise. So it is a settled fact that it is acknowledged by all to be a compromise. That is an important fact in our dealing with this matter to know that it is not merely a claim on our part that it is a compromise, but that it is acknowledged by others, by all members, that it is a compromise."
     [Note.-It is alleged in the Report of the Council of Ministers presented at Chicago.]

     HISTORY OF THE OPERATION OF THE COMPROMISE.

     The Bishop:-"In connection with that I should like to answer a question asked yesterday which will illustrate the point of compromise." The Bishop here introduced the clause in Section 5 of the Constitution of the Convention. "It will be recollected by the members of this body that some years ago one of our young men was sent out to Chicago to take charge of a German Society that was willing to receive him as a teacher. After ordination he was placed under the supervision of the Rev. W. F. Pendleton, pastor in Chicago, our rule being that young ministers should be placed under the supervision of older men, in order that they might have the benefit of their experience, and learn the duties of their office as they went along. Instead of acknowledging, as he should have done, this superintendence of Mr. Pendleton, he took a directly opposite course, and manifested a spirit of unwillingness to be led and guided in the performance of the duties of his office, and when reproved, showed a disposition of impertinence which was intolerable. This grew to be so bad that we took the case in hand, and after consultation he was suspended from any further performance of the functions of his office in connection with our body. This suspension was reported to the Convention in my report as General Pastor, and without any further investigation or consideration of the subject, the Convention took it up and at once referred that to the Council of Ministers for investigation, as to whether or not that was right. They said, 'We do not know anything about this suspension.' It was investigated by the Council of Ministers, and they could not come to any agreement. The fact is it was a very extraordinary investigation. I have the correspondence on the subject which I preserved as a literary and theological curiosity. The sub-committee that was appointed to look into the matter, consisting of Messrs. Giles, Pettee, and Dike, three of the General Pastors, could come to no conclusion, and when the General Council met could make no report, and called upon me to make a report. I declined to make a report for them. The whole question was then discussed, and we took pretty nearly a whole day to go over the ground, and found that the Constitution of the Convention was so badly worded that the subject as to a suspension and as to who had the final disposition of a suspension was uncertain-entirely uncertain. We agreed in that. I confess I agreed with the party on the other side that we could not act under the Constitution, and that being the fact of the case, it was agreed among us that the whole clause or whole section should be referred to another committee to be considered and amended, and reported at the next meeting. And we did consider it, and we considered it very thoroughly, and in the meeting of the sub-committee it was urged that the Convention ought to have control of the suspensions. The old Constitution provided that Convention could take control on an appeal of a party suspended.

28




     "In the case referred to, it had undertaken to do it without appeal, the party suspended not having appealed, though the Chairman of the sub- Committee declared that he had, and I discovered afterward that the appeal was a private one, that the Chairman had written to the party asking him whether he had appealed, and the party seeing a chance to do something, appealed then, whereupon the Chairman undertook to do what the Convention alone could do, to accept an appeal from the party and to act on it. Thus the subject was not before the Convention, or the Council, or the sub- Committee in an orderly way. In reconsidering the matter in the Committee that was appointed for that purpose, I agreed to their proposition, that suspensions should be made subject to the action of the Convention. I agreed fully, and I wrote out the section as you will now find it in the Constitution of the Convention. The greater part of it-the first part of the section-I wrote out myself and then had it in the subcommittee, and they all agreed to it except that I finally insisted on this: 'You cannot deprive Societies of the Church of any means of maintaining order in their body by the final act of suspending a minister who is disorderly and makes disturbance.' But as we had agreed that suspensions should be subjected to the Convention, that was ruled out, and I was asked, 'What would you do in such a case as that.' 'I should act by injunction,' I said. Mr. Worcester, who was the Vice-President of the Convention, took his pen and wrote the final clause. You will find it in Section 5, page 148. 'This section shall not be so construed as to prevent an Association from enjoining a Minister from the exercise of his functions within its own limits.'
     "Under this provision of the Constitution of the Convention, the General Church enjoined another minister. But when we came to report the injunction and appealed to that clause in the Constitution; our claiming of the protection of that clause in the Constitution was ruled out by the Chairman who had written it and had offered it, and had reported it to the Convention himself.
     "What do you say now as to the good faith of the members of that body? Here was the very man who had taken his pen in his hand and written that clause; who ruled out our claim that we were acting under the Constitution. And when the appeal was made from his ruling, actually went so far as to close up the appeal by putting the question that was before the meeting, and closing the mouth of the party making the appeal. We were not heard and not allowed to speak on the question. I was on the point of stating to the Convention precisely what I stated to you. He knew what was coming and did not want to have it, no doubt; I state that as my private opinion. I wish to have this on record as an historical fact, to illustrate the manner in which the Constitution has been treated by the members of that body and by its officials, and the manner in which the compromise was violated in respect to ourselves when action of the Convention was required. These are the simple historical facts. Others might be stated in other connections. It is necessary to understand these things in order to understand the position of our body. If we are to be in connection with another body, and we have a compact with this other body, this compact must be held inviolable by the other body, or we will say, 'We will have nothing to do with you.' That is what any man present would do in any business transaction. He would not allow another party to violate the compact and still hold him bound to it. It is plain common sense, plain right, and plain justice, nothing more or less. We claim that, and we claim that it is our duty as believers in order, not only in the Church but in natural order, and in the natural order of natural law, as well as the spiritual order of spiritual law, it is our duty to hold to that and maintain it and carry it out. I for one will not, brethren, continue in this position."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"I was a member of that Committee, but through some delay in coming to New York, I was not present at the meeting of which the Bishop speaks, where this injunction clause was inserted. I was at a subsequent meeting at which the Bishop was not present. This amendment was finally passed before it went to the Convention, and when it was read over it struck me as not in accordance with the principles of order taught in the Writings, that there should be a supervision by a superior tribunal. Before I could object to it on a matter of principle of doctrine, that it wasn't according to order-according to the order of the principles of the Writings, Mr. Worcester stated that he believed the same thing, but it had been put there at the request of the Bishop."
     The Bishop:-"Which Mr. Worcester was it?"
     Mr. Whitehead:-"Mr. John Worcester stated in the Committee that it had been put there at the request of the Bishop, or Mr. Benade, as he called him. So it passed, and after the meeting I met the Bishop at the hotel and brought the subject up there, that I could not see that that was according to the principles of order that were understood to be taught in the Writings. He said: 'I do not think so either, but it is the best that we can do under the circumstances. They will not put in what is right, so we must do the next best thing.' So it was a compromise. I have understood since, although this may not be correct, that Mr. Worcester has given an intimation that that was simply allowed to pass to give the General Church more rope, as it were, to hang itself."

     AS TO MAJORITIES.

     Mr. Price:-"I have not spoken about this, and simply, speak to go on record. I am fully in favor of the separation, and am strongly desirous that it shall come now. I propose individually,-whether the Church goes or not, to follow my bishop, and go now out of she Convention. But I just wanted to speak to one point that was made by the speaker concerning majorities. I did not understand the speaker referred to, to say that majorities were always wrong. I do not conceive that that is true. I think that a majority or a minority is right or wrong according to the principles they hold, and upon which they act. Now, if the majority hold correct principles then they are right; if a minority hold the correct principles they are right. That is a question that can be decided from the principles of the Church, there is no other source from which it can be decided. The Doctrines of the Church have been quoted fully and at great length; the principles have been told that make the right or wrong in any action. Nevertheless, I do not believe that right or wrong, the majority rule is the correct one."
     Mr. Acton:-"If we follow your advice, and signify our willingness to withdraw from the Convention individually, the passing of the resolution will not involve any majority."
     The Bishop:-"Not at all."

     THE CONSTITUTION VIOLATED.

     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"I only want to make clear that those opposed to the resolution should fully understand that this is not a mere charge, but here is the very proof on the minutes of the Convention of a case where the ruling officer of the Convention went against a provision of the Constitution which is in force to this day. How can we go to that body and expect justice if they can deliberately act in such a way? In Convention the General Church was assailed for having a certain minister enjoined. Bringing that before the Convention was opposed by us, upon the ground that under the Constitution such an enjoining was expressly provided for. Then the President of the Convention failed in his duty. He might have said, 'I feel very sorry for this, but what can I do? I cannot bring this before the Convention at all, my hands are bound by the Constitution.' He did not allow his hands to be bound by the Constitution and in this act of injustice he was sustained by the majority. I say, why should we remain with a Convention that cannot respect its own laws? We should not."
     Mr. McCandless:-"Because the Chairman violated the Constitution it does not follow that he was right, or the Convention was right; he never did what was absolutely unjust in the matter. I say this on Mr. Childs's statement here."
     The Bishop:-"He did what was contrary to the Constitution, and was sustained by the vote of the body."
     Mr. W. C. Childs:-"And also the next time he was still sustained."
     The Bishop:-"What I stated was in order to meet the supposition that perhaps he was ignorant of this fact, and I stated these things to show that he could not possibly have been ignorant of the fact. Besides, he admitted the statement that an injunction and suspension were precisely the same thing. Mr. Scammon made the ex cathedra statement that there was no difference, and that an injunction came as much under the authority of a Convention as a suspension did. That was admitted and not corrected by the Chair, and he knew better."
     Mr. Whitehead:-"I remember distinctly now where the remark to which I referred was made. The amendment to the Constitution offered by me, providing for a tribunal to try such cases was referred to a Committee consisting of Mr. John Worcester, Mr. Tafel, and myself; and it was in that Committee that he stated that this clause of injunction should be permitted to go through and give the General Church a chance to see where it would go to."
     A voice:-"Who?"
     Mr. Whitehead:-"Mr. John Worcester, he was in that committee after his ruling concerning that matter."
     The resolution was now read by the Secretary and put to a vote.

29





     THE RESOLUTION ADOPTED.

     The resolution was adopted by a rising vote. Yeas, 36; Nays, 2.
     The Bishop:-"The resolution has been carried by a vote of at least if not more than three-fourths."

     SUNDRY PROCEEDINGS.

     As this body of the LORD'S New Church had by the adoption of this resolution, entered into a new state, and assumed an independent position among the General, Churches of the New Church, it was recognized as proper and fitting to adopt a new name expressive of a new quality. Some consideration was given to this and finally the question was referred to the Councils, with authority to adopt a name, or, at their direction, to report one for consideration at the next meeting of this body.
     Church of the Advent, in Philadelphia, invited the General Church to hold the next General Meeting in that city. A Chicago member intimated that the Immanuel Church would probably desire that meeting to be held in his city. The time and place of the next General Meeting was referred to the Councils, who, it may be of interest to the members to know, have thus decided on the time, namely, the latter part of June.
     The discontinuance of the names of the Delaware County Society and the Concordia Circle upon the records of the General Church was referred to the
Council of the Clergy.
     Dr. G. R. Starkey resigned from the post of Secretary of the Council of the Laity, and Mr. Reuben Walker was appointed in his stead.
     On motion of Mr. Means, the subject of the Photo-Lithographing of the Manuscripts was discussed.

     PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHING THE MANUSCRIPTS.

     Mr. Means:-"It is the earnest desire of a number of the Newchurchmen in this body who have contributed to this use to have the matter progress. I believe there have been three or four contributions already amounts paid out at different times according to ability, an those making them have also expressed their desire to contribute further sums. The only thing which caused them any hesitation in giving it was the action of the Convention in practically refusing to listen to the report of the Chairman of the Committee at the session held in Washington. Know that action, and the neglect to do anything on the part of the General Convention, has caused members to hold back. They do not know whether the use is going to be performed or not, they do not want to give money to an object and have it lie idle. If the use is going to be performed let it be done, and if it is to be only partially performed, perform the more important part in the hands of those appointed to do the work. The manuscripts seem to be most important."
     The Bishop:-"I can state this, that the Chairman of the Committee on Manuscripts is now the late Chairman. He has resigned from that Committee on the ground of the non-action of the Convention, and want of sympathy with the movement, and he does not believe that the Convention will do anything in the matter. If anything is done it will have to be done by this body or another body of the Church. There is only one obstacle in the way of taking it up that I know of, and that is a very great obstacle-the want of money. If the gentleman can show how we can get fifty thousand dollars for this purpose I think I can show him how the matter will be taken in hand and carried through. The Royal Academy of Sciences in Stockholm which proffered us the use of the manuscripts, and certain men would see that the work would be done cheaply. Some have made their terms of the cost, and according to those terms I judge we should have thirty thousand dollars to begin the work, but it could be carried through for a great deal less money than is generally supposed. I doubt not that arrangements could be made to our advantage with one of the competing parties. There are three establishments in Stockholm perfectly competent to do the work. I think we have some gentlemen who are ready to undertake the editing, if we have money enough to defray the expenses, that is the only obstacle in the way. It will not be undertaken by the Convention at the present time, as the Convention is situated and as it is disposed. I have no idea that they would enter into it, but if this body has the means it can do so, or possibly the Academy may do it. So that Mr. Means is at liberty to suggest means."
     Mr. Means:-"It is with pleasure that I will do so. The means, as you perhaps have learned, in the New Church, in this body, have been increased of late, and are to be increased still more-I mean financially. In order to bring the subject properly before this meeting, I present the following motion:

     "'That this body, resolve to go forward with this work according to its ability; that we invite the cooperation of all Newchurchmen throughout the world who are in sympathy with this use; that we invite their co-operation at once, that we do it through our Journal, and that we send it broadcast, and let every Newchurchman respond to the Secretary of this General Church.' I do not think the Convention will retain the money contributed for this purpose, but hand it over immediately. If we go ahead we shall have six thousand dollars to begin with, the LORD will provide the balance; let us go forward with the six thousand dollars."
     The motion was seconded.

     The Bishop:-"By the suggestion of parties connected with the photo-lithographing establishments, the work could be done in such a way that it would necessitate our paying only a small amount now. They have proposed photo-lithographing a single volume at a time, and when that is completed to make a contract for a new volume to be designated by us. There are manuscripts that ought to be photo-lithographed now. The Secretary of the Royal Academy of Sciences has informed me that the condition of some of the manuscripts is such that we could not, at the present time, in all probability get a good copy, as the paper has been corroded by the ink and the action of time. You recollect [to Mr. Price] that we noticed that some of them were not in very good condition; it is difficult to photo-lithograph them. But suppose we took one of the smaller manuscripts, or parts of the larger ones that are important, which contain theological treatises, which were never published, and publish those, and continue in that way by taking part by part, we might collect money enough to go on. The sale of the parts so published would help to provide the means for other parts. In the meantime, if the work were going on, I have no doubt that would constitute a plane for influx from the other world, inducing persons to come forward and share in this work and contribute. That is always the case. If you want money for anything, begin to do it, and if we want money for this let us begin to do it, and the money will come in a way we may not know of now. We must show our trust in the LORD ourselves, and our belief in the importance and great use of the work. There is nothing that can be presented to us of greater importance than the preservation of these invaluable manuscripts in a form to be of use, for the future edition of the Writings. Doctor Worcester has informed me that he has anticipated his removal to the other world by doing a great deal of work on some of the Writings, and getting them ready for the printers. Unfortunately he had not the manuscripts for those writings. He ought to have them in hand now. He has prepared the work on Heaven and Hell for the printer. If we could find the original of that and have it photo-lithographed we could supplement his work by putting it in the hands of new editors and thus have a more complete and perfect edition of Heaven and Hell which is so much needed at the present time. There are others that could be dealt with in the same way. In going over the manuscripts I found in those brief theological treatises which are scattered through them, matters of the greatest and gravest importance, which we need to have. By adopting such a procedure as that, directing the publication of single volumes at a time, I think we could be successful in having all of them photo-lithographed. It would not require any large expenditure of money at any given time, and the coming out of the volumes would tend to open the pockets of every one having the matter at heart."
     Mr. Roy:-"I should like to ask what can be done with the manuscripts which you have just described as having been damaged through the corrosion of the ink and the action of time upon the paper?"
     The Bishop:-"They can be copied as they are."
     Mr. Price:-"I have been asked to say what I know about the manuscripts.

30



I was in company with the Bishop in Stockholm during the summer or part of the summer of 1888, during which time we examined and counted the pages of all the manuscripts at that time lying in the Royal Academy of Sciences, in Stockholm, and I noticed also, as the Bishop has said, that several of the manuscripts have become very illegible, but I do not think that any one of them is altogether illegible. I think that a good and careful editor, with time and patience, can decipher any of the manuscripts existing there at the present time, but I do not know how long they will remain as good as they are at present, and they certainly, many of them, are not very good at present."
     The Bishop:-"They become moist, by reason of the climate."
     Mr. Price:-"The climate is moist, and that has a tendency to affect papers as every one knows. The thing most to be regarded is that time manuscripts written last-theological manuscripts-are in the worst condition, because as Swedenborg grew older his hand became more cramped and obscure, the lines of his writing were very much crowded together at best, and after the spreading of the ink it has made pretty bad blots in some places. The older ones, which he wrote when younger and with a firm hand, are still quite legible. All manuscripts that I could decide as being scientific, that I examined at least, are quite legible. There are some that have evidently been the first draughts, which as the printers draught was made, were crossed off and they have pen marks, sometimes through the lines and sometimes through the page. It seems that in most cases those manuscripts that have been erased, if you may say so, by this pen stroke, exist only in that form, the clean copy made for the printer, in most cases as far as I could find does not now exist. It seems therefore important that even those erased copies should be photo-lithographed and preserved, as they may be, in the Divine Providence, the only ones we have. It is important to preserve in this form, in the very handwriting of the servant of the LORD, the works that he was commanded to write. There is no other check upon any editor or printer than the original manuscript.
     "The means of reproducing the manuscripts has been much dwelt upon, and the importance of the work as been recognized by the people of this Church, and it is not necessary to talk about that any more."
     Mr. Means:-"If the manuscripts which, are in danger from the climate, cannot be photo-lithographed at once they might be preserved by proper application. The Academy of Sciences, where they are now kept, might furnish them with an air tight receptacle, pump the air out, and almost create a vacuum and then the moisture would not affect them."
     Mr. Odhner:-"The preservation of the manuscripts is of immediate importance. It is not the climate that is consuming the manuscripts according to my idea, probably it is because we have been talking about this subject for years. The Bishop has shown to the Church the importance of this work, and year after year the work has been delayed. I wish to call attention to the fact that if anything is to be done it is to be done now. If the General Church intends to do anything in the matter it should begin to make preparations."
     Mr. Pitcairn.-"I should hesitate to adopt a resolution deciding to do a certain thing that we are not prepared to do."
     Mr. Means:-"We would be able to commence with the photo-lithographing of certain small manuscripts, or short manuscripts, and by going on in that way step by step we may accomplish the whole work."
     Mr. Pitcairn.-"I should still object to going into the matter unprepared."

     Mr. Pitcairn moved "That this body recognizes the great importance of the work of photo-lithographing the manuscripts, and that the question be referred to the Council of the Clergy and the Council of the Laity."
     The motion was duly seconded and carried.

     SUNDRY PROCEEDINGS.

     The Secretary:-"I move that we adopt as a standing rule that the Offertory at the Sunday worship of the Church, at its annual meeting, be for the maintenance of the Bishop's office."
     The motion was duly seconded and carried.
     Bishop Benade announced the appointment of Dr. G. R. Starkey as a member of the Council of the Laity. The nomination was duly accepted and confirmed.

     Mr. Schreck called attention to a historical fact, that by the action taken at this meeting, the most important one since the reorganization of the body, it had returned to the form of organization which was first presented. The clause in the organization which was expunged by resolution of this meeting was not in the Instrument of Organization as originally presented by the Ecclesiastical Committee of the Pennsylvania Association. That was done in the year 1883, seven years ago, which concludes a period, a period which gives promise of a holy state in the future, for seven signifies what is holy, and holiness is predicated of truth. A state of the Church now begins which we hope will demonstrate more clearly than anything else to the eyes of men on earth that the Divine Truth is being received more fully and that the LORD has given it to us for the benefit of mankind on earth and for the closer conjunction of earth with heaven."

     Mr. Pitcairn moved that Article 3 of the Canons, to wit: "When a vacancy occurs in the office of Bishop of this Church, the same shall be filled by nomination made by the Ecclesiastical Council and confirmed by act of this Church in general meeting assembled, and, after confirmation, the name of the Pastor selected for the office of Bishop shall be presented to the General Convention for the sanction of the same, and for his consecration to the office," be expunged, and the subject of a substitute be referred to the Council of the Clergy.
     The motion was duly seconded and carried.
     Mr. Pitcairn also moved: "That the Instrument of Organization of this Church be referred to the Council of the Clergy, that it may be made to conform with the present state of this General Church."
     The motion was duly seconded and adopted.

     THE FOURTH DAY.
                         The LORD'S Day, November 16th.
     WORSHIP was conducted by Bishop Pendleton assisted by Pastors Eugene J. E. Schreck and A. Czerny. A new feature of the service was the reading of the Internal Sense of the responses by the Priest and the reading or singing of the Literal Sense by the Congregation. The sermon was preached by Mr. Schreck.
     The Holy Supper was then celebrated, during which Bishop Pendleton remained at the altar and the assistants distributed the elements to the people.
     There were present at the worship one hundred and seventy-six persons, of whom one hundred and four partook of the Holy Supper.
CALENDAR FOR THE YEAR 1891 1891

CALENDAR FOR THE YEAR 1891              1891

     The General Church of Pennsylvania has issued the Calendar for the year 1891 (of the New Church the year 121-122); embracing a plan for reading the Word of the LORD in the Sacred Scripture and in the Writings of the New Church.
     The Plan for reading the Word in the Sacred Scripture and in the Writings of the Church, which is here followed, includes all the Books of Divine Revelation, beginning with the Arcana Coelestia and the Book of Genesis. This will extend the course of reading through a number of years. The year 1891 is the fourth year of the course.
     The following suggestions are made to readers:- The lessons in the Writings are to be read in the morning, those in Sacred Scripture in the evening.
     The lessons in the Arcana Coelestia average less than two pages in length. The natural divisions in the text have been followed as far as practicable, causing some variation in the length of the lessons. An * indicates that the number is to be read only in part, and to be continued or completed on the following day.
     The lessons in the letter of Scripture do not usually exceed one chapter in length.

31




     Open the reading with prayer both morning and singing of chant or hymn may follow the reading.
     When there is lack of time for the morning worship, the morning lesson may also be read in the evening. If any lesson appear too long a part may be postponed till the evening. When one falls behind with the lessons, it is better to begin again with the regular lesson for the day, and make up what is lost by extra reading on Sunday or some other convenient time.
     Read numbers in other parts of the Writings referred to in the lesson, if there be sufficient time; if not in the morning, it may be done in the evening. Subjects brought forward in lessons may also be followed up elsewhere by aid of indexes.
     In families where there are children, extracts from the Memorabilia may also be read.
     The following directions will enable the reader to "think from some knowledge of the Spiritual Sense while reading the Word," and thus to "come into interior wisdom, and to be still more conjoined to heaven, since he will then enter into ideas similar to those of the angels" (H. H. 310):-In connection with the lessons in the Psalms, Isaiah, and Jeremiah, read the Summary Exposition of the Internal Sense of the Prophets and Psalms. More particular explanations of the Internal Sense will be found in the Rev. J. Clowes's work on The Psalms, and the Rev. J. H. Smithson's work on Isaiah. Or in the similar work on the Psalms by the Rev. O. Prescott Hiller, half of which has been published. In these works abundant quotations are collected from the Writings explanatory of the Internal Sense. For those who read Latin, the works of MM. Le Boys des Guays and Harle on Psalmi, Esaias, and Jeremias are more readily obtainable.
     Those who wish to enter more particularly into a study of the Spiritual Sense will find Le Boys des Guays's or Searle's Index to Scripture Passages an invaluable aid.
     Those who have not the Arcana Coelestia or other works may easily purchase one or two volumes a year as needed. The price of a volume of the Arcana Coelestia is 60 cents, the postage 16 cents; the price of the Summary Exposition, etc., is 40 cents; the postage 3 cents. The price of Psalmi is $3.00; of Esaias, $1.50; and of JerEmias and Threni, $2.00.
     These works are obtainable from the Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa., which also acts as agent for the sale of the Calendar, extra copies of which may be obtained at five cents apiece.
Communicated 1891

Communicated       W. H. B       1891

      [Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]


     A LIBELLOUS PROCLIVITY.

     The New Jerusalem Magazine seems to be sinking to the level of The New Christianity. On page 572 of the New Jerusalem Magazine for September, 1890, we find the following:

     "Our General Pastors.

     "The situation in regard to our ordaining ministers seems to be a singular one, and to those who are in favor of abolishing the order may be acceptable; but we confess that it seems to us to require that measures be taken to supply the manifest need. Let us note the condition of the case. Dr. Dike, after long service with the Bath Society, confining himself more closely to it than a general pastor would be expected to do, has left the Maine Association and one abroad. Dr. Hibbard, long in change of the Illinois Association, has lived abroad for some years. Mr. Fox has resigned the charge of the Maryland Association and gone abroad. Mr. Benade has pursued so peculiar a course that, instead of the Pennsylvania Association, which he once cared for, there is a new Association under the charge of Mr. Giles. Mr. Pettee, of Massachusetts, has been suffering from age and ill-health to such a degree as to reduce his work materially. Thus we may be said to have but three effectives out of eight- Messrs. Giles, Tuerk, and Goddard-and of these Mr. Giles is limited in activity by age, though his zeal is as young as ever, and Mr. Tuerk, being a German, does not leave his Canadian district to work in the States. Thus Mr. Goddard is the single one who has full capacity for work. He is fortunately located in the very centre of the country, but he has his hands full with the charge of the Society in Cincinnati."

     This article was copied in The New Christianity, and added to its other offensive personalities. These journals do not seem to be aware that such personalities are actionable in the civil courts of justice, and that they owe their impunity solely to the patience and forbearance of those whom they are injuring. Forbearance may cease and patience may come to an end. Let them take warning.     W. H. B.
DR. R. L. TAFEL CORRECTED 1891

DR. R. L. TAFEL CORRECTED       W. H. B       1891

     IN the account of the late meeting of the Ministers and Leaders of the English Conference, published in the Life of October 15th, I read the following: "The Rev. R. L. Tafel, ignoring the question, ['What about Primus Infulatus?'], said that Swedenborg especially avoided the use of the title 'Bishop,' though he knew it well, as his father had borne it."
     Others besides the sons of Bishops know the title, even Dr. Tafel knows it. But I am curious to know from what private and confidential sources Dr. Tafel has derived the information so confidently given in respect to Swedenborg's especial avoidance of the use of the title "Bishop." If not possessed of such sources, it would not harm him to be advised to place a check on his evident proclivity toward reckless assertion of whatever may seem to favor his own notions and wishes. Swedenborg has not intimated such an avoidance of that title. He was a man intelligent in the affairs of this world and of the spiritual world, and must often have heard the title of Bishop given to others at his day and read of it in the History of the Church, and he knew of its use in the Spiritual World (see T. C. R. 16; A. R. 341, 716; C. L. 9).
     The fact that Swedenborg does not employ the title "Bishop" in connection with the teachings concerning the Priesthood in the New Church only proves itself, it does not prove that he avoided it especially, as this opponent of the Episcopal order would have us believe on his bare assertion. Swedenborg has said nothing of "ordaining ministers" (one or five)*; does this argue an especial avoidance of the title? If not, why not?
     * The parenthesis refers to time remarks by the Rev. R. L. Tafel, reported at the end of page 178 of New Church Life.-EDITOR.
     Upon this strange bit of information there follows immediately the statement: "Swedenborg does not teach that the trine in the New Church is identical with the trine in the Jewish Church. It was unfortunate that the Jewish Priesthood had been mixed up with the ministry in the New Church. There was a fatal flaw in the report to which Mr. Tilson had referred ['Report on the Priesthood, and on grades in the Priesthood.' See the Journal of the General Convention for the year 1875, pp. 53-93], and that was that not all the representatives of the Jewish Priesthood had been done away with by the LORD.'

32



The Priesthood of the Jews ought not to be dragged into the New Church Priesthood."
     This statement led me to re-examine the Report to which it is charged, because my recollection refused to yield any confirmation of the truth of the statement-and sure enough it is not there! The Report affords no evidence of a mixing up of the Jewish Priesthood with the Priesthood of the New Church. In looking for it I was reminded of the fact that at the time of writing on the subject the thought occurred to me that there might possibly be persons stupid enough or malignant enough to infer such a mixing up from my use of the letter of the Word of the Old Testament in connection with the exposition of the Order of the Priesthood in the New Church. To meet such cases I wrote (see Report, p. 55) to this effect: "It is, of course, not to be inferred from the preceding that the mere representatives of the Jewish Church are to be transferred to the New Church, but that the spiritual things contained in them are to be known and perceived from them, and that when they thus known and perceived they are to be applied to the internals of this Church, and are thence to proceed to its externals, and are there to appear as the true representatives of the truths and goods which the LORD has opened out of the Word for the use of His New Church."
     And now as to "the fatal flaw in the Report." The Report does not state "that not all the representatives of the Jewish Priesthood had been done away with by the LORD," but this is the teaching there set forth, that not all representatives of the Jewish Church were abrogated by the LORD, inasmuch as we are now taught, that in representations the person is not reflected upon, but only the thing which is represented, wherefore not only persons represented divine, celestial, and spiritual things, but the same were represented by things inanimate, as by Aaron's garments by the ark, the altar, the oxen and sheep, which were sacrificed, by the candlestick with the light, by the bread of arrangement on the golden table, by the anointing oil, the frankincense, and other like things; hence it was that kings, both good and bad alike, represented the LORD'S royalty, and the high-priests, both bad and good alike, represented the Divine of the LORD (A. C. 665, 1097, 1361), "the same may appear from the representatives which exist even at the present day, for all kings whoever and whatsoever they are, represent the LORD by their royalty itself; in like manner all priests, whoever and whatsoever they are by the Priestly office itself. Royalty itself and the Priestly office itself are holy whatsoever he is that ministers; hence, it is that the Word which an evil one teaches is equally holy, also the sacrament of Baptism and the Holy Supper and like things" (A. C. 3670, Report, p. 58).
     There are, therefore, representatives which were not abrogated by the Lord, and which exist at the present day. Such a representative is the Priesthood. The representatives which ceased were sacrifices and similar rites (see Report, p. 59). Where then is the "fatal flaw?" Is it in the Report or in the LORD'S Divine Revelation? If Dr. Tafel desires to pursue his investigation of "the fatal flaw," let him be advised to make a thorough introspection of the source of his perverted vision, and let him be honest in this, more honest than in his finding of the flaw in the Report, and honesty will bring him the reward of discovering in himself the great "flaw" of an inordinate conceit of superior knowledge, a fertile source of perverted judgments. Let him introspect, it will do him good, and more good than the pursuit of reckless criticism, and who knows but that the Church will ultimately benefit by the salutary proceeding.     
     W. H. B.
Report on the Priesthood 1891

Report on the Priesthood       CARL HJ. ASPLUNDH       1891

     The Report on the Priesthood, and on Grades in the Priesthood, by the Rev. W. H. Benade, referred to in the preceding communication, occupies forty pages of the Journal of the General Convention for the year 1875. A limited number of copies of this Journal are for sale at the Academy Book Room.
     N. B.-We understand that the author contemplates re-writing and extending the Report at some future time.
     CARL HJ. ASPLUNDH, Agent,
     1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia.
VALUABLE AND ELEGANTLY BOUND BOOKS, SUITABLE FOR PRESENTS 1891

VALUABLE AND ELEGANTLY BOUND BOOKS, SUITABLE FOR PRESENTS              1891

     THE WORD, IN HEBREW AND GREEK. According to the New Church Canon. Bound handsomely in full scarlet morocco, gilt edges (5 1/4 X 8 1/2 inches). Price, including postage, $9.00.
     THE SACRED SCRIPTURE; OR WORD OF THE LORD. Octavo edition, rebound according to the New Church Canon. Handsomely bound in full cochineal morocco, gilt edges. Price, $5.00; postage, 20 cents.
     Same, bound in half cochineal morocco, gilt edges. Price, $4.00; postage, 20 cents.
     CONJUGIAL LOVE. Bound in half cochineal morocco, gilt edges. Price, $3.25; postage, 16 cents.
     SUMMARY EXPOSITION OP THE PROPHETS AND PSALMS. Price, 40 cents; postage, 5 cents.
     This work will be useful in connection with the reading of the Calendar.
     DIVINE LOVE AND WISDOM. Pocket edition. Handsomely bound in cloth. Price, 40 cents; postage, 5 cents.
     A LITURGY FOR THE NEW CHURCH. Published by the General Church of Pennsylvania. Bound in flexible morocco, gilt edges. Price, including postage, $2.00; also in cloth, $1.25. For sale at
     ACADEMY BOOK ROOM,
          1821 Wallace Street,
               PHILADELPHIA, PA.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

A SIXTEEN-PAGE JOURNAL, PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:- One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     THE EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL HJ. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great. Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street, Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 52 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. C. E. SCHROEDER, 13 Ashfield Terrace Newcastle-on- Tyne.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.



33




Vol. XI. PHILADELPHIA, FEBRUARY, 1891=121. No. 2.
     Since adultery is Hell with man, and marriage is Heaven with him, it follows that to the extent in which man loves adultery, he removes himself from Heaven, consequently that adulteries close Heaven and open Hell so far as they are believed to be allowable and are perceived delightful above marriages.- A. E. 982.



     WITH that quiet assurance with which it is wont to cover up its disregard of charity and truth, The New Jerusalem Magazine recently delivered one of its oracular utterances; this time on the subject condemned by the English Conference.
     It assumes an apparently different position from the Conference; for, while that body rejects in toto the Doctrine of the New Church on this subject, the Magazine theoretically adopts the teaching (repeatedly presented by New Church Life) of the means used by the LORD to raise men out of natural states into those that are Spiritual. But, regarding "the wrong in the teaching or the Life . . . to be one of proportion and color so great as nearly to invert the meaning of the Doctrines, at the same time that it keeps very close to the letter, or a part of the letter," the Magazine straightway presents the subject in what it probably considers its true proportion and color. That is to say, it gives a seeming adherence to the laws of the Divine Providence in the elevation of man out of the natural; but into its pious show of mercy and tolerance it cunningly insinuates the "incompatibility with spiritual life" of the relations provided by the LORD, and their "contrariety to spiritual life," and thus places the seal of its condemnation upon the means which are of the LORD'S Providence for preserving the conjugial, even in man's external and natural states.
     And this, the New Church Messenger which first reviews and then reprints the Magazine's article, calls "wisdom and charity!"
     As these two periodicals, principal and second, mock the Divine Truth which has been revealed for application to life-not for mere intellectual amusement-they see nothing disproportionate or discolored in further making false accusations against the Life.
     When the LORD'S Revelation is derided, human instrumentalities need expect no better treatment.
     Before the Magazine again prepares to ventilate its ideas on proportion and color, let it anoint its eyes with eye-salve, that it may see; that it may pass judgment with at least some knowledge, intelligence, and wisdom; and that it may lead its readers to a just appreciation of proportion and color, and to a veneration of the Infinite Mercy and Wisdom of the LORD, in visiting men, even in their lowest states, not forsaking them, but combatting with and for them, redeeming and saving them from the hells of adulterers. Then it will not need to assume the tone of superior virtue and knowledge, to hide its real ignorance and unmercifulness.



     Because adultery is Hell, it follows that unless man abstains from adulteries and shuns and is averse to them as infernal, he shuts up Heaven to himself, nor does he receive the least of influx thence.- A. E. 982.



     THE friends in India have for some time past expressed their desire for the establishment of the Priesthood among them, and they have applied for this purpose to the General Conference in England. The answer returned is known to the readers of the Life.
     In the Divine Providence, the way has opened for the fulfillment of their desires by the consecration of Mr. John McGowan, as Bishop of the New Church in India. The particulars of this event, so important in the history of the New Church in Asia, the continent in which all the Churches preceding the New Church had their origin, are reprinted in full, elsewhere in this issue, from The Indian New church Messenger.
     The further growth of the New Church in Asia from this beginning will be watched with great interest.
     That there was considerable obscurity in the minds of the participants, as to the most orderly method of procedure, is evident from the report, according to which the friends thought to "appoint and consecrate" Mr. McGowan by means of a document to which they had subscribed their names. Such a document can never consecrate a Bishop; there must he an ultimate act like that performed by the Rev. S. F. Dike. Moreover, the investiture of Mr. McGowan with the functions of a Bishop, without suitable preparation, seems a sudden step. It is not unlike reaching a goal without running over the plain which lends to it.
     Still, the earnest desire to proceed in an orderly manner may not be doubted, especially after the efforts for assistance in this direction made by the Indian friends.



     ASIDE from its interest in the history of the Church in Asia, the account will attract the particular attention of those who have watched the course of the General Convention in America. Here we actually find that the Rev. Samuel F. Dike; an Ordaining Minister of the General Convention, has had the temerity to "perform appropriate religious services in connection with the appointment and consecration of John McGowan, as Bishop of the LORD'S New Church in India, under the authority and at the desire of the General Body of the New Church in India."
     The student of current Church history will await the action of Convention in regard to this step with some curiosity. If it is at all consistent, it will refer this matter to its Council of Ministers, and this Council will have to report, as in the similar case with which the readers of the Life are familiar:

     "The investiture of Mr. McGowan with the office of Bishop, though performed by a General Pastor of the Convention, was not done by the request of an Association nor with the sanction of the General Convention, but under the rules of a body which is not a component part of the Convention.

34



It is thus intended as the establishment of a priesthood or ministry not recognized by the Convention, nor responsible to the Convention, and for which the Convention is in no way responsible.
     "While it appears to the Council that this act is not loyal to the spirit at least of the Constitution under which Mr. Dike holds the office of General Pastor, nor consistent with the unity of the ministry of Church, we do not recommend any judicial action in regard to it, deeming it sufficient to present it in the light of the facts of the case."
     One needs not to be gifted with supernatural powers, to foresee that the General Convention will not be consistent.
     First, Because in this case it was the "Professor of Biblical and Church History at the New Church Theological School at Harvard University [?!], Cambridge, Mass., United States of America," who performed the ceremony.
     Second, Because he performed it beyond the geographical boundaries of the said United States of America.
     The first reason is so convincing, that the attempt to refute it would be vain and profitless.
     The second reason ought to be equally convincing, but, unfortunately, doubts will obtrude themselves.
     If geographical boundaries limit the operation of ecclesiastical functions, then by what virtue did Dr. Dike perform the services?
     He says, indeed, that he performed them "under the authority" of the general body of the New Church in India. But if that means anything more than "at their request," it means the granting of original authority to perform in India services similar to those which, by virtue of his consecration, he has been authorized to perform in America, and it means also that he baptized Mr. McGowan under the same authority. If such authority can be granted without formal ordination, in one quarter of the globe, it can in another, for the Doctrines of the New Church remain the same the world over. But, if ecclesiastical authority can be granted in that way, then ordination into any degree of the ministry may be abolished altogether as a mere external, and Mr. McGowan himself need not have been so solicitous to secure the services of a Bishop of the New Church.
     No! Dr. Dike is too well versed in the Doctrines of the New Jerusalem to act upon so flimsy a theory, and Mr. McGowan has too great a veneration for Church order to be a party to such disorder. The services at Allahabad were performed by Dr. Dike in his capacity of a priest who had received the requisite authority by virtue of his consecration, in America, into the Third Grade of the Ministry. The authority to perform the functions of that office carries with it the responsibility to the LORD, the High-Priest of the New Church, from Whom that authority comes, to perform them with judgment, and at such times and in such places as the incumbent is conscientiously convinced that the needs of the New Church require it.
     The LORD'S New Church is not hemmed in by the artificial boundaries of political governments, and hence Dr. Dike was perfectly justified in performing the services in the consecration of a Bishop in India; nor is he answerable for this act to the General Convention in America.
     His case is altogether similar to that of Bishop Benade in his consecration of the Rev. W. F. Pendleton. In the one case, as in the other, an ordination was performed by an Ordaining Minister of the General Convention, but in a body which is not a component part of Convention-and to establish a priesthood, which is not to be responsible to the Convention, and for which the, Convention is in no way responsible.
     If the one act was disloyal "to the spirit at least of the Constitution under which the officiating minister holds his office of General Pastor," the other is so likewise.
     If, instead of resorting to subterfuges, the Convention should honestly recognize this, and acknowledge its error in the case of Bishop Benade, there would indeed be cause for rejoicing, for it would be an evidence that the spiritual unity of the New Church ministry, now so sadly destroyed by Convention's externalism, might be established more firmly than ever before.
     But can we have the faintest hope of such a happy prospect?



     The origin of love truly conjugial is the LORD'S love to the Church- A. E. 983.



     THE Rev. R. J. Tilson desires to have it known, that the word "altogether" in his letter to the President of the General Conference, published on page 185 of the issue of the Life for October 15th, wherein he speaks of "the permissive character, and altogether disorderly condition of pellicacy" was an unintentional error.
     He also writes, that he has no sympathy with all of the statements of Dr. R. L. Tafel in the Documents, as quoted by Mr. Tilson during the debate. He simply gave the quotations at the time, to show that others, notably one who was then sitting as his judge and censor, had dealt with the same matter before, and had recognized concubinage.
Origin of love truly conjugial 1891

Origin of love truly conjugial              1891

     The conjunction of the LORD with the man of the Church is the very origin of love truly conjugial.- A. E. 983.
SUPPER OF THE GREAT GOD 1891

SUPPER OF THE GREAT GOD       Rev. EUGENE J. E. SCHRECK       1891

      (Delivered at the meeting of the General Church of Pennsylvania, at Allegheny City, November 16th, 1890.)

     "And I saw one Angel standing in the Sun; and He cried with a great voice, saying to all the birds flying in the midst of Heaven, 'Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the Great God, that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains of thousands, and the flesh of strong ones, and the flesh of horses, and of those that sit on them, and the flesh of all freemen and slaves, both small and great.'"- Apocalypse xix, 17, 18.

     IN these words the LORD, from Divine Love and thence from Divine Zeal, calls and convokes all who are in a spiritual affection of truth, and think of Heaven, to the New Church, and to conjunction with Himself, and thus to eternal life.
     The Divine Love is love toward the whole human race, to save, beatify, and make it happy to eternity, and to appropriate His Divine as far as possible. It desires to give Its Very Self to man, and if it were possible, to raise him body and soul into Itself. Such a love, infinitely more ardent than any love of which man can conceive-the flaming Sun of the Spiritual World, within which' is the ONE ANGEL, the LORD JESUS CHRIST Himself-this is ever and constantly active and operative, to effect conjunction with the human race. Unceasingly it provides the means for this end, and when these means have been fully received, there can be no delay in the effecting of the conjunction which makes man happy and blessed to eternity.

35



Thus the LORD flows in unremittingly from the Divine Zeal of Divine Love, the "Angel" cries continually "with great voice," but not until the due preparation has been made by Him, do those who are in a spiritual affection of truth, "the birds flying in the midst of "Heaven," who view, give attention to and think of Heaven-do these hear His voice calling and convoking to the New Church and to conjunction with Himself, thus to eternal life, saying "Come, and gather yourself together unto the supper of the Great God."
     This is the reason why, in the chapter of the Word of the LORD in which it is our great privilege to hear LORD speaking to us this day, this His call to His new Church is preceded by the glorification of Him on the part of the angels of Heaven, that the Roman Catholic Religion has been removed in the world of spirits, from which removal the angels have come into their light and beatitude,-by the announcement concerning the Coming of the LORD, and concerning the New Church from Him,-and by the opening of the Word as to its Spiritual Sense for that Church. Immediately preceding the call to His New Church is the opening of the Word as to its Spiritual Sense for it. The Spiritual Sense of the Word revealed by the LORD, and the interior understanding of the Word uncovered thereby, is the Second Coming of the LORD, and this is what is meant by the words "And I saw Heaven open, and behold a White Horse." This is the Second Coming of the LORD, because by that sense it manifestly appears that the LORD is the WORD, that the WORD treats of Him alone, that He is the God of Heaven and Earth, and that the New Church exists from Him alone.
     To the Supper of this Great God, who sitteth upon the Horse, are the birds flying in mid heaven called and gathered together. His Supper is conjunction with Him, it is the New Church. Conjunction cannot be effected with a God who is not known and not acknowledged. For this vital reason His quality discovered first, before the call and the convocation are made. No others can accept the call, and gather together to the Supper, but they who know and acknowledge Him in the Revelation of the Spiritual Sense of the Word, which constitutes His Second Coming, and is the uncovering of the interior understanding the Word. He is the WORD. He sits upon the White Horse. He Himself, the Divine Good and the Divine Truth,-even He, the Angel standing in the Sun from which proceeds the heat and light to angels and men,- He makes His Coming to men on earth, in the printed exposition of the Internal Sense of the WORD, and of the things of Heaven and of the Church of which the WORD treats.
     But this quality of the WORD in its spiritual and celestial senses no one sees but the LORD, and he to whom He reveals it. He that sat upon the horse "had a Name written which no one knoweth but He."
     He, in whom Infinite things are Divinely one, Who in His Divine Human has united the Infinite things of Divine Truth with Divine Good, is present among men in this Infinite Divine Human, in the Divine Truth from Divine Good revealed to men by means of a man, before whom He has manifested Himself in Person, and whom He has sent to teach the Doctrines of the New Church by the Word from Him.
     In the internal sense of the Word, the progressive union of the Father and the Son is treated of, in order that we may know how it was effected, and co-operate with the LORD in the regeneration, after the Divine example of the Glorification, and thus enter into His Supper. From the Infinite Union of the Divine Good and the Divine Truth, comprising, as these do, the infinite things of His Divine Mercy and Grace, which in Him are distinctly One, comes the call and convocation to His Supper, that all may be one, even as He and the Father are one. This supper makes those that believe iii Him one, for the reason that He gives Himself, His body and blood, His Good and Truth, to be their nourishment: "Amen, Amen, I say unto you, except ye eat the flesh of the Son of Man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day: for My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him" (John, vi, 52-56). No other unification into one body of the Church is possible. The charity that forms the common bond, uniting all as brethren at the feast of fat things, of wines on the lees well refined, has this, its conjoining principle, solely from the ardent love of the LORD toward the human race. Where charity is sought to be attained by not approaching the LORD in this His most excellent Revelation of His Divine Love and Divine Wisdom, it is not charity, it is either spurious, hypocritical, or dead. "He that entereth not by the door into the sheep-fold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber" (Luke x, 1). The sheep-fold is the Church; the door, the LORD in His Divine Human.
     The voices, the lightnings, the heavy cloud upon the mount, and the voice of a trumpet loud, which attended the revealing of the decalogue on Mount Sinai, signify the Divine state in which Revelation is effected, the Divine state in which it is received, and the heavenly state round about. And as, at this most solemn and impressive of manifestations, the LORD proclaimed, " I am the LORD, thy God, who have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants," so at the present day, the LORD proclaims in His Revelation to His New Church, with voices and lightnings and a heavy cloud, and the voice of a trumpet loud-that He, thus manifested, is our only God, and that beside Him there is no god:- He alone, thus revealed, is the Truth, and beside Him we can find no truth. What folly to seek the saving truth elsewhere, to go to the gods of the nations round about us and offer sacrifices to them! What insanity, in the presence of this most wonderful miracle of the LORD'S Revelation of Himself, to worship the calf of Egypt, of the nation out of which the LORD is leading us with His almighty arm! What else results but affiliation with those-who stand without, threatening the ruin and destruction of so much of the Church as may thus far have been built up in us.
     So dangerous is the affiliation and friendly intercourse with those that would draw us away from implicit confidence in the LORD alone, and in the Truth of His Revelation and its redeeming and saving efficacy, that He warns us repeatedly, and provides us with every safeguard. Note the care with which the observance of the Supper of the Great God is circumscribed:
     "And JEHOVAH said to Moses and Aaron, 'This is the statute of the Paesach, every son of a stranger [woman] shall not eat it. And every servant of a man, the purchase of silver, and thou shalt circumcise him, then he shall eat it. A sojourner and a hireling shall not eat it. In one house it shall be eaten, thou shalt not take of the flesh outside of the house; and a bone ye shall not break in it. All of the congregation of Israel shall do it. And when a stranger shall sojourn-with thee, and he shall do the Paesach to JEHOVAH, there shall be circumcised to him every male, and then he shall approach to do it, and he shall be as an inhabitant of the land: and every uncircumcised one shall not eat it.

36



One law shall there be for the inhabitant and for the stranger that sojourneth in the midst of you.'"
     Thus does the LORD, the Divine Order Itself; inform and instruct the Church by the Divine Truth, that the laws of order, for those who are delivered from damnation and infestations, requires that they who are out of the Church, and do not acknowledge anything good and true which is of faith, must have no communication or conjunction with them; but must be separated from them. So also those who solely from a natural disposition, and those who on account of gain, do and commend the goods and truths of the Church.
     The "Paesach," or the paschal supper, represented the consociations of the angels in the Heavens as to goods and truths, and every house of the sons of Israel represented a society in particular. The angelic societies are all distinguished one from the other, according to their goods, and this in general, specifically, and in particular. They are consociated who are in a like good. These make one good, because every one exists not from one but from many. For from many that vary, and yet agree, comes a form which makes one by harmony; in Heaven, by spiritual harmony, which is of goods that are of love. The paschal supper, which represented the Supper of the Great God of the New Church, was to be eaten in one house. Consociations must be of agreeing goods, in order that they may make one good together. Nor, indeed, was it even lawful to carry of the flesh outside of the house to give it to another-that is to say, such good must not be commingled with the good of another, or with the good which is not of his society. For the societies in Heaven are distinct according to the functions of all the members, viscera, and organs in the body. The function of each member, viscus, and organ, by correspondence, relates to some peculiar good, distinct from the other. Goods are manifold, and in order that distinct forms may exist from them, which, taken together, constitute the most perfect forms of Heaven, they must under no conditions be commingled, for if they are commingled, the distinction perishes.
     This distinct variety in harmonious unity prevails in the Church only to the extent in which it is the Church-that is, to the extent in which it approaches the LORD Alone in His Divine Human, the WORD itself in its spirit and letter, for in Him infinite things are distinctly one. Heaven is unanimous from the influx into it of the distinctly one Divine Good and Truth, but it receives this influx variously in the forms prepared in it by the Word.
     The consociations from love in the Church must needs be distinct. Harmony cannot be predicated of an indistinct confusion. The consociations in the Church must be according to the goods formed by the Truth of the Divine Human, even of JESUS CHRIST, who proclaims:
     "I JESUS have sent mine Angel to testify unto you these things in the Churches," thus signifying that He has come in His Divine Human which He took upon Himself and glorified. No consociation from love can be had with any until they acknowledge Him thus in His Second Coming.
     These laws of the Divine Order impose a grave responsibility upon every one of us. Each one needs to examine himself as to his acknowledgment of the LORD. Do we receive Him with a free and spontaneous heart? Or is it only from a natural disposition, or for the sake of some ulterior motive? If so, we are not of the guests bidden to the Supper, we are not in the spiritual affection of the truth, we do not examine, attend to, and think the Divine Truth. "And I saw one Angel standing in the Sun; and he cried with a great voice, saying to all the birds that fly in the midst of Heaven, 'Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the Great God.'"
     From His Infinite, Divine Mercy, ardently desiring the salvation of the whole human race, the LORD provides every means for the attainment of His Divine end. The call to His Supper extends to a supper that He has provided of the ultimate material elements, elements similar to those which He Himself assumed in the Human and glorified. This supper contains in a complex all that relates to spiritual consociation and conjunction. Its real sanctity is discovered and made manifest to the sight in the revelation' of the Spiritual Sense and hereby its external sanctity is rendered internal. To this supper are called and gathered together all those who are in similar good from the truths of faith of the New Church and the application of them to life. In the Holy Supper the LORD is present in His Divine Human, with all His Redemption, with the Divine Power which He acquired to Himself by His combats with the hells and victories over them. It is the marriage supper of the Lamb. But only those approach it worthily, who examine their thoughts and their desires by the Divine Truth now revealed to us, and shun as sin everything opposed to it, thus doing the work of repentance.
     As man becomes conjoined with the LORD by the WORD, by any and every means of salvation which are of the Word, goods are appropriated by the LORD through the truths of the WORD, and of Doctrine thence, in every sense, degree, and kind in the cognitions of good and truth, erudition from Doctrine from the Word, wisdom from the understanding of the Word, knowledge from one's self', and from others, in lesser and greater degree: "Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the GREAT GOD, that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of strong ones, and the flesh of horses and of those that sit on them, and the flesh of all freemen and slaves, and both small and great."
     No one has any spiritual good from the LORD except by means of truths from the WORD. For the truths of the WORD are in the light of Heaven, and goods are in the heat of that light. Wherefore, unless the understanding be in the light of Heaven through the WORD, the will cannot come into the heat of Heaven. Love and charity cannot be formed except by means of truths from the WORD. Man cannot be reformed except by truths thence. The Church itself with man is formed by means of them, not by those truths in the understanding only, but by a life according to them. Thus they enter into the will and become goods. Thus the face of truth is turned into the face of good, the marriage between the will and understanding, between good and truth is consummated, and the Supper of the GREAT GOD becomes the marriage supper of the LAMB.
     As marriage-suppers on earth serve with those who are spiritually minded as initiations into conjugial love, so the Marriage Supper of the LAMB is the initiation into the holy spiritual and celestial love of the union of good and truth, from which alone flows love truly conjugial, the fundamental of all celestial, spiritual, and natural loves. Happy they are who are called to this supper, who, following their God whithersoever He leads, are introduced by Him into His Divine Presence, and are conjoined with Him. Happy are they, because from this conjunction with the LORD they have the conjugial with its attendant Innocence, Peace, Tranquillity, its Beatitude, Happiness, Delight, Pleasure, and Felicity.

37



heavenly marriage 1891

heavenly marriage              1891

     The conjunction of the LORD with the man of the Church is the Conjunction of good and truth, from the LORD is the good and with man is the truth; hence the conjunction which is called the heavenly marriage.- A. E. 983.
OWLS AND DOVE IN ONE NEST 1891

OWLS AND DOVE IN ONE NEST              1891

     As if to emphasize the thoroughness of the judgment which has recently taken place in the New Church in America, separating the General Convention from the "General Church, because of contrariety of belief in the Doctrines of the New Church as the LORD'S Second Coming, and of the distinctiveness of the New Church from the Old, some of the prominent ministers of Convention have ultimated their rejection of the distinctiveness of the New Church on the occasion of the installation of the Rev. George S. Wheeler as the Pastor of the Bridgewater (Mass.) Society. Seven ministers of the General Convention were present, as were also the ministers of the Baptist, Congregational, Episcopal, Methodist, and Unitarian Churches of the city. The Rev. H. E. Goddard began the religious services. An Episcopal minister read the first lesson, and a Congregational minister read the second. Then the Rev. Jabez Fox, the General Pastor of the Maryland Association, tread the installation service, and the Rev. Messrs. James Reed and T. F. Wright addressed the meeting, which ended with a hearty welcome to the new pastor, extended by the Unitarian minister, in behalf of his fellow "Christians" in Bridgewater.
     Thus the faith of the Old Church, the disbelief of the Arians, and the faith of the New Church were representatively present at the performance of a priestly function of the New Church! What a mixture of spheres, and, consequently, what obscurity must have been the result! It would seem that the Convention ministers had never rend or taken to heart the following explicit doctrine:
     "The Faith of the New Church can by no means be together with the faith of the former Church, and if they were together, such a collision and conflict would ensue, that everything of the Church would perish with men.

     "BRIEF ANALYSIS.

     "That the faith of the New Church can by no means be together with the faith of the former Church, that is to say, the Church of the present day, is because they do not agree in one-third, and not even in one-tenth. The faith of the former Church is described in the Apocalypse, chapter xii, by the Dragon, and the faith of the New Church by the Woman surrounded by the sun, and upon whose head was a crown of twelve stars, whom the Dragon was about to persecute, and upon whom he cast, water as a flood, that he might drown her. These two cannot be together in one city, still less in one house, thus not in one mind, at the same time; and if they were together, it cannot be otherwise, than that the woman should he continually exposed to the wrath and insanity of the Dragon, and in fear lest he should devour her son; for it is said in the Apocalypse, chapter xii, that the Dragon stood before the Woman that was about to bring forth, that he might devour her child, and that the Woman, after she had brought forth, fled away into the desert (v. 1, 4, 6, 14-17). The faith of the former Church is the faith of night, for human reason perceives nothing concerning it, wherefore it is also, said that the understanding should be held captive under it; yea, neither is it known, whether it be in man, or out of him, since nothing of the will or of the reason of man enters into it, yea neither charity, good works, penitence, the law of the decalogue, and more things which really exist in man's mind. That it is so, may be seen above (n. 79, 80, 90-98).
     But the faith of the New Church, with all that belongs to it, enters into a conjugial covenant, and conjoins itself; and because it is thus in the heat of heaven, it is also in its light, faith is of light; and the faith of night and the faith of light cannot be together otherwise than as an owl and a dove in one nest, for thus the owl would lay its eggs, and the dove its, and after the incubation, the young would be hatched, and then the owl would tear the young of the dove to pieces, and would give them for food to its young; for the owl is a bird of prey. That the faith of the former Church and the faith of the New Church cannot be together, is also because they are heterogeneous; for the faith of the former Church is born from the idea of three gods (see above n. 30-38), but the faith of the New Church, from the idea of one God; and because between them there is thence a heterogeneity, it cannot be otherwise, than that if they were together there would be such a collision and conflict that everything of the Church would perish-that is, than that man, in spiritual things would fall either into a delirium or into a swoon until he would hardly know what the Church is, or whether the Church is. From this it follows that those who have confirmed the faith of the Old Church with themselves cannot, except at the peril of their spiritual life, embrace the faith of the New Church unless they have previously one by one condemned, and thus extirpated the faiths of the former Church with its young or eggs-that is, its dogmas. Of what quality these are, has been shown in the preceding (especially n. 64-69).
     "The like would come to pass if any one were to embrace the faith of the New Church, and retain the faith of the Old Church concerning the imputation of the justice or merit of the LORD; for from this as a root all its dogmas have risen up as offshoots. If this were done it would be, comparatively, as if some one were to deliver himself from three heads of the Dragon, and be entangled in its other four; or as one who fled from a leopard would fall against a lion; or as one going out of a ditch where there is no water would fall into a ditch where there is water in which he would he drowned. That it is so will be seen after the exposition of the following lemma, where something will be brought forward concerning imputation" (B. E. 102-104).
From the heavenly marriage exists 1891

From the heavenly marriage exists              1891

     From the heavenly marriage exists love truly conjugial between two consorts who are in such conjunction with the LORD.- A. E. 983.
DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH IN THE MATTER OF THE ENGLISH CONFERENCE AND THE REV. R. J. TILSON 1891

DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH IN THE MATTER OF THE ENGLISH CONFERENCE AND THE REV. R. J. TILSON              1891

     THE astonishing event of the past year is the action of the English Conference in regard to the Rev. R. J. Tilson, and especially the assertions contrary to Doctrine that were made by nearly all its members in the course of the discussion.
     Passing by the talk of the mass of the speakers, that was simply a general flourish of ignorance, that of the few better informed and usually sounder members will be noticed. Why they so plainly contradicted the Doctrine in this case, is the surprising thing about it.
     But to the proofs.

38




     First, Mr. Broadfield. "In the name of womanhood, he protested against a woman being degraded in the way indicated."
     Now it seems that he, and all the rest, assumed that no woman but a harlot could be concerned in the cases referred to. But the Doctrine requires that the relation in the cases be "something as it were analogous to marriage" (C. L. 459). Let Mr. Broad field on his own assumption decide whether such a woman be degraded by coming into such a relation. But, though the assumption is not true, still it will be seen that in any case the Doctrines provide such safeguards that the woman shall not be degraded by coming into this relation.
     Next, Dr. Tafel: He says, "Let it be remembered that none but a prostitute can be thus used." Is that true? The following being true: "Therefore he that adjoins to himself a virgin as a mistress may indeed cohabit with her, and thus initiate her into the friendship of love, but always with the constant intention if she does not commit whoredom that she shall be, or shall become, his wife" (n. 460). This evidently means, that though the marriage cannot yet take place legally, it may defacto "without the right to recede" (Ib.). Compare (n. 305) concerning the harm of too great protraction of betrothals.'
     Again: "Who, unless he is vile, can keep the laws of the conjugial bed and share the couch with a harlot?" (n. 469). If this be so, by the same principle any one who comes into a "inure constricted state more nearly related to conjugial life" (n. 459) must not continue to pursue a life which is contrary to this (n. 423), so that one continuing to be a "prostitute cannot be thus used." Nor does the Doctrine say that a man shall take none other than a harlot, but that he shall not make some virgin a harlot (n. 460), nor a wife an adulteress. (Ib. comp. 444 2d.)
     The whole idea conveyed by Dr. Tafel, which excludes her, as a "fallen woman," from all hope or chance of amendment, is utterly repugnant to the saving spirit of our Doctrines, for their whole tenor is, that these very permissions are in order that the conjugial principle which is in danger of perishing may be preserved and the persons saved. And because the teachings, which those men contradicted recognize this, they are true and saving. It is those other opposite ones, that "lead to wickedness," by cutting off the means of escape from it. There is this further to be said on the subject. The teachings above quoted as contradicted, are true and saving, because of some other principles that are true and saving, but that are denied by the Old Church falsities that have lost their saving power, and by all our people that are "sphered" by these falsities.
     The fundamental one is that the saving thing in all this matter (n. 452) is that "conjugial love is regarded, wished for, and sought as the principal good" (n. 449), and that the best preserver of it (n. 459) is not always continence, and any expense of "damage" to mind and body (n. 456, 459), but the nearest attainable "something as it were analogous to marriage" (Ib.).
     Some "protesters" refer to Exodus xx, 14, and Revelation xxi, 27. Can these men be so insane as to apply these passages to means, which save from "adultery" and all other abominations? (See C. L. 423.)
     There are two reasons given for this. One is that continence does not always conduce to the greatest purity. "Because there is still within by creation and thence by nativity an inclination to the sex, and when this is restrained and kept under it cannot be otherwise than that that inclination should go forth in to heat, and with some into burning heat, which while It rises out of the body into the spirit infests it, and with some defiles it" (n. 155). To save from this where marriage is not possible "an intermedial method is sought, by which conjugial love may be prevented from perishing in the meantime: that this is pellicacy these things advise, (I.) That by means of it inordinate and promiscuous fornications are curbed and limited, and thus a more constricted state is induced which is more nearly related to the conjugial life. (2.) That the ardor of venery, in the beginning boiling and as it were burning, is allayed and mitigated, and that the lasciviousness of salacity which is filthy, is tempered by something as it were analogous to marriage" (n. 459). Clearly, then, in the cases mentioned, continence is not the best preservative of purity, but rather renders it exceedingly difficult to be attained and preserved. So that to think, as many Newchurchmen do, not from Doctrine, nor from facts, but from the Old Church blunder, that continence is chastity, and thus to exalt it as always the purer state, and to insist that every one must have power of will enough to maintain it at all hazards, is a dangerous ground. Since for those that do not have it this attitude cuts off the chance of salvation which the Doctrines provide. It is therefore damming as they are saving
     "Celibacy is not chastity, but turning away from adulteries is chastity" (De Conjugio, p. 4). "Chastity is abstinence from promiscuous whoredom" (C. L. 105).
     A second reason: as regarding the "few" whose will is sufficient to maintain a strict continence at all hazards. What to them are the hazards? Even if those above given should be with difficulty escaped, another class are encountered which are also pointed out.
     "THAT THE LOVE OF THE SEX WITH SOME CANNOT WITHOUT DAMAGE BE TOTALLY RESTRAINED FROM GOING FORTH INTO FORNICATION."
     "It is vain to recount the damages which too great restraint of the love of the sex may cause and operate with those who from superabundance, labor under venereal excitement, from this source with such persons are the origins of certain diseases of the body and disorders of the mind, not to speak of the unknown evils which are not to be named" (n. 450).
     These dangers of diseases of body, and disorders of mind are no mistaken fancies. They are daily facts of life. Every physician knows them to be facts. Many a man possessed of a will to endure torture such as martyrs are made of; determined to be commitment at all hazards, has been forced to consult his physician because he was slowly dying and did not know what the matter was. The physician has recognized the trouble, and prescribed marriage. And this when possible has always been a speedy cure. But more often it was not possible, and the physician if an Old Churchman had of course no cure. There remained only disease or insanity, and sometimes even death, which surely if not speedily came.
     A few cases from the medical records will show the facts as we have stated them.
     A student in one of the Western colleges* consulted his physician for a constant pain in the occiput, with insomnia that rendered existence intolerable, and was surely breaking down mind and body. The physician prescribed less study, more exercise, etc., etc-no benefit. It finally came out, that his whole life was an intense battle with an almost overpowering sexual plethora. The physician advised marriage.

39



He was engaged to be married as soon as his course should be completed four years later, but before that time it meant expulsion from the college. Assured by his physician that it was his only hope, he abandoned his plans of life, left the college, married, and was saved.
     * A medical treatise mentions "Students, Priests, and the like as among our most prominent patients, and abstinence as a prominent cause that brings them."
     Another similar case resulted in a decision to get his education at all hazards. He did not live to get it.
     Another, if living, is now in the ward of incurables of an insane asylum.
     Another case: a Newchurchman went into business to gain a competence before he married. Found himself failing in health and mind and unable to control his business; consulted his physician, also a Newchurchman, who hearing his trouble gave him the right and sound advice in his case, not to wait for the competency he wanted, but, as was perfectly possible, marry at once. He disregarded it; lost his all, but then, growing wiser, he married, began at the bottom in health, mind, and means, and has been slowly working his way up out of the wreck ever since.
     Another, also a Newchurchman, with a reasonable competency, married, to find himself; from ill health of the wife, "in the state of an unmarried man" (see Report of New Church Minister on this subject). He, too, like the other, lost all: consulted his physician, who saw the cause and remedied it by cure of the wife, since which time he has been slowly recovering all.
     A New Church minister married, but similarly in the "state of an unmarried man," was rejected from the enrollment of the draft in the late war for supposed disease of the heart. The wife did not live long. After awhile, he married again, more happily, and soon entirely recovered
     A Newchurchman, a widower, consulted his physician for failing health, who recognized his trouble and advised the remedy, marriage. This would be impossible for two years. Then, said his physician, "you have the alternative permitted for such cases as yours;" citing the teachings of the Conjugial Love. He preferred to wait, and waited till he went into an asylum, leaving four helpless children on the world.
     Another, in similar exigency, took the advice, and, with restored health and mind, married, and lives a useful and happy life.
     Another, a young Newchurchman to whom marriage was impossible, with reluctance and almost too late, took the advice of his physician, as to the only remedy for his case, was restored to health, but falling into the hands of another who counter advised it as "all wrong," the old condition returned, and at last accounts was as bad as ever.
     Another, son of a prominent Newchurchman, was withheld by parental restraint from following the advice of several physicians who agreed as to the only thing that would save him, went steadily down and died.
     Cases like these might be multiplied indefinitely. There are more of them than, under the medieval mistake of continence for chastity, those concerned are willing to admit.
     That there are some who have so "scanty love of the sex that they are able to resist the efforts of its lust" (n. 450), and therefore to whom "these things are not said" (n. 459), does not help the case of those who are so constituted that "they cannot, without damage, so restrain" (n. 450). It leaves the case no less important to carefully consider, as to the means of saving them. It leaves it no less clear, that the Doctrines point out these means, and authorize them for this end. And it leaves no less heavily, the responsibility of this loss upon the heads of those who reject and defeat those means: knowing, meanwhile, that the teachings show, that to those that are so constituted they are a "necessity" (n. 452), and that there are causes that "intercede, persuade, and compel" (n. 475).
     A most serious means of their defeat is the popular unmerciful condemnation of those who use them, as of course, greater sinners than those who do not need, and, therefore, do not use them: or even than those who, needing them, choose to suffer "damage" instead. The teaching that "it is better that the fountain of ability should be reserved for a wife" (n. 459), and that "it is better that the torch of the love of the sex should first be kindled with a wife" (n. 460), is most true. And for all, that can carry it out without damage, it is nothing less than an enjoined duty. These are most fortunate (see for the reason, n. 323). But these fortunate ones are "but few" (n. 459). Shall, then, the mass of those not so fortunate be shut out of the pale of mercy, and counted as especial sinners, whom we must scorn and shun and cast out? Is this the loving mercy of the New Church?
     For what is their sin? Simply, that they have more intensely than others the inclination "implanted in all by creation" toward the sex, but being fortuitously deprived of the orderly form of the love of one of the sex, in marriage, they will suffer "damage" unless something as it were, analogous can be supplied,* which is therefore to them a "necessity," and, as such, is permitted. It is an evil because "natural and not yet purified" (n. 452), or natural rational but not spiritual" (n. 447). But it is a saving permission, because it is a nondeadly one, taking the place of a deadly one: because a "means by which conjugial love may be preserved from perishing" (n. 459).
     * See (p. 13 De Conjugio) an analogous case of such supply for those who go to the spiritual world before their partners and cannot await them. A prominent Newchurchman once said if he was sure that was written by Swedenborg, he would reject him altogether. That is, reject revelation if it does not suit you.
     It is not to be assumed, that they are worse than those who have scanty love and corresponding ability. For we are told, "that men have ability (copia) according to the love of propagating the truth of wisdom and according to the love of doing uses" (n. 230, 433).
     Study this number and see which of these classes will most prevail in the New Church, and whether the provisions of this book will be of any use for Newchurchmen.
     It is on account of this principle that, with those who are in external worship, eternal life is not endangered by celibacies, enjoined, at the same time, with the promise of chastity, as with those who are in the internal worship" (n. 155). According to it, also, is the fact that there are some whom the LORD "foresees," and "provides conjugialities; with those, the curb of it [the love of the sex] is not relaxed further than conduces to health" (n. 98). On the other hand, there may exist a state of "no desire," which is, nevertheless, the ultimate of unchaste love (n. 55, 331).
     So that, clearly, it is not to be assumed that the class under consideration have internally any less, but may have more of the capacity for being "in love truly conjugial, and hence in overflowing potency, and in chaste love of the sex" (Index to missing Treatise on Marriage), with its perpetual open vein (C. L. 433). Nor, therefore, are they necessarily more morbid or "sick," as it has been expressed, than others, only more intensely in semination and thence excitation" (n. 219), needing, therefore, more careful help and guidance," while from natural they are becoming spiritual" (n. 455).

40




     The doctrinal lines of guidance are: "not to deal with more than one," to spoil no virgin for a wife (for the reason see n. 460) and no wife for a husband (for the reason see n. 483); this if he is an unmarried man; and in addition, if he is a married man, not to adjoin a concubine to a wife, and share the bed with both, since this is more opposite to conjugial love than simple adultery (see n. 339), for the reason given that in this "is only a heat of the flesh" that "cools down and sometimes does not leave a vestige of love to the woman," and may be repented of; but in the other there is that "which does not cool down but remains and establishes itself;" causes conjugial love to perish, and closes heaven to the man (n. 464, 466). Hence this concubinage is damnable, but that separate from a wife is not hurtful (n. 463). And finally and always, let this state be kept separate from conjugial love which is preferred and wished for (n. 452).
     Following these guides, no one can go fatally astray in this most vital matter of life; since he will not do that which will "injure the conscience" (n. 472), or which is "opposite" (n. 423) or "repugnant to conjugial love" (n. 475) or prevent his being "at the same time in conjugial love" (Ib).
     The heeding of these teachings, any fair mind can see, so far as the man is concerned, must save from instead of lead to wickedness.
     As concerning woman, the Doctrines do not give the man permission to damn her to a hopeless lost condition for his sake, nor us to condemn her to irretrievable infamy. This is exactly what neither he nor we are left without full directions how to avoid. And they are given especially, that no woman's conjugial love shall be jeopardized. And they are given with reasons which leave no excuse for mistakes.
     These reasons show that her being is altogether differently constituted from his, and its conditions of salvation are therefore different, and must be regarded by him. On account of these differences it is not true, as Mr. Deans in the above discussion, and hundreds of others say, that the Writings give nothing to one that they do not to the other. They give nothing to the two the same; not even the chance of salvation the same. The man is in the love of the sex (C. L. 296), and must rise up out of that into conjugial love. In the process the love of the sex may put itself forth or not (n. 444) as from "necessity the causes of which have been explored by him" (n. 452) shall determine is best in his case. The woman has not the love of the sex generally; but the love of one of the sex, thus conjugial love (n. 296). He is also in semination, and thence excitation, and she is not (n. 219), which ends all parallel between them. She must not, at her peril, descend from her love of one to the love of the sex.
     And if she does so confirmedly and deliberately, she will not recede from it (as is shown in A. C. 1113). The man must not therefore do anything that will lead her into this fatal evil. But he may find her in danger of it, and lead her out of it, by leading her into a position "somewhat as it were analogous to marriage" (n. 459). And wherever he finds her, he is not in danger of leading her into it, if he leads her more to "look I to one" (n. 448), for that is her saving point in every case. And as to our attitude toward those whom we see assuming a position where lust may become human love, have we a right in the name of the saving mercies of the New Church to say, as the Old Church would have us say: "They have sinned, let them be damned"? Cases of this kind have been known where there is every reason to believe that both were saved by this means. What right have we to consign them as the "hypocritically pure" Old Church would have us do to eternal infamy? Let fair minds judge, which attitude conduces more to wickedness, that which Dr. Tafel and the Conference take in the matter, or the one which they so fiercely condemn. The one is the damning attitude of the Old Church, the other is the saving attitude of the New.
Love truly conjugial 1891

Love truly conjugial              1891

     Love truly conjugial is from the LORD alone, and with those who are in the conjunction of good and truth from the LORD.- A. E. 983.
MUSICAL HARMONY 1891

MUSICAL HARMONY              1891

     IN all discourse or speech there are two things, the sound itself and the articulations of sound, which are words. The sound flows from the affection active in the mind of the speaker, and it varies as the affection varies. The words are forms of thought flowing from that affection.
     Affection itself cannot speak, it can only manifest itself in sounds and by singing (A. E. 817). This is why animals, which are mere forms of affections, utter sounds concordant with their natures, but they cannot articulate sounds, or talk. The cause is similar with infants and children, who have been found living like wild beasts.
     Just as every animal has its own peculiar and distinctive cry, so every affection manifests itself by variation of sound, high or low, loud or soft, harsh and grating, smooth and gentle; and it is the affection apperceived in the sound of words, rather than the words themselves, to which the listener pays most attention.
     From the power of sounds to express affection music is able to charm, soothe, rouse the affections of the animus; for it is in music that the harmony of sounds, and thus of affections, becomes manifest. There is, indeed, a difference between the sound of speech and that of a song: in the former, the understanding predominates, but in the latter, the affection of the will in the understanding. But, even in speech, there is often a musical quality of voice, which is much admired by public speakers, on account of the greater power to move the affections of their audiences and hold them by a kind of magical fascination. (See A. R. 462.)
     Hearing seems to be in a peculiar degree the sense of harmonic perception. And for this reason, no doubt, it is that the word "harmony" is for the most part used to express the relation which holds together as a one the various distinct notes of which a piece of music is composed.
     But the word cannot be limited to a chord, or number of musical notes sounding simultaneously, nor to a succession of such chords. The common is an image of the parts which compose it, and the parts are so many images of the whole. This is a universal law, and as such is as applicable to music as to anything else. Regarding a musical chord as a whole, and the notes which compose it as its paints, it can he easily shown that the harmony produced by the whole as a one exists in each individual sound. Try the following simple experiment:
     Gently press down the middle C of the piano, between the two clefs, being careful not to strike the wire, or else wait till it ceases, to vibrate. Then, still keeping the first note down, strike pretty hard the note an octave below. Wait a few seconds, and then let this last key rise and thus stop the vibration. On listening, the first depressed note will be heard softly vibrating.

41



Repeat the experiment as before with the key G in the treble chef, instead of the middle C. On striking and stopping the bass C the G will be heard, only still softer than in the first case. Repeat with C in the treble, and again with the E above, and the top G-retaining of course the bass C-with similar results, only rapidly diminishing in intensity. Above G other notes are indeed produced but the ear cannot detect them by this means. But with suitably constructed resonators, by which the sound can be magnified and accurately distinguished, any musical note can be analyzed.
     Now it can be shown, that these various tones could not have been produced, as in our experiment, except by means of corresponding and analogous vibrations, proving that these partial tones or overtones, as they are called, are all contained ma our bass C. So that when we strike or sing any one note, numerous other secondary notes are produced. This can be plainly noticed in the after vibrations of a loud, deep-toned bell. The different qualities of musical instruments, and of voice seem to be largely due to the number, order, and relative intensity of these partial tones. Sometimes they predominate so strongly, as to give a very harsh and disagreeable quality.
     But music must not be regarded as being of a natural origin. While it is only partly true, that there can be no hearing without the air to be modified and an organ to receive these modifications, it is altogether true that there must be an internal sense or perception. Indeed, after a plane has been formed in the ultimate sensory, there may be a very clear interior apperception of music without any external sound. Some of Beethoven's finest compositions were written after line had become perfectly deaf. Indeed, most pieces of music are composed without being first heard, except in the interior sensory of the composer.
     The true origin of music is from within, not from without; from the affections, not from the mere mechanical motion of the air; thus from the spiritual world, not from the natural.
     Music, vocal music especially, is from the spontaneous pouring forth of the affection into sounds. The harmonic of sounds and its varieties correspond to-that is, are produced by the influx of states of joy and gladness in the spiritual, and states of joy and gladness exist there from affections, which in that world are affections of good and truth (A. C. 8337; A. E. 1080, 1082), and, indeed, the whole heaven and man are formed according to the affection of good and truth and their harmonious arrangement (A. E. 326; A. C. 545, 3241, 684, etc.).
     For this reason man learns the apperception and appreciation of music, not from science and art, but from hearing and its exquisite sense (A. C. 8337).
     It is this which enables music to express affections of any and every kind.
     How very different are music and the musical art when regarded from their spiritual origin and not from the external effect. We must look, not at the moving air, but at the active affections as they pour themselves forth, from the will or the understanding into musical harmony. When the relation and correspondence between the affections and their expression in sounds is seen, we shall have New Church music. The music will not seek to stimulate the sensual hearing with sensuous strains, nor pander to the sickly craving for sentimental "love songs." But from genuine spiritual affections of joy and gladness, the music will flow spontaneously forth from the heart, and communicate corresponding joy and delight in the minds of the hearers.
     "Joy of heart puts itself forth by means of singing when it is in its fullness. The cause of its doing so by means of singing is that when the heart is full of joy, and hence also the thought, it then pours itself forth by means of singing the joy of heart itself, by the sound of singing, and hence the joy of thought by the song. The quality of the joy of the thought is presented by words of the song conformable to and in agreement with the thing which is in the thought from the heart, and the quality of the joy of the heart by harmony, and the quality of its joy by the exaltation of the sound and in that of the words. All these things flow, as it were, spontaneously from joy itself; and this because the whole heaven is formed according to the affections of good and truth, the highest heaven according to the affections of good, and the middle heaven according to the affections of truth; thus it is also formed for joys, for every joy is from affection or from love. Hence it is that in all angelic speech there is a certain symphony [concentus].
     "But these things can be known and concluded better from what has been said and shown concerning them in the work On Heaven and Hell; namely that thoughts and affections of the angels progress according to the form of heaven (n. 200-212 and 265-275); and hence that there is a certain symphony in their speech (n. 242) then that the sounds of the speech of angels correspond to their affections, and the articulations of sound, which are words, correspond to the ideas of thought which is from affection (n. 236-241); and besides in the Arcana Coelestia (n. 1648, 1649, 2595, 2596, 3330, 5182, 8115).
     "Hence it appears that the harmony of singing and also that the art of music can express various kinds of affections, and be applied to things, is from the spiritual world and not from the natural, as is believed (concerning which see also in the work on Heaven and Hell, a. 241).
     "From this cause it is that many kinds of musical instruments were used in the Jewish and Israelitish nation in holy worship, each instrument being applied to the affections of celestial good, and to the affections of spiritual good, and hence to the joys, of which good tidings were brought: string instruments were applied to affections of spiritual good, and wind instruments to affections of celestial good; to which there was also adjoined singing with songs, by which agreements of things with the sounds of the affections were formed. All the Psalms of David were such; wherefore they are called 'Psalms' from 'psallere' [to play on a stringed instrument, or to sing to the accompaniment of one] and also 'songs.'"- A. E. 326 [a].
     "In olden times, in Divine worship, many kinds of musical instruments were used, but with much distinction; in general by the wind instruments were expressed affections of good; and by the stringed instruments affections of truth, and this from the correspondence of the sonorous of each with affections. It is known that by some kinds of musical instruments are expressed these natural affections; by others, those; and when the agreeing harmonic conspires, that they' actually move those affections. Those who are skillful musicians know this, and also make suitable use of it. The cause of this things exists from the very nature of the sonorous, and its agreement with affections. Man learned this at first, not from science and art, but from hearing and its exquisite sense. Hence it flows that this comes not from any origin in the natural world, but from an origin in the spiritual, and then from the correspondence of the things which flow from order in the natural world with things in the spiritual world."

42



MAIN QUESTION INVOLVED IN THE DISCUSSIONS CONCERNING CONCUBINAGE AND PELLICACY 1891

MAIN QUESTION INVOLVED IN THE DISCUSSIONS CONCERNING CONCUBINAGE AND PELLICACY       H. CAMERON       1891

To THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     Dear Sir:-I do not agree with your teaching in New Church Life on the subject of concubinage, and as a minister of the New Church, I protest against it so far as I can. But I did not and do not agree with the majority of New Church ministers in condemning New Church Life or Mr. Tilson for their teaching until they repudiate or explain clearly their attitude to Swedenborg in relation to his work on Conjugial Love, and more especially his section on scortatory love. This they have never done in order to place themselves in a position consistently to condemn New Church Life. I believe New Church Life to be wrong, yet it is consistent. It believes all Swedenborg's Writings to be divine truth. I do not, I only accept as true what I find to be Scripturally, rationally, and morally right. If I find anything not correct in his Writings, I claim and assert my freedom to disclaim it. You have found clearly taught in the work on Conjugial Love certain things which according to your conscience, you deem it right to advocate. We in England do the same. But I opposed Mr. Rendell's motion to strike out Mr. Tilson!s name from the list of ministers, not because I agreed with Mr. Tilson nor with you, but because we, as a Church, could not do so justly nor, as I think, legally. Mr. Tilson's crime was said not to be an opinion, but an act, and that act was not a personal one of immorality. No one ever dared to insinuate such a thing.
     The act was for teaching the principles advocated in New Church Life and for being its agent.
     Supposing such a case as this came before an English judge. It appears to me he would substantially give a ruling like the following:
     "New Church Life does appear to me to teach principles opposed to religion and the moral laws recognized in this country. But I have also read that section of a book called Conjugial Love, which treats of adultery, and there are passages there that make legal and allowable certain acts under certain circumstances which the laws of this country pronounce immoral.
     "I see, further, that this book, written by Emanuel Swedenborg, is printed and published by a Society in London, that publishes and circulates all his other works' that you, as a New Church Conference, accept and approve of. Have you, as a Conference, ever declared your non-acceptance of this book on Conjugial Love or made it a condition of entering into the ministry, that the minister was to repudiate its teaching? If you have not how or in what way can you dismiss a minister from your body for publishing a periodical, that teaches and applies the laws laid down there in that book which New Church people connected with the Swedenborg Society print and circulate, and yet you, as a New Church Conference, have, so far as I can find, never repudiated or declared wrong?"
     This or something like it would be the position we, as a Conference, would find ourselves in if before a court of law. And yet the majority of the members of the English Conference do not believe in nor teach the principles contained in the sect-ion of Conjugial Love called Scortatory Love.
     Different countries have different laws regarding the relation of' the sexes, and, therefore, I pronounce no judgment here as' to the absolute truth of the moral teaching of Swedenborg on this subject, but I refuse to accept, or to teach all that I find in the work on Scortatory Love.
     You say that a minister in the New Church who refuses to teach what he finds stated there, refuses the teaching of the LORD. Are you sure you are right in saying this? And that you are not violating the laws of charity in so thinking and writing?
     I have never found Swedenborg writing in that way, nor in any sense implying what you say with regard to this work.
     You no doubt are aware, that Emanuel Swedenborg, in a letter to Dr. Beyer, says that this book is not "Theological, but chiefly moral." If that is so, as a minister of the New Church, I am not called upon to teach it, if I think some portions in it, although well meant, are immoral in their tendencies.
     Moreover: Swedenborg is very particular in informing us with regard to the internal sense of the Word; that he did not receive it from either spirit or angel, but from the LORD whilst reading the Word. He does not say that relative to his work on Scortatory Love.
     You make a quotation from that section 534, where he informs us he got what he writes about there, from conversing with angels. He does not say he got it from the LORD.
     Are you prepared to accept everything as part of your religious belief that angels may think or say? You are aware that we read in the LORD'S Word, that heaven is not pure in His sight, and the angels He charges with folly. And Emanuel Swedenborg gives, evidently, a secondary place to the teaching of the angels, or there would not have been any relevancy in his statement, viz., that he received not the internal sense of the Word from angel or spirit, but from the LORD whilst reading the Word. And you ate so forgetful as to receive this part of the work Conjugial Love as of equal value as that which comes from the Loan, and enlarge the majority of New- Church people in England with rejecting the teaching of the LORD because they reject the teaching of a few angels on this subject. They call it a revelation, certainly, but it was from them, not from the LORD.
     But, if I understand your position rightly, you say Swedenborg would not have been permitted to write and publish such a book if the LORD had not sanctioned it, consequently it is a book for the New Church for all time. I am entitled to ask, How do you know that either of these positions is correct? The promise may be true or it may be false. If true, the conclusion may be wrong. If false, then the conclusion is undoubtedly wrong.
     Let us look at it by giving illustrations from the Word of God.
     Many things were given to the children of Israel through Moses, to do and believe, which from their very nature were temporary and adapted to the states of the people, and were not intended for all people nor for all time. I need not stop to prove this, every reader of his Bible is aware of this fact. Our LORD refers to one of these when, replying to a question put by a Jew, as to why Moses told them to give a writing of divorcement to their wives for other causes than that of adultery, the LORD answered, "Moses, because of the hardness of your hearts, has suffered you to put away your wives, but from the beginning it was not so" (Matt. xix, 8).
     Now, this command was given to Moses by inspiration, and yet it was not intended for all time. We now come to the New Testament. The four Gospels and the book of Revelation are inspired in fullness-that is, they contain an internal sense throughout. The Epistles are inspired, but they have no continuous internal sense. Their inspiration is confined generally to the literal sense, and yet they contain many things, that are true for all time.

43



Still they have a deal only suited for a certain state of the Church. The same may be said of the Acts. Now observe, Luke, who was inspired to write the third gospel, also wrote the Acts.
     John, who was inspired to write the fourth, the heart of Christ, and the Revelation, writes also three Epistles, and hardly any Christian, especially a New- Church Christian, would attach the same value or importance to the Acts or to the three Epistles, as he would to the Gospel of John. Why? It is easy answered. The gospel is the teaching of the LORD, the Epistles are not.
     From these illustrations my argument is this, May Emanuel Swedenborg not write in a book that which is from the LORD, and not always in every book do the same? May there not be some books which he wrote from a certain degree of enlightenment suited for certain temporary conditions, but ought not to have the same binding authority or value that others have? We think this is so, and, therefore, do not deem them suited for all time, and not even for the present.
     We have shown this was true of these servants of the LORD, Moses, Luke, and John, and if true of them, why not of Swedenborg?     H. CAMERON.
     8 LORD STREET, LOWER BROUGHTON,
MANCHESTER, October -.


     ANSWER.

     MR. CAMERON does not attempt to conceal the real issue by picking at flaws, real or imaginary. Still less does he follow the General Conference and its imitators in England and the United States, in the hypocrisy of hiding an internal rejection of the Work on Conjugial Love, by falsifying the statements of New Church Life.
     His expose of Conference ought to open the eyes of the members of that body.
     He shows, truly, that the question underlying the whole matter is that of the Divine Authority of the Writings.
     It is the question as to who knows better what is true and good, the LORD, or man.
     Mr. Cameron leads his readers back to this fundamental question, and, in so doing, makes use of arguments which are generally urged against the Authority of the Doctrines. As this question involves others which he has raised, it will not be necessary to discuss them all.
     He says, "New Church Life believes all Swedenborg's Writings to be Divine Truth. I do not. I only accept as true what I find to be Scripturally, rationally and morally right. If I find anything not correct in his Writings, I claim and assert my freedom to disclaim it."
     A specious plea, this, that one accepts as true only what he finds to be Scripturally, rationally, and morally right.
     What is the criterion for this three-fold rectitude?
      The Scripture, unless interpreted by Doctrine, is no safe guide. The Doctrine which interprets has, for this reason, been revealed by the LORD through Swedenborg. Nor can man judge as to what is rationally and morally right, unless he has accepted the Divine Truth of Doctrine as his standard.
     In the position assumed by our correspondent, no Divine standard is accepted, and therefore it cannot lead to the Truth, but only to fallacies and appearances. But, "these are never scattered, so long as man reasons concerning truths themselves from sensuals and scientifics, but they are dissipated, as soon. as man believes with a simple heart, that IT IS TRUE BECAUSE IT HAS BEEN SO SAID BY THE LORD; then the shades of fallacies are scattered, and it matters nothing to him that he does not grasp them."
     This is the teaching of the Word in Genesis xvi, 4, where "Hagar," after conceiving "Ishmael," despises her mistress, "Sarah." It is the first rational in man, represented by "Ishmael" (who was afterward cast out of the house), which does not acknowledge intellectual truth to be true, but believes only what agrees with the impressions made by the sciences from nature and the world (with their attendant fallacies), and by knowledges from the Word (with its appearances).
     In the New Church, the first rational should not have the dominion. This the LORD teaches in the same chapter of His Word, where the "angel of JEHOVAH" said to "Hagar," "Return to thy mistress, and humble thyself under her hands," for this signifies "that the Rational should have considered that it ought not to trust itself, but that it ought to trust interior truth and its affection, and that it ought to force itself to be under the authority of intellectual truth."
     The LORD Himself, our Divine Example, in the process of the glorification of His Human, thought in this manner "of the appearances which detained the first rational with Him, namely, that they were not to be trusted, but Divine Truths themselves, howsoever incredible they might appear before that rational.
     "It is so with all Truths Divine, if the rational is consulted about them, they can never be believed, because they go beyond its every comprehension.
     "As, for example, that no man, spirit, and angel lives from himself, but the LORD only, and that the life of a man, a spirit, and an angel is aim appearance of life with them. This is repugnant to the rational, which judges from fallacies, but still it is to be believed because it is true.
     "It is a Truth Divine, that there are indefinite things in every expression of the Word which appears so rude and simple to man, yea that there are more than the universal heaven, and that the arcana which are therein can be presented before the angels by the LORD with perpetual variety to eternity. This is so incredible to the rational, that it is never willing to give it any credence, but still it is true.
     "It is a Truth Divine, that no one is ever remunerated in the other life on account of good deeds, if he have placed merit in them, and if he have done them for the sake of his own gain, honor, and fame; and that no one is ever punished for his evil deeds, if he has acted from an end truly good. The ends are what are regarded, and the deeds from them. Neither can these things be believed by the Rational, but, because it is true, the rational is not to be trusted, which concludes, not from internals, but from externals.
     "It is a Truth Divine, that he who strives for the least joy in the other life receives the greatest from the LORD, and that he who strives for the greatest, has the least. Then that in heavenly joy there is never anything of preeminence over another, and as much of pre-eminence as there is, so much of hell is there. Then also, that in heavenly glory there is not the least of worldly glory. These things are also repugnant to the rational, but still they are to be believed because they are true.
     "It is also a Truth Divine, that any one is wiser the more that he believes that nothing of wisdom is from himself, and that he is the more insane, as he the more believes that it is from himself, thus the more prudence he attributes to himself. The rational also denies this, because he thinks that what is not from himself is nothing.

44




     "There are innumerable such things. From these as from a few examples, it may be evident, that the rational is not to be trusted, for the rational is in fallacies and appearances, wherefore it rejects truths which are denuded of fallacies and appearances, and by so much the more, as he is more in the love of self, and its cupidities, and its ratiocinations, then in the principles of the false concerning faith. See also what was adduced above n. 1911" (A. C. 1936).
     The reason for this attitude toward the Divine Truth is plain. The LORD JESUS CHRIST alone is The Truth. There is no truth on earth but that which proceeds from Him. Man must learn from Him, and let His Divine Truth have "all authority in Heaven and on earth." In order that he may do this, the LORD has revealed Himself. This He has done in the Writings of the New Church. They are the Divine Truth, and must be believed, no matter how incredible they may at times appear.
     They are, however, not to be received in blind faith. They must be seen to be true. And they are seen to be true, not when they agree with one's conceptions, but' when they are seen to be from the LORD, and to be the LORD. Even then, what is not seen and comprehended, cannot enter the understanding of man, but it is not to be rejected because not understood. The true Christian, whose attitude toward his heavenly Father is that of a child, regards it as true, because his Father Who is the Source of Truth has spoken it, but he views it as some thing which he has not yet been prepared to receive.
     The question is a very simple one: Has the LORD, Who is the Word, made His Second Coming or not? If He has not, Swedenborg is an imposter, and his asseveration that the LORD has written the Books through him is false. His whole system, being founded on this claim, is equally false. But, if the LORD has made His Second Coming, and if the Writings of Swedenborg constitute that Coming, then they are the LORD Himself in His Divine Human, for at the close of the Sacred Scripture it is written:
     "He that testifieth these things, saith, 'Yea, I come quickly; Amen.' 'Yea, come, LORD JESUS." "This signifies the LORD Who has revealed the Apocalypse, and has now opened it, testifying this Gospel, that in His Divine Human; which He assumed in the world and glorified, He comes as the Bridegroom and Husband, and that the Church desires Him as the Bride and Wife" (A. R. 960).
     In view of these teachings, which let the reader mark well, are the teachings of the Word of God, New Church Life can safely answer Mr. Cameron's question in the affirmative 'Yes, we are sure that we are right in saying that a minister of the New Church who refuses to teach what he finds stated in the Work on Conjugial Love refuses to teach the teaching of the LORD; nor do we violate the laws of charity in maintaining this position, for the ministers of the New Church "must teach men according to the Doctrine of their Church, and lead them to live according to it" (A. C. 10,794), and the Work on Conjugial Love gives the doctrine on this fundamental of all loves, setting forth its oneness with Heaven, expounding the particular's relating to its implantation and development, and showing how all who shun the love of adultery as sin against God, even such as may be most prone to this evil of evils, can be led out of natural and sensual states into those that are spiritual, high, and holy.
     Our correspondent states, that he never found Swedenborg making a claim for the authority of the Work on Conjugial Love, and refers to Swedenborg's statement in a letter to Dr. Beyer, that it "treats not of theology, but chiefly of morals." If this statement proves anything, it proves that the LORD has revealed not only a new theology, but also a new code of morals. Theology is the science concerning God. The essence and quality of God are certainly not treated of in the Work on Conjugial Love, although they are necessarily referred to in order to show that conjugial love originates in the union of Love and Wisdom in the LORD, and is formed from the union of good and truth in the individual soul. For a full exposition of the union of the Divine Good and the Divine Truth, and of the marriage, thence derived, of good and truth in the soul, from which is conjugial love, the members of the New Church are referred to the Arcana Coelestia. The love which forms the subject of the Work on Conjugial Love, manifests itself mostly on the moral plane, as well as on planes that are lower. But this love, like all human loves, is truly moral only to the extent in which the spiritual is within. How the minds of two consorts must be constituted, and the changes which they undergo, before and during the process of spiritual conjunction-all that goes on in the spirits of the consorts, and is imperceptible to the senses-is described but briefly. It is the cohabitation and mutual adaptation on the plane of life which becomes evident to the senses that is "chiefly" treated of in this Work.
     Still, all that it contains, in its 535 numbered paragraphs, is for the instruction of the man of the New Church, and is the instruction given from Him from Whom the New Jerusalem descends.
     This Divine impress the Book bears throughout, from n. 1, in which Swedenborg announces that "it has pleased the LORD to manifest Himself to me, and to send me to teach those things which will be of the New Church, which is meant by the New Jerusalem in the Apocalypse" (thus showing convincingly that the things in this Book are to be of the New Church), to n. 534, the very paragraph to which Mr. Cameron refers, and in which Swedenborg says that "it is revealed in the world BY THE LORD concerning love truly conjugial and its heavenly delights." This last number cannot have been read aright by Mr. Cameron, for it does claim that Swedenborg received the Doctrine concerning conjugial love from the LORD.

     At the end of his letter, Mr. Cameron makes a new classification of Swedenborg's Works. It is not impossible, that there are some things that Swedenborg wrote from a certain enlightenment, and not from direct inspiration, and his letters to Dr. Beyer and others may be classed as such. But that none of his New Church Works come under this category, of this they all bear internal evidence, as was shown in the February and March issues of this journal, in the extracts given from a number of the Writings.
     The opposition to the teaching concerning concubinage and pellicacy loses sight of the end for which it has been given. It has been given to instruct men, that certain enumerated forms of lust are altogether damnable, but that in specified cases, certain restricted forms are allowed for a good end. In other words, the opposition leaves out of consideration entirely the "Truth Divine"' (so entitled by Swedenborg himself) that "no one is ever punished [in the other world] for his evil deeds, if he has acted from an end wholly good. The ends are regarded and the deeds from them."

45



Although concubinage and pellicacy, even when restricted to one mistress, are forms of lust, and therefore in themselves evil, they may be entered into from a good end-the end of preserving a sound body, and in this a sound mind, and in this, again, the conjugial, which is the jewel of human life, and the repository of the Christian religion.
     The end in view should be regarded in the neighbor, and according to this he should be loved and respected.
Conjunction of the two minds into one [mind 1891

Conjunction of the two minds into one [mind              1891

     When the understanding of truth, which is with the man, makes one with the affection of good, which is the woman, there is a conjunction of the two minds into one [mind].- A. E. 983.
MR. WOODFORD'S ATTITUDE 1891

MR. WOODFORD'S ATTITUDE       J. J. WOODFORD       1891

To THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     Sir:-I have just received the "Extra" number of your paper for October 15th.
     You declare that the purpose of publishing it, is to furnish a report of the proceedings of the recent English Conference.
     Speaking as a member of that Conference present every minute of the "memorable debates"-I beg to assure you that the report is both imperfect and unfair, for while the speeches of your friends are given at fair length, those of your opponents are grievously curtailed. Some are only just mentioned.
     Should you not, sir, if you knew this, have warned your readers that the report was one-sided, so that they might better know what value to put upon it; and, if you did not know it, would it not be well to send your reporter an instruction to show partiality to neither side?
     Let us at least be fair, if we cannot be agreed.
     I have to complain, moreover, of the very gross abuse of your opponents in a remark of paragraph 6, on page 1.
     Swedenborg teaches me that charity is to speak the truth in love. I confess, I miss the love in this bitter and base accusation.
     My attitude, sir, upon this question of pellicacy is easy to understand.
     Upon two passages (among many others) in the Divine Word, I take my stand as a New Church Minister and as a disciple of the LORD JESUS CHRIST-and I will be no one else's disciple.
     1. "Whosoever looketh upon a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her already in his heart" (Matt. v, 28).
     2. "There shall in no wise enter into it" (the New Jerusalem) "anything that defileth, or whatsoever maketh abomination, or maketh a lie . . . " (Rev. xxi, 27).
     You may bring me all the teachings in the world, that either run counter to these Divine declarations, that seek to tone them down, or to explain them away, and I will tell you THERE IS NO TRUTH IN THE TEACHINGS YOU BRING.
     Swedenborg entitles the second part of the Conjugial.

     THE PLEASURES OP INSANITY.

     This title is quite enough for me. The New Church is neither a home nor an asylum for the insane, but for those who are growing in sound reason, in pure morals, and in Christian conduct.
     I consider it nothing less than heinous to teach anything else.
     Who are denying the LORD? Those who rigidly seek adhere to this plain commandment in the Word, or those who question the utterly binding character of I those commands with a "Yea! hath God said!"
     As my speech at the Conference has been entirely ignored by the reports you have published, may I beg you to insert this letter in an early number of your paper.
     With kind regards, I am yours faithfully,
          J. J. WOODFORD.
41 DERBY STREET, Moss SIDE, MANCHESTER, October 27th, 1890.

     This letter is from me as an individual, not from me as an official.

     ANSWER.

     THE following is the text of the Editorial Note to which Mr. Woodford refers:
     "The discussion and action on the acceptance of the teaching concerning pellicacy and concubinage formed the most important feature of Conference, because, as the reader will see from the report, the great majority rejected the LORD by repudiating the Divine authority of one of the Works which constitute His Second Coming. New Church Life and its London representative, were used simply as objects on which to vent the displeasure of the Conference, the real cause of which evidently is that the work on Conjugial Love contains teachings on pellicacy and concubinage which are so foreign to the hypocritical veneer of the world, after which the Conference, to use a Scripture phrase, has 'gone a-whoring.' (See A. C. 10,648.)"

     Mr. Woodford calls this base, but proves that it is true, for he himself, in his letter, repudiates the teachings in the latter part of Conjugial Love.
     As he considers the teachings in the Work on Conjugial Love to be contrary to the Sacred Scripture, his quarrel lies not with New Church Life, but with the Doctrines of the New Church. As he believes that the title, "The Pleasures of Insanity concerning Scortatory Love," commends this part of the Book to the insane, his stricture is directed not against the Life, but against the LORD'S Servant.
     "Who deny the LORD?" asks our correspondent. They who deny the laws of the LORD'S Providence for raising man out of the hell into which he is born, into Heaven for which he is created,-laws which are expounded in the Doctrines of the New Church in explanation of the Scripture passages which Mr. Woodford quotes.
conjunction of two minds into one 1891

conjunction of two minds into one              1891

     The conjunction of two minds into one is the spiritual marriage, from which descends conjugial love.- A. E. 983.
Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     THE January number of the Monthly contains a timely and powerful sermon on "The Advent of the LORD in Divine Truth, which is the WORD."



     Kalender fur die Neue Kirche, for the year 1891, has been published by the Rev. A. Roeder, Vineland, N. J. This publication is of the same size, but not of the same interest as the Kalender of last year.



     PASTOR A. Th. Boyesen has lately published a work in Swedish on The Second Coming of the LORD and the Consummation of the Age, being an exposition of the spiritual sense of the twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew.

46







     THE Romance of Swedenborg's Life, a little book of 67 pages has recently been published on the Pacific coast, by Miss Anna Cronhjelm Wallberg, a Swedish lady. The subject of the tale is Swedenborg's early love for Miss Emerentia Poilheim.



     THE Rev. B. F. Barrett has resigned the editorship of The New Christianity to his former assistant, the Rev. S. H. Spencer. The new editor announces that the paper will be issued monthly instead of semi-monthly, at least during the present year.



     DR. WM. H. HOLCOME has recently published a new book, dealing with such subjects as Hypnotism, Thought-Reading, and the like. It is in the form of a novel, and bears the sensational title, A Mystery of New Orleans, Solved by New Methods.



     A NEW work, by Mr. Edmund Swift, Sr., has just been published by Elliot Stock, 62 Paternoster Row, London, under the title, "Spiritual Law in the Natural World: A Divine Philosophy applied to the solution of Profound Problems in the Natural and Spiritual Worlds."



     MR. Wm. MeGeorge is quoted in the Messenger of December 3d as "lamenting that none of his childhood companions in the Sunday- School have grown up and remained with him in the Church." How many generations of children will the Church lose, before experience will convince her of the ineffectiveness of Sunday- Schools alone, as the means of keeping the young in the Church?



     IT is curious to note the name "Fru (Mrs.) Swedenborg" among the names signed to an announcement in the November Harolden, by the Ladies' Society of Pastor Boyesen's congregation, in Stockholm. The lady in question belongs, by marriage, to the noble family descended from Swedenborg's younger brother, and is the only one of the name known to have any interest in the Doctrines of the New Church.



     "GENERAL" Booth's recent work, In Darkest England, seems to be making a great stir among the ministers and Societies of the General Conference in England. The Islington (London) Society, believing that the scheme proposed by General Booth has "emanated from the LORD," invited a detachment of the Salvation Army to be present at a special service in the Chapel of the New- Church College, where a collection was made for General Booth's new "scheme"-for social salvation by faith alone!



     THE Rev. J. F. Buss, translator of the fourth volume of the Spiritual Diary, which was reviewed in the February number of New Church Life for 1890, publicly announces in the November number of the New Church Magazine, that he has become convinced of the error of his objections to the Divine authority of the Spiritual Diary, as they were expressed in his unfortunate preface to this fourth volume. He now believes, that Swedenborg did not make any mistakes about "the second resurrection" and the permanence of the hells.



     THE Rev. Th. Murray Gorman, M. A., of Oxford, passed into the spiritual world on November 14th. He was for a brief period connected with the Ministry of the New Church, but later was ordained into the priesthood of the Anglican Church. He continued, however, his activity in the field of New- Church literature, and is known as the author of The Athanasian Creed and Modern Thought (published 1870), and of Christian Psychology (1875). He also undertook the republication of De Cultu et Amore Dei and Prodromus de Infinito, together with previously existing translations of both these works.



     COUTE et Revelation, precede d'une lette au Clerge. This is the French title of Dr. John Ellis's work, Scepticism and Divine Revelation, translated by M. Ch. Ang. Nussbaum, and published at Vineland under the editorship of the Rev. A. Roeder. This work has been published by the author in the English, Swedish, German, and French languages, and is being distributed gratis to the Old Church clergy of all the countries in which these languages are spoken. In the French edition, the many foot-note references to English or American New- Church authors have, to a great extent, been replaced by references to the works of French writers, such as MM. Le Boys des Guays, Harle, Blanchet, and others.



     The Multitude of the Heavenly Host is the latest from the pen of the Rev. L. P. Mercer. It is a booklet of 64 pages, published by the Western New Church Union, and elegantly furnished in white illuminated paper coverings. The work is evidently intended for Christmas presentation. It is a brief, general treatise on the angels, written for evangelistic purposes. Its usefulness as such is, unfortunately, spoilt by the negligence of the author to mention, in his work, whence he has derived his information. The Writings or Swedenborg are mentioned in no place in the book, and the "New Church" occurs only on the title-page. The work is not up to the standard of Mr. Mercer's previous productions.



     THE December number of the New Church Monthly is a publication of extraordinary strength and interest. It is occupied mostly with reflections and documents relative to the deplorable state of the New Church in Great Britain, ultimated in the actions of the General Conference.
     Special attention is hereby called to the article headed "Doctrinally Unsound Conference," and to the remarkable historically important correspondence between the Rev. J. F. Potts and the Rev. John Presland, President of the Conference.
     Every member of the Church, who has any interest in the present crisis ought to study well the contents of this number of the Monthly (increased to twelve pages). Single copies can be procured from the Academy Book Room, where annual subscriptions (fifty cents) are also received.



     AMONG the latest acquisitions to the Library of the Academy is a little pamphlet of 32 pages, published incognito at an unknown place in Germany. It is entitled, "Sammlung etlicher Briefe Herrn Swedenborg's, betreffend einige Nachrichten von seinem Leben und Sehriften, von einem Kenner und Liebaber ins Deutsche ubersefzt, 1772." (Collection of some letters of Mr. Swedenborg, respecting some information concerning his life and Writings. Translated into the German by a student and admirer.) The pamphlet consists of three letters of Swedenborg's: 1. A letter, dated August, 1769, addressed to the Rev. Th. Hartley, who printed it the same year in both Latin and English; 2. Swedenborg's letter to OEttinger, dated Stockholm, September 23d, 1766, and 3, Swedenborg's second letter to OEttinger, dated November 11th, 1766. Both of these letters were published in the original Latin in Vol. iv of Clemum's Vollstandige Einleiting in die gesammte Theologie (Tübingen, 1767).
     It would be interesting to know who that early "Kenner und Liebhaber" of Swedenborg may have been, who published this small collection of his letters. OEttinger never was a "lover" of Swedenborg or the Doctrines of the New Church in general, nor was Professor Liden, the probable editor of Sammlung Einiger Nachrichten, published at Hamburg, 1771.



     THE Rev. P. B. Cabell, in a sermon on "Loyalty to the Truth," published in The Helper for December 3d, 1890, speaks in these terms of certain brethren in the New Church, from whom he differs in the estimation of the state of the Christian world:
     "They base their opinions upon what we are taught concerning the state of the former Church over a hundred years ago." "Those who differ from us herein we know to be among the LORD'S most faithful followers. They are deeply read in the new Doctrines. They may be among us as James and John, those favored disciples and well beloved, but let us remember it was James and John who received the rebuke, 'Ye know not what manner of spirit ye are of.' And does not such teaching-namely, that all in the Christian world who are capable salvation have already been gathered into the fold-amount to calling down fire from heaven upon those whom the LORD wishes not to destroy, because Re does not adjudge them to be in so evil case?"

47







     Again it becomes necessary to ask: What members of the New Church have ever put forth such teaching as that contained in the lines italicized by us?
     The sermon in question is directed against the evil of accusing and judging others, but itself does not furnish a striking example of the opposite virtue.



     New Church Evangelist is the title of a new monthly paper published by the Rev. B. D. Daniels, of Indianapolis, to aid him in his work of evangelization. This object would be attained effectively if there were a more certain sound of the New Church running through its articles. While this first number contains much about the necessity of a new doctrine from the LORD, and kindred subjects, including one on the means of transmission of the New Doctrine from the LORD, not one definite and distinct word is uttered concerning the New Doctrine as revealed by the LORD through Emanuel Swedenborg. The promise of such a word appears to be conveyed in the closing sentence of one of the articles: "A doctrine has come, which bears all these tests and more. It is the purpose of the Evangelist to exhibit it." If the contents of this first number are intended to excite interest in the fulfillment of such a promise, then the New Church reader will certainly look forward to a very out-spoken, clear, and unequivocal exposition of the New Doctrine, and the New Church of which it is the Doctrine.
     It is to be regretted that the Evangelist has fallen into the common error of treating of the doctrine of correspondences as the "key which unlocks the whole Word," an error in which some may possibly have confirmed themselves by mis-translations of the Writings. The science of correspondences is nowhere called a key, but it is taught that the Internal Sense is the key, and this is given by the LORD, constituting the New Doctrine which reveals the whole Word.



     THE New Church Tidings has entered upon a new state of existence, and this has found expression in its external dress, which is more tasteful and pleasing than ever before, and indicative of greater internal strength. Under the title is the inscription "Ad usum docendi 'Evangelium de Novo Adventu Domini'- T. C. R. 669," making known that the Tidings is published for the use of teaching "the Gospel concerning the New Advent of the LORD" (T. C. R. 699) revealed by Him in the Latin language.
     The first number of the new volume contains an excellent sermon on the important topic, "The Advent of the LORD as the Word."
     In commenting upon the reception which the advocacy of the Doctrines in Conjugial Love has met within, the Tidings says opportunely and truly:
     "The question raised is a most vital one, and calls for the most serious consideration of all who are in any doubt as to what the Writings themselves teach on the points at issue. For it is held, on the other hand, that the teachings thus repudiated do not emanate from either the Academy or New Church Life, but are simply received by them, in all loyalty, from the Revelation which the LORD has given for the special guidance of His New Church; the teachings most particularly referred to being those which are 'peculiar' to the work on Conjugial Love."
     The Tidings is published monthly by the Canada Association of the New Jerusalem, at fifty cents per annum, under the editorship of the Rev. E. S. Hyatt. Subscriptions may be sent to Mr. R. Carswell, 20 Equity Chambers, Toronto, Ont.
     The readers of New Church Life are warmly recommended to subscribe for it as well as for New Church Monthly, when sending their remittances to the Academy Book Room.



     WHILE the Tidings has left its old state and entered upon a new one, the old state nevertheless continues and finds ultimation in a periodical entitled, "The Star in the East; a paper devoted to the Promulgation of New Church Truth." It is edited by the Rev. Lawrence G. Allbutt, B. A., the former editor of the Tidings. Expressive of the continuance of the old state is the dress of this paper, which is made to agree in nearly every detail with the former appearance of the Tidings. Since the publication of the first number, The Star in the East has been adopted as the official organ, of the New "General Church of Canada."



     The man was created to be the understanding of truth, and the woman to be the affection of good; hence, the man to be truth and the woman good.- A. E. 983.
DIVINE LOVE AND WISDOM 1891

DIVINE LOVE AND WISDOM              1891

SAPIENTIA ANGELICA DE DIVINO AMORE ET DE DIVINA SAPIENTIA.     ANGELIC WISDOM CONCERNING the DIVINE LOVE AND THE DIVINE WISDOM. Latin-English Edition. New York: American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society, 1890.

     SWEDENBORG was once conversing with some angelic spirits who were sitting under a laurel tree in a paradisiacal garden near a magnificent Temple of Wisdom, and he taught them the Divine Truths revealed by the LORD at His Second Coming, concerning Life and the reception of Life. At the conclusion of his instruction and by way of illustration, he handed them some laurel twigs and asked them: "Do ye believe that this is from me, or from the LORD?" "And they said," continues Swedenborg, "that they believed it to be through me, as it were from me [per me sicut a me]. And behold, the laurel twigs in their hands began to blossom. But when I receded I saw a cedar table, upon which was a book, under a green olive tree, entwined with a vine. I looked, and behold, it was a book written through me [per me], called Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and The Divine Wisdom, and also concerning the Divine Providence. And I said that it was fully shown in that book that man is an organ recipient of life, and that he is not life" (Apocalypse Revealed, n. 875).
     In common with all the Writings in the spiritual world that bear upon them the heavenly inscription, "The Advent of the LORD," and coming with the Divine. Authority indicated iii the Memorable Relation above referred to, each new, faithfully executed edition of this work should be joyfully received by the Church as a gift from the LORD through Heaven, providing for His continual Presence in This Second Advent. Publishing and republishing the Writings is a most important, blessed use in the Church, in direct connection with the priestly use of lending men to these Writings, and the way unto eternal life.
     Of Dr. Worcester's work on this volume, but little need be said. The MS. not being extant, there has been very little room for editorial improvement upon the original edition or Dr. Im. Tafel's edition of 1843. In some instances the present edition has with good reason returned to the original rending, where Dr. Tafel had made slight critical changes. Evident typographical errors have been changed without enumeration, though they have been noted when possibly involving a change in the sense, of the text. The use of capital letters has been mere restricted than in the previous editions. The heads of the chapters, which were generally incorporated as the first lines in the first number of each chapter, have here been placed above, and printed in clear, distinct type. The beauty of the book and its convenience for reference have hereby been considerably enhanced.
     The typographical appearance of this volume is greatly superior to Dr. Tafel's edition on account of its clearness, and to most of the previous volumes of this series of Latin republications, on account of its simplicity. While in the text of Apocalypsis Revelata, a dozen or so of different kinds of type were- used, only three are found in this work. More of the continuity and dignity of' the work have hereby been preserved in its' ultimate appearance. A table of contents, and an Index to Scripture Passages, prepared by the Latin editor, together with a Word Index in English, enrich the edition.

48




     The English translation of this edition, it is stated in a prefatory note,-"has been carefully read throughout by the Society's Committee on English translation, and has been made to accord with the suggestion of the committee." As no such information accompanies the English edition first published in the year 1885, this note will mislead the reader, by giving rise to the hope that this is a revision of the edition of 1885. A pretty thorough comparison disappoints the hope, as the translation seems to be identical with that of the 1885 edition, which was reviewed in New Church Life, Vol. VI, p. 171. The same plates have been used and the same errors repeated, the most serious of which, as especially noted in the review referred to, is the constant use of the term "the Human Divine" for "Divinum Humanism." It is to be hoped that this grave error, which is virtually a denial of the Divinity of the LORD'S Human, will not be perpetuated in future editions. Is it expressive of the present attitude of the New Church toward the Divine Human in which the LORD makes His Second Coming?
     A brief bibliological account of the Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom may be of interest in connection with this unique edition.
     The MS. of the work is among the many that are not known to have been preserved. It must have been written in Sweden during the years 1762 and 1763, as Swedenborg left Stockholm for Holland in the beginning of June, 1763.
     The Original Edition was published in Amsterdam, in the year 1763. The edition seems to have been rather small, as copies are extremely rare at this day.
     The first Latin republication was edited by Dr. J. F. Im. Tafel and published in Tübingen, 1843. The second Latin republication is the edition under notice.
     In England this work was first translated by Dr. Tucker, of Hull, and published in London, in the year 1788, at the expense of "a society of gentlemen" in Manchester. The subsequent editions were published by the Swedenborg Society, British and Foreign. The first among these, or the second English edition, was a reprint of Dr. Tucker's translation, and was published in London in the year 1817.
     The third edition, printed in London in the year 1843, was a "revised translation," though hardly an improved one. The Newchurch men in America cooperated with the Swedenborg Society in publishing this edition.
The fourth edition, published in the year 1855, was enriched by the addition of an English translation of the Index prepared by M. Le Boys des Guays.
     The fifth (1858), the sixth (1868), and the seventh (1873) editions were reprints of the preceding one. The eighth edition published in London in the year 1883, was a new translation, the joint work of the Rev. Dr. R. L. Tafel and Dr. J. J. G. Wilkinson. This translation is marked by greater adherence to the original than most of the preceding editions. In its external form, also, it is greatly in advance of the former ones. The ninth edition was published in London, in 1885, and the translation is by the hand of Dr. Wilkinson alone. The rendering is widely different from that of the preceding one. In America reprints of the latest English editions were published in New York by the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society respectively in the years 1853, 1864, 1875, and 1877.
     A new translation, prepared by Dr. R. Norman Foster, was published in the year 1868, by J. B. Lippincott & Co., in Philadelphia. The assumed title, "Angelic Philosophy of the Divine Love and Wisdom," indicates the irreverent, self-conceited character of this translation.
     Another entirely new translation was published by the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society, in the year 1885. It was made by the Rev. J. C. Ager, but was much changed by the Committee of the Society, and subsequently revised by Mr. Ager. A new index is added to this edition and several typographical improvements are introduced.
     The first Swedish translation was prepared by Professor P. Falk, of Upsala (see the Thirteenth Report of the Manchester Printing Society), and printed by J. Thiele, in Copenhagen, in the year 1795. The "Exegetic Philanthropic Society," in Stockholm paid for the printing of this and several other works, which were printed in Copenhagen and smuggled into Sweden, on account of the edict in force in Sweden during the reign of Gustavus IV, prohibiting the publication and sale of Swedenborg's works.
     The second Swedish translation was the work of Dr. J. A. Seven and was published in Kristianstad with the aid of the British Swedenborg Society.
     The first German translation of Divine Love and Wisdom was printed by G. Scheutz, in Stockholm, in the year 1821, and was published at the expense of the secret New Church Society, in Sweden "Pro Fide et Charitate."
     The second German translation was from the pen of Dr J. F. Im. Tafel, and was published in Tübingen, in the year 1833.
     Another edition of this translation was published at Bale, in the year 1872, by Mr. J. G. Mittnacht.
     The first French translation was prepared by M. J. P. Moet, of Versailles, and was published in Paris, 1822,
     The second French translation was the work of M. Le Boys des Guays, and published at St. Amand, in the year 1851.
     A third edition was published in St. Amand, in the year 1860.
     The Italian edition of this work appeared at Florence, in the year 1877. The translation was made by Professor Loreto Scocia.
     The Icelandic translation is the work of Professor Jon A. Hjaltalion, of Reykiavik. It was printed in Copenhagen, in the year 1869, at the expense of the British Swedenborg Society.
     A Russian translation, the title of which it is not necessary to reproduce, was published at Leipzig, in the year 1864.
Consorts 1891

Consorts              1891

     Consorts, who interiorly as to their minds love each other mutually and reciprocally, also as to their-bodies love each other mutually and reciprocally- A. E. 983.
WRITINGS ARE THE LORD TO THE NEW CHURCH 1891

WRITINGS ARE THE LORD TO THE NEW CHURCH              1891

A CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE REV. R. J. TILSON, Minister of the Camberwell Society of the New Jerusalem Church, AND A MEMBER OF THAT SOCIETY. 1890.

     SUPPOSE a professing Christian asked his minister to refer him to a passage in the Sacred Scripture that taught that it was the LORD, and on being referred to the words in the beginning of the Gospel according to John: "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word," should insist on being shown that the Sacred Scripture is the Word here referred to, and should state that the reference is wholly unsatisfactory-what is to be thought of such a professing Christian?

49




     Suppose, further, that he should attempt to fortify his incredulity by demanding that he be shown that the Sacred Scripture contains at least all the words of Truth spoken by the LORD when on earth, and that, on being referred to the close of the Gospel according to John: "And there are also many other things which JESUS did, the which if they be written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contains the books that should be written. Amen"-he should still express his original disbelief-what is to be thought of such a professing Christian?
     Suppose, finally, that he should confirm himself in his state of faithlessness by stating that not one of the passages that may be adduced claim Divinity for every single word recorded in the Old mind New Testaments- what .is to be thought of such a professing Charlatan?
     Exactly parallel to the case of such an extraordinary Christian, but with the Divinity of the Writings as the subject in question, is met within in the Correspondence between the Rev. R. J. Tilson and a professing Newchurchman, a member of the Society of which Mr. Tilson is the Pastor.
     The most remarkable part of the publication is that the layman is so utterly unconscious of his own blindness in not seeing the convincing arguments and proofs adduced by the minister, that he himself prints and circulates the correspondence without comment.
     It is a striking illustration of the reason why the LORD, before healing the blind, asked them whether they had faith in Him that he could restore their sight, and that he did restore it only after their declaration of faith.
     As the Camberwell layman, a professing Newchurch man, starts out with a disbelief in the Divine Power of the Writings to open his eyes on this subject, they cannot exercise their healing virtue.
     The letters are printed by "C. H.," 169 Grove Lane, London, S. E., England.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     The origin of conjugial love is the marriage good and truth, which marriage, in its essence, is Heaven.- A. E. 983.
MANUALS OF RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION 1891

MANUALS OF RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION              1891

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPIRITUAL WORLD. For use with Children. From the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, with Introductory Talks and Explanatory Notes. New York: New Church Board of Publication. 1800.

     THIS little volume constitutes number III of the Doctrinal Series of Manuals of Religious Instruction, prepared by a Committee of the American New- Church Sabbath- School Association. It consists of a collection of the Memorable Relations in Conjugial Love and The True Christian Religion, and of extracts from Heaven and Hell, describing scenes, conditions, and events in the spiritual world. To each of the chapters is prefixed a short introductory talk, and the volume is enriched with many useful explanatory notes of doctrinal and scientific interest.
     A collection of the Memorabilia has for a long time been a great desideratum with New- Church educators. As the historical parts of the Letter of the Word were provided by the LORD for the sake of the young, to impress upon their minds the fundamentals of natural faith, so, undoubtedly, were the Memorabilia given especially for the youth of the New Church, occupying in the Revelation to the New Church, a position similar to the historicals of the Word of the Old and New Testaments. The educational value of such a work, when executed in a rational and orderly manner, cannot be estimated too highly.
     The end in this undertaking of the Sabbath- School Association is, therefore, praiseworthy. So much greater is the pity that the work is marred by a number of faults, so great as to destroy its usefulness as a New- Church text-book.
     Chief among these faults is the false and pernicious teaching contained in a foot-note on p. 286:

     "We believe these accounts of the other world, because they are the reports of an honest and faithful friend, who was, moreover, peculiarly fitted to see and report truly. But, more than this, we believe them because we see them to be true; to be reasonable and consistent, and in harmony with what we know of the LORD and of good and evil in the world around us and in ourselves."

     The end and purpose in all religious instruction is, of course, to lead the children to the LORD, to direct their eyes to Him as the only source of good and truth. This was the end of the LORD in providing the Memorable Relations for the children and others of His New Church, and this, we may not doubt, was the purpose in compiling the present volume.
     And yet, in this foot-note, the annotator frustrates his own purpose, by leading the youthful render not to the LORD, but to a man; not to truly human rationality, but to their own intelligence. It is cruel so to mis-form the child's understanding at the very beginning of its reception of Divine Truth. What difference is there between the Memorable Relations and the accounts of any spiritistic medium, if the former are merely "the reports" of a friend, be he ever as homiest and faithful as Swedenborg was personally? If they are not Divine Revelation, how do we know that they are true? And how much that is in harmony with these "wonderful accounts" does the natural mind know "of the LORD and of good and evil in the world around us and in ourselves"?
     Aside from this injurious teaching, the explanatory notes are useful and interesting as confirmations of the Doctrinal teaching. The "introductory talks" might well have been omitted. Their teachings are so weak in tone, as to induce the doubt in the reader whether the compiler himself is convinced of their absolute truthfulness. There seems, also, to be a lack of systematic order in the consecutive arrangement of the subjects, which might have been obviated if the order in the work on Heaven and Hell, for example, had been followed.
     The type in which the Relations are printed is so small, as to make the reading painful and injurious to the sight. Less economy and greater loyalty to the Truth would have made this book of Descriptions of the Spiritual World an exceedingly useful one.
     The use and necessity of a distinctive New Church education seems not to be realized by the American New Church Sabbath School Association. The end and object of the educational work, even, in which the Association is engaged appears to be seen and acknowledged in a most obscure manner by that body itself. When the acknowledgment and rational understanding of the end of the use is wanting, how can there be any true perception of the means of performing the use?
origin of the love of adultery 1891

origin of the love of adultery              1891

     The origin of the love of adultery is the marriage of evil and false, which, in its essence, is Hell.- A. E. 983.

50



ADOPTION OF A NEW NAME 1891

ADOPTION OF A NEW NAME              1891

     The General Church

     [Address all contributions for this department to the Rev. L. G. Jordan, Secretary, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


     ADOPTION OF A NEW NAME.

      BY a resolution of the General Church of Pennsylvania passed at the Annual Meeting held in Allegheny City last November, the Joint Council was empowered to choose a new name for the Church. Several meetings were held for the consideration of the subject, and, after mature deliberation, on Friday, January 23d, 1891= 121, the Council agreed upon and unanimously adopted the following:

     THE GENERAL CHURCH OF THE ADVENT OF THE LORD.

     The Church is hereby officially informed that such is the new style and title by which it will be known, and all interested are requested to take notice and govern themselves accordingly.
     It is a matter of sincere congratulation that the Council has been able thus to agree upon a name so fully expressive of the general and- particular uses of the Church. By this name is declared that this is a general body of the LORD'S New Church whose mission is the glorious evangelization of His Second Coming in the full power and authority of His Divine Human in the Revelation made by Him through Emanuel Swedenborg.
     The announcement of the name by the Bishop was received by the Council with joyous singing of the following hymn of Welcome prepared for the event:
     Vivat nova Ecclesia,     (Long live the new Church,
     Nunc in mundum nata;     Now born into the world;
     Maneat fideliter,          May she remain faithful,
     Sponsa illa, sempiter,     Always, that Bride,
     Domini, beata.          Blessed of the LORD.)

                         W. H. BENADE, Bishop.
                         L. G. JORDAN, Secretary.
     PHILADELPHIA, PA., January 23d, 1891=121.
Heaven is marriage 1891

Heaven is marriage              1891

     Heaven is marriage, because all who are in the heavens are in the marriage of good and truth.- A. E. 983.
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 1891

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS              1891

     THE holidays have been unusually bright this year, for, besides the usual festivities, we had the Annual Meeting and a marriage.
     Christmas was kept-much as last year, and this genuinely New Church way of celebrating the LORD'S birth becomes more impressive and useful as we more fully understand its representative meaning.
     On Saturday evening, December 27th, a young couple who have grown up in the Church were united in marriage, Bishop Benade officiating. The church was decked with roses, smilax, and living plants, and over the altar hung a wreath of red roses to signify the eternity of conjugial love.
     Sunday morning, after worship, conducted by the Rev. W. H. Acton, the Sacrament of the Holy Supper was administered by Bishop Benade assisted by the Rev. N. D. Pendleton.
     Members and friends of the Church were invited to the home of Mr. and Mrs. Hugh L. Burnham, to spend New Year's Eve with their guest, Bishop Benade, and to begin the New Year together. The latter was ushered in by appropriate religious exercises.
     The annual meeting was held on Tuesday evening, December 30th. A collation was first served and evidently was enjoyed by all. The social sphere, always strong on such occasions, was greatly increased by the presence of our dear Bishop and some visitors from Pittsburgh and Boston.
     Bishop Benade, as Pastor of the Church, opened the meeting by reading the Word, and then requested the Rev. N. D. Pendleton, who, as assistant to the Pastor; has active charge of the ministerial work of the Church, to read his report of the events in this Church during the past year.
     Reports were also read by the Secretary and the Treasurer. The Secretary's record shows that there has been a small but steady increase, each year, in the membership of the Church and in attendance at its worship and classes of instruction. The Treasurer reported that for the first time in the history of this Church there had at no time during the year been a deficit in the treasury, and this although within that time the Church building had been painted and resented, and a larger amount of money had been sent to the General Church than during any previous year.
     Bishop Benade then addressed the meeting. He said that this was the only Society that he knew of that had a true and orderly beginning. This Society was not formed by a number of laymen coming together and deciding to organize a Church, as has been the case in almost every other instance, but it had been formed by a priest, a representative of the LORD, locating in this place and calling around him all those who were in sympathy with his work, thus making a genuine beginning of a Church, viz., from the LORD'S office in the Church, the priesthood.
     First states enter into all succeeding ones, and he attributed much of the prosperity of the Church to its orderly beginning.
     The Bishop closed his remarks with a statement of the relation of the General Church to the General Convention, and made clear the fact that it was necessary for the members of the General Church individually to sever their connection with the General Convention, thus to carry into effect the action of the General Church at its last annual meeting.
FREE-WILL OFFERINGS FOR THE PRIESTHOOD 1891

FREE-WILL OFFERINGS FOR THE PRIESTHOOD       JOHN WHITEHEAD       1891

     To THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:-In Powell's Autobiography, which was edited by the Rev. Wm. H. Benade, we find principles of doctrine presented which have, in recent years, been ultimated in the organization of the General Church of Pennsylvania. He taught the doctrine that the priesthood should he supported by the free-will offerings of the people, made as acts of worship, and he made an attempt to carry his principle out in practice; but it had to be abandoned from lack of co-operation on the part of the people.
     When he thought of entering the ministry, he desired first to acquire means sufficient to support himself in the work. He attempted to do this but failed.
     Finally he came to the conclusion that it was according to the Divine Law and Order that the minister "should be sustained in his spiritual use to the community, according to the law that all should be sustained according to the use they perform. In this way the preacher would not be paid for his preaching, as by a civil contract, but he would receive of the free-will offerings according to his use.

51



He would not be treated, as is often the case, by persons providing, first, not only for their necessities, but the gratification of all luxuries, and then, if they fell that they had anything to spare, would give a little of the leavings to the preacher, instead of making an offering first to the LORD, of the first fruits of harvest," etc. (page 38).
     Again he says:
     "I am strongly inclined to believe that quite a small Society, with even moderate means, by adopting true order in the matter, rationally understood, and acting together as one man, could support a minister in the discharge of the uses of his office. To do so, spiritual things should be placed above natural things, the kingdom of heaven should be sought first. In a word, a right estimate should be put upon temporal possessions; all worldly accumulations should be regarded for their use, and applied to use; and the first and highest use to which they should look should be suitable and orderly provision for spiritual, heavenly life. Let this be the case, and then let each member of the Society, on each returning Sabbath, cast into the treasury of the LORD, according to ability, in humble acknowledgment of the LORD and of the Divine Truth, that all good, temporal as well as spiritual, comes from Him. Then let the minister receive the free-will offerings in the same spirit, so that the LORD may be really in the midst, and thus be made the all and in all of His Church on earth, as well as of His Church in heaven. Let even a small Society select a true, humble, orderly minister-let the members live the New Church Doctrines in a life of charity in their offices, business, or employments through the week, and then do on Sunday as we have mentioned above, and we venture to say they would be sustained by the LORD and would exert an influence in attracting good gentile minds to them that the Church has nowhere yet experienced " (page 39).
     The principles enunciated above, Mr. Powell not only believed in, but, so far as we can learn, he was the first to put in practice in the New Church. In the year 1847 Mr. Powell became pastor of the Pittsburgh Society, and in April, 1848, we are told, "The Society determined to adopt Mr. Powell's proposition, of meeting the necessary expenses of the Society, by free-will offerings, made on the LORD'S day as acts of worship on the part of those who came up to bring to the LORD the homage of their praises and prayers, and to hear and receive instruction from the Word and the Doctrines of the Church. This change was not introduced without considerable opposition on the part of some, who doubted the feasibility of this mode of sustaining worship; and it was probably owing to their not being able to accord rationally and freely with the majority of the Society in this movement so as to act harmoniously with it that the plan had to be abandoned again, after a trial of six months. This result was greatly regretted by Mr. Powell, who not only at that time was fully convinced of the feasibility of the plan, but who also then as well as afterward, saw clearly that wherever faithfully and conscientiously carried out, it would prove of great spiritual benefit to the worshipers themselves, and tend to bring about a far more orderly state of things in the management of the external affairs of the Society" (page 63).
     Thus we see that as early as the year 1848 the principles of the support of the Priesthood, which are now adopted in our body, were then seen, and an attempt was made to carry them out. I believe the Rev. Wm. H. Benade also made an attempt in the same direction in
     Philadelphia, at a later date, and it would be of interest to procure a history of that attempt, that we may see the beginning of a movement which in the future will no doubt become general in the LORD'S New Church.
     Yours truly,
          JOHN WHITEHEAD.
Hell is adultery 1891

Hell is adultery              1891

     Hell is adultery, because all who are in the hells are in the marriage of evil and false- A. E. 983.
Communicated 1891

Communicated              1891

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]
MR. POTTS'S SPEECHES AT THE GENERAL CONFERENCE 1891

MR. POTTS'S SPEECHES AT THE GENERAL CONFERENCE       J. F. POTTS       1891

To THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     Dear Sir:-I am sorry to have to find any fault with your report of the proceedings of the late General Conference, but the fact is that one of the speeches which I delivered during the famous "secret debates" is so complete a mass of inaccuracies that if my name were not placed at the head of it, it would certainly never have occurred to me when reading it that it purported to be a report of anything said by me. I refer to the report of my speech on page 187. I am speaking within the mark when I say that at least one-half of the sentences in that report do not truly represent anything I said; but, in several cases, exactly the contrary. That is not the amendment which I moved. The amendment I moved was a mere clause, a fighting clause, to bring out to view the real position of the Conference, and was not a complete sentence at all. In the same debate a speech of mine is put into the mouth of Mr. Childs; in fact the report in the Life of that debate, in so far as it relates to my share in it, is a blundering affair from beginning to end.
     I should, however, have passed the matter over, if it had not been for the fact that at the end of the report of the speech on page 187, a downright falsity is put into my mouth, which, if, allowed to pass uncorrected, may do harm. I refer to the following words there: "He could not believe that but few can check the tide of youth. All could do so with proper teaching." What "the tide of youth" may be, I suppose we may all guess. I never heard of it before, but I have no doubt that all your readers will have received the same idea from it which has presented itself to me. Reading the passage, therefore, with this idea, not only is it impossible for me to utter such statements as are contained in it, but the fact is that the major half of my speech was based on the contrary proposition.
     The Writings say, "In the preceding age, the spring of virtue for a wife can be kept closed up and reserved with few" (Conjugial Love, 459). This is what I believe; and the larger half of my speech was based on this statement. If, therefore, you strike out the word "not" from your report, and instead of the word "all" you insert the word "some;" then the report, so far, although it will not indeed be a report of the words I used, will still be a true report of the meaning of what I said.
     I am, etc.,
          J. F. POTTS.
     CROSSHILL, GLASGOW, December 2d, 1890.
Marriage and adultery 1891

Marriage and adultery              1891

     Marriage and adultery are as opposite to each other, as are Heaven and Hell.- A. E. 983.

52



NEW CHURCH IN INDIA 1891

NEW CHURCH IN INDIA       SAMUEL F. DIKE, D. D       1891

     The following news of the New Church in India is copied verbatim from The Indian New Church Messenger of November, 1890, which is published by the Rt. Rev. John McGowan, Bishop of the New Church in India; 10 Love Lane Allahabad, East India:

     BISHOP OF THE NEW CHURCH.

     A Declaration of Faith for the consecration of John McGowan as "Ordaining Minister," or, what is the same, a Bishop in the LORD'S New Church in India.

     A STATEMENT OF THE NEW- CHURCH FAITH.

     The LORD JESUS CHRIST is the only God of the heavens and the earth. In Him is a divine Trinity of Love, Wisdom, and Power, called in the Scripture the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, and represented in man, who was created in His image and likeness, by the soul, the body, and the operation thence. He came to man by assuming his human nature, through which He overcame the ascendency of hell with him, and thus redeemed him.
     By shunning evils as sins, in the acknowledgment of the LORD, man may accept this redemption and be regenerated.
     The Sacred Scripture is the Word of God, containing within and above its letter the Divine Truth itself. By it man may know good from evil, may be associated with angels, and conjoined to the LORD.
     Man is an immortal spirit, clothed with a material body, which is put off' at death; after which, according to the quality of his life on earth, he dwells in heaven as an angel, or seeks an abode with his like in hell.
     The Second Coming of the Loan is not in person, but is in the opening of the spiritual sense of the Word and the establishment of a New Church on earth. It was effected by a General Judgment which took place in the spiritual world, A. D. 1767, and by, the revelation of the doctrines of that Church through Emanuel Swedenborg, a servant of the LORD JESUS CHRIST.

     We the undersigned hereby make the above declaration of Faith, pursuant to the directions given to us by the Rev. Joseph Deans, President of the General Conference of the New Church in England; which directions have duly received the sanction of the General Conference held in August, 1890, as published in the London "Morning Light," No. 660, dated August 23d, l890, and as republished in the American "New Church Messenger," No. 10, dated September 3d, 1890; and we do hereby appoint and consecrate John McGowan Bishop of the LORD'S New Church in India, with full powers to appoint and consecrate Assistant Bishops and Ministers, and to appoint and confirm Lecturers, Catechists and other Functionaries in the said Church, and to make all necessary arrangements for the establishments of Schools, Colleges, etc., etc., and for the dissemination of the Heavenly Doctrines, and for all ecclesiastical government therein throughout India from and after this sixth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and ninety, Thursday.
     [SIGNATURES.]

     So far as I am able to learn during my brief stay in India, I heartily approve of the selection of Mr. John McGowan as the head of the New Church in India, by the above-named persons, who are residents of the country, in the work of propagating the new Doctrines, and it seems to me he is a man peculiarly well fitted for the position and work above indicated, by his education, training, knowledge, extensive reading, and study of these heavenly truths.
     (Sd.)
ALLALHABAD:

November 24th, 1890.
SAMUEL F. DIKE, D. D.,
Professor of Biblical and Church History at the New Church Theological School at Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., United States of America.

     This is to certify that on the 23d of November, 1890, I baptized and confirmed John McGowan, and performed appropriate religious services in connection with the "appointment and consecration" of John McGowan, as "Bishop of the LORD'S New Church in India" under the authority and at the desire of the General body of the New Church in India.
     (Sd.)     SAMUEL F. DIKE, D. D.
     Allahabad, India, November 24th, 1890.
Man was so created 1891

Man was so created              1891

     Man was so created that he might be spiritual and celestial love, and thus the image of GOD and the similitude of GOD.- A. E. 984.
WINE FOR THE HOLY SUPPER 1891

WINE FOR THE HOLY SUPPER       G. N. SMITH       1891

     ONE of the most serious causes of difference between brethren of the Church is just now "The Wine Question." It finds one party almost at the point of excommunicating the other. And it has proceeded in this direction so far, at least, as to divide many of our congregations at our communion seasons; a state of things much to be deplored, and, if possible, to be remedied.
     I submit seine thoughts in the interest of this very-much-to-be-desired remedy, to help us all, if possible, to see the truth more alike.
     Born and educated under the total abstinence banner, I was, at its first advent into the New Church, inclined to side with the incoming total abstinence party. And I have carefully read everything they have advanced down to the present hour, that no consideration they offer might be overlooked. But the more I read and compare with our teachings and the facts of life, the more clearly I see that they are not sustained.
     It is a principle of doctrine that whatever stands as a head or frontispiece, enters into and qualifies all that follows. The right or wrong of this pervades all.
     The central idea in the aforesaid movement is that alcohol is essentially a poison. Without this, the movement utterly falls.
     The more I examine this, the more clear it becomes that it is not true. If it were taught by our Doctrines, that would decide the question. But I fail to find a single hint of this fact in the most careful reading. Nor is it unmistakably taught by science, as is claimed. That men assert it, is no proof. Things are asserted daily as science that are daily refuted as science. The daily experience of physicians, in the unbiassed observation and study of their sacred trust of healing, is worth more than all the theories of those that have no such experience, but are only theorists with a case to make.
     As a physician of more than twenty years I have closely observed the effects of alcohol as a remedy, and I know that it cannot be ranked with any poison in our Materia Medica. Indeed, we put up our remedies in it in the purest form that we can get of it, as the nearest to a neutral agent that we can get, showing that, however we talk we know it is not a poison. Neutrals are not poison. Think of so using Aconite or Arsenic!
     Its legitimate effects are always benign. Never anything else. In all its various forms, to the extent that they can be used and appropriated by the organism, the restoring powers of this agent always conserve and build up the vital force. It is not true that they unduly stimulate only to depress again, unless' the system is borne down by an overload of them. They give added force to the vital action which will be permanent, and will do it more quickly than any other agent I know, and save life that would otherwise go out before any other nutrient agent could have time to reach it.

53



They go directly into the circulation without the previous preparation of digestion, are there assimilated as food, and build up the sinking powers.
     It is only when taken in quantity that cannot be so assimilated that the surplus waste remains in the circulation as so much too much; so much foreign matter that can only act as an irritant, and produces the irritating effects that are known as intoxication.
     But these irritating effects of an overload that cannot be used, no more prove that, in its sphere of legitimate use, it is a poison, than the sane fact regarding salt or honey or many other things like it proves that these are poisons. Salt is never called a poison because, in its redundant use, it is quickly rejected as a nauseating irritant. We know that it is a good, and that it corresponds to the affection of truth to good. A like fact is true of honey and many other things. But all of them must be classed as poisons on the same ground that has led to the mistake that alcohol is a poison.
     A significant fact is, that it helps salt conjoin oil and water.
     It has a use, and it is a good one when taken for its use. It is only when perverted from that use, and taken, as Swedenborg says, "immoderately," as nothing ought to be taken that is to be for a use, but only for abuse, that that perversion wakes it a harm. It is the wrong end in taking it not for a use, but for an evil, that makes men oversaturate themselves with so much more than can be used, as that it becomes an evil.
     And this is the key to the correspondence in the case. It is the corresponding case with the evils of faith alone. As these are not the result of taking more truth merely than can be used, but of taking truth not for the uses of life at all, but to confirm evil ends with the resulting spiritual delirium so, evidently, men use its natural correspondent for the same correspondent natural result, and crave the one as a natural basis for the other. And hence results what is an admitted natural fact, that drunkenness is pre-eminently an evil of the faith alone notion.* The evil so clearly corresponding, there is evidently no hope in other than a corresponding cure.
     * See Talmage in National Temperance Advocate, June, 1890.
     These principles seem to me to be our needed help for our brethren who have separated themselves from us. They are sphered by the idea coming in from the Old Church, and not from doctrine nor from science, that anything containing alcohol is a poison, and, therefore, unfit for use in the celebration of the Holy Supper.
     Let us show them what is so clearly true, that this is a fallacy from appearances, that alcohol is not a poison but a nutrient, when used to the extent that it can be assimilated. Let them but be convinced of this truth and they can then see, as they cannot now see, that the Doctrines never think of using any forced and unusual sense when speaking of wine, but that they use the term in its ordinary accepted sense for what has been for ages so called and used-that is, fermented wine-and that they give it a good sense when for use, and a bad one when for abuse. Then they can see, as they cannot now see, all the teachings concerning the use of ferment or leaven-i. e., the falsities of evil in disengaging falsities and clearing and confirming truths (A. C. 7906; D. P. 254 284, etc.), and thus that wine, that has passed through this process of casting out the ferment germs that are mixed with it (corresponding to the falsities of evil that are mixed with truths in man; and which we know must remain until cast down as "dregs to the bottom ") corresponds to spiritual good that can come only through the like spiritual process; since "the purification of truth from the false-cannot possibly exist without fermentation-i. e., the combat of the false with truth, and of truth with the false,-but after the combat has taken place and the truth has conquered, then the falses falls down like dregs, and the truth exists purified, like wine which grows clear after fermentation. The dregs falling to the bottom" (A. C. 7906). Hence the resulting state of spiritual good or the good of charity (ib.), which is symbolized by the elements of the Holy Supper (H. D. 212).
     Then they can see, as they cannot now see, that there is here involved a comparison that does not merely represent, but signifies as only that which really corresponds can do (see D. P. 284; A. C. 1409). For we are told plainly that "spiritual combats or temptations [not merely represent but] are fermentations in the spiritual sense, for then falsities are' desirous to conjoin themselves to truths, but truths reject them, and at length cast them down to the bottom, consequently refine [defoecant]" (A. C. 7906).
     This being the teaching, by no revealed law of correspondence can a natural element that has the natural ferment germs still in it, as we know unfermented wine has, correspond to the spiritual good that comes after falsities have been cast down by spiritual ferment, and thins has become truly. unleavened, as the other is leavened wine.
     They tell us, that the natural ferment may be killed by heat. But that is not the process laid down in our teachings as the corresponding one. None other but the fermentation process is ever hindered.
     But only when they are convinced of their own radical mistake can they sec all this. And then they can see, as they cannot now see, many other teachings, as that the "wine, which signifies holy truth" (D. P. 257), is the same as that used by the Papists, with "water lest they should be intoxicated" (A. R. 795), and that one may say of it: "In what does it differ from similar things on my table," and that the "noble" or "generous wines' (C. L. 475) which is given to the worthy Papists in the spiritual world is not merely fermented but intoxicating (Comp. T. C. R. 570 and 820). And so in various references-e. g., even to alcohol-to which wisdom purified is compared (C. L. 145).
     But as the most important result in behalf of the unity of brethren, they can then see, as they cannot now see, that spiritual good that has been through the fermentive or combative process is a more typically regenerate good than that celestial which has never needed, or at least had it, and hence that all the references to the corresponding wine as signifying it in a good sense, mean what they say, and do not need to be construed into a forced "sense which was never intended." All this could be readily brought about if the truth were only presented showing the fallacy of the one only point that holds them it, their position as seceders; that alcohol is a poison in any form and measure, and for any purpose or use. The dawn of more facts and less theory is daily making it more easy so to represent it. In the interest of the unity of brethren, let us use them.
     G. N. SMITH.
Spiritual love 1891

Spiritual love              1891

     Spiritual love, which is the love of truth, is the image of GOD, and celestial love, which is the love of good, is the similitude of GOD. All the angels in the third heaven are similitudes of GOD, and all the angels in the second heaven are images of GOD.- A. E. 984.

54



"A BISHOP OF GOTTENBURG." 1891

"A BISHOP OF GOTTENBURG."              1891

     To THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:-In the valuable Documents relative to the history of Swedenborg's reply to Dr. Ernesti, which were published in the December number of the Life, I noticed the following marginal note by Cuno on page 108 of his copy of Vera Christiana Religio: "'I asked the author who it is, and he answered a Bishop of Gottenburg, whose name, however, had escaped the author.' In Tydeman's handwriting follow the words: 'It was Ekebom.'"
     The Memorable Relation, to which the above note is affixed, occurs in The True Christian Religion, n. 137, where a spirit is spoken of as saying to Swedenborg: "I am consociated with a man in your world, who is there in a place of high honor: this I know because I speak from him, as he does from me." On being asked where the abode was of that eminent person, the "familiar" spirit replied: "At Gottenburg; and I once thought from him that your new doctrine savored of Mohammedanism." Swedenborg then said: "I know that a man of that eminence wrote some such things in a letter, which was afterward printed; but if he had known at the time what a blasphemy that is, he surely would have torn it in pieces with his fingers, or thrown it into a furnace to be burned."
     Now, Dr. Ekebom, the most bitter enemy of Swedenborg and the New Church in Gottenburg, is not the individual here referred to, since he never was a Bishop of Gottenburg, but only the Dean of the Cathedral. The "Bishop of Gottenburg," spoken of in Cuno's note, was, as will be seen, Bishop Eric Lamberg, a leading spirit in the persecution against Dr. Beyer and Dr. Rosen (1768-1778). This appears unquestionable from the fact that Bishop Lamberg, on December 4th, 1769, wrote a letter from Stockholm (where he had gone to attend the Diet) to a friend in Gottenburg, in which letter this language occurs:
     "I intend in future to keep the strictest guard, lest this cancer should spread. I have proposed to myself even to read all the writings of this singular man, in order to expose before the eyes or the diocesan clergy, by a pastoral letter or some other means, this doctrinal system, which is sufficiently tinged with Mohammedanism."

     This letter was subsequently published in the printed Minutes of the Consistory in the case of the trial against Dr. Beyer and Dr. Rosen. (See Documents, vol. ii, pp. 310, 311.)     C. T.-ODHNER.

     P. S.-Mr. G. C. Norling, mentioned in the article on the Manuscripts in the Royal Library at the Hague, was one of the founders of the first New Church Society in Stockholm. He was a painter by trade, and a very eccentric man. I have seen some paintings by his hand, of indifferent artistic value, representing scenes from, the Apocalypse.
     The "Sturtzenheimer," mentioned in the same article, is, I suppose, meant to be Sturtzenbecker, an enthusiastic member of the Exegetic Philanthropical Society, and an author of prominence in Sweden during the beginning of this century. He also wrote some very erratic works intended for the New Church. Some of these are in the Library of the Academy.
Marriage of truth and good 1891

Marriage of truth and good              1891

     Man cannot become the love which is the image or similitude of GOD, except by the marriage of truth and good.- A. E. 984.
IN QUEST OF EARLY NEW CHURCH BOOKS 1891

IN QUEST OF EARLY NEW CHURCH BOOKS              1891

     IN QUEST OF EARLY NEW CHURCH BOOKS. UNDER the heading "The Theosophical Society, 1783-1788," Mr. Higham communicates the following intelligence to the London Athenoerum:
     "From the end of the year 1783 to the beginning of the year 1788 there existed a society entitled 'The Theosophical Society, instituted for the purpose of promoting the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem, by translating, printing, and publishing the Theological Writings of the Honorable Emanuel Swedenborg.' Its meetings were held chiefly at chambers in New Court, Middle Temple, London. In 1787 some of its members initiated action which resulted in the establishment of an organization still existing as the 'New Jerusalem Church.' Among these dissentients was Robert Hindmarsh, in whose volume, Rise and Progress of the New Jerusalem Church, edited by the Rev. E. Madeley, London, 1861 (pp. 14 to 67), the career of the Theosophical Society is sketched. From this authority I learn (pp. 23, 66) that 'the books belonging to the Society were ultimately deposited in the house of Mr. Joshua Jones Prichard, a learned Proctor, of Paul Baker's [?Paul's Bakehouse] Court, Doctors' Commons;' also that 'among these were the eight quarto volumes of the Arcana Coelestia, in Latin, and some other books, all left as a legacy to the Society by the late Rev. Thomas Hartley, translator of the first editions of the treatise on Heaven and Hell and the treatise on Influx.'"
     Mr. Higham concludes by expressing his desire to discover where these books now are, or to trace any existing descendants of the said Mr. Prichard, and he welcomes any assistance to his quest.
Every one can come into freedom 1891

Every one can come into freedom              1891

     Every one can come into freedom itself and rationality itself, if he shuns evils as sins.-D. P. 99.
NEW CHURCH LIBRARY FOR SALE 1891

NEW CHURCH LIBRARY FOR SALE       CHARLES HIGHAM       1891

     THE advertiser desires to meet with a purchaser for an extensive and valuable Library of New Church Literature which has been placed in his hands for that purpose. The collection contains 466 volumes by Swedenborg in various languages, many being in their original editions, and 1,075 volumes by New Church authors, including Liturgies, Hymn Books, and Periodicals. The Library also contains thirty-one Original MSS. in the handwriting of Swedenborg, his contemporaries, and others, together with a number (74) of Portraits of Jesper Swedberg, Emanuel Swedenborg and New Church worthies; and thus embraces a total of 1,646 items. A well-arranged Catalogue, compiled by an expert, and beautifully written, can be forwarded for inspection. The price of the Library is $2,000.
     - The present offer furnishes the private collector or public institution with an opportunity, such as may never occur again, for obtaining a practically complete Library of New Church Literature in its most interesting branches-many of the items being absolutely unique. Correspondence should be addressed to
     CHARLES HIGHAM
          SECOND- HAND BOOKSELLER
               27A, Farringdon Street,
                    LONDON, E. C., England.
Rev. Samuel F. Dike, D. D., of America 1891

Rev. Samuel F. Dike, D. D., of America              1891

     The Rev. Samuel F. Dike, D. D., of America, delivered a Lecture in the Hall of the Railway Theatre at Allahabad, East India, on Wednesday, November 26th, 1890, at 5.30 P.M., on "New Views of Christianity."

55



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.
     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. C. E. SCHROEDER, 13 Ashfield Terrace, Newcastle-on- Tyne.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, FEBRUARY, 1891=121.

     CONTENTS

     Editorial Notes p. 33.- The Supper of the Great God (a Sermon), p. 34.-Owls and Doves in the Nest, p. 37.- The Doctrine of the New Church in the Matter of the English Conference and the Rev. R. J. Tilson, p. 37.-Musical Harmony, p. 40.- The Main Question involved in the Discussions concerning Concubinage and Pellicacy, p. 42.-Mr. Woodland's Attitude, p. 45.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 46.- The Divine Love ad Wisdom, p. 47.- The Writings are the LORD to the New Church, p. 48.-Manuals of Religious Instruction, p. 49.
     The General Church of the Advent of this LORD.- Adoption of a New Name. p. 50.- Chicago, Ill., p. 50.-Free-will Offerings for the Priesthood, p. 50.
     Communicated.-Mr. Potts' Speeches at the General Conference, p. 51.- The New Church In India, p. 52.- The wine for the Holy Supper, p. 52.- A Bishop of Gottenburg, p. 54.-In Quest of Early New Church Books, 54.- A New Church Library for Sale, p. 54.
     News Gleanings, p. 55.- Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 56.- Academy Book Room, p. 56.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE anniversary of Swedenborg's birthday was celebrated by the Philadelphia Schools by a common dinner.
     BISHOP Wm. H. Benade has returned to Philadelphia after a short visit to Chicago. On his way back he made a short stay at Pittsburgh, Pa., where he was detained by a ill health and prevented from officiating.
     THE Council of the General Church of Pennsylvania has made arrangements to send a preacher to the Allentown Society every two weeks. The Rev. Eugene J. E. Schreck preached and administered the Holy Supper. On December 28th the Rev. Enoch S. Price preached on January 4th and Candidate Synnestvedt on January 18th.
     THE Rev. Mesers. C. Giles and A. Roeder exchanged pulpits on December 6th the one preaching in Vineland, N. J., and the other in Philadelphia.
     A COURSE of four evening lectures has been begun at the Philadelphia First Society, Twenty second and Chestnut Streets by the Rev. Messrs. Giles, Cabell, King, and Roeder. Mr. Giles is lecturing on public topics appertaining to the civil plane.
     ACCORDING to a report from the Secretary of the Board of Home and Foreign Missions of the Convention, support is extended to the Rev. G. Reiche preaching in Topeka and Kansas City, the Rev. Jabez Fox, in Texas; the Pacific Coast Association; the Rev. J. McSlarrow, who lately commenced work Hot Springs, Arkansas; the Rev. J. P. Smith, at Chattanooga; the Rev. Louis Rich, Crossville, Tenn.; the Rev. J. B. Spiers, Savannah, Ga.; the Rev. J. E. Smith, on the Eastern Shore of Maryland; the Rev. Messrs. Manby and Bjorck, in Sweden; the Rev. W. Winslow, Denmark; the Rev. F. Gorwitz, Switzerland, and Prof. Signor Scocia, Italy.
     THE Society of the Boston Highland celebrated their twentieth anniversary on December 18th. The present pastor is the Rev. J. K. Smyth.
     Washington, D. C.- THE Committee of the National Church is appealing for $5,000 wore, which, together with the $27,000 now paid or subscribed for, will pay for the lot.
     Ohio.-MR. M. G. Browne, Secretary of the Ohio Association, delivered a sermon in Middleport on Sunday after Christmas.
     Indiana.- THE New Church Temple at LaPorte has been completely restored through the efforts of the ladies of the Society.
     Illinois.- THE Illinois Association intends to wake a more thorough missionary canvass of the State than heretofore.
     California.- THE Rev. D. V. Bowen has severed his connection with the Los Angeles Society on account of insufficient support and moved to San Diego. Capt. J. L. Skinner will hereafter act as leader of the Los Angeles Society.
     THE Pacific Coast New Church Association was incorporated January 7th.
     Kansas.- THE Rev. A. J. Bartels visited Pawnee Rock during November, administered the holy Supper, and baptized twenty-four children.
     Maryland.- THE first meeting of the Maryland Conference of New Church ministers took place in Baltimore, December 29th, the Rev. Jabes Fox acting as chairman ex officio. The Rev. Messrs. Caball, King, Hunt, John E. Smith, McIntosh, Dolly, and Sewall were present.
     THE importance of religious culture in the family, through daily reading of the Word and the Writings, was discussed, the habit of daily prayers and the means of educating the children, both religiously and doctrinally, in the family by these daily exercises, as of even greater importance and efficacy than any afforded in the Sunday- School. Resolutions were passed favoring immediate extension of the Mission work in the Association, and papers were read closely connected with the Missionary work and its uses.
     Massachusetts.- THE Rev. T. F. Wright conducted services in the chapel of Harvard University on November 2d. On the 18th of the same month a bazaar was held by the New Church families of Cambridge, which netted $400, to be used for the building fund.
     THE Rev. George S. Wheeler was instilled as pastor of the Bridgewater Society on November 22d. For particulars see the article on "Owls and Dove in the Same Nest."
     ON invitation of the Fortnightly Climb of Cornell University, a lecture was given on the Doctrines of the New Church, by Professor Burt S. Wilder, a member of the Faculty.
     MR. F. M. Billing, former Secretary of the Evidence Society of England, is attending the theological school in Cambridge.
     Michigan.-MISSION services were held in Gorand Rapids with the assistance of the Rev. L. P. Mercer, of Chicago, four days in succession, during November. The audience were made up of members of various denominations, and the lecturers are satisfied with the good result.
     Texas.- THE Rev. Jabez Fox has accepted a call to the pastorate of the Galveston Society and as General Pastor of the General Society of the New Church of Texas.
     Tennessee.-MR. Louis Rich was ordained on December 14th by the Rev. John Goddard and will become pastor of the New Church Society in Crossville.
     Colorado.- AT the children's celebration of the LORD'S birth in the Denver Society of the Advent, of which the Rev Richard de Charms is pastor, the usual Christmas tree was dispensed with and substituting it was the repository containing the Word in the original languages, and surrounding the top of it was a pyramid of living plants. At the side of the room a scene of the birth of the LORD was worked out in sand. The school also made an offering to the LORD. Several other timings assisted the children in obtaining a more spiritual idea of this holy festival.
     THE ladies of the Denver Society of the New Jerusalem, of which the Rev. Howard C. Dunham is pastor, have formed an association with the purpose of raising funds for a church building.
     Canada.- THE Toronto Society has severed its connection with the Canada Association "while the Academy influence is supreme therein," and proposes to "form an Association of the Church in Canada which shall be apart from Academy influence, and in connection with the General Convention of the Church in America."
     MR. Robert Carswell, who resigned from the Toronto Society, has been elected President of the Parkdale Society.

     ABROAD.

     England. - THE Rev. Edward Jones, formerly minister of Embsy Society, began his pastorate at Besses on October 5th.
     THE New Church Society of Preston held a tea and public meeting on November 4th to welcome their new minister, the Rev. I. Tansley, formerly minister at Liverpool. Several ministers from other places were present.
     Two thousand two hundred and nine pounds have now been subscribed toward the erection of a church in Hashingdon. An appeal for L500 additional was being issued.
     A NEW place of worship has just been finished at Northampton, and was opened on December 14th by T. F. Robinson.
     AT the Quarterly Meeting of the Islington Society (Devonshire Street), it was "considereth that General Booth's New Scheme was from the LORD," and a detachment of the Salvation Army was invited on December 18th. The collection on this occasion was used for that "work of true charity." Subsequently General Booth sent his letter of thanks, and Major Cook, of the Salvation Army, was advertised to deliver a lecture to the Social Evening Guild of Islington Society on January 13th.
     MR. John Orme preached in Windsor on November 30th, in behalf of the New Church Temperance Society.
     A New Church building in Gothic style, and seating about 160 persons, erected at Norwich, was dedicated on November 27th by the Rev. Joseph Deans.
     THE Ynysmeudwy Society of Wales has built a church for L550, and is appealing for assistance to clear their debt.
     THE Rev. Edward C. Bostock visited the Colchester Society on November 9th. In the afternoon he explained the use he had come to perform as teacher in the Academy School in London, and that any other duties he might undertake would be subservient to that.- At the annual meeting of the Society, November 12th he was invited to become their pastor, and this he accepted, subject to the conditions stated above. It was agreed to make free-will offerings at every service in place of monthly collections for the sustenance of the priestly office.-On November 30th, Mr. Bostock again preached in Colchester, At a meeting held in the afternoon, after an appropriate address, the key of the offertory box was handed to Pastor Bostock as an ultimate expression that the administration of the government of the Society was committed to him.

56



The Colchester Society has a membership of thirty-seven.
     AUSTRIA.-REGULAR services are now held in Vienna and are attended by about twenty-seven persons. A doctrinal class meets every week in the house of Mr. Fr. Stamminger.
     Hungary.- TWENTY to twenty-five of the New Church people of Budapest meet at the house of Mr. Franz Krupka.
     India.- THE Rev. John McGowan, of Allahabad, has been ordained Bishop of the New Church in India, by the Rev. Samuel F. Dike, of Bath, Me. For particulars see "Editorial Notes" and under "Communicated."
     Australia.- THE annual meeting of the Sidney Society was held on November 13th. It was presided over by Mr. W. J. Spencer, who is the leader of the Society. The average attendance during the year has been sixty-one. The building of a house of worship was considered, and L1,800 is available for this purpose.
JUST PUBLISHED 1891

JUST PUBLISHED              1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND DEATHS.



     THE DIVINE LOVE AND WISDOM.

     Latin-English edition. Half leather and cloth; bound similar to the Latin-English edition of "Apocalypse Explained." For further particulars, see the review on page 47. Price, $1.60; postage, 18 cents.

     BOUND COPIES OF NEW CHURCH LIFE for 1890, with ten years' index, now ready and for sale. Price to subscribers, $1.26; to others, $1.60. By mail, 23 cents additional. Complete sets, well preserved, taken in exchange at 75 cents. Earlier volumes, except Volume I, obtainable on same conditions.


     BINDERS FOR NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     A new handy binder has been procured to file the numbers of the Life as they appear. Price, cloth, 60 cents, or in half leather, 76 cents, postpaid. These binders are large enough to hold two years of the Life, and are recommended as the best means to keep the journal in good condition.



57



EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891



Vol. XI. PHILADELPHIA. MARCH 1891=121. No. 3.
     The LORD . . . comes in His Divine Human which He assumed in the world and glorified. - A. R. 960.



     THE stirring news of the spread of the Heavenly Doctrines in Gentile Japan, which is republished in this issue from The New Church Pacific, will bring joy to the heart of every Newchurchman.
     As related, the story is a powerful confirmation of the doctrine concerning the Divine Providence. And the means made use of by the LORD demonstrate that we need not be solicitous about the dependence upon our own exertions of the spread of the Doctrines. The LORD takes care of His own in a most particular manner.
     The steadfast, unshaken confidence of Mrs. Takimi, that the true Christian religion must exist somewhere, and that it would eventually be found, was evidently from influx from the LORD out of Heaven. Nor can the significance of the fact be underestimated, that Mr. Kay Takimi was led directly to the Writings, and not to some merely human adaptation of their teachings.



     THE event leads the reflecting mind to the consideration of such a multitude of the teachings on the Divine Providence, the spread of the Word, the establishment of the Church, the character of the Gentiles, and kindred subjects, that full justice cannot be done it in a few notes, but it may be useful to consider at least some of the most prominent of these Doctrines.



     THE first that probably occurs to the average mind is that of the Divine Providence, and it is in the nature of confirmation of this Doctrine that the intelligence concerning the Japanese movement is of special importance.
     "It is granted man to see the Divine Providence in the back and not in the face; also in a spiritual state and not in his natural. To see the Divine Providence from the back and not from the face is, after it and not before it; and from a spiritual state and not from a natural state, is from Heaven and not from the world. All those who receive influx from Heaven, and acknowledge the Divine Providence, and, especially they who by reformation have become spiritual, when they see events in a certain wonderful series, as it were see it from an interior acknowledgment, and confess it. . . . Especially in the salvation of men, as that JEHOVAH gave the Word, by it taught them concerning God, concerning Heaven and Hell, concerning life eternal, and that He came into the world that He might redeem and save men" (D. P. 187, 189).
     "One's own prudence is nothing, and it only appears that it is, and it ought also to appear as though it be, but the Divine Providence is universal from most singulars.
     "All the thoughts of man are from the affections of the love of his life, and there are altogether no thoughts, nor can they be given without them. The affections of the love of man's life are known to the LORD alone. The affections of the love of man's life are led by the LORD through His Divine Providence, and at the same time then the thoughts from which is human prudence. The LORD by His Divine Providence composes the affections of the whole human race into one form, which is human," etc. (These propositions are more particularly explained in D. P. 191-213.)



     IT is especially in the salvation of men by the LORD that the Divine Providence is seen. "The principal cause" why it pleased the LORD to be born and to assume the Human on our earth, and not in another, "was on account of the Word, that this could be written on our earth, because the art of writing was here from most ancient times, and, when written, could be published through the whole earth, and when once published could be preserved for all posterity; and thus it could be manifested that God became man, also to all in the other life."
     "That the Word could be published through this whole earth is because there is here an intercourse of all nations, not only by travel, but also by navigation to all places of the whole globe; hence the Word once written could be transferred from one nation to another, and be taught everywhere" (E. in U. 113-116.)



     As to the character of the Gentiles, which is far superior to that of Christians, the reader is referred to the Swedenborg Concordance under "Gentiles." There will also be seen the reason why the word "Christian" was omitted from the title of the Japanese periodical.
     In the Spiritual Diary it is stated that "in the midst in that celestial kingdom [in the spiritual world] many of them are of the Gentiles, from the regions of Asia, and very many of those who have been converted to the Christian religion by emissaries; when they acknowledge the LORD and so receive faith, they believe in the LORD, nor do they care for those intricate questions and disputes concerning faith whether it saves, or whether charity does, nor concerning the Pope, whether he be the bend of the Church, but they live as Christians. They are there as to the most part, and enjoy eternal beatitude, a beatitude and wisdom which can never be described, nor be believed by any one on account of its superiority" (S. D. 4676).
     Thus Old- Church missionaries perform the use of placing the Word in the bands of the Gentiles, who are, to a great extent, protected by the Divine Providence from imbibing their false doctrines, as evidenced in the case of the Japanese family.



     THAT the Doctrines of the New Jerusalem were introduced into Japan, not by some American or European missionary of the New Church, but by one of their own nation, who was Divinely led to find the "Pearl of Great Price" among us, is in agreement with the order observed in the instruction of Gentiles and Mohammedans in the other life, where "Mohammedans are instructed by angels who had before been in the same; religion, and had been converted to Christianity. The nations likewise are instructed by their respective angels" (H. H. 516).

58







     The Divine Human which is in Heaven is the Divine Truth which proceeds from the Lord.- A. C. 6280.



     EVER watchful for the safety of the New Church, the LORD provides that, whenever necessary and useful, her liberty to establish upon earth her heavenly Doctrines shall be recognized, even on the civil plane, by the civil authorities. There have been eminent examples of this kind at various times, in this country and in Europe.
     The latest instance relates to the question that has moved the New Church so profoundly during the past few years, and is chronicled by the Rev. Robert J. Tilson in New Church Monthly for February. He writes that, as a result of a visit to the north of England recently, it was made known to him beyond doubt that a member of a certain self-constituted "Protest Committee," (which protests against the teachings of New Church Life) appealed to Her Majesty's Public Prosecutor, asking him to prosecute Mr. Tilson and other agents of this Journal, for circulating and encouraging the sale of indecent and immoral literature! After perusing the copies of the Life sent to him, the Public Prosecutor refused to take any steps in the direction sought.



     
IS THE DIVINE TRUTH REVEALED IN THE WRITINGS, THE LORD?

FROM THE NEW JERUSALEM MAGAZINE.
     
     The rays of the morning sunshine . . . are full of the warmth and light of the sun; they reveal its nature truly, but they are not the sun self."     
     
FROM THE ARCANA COELESTIA.

     "The LORD is above the heavens, for He is the Sun Itself, but still by the Light and the Heat thence, He is present. The Light thence is the Divine Truth which is of faith, and the Heat thence is the Divine Good which is of Love; what proceeds from the LORD is He Himself."



     MANY readers have regretted that the "Boston translation" of Conjugial Love (recognized as the best English version of this Work) has been out of print for a number of years. It will, doubtless, be a pleasant surprise to them to learn that the stereotype plates of this version are still being preserved by the J. B. Lippincott Company, for the owners, the New Church Board of Publication; and it is to be hoped that this excellent translation will again be placed upon the market.



     ESPECIAL attention is called to the Supplement accompanying this issue of New Church Life. The recent decision of the Academy to sell Words for the New Church at half its former price ought to enable every one to secure this important publication. Some of the early monographs and reviews, like that on "The Advent of the LORD," are of especial interest in the present state of the Church.



     New Church Messenger appears not to have noticed that its criticism was forestalled in the Life's editorial on the investiture of Mr. McGowan, and it further stultifies itself by supposing that a man can be consecrated a Bishop of the New Church before he has been introduced into it by baptism!
Angels acknowledge the Divine Itself 1891

Angels acknowledge the Divine Itself              1891

     The Angels acknowledge the Divine Itself, see the Divine Human, and are in the Divine proceeding.- A. E. 1115.
SPIRITUAL EXTENSION 1891

SPIRITUAL EXTENSION       Rev. JOHN F. POTTS, B. A       1891

     "He hath stretched out the heaven by His understanding."-Jer. ii, 15.

     WE often read in the Word of the LORD "stretching out," or "extending, the heavens."
     Every man has his own extension. He has his extension in the natural world, and he has his extension in the spiritual world. Take first a man's extension in the natural world. The most active men have the widest extension. A member of parliament has more extension than a navy. The editor of a newspaper has more extension than a policeman; but a policeman has more extension than a collier.
     While we are children we have very little extension. A baby has almost none. Its mother and a few other people comprise the whole of its little world. But as it gets older its world gradually enlarges; by and by it goes to school, then to work, and its world is always extending further. Some men come to have a very large world indeed. They have dealings with thousands of people; they receive scores of letters every day from all parts of the world; they address public meetings, and influence public opinion; they write articles and books, and act upon almost the whole of society.
     It is the same in the Spiritual World. Every man has an extension there too; and some men have a much greater extension there than others; but it is not always the man who has the greatest extension in the natural world that has the greatest extension in the Spiritual World.
     Iii the natural world a man is always in the centre of his own extension; and so he is in the Spiritual World. Take any man you like to think of. Take yourself. As to your body you are in the natural world, but as to your spirit you are in the spiritual world. In both worlds you are the centre of your own extension. You know where your extension goes to in the natural world; but where does it go to in the Spiritual World? It goes into the Societies of Angels and Spirits which exist there. All Angels and Spirits are grouped into compact organizations called Societies or communities. Your spirit is surrounded by them, just as your body is surrounded by natural societies or communities.
     Naturally, you live in Glasgow; that is your own society here. But if you look at the map you see that the whole country is dotted over with other societies, called cities, towns, and villages. You are surrounded by them on every side-not only by those in your own country, but also by those in other countries, and all over the world. You may say that you are in the centre of all the societies of the earth; and you communicate with some of them, by letter, by telegraph, and by visitors.
     Now it is the very same with your spirit. Millions of millions of people have died off this earth, and they now live in another world, where they form spiritual cities, towns, and villages.

59



The principal difference is that a this world people are classified by external or
natural circumstances, whereas in the spiritual world it is character and mental disposition which classify them into societies. Here is a society of one kind of spirits or angels, here is one of another kind; here is one of another; and so on all over the spiritual world. And there you are in the centre of them all, because, as we have seen, every man is his own spiritual centre. But how is it that you can extend yourself into those spiritual societies? It is by means of your thoughts and affections. The more thoughts and affections you have the more you extend yourself into the societies of spirits and angels which surround you, and the further you extend yourself into them. Just as some cities and towns are very distant from us-thousands of miles away-so there are societies of spirits and angels very remote from us: they are dotted over the vast realms of the spiritual world like the stars in the skies which surround our globe. But still, although remote, it is possible for us to have extension into them, not into alt of them, but into more and more of them every week we live. If our knowledge is constantly increasing, and if our affections are constantly growing more active, our extension into those societies is also constantly increasing.
     It is like the electric telegraph. Each city is now seated in the middle of a network of wires which radiate from it in all directions, just as the threads of a spider's web radiate from the place where the spider sits in the centre of them. And new wires are constantly being laid down, bringing fresh places into communication with the city. The moment a new wire is completed there is a fresh stream of news and communication pouring in. Well, we are like that. We can lay down new spiritual wires. No matter how remote a society of spirits may be, we may carry out a wire to it, simply by means of having the kind of thoughts and affections which prevail in that society.
     And our life is according to that, not only in quantity but also in quality. If we have good thoughts and affections we have extension into societies of good spirits; but if we allow ourselves to have evil thoughts and affections we have extension into societies of evil spirits.
     I do not mean to say that our spiritual extension is always permanent. I do not menu to say that supposing a man has spiritual extension into say fifty good societies and fifty evil societies he is always in full communication with the whole hundred of them. He is always in communication with some of them, or else he would have no life; but not with all at once. It is like the electric telegraph that I referred to. The wires are laid down, but they are not all in operation at the same moment. You have seen a telephone in an office, and you know that there is an arrangement by which you can switch yourself off one wire and switch yourself on to another. You can speak to a man in the East, and then you can instantly open up communication with a man in the West. At the telephonic exchange the operators are constantly changing the channels of communication. A flash, of conversation goes in one direction, and then a flash in another.
      All this has its parallel in the Spiritual World, and indeed it has all grown out of that world by the law, of correspondences. There is a telephonic exchange there too; and you are switched off one society and on to another very often-perhaps scores of times a day. As you are walking in the street you may see something that will at once switch you on to an infernal society, and unless you instantly switch yourself off again you will have a stream of abominable feelings poured into you from that infernal society. The fact is that you have a wire laid down to it, and so they can speak to you when they find an opportunity. Of course if you take care never to allow the wire to be used it will get rusty and dull; but it will still be there ready for use if ever you should unfortunately turn again to that evil.
     It is not a bad thing for us to have extension to evil societies, provided we do not allow those societies to influence us. It teaches us the nature of opposite things. By seeing opposites we can appreciate goodness and truth better. If a man never saw any darkness he would not properly understand and appreciate light.
     Therefore, when we hear any new idea, it is best not to swallow it down too hurriedly, but to weigh it, reflect about it, give time to turn it over and over, and thus receive it rationally. This extends the idea in us, even to its opposites. We see both sides of the question, and then we can never afterward be shaken. Whereas, if we receive the idea credulously, and without rationally understanding it, we have little or no extension in regard to that idea. It stands on a narrow base and is easily pushed over. All faith should therefore be rational. Merely persuasive faith is a rotten stick to lean on.
     All the truth in us has its extension; and the extension is according to the goodness with which it is joined.
     Goodness is like a flame, and truth is like the light which proceeds from that flame. The brighter the flame, and the larger the flame, the further the light extends itself.
     This shows us how the LORD stretches out our heavens further and further. It is through the goodness and truth we receive from Him. This is a matter of vital interest to us. We all have a certain amount of life. What a grand thing it would be if that life could be doubled I We like to be full of life. Well, we can have it doubled in the way I have referred to.
     The LORD will stretch out our heavens if we will allow Him to do so. He will give us a wider and a wider extension into the spiritual societies.
     To convince Swedenborg that man's life depends altogether on this extension, an experiment was made before his eyes in the spiritual world. His extension was gradually cut off, first from one society and then from another, and he found that as it was cut off, so was his life, which grew less and less, and was always of precisely the same character as that of the societies which were left in his extension.
     We may depend upon it that what the Word of God says here is a real fact, and that the LORD does really, if we do not spoil His creative work, continually "stretch out the heavens" for us "by His understanding."     
Divine 1891

Divine              1891

     The Divine which revealed itself is the Divine Human.- A. E. 45.
"THE ROOT OF THE DISCORDANCE IN THE NEW CHURCH." 1891

"THE ROOT OF THE DISCORDANCE IN THE NEW CHURCH."              1891

     THE reasoning as presented in The New Jerusalem Magazine for February, against the acceptance of the Doctrines of the New Church as the Word, and thus as the Divine Human, may be summed up as follows:

60




     1. The books written by Swedenborg do not contain the whole of Divine thought Divinely expressed; Swedenborg even declares that "only a very few" of the Arcana of the spiritual sense of the Word were explained by him (A. C. 68, 166) and that it is impossible to describe a ten thousandth part of them" (A. C. 937, 8443).
     2. Even if Swedenborg's books did contain the whole of Divine thought Divinely expressed, they would not be the Divine Human, for the Divine Human is not Truth, but Good or Love (A. C. 6993).
     3. They are full of the warmth and light of the sun; they reveal its nature truly, but they are not the sun itself, and so Swedenborg says, "the LORD as to His Divine Human as well as His Divine Itself, is above heaven, for He is the Sun which illumines heaven" (A. C. 628, 9571); "the face of the LORD is Divine Love, and no one can endure the Divine Love as it is in itself;, for thus to see the face of the LORD would be like letting the eye into the very fire of the sun, in which case it would instantly perish" (A. E. 412).
     Such reasoning will effect the destruction of all things of the Church, for it is aimed at the destruction of the Word, carrying us back to the worship of an Invisible God-not the Word made flesh. Does the Magazine then believe that the Sacred Scripture, which, surely, according to its own interpretation contains the whole of the Divine Thought, Divinely expressed, is not the LORD? Is it not the Divine Human? Let the advocates of such ratiocination apply it to the Word of the Old and New Testaments, and they may perhaps be convinced of their error
     1. "The books written by the Prophets and the Evangelists do not contain the whole of Divine thought Divinely expressed. John even declares that there are also many other things which JESUS did, the which, if they should be written everyone, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain, the books that should be written. Amen. (John xxi, 25).
     2. "Even if the Old and New Testaments did contain the whole of the Divine thought Divinely expressed, they would not be the Divine Human, for the Divine Human is not Truth, but Good or Love.
     3. "They are full of the warmth and light of the sun; but they are not the sun itself. The LORD, as to the Divine Human as well as to His Divine Itself, is above heaven,' for He is the Sun which illumines Heaven. No one can endure the Divine Love as it is in itself; it would be like letting the eye into the very fire of the sun."
     Is this the light in which we are to regard the Word? Are we by such sophistry to be driven back to the worship of an Unapproachable, Invisible God, forsaking the worship of the Visible God with whom alone conjunction can be effected? Are we to reject the truth, that "the Sacred Scripture of the Word is the Divine Truth Itself" (T. C. R. 189), and that "the LORD as to the Divine Human is meant by the Word in John i, 1-14"? (A. C. 2894).
     The Magazine does not seem to realize that the New Church "is the crown of all the Churches that have hitherto been in the world, because it will worship one visible God, in whom is the invisible God, as the soul is in the body. That thus and no otherwise there can be conjunction of God with man is because man is natural, and thence thinks naturally; and the conjunction must be' in his thought, and thus in the affection of his love, and this is affected when man thinks of God as Man. Conjunction with an invisible God is like conjunction of the sight of the eye with the expanse of the universe of which its sees no end;- and also like sight in the middle of the ocean, which falls into the air and into the sea, and perishes; but conjunction with a visible God is like sight of a man, in the air or on the sea, spreading out his hands and inviting to his arms; for all conjunction of God with man must also be a reciprocal one of man with God, and this other reciprocal cannot be given, except with a visible God. That God was not visible before He assumed the Human, the LORD Himself also teaches in John: 'Ye have not heard the voice of the Father, at any time, nor seen His shape,' v. 37; and in Moses: 'No one can see God and live,' Exod. xxxiii, 20. But THAT HE HAS SEEN THROUGH HIS HUMAN, in John: 'No one hath seen God at any time; the-only begotten Son, who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath brought him forth to view," i, 18; and again: 'JESUS said, I am the Way, the Truth and the Life; no one cometh to the Father, except through Me. He that knoweth Me, knoweth the Father, and he that seeth Me, seeth the Father,' xiv, 6, 7, 9. That there is a conjunction with the invisible God through Him who is visible, thus through the LORD, He teaches in these passages: 'JESUS said, Abide in Me and I in you; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same beareth much fruit,: John xv, 4, 5. 'In that day ye shall know that I am in the Father, and ye in Me, and I in you,' xiv 20. 'I have given to them the glory which Thou gavest to Me, that they may be one, as we are one. I in them and thou in Me; that the love with which Thou hast loved Me, may be in them, and I in them,' xvii, 21, 22, 23, 26; and also vi, 56. Moreover, that He and the Father are one, and that any one must believe in Him in order to have eternal life. That salvation depends on conjunction with God, has been abundantly shown above' (T. C. R. 787).
     Has the Magazine suffered the sight of its eye to wander so long in the expanse of the universe in its contemplation of an Invisible God that it has lost the power to see this simple truth which is an integral part of the "face, gate, and summary" of the entire theology of the New- Church: "Without the coming of the LORD into the world [in His Human] no one could have been saved. It is similar at this day: wherefore, unless the LORD should come again into the world in the DIVINE TRUTH, no one can be saved" (T. C. R. 3), and has the Magazine never considered the close of the Sacred Scripture:' that marriage of the Lord with the Church which is the End of the whole Word?
     "He who testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly, Amen: Yea, come, LORD JESUS, signifies the LORD, who revealed the Apocalypse, and has now opened it, testifying this Gospel, that IN HIS DIVINE HUMAN WHICH HE TOOK TO HIMSELF IN THE WORLD, AND GLORIFIED, HE COMES AS THE BRIDEGROOM AND HUSBAND, and that the Church desires Him as a Bride and Wife. The Lord says above, 'I, JESUS, have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the Churches "(vers. 16 of this chapter) and it may be seen above (n. 953) that by these words is signified a testification by the LORD before the whole Christian world, that it is true that the LORD alone manifested the things which are written in this book, and which are now opened. Hence it is manifest, that by 'he who testifieth these things saith,' is meant the LORD, who revealed the Apocalypse, and has now opened it, testifying. That it means testifying this Gospel, is because here He declares His coming, His kingdom, and His spiritual marriage with the Church: for He says, 'Surely I come quickly, Amen: Yea, come LORD JESUS; and by the Gospel is signified the coming of the LORD to His kingdom (see n. 478, 553, 625, 664).

61



That here it is to His spiritual marriage with the Church, is because this New Church is called the Bride and Wife, and the LORD her Bridegroom and Husband (above, chap. xix, 7-9; xx, 2,9, 10; xxi, 17). And here to the end of the book, the LORD speaks and the Church speaks, as the Bridegroom and the Bride. The LORD speaks these words: 'Surely I come quickly, Amen;' and the Church speaks these: 'Yea, come, LORD JESUS;' which are the words of betrothal to spiritual marriage. THAT THE LORD WILL COME IN THE DIVINE HUMAN WHICH HE TOOK TO HIMSELF IN THE WORLD, AND GLORIFIED, is evident from the fact, that He names Himself JESUS, and says that He is the Root and the Offspring of David (vers. 16); and that the Church here says, 'Come, LORD JESUS;' see above (n. 953, 954)" (A. R. 960).
     When the Magazine endeavors to destroy faith in the LORD'S Divine Human as that manifestation of His Mercy and Love by which conjunction with Him is effected, what does it mean by speaking of men's "going to the LORD directly and going to Him immediately"? Where do they find Him? Where do they go to Him? In the Sun of the spiritual world? If the eye is destroyed by the fire of that Sun, is not the heart likewise?
     It is well for the Magazine that it realizes that there is a "root of the discordance that exists" in the New Church.
     So, this is it!
     On the one hand conjunction is sought with the Visible God in Whom is the Invisible, even the LORD JESUS CHRIST in His Divine Human which He took to Himself in the world and glorified.
     On the other hand, conjunction is sought with the Invisible God, and the attempt is made to "climb up some other way into the sheepfold and not to enter by the Door. "To enter through the door, is through the truth which is of faith to the good of charity and of love, thus to the LORD, for the LORD is Good Itself, He also is the truth which introduces, thus He is also the Door, for faith is from Him" (A. C. 8989).
     If, then, "members of the New Church in general look upon the Writings of Swedenborg in the way" indicated by the Magazine, as that journal claims, it is evident that they have been misled by faithless shepherds, to enter into the sheepfold by some other way than through the Door, which is the LORD, Who, while He is Good Itself, is also the Truth which introduces.
     "Amen, amen, I say unto you. He that entereth not by the gate into the sheepfold, but ascendeth some other way, he is a thief and a robber, but he that entereth through the gate, is the shepherd of the sheep. . . I am the Door, by Me if any one enter in he shall be saved, and he shall come in, and go out, and find pasture" (John x, 1, 2, 9).
     "That to enter in by the Door is to enter in by the LORD, is evident, for it is said, 'I am the Door of the sheep'; to enter in by the LORD is to go to Him, to acknowledge Him, to believe in Him, and to love Him, as He Himself teaches in many passages; thus, and no otherwise, man is let into heaven, wherefore He teaches, 'By Me if any one enter in, he shall be saved, and he who climbeth up some other way is a thief and a robber'" (A. E. 208, 248).
      It is sad to contemplate that the New Church stands self-confessed in this attitude at the present day. But thankful may we well be that, in spite of the Magazine's denial, we may approach the LORD in His Divine Human immediately, in His Word now opened, where He spreads out His hands, and invites to His arms.
     And if we will go to Him, we shall find the following teaching concerning His Divine Human, and conjunction with It, and concerning the correct understanding of His dwelling in His Human, in the Sun of the spiritual world:-
"The LORD is Doctrine Itself, for everything of doctrine proceeds from Him, and everything of doctrine treats of Him; for everything of doctrine treats of the good of love and the truth of faith, they are from the LORD, wherefore the LORD is not only in them, but He also is both. Hence it is manifest that the doctrine which treats of good and truth, treats of the LORD alone, and that it proceeds from His Divine Human. Never can anything of doctrine proceed from the Divine Itself, except through His Divine Human-that is, through the Word, which, in the supreme sense, is the Divine Truth from the Divine Human of the LORD. What proceeds from Him immediately, this, not even the angels in the inmost heaven can grasp. The cause of this is that it is infinite, and thus transcends every comprehension, even the angelic. But what proceeds from the Divine Human of the LORD, this they can grasp, for it treats of God, as of the Divine Man, of which from the Human, some idea can be formed, and the idea which is formed of the Human is accepted whatsoever it is, if it only flow from the good of innocence, and be in the good of charity. This is what is meant by the LORD'S words in John: 'No one hath seen God at any time, the Only-Begotten Son, Who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath expounded Him,' i, 18; in the same, 'Ye have neither heard the voice of the Father at any time, nor seen His face,' v, 37; and in Matthew: 'No one knoweth the Father, but the Son, and he to whom the Son willed to reveal'"(A. C. 5321).
     "When JESUS was transformed on the mountain 'Behold two, men spake with Him, who were Moses and Elias, who were seen in glory' (Luke ix, 30, 31). There the LORD showed to Peter, Jacob, and John, His Divine Human such as it was and appeared in Divine Light, and the form in which He was then seen presented the Word such as it is in the Internal Sense, thus such as Divine Truth is in Heaven, for the Word is Divine Truth for the use of the Church" (A. C. 5922).
     "The LORD, by this, that He assumed the Human, and made it Divine, redeemed man-that is, delivered him from hell-wherefore the Lord, as to His Divine Human, is called the Redeemer. . . . The Divine Human, before the coming of the LORD into the world, was JEHOVAH Himself inflowing through heaven when He spoke the Word. For JEHOVAH was above the heavens, but that which from Him passed through the heavens, this was at that time the Divine Human; for by the influx of JEHOVAH into heaven He referred man, and the Divine Itself thence was the Divine Man: this is the Divine Human from eternity, and is what is called 'sent,' by which is meant 'proceeding.'
     "But, because JEHOVAH, by this His Divine Human, could no longer inflow with men, because they had so far removed themselves from that Divine, therefore He assumed the Human and made this Divine, and thus 'by influx' thence into heaven He could pertain even to those in the human race, who would receive the good of charity send the truth of faith from the Divine Human which was thus made visible; which otherwise could never have been done. This liberation is what is called Redemption. . .
     "But it is to be known that the LORD as to the Divine Human, as well as to the Divine Itself, is above heaven, for He is the Sun which illumines heaven, thus that Heaven is far beneath Him.

62



THE DIVINE HUMAN WHICH IS IN HEAVEN IS THE DIVINE TRUTH that proceeds from Him) which is light from Him as from the Sun. The LORD, as to His Essence, is not Divine Truth, for this is from Him as Light from the Sun, but it is Divine Good itself, one with JEHOVAH" (A. C. 6280).
     "The LORD in the world infilled all things of the Word, and by this became the Word-that is, Divine Truth, even in ultimates" (T. C. R. 261-263).
     "The Word, which is with the Protestants and the Reformed, illustrates all nations and peoples by means of spiritual communication. It is provided by the LORD that on earth there be always a Church where the Word is read, and through it the LORD becomes known; wherefore when the Word was almost rejected by the Pontificals [i. e., the Roman Catholics], of the Divine Providence of the LORD, the Reformation took place, and hence the Word was extracted, as it were, from its hiding place, and sent forth for use. Also, when the Word, with the Jewish nation was altogether falsified and adulterated, and became, as it were, none, then it pleased the LORD to descend from Heaven and to infill, it, and by this to make it whole again and restore it, and again to give light to the inhabitants of the earth, according to these words of the LORD: 'The people sitting in darkness saw a great Light, for those sitting in the region and shadow of death, a Light has arisen for them (Is. ix, 1, and Matth. iv, 16).
     "Inasmuch as it was foretold that at the end of this Church darkness would also arise from not knowing the LORD, that He is the God of Heaven and Earth, and from the separation of faith from charity, lest by this the genuine understanding of the Word should perish, and thus the Church, therefore it pleased the LORD now to reveal the SPIRITUAL SENSE OF THE WORD,* and to manifest that the Word in that sense, and from that sense in the natural contains innumerable things, by which the light of truth from the Word, almost extinct, may be restored. That the light of truth at the end of the Church would be almost extinguished, is predicted in many places in the Apocalypse; and is also meant by these words of the LORD, 'Immediately after the affliction of those days the sun will be obscured, and the moon will not give her light, and the stars will fall from Heaven and the virtues of the heavens will be moved together: and then they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven, with glory and virtue' (Matt. xxiv, 29, 30). By 'the sun' there is meant the LORD as to love; by 'the moon,' the LORD as to faith; by 'the stars,' as to the cognitions of truth and good; by 'the Son of Man,' the LORD as to the Word; by the 'cloud,' the sense of the letter of the Word; by the 'glory,' the spiritual sense of the Word, and its transparence through its sense of the letter, and by `virtues,' its power" (T. C. R. 271).
     * Small capitals used by Swedenborg.
     Innumerable passages of like import might be quoted, but the teachings adduced will suffice to show,-
     That the LORD assumed the Human in order that He might conjoin the human race to Himself, and that He did so by infilling the Word, through which alone conjunction is effected:
     That the LORD, having in His Human united the Divine Truth with the Divine Good, returned into His Divine in which He was from eternity, together with and in His glorified Human:
     That because the glorified Human is the Divine Good, or Love, and this is in itself such that no man can endure it, therefore the Divine Truth proceeds from it:
     That this Divine Truth proceeding from the Divine Good is the Divine Human in the Heavens, and consequently the Divine Human in the Church:
     That love is received only in truths, and indeed, in no other truths but those of the Word:
     That, therefore, when the LORD made His Second Coming, He came into the world as at the First Coming,-namely, in the Divine Truth which is the Word, without separating the Divine Good from it:
     That He has, therefore, come in the Divine Human which He took to Himself in the world and glorified:
     That He has effected this His Coming in His Divine Human by revealing in the Writings of the New Church the Spiritual Sense of the Word, and thereby restoring the light of truth:
     That the Writings of the New Church are the Coming of the LORD, and the giving of them is therefore the fulfillment of the prophecy, "Then they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of Heaven with glory and virtue."
"He that testifieth these things saith, Yea, I come quickly; Amen. Yea, come, LORD JESUS."
Trine 1891

Trine              1891

     There is a Trine in the Lord.- H. D. 306.
SOCIAL LIFE IN THE ACADEMY SCHOOLS, PHILADELPHIA 1891

SOCIAL LIFE IN THE ACADEMY SCHOOLS, PHILADELPHIA              1891

     IT is said in The True Christian Religion, n. 433 and 434, that "It is known that dinners and suppers are everywhere in use, and that they are instituted for the sake of various ends, and that with many they are for the sake of friendships, for the sake of relationships, for the sake of gain, for the sake of remunerations, and that they are means for corrupting and drawing over to one's own party, and that with magnates also they are for the sake of honor, and in the courts of kings for the sake of splendor. But dinners and suppers of charity are with those only who are in mutual love from similar faith. In the Primitive Church with the Christians, dinners and suppers were for no other end, and were called Feasts [Convivia], instituted that they might at the same time be glad from the heart and also be conjoined. Suppers with them signified consociations and conjunctions in the first state of the establishment of the Church; for the evening, in which they were made, signified that. . . . At table they conversed on various affairs, both civil and domestic,-but especially on such as were of the Church; and because they were feasts [convivia] of charity there was in the conversation, on whatever subject, charity with its joys and gladnesses. The spiritual sphere reigning in those feasts was the sphere of love to the LORD and. love toward the neighbor, which exhilarated the mind [animus] of every one, softened the sound of the speech of every one, and induced festivity from the heart upon all the senses.
     Since by dinners and suppers, or by feasts [convivia] such consociations of minds [animus] were signified, therefore they are so often mentioned in the Word, and by them there nothing else is meant in the spiritual sense. . . . Conjunction itself was then represented by breaking and distributing bread and by drinking from the same cup and passing it to one another.
     "As to Social Gatherings [consortia], they were in the Primitive Church among such as called themselves brothers in Christ, wherefore they were assemblies of charity, because there was a spiritual Brotherhood; they were also consolations in the adversities of the Church, rejoicings over its increase, and also recreations of souls from studies and labors, and at the same time conversations on various affairs; and because they flowed from spiritual love as from a fountain, they were rational and moral from a spiritual origin."

63




     In numerous other' passages of the Writings social life, social gatherings, dinners, suppers, and fasts are mentioned, described, and explained. In fact, the whole Doctrine of the New Church goes to show that man was created to live socially, and not solitarily. What else is heaven than the greatest society made up of greater, smaller, and smallest societies? But the sociality of heaven is not promiscuous, but distinct, for each society of heaven has its own uses, its own forms of good and truth, and its own diversions of charity or social intercourse. Such also will be the case on earth when things come into order, for then, as with the Primitive Christians, the dinners and suppers and social gatherings of charity will be among those with whom will be mutual love from a similar faith, and with whom there will be a spiritual brotherhood.
     Some attempts at instituting a social life, which should be distinctive, as being among those who are engaged in similar uses or are in the sphere or them, have been made in the Schools of the Academy in Philadelphia. It has been for some time customary to hold, at such intervals as were found convenient, social meetings at which the pupils, students, teachers, and professors and their wives met for the mutual enjoyment of the diversions of charity.
     For the most part, at these gatherings the time was spent in conversation, singing, playing on musical instruments, dancing, and the playing of various games. Occasionally something of a more prescribed character would be entered into, as, for instance, an illustrated lecture, speeches by one and another of those connected with the schools, or a costume party. When a costume party was given, the dress chosen was usually the Greek, or the Roman modification of it, as these were found to be more easily made, and were thought to be more graceful and more chaste than almost any other that could have been selected.
     These gatherings were always enjoyed by every one; but there was felt a lack of that conjunction which is represented by eating and drinking together, and which also follows this where mutual love reigns. In order to supply this want, there was given by the school authorities a series of suppers, at which very simple fare was served, consisting principally of sandwiches, fruit, and milk. These suppers were always held in the schoolrooms, and the tables were set, arranged, and served by the pupils and students, under the direction of one or more of the lady teachers. At such times, the supper finished, the tables were cleared away and the remainder of the evening, until nine o'clock, was spent in whatever amusement might be chosen by those in charge.
     These suppers were given during the school year of 1886 and 1887, but were discontinued until last winter. Two suppers were given during the school year of 1889 and 1890, the last-mentioned much more elaborate than those given three years before. Another was given on the evening of Friday, the 7th of November, this year. The management of this, as well as of the two suppers given last winter, was put into the hands of one of the lady teachers, who enlisted for her assistance certain of the married ladies connected with the schools. The class of older girls and the college classes of young men were divided into sections, each section of girls to take its turn in serving at table, and each section of youths to take its turn in assisting the waiting girls by serving to them the food to be taken to the dining-room.
     The requiring of the girls and youths to serve was thought to be a useful training; for we learn to serve the LORD by serving one another. Besides, every one, in whatever walk of life, is, in some retard, a servant, and no one can serve well in great things who has not also earned to serve well in small things.
     Previously to the giving of the suppers of the school year of 1889 and 1890 the doctrine of making offerings to the Loan in this connection was discussed at length, and the usefulness of impressing this doctrine upon the young was dwelt upon. It was, accordingly, arranged that at each of the socials, whether a supper were given or not, an offering should be made by all attending. No one was required to give a stipulated amount, but each was left in freedom to give according to his or her ability. In this way the love of giving to the LORD-that is, of giving of one's earthly goods for the support of those things that have been instituted among men by the LORD-could be cultivated and developed by ultimate acts which represent the recognition and acknowledgment that everything received, even on the social plane, is from the LORD. The money thus offered was used, and is to be used in defraying the expense of the suppers.
     Each of these feasts have thus far been an improvement on the one before it. Notably, the last one on the 29th day of January, the anniversary of Swedenborg's birthday, was the most enjoyable of all.
Trine in One Person 1891

Trine in One Person              1891

     The Trine in One Person, thus in the Lord, is the Divine Itself which is called the Father, the Divine Human which is the Son, and the Divine proceeding, which is the Holy Spirit, and thus the Trine is One.- H. D. 306.
SWEDENBORG'S BIRTHDAY 1891

SWEDENBORG'S BIRTHDAY              1891

     THE anniversary of Swedenborg's birthday was made an occasion for a feast at charity in the Philadelphia Schools of the Academy, during which the thought was centered upon the instrument whom the Loan used, to effect His Second Coming.
     The tables were set in a hollow square, or rectangle, in the Hall, which had been suitably decorated. All the pupils, including the smallest, were invited. There were several courses of viands, and, for the first time, wine was also served, the small children having their water colored with it.
     When all were assembled, the Chancellor invoked the Divine Presence, and the guests seated themselves. Among them were the Head-Master of the Berlin School, the Rev. Fred Waelchli; and the Minister of the Immanuel Church of Chicago, the Rev. N. Dandridge Pendleton, both graduates of the Academy.
     After the keen edge had been taken off the appetite, the Toast-Master, the Rev. C. T. Odhner, entered upon his duties. He had prepared the following toasts, which, with the exception of the first one, were responded to by the senior students, whose speeches are published herewith under their respective titles.
     1. "Swedenborg, the Instrument of the LORD, in His Second Coming."-Bishop Benade.
     Song:     "Vivat Nova Ecclesia."
     2. "Swedenborg's Education and Preparation for his Office."-Mr. Alfred Acton.
     Poem: "Swedenborg to his Father, on his Sixty-third Birthday."-Read by the Rev. Enoch S. Price.

64




     3. "Swedenborg, the Scientist."-Mr. J. Stephenson.
     Poem: "To Swedenborg, on the 203d Anniversary of his Birth."-Rev. Leonard G. Jordan.
     4. "Swedenborg, the Citizen of the World."-Mr. J. E. Boyesen.
     Song:     " Our Country, 'tis of Thee."
     5. "Swedenborg, the Citizen of the Spiritual World."-Mr. George G. Starkey. (Lack of space compels the postponement of the publication of Mr. Starkey's response.)
     On the conclusion of the response to this toast, Swedenborg's copy of The True Christian Religion was shown, on the cover of which, he, while still a citizen of this world, had written a list of presents which he had received as a citizen of the spiritual world.
     The final toast to the Academy Schools was responded. to by the singing of a song, "Alma Mater," composed for the occasion by the Toast-Master.
     The festivities concluded with a very agreeable social.
Divine Trine 1891

Divine Trine              1891

     The Divine Trine in the Lord is acknowledged in Heaven.- H. D. 306.
SWEDENBORG, THE INSTRUMENT OF THE LORD IN HIS SECOND COMING 1891

SWEDENBORG, THE INSTRUMENT OF THE LORD IN HIS SECOND COMING              1891

     (Bishop Benade's response to a toast at a school dinner on the two hundred and third anniversary of Swedenborg's birth. Reported from long-hand notes taken at the time.)

     IT is fitting to ask the LORD Himself concerning the instrument employed in the great event of the LORD'S Second Coming. He gives us the information concerning it in the Work entitled The True Christian Religion. In the fourteenth chapter of this Work, He treats of the Consummation of the Age, the Coming of the LORD, and the New Heaven and the New- Church. We are carried back to the Most Ancient Church, and are taught that, in general, four Churches have existed on this earth, each of which has had its rise, its progress, its decline, and its end or consummation, in which final state there was no faith or charity, no good or truth, thus no longer anything from the LORD by which the Church is established.
     After every consummation the LORD establishes the Church anew, and this has always been done by the instrumentality of men or of a man. It is therefore not new in this case that the LORD has made use of a man, but it has been according to the Divine Order from the beginning. The Human of the LORD was the instrumentality for the institution of the Christian Church which He established when He came into the world But while still in the world, He foretold the consummation of that Church thus established by Him. In the letter of the Word the end of that Church is described by night, and the beginning of the New Church by the day-dawn. The LORD'S Coming did not take place according to the idea held in the Old Church, in the visible heaven. His Coming is not visible on earth, but in the spiritual world, and it was effected so that the evil influx from hell might come to an end, and that the heavens might again be the medium of the divine influx to men. He comes again, not to effect the destination of the visible heavens and earth, but to separate the evil from the good, in the world of spirits, so that such a separation may be effected on earth also, end that men may receive what is true and good, for the establishment of the Church in them.
     By the New Heaven and the New Church the LORD continually instructs men in the things of salvation. Without the Coming of the LORD, man could not have been saved, for the. Divine influx would have been perverted.
     This Second Coming of the LORD is not a coming in Person, but it is a coming in the Word, which is from Him, and which is Himself. As at the consummation of the Christian Church the LORD came again to men in the Word, so in Ancient times, at the consummation of the Most Ancient Church, when He could no longer teach men by an internal way, He provided that a Word should be written, from the Doctrine that had been given by Himself and through the medium of angels, in the Most Ancient Church. These Doctrines, existing in the form of traditions, were gathered together by the men who are called "Cain" and "Enoch" in the Word. This written Word still exists, and we are taught that it may be found in Great Tartary, perhaps among the Tartars in China. It was given by the LORD through the instrumentality of men, of "Enoch," who presented the Divine Truth, which is the LORD, in an objective form, to form a plane in the external mind by which the LORD could inflow with men.
     The LORD teaches that He could not make His Second Coming in Person, as He could not again assume the Human. In His First Coming He descended as the Divine Truth from the Divine Good. This Divine Truth, which is the Word, He filled full of the Divine Life when He glorified His Human. He first made His Human Divine Truth, and then Divine Good, and thus JEHOVAH Himself. In that Human form the LORD appeared among men. He now appears in it again in the Revelation that in His Divine Human He is JEHOVAH Himself. This revelation He makes through the instrumentality of a man, before whom He has manifested Himself in Person, and whom He has filled with His Spirit to teach the Doctrines of the New Church through the Word from Him.
     We learn from other teachings that the LORD, after choosing Swedenborg to be the instrument of His Coming, prepared him from infancy, and guided and directed his early and later life and his pursuit of knowledge, that in His Second Coming, He might have a man to present the Divine Truth in a rational form, and illustrate it scientifically, and who could also publish, the Revelation thus made by the press. All of Swedenborg's life shows how he was prepared to perform this use. He was a great student of the sciences, he made conclusions from them from reason, he wrote and published books.
     While he read the Word he received Divine instruction as to its internal meaning, which he was to publish to mankind. Having received this instruction, he put it in a human form of composition, so arranged as to meet the understanding of men, so that the Coming of the LORD might be as of the Divine Spiritual Man, visible to the understanding.
     Swedenborg, then, was prepared by the LORD, was guided and directed from early life, and afterwards had his spiritual senses opened and was initiated into an angelic society so as to reveal to men the things of Heaven and hell, and the world of spirits.
     In the Israelitish Church, the LORD likewise made use of human instrumentalities, inspiring Moses and the Prophets. When this last form of the Ancient. Church was consummated, then a Man came upon earth, whom men knew not. He taught the Divine Truth from His Human, so that it might reach all men. He spoke with them as man with man. This Man was the LORD Himself in His Divine Human,-God made flesh, whom men could see, hear, and touch. The LORD has continued this human instrumentality to this day (and this is one of the Doctrines which we hold with reverence), by appointing an office among men to make His Revelation known: the office of the priesthood clothed by men set apart for that purpose, to teach the Doctrines, and by them to lead to the good of life.

65



Such a human instrumentality exists for the same purposes in Heaven.
     As time goes on, it will be necessary to reiterate the Doctrine of the LORD'S Second Coming. As, at the end of the Most Ancient Church, He caused the Word to be written, so now at the end of the Christian Church the Word has been opened by him, the Divine Truth Itself contained within it has been written in Books by a man prepared for this purpose, so that the objective presentation of Himself as the Truth maybe continued, and this will be done to the latest time. These Books will be preserved to most remote ages, preserved in fac-simile of the original as now. It is given to the New Church thus to perpetuate this Divine work, so that by this Revelation, which constitutes the Second Coming of the LORD in the Divine Word, men may be elevated from the natural to the higher spiritual states of life.
     It is necessary to impress this truth, that man is to receive the truth rationally. He is so constituted as to his understanding, that he cannot really see the Divine Truth if he does not acknowledge that it is the Lord Divine Truth. Otherwise, he sees shadows: images, perchance, but not similitudes. These he sees only when he sees the LORD in the Truth.
     One of the functions of the Academy of the New Church and of this school to which you belong is to receive the LORD'S Truth as Divine, not as Swedenborg's. We must look away from the instrument, while esteeming it, to the principal: the LORD, who prepared and used it for His own purposes. The Doctrines have been revealed for man's salvation. This is the purpose of the LORD, which must be' preached by the ministry who are to acknowledge Him in His Second Coming. Had the LORD not come again, no one could have been saved. Unless human instrumentality be continuous, salvation cannot be effected. Those who are preparing or the use of the ministry must bear this in mind. Let them look away from self to the LORD alone, who has called them to this great and important use, to the LORD, who is the Way, the Truth, and the Life.
Lord is one with the Father 1891

Lord is one with the Father              1891

     The Lord is one with the Father, thus the Divine Itself and the Divine Human.- H. D. 306.
SWEDENBORG'S EDUCATION AND PREPARATION FOR HIS OFFICE 1891

SWEDENBORG'S EDUCATION AND PREPARATION FOR HIS OFFICE       Alfred Acton       1891

     As the Chancellor has told us, the LORD always reveals Himself to man by a man. He could reveal Himself in no other way, for we cannot see the Divine Truth as it is in itself; we can only see accommodations of it. And these accommodations the LORD gives to us by revealing it through men. In the Second Advent of the LORD, or, rather, the fulfillment and completion of His first Advent, the LORD came in a revelation to the Rational. The man through whom He came had therefore to be a man who could present rational truths in a rational manner; present them so that, by confirmations from sciences, they may be apparent to the natural man who is to be regenerated. We are taught in the Writings that the man through whom the LORD made this Spiritual Revelation had need to be able not only to receive the truths of the Revelation in his understanding, but also to put them forth to the world. This could only be done by knowledges on the natural and scientific plane, for on this plane is the unregenerate man. Swedenborg, therefore, could not have been the medium of the LORD'S Coming if he had not had an intimate acquaintance with natural and rational sciences, and in order to express the truths of the Revelation he had to know how to write philosophically. But all these knowledges would not inserve their use had they been dead knowledges, for such cannot inserve for spiritual truths, they had needs be animated and made living by spiritual ends. Swedenborg always had such ends. Throughout all his researches in the hidden recesses of nature we will find that he ever started with the idea of One God, and from that, armed by sciences, to obtain a knowledge of the soul The LORD throughout all of Swedenborg's studies guided him with a view to the use he was to perform. Only upon an examination of Swedenborg's life can we really see how particular that guidance and providence were. A knowledge of Swedenborg's life will show us more and more the Infinite Wisdom of the LORD'S choice of Swedenborg as the means of His Coming.
     Swedenborg came of a very pious family. His father, I Jesper Swedberg, was a Bishop of the Established Church of Sweden; and he was known all over Sweden for his piety and his aversion to all hypocritical religion. At that day the Doctrine of Faith alone was much more openly taught than it is at the present day. Now, the false doctrines are veiled under the semblance of charity. But then Religion was a science-a dry, dead science-no one thought of living it. But Jesper Swedberg was as much opposed to this cut-and-dried University Theology, and was not slow in expressing his contempt for it. He was in consequence by no means loved by the Clergy of Sweden, and was much persecuted. He did not, however, mind persecution, but continued living and teaching according to his convictions. His evident desire and endeavor to unite Charity to Faith-to make religion not only of the mouth, but also of the heart, enabled him to have some knowledge, although but obscure, of spiritual truths. On one occasion Jesper I Swedberg preached a sermon on the Urim and Thummin in which he taught that by the Urim and Thummim was meant the' Doctrine from the Word, in all I nations. That is very different from what would be heard now. On another occasion, when asked what I language the Angels spoke, Jesper Swedberg answered, "Swedish to the Swedes, German to the Germans, and English to the English," which shows that he had some perceptions of the truth that the speech of spirits is a speech of thought and common to all men. Moreover, he seems to have had some obscure but correct idea I of the nearness of the other world to this.
     I think we have dwelt long enough on the character of Swedenborg's father to show from what sort of a family Emanuel descended, and we will now see how the piety of the father was inherited by the son.
     Emanuel Swedenborg was born January 29th, 1688. It is very interesting and significant that he was named "Emanuel." The reason of his being so named was the wish of his father that his son should always have God with him-should always feel His presence. And truly it was so with Swedenborg. Throughout his whole life he ever felt and acknowledged the near and interior I presence of God. In very early childhood, even from the age of four years, Swedenborg thought often about religion, and always had an idea of one only God. His father encouraged him to dwell on religious topics, and when he was six years old Emanuel often conversed with the ministers who visited at his father's house; and in those conversations always maintained that God was one, and that life and faith were to be conjoined.

66



Here we see the hand of Divine Providence, for it was by the remains which the LORD implanted in Swedenborg in his early childhood, and from which Swedenborg always in adult life had the perception of the existence and oneness of God, that the LORD could be present with him and could so flow into his knowledges and cognitions as to make them living, and receptive of the revelation which was to be made through him.
     Swedenborg attended college at Upsala. Of his college life little is known, but he probably became absorbed in the most ultimate scientifics. During his whole early career, he was deeply interested in mathematics and mechanics and after several years' study he published the Principia, in which he attempted to solve the problem of creation. But, as is seen from this work, Swedenborg was in obscurity as to some of, the principles of which he wrote. Still, in all his obscurity, he was firm in the conviction that the beginning of creation was from the Divine. This conviction was always a shining light to him. About ten or twelve years after publishing the Principia Swedenborg continued his search for the causes of nature by an attempt to arrive at the knowledge of the soul by an examination of the nature, quality, and uses of the blood. With this object in view he wrote the work entitled, The Economy of the Animal Kingdom. But afterward being convinced that the true way to the soul was not to confine the attention to the blood, but to study the whole human body, he published the Animal Kingdom, in which he treats of every organ of the human body and its uses. Following this work there appeared a. treatise on the Worship and Love of God, in which Swedenborg gives an account of the creation of man. Here he is no longer in obscurity, but puts forward his principles in a confidence and firmness arising from true conviction. About this time the spiritual world begun to be opened to him by the LORD, as Swedenborg's mind was prepared by a deep and interior study of natural and rational Science to become the means of the Second Advent.
     From reading the Writings we can see how necessary it was that the "Servant of the LORD" should have, studied all the natural sciences; In the Writings all natural sciences from mathematics to physiology are used as confirmations of spiritual truths, and are thus; given a new life. And if we take physiology alone, the last and greatest of the sciences studied by Swedenborg, for the understanding of which all the other sciences were necessary, we can see that without a knowledge of it the Writings could not have been written, for without physiology they cannot be fully or interiorly understood. It was thus that the LORD led Swedenborg. Beginning with the belief in One only God, be proceeded from; this as a centre from which the LORD could guide him step by step through the mazes of natural science until, with a mind furnished with natural facts, and vivified by Faith in the mind, he could at length become the servant of the LORD-the means of the Second Advent.
     Alfred Acton.
Lord's Divine proceeding 1891

Lord's Divine proceeding              1891

     The Lord's Divine proceeding is also His Divine in Heaven,- which is called the Holy Spirit.- H. D. 306.
Anniversary of Swedenborg's birth in the Chicago School of the Academy 1891

Anniversary of Swedenborg's birth in the Chicago School of the Academy              1891

     THE Anniversary of Swedenborg's birth was appropriately observed in the Chicago School of the Academy, and a large photograph of Swedenborg was unveiled:

     SWEDENBORG TO HIS FATHER, THE BISHOP OF SKARA, ON HIS SIXTY- THIRD BIRTHDAY.

     (Swedenborg was twenty-one or twenty-two years of age when this ode was written. It was translated from the Latin by Mr. S. Stockwell, and published in The Intellectual Repository for the year 1844, page 147.)

Rise, Sappho, and, ere morning dawns,
     Go sweep with joy the sounding lyre,
And with its tuneful strains awake
               My slumbering Sire.

Go, see if sleep hath left his eyes,
     That love to watch the opening day,
And round his couch let music breathe
               The votive lay.

Hail! natal day, with welcome crown'd,
     Worthy a thousand minstrels' fire
And birthday songs, by virgins sung
               To harp and lyre.

This day we'll bless, in sweeter strains
     Than those to which the lute gives birth,
For worth like his loves that far more
               Than boisterous mirth.

For three-score years and three thou'st seen
     The earth her annual circuit run,
So oft beheld the hour when first
               Thou saw'st the sun I

I trembled when the year came round
     That's wont to cut the thread of life-
To snatch the parent from his child
               And loving wife.

That year is past!-I've seen its end,
     And still, beloved Sire, thou'rt here;
With gratitude I see thee spared
               Another year.

And may I see this day return
     A hundred times! but that may be
Too much to wish-then may't revolve
               Three-score and three!

That thou may'st see this day return,
     And that in thee, man's age twice told
May almost smile with youthful glee,
               Although so old.

Though distant are thy youthful days,
     Still may thy age excite no fears
Till the number of thy scions shall
               Equal thy years.
Lord 1891

Lord              1891

     Thus the Lord is the one and only God.- H. D. 306.
SWEDENBORG, THE SCIENTIST 1891

SWEDENBORG, THE SCIENTIST              1891

     SWEDENBORG the Scientist first presented himself to the world as a writer of scientific pamphlets. From the miscellaneous character of these pamphlets it may be concluded that his scientific attainments were of no mean order, as he discovers in them art intimate acquaintance with most of the sciences.

67



They are also remarkable in this respect, that they deal with men and original subjects, which plainly indicate that Swedenborg, from the very outset of his career as a scientist, took an especial delight in discovering new paths, which he followed out with his characteristic zeal and ardor.
     From the scientific works of Swedenborg it is possible to trace, as it were, three distinct states, which point out his progress from the lowest sciences to the highest. The first state of his life as a scientist is indicated by his various scientific tracts, the Miscellaneous Observations; the second state is marked by the Principia, while the third and last step which he took in his progress through the natural sciences is clearly shown by his various anatomical and physiological works, and his labors as a natural scientist are brought to a glorious end in the Worship and Love of God.
     No one with a rational and unbiased mind can read the scientific works of Swedenborg, without acknowledging that all the subjects which he examined are treated in a rational and logical manner. But whatever the world may think of the scientific works matters but little, since they are of the greatest importance to the New Church, as they not only give to the men of that Church sciences which are new in the whole and every particular, but also show the gradual preparation of a mind which was to receive the highest spiritual truths.
     Unconscious, however, of the high use he was to perform, Swedenborg examined every subject which came under his notice, and after a long and careful preparation in the various sciences, he began to inquire into what had hitherto been considered the mysteries of nature. He had learned the relative value of pulleys and levers; the laws of mechanics were known to him, and having learnt those things which were of immediate use to him, he resolved to discover the mechanism of nature. He began that great and arduous work, but not until he had decided upon a few simple and universal principles which were to guide him through the maze of natural truths to Nature herself. That he accomplished his aim is abundantly testified by that noble work, the Principia, wherein he shows a likeness of the whole world in a drop of water, and the power which moves the solar system by a few iron filings and a simple magnet. In this work, as in every other, he shows plainly his great love for the truth, and that simple acknowledgment or God which is to be found so rarely in the scientific works of this so-called progressive age. In every one of Swedenborg's scientific works this acknowledgment of God is to be found, showing clearly that his mind was ever directed upward toward the LORD.
     After he had completed the Principia, which marks the second state of his life as a scientist, he traveled into other countries, and during his stay at Hesse Cassell made the acquaintance of Christian Wolff, one of the greatest philosophers of his time. The intercourse between these two great and learned men must have been agreeable and instructive to both, seeing that they agreed in. general as to scientific principles; however this may be, Swedenborg seems to have derived great benefit from his acquaintance with the keen-sighted Wolff, whose writings he so often quotes.
     Upon his return from this foreign tour he undertook a more extensive work than any he had yet undertaken. In the Principia he had pierced the secrets of nature, he now determined to discover the soul. In order to discover the soul he knew he must look for her in the body-her temple-consequently, he read and gathered together the evidence of anatomists and physiologists as matter necessary for his search. The first result of his search for the soul was the Economy of the Animal Kingdom, out upon completing that work he discovered that he had made the mistake of advancing too rapidly to the soul. Acknowledging this mistake into which he I had fallen from' an ardent desire of knowing, he resolved to examine the body membrane by membrane, and in this manner approach the soul. Like a skillful general he marshalled the vast array of natural truths he had collected from every quarter into admirable order and marched slowly and certainly toward his goal. Before his advance old and raise doctrines and theories disappeared like mists before the morning sun. The hitherto dark and mysterious recesses of the human body were enlightened without outraging nature in the least particular.
     And now, by means of Swedenborg's anatomical works, it is possible to enter the body without disturbing I a membrane, and see not a dead body but a body in which there is a living soul. By means of his rationality the Newchurchman can penetrate to the innermost recesses of the brain, heart, and lungs and every other organ of the body, and see their mechanism, which he could not do unless Swedenborg had discovered paths by which the living body may be dissected.
     But after the many great and magnificent works of Swedenborg in the sciences of Anatomy, Physiology, and Psychology, his work was not ended, it had yet to be crowned. In the Worship and Love of God, which is the crown of Swedenborg's work as a scientist, his labors are as it were exalted. In this work, he again tells the tale of the creation which he had told in the Principia, but in a most lofty and poetic strain, which elevates the mind above natural things toward heaven. And now those dreams, which had been gradually preparing Swedenborg for the great change from the natural world to the spiritual world, began to occur to him more frequently, indicating that his work as a scientist was rapidly drawing to a dose. But his work was accomplished; the Temple of Science was built from the foundation, which was based upon the acknowledgment of God to the roof whose delicate tracery sought the Heavens. And the builder of this noble temple- Swedenborg the Scientist-dedicated it to the Lord whom he acknowledged as the Creator of all things. Into this temple the men of the New Church now may go, and before the altar of the Most High offer up their grateful thanks for those sciences which He has given to them by His servant, Emanuel Swedenborg. For it is only by means of these sciences that the men of the Church may become rational men in this world and angels in the world to come. John Stephenson.
Lord appears in Heaven 1891

Lord appears in Heaven              1891

     The Lord appears in Heaven as Sun and as Moon; as Sun to those who are in the celestial kingdom, and as Moon to those who are in the spiritual kingdom.- H. D. 307.
TO SWEDENBORG 1891

TO SWEDENBORG       Leonard G. Jordan       1891

     TO SWEDENBORG,

     On the 203d Anniversary of his Birth.

     Illustrious Name! How tardily the world,
     Wrapped in the veil of blind conceit,
     Doth own thy greatness on her lower plane!
     Led by the Lord from earliest youth,
     Within all courts of Nature's fane,
     Thou soughtest, simply Truth.
     Student and Master! Yet shall come the time,
     When they who love Earth's secrets to explore

68




     Shall only follow thee.
     And though our muse but this could tell
     Of thy great mind, We know full well
     That thou would'st ever stand, Peerless among mankind.

     Yet not for this alone
     Bring we our tribute now,
     And on thy natal day with laurel crown
     That noble brow!
     We honor thee more grandly still,
     The humble servant of His Will,
     Who, by what is of thee,
     Yet is not thine,
     Himself reveals,
     The HUMAN, the DIVINE.
               -Leonard G. Jordan.
light 1891

light              1891

     The light which proceeds from the Lord as Sun, is the Divine Truth, from which the angels have all wisdom and intelligence.- H. D. 307.
SWEDENBORG, THE CITIZEN OF THE WORLD 1891

SWEDENBORG, THE CITIZEN OF THE WORLD       J. E. Boyesen       1891

     THE life and career of Swedenborg afford us an illustrious example of a citizen of the world, for he was useful for the sake of use and not for the sake of honor and gain, and in all his deeds there was the humble acknowledgment of a Supreme Being.
     During his life as a student his sole idea seems to have been to become of use to his country, and with that end in view, he became a citizen to whom all may have looked as a model in social, civil, and moral life.
     Having graduated from the University of Upsala, be made a foreign tour, visiting England, Holland, France, and Germany. In these countries he added to his already very extensive knowledge. He studied the manners and customs of the people, their books of learning, their institutions, their governments, and sought the company of their learned men. Wherever he traveled he also took care to visit the places of interest, and nothing that could interest an intelligent traveler escaped him.
     It was after his return from these countries that he especially distinguished himself as a man of great learning and skill. He was instrumental in building docks and sluices, which even now are famous for their excellence and in making the plan for that canal which makes a short-cut through Sweden by means of two lakes. He made many inventions, among which may be mentioned a machine by means of which King Charles XII in his war against Norway was enabled to transport two galleys, five ships, and a sloop a distance of about fourteen English miles across the mountains dividing Sweden from that country. The offices offered to him on account of his eminence were numerous. The King assigned to him the Assessorship of the Royal Board of Mines, into the functions of which office he entered after having made another journey to Germany in order to perfect himself in the knowledge of Metallurgy. The University of Upsala offered him the professorship of Mathematics, but he declined the honor, since he had not time to devote himself to it. The Academy of Sciences invited him to become one of its members and the learned abroad also showed recognition of his extraordinary genius. The Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburgh appointed him a corresponding member and Queen Ulrika Eleonora crowned his renown by making him a nobleman. Such was the height he attained as a citizen of the world, although he himself had never sought an office. The offices were given to him purely on account of his own ability to fulfill them.
     Later in life Swedenborg traveled and resided much in other countries. Besides Stockholm, his principal places of residence were London and Amsterdam. In the latter cities he published his theological works. Everywhere he was liked, for his manners were pleasant and genial, he was polite in the highest degree and very entertaining, and strictly observant of the laws of the country in which he resided.
     He was extremely fond of children and always enjoyed their company. The children, too, were very fond of him, not only because he gave them cakes and candy, but also because he satisfactorily answered their questions. He had a peculiar capacity for adapting himself to the simple and innocent questions of children, and was thus different from most learned men, who dread these questions. And what was the reason that the children were always satisfied with his answers? Because, in his answers he would give them spiritual reasons as well as natural reasons, he would tell them of the LORD and of Heaven, and make the spiritual world, as it were, present to them.
     In conclusion it might be said that he ever humbly submitted to the leadings of the Divine Providence, and was always content with his lot. He looked forward to the time when he knew that he was to pass from this life to the other, not with sadness but with pleasure. The LORD had promised him that he should not leave this world before he had published the last work of His Revelation. When' that work was published, he was, therefore, satisfied to leave this terrestrial field of usefulness, and delighted to enter fully upon that eternal field of usefulness into which he had been introduced while yet a citizen of this world. In this happy state of mind he left this world cheerfully, because he had loved his country much, the world more, but the Kingdom of the LORD the most.     J. E. Boyesen.
heat 1891

heat              1891

     The heat which proceeds from the Lord as Sun is the Divine Good from which the angels have love- H. D. 307.
LETTER FROM THE REV. E. C. BOSTOCK 1891

LETTER FROM THE REV. E. C. BOSTOCK       EDWARD C. BOSTOCK       1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all contributions for this department to the Rev. L. G. Jordan, Secretary, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


TO THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     DEAR BROTHER:-I have read with great pleasure the account of the meeting of the General Church of Pennsylvania contained in the January issue of the Life. I desire to express, through your columns, my hearty approval of the action taken at that meeting, in severing the connection of the General Church and the General Convention.
     The action of the Convention last year in censuring the Bishop of the General Church, and in rejecting its report, emphasized the action of the year before, and I do not see that there was any course left for us but the one taken.

69



After such action as that of the Convention, neither the Bishop of the General Church, nor the General Church itself could be in the least degree free in connection with-the Convention.
     Moreover, upon those who know, acknowledge, and believe the Doctrine of the Church concerning the Second Advent of the LORD, and concerning the Priesthood as His office in the Church, rests the solemn responsibility of establishing the Church according to order. It appears manifestly impossible to do this in connection with the Convention. I think that the separation will be for the mutual good of the Convention and of the General Church.
     The action taken is also the beginning of freedom to others beside the members of the General Church.

     Some remarks are reported in the Life about a speech of mine concerning which I would like to write a few words.
     On page 23, of the January issue of the Life there is a reference by Mr. Alfred Acton to a speech of mine made at the meeting of the General Church in Philadelphia in 1889; in which I compared the state of the Convention, or rather of the New Church, as represented in Convention, to Noah. He says that this speech had great influence on the General Church at that time, and asks the Bishop concerning it. The Bishop replies:
     "I am sorry that Mr. Bostock is not here. I should like to repeat what I wrote to him: That I considered his illustration very unfortunate indeed, in view of his own desire to manifest charity. It was simply saying to the Convention, 'You are drunk, therefore we will be charitable to you.' . . . Drunkenness signifies evil. It seems to me he failed to point his charity."

     My speech was not reported in the Life at the time, and it seems only fair that the Life now print a summary of it so that just what my point was may be perfectly clear.
     For reasons that appear to every one I am willing to allow that the judgment of the Bishop concerning the state of the Church is more likely to be correct than mine, but it does not quite appear to me that I "failed to point my charity."
     The general way in which the statement is made, "You are drunk, therefore we will be charitable to you," does not fully represent the point that I made, because it leaves out one other point, viz.: "You are not drunk from a state of malice, but from simplicity; therefore, we must excuse and thus exercise charity."
     When I made the speech it was my belief that the New Church in general was in a state similar to the state of the Church Noah, though not of course exactly in the same state. I based this opinion on the position taken by so many in the Church, and which is one that I heard when I first came into the Church, and for a time received, viz.: that "we are not to believe anything which we do not comprehend."
     In Arcana Coelestia, n. 1072, we read:
     "That 'he was drunken' signifies that thence he fell into errors, appears from the signification of 'drunkenness' in the Word. They are called 'drunken' who believe nothing but what they comprehend, and therefore inquire into the mysteries of faith, which, because it is done by sensuals, or scientifics, or philosophicals, such as man has, it cannot be otherwise than that thence he falls into errors," etc.
     This state of the Church Noah is further qualified (in A. C. 1088) as follows:
     "Such was this parent Church or the man of this Church, that he did this not from malice, but from simplicity, as may appear from what soon follows, where it is said that 'Noah awoke from his wine'-i. e., that he was better instructed."
     It was very generally admitted by the members of the General Church present at the meeting referred to that the Convention had fallen into errors. The point of my appeal for charity was that, although they had fallen into errors, nevertheless, like the Church Noah, it was not from malice, but from simplicity; especially so with the people in general: and in my own mind I thought that this came, to a great degree, from misunderstanding such passages in the Writings as "Nunc Licet" (T. C. R. 508). "The angels reject that dogma that the understanding is to be kept under obedience to faith," etc. (D. F. 4), and others.
     I would like, also, to note here, that when I rose to make my remarks, I stated that I thought it was in the mind of all to do that which it seemed necessary for us to do at the time, from a spirit of genuine charity, but that I thought that it would be useful to us all to have the Doctrine concerning charity before us, viz.: "The angels excite nothing but goods and truths, and those things which are evil and false they excuse" (A. C. 1088).
     When I began the speech I was not convinced that we could better exercise charity by remaining in Convention than by separating from it.
     Admitting that the Church is not in the state represented by Noah, nor in a similar state, nevertheless it has fallen into errors from some cause. I am lath to think that the great majority of those who constitute the Church, and who are in errors, are in them from evil, or malice, but rather think that they have fallen into them from ratiocinations, the fallacy of which they are unable to see.
     From this view the point of my appeal for charity is in general as before, viz.: because they have fallen into errors not from malice, but from simplicity, therefore we ought to exercise charity toward them by excusing them in our own minds, and by endeavoring to do what we can to instruct them and thus lead them out of their errors.
     But I am thoroughly convinced that the very step just taken by the General Church is the only way in which there is any hope of dissipating the fallacies which obscure the vision and weaken the charity of the members of the New Church. Only when the Church is established on a sound basis according to the teachings of the LORD in His Second Coming, and full recognition of him in that Second Coming in His Divine Human, can the fallacies of the men of the Church be dissipated.
Yours sincerely,
     EDWARD C. BOSTOCK.
          London, England.
Divine Itself of the LORD 1891

Divine Itself of the LORD              1891

     THE Divine Itself of the LORD is far above His Divine in Heaven. The Divine Truth is not in the LORD, but proceeds from the LORD, as light is not in the sun but from the sun. The Divine Human of the LORD inflows into Heaven, and makes Heaven, and there is no conjunction with the Divine in Heaven, but with the Divine Human. This Divine inflows from Heaven, and though Heaven with man. The LORD is the all of Heaven. And He is the life of Heaven. The LORD dwells in His own with the angels.- H. D. 307.
DURING the celebration of Washington's birthday 1891

DURING the celebration of Washington's birthday              1891

     DURING the celebration of Washington's birthday, a fine picture of Washington was unveiled, and the song to "Alma Mater" was sung for the first time.

70



NEW CHURCH IN JAPAN 1891

NEW CHURCH IN JAPAN              1891

     Communicated.

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

     The New Church Pacific contains an intensely interesting history of the introduction of the New Church into Japan, which, being the first authentic account of the reception of the heavenly Doctrines by any number in a Gentile nation, is here reproduced in full.

     PROBABLY few have had any very great expectations of the establishment of the New Church in Japan in the near future. Yet recent events seem to point in that direction so hopefully that a narration of them cannot fail to be of great interest to the Church. The editor of the New- Church Pacific has therefore gained the consent of his friend, Mr. Kay Takimi, to make the following statement of facts in reference to so auspicious an event.
     There resides in the city of Tokio, in the empire of Japan, a family of influential position by the name of Takimi. Mr. Y. Takimi holds a position under the imperial government similar to that, at Washington, which we call Secretary of State. Some twenty-five years ago Y. Takimi and his wife were converted to Christianity. It was at a time when such was the prejudice against Christians, in consequence of their abuse of privileges granted them in more remote years, that it was a serious thing to embrace so unpopular a creed, and their lives were threatened if they consented to be baptized. Braving the prejudices of the multitude, however, they received baptism at the hands of a missionary and were received into the Methodist Church.
     Mrs. Takimi was of a peculiarly religious nature, and became an earnest student of the Bible. Almost from the first her mind revolted against some of the dogmas of the Church, particularly that which declared that there were three persons in the God-head. Without making any disturbance about it, she still insisted in her own family that it could not be that the missionaries were preaching pure and unadulterated Christianity. She could not find these dogmas in her Bible, and while she could not frame a statement of Christian truth that would be satisfactory even to herself, she knew that the missionaries must be somehow wrong.
     Filled with this idea, when her oldest son grew toward manhood, she sent him to America to receive a Western education, but especially to study the teachings of the various sects and to discover the true Christian religion. After a course at Harvard and a tour through Europe, he returned only to announce to: his mother that he could not discover that the teachings of the various sects differed from those of the missionaries. Still true to the inward admonition of her heart, she could not but believe that the teachings of the missionaries were not true Christian religion, and that it existed somewhere and must be found somewhere in the Christian world. Her second son was sent across the water and received his education at Yale. He was a faithful seeker at the various churches for something' higher and better than the missionary teachings. He also traveled through Europe, especially observing the various phases of religious thought. But he also was obliged to return with the disappointing news that with the exception of the differences between Catholic and Protestant sects, he could find nothing materially differing from the scheme of doctrine laid down by the missionaries.
     When Kay Takimi, the youngest son, approached the estate of manhood he became seized with a desire to visit the Western lands. His mother hesitated at first because much of their wealth, consisting of real estate and houses in Tokio, had been lost, partly by a severe earthquake there and partly by fire. But at last consent was given with the solemn promise that he would make it his first, last, and constant aim and thought to discover the true Christian religion. Arriving at San Francisco he lived for a long time at a public boardinghouse, and devoted his time to learning the language and customs of the country, to attending churches, and to cultivating the acquaintance of the people of different denominations. But he was obliged to write to his mother that he had not found anything which, in the main, differed from the teachings of the missionaries. The reply from his mother was that boarding-houses were not, perhaps, the right places to cultivate the best Christian society, and she advised him to seek some good Christian family and obtain a temporary home there.
     The average Japanese is without foolish pride. Those of most respectable families in Japan very frequently come here and enter into families as domestics, or work upon farms, while they study our language, customs, ways of work, and civilization. A member of the First New Jerusalem Society, of San Francisco, had advertised for Japanese help. A friend of Kay Takimi had answered the advertisement, but, for some reason, had not accepted the place. When Kay showed him his mother's letter, he said, "Why do you not try the place?" He went. He told them that he had never worked in his life, but that he would try to do his best. Finally an arrangement was made and he became domiciled in the household. A few days after, the family leaving home for the day, Kay was left to sweep the rooms. As he had just begun his task his eyes rested upon a large volume on the table which bore on its back the title: The True Christian Religion- Swedenborg. Amazed at the title, he said to himself: "Why, that is just what we have been looking for all these years." He opened the pages and commenced reading at ten in the morning, and so absorbed was he that it was manifest four before he was aware of the departure of time. That night he fell on his knees and thanked the LORD for having led him so providentially to the coveted truth. He at once translated the first chapter into Japanese, and sent it to his mother. Since that time he has read this work twice, also Heaven and Hell, the two volumes of the Apocalypse Revealed, Divine Love and Wisdom, Divine Providence, and is now engaged on the Four Leading Doctrines.
     When the Takimis had read this installment they at once hurried over to the house of their best friend, Mr. Case-the name is Japanese though it looks so English-though it was then ten o'clock at night, and these three, Y. Takimi, his wife, and Case, spent the rest of the night in reading the letter and conversing on the grand discovery, so much longed for, so long awaited, of the true Christian Religion! This chapter explained the Trinity; it was to them as though God had spoken! From that day there was spiritual rejoicing in the house of Takimi. Regular meetings were established. Once in six weeks the San Francisco mail came, bringing a chapter from the True Christian Religion, sometimes accompanied with a chapter from Heaven and Hell or a memorable relation translated into Japanese. A number became intensely interested and quite a large society has been formed for the study of the Writings of Swedenborg. One young lady, a student at the high-school at Tokio, declared to her father her belief in the true religion.

71



She was ordered to recant or have her father's doors closed upon her. She positively refused to deny what her heart told her to be true, and, being renounced by her family, has been received by the Takimis.
     Mrs. Takimi now felt that she had no right to withhold truths which the LORD had so-providentially sent to her. She commenced preaching them publicly in a Tokio tea-garden, by means of which she gained a number of interested students. She then visited other parts of the empire and has succeeded in creating much interest. She has established a society in Nagako with fifty members, and one in Niegato with fifty-one members. The number of members in the Tokio Society is not given. The name given to these Societies is Tokueku Cuyi (pronounced To koo-e-koo Koo-wi), which means in English, "The Society of Love and Wisdom."
     Y. Takimi is fully as enthusiastic as his wife. On her departure he said to her that as he was obliged to "remain at home, he would do his share toward spreading the true religion by publishing a paper. He considered that he needed two thousand dollars to start the paper. Having had his property swept away by earthquake and fire, he did not feel able to assume the entire risk. Consulting his friend Case, the latter advised him to appeal for funds to a wealthy political friend of Takimis.
     They did so. They stated the case to him and told him they would give five hundred dollars each, but wanted two thousand dollars. He at once said that if his friend Takimi believed that he had found the truth he was willing to risk one thousand dollars on it. An edition of one hundred and fifty of the first number was issued. Each number contains an installment of Kay Takimi's translations. The demand has so enlarged that, growing constantly, it was necessary to print one thousand five hundred of the last issue. Its name is Hooko, which being translated means, "The True Religion." It is published tri-monthly. The term Christian is left out of the title, because the work is entirely among native Japanese, and Christianity, by that name, is in such bad odor that it would repel many.
Divine Human 1891

Divine Human              1891

     The Divine Human which is in Heaven is the Divine Truth that proceeds from Him, which is light from Him as from the sun.- A. C. 6280.
CRABBE ON SWEDENBORGIANS 1891

CRABBE ON SWEDENBORGIANS       D.K       1891

     AMONG the many attacks made on the New Church during the first stages of its growth, there is one which, owing to the manner in which it was directed, is fraught with peculiar interest to Newchurchmen of the present day. This attack emanated from George Crabbe, a poet of some celebrity, who flourished in the time of Burke and Johnson; and it derives its interest from the fact, that not content with the ordinary means employed by the enemies of the Church, he framed his sarcastic sophistry in the seductive form of verse. It forms a part of the poem called "The Borough," in which the author bitterly criticises the various religious denominations. The part which refers to the New Church reads as follows:

"Some Swedenborgians in our streets are found,
Those wand'ring walkers on enchanted ground;
Who in our world, can other worlds survey,
And speak with spirits, though confin'd in clay:
Of Bible mysteries they the keys possess,
Assur'd themselves where wiser men but guess:
'Tis theirs to see around, about, above,-
How spirits mingle thoughts and angels move:
Those whom our grosser views from us exclude,
To them appear an heavenly multitude;
While the dark sayings, seal'd to men like us,
Their priests interpret and their flocks discuss.
But while these gifted men, a favor'd fold,
New pow'rs exhibit, and new worlds behold;
Is there not danger lest their minds confound
The pure above them with the gross around?
May not these Phaetons, who thus contrive
'Twixt heav'n above and earth beneath to drive,
When from their flaming chariots they descend,
The worlds they visit Sa their fancies blend?
Alas! too sure on both they bring disgrace,
Their earth is crazy, and their heav'n is base."

     It might naturally be supposed that an article of this kind, coming from a man well known in the literary circle of his day, might do much to create a false impression of the New Church in the minds of the general public, susceptible, as it was, to the blandishments of poetic imagery. Such, at least, appears to have been the idea of a zealous adherent of the Writings, who undertook to reply to it in The Intellectual Repository for the year 1812. The following lines are a copy of his reply, which, if not written with the nicety of construction of the other, is, nevertheless, worthy of attention because of the spirit which prompted its composition:

"Thus Satire stoke, and Reason thus replied;
Read ere you judge, and weigh ere you deride.
'Where wiser men but guess'-'tis ours to show
What, if they would, those wiser men might know.
To us no private key to heav'n is known,
Like his who rear'd in clouds the papal throne;
The sacred clue our pious Founder gave
Leads wand'ring man o'er paths beyond the grave.
We hold that purblind zeal of little worth
Which peers at heav'n, and stumbling walks on earth:
Truth, Good, and Use conjoin'd, is still our plan-
Love to the Lord and charity to man.

"But why compare, by heathen lore beguile
Truth's lawful sons with Phoebus' spurious child?
He, hapless youth, to ignorance a prey,
Presumptuous aim'd to guide the orb of day.
High o'er our heads, the orb of Wisdom shines,
Corrects our passions, and our soul refines.
Let fiery zealots, panting after fame,
Like Phaeton wrap half the world in flame
To light and not to burn, is our desire,
They ape the son, we emulate the sire.
Henceforth, O Bard let scoffing disappear-
Learn to discuss, and you'll forbear to sneer,
Nor break a Quixote lance against Ithuriel's spear."
                                   D.K.
Indian corn (or maize) and the Infinity of God 1891

Indian corn (or maize) and the Infinity of God              1891

     IN The True Christian Religion, n. 32, calculations are indicated, which, by showing that a land of immensity and eternity is innate in every seed, in that it may be multiplied to eternity, are of assistance to human reason in seeing the Infinity of God.
     Several students of the Academy took up with the idea. Supposing a grain of Indian corn (or maize) to yield 200 grains in a year, and supposing that every grain produced would in turn yield 200 grains, and so on, they calculated that in thirty years' time one grain of corn would yield 53,687,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 plants! Allowing the small space of two inches square, or four square inches for each stalk, they calculated that in the thirtieth year there would be needed to contain these plants, 26,746,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 number of earths, each having 200,000,000 square miles of surface!!

72



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.
     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. C. E. SCHROEDER, 13 Ashfield Terrace, Newcastle-on- Tyne.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, MARCH, 1891=121.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes, p. 57.- Spiritual Extension (a Sermon), p. 58.-"The Root of the Discordance in the New Church," p. 59.- Social Life in the Academy Schools, Philadelphia, p. 62.- Swedenborg's Birthday, p. 63.- Swedenborg, the Instrument of the LORD In His Second Coming. p. 64.- Swedenborg Education and Preparation for his Office, p. 64.- Swedenborg to his father, on his Sixty-third Birthday, p. 66.- Swedenborg the Scientist, p. 66.- To Swedenborg, on the 302d Anniversary of his Birth, p. 67.- Swedenborg, the Citizen of the world, p. 68.
     The General Church- A Letter from the Rev. E. C. Bostock, p. 68.
     Communicated.- The New Church in Japan, p. 70.- Crabbe on Swedenborgianism, p. 71.- A Type of Insanity, p. 71.
     News Gleanings, p. 72.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 72.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE Rev. Chanucey Giles, of Philadelphia, has been suffering for several weeks with rheumatism, which has prevented his holding intended lectures. He is now recovering.
     ACCORDING to the twenty-fifth annual report, recently published by the American New Church Tract and Publication Society, 4,884 copies of the Writings have been distributed free during the past year.
     Washington, D. C.-BULLETIN No 18 of time Eleventh Census, has been issued and contains the statistics of Churches. The statistics of the New Church is given in detail for every state and county. The largest Society is that of Boston, with a membership of 621, and the smallest in Hackett City, Ark., with three members. It shows further the number of New Church members in the United States to be 10,570-with 130 organized Societies, 3,200 isolated receivers, and 122 ministers. The New Church statistics have been prepared by Mr. T. W. Harris, of Cambridge, Mass.
     Massachusetts.- THE Rev. Clarence Lathbury, of the Methodist-Episcopal Church, who has studied the Writings of the New Church for some time, has resigned his position as minister of the above Church in Kensington, Conn., and is now at Cambridge preparing for the New Church Ministry.
     THE Rev. Richard Ward, Pastor of the Lancaster Society, pursuant to an arrangement with the Missionary Board of the Massachusetts Association, will preach at Worcester every Sunday evening for three months.
     THE twentieth anniversary of the Boston Highlands Society was celebrated on December 18th. An historical sketch was read showing the progress of the Society.
     Ohio.- ASSISTED by the Rev. H. H. Grant, the Rev. Frank Sewall is carrying out the will of Mrs. Mary Allen who left property valued at $65,000 in trust to him. The homestead is open to the public on Sunday afternoons. Miss Coffeen, formerly of Urbana, conducts a Kindergarten, and Mr. Grant has a class in telegraphy, short-hand, and type-writing.
     Illinois.- THE annual meeting of the Chicago Society took place January 19th, and the report shows a membership of 278, of which 53 are non-residents, part of whom meet at Englewood.
     THE Rev. L. P. Mercer preached for the Society of Christian Socialists on Sunday afternoon, January 18th.
     Wisconsin.- THE Rev. A. J. Bartels made a missionary tour through Wisconsin during January, and visited Jefferson, where he preached to about twenty and administered the Holy Sacraments. He also visited Janesville and Fort Atkinson.
     Michigan.- THE Rev. George H. Dole holds services every Sunday at Gorand Rapids and once a month at Belmont and Caledonia.
     Missouri.- THE Society of St. Louis sold their present church property on account of its unsuitable situation, and propose to buy either another more suitable building, or a lot of ground to erect a new edifice.
     Texas.- A MEETING of the General Society of the New Church in Texas was held in Galveston on February 8th, but was attended by only few members on account of much sickness throughout the State.
     Canada.- AT meetings held in Toronto on January 16th and 17th the Constitution and By-Laws for the General Church of Canada were adopted. The Rev. G. L. Allbut was elected President; Mr. W. H. Law, Recording Secretary; Mr. T. M. Martin, Corresponding Secretary, and Mr. Charles A. Ahrens, of Berlin, Treasurer.

     ABROAD.

     England.- AT the annual general meeting of the Anerly (London) Society, the report showed a membership of forty-nine, being an increase of twenty in sixteen months.
     ON January 25th, Mr. W. H. Clarton, Superintendent of the Kensington Sunday- School, London, was tendered a farewell tea. Eight volumes of New Church literature accompanied with a framed address were presented to him by the teachers and scholars. Mr. Claxton has become the leader of Brightlingsea Society.
     AT one of the free missionary concerts given in the New Church School Room at Bedford Street, Liverpool, on January 26th, the Chairman, Mr. J. Cann, introduced a Baptist Minister, the Rev. C. F. Aked, to deliver an address, which, it is stated, "was most suitable for the occasion and gave much satisfaction to all members" of the Society present.
     A MEETING of the "Lecture and Discussion Society", was held in Newcastle-on- Tyne on January 14th. The President, the Rev. J. T. Buss, delivered a lecture on two unpublished poems by Frederick Tennyson, brother of the Poet-Laureate. Rev. Mr. Buss stated that Mr. F. Tennyson was a New churchman, and that the Doctrines of New Church are set forth in these poems, which, it is understood, will be published shortly.
     A NEW feature in the services at Colchester were introduced on the Sunday before Christmas when a chapter of Luke was read an chorus. This feature is based on the teachings concerning choirs in heaven.
     THE opening services of the Ynysmeudwy New Church temple were held on January 10th and 11th. The Rev. Messrs. Rogers, of Birmingham, and Rees, of Llechryd, officiated, the former in the English and the latter in the Welsh, tongue.
     Germany.-FROM a correspondent of New Church Messenger we learn that Artope's followers meet in a hall in Berlin on each Sunday, and that the services are conducted by one or another member of the congregation. Praying is not considered necessary at these meetings, only if the leader wishes to pray, there is no objection.
     TWO men belonging to the above movement refused to serve in the Prussian army on account of their considering it to be contrary to the fifth commandment, and had instead surrendered themselves to the authorities and been submitted to forty-three days arrest at Spandau. The daily papers bring the report that they have been released from prison, and that the Emperor assisted them to migrate to America.
     France.- THE Rev. J. R. Hibbard re ports to The New Church Messenger that twenty-five persons were present at the services held in Paris on January 25th. On January 18th, a French couple, man and wife, recently interested in the New Church, were baptized.
     Australia.- THE Rev. J. J. Thornton has safely returned to Melbourne.
NEW CHURCH LIFE SUPPLEMENT 1891

NEW CHURCH LIFE SUPPLEMENT              1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND DEATHS.



     WORDS FOR THE NEW CHURCH.

In order to make this work better known, the price has been REDUCED to $1.5O a volume, bound in cloth, or 25 cents a part, postage free (former price $3.00 and 50 cents, respectively).
Vol. I contains Parts I-VI, 588 pages (5 3/4 x 9 inches). Vol. II contains parts VII-XI, 598 pages, bound uniform with Vol. I.


     TABLE OF CONTENTS

     PART I.

     THE ADVENT OF THE LORD.

I.     Prophecies of the Advent.
II.     The Successive Dispensations.
III.     The End of the Age.
IV.     The Mission of Swedenborg.
V.     Necessity of the New Revelations.
VI.     Divine Order in the New Revelations.
VII.     "Nunc Licet."
VIII.     Advent of the LORD in the New Revelations.
IX.     Outline of the Doctrines.
X.     The LORD the Only Revealer.
XI.     The Divine Authority of the Writings.
XII.     The Memorabilia.
XIII.     The Nature of the New Church.
XIV.     Conjugial Love in the New Church.

APPENDIX A.- Historia Ecclesiastica Novae Ecclesiae.
     Ecclesiastical History of the New Church.

APPENDIX B.- The Issue.
     The Old Issue Again.

NOTES.- The Old Doctrine.
     Doctrine of the Second Corning in the Primitive Church.
     Inspiration of Swedenborg.
     Authority of the New Church.
     The Pan-Presbyterian Council.
     The Conference and the Convention.
     Messengers to the English Conference.

     PART II.

     STATE Of THE CHRISTIAN WORLD.

I.     Preliminary.
II.     Signs of the Times.
Ill.     Misconceptions Explained.
IV.     The State of the Christian World.
V.     The Causes of the Decline and End of the Church.
VI.     The Light of Heaven on the State of Christendom.
VII.     Contrast of the Christians with the Gentiles.
VII.     Increase of the New Church in the Future.
IX.     Why these Revelations were not Made Sooner.
X.     The New Church to Exist Chiefly among Gentiles.
XI.     Five Special Points.
XII.     Confirmatory Outlook.
XIII.     Ultimate Triumph of the New Church in Christian Lands.

SWEDENBORG as a Translator.
     The Rendering of the Word.
     The General Conference in Great Britain.
     A Conversation During Conference Week.
NOTES.- The Writings and the Issue.
BOOK NOTICES.

     PART III.

     THE NEW CHURCH.

I.     The Prophecy.
II.     The Historical View.
III.     Points of Contrast in the First and Second Coming.
IV.     Analogy between the Incarnation and the Second Advent.
V.     Permanence of the New Church.
VI.     The New Church Conjoined with the LORD.
VII.     The Crowning Church Internal and External.
VIII.     The Priesthood in the New Church.
IX.     The Sacrament in the New Church.
X.     Piety and. Charity in the New Church.
XI.     Where is the New Church?
XII.     The New Church Celestial, Spiritual, and Natural.
XIII.     Heresies in the New Church.
XIV.     New Things for the New Church.
XV.     Science in the Light of the New Church.

NOTES.- The Translation of the Word.
     The Magazine on "Authority In the Church."
     Words for the New Church Reviewed.
BOOK NOTICES.

     PART IV.

     SCIENCE AND PHILOSOPHY.

I.     Introductory.
II.     Importance of Natural Science in the New Church.
III.     Character of the Inhabitants of this Earth.
IV.     Natural Science Considered Intrinsically.
V.     Natural Sciences the Means for an Ulterior End.
VI.     Natural Science and Revelation.
VII.     Two-fold Method of Viewing Nature.
VIII.     Natural and Spiritual Scientists.
IX.     Modern Science in the Light of the New Church.
X.     Metaphysics in the Light of the New Church.
Appended Note.
THE NEW HERESY.
NOTES.- The True Nature of Authority in the Church.
     "State of the Christian World."
     The Academy of the New Church.
BOOK NOTICES.

     PART V.

     SCIENCE AND PHILOSOPHY. (Continued.)

XI.     Analysis of Natural Science.
XII.     Genesis of Natural Science in General.
XIII.     Science in the Most Ancient Church.
XIV.     Natural Science in the Ancient Church.
XV.     Natural Science During the Prevalence of the Hebrew and Israelitish Churches.
XVI.     The Incarnation and the Institution of the Christian Church.
NOTES.- Total Abstinence.
      Authority.
     The Memorable Relations.
     The Writings and the Internal Sense of the Word.
     The Writings of Swedenborg, 1799.
BOOKS RECEIVED.

     PART VI.

     SCIENCE AND PHILOSOPHY. (Concluded.)

XVII.     Synthetic and Analytic Science.
XVIII.     The Development of Analytic Science.
XIX.     Swedenborg the Analytic Philosopher and the Master of Analytic Science.
XX.     Synthetic Science in the Church of the New Jerusalem.
XXI.     Uses of Analytic and Synthetic Science in the New Church.
XXII.     Conclusion.
An Appended Extract from Dr. Wilkinson.

NOTES.-Resume of the Issue.
     The General Conference.
     General Convention.
BOOK NOTICES.

          PART VII.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES.

I.     Conflict in the Most Ancient Church.
II.     Conflict in the Ancient Church.
III.     Conflict in the Israelitish Church.
The Incarnation.
NOTES AND REVIEWS.- The American Conference.
     The General Convention.
     The Memorial.
     The General Conference in England.
     Swedenborg and the New Church
     An Editorial in the Repository.
     Lay-Lecturing and Re-Baptism.
     "State of the Christian World."
     Alcohol.

     PART VIII.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES. (Continued.)

IV.     Conflict in the Christian Church.
     The Baptism of John.
     Ministry of the LORD.
     Commission of the Apostles.
     Day of Pentecost.
     Work of the Apostles.
     Conflict with the Jews.
     Conflict with the Empire.
     Schisms in the Primitive Christian Church.
     The Apostles.
     The Apostolic Fathers.
     The Christian Fathers.
     Judaizing Christians.
     Other Primitive Heresiarchs.
     Primitive Councils.
     The Council of Nice.
     Arianism.
     Constantine the Great.
     The Church and State.
     Reformers.
     Resume.

NOTES AND REVIEWS.- The General Conference in England.
     The General Convention.
     "An Error to be Avoided."
     "The Infinite and the Finite."
     Swedenborg Library.
     "Apocalypsis Revelata."
     "Liturgie der Neuen Kirche."

For Sale at the Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia.


     WORDS FOR THE NEW CHURCH.

     PART IX.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES. (Continued.)

IV.     Conflict In the Christian Church (Continuation):
     The Dark Ages,
     Monastic Life.
     Causes of Monachism.
     Monachism in the East.
     Simeon the Stylite.
     Monachism in the West.
     Celibacy of the Clergy.
     Resume.

NOTES AND REVIEWS.-"Swedenborg and the New Age."
     "The Problem of Human Life."
     "Ontology."
     "Autoritat in der Neuen Kirche."

     PART X.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES. (Continued.)

IV.     Conflict in the Christian Church (Continuation):
     The Crusades.
     Conflict between the Church and State.
     The Great Schism.
     The Inquisition.
     Indulgences.
     The Intermediate State.
     Purgatory.
     Wiclif.
     Huss.
     Jerome.

NOTES AND REVIEWS.-"The Wine Question."
     "The Important Issue."
     Infant and Orphan Homes.
     The Ministers' Conference.
     The General Convention.
     The Rev. James Park Stuart.

     PART XI.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES, (Continued.)

IV.     Conflict in the Christian Church (Continuation):
     The Eastern Church.
     Mohammedanism.
     The Revival of Learning.

NOTES AND REVIEWS.- The English Conference.
     "The New- Church Review."
     "The Brain."
     "The End of the World."
     "A Stand Against the Academy."
     "The New Church     Magazine."

     PART XII.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES. (Continued.)

IV.     Conflict in the Christian Church (Continuation):
     The Reformation in German Switzerland,
     Calvin and Geneva.
     Calvin and Servetus.
     The Reformation in England under Henry VIII- Scotland.
     Progress of the Reformation in Germany to the Council of Trent- Scandinavia.

NOTES AND REVIEWS.-Pseudo- Celestialism.
     "The Ministry of Sacred Things Among Men."

     PART XIII.

     THE CONFLICT OF THE AGES. (Continued.)

     Conflict in the Christian Church (Continuation):
     The Reformation.
     The Rise of the Reformation in Germany.

NOTES AND     REVIEWS.- The Government of the Church.
     The New Church Review.


     PARTIAL CATALOG OF THE ACADEMY BOOK ROOM.

[Hebrew] Scriptura Sacra sen Verbum Domini.

The Word, in Hebrew and Greek. According to the New Church Canon. Bound handsomely in full scarlet morocco, gilt edges (5 1/4 x 8 1/2 inches). Price, $9.00

The Old Testament in Hebrew, bound according to the New Church Canon, and in scarlet morocco.     Price, $5.00
The Sacred Scripture or Word of the Lord. Octavo Oxford edition, rebound according to the New Church Canon. Handsomely bound in full cochineal morocco, gilt edges.     Price, $5.00
Bound in half cochineal morocco, gilt edges.     $4.00
Bound In plain, one-half morocco, gilt edges. Postage free. Price, $3.00
Conjugial Love. Bound in half cochineal morocco, gilt edges. Postage free.     Price, $3.25
Cloth binding, 60 cents; postage, 15 cents.
Summary Exposition of the Prophets and Psalms. Price, 40 cents; postage, 5 cents.
This work will be useful in connection with the reading of the Calendar.
Also a complete stock of the Writings of the New Church; a list of which may be found in the February number of Life for 1890.
A few numbers of Originals, and also those of Swedenborg's Theological and Philosophical works in Latin, so far as obtainable. A list of them will be furnished upon application.
Photo-lithographic Copies of Swedenborg's Manuscript of Doctrina de Charitate. 44 pages (size 5 x 19 inches). Bound in cloth.     $2.50
This is a rare opportunity for every one desirous of owning something showing Swedenborg's handwriting.
Photo-litliographic Copies of Swedenborg's Presents, received by himself in the spiritual world, and annoted in one of his copies of Vera Christiana Religio, with the English translation. Price 25 cents.
Swedenborg's Philosophical and Scientific Works:
Economy of the Animal Kingdom. 2 volumes.     Price, $4.00
The Brain. Vol. I and II. Price, $7.50 each
The Soul, or Rational Psychology. Price.     $3.00
Posthumous Tracts, English. 8vo. Cloth, $1.25. American, 8vo. Paper, 35 cents.
On the Infinite. Cloth.     Price, $1.25
Ontology. 8vo. 40 pages. Paper, 30 cents.
Worship and Love of God. Cloth, 75 cents. Half morocco. Price, $2.00. Postage on above works extra.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE ACADEMY.

Words for the New Church. For description and price see above.
Discrete Degrees, in Successive and Simultaneous Order, by the Rev. N. C. Burnham. Consists of two parts: The first part treats of the growth and development of the degrees in man, from birth to adult life, and during regeneration. The second part treats of the degrees in the LORD, their assumption and glorification. The whole illustrated by forty colored diagrams, and contains 175 pages of text (6 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches). Price, $4.00; postage, 16 cents.
Conversations on Education, by the Rev. W. H. Benade. 222 pages (4 3/4 x 7 1/4 inches). Cloth, $1.00. Interleaved, full morocco, Price, $2.00; postage, 10 cents.
Documents Concerning the Disturbances caused by the Rev. L. H. Tafel in the Academy of the New Church and the General Church of Pennsylvania. 334 pages (5 5/8 x 9 inches). Cloth. Price, $1.00; postage, 15 cents.
Genesis in Hebrew, bound in limp cover. Price, 50 cents, postage free.
The Decalogue in Hebrew. Printed on bristol board, and mounted on red cloth, folded so as to represent the two tables. Size, when folded, 3 x 6 1/4 inches. Price, 6 cents.
The same in English.     Price, 6 cents.
The same. Hebrew and English. Size, when folded, 5 3/4 x 6 1/4 inches. Price, 10 cents.
The same. Hebrew and English. Folded twice. Size, 3 x 6 1/4 inches. Price, 12 cents.
Psalm xxi, v7-10.
Psalm cl.
Set to music and giving the Hebrew and English text, and also the pronunciation in English characters. Printed on bond paper.     Price, 10 cents each.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE GENERAL CHURCH OF PENNSYLVANIA.

The Journal of the General Church of Pennsylvania, from the year 1883 (the year of the re-organization) to the year 1889 can be had, bound in half leather, for $2.00, making a volume of over four hundred pages.

A Liturgy for the New Church. Contains: 1. Book of Worship; 2. Book of Responsive Services; 3. Book of Festival     Services 4. Book of Doctrines; 5. Book of Prayers; 6. Book of Sacraments and Rites; 7. The Psalter; 8. Book of Sacred Songs. 541 pages (4 3/4 x 6 3/4 inches). Cloth, $1.25 flexible morocco, gilt edges, $2.00
Calendar, Plan for Reading the Word in the Sacred Scripture and in the Writings of the New Church for the year 1891, of New Church the year 121-122.      Price, 5 cents.

For Sale at the Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891


     Vol. XI.     PHILADELPHIA, APRIL 1891=121. No. 4.
     Love truly conjugial, regarded in itself, is a union of souls, a conjunction of minds, an effort to conjunction in the bosoms, and hence in the body.- C. L. 179.



     A MARRIAGE, truly so called, is only possible between two who, looking to the LORD JESUS CHRIST alone for guidance in all the affairs of their life, wish, from Him, to be eternally united as to their souls, so as to become one soul: to be conjoined as to their minds so that the will and the thought of the one may be that of the other: and, from such union and conjunction to be conjoined corporeally in the heavenly sphere of chastity. Any marriage which has not in it the idea of eternity is a merely natural union, and, as viewed from Heaven, is only a form of legalized concubinage.



     Unless eternity be thought of, or eternal conjunction, she is not a wife, but a concubine.- D S., Pars. Ill, 2, p. 213.



     IN the world, generally speaking, marriage is conceived to be this and nothing more: a concubinage for life (with added considerations of wealth and position and a comfortable life), having the sanction of the law, and an apparent sanctification derived from the solemnity of a church ceremony-a conception well exemplified in the ritual of the Church of England, where bridegroom and bride pledge their faith and plight their troth each to the other until death doth them part, one of the reasons for commending marriage being declared, in this ritual, to be the prevention of fornication.



     From the idea of not eternal, conjugial love perishes.-D. S. Pars. III, 2, p. 213.



     It is to be feared that, in the virulent opposition to the Doctrines of the New Church on this subject, there lies congealed a decided preference for such merely natural, but legalized form of concubinage, to the pellicacy which has been prescribed in the Heavenly Doctrines by Divine Wisdom from Divine Mercy. And what is the cause of this preference? Can it be any other than that people are led astray by external appearance, and fail to see what constitutes love truly conjugial, and wherein lies the holiness and spirituality,-the essence of marriage?



     Love truly conjugial, regarded from its origin and from its correspondence, is celestial, spiritual, holy, pure and clean above every love, which is from the Lord with the angels of heaven, and which the men of the Church.- C. L. 64.



     MATRIMONY for the purpose of preventing fornication is preferred by many because it has the outward semblance of marriage. Yet in its effects upon the internals of the partners it is apt to be harmful rather than otherwise, for there is danger of commingling in it the spirituality of marriage with the unchastity of natural lust. In a milder form it has the tendency to obscure the perception of true conjugial life, and to direct the affections to the merely natural conjugial, and, even where these dangers may be escaped, it deprives both the man and the woman of the opportunity of marrying a suitable consort, with all the spiritual and celestial advantages which this involves.



     The state of marriage of a youth with a virgin is the initial itself to the genuine marriage, for between them conjugial love can proceed in its just order.- C. L. 322.



     ON the other hand, if a man, whose case is such as is provided for in the Doctrines, engages in pellicacy, he enters into a relation which, in itself, is not a desirable one, and which in the eyes of the world is far removed from the one just considered. -But how about its effectiveness to obtain the object of the LORD'S Divine Providence? The man is saved from the damage which too great a restraint of the love of the sex may entail, his mind is left in a state to think freely and reverently of the conjugial, and his liberty is preserved to enter, when the opportunity offers, into the lovely and legitimate companionship with one which is provided for those who, from their youth, have loved it, have wished for it, and have asked it of the Loan, and who have scorned and loathed wandering lusts.



     No others come into love truly conjugial, and can be in it, but those who approach the Lord, and love the truths of the Church, and do its goods.- C. L. 70.



     WHAT has been said in the preceding notes will correct any misapprehension that may have been formed from the language employed on pages 38 and 39 of New Church Life for February, where a number of cases are cited from the experience of physicians and ministers confirmatory of the Doctrine "that the love of the sex, with some, cannot, without damage, be totally restrained from going forth into fornication's (C. L. 450), and where it is stated, that, in some cases, marriage was advised: one physician being reported even, to have "prescribed" marriage.



     They who have lived in love truly conjugial, do not wish an iterated marriage. But if they contract something similar to a marriage afterward, it is done for causes separate from conjugial love.- C. L. 321.

74







     WHILE it is true that physicians who have no conception of love truly conjugial, seriously "advise" and "prescribe" marriage in such cases, such action is contrary to the "delights of wisdom concerning conjugial love" After the death of the conjugial consort, one may, indeed, for such a cause, among others, again contract matrimony, which is understood by both the man the woman to be a co-partnership for life only, and not for eternity, and which for this reason, is not offered to a virgin. And in the case of a young man, who has a prospect of marriage, the time before the nuptials may be shortened for such a cause. But, to propose marriage to a virgin primarily with the object of saving one's self from the damage resulting from too great restraint is to make of her a concubine, and not a wife, and it is to despoil her of one of her dearest rights: that of being initiated into a true marriage and its spiritual benefits in an orderly and therefore heavenly way. (See C. L. 310-314, 322, 173, 198, 199.)



     Conjugial love in its essence is nothing else, than that two will to be one.- C. L. 215.



     At first The New- Church Messenger agreed with the common-sense view of The New- Church Pacific in regard, to the New Church in Japan, "that it is far better that, the initiament of a so-much-to-be desired work should be in the hands of the Japanese themselves, who understand their own people far better than we do, and that the Church, if established, should take form according' to their own genius, than that any attempt should be made to put them into the straightjacket of Western forms."
     But now the Messenger recommends the Board of Missions of the General Convention to consider the advisability of sending a missionary to Japan.
     The Church among the Gentiles will, no doubt, have its own temptations and infestations. Why then hasten to transplant on to that soil the falses of self-intelligence with accompanying evils, which are infesting the New Church in the Christian world? The recommendation of the Messenger shows little trust in the Omnipotence of God. This is the more surprising as it follows close upon the unmistakable evidence that the Divine Providence did not need the Board of Missions, or any other New Church organization to make known the glad tidings of the LORD'S Second Advent, to the Gentiles.
     The action of the Japanese Presbyterians in establishing their own church government and revising the creeds, ought also to be convincing that the Japanese can attend to their own affairs. It is a proof of the Japanese independence of European and American interference, and betokens their intellectual superiority to Western peoples in the matter of religious thought.



     The angels are made glad, that the Advent of the Lord is now at hand, and that the Church which is now perishing in Europe, will be established in Africa, and that this is done by the Lord alone through revelations, and not by missionaries from Christians.- S. D. 4777.



     WHAT is meant by "the letter of the stiff Latin phraseology of Swedenborg," which in these days is so much spoken of by those who endeavor to prove the inferiority of the Writings, to the Letter of the Word?
     Do the decriers of the LORD'S New Revelation mean to say that the Writings have a literal sense and also a spiritual sense? This would make the Writings the same as the Word in form, a somewhat unexpected conclusion from the premises that the Writings are not the Word.



     THE very persons who have so bitterly opposed the Doctrine that the Writings of the New Church are the Internal Sense of the Word, are beginning to unveil their internal rejection of even the Letter of the Word. One can read in so-called New Church papers ministerial utterances to the effect that "the whole of the Divine Truth cannot he sealed up within the covers of any one book," and that "infallibility cannot be predicated of any book, not even of the Letter of the Word."



     The Internal Sense is the Word of the Lord in the Heavens.- A. C. 1887.
EDUCATION FOR THE CHURCH 1891

EDUCATION FOR THE CHURCH       Rev. ANDREW CZERNY       1891

     When Israel was a child I loved him; and out of Egypt have I called my son."- Hosea xi, 1.

     THE Internal sense of the words of our text teaches that by the LORD'S leading Israel into Egypt is understood that they were instructed in the first rudiments of the Church. The Writings teach that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob represent the LORD, "Abraham" represents the LORD as to the celestial; "Isaac" the LORD as to the rational; and "Jacob" the Lord as to the natural. It pleased the LORD to be born on earth, and, like any other man, to pass through the several degrees of life from infancy to maturity; and since all that He did, and all that was done to Him was done in the first place with respect to the Divine in Him and in the second place with respect to the Divine among men, therefore He provided that as much as was necessary to be known concerning Him for the instruction of men should he written in the Word and preserved to all eternity. Much of it was given prophetically before His Coming into the world, in order that men as well as angels might be instructed concerning it; that when He came He might be known as the LORD of all, and acknowledged as such. The history of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob describes prophetically the LORD'S life on earth. In the same it is foretold that He would come down on earth and what was the manner of His Corning. All this is taught in the Internal Sense of the record of the life and wanderings of these patriarchs. Our text in the Supreme Sense likewise treats of the LORD. It treats of His life on earth during His infancy, and, in a derivative sense, of the preparation of the man of the Church, likewise during His infancy; for we read:

     "When Israel was a child I loved Him; and out of Egypt have I called my son."

     "Israel" is the LORD in His Human as to the Divine Truth. In a derivative sense the spiritual kingdom of the LORD; and lastly the Church on earth. The term "Child" refers to truth, for it here treats of the implantation of the first principles of the Church with man, which is done by means of truths. The term "Child" also refers to the state of innocence in which man is during his childhood, which is a state particularly favorable to the reception of the Divine; therefore favorable to the implantation of affections and knowledges of good and truth.

75



The LORD when on earth, like any other man, went through these states of preparation with this difference, that He was taught and led by JEHOVAH or the Divine Itself; hence from within; whilst man is taught and led by external means; at first by instruction from parents, and in boyhood and youth by parents and teachers. By parents and teachers he is instructed in various kinds of knowledges which may serve him in the development of his rational, and finally as means for the introduction of spiritual and celestial things-if he suffers himself to be so led. In regard to the preparation for his future development, namely, by the implantation of knowledges, it was similar with the LORD, as it is with man; for He, too, imbibed knowledges, but only such as could be serviceable to conjunction with the Divine, whilst man imbibes many things during infancy and childhood which become rather hindrances to the accomplishment of that end. We are taught in the Writings that there are two things which prevent the man of the Church of the present day from becoming celestial; one belongs to his intellectual part, the other to his voluntary part. The impediments belonging to his intellectual part are useless knowledges which he imbibes during his childhood and youth; those that belong to the voluntary part are pleasures from lusts which he favors (A. C. 1542).
     Quite different was it with the LORD. He desired no other knowledges but such as are from the Word, for the knowledges from the Word are open even to the LORD Himself. The Word came from the LORD through the heavens, and in each and every part of it is the Divine Life of the LORD, although it does not so appear in its external form. For this reason the Lord was not willing to acquire any-other knowledges but such as are taught in the Word, which was open to Him from JEHOVAH His Father, with Whom He wished to be united (A. C. 1461).

     "When Israel was a child I loved Him; and out of Egypt have I called my son."

     What has been said so far shows that these words refer to the LORD as well as to the man of the Church. That they treat of the preparation of the LORD for con- junction with the Divine or JEHOVAH; and in a derivative sense of the implantation of the beginnings of the Church with man, which should have a similar end in view, namely, the conjunction of man with the LORD. The LORD'S instruction and preparation to that conjunction in infancy was represented by Abraham's going down into Egypt and his sojourn there. The Lord Himself, when an infant, went down into Egypt, that by it might be represented His early instruction and initiation into knowledges of good and truth from the Word.
     Man's preparation by the implantation of such knowledges was represented by the sojourn of the Sons of Israel in the Land of Egypt. This took place because "Egypt" represents the natural mind of man. The Land of Egypt is, according to its physical conformation, a long and narrow strip of land, which is not only watered by the river Nile, but derives its very origin from the same. For, the valley of the Nile is of an alluvial nature. It is formed entirely of soil washed down from the mountains of the interior of Africa. "River" or "Water" signifies the natural knowledges of good and truth, such as are contained in the Letter of the Word. But these come from a higher source. They are the Divine Truth in the most external form. By these knowledges the natural mind is formed. And the Land of Egypt is not only watered, but also confirmed by the waters of the Nile, so in like manner is the natural mind nourished and formed by those knowledges that are represented by the waters of the Nile. It is from this cause that the Land of Egypt represents the natural mind. Now the reason why Abram and the Sons of Israel went down into Egypt was because there was a famine in the Land of Canaan. By "a famine" in the world is signified a desire for the knowledges of good and truth. The spiritual mind of man derives life from within, thus from the LORD through the internal, but in order that life from the LORD may be received there must be corresponding vessels in the external mind. Knowledges of good and truth are such vessels. When these are wanting, the life from the LORD cannot be received, but is dissipated, and man perishes spiritually.
     This brings us to the practical teaching contained in our text. The subject treated of in our text is the preparation of man for the Church during his childhood; thus the education of the child, the implantation of states and knowledges, which may prepare the child later to receive the spiritual and celestial things of the Church. The Writings call attention to the fact that this is not only being neglected in the so-called Christian Church, but that every thing is done to destroy the first states of innocence with the children, and to fill their tender minds with things that, in many cases, become insurmountable obstacles to the admission of the spiritual and celestial things from the LORD. Many passages in the Writings are devoted to this subject, and, among other things, the contrast between the education of children in heaven and that on the earth is pointed out. That in heaven they are kept in a state of innocence and are early taught to resist evils and falses. How different it is in this respect on earth is shown in the following paragraph from the Arcana Coelestia. Swedenborg says:
     "I was once in the street of a great city and saw little boys fighting with each other. A crowd gathered round that looked on with great pleasure. I was instructed that the parents themselves incite their little boys to such combats. The good spirits and angels, who saw these things through my eyes, were so shocked at it that I perceived a horror, and especially that the parents excite them to such things; saying that they thus extinguish in the first age all mutual love and the innocence which infants have from the LORD, and initiate them into hatred and revenge, that they thus studiously exclude their children from heaven, where there is nothing but mutual love."
     The infernal character of this is so apparent that every right-minded, natural man must regard it with aversion. That a course like this has a most destructive effect upon the child's mind is most evident. But that the whole education at the present time has similar effects is not so apparent, and cannot be seen without a knowledge of what the Writings teach concerning it. The whole education in the Christian world has for its spiritual basis either a false idea of God, and, in consequence of it, a false idea of the destiny of man, or a total denial of God, and therefore also a denial of a life after death. Thus it has as a basis nothing but infernal falsities, which must lead to evils to the eternal damnation of man. Of the destructive effects of the religious instruction in the Christian Church upon the tender minds of the little ones, the Writings speak in unmistakable terms. They teach that to implant in infants and children the idea of Three Divine Persons to which inevitable adheres the idea of Three Gods, is to take away all spiritual milk; and hence all spiritual food, and finally all spiritual rationality; and with those who confirm themselves in it, it induces spiritual death (T. C. R. 23).

76




     Indeed very few, at the present day, think of training their children for heaven. The object of the present education is to prepare the child for the world. Self and the world are the ends in view. Whatever favors and gratifies these two loves is cultivated with the utmost zeal and industry. The hellish tendency of this latter course is not so apparent, but the results are nevertheless similar to those mentioned in the above quoted extract. It also tends to extinguish mutual love, which is that love which alone reigns in heaven; the only difference between the two is that the latter does not do it in so gross a form.
     The education of the present day has, moreover, this effect, that it induces a negative state on the mind, and to the man who is in such a state, all further education only serves to confirm him in that state, as is clear from what the Writings teach concerning the learned in the Christian world. The learned of the present day are, for the most part, in a negative state of mind, and men who think from such a state, the, more they consult things rational, scientific, and philosophical, do but so much the more plunge themselves into darkness, till at length they come to deny all things. The reason of this is, that from inferior things, no one can comprehend things superior-i. e., things spiritual and celestial, still less Divine things-for they transcend all understanding. But on the contrary, those who think from an affirmative state of mind, may confirm themselves in things spiritual and celestial by things rational of whatever kind they be and by things scientific-yea, by things philosophical, as far as lies in their power; all such things are given, them for confirmations and afford them fuller and more extensive ideas (A. C. 2568).
     Thus it is of the greatest importance that man, especially during childhood, be protected from such influences as may injure his spiritual life. During childhood angels of the highest heaven are present with man, and these keep him, as far as outward influences do not prevent, in a state of innocence, and this state is particularly favorable to the implantation of the first principles of the Church of which our text treats. The first principles or beginnings of the Church are the most general knowledges and doctrines that a child can receive. They are, for example, that there is a God; that God is a man; that He is the Father of all; that the Word is His Word; that it is holy; that there are angels; that they are with the child, and see all that the child does; that they protect it as far as they can from harm, etc. These are some of the first principles of the Church which a child can be taught, and which as the child grows up can be expanded indefinitely. They are, as it were, the outlines of a future faith which at every period, of the child's development can be infilled with such particulars as may be suited to the apprehension of the child. Then in childhood man accepts everything as true that he is taught by parents and teachers. He does not as yet think for himself. He trusts in the' judgment of others; thus thinks and speaks from others. This confidence of the child in the judgment of parents: and teachers should be carefully preserved, and never under any circumstances be allowed to be impaired. This confidence with the child is a semblance of the state of affirmation with the adult, which is the very state in which man must he if he would be saved. It is that state of which the Writings teach-that it leads to all intelligence and wisdom; for the confidence of children in parents and teachers corresponds to the trust of man in the LORD and the Church, and that those who are in an affirmative state of mind can be led into all intelligence and wisdom is evident, for they are ever ready to receive instruction in the truth; to acknowledge and to receive the same. They suffer themselves to be instructed in the Divine Truth, and to be elevated into more interior states. The reverse is the effect of a negative state of mind. Such a state of mind leads to and confirms more and more in a denial of the LORD and of all spiritual and divine things. The state of affirmation should, therefore, most carefully be fostered in children. All influences that might in the least impair the same should he kept away from them.
     All spiritual development begins in the inmost of man. The inmosts through the outermosts form all the intermediates; in other words, the LORD, from the inmosts of the mind, through its outermosts, which are the memory and the senses, forms the intermediate degrees of the mind. This shows how much the future natural as well as spiritual development of man depends upon his first states. The inmosts of the mind are good with every man. They are the habitation of the LORD. They are above all harmful influences. They remain intact to all eternity with the good as well as with the evil. But in order that the middle degrees of the mind may be molded into a form corresponding to the inmost, the wind must be imbued with good and orderly knowledges and affections. As already stated, the reason why the man of the present day cannot become celestial is that by education he received many useless scientifics, and is led into pleasures that favor his lusts.
     Since man is to be developed and perfected from his inmosts by external means, it is evident that knowledges and impressions corresponding to the various degrees of his mind should be implanted in successive order. At first only corporal and sensual, but innocent impressions. Through the senses the internal must first be nourished and developed. As respects the first material of instructions, it should be from the Word. The Word is given in that very form, namely, that in it inmost things are in things most external. The very Divine Truth is given in simple narratives and parables suited to the apprehension of the child. In the Letter of the Word the Divine is, moreover, in its fullness, in its holiness, and in its power. What the effect of these historicals must be upon the infantile mind is clear; for where there are as yet no falses and evils to hinder the influx of good and innocence from the LORD, the angels have a good field to work in, where by means of such knowledges they can awaken a variety of lovely and innocent thoughts and affections with the child.
     That the Letter of the Word contains in a supereminent degree the material for the first instruction of man during the age of infancy and childhood is taught in many places in the Writings. Indeed it is not only accommodated to these states, but was especially provided for them. Thus we read in the Arcana Coelestia:
     "The reason that the Divine Arcana of the Word were given in an historical form was in order that they may be read by children and the simple-minded, so that when through these historicals they are in a holy [state] angels may be with them in the holiness of the Internal Sense; which Internal Sense is accommodated to the intelligence of angels, while the external sense is accommodated to the intelligence of man" (n. 3983).
     And in another place we read:
     "The historicals of the Word were given in order that children and boys might through them be initiated into the reading of the Word, for it contains most delightful narratives, which are impressed upon the minds and by which they are in communication with heaven, which is lovely, because they are in a state of mutual love. This is the reason why a Historical Word was given" (A. C. 6333).

77



These and similar passages point out the course that should be pursued in the education of children. The work of the parents and teachers should go hand in hand with the work of the angels. The angels constantly inflow with affections of good and truth, and especially with affections for the knowledges of good and truth. Such knowledges should, therefore, be provided, in order that these affections may be satisfied, and the angels, or, what is the same, the LORD through the angels, may continue the work. According to the quantity and quality of such knowledges can the mind be developed-can the intermediate degrees be built up and perfected. The love of acquiring knowledges, which is noticeable in children quite early, comes from the angels that are with them. For it is not according to order that knowledges should be received by an internal way; and since the mind cannot be developed without knowledges, therefore the angels excite a desire for them with the child, and they are delighted when the proper material is offered them. As the child develops other knowledges must be added. But if it is to be well with the child, only such knowledges must be given as may be serviceable to the spiritual principles already received. Without scientifics man has not even the power of thinking. That faculty he cannot exercise without such means, for the internal thinking which flows in from the angels cannot ultimate itself until there are knowledges in the memory that can be arranged into a form corresponding to the operations of that internal faculty. Now if the very power of thinking is limited by the quantity of knowledges possessed by man, certainly the quality and perfection of that faculty must depend still more upon the quality of his knowledges. Accordingly, we are taught that according to the quantity and quality of knowledges possessed by man can man be reformed and regenerated; and the reformation and regeneration of man should be the ends in view in all education. Amen.
Lord dwells 1891

Lord dwells              1891

     The Lord dwells in His own with the angels.- H. D. 307.
LORD REVEALS HIMSELF IN HIS DIVINE HUMAN 1891

LORD REVEALS HIMSELF IN HIS DIVINE HUMAN              1891

     IT is claimed that the tenet that the Heavenly Doctrine is the Divine Human of the LORD, is new, and that it has never before been maintained by The Academy of the New Church, or by those who are in sympathy with this body. Surely this is not intended as a rational argument against the truth of the tenet! Is the Truth any the less true because men are slow in coming to a recognition and acknowledgment of it?
     But, in this case, it happens that the claim of the novelty of the position is not based upon fact. The position which the Academy was formed to maintain was first outlined in a formal treatise by its founder, the Rev. W. H. Benade, four years before the Academy came into existence and a few days before the author of the treatise was consecrated to the third degree of the priesthood.
     On the 31st day of May, in the year 1873, during the meeting of the American Conference of New Church Ministers, the Rev. W. H. Benade, then Secretary of that body, delivered the annual address, the subject of which was "The Standard of Authority in the New Church."
     The motto of this address was the statement in Swedenborg's Ecclesiastical History of the New Church, "That there was inscribed on the Books: 'The Coming of the LORD,' on all in the Spiritual World. By command, I likewise inscribed the same upon two copies in Holland."
     The doctrine presented in this address became the corner-stone of the Academy of the New Church, and has recently become the cause of separation between the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America and the General Church of the Advent of the LORD. This treatment of the subject has hitherto remained unsurpassed for its clearness, fullness, and force. But for its length (it fills twenty-one pages of the Journal of the Conference), it would be reprinted in these columns, as it expresses the principles of the Academy as fully at the present day as it did when the Academy was established.
     The following extinct will suffice to show what was held at that time, and what is the position of the Academy and of the General Church at the present day:
     When the LORD came into the world, He came as 'the Word made flesh,' and thus was Immanuel, God Himself, with us; and when He glorified his Humanity, He fulfilled or filled the Word or Divine Truth full of the Divine life, even as to every jot and tittle of its ultimate natural sense, thereby making Himself perpetually Immanuel, God with us, which is God-man. Wherefore, as in the heavens, and to the heavens, the LORD is, and appears, a man; so in the Church, and to the Church, He is, and appears, a man. And this His being and appearance in the heavens and in the Church is the Word, or Divine Truth from Divine Good. Hence is the Word, even in its very literal sense, in the human form, treating of the LORD every where as a man, existing and operating as a. man (A. C. 6321, 5272, etc.), and, in its spiritual sense, now opened to our understandings, revealing Him transfigured on the mount of His infinite love as the Divine Man, 'with his face shining as the sun, and his raiment white as the light' (Matt. xvii, 2; A. E. 405, 401, 594; H. H. 129, 180; A. C. 6752, etc.). The Word, therefore, or the Divine Truth in the heavens and in the Church, and thus in the world; or the one only divine standard of all true thought and good living is the LORD Himself in His Divine Humanity. What is revealed in the Word is the LORD in His Divine Humanity; what is revealed by the Word made flesh and fulfilled is the LORD in His Divine Humanity; what is revealed from or out of the Word, in doctrine drawn therefrom, is the LORD in His Divine Humanity (T. C. R. 780). All revelation is the Coming of the LORD in His Divine Humanity, and every such coming is an accommodation of Himself of His Truth, and His Good to the states and conditions, to the needs and wants of His human creatures. Every revelation, therefore, as a coming of the LORD, is a purely Divine work, the work of the infinite Divine Humanity; whether it be effected by the medium of angels, as in most ancient times, or by the medium of a written Word, as in the ancient and later Jewish times; or by the medium of the humanity assumed by the LORD in time, as at the end of the Jewish and the beginning of the Christian age; or by 'the instrumentality of a man before whom He has manifested Himself in Person, and whom He has filled with His Spirit, to teach from Him, the doctrines of the New Church by means of the Word' (T. C. R. 779).
     "Hence we are taught concerning this last revelation that the second coming of the LORD is not a coming in person, but in the Word, which is from Him, and is Himself" (T. C. R. 776-779, etc.). But how is this Second Coming of the LORD in the Word effected? Not by the giving of the Word in the letter, for this had been done long ages before.

78



Not by the fulfillment of the Word, for this had been accomplished centuries before (T. C. R. 261, etc.). Not by the provision of a new Word in a literal form, for this was impossible, seeing that the LORD had filled every jot and tittle of the Word full of the Divine life, and so had made it Divine Truth Itself, in last, as it was in first principles (Ibid.). Not thus was His Second Coming effected, but by the opening of the Word as given and fulfilled by Himself; by a revelation of its spirit and life to the understandings of men (T. C. R. 776-778, etc.); by the unfolding of its spiritual sense, in which resides the divinity of the Word (T. C. R. 196-200, 207, 222, 243, etc.), that Divine Humanity of the LORD, which makes Heaven and the Church, and which is 'the true light that lighteth every man that cometh into the world' (John, i, 9). And this opening, this revelation, this unfolding is given in the doctrines of the New Church, which are the spiritual sense of the Word (T. C. R. 217-222, 225-242; A. C. 2859, 2531, 2762, 3712, 9025, 9409, 9430; S. S. 25, 26, etc.), wherein the LORD comes and manifests Himself to men in the infinite divinity of His Humanity, as the Divine Truth from the Divine Good. Now, if the Word is what it means; in other words, if the Word is its own sense, the living Divine Truth of the LORD, enveloped and embodied in a series of senses from first to last, then is it clear that the doctrines of the New Church, as that spiritual sense of the Word wherein its divinity resides, are the Divine Word in its spirit and life, as now given to the New Church, and thus that they are 'the Second Coming of the LORD Himself, in the Word, which is from Him, and is Himself.' And herein, too, is the fulfillment of His own promise to come again in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory (Matthew, 30; Mark xiii, 26; Rev. i, 7), by which is signified the manifestation of Himself in the Word, effected by the opening and revealing of its internal or spiritual sense, for in this sense is the Divine Truth itself, such as it is in the heavens, and the Divine Truth in heaven is the LORD: Himself there (A. E. 594; Cf. A. C. 4056-4060, 2120, 10,574, 10,604; S. S. 112; T. C. R. 271, etc.)."
They who are in Heaven 1891

They who are in Heaven              1891

     They who are in Heaven are in the Lord.- H. D. 307.
CAUSES OF DIVISIONS IN THE CHURCH 1891

CAUSES OF DIVISIONS IN THE CHURCH              1891

     THE Christian Church, from its infancy, has been infested and rent asunder by schisms and heresies, until they are almost without number. The causes of so many seditions and divisions in the Church are principally three:
     First, That the Divine Trinity was not understood.
     Second, That there was no just knowledge of the LORD.
     Third, That the passion of the cross was taken for redemption itself.
     To head the man of the Church back into the way of truth, the LORD has revealed what is true faith, what is spurious faith, and what is hypocritical faith.
     There is only one true faith, and that is in the LORD GOD, the SAVIOUR, JESUS CHRIST, and it is with those who believe Him to be the Son of God, the God of heaven and earth, and one with the Father.
     Spurious faith is every faith which recedes from the true, which is the only one, and it is with those who climb up some other way and regard the LORD not as God, but only as a man.
     Hypocritical faith is no faith.
     Since the Church, shortly after its establishment, entered upon its decline by the adoption of a faith in three Divine Persons, therefore, when the LORD made His Second Coming and established a New Church in Heaven and on Earth, He called together a Council of Clergy, in the Spiritual World, to whom it was told from Heaven that they should deliberate concerning the LORD the SAVIOUR. They did so, and their deliberations, which were confirmed from the Word, ended in the conclusion "That in the LORD the SAVIOUR there is a Divine Trinity, which is the Divine from Which, which is called the Father; the Divine Human, which is called the Son; and the Divine Proceeding, which is called the Holy Spirit; and that, thus, there is ONE GOD in the Church." After the Council was ended, those who sat in it were conducted in glory into the New Heaven, with which the Church of the LORD, upon earth, which is the New Jerusalem, will be conjoined.
     The most important duty of this Church of the LORD on earth, which is the New Jerusalem, is to maintain the true faith, thus solemnly adopted in the other world; and this is done by constant study of the Divine Truth revealed concerning the LORD, is subject which cannot be exhausted to eternity, but the more that one devotes affectionate study to it, the greater is his extension of thought into angelic societies, and the more numerous and enlightening truths does he see and receive.
     A danger threatens the New Church in this, its infancy, similar to that which led to the adoration of three Divine Persons in the First Christian Church. But, of the Divine Mercy of the LORD, the causes of the lapse of that Church have been revealed, and the New Church can investigate these causes and go direct to the LORD in His Divine Truth for help against threatening dangers. These causes, which should be seriously considered, were:
     First, That the Divine Trinity was not understood.
     Second, That there was no just knowledge of the LORD.
     Third, That the passion of the cross was taken for redemption itself.
Heaven 1891

Heaven              1891

     Heaven corresponds to the Divine Human of the Lord.- H. D. 307.
DIVINE TRINITY 1891

DIVINE TRINITY              1891

     THE faith of the New Heaven and of the New Church, in the universal form, is this: That the LORD, from eternity, who is JEHOVAH, came into the world that He might subjugate the hells and glorify His Human; and that without this no one of mortals could have been saved; and that they are saved who believe in Him.
     It is said "in the universal form" because this is the universal of faith; and the universal of faith is that which will be in all and single things.
     The first universal of faith is that God is one in Essence and in Person, in whom is the Divine Trinity, and that the LORD GOD the SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST is He.
     In a general way this is acknowledged by all in the New Church, but unless the general acknowledgment be infilled with particular truths it is obscure and may easily be directed to something spurious.
     What, then, is the Divine Trinity in God, in Essence, and Person One?
     The Trine in the One Person, thus in the LORD, is the Divine Itself, which is called the Father; the Divine Human, which is the Son; and the Divine Proceeding, which is the Holy Spirit; and thus the Trine is One.

79




     This teaching is well to be noted, for it must accompany us throughout our consideration of this Most Holy Subject. The Divine Itself, called the Father; the Divine Human, called the Son; and the Divine Proceeding, called the Holy Spirit are in the one God, in His Divine Essence and Person. This must be clearly recognized at the outset. No separation of any kind can be made in this Time as between three substances, or entities, or manifestations. The Divine Trinity is one in Essence and Person, one and Indivisible.
     To the merely natural man this is incomprehensible, but it is true nevertheless, and reason, if at all enlightened by the Divine Truth, can see it. The merely natural man must needs present the Trinity to himself under the aspect of three distinct appearances, or manifestations, or entities, or objects, or even persons. And for this reason the appearance of JEHOVAH to the LORD in His early life on earth,-when the LORD, from the Divine in His Human, perceived the Divine Itself, the Human Divine, and the Holy proceeding, and that the Trine was one,-is clothed in the literal sense of the Word in the narration of an event in Abraham's life, when he "lifted up his eyes and saw, and behold, three Men were standing above him," whom he subsequently addressed in the singular number "my Lord" which signifies that the Trine is One, that the Divine itself, the Human Divine, and the Holy proceeding are the same as the LORD, and the LORD the same as JEHOVAH. No others separate this Trine, which is in One, but they who say that they acknowledge one Supreme Ens, the Creator of the Universe. This is excused in the case of those who are out of the Church, but those within the Church who say this do not, indeed, acknowledge any God, although they say and sometimes think so; still less do they acknowledge the LORD.
     The Human, which the LORD had from the mother, He put off entirely, and put on the Human Divine, when He passed out of the world, and returned to the Divine Itself; in which He was from eternity (John xvii, 6) together with the Human made Divine; from each of which is the Holy, which infills the universal Heaven. Thus, from the Divine Itself and the Human Divine, through the Holy proceeding, He rules the universe.
Man 1891

Man              1891

     Man, as to all and single things, corresponds to Heaven.- H. D. 307.
SWEDENBORG'S "OLD- CHURCH" TEACHINGS 1891

SWEDENBORG'S "OLD- CHURCH" TEACHINGS              1891

     SWEDENBORG once heard angels discoursing about God, that His Divine is Divine Esse in Itself, and not from Itself, and that it is One, the Same, Itself, and Indivisible. After the discourse, the angels perceived in Swedenborg's thought the common ideas of the Christian Church, concerning a trinity of persons in unity, and their unity in the trinity relating to God; and also concerning the birth of the Son of God from eternity; and then they said, "What-are you thinking? Do you not derive those thoughts from natural light, with which our spiritual light does not agree? Wherefore, unless you remove them from your mind, we shut heaven to you, and depart." "But then," continues Swedenborg, "I said, "Enter, I beseech you, more deeply into my thought, and perhaps you will see an agreement." They did so, and saw that by three persons I understood three proceeding divine attributes, which are CREATION, REDEMPTION, and REGENERATION; and that those are attributes of one God; and that, by the birth of the Son of God from eternity, understood His birth foreseen from eternity and provided in time; and that it is not above what is natural and rational, but contrary to what is natural and rational, to conceive that any Son was born of God from eternity; but not so,-to conceive that the Son, born of God by the Virgin Mary in time, is the only, and the only begotten and that to believe otherwise is an enormous error. And then I told them that my natural thought concerning the trinity of persons and their unity, and concerning the birth of a Son of God from eternity, was from the doctrine of faith of the Church which has its name from Athanasius. Then the angels said, 'Well.' And they requested me to say from their mouth that if any one does not approach the very God of heaven and earth, he cannot come into heaven, because heaven is heaven from Him, the only God, and that this God is JESUS CHRIST, who is the LORD JEHOVAH, from eternity Creator, in the Redeemer, and to eternity Regenerator; thins who is the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; and that this is the gospel which is to be preached. After these things, the heavenly light, which was before seen, returned over the opening, and, by degrees, descended thence, and filled the interiors of my mind, and illustrated my ideas concerning the trinity and unity of God. And then I saw the ideas, which I had at first entertained concerning them, and which were merely natural, separated, as chaff is separated from wheat by winnowing, and carried away, as by a wind, to the northern region of heaven, and there dispersed.
     If angels, who are in an affirmative attitude toward the LORD'S Revelation, were misled by the thoughts which Swedenborg had from the doctrine of the Old Church, it is not surprising that Newchurchmen, and especially those who assume a negative attitude toward the LORD'S Revelation, are misled by expressions of this thought in Swedenborg's Adversaria, where such statements occur as the following:
     ". . . All the persons of the Divinity, which were three, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; concurred in the work of creation" (Adv. I, pp. 5, 6).
     The reader whose mind has not been duly prepared, or who is in a negative attitude, would, without fail, conclude from this statement that Swedenborg. at the time of writing the Adversaria, believed in the existence of three Divine Persons, each one of whom, singly, was God. But from his experience with the angels, and from his asseveration, "From my infancy I have not been able to admit any other idea than that of ONE GOD" (T. C. R. 16), it is evident that such a conclusion rests on a fallacious appearance.
     If this is true of what he has written about God, about the Inmost and Beginning of all things of the Church, it must be equally true of every other theological teaching of his in or out of the Adversaria which appears to agree with the tenets of the consummated Church and to disagree with the Doctrines of the New Church. As, for instance, of what is said of the devil's having been good in the beginning, and an angel of light, but that he fell, and with his crew was cast out of heaven (Adv. II, 136, et al).
BECAUSE an article is not answered 1891

BECAUSE an article is not answered              1891

     BECAUSE an article is not answered it does not follow that it is unanswerable.
Greatest Man 1891

Greatest Man              1891

     Heaven, in general, is as on Man, who is therefore called the Greatest Man.- H. D. 307.

80



FLOWERS 1891

FLOWERS              1891

     THE budding, blossoming, and producing of fruit by a fruit-tree is a representative image of man's regeneration, the production of leaves being an image of the formation of man's rational faculty by the truths of faith and their rational perception in the mind, the formation of flowers being an image of the endeavor and intention of doing what the truth teaches, and the fruit itself is an image of the goods of life which are procured by a life according to the truths of faith.
     Concerning the correspondence of flowers, we read:
     "'And the flower thereof ascended.' This signifies the state near regeneration, as appears from the signification of the flower which buds forth from the tree before the fruit, as denoting the state before regeneration. The budding and fructification of a tree represents the re-birth of man. The growing green from the leaves represents the first state, the blossoming the second, or the next before regeneration, and the fructification the third, which is the state itself of the regenerate; hence it is that leaves signify the things of intelligence, or the truths of faith, for these are the first things of the rebirth or regeneration, but the flowers are the things of wisdom, or the goods of FAITH, because these next precede the re-birth or regeneration, and the fruits the things of life, or the works of charity, as these are subsequent and constitute the state itself of the regenerate. Such things exist in the vegetable kingdom from the influx of the spiritual world" (A. C. 5116).
     Of natural men, who do not believe in the influx of the spiritual world into the natural, by which all production is effected, it is said in the Writings:
     "Does any one of them when he sees the trees and other plants in blossom consider that it is as it were the manifestation of their gladness, in consequence of their producing fruits or seeds? They see that flowers precede and are continued, even till they have the beginning, of fruit or seed in their bosom and so convey their juice I there into. If they knew anything concerning the re-birth or regeneration of man, or rather if they were willing to know it, they would also from the similitude see in those flowers a representative of the state of man before regeneration, viz.: that at that time he in like manner-blossoms from the good of intelligence and wisdom-that is, in interior gladness and beauty-because he is then in the endeavor to implant the good of intelligence and wisdom into the life-that is, to produce fruits; that it is such a state cannot be known by them, because the nature of the interior gladness and beauty, which are represented, is not at all known by those who are only in the gladness of the love of the world and in the delights of self-love: the gladnesses and delights [of the love of the world and self-love] cause the [interior gladness and beauty] to appear joyless and undelightful, insomuch that they hold them in aversion; and when they bold them in aversion they also reject them as somewhat offensive, or of no value, consequently they deny them, and at the same time they deny that there is anything spiritual and celestial: hence arises the insanity of the present age, which is believed to be wisdom" (A. C. 5116).
     We may see from these things, that the flowering of a tree represents that state in man when he is in the endeavor of implanting the goods of intelligence and wisdom into the life, and at the same time is in interior gladness and beauty. - This endeavor to do those things which he sees to be true, although it seems to be from himself, yet it is not so, but from the LORD through heaven. The knowledges of truth in his mind are like seeds, the rational perception of them like leaves, and the endeavor to do them like flowers, and all these represent things from the LORD which are received by man as it were by his own power. All vegetable production and creation is from the influx of the spiritual World into the natural, the influx from the natural sun co-operating; and this energy again is derived from the influx of the spiritual sun. And so man derives all his powers and energies from the influx of the LORD, spirits, and angels, into the forms and faculties of his mind. Thus all the endeavor of doing the truth comes from the influx of the spiritual world, from the Loan and heaven, and we are taught that:
     "The Divine continually flows in; for from influx comes endeavor, from endeavor comes energy, and from energy effect," and this takes place not only in the subjects of the vegetable and animal kingdom, but also in man, and in the operations of his mind, that all the deeds of his life must be produced from a certain energy or exercise of power; this energy must come from endeavor, and this, again, is derived from the influx of the Divine into the interiors of his mind.
     The formation of this endeavor in the mind is by means of the teaching of the Divine Truth and the rational perception that it is true. For after seeing the truth of a thing, one begins to see that it must be done, and this perception of a duty of doing the truth is the beginning of the formation of the flower state. As the formation of leaves precedes the production of flowers, so the intellectual perception of truth precedes the perception of the duty of living according to the truth.
     In nature it seems sometimes as though the production of flowers preceded the production of leaves. Many trees blossom before, or simultaneously with the production of leaves in spring, and thus it would seem as though flowers could be produced without the aid of leaves, and, correspondingly, that a sense of duty and endeavor to do it con Id precede the rational perception of the truth. But wherever flowers are produced early in spring, the buds from which the flowers come are formed during the preceding season, and the energies of the plant and the purifying processes of the leaf function are directed to the formation of these flower buds, and they lie dormant, being well protected, during the winter season, but are ready to burst forth into full bloom in the first season of spring, when the heat and light are conjoined in equal proportion as they come from the sun, and are received by the earth. So, correspondingly, is it the case with the mind of man; whilst intellectually engaged in the perception of truth in the rational mind; whilst seemingly absorbed in the exercise of the intellect alone; whilst he seems to be thinking nothing of his duty of doing the truth, there is still going on in the mind deep beyond observation an implantation of remains, a pleasure and delight in the truth from the will which seemingly is a merely intellectual pleasure, and yet this pleasure and delight in the rational thought, and the perception of truth in the understanding will be the means at some future time of producing the good of life.
     After a season of intellectual activity, the mind sometimes seems to lose its interest in the truth. It is then like the tree whose leaves fall off in autumn and which is bare through the winter, seemingly dead. So man may pass through states of indifference and coldness toward the truth and the Church, but the remains implanted in the earlier stages are not destroyed, but only indrawn and preserved by the LORD for future use, and at the proper time, after experiencing the unsatisfactory states of cold and indifference, he returns to the truth, to the Church, to the LORD, with renewed affection and zest, and thus makes a new advance in the work of regeneration.

81



His intellect is elevated anew, his affections grow warm and are enkindled toward the truth, and instead of looking upon the truth as a mere intellectual means of exercise, he grasps the end and purpose for which it was given, and sees clearly that the truth in every form is for the sake of use. There is an end and purpose in every form of truth, and that end is a use to the LORD and the neighbor. And in this perception of truth from use he is not merely content with thinking it, but he is in the endeavor of doing it. His will has an intense impulse in the direction of doing it. It loves and desires the truth for the sake of use. It takes an intense delight and pleasure in thinking of the truth as a means of doing uses, and the understanding itself is a receptacle of all this delightful thought, affection, energy, and desire of doing. Thus man buds and blossoms and is prepared in a state of delight for the work of doing the good of use continually.
     In the Writings in many places we are taught, that plants do not possess sex, as is commonly supposed, but that the subjects of the vegetable kingdom are all masculine, the earth being the common mother.
     In The True Christian Religion we read:
     "It has been taught by the learned that the processes of vegetation, not only of trees, but also of all shrubs, correspond to those of human prolification. I will therefore add something on this subject, by way of appendix. In trees and in all the other subjects of the vegetable kingdom there are not two sexes, a masculine and a feminine, but every one of them is masculine, the earth alone or the soil is the common mother, thus as the woman, font receives the seeds of all plants, opens them, carries them as it were in the womb, and then nourishes them, and it brings them forth-that is, ushers them into the day-and afterward clothes and sustains them. When the earth first opens a seed the beginning is with the root, which is a kind of heart; from this it emits and transmits sap, like blood, and so makes, as it were, a body provided with limbs; its body is the stem itself, and the branches and their branchlets are its limbs. The leaves which it puts forth immediately after birth are for lungs; for as the heart without the lungs does not produce motion and sensation, and by these vivify the man, so without leaves the root does not cause a tree or a shrub to vegetate. The blossoms which precede, the fruit are means for straining the sap, which is its blood, and of separating its grosser from its purer parts; for forming in their own bosom, for the influx of these parts, a new little stem; by which the strained sap may flow in, and so initiate and by successive steps form fruit (which may be compared to the testicle), in which the seeds are perfected" (T. C. R. 585).
     This statement that the earth is the common mother, all the subjects of the vegetable kingdom being males, is repeated in a number of passages in the Writings, so that it is the general truth in which all particulars should fit (C. L. 206, 397; Cor. 27; D. L. W. 310, 316). Nevertheless, there is an appearance of truth in the ideas of the scientists that plants have sex; a more correct way of teaching it-would be that they have the appearance of sex, but that it is not actual sexuality, because the production of the vegetable is not a new individual but only seed, which is a male product.
     The male in general is created to be a form of the understanding and the female to be a form of the will, but we are taught in Heaven and Hell:
     "Every one whether man or woman, enjoys understanding and will; but still in the man the understanding predominates, and in the woman the will; and the character of the human being is determined by the predominating faculty" (H. H. 368).
     Thus in the male there is will and understanding, and in the formation of the seed it is conceived in the understanding and formed in the will, and is afterward brought forth as a birth. So, also, in plants there is something similar to sex, but it is not sex, and yet in this appearance of sex we can see as in an image the relation of the will and understanding.
     That there is an appearance of sex in plants we are taught in the following:
     "Vegetables in many things refer to such things as are of the animal kingdom; as that they exist from seed, that there is in it, as it were, what is- prolific, that they produce a shoot like an infant, a stem like a body, branches like arms, a top like a head, barks like skins, leaves like lungs; that they grow up in years, and then flower like brides before marriage, and after those things they expand, as it were, wombs or eggs, and they bear fruit I like a fetus, in which are new seeds, from which, as in the animal kingdom, prolifications and fructifications of the same species or family are given. These, with many other things which have been observed by those skilled in the botanical art, which institute a parallelism between those two kingdoms, indicate that the conatus and endeavor to such things is not from the natural world but from the spiritual world" (A. E. 1203. See also A. C. 8603).
     In representing the regeneration of man as to his intellectual part, and the formation of the new will in the intellectual part; thus in the regeneration of spiritual men, we find in the Writings comparisons with the various processes of vegetable formations from flowers to fruit used as comparisons and as correspondences of this regenerative process (as in A. C. 5113 to 5127)
     "The influx of the intellectual into the sensual subordinate thereto is here treated of, therefore, in the dreams [of the butler of Pharaoh] there appeared a vine with shoots, flowers, clusters, and grapes, by which things influx and the rebirth of that sensual is described."
     Although there is a similarity to sex in plants, and such similarity also corresponds to the process of regeneration or rebirth, yet we must guard in the use of these things against confirming ourselves in the idea that plants actually have sex. But with this caution we may proceed and see if we can see something of the process of regeneration as in an image or mirror in the natural flower, and its progression to the state of fruition.
     A perfect flower consists of several parts; there is a receptacle on a stalk which holds the various parts of the flower, a calyx or cup, usually green, which is underneath the blossom, petals usually colored in bright colors, which are generally the most conspicuous parts of the flower. Stamens, which produce pollen by which the flower is fertilized and enabled to produce fruit, and a pistil or pistils for the reception of the pollen, and in the bosom of which is the embryo of the seed surrounded by the parts which become the edible fruit. Every particular part of the flower is an image of something in the mind, which is in the endeavor of producing the good I of use.
     The receptacle of the flower which holds the various parts, maybe compared with the rational understanding of man, which is the first receptacle of spiritual truth. The calyx, or cup of green leaves, may be compared with the truth as it is first perceived in the rational mind in which there is little delight. The petals; beautifully colored and most delicately formed, may be compared with the truth which is perceived with most intense delight and pleasure, and which perception and delight as they flow in are further prepared and directed toward the end or purpose of being of use to the neighbor, so that the petals of flowers so delightful to the eye maybe seen to be images of the interior delight in perceiving the truth which directs the mind toward the performance of a good use.

82




     Interiorly within the blossom and generally not so conspicuous as the petals are the stamens and pistils. The stamens are an image of the understanding, and the pistil of the will. The stamens receive the elaborated and purified juices of the tree, and form therefrom minute grains, beautiful in form and structure, which contain a fertilizing principle that is essential in the production of fruit. We have seen that the flower is the beginning of the fruit and represents the conatus, or endeavor to do the things which the Divine Truth teaches. What is it in this endeavor, which is the essential fertilizing principle to which the stamens with their pollen must correspond? Is it not the perception of the Divine truth as a form of use to the neighbor? To perceive this truth as a form of use, as something that must be done is the reception of truth from good by the understanding, and as that truth is received and digested and put into such shape that its usefulness is clearly seen, it is thereby prepared for reception in the will, and may thence come forth in the life. The perception and elaboration of truth in this form is essentially a propagative function, a function of the understanding, but when this is thoroughly done the understanding has done its part toward bringing the truth into the life. It can prepare it for use, but it cannot bring it into use, just as stamens can produce pollen, but they cannot produce seeds and fruit. The understanding cannot do or will good, and thus the pollen passes to the pistil, and, correspondingly, the truth seen, as a form of use, to be prolific and become the good of use, must pass from the understanding into the will, and thence into the life.
     In some mysterious manner, the pollen when it falls on the stigma of the pistil penetrates to the very inmost of the ovary and fertilizes the minute ovules, and after this the beginnings of the fruit increase and grow; but if the pollen fails to reach its destination the pistil and its ovules wither and perish. Thus we see beautifully illustrated in the flowers of nature the operations of the human mind, and also the reciprocal and helpful nature of the relation of the understanding and will of man. The understanding must form a rational conception of the Divine Truth as a form of use and as something that must needs be done; without this conception no good of use can be performed. The will without the direction and guidance of the understanding would have its energies directed into no useful channel, and thus it could do no good use in life. The understanding alone without the will co-operating could perform no good of use, for, no matter how clearly it might see the truth, no matter how rationally it might see the necessity of doing a use, it would have no faculty, no energy, no means of forming an endeavor to do it, and thus all its thinking powers would be exercised for no use and would become dissipated.
     In some species of trees, the stamens are on one tree and the pistils on another, and when these are planted too far apart no seed can ever be produced. Thus we have, in this country, the pistil-producing tree of the tree having never been imported from Asia. These trees Weeping Willow, the corresponding stamen-producing therefore, produce pistils in abundance every year, but never any seeds. They are like those persons who desire to perform a use, but never receive the instruction which will enable them to bring it into act. Again, we have, in this country, the stamen-bearing tree of the Lombardy poplar, but the pistilate tree has never been imported from Europe. This tree, therefore, as it exists here, illustrates the other state, of the understanding left alone, with no corresponding will for the reception of its truths, and thus it is an illustration of that mind in which truth is received intellectually, even so far as to see that it ought to be done, but which never advances to the actual doing of the truth. But a perfect flower containing stamens and pistils, which each act the part, in nature, which is assigned to it, is like the mind in which the will and understanding are united in the heavenly marriage, which sees the troth, endeavors to do it, and finally brings it into act. It is like the Church of the LORD, betrothed to Him as the Bridegroom, which is in the delight and pleasure of seeing the Divine Truth which He teaches, which is in the rational perception of the truth, which teaches what uses ought to be performed and learns how to perform them; and which, in this delight and pleasure, brings the will into active co-operation with the understanding, and forms therein an intention and endeavor to do those uses which the truth teaches, and begins to act according to that teaching. Again, it is like a betrothed pair whose minds are growing together into a heavenly union and harmony. The delightful state in which they are prepares them for a state of unity of thought, perception and action which will enable them to truly perform the good uses of true conjugial life, and implant in them that internal unity of wisdom and love which will descend and produce genuine happiness of life, and enable them to pass through states of trial and temptation purified and perfected at lest, like the ripened fruit which has passed through the green and unpalatable stage of its growth.
     Such being the beautiful correspondence of the flowering of plants, let us, iv lien we see them, think of their meaning, and try to acquire the spiritual state of wisdom which they represent. May we be as the vine seen by the butler of Pharaoh in his dream, which as it were budded, the flower thereof ascended, and the clusters thereof ripened into grapes.
Lord is alone Man 1891

Lord is alone Man              1891

     The Lord is alone Man, and they only are men who receive the Divine from Him.- H. D. 307.
SWEDENBORG, THE CITIZEN OF THE SPIRITUAL WORLD 1891

SWEDENBORG, THE CITIZEN OF THE SPIRITUAL WORLD       George G. Starkey       1891

     (See the account of the celebration of Swedenborg's Birthday, on page 63.)

     IN the Doctrine of Life (n. 12), we read: "Civil good is that which a man does from the civil law; from that good, and according to it, man is a citizen of the natural world: spiritual good is what a man does from I spiritual law; from that good, and according to it, man is a citizen of the spiritual world.'
     From this we learn what constitutes citizenship; that a citizen is one who acts from the law, and that citizenship involves obedience to the law, natural-citizenship, obedience to the civil laws of order, and spiritual citizenship, obedience to spiritual laws of order.
     From the speakers who have preceded me we have heard how this obedience to law was a marked characteristic of Swedenborg, from his earliest years and throughout his life; and we have seen that this obedience was based on a genuine foundation, on a knowledge and acknowledgment of the LORD and of the heavenly life which is from the LORD; for we are told that from his earliest years, even as a child of from four to ten years, he thought much concerning God and concerning spiritual life, and, that he loved to talk of them.

83



This shows affection for the things of spiritual life, for what we love we love to talk about, and we talk most of what we love most.
     Thus he had a true idea of the LORD-general and obscure, perhaps, but nevertheless true, while his cultivation of' the life of Charity is shown in his love of being useful, not only to those immediately about him but to society, to the country, and finally to the whole of mankind; and this love of the neighbor was manifested in his kindness and courtesy and his considerate treatment of those with whom he came in contact, as already related to you this afternoon.
     Thus, in childhood he was obedient to his parents, then to his teachers, then to those in authority, on every plane and in every station in life always recognizing rightful authority and bowing to it. At the same time the traits of character from which that obedience sprung ultimated themselves in the performance of uses to his I fellow-men. Thus in Swedenborg we see the model citizen of the natural world.
     Those traits of character which made him a good citizen or the civil plane were grounded in qualities that made him a good citizen of the spiritual world. In judging of his spiritual quality we are not left to conjecture, for, in the Writings which are the LORD'S Revelation to us, we are told that Swedenborg, even while on this earth, was an angel of Heaven. In The True Christian Religion (n. 160), he speaks of himself as being one of a company of angels, and after relating their conversation with some novitiate spirits in the world of spirits and afterward in one of the lower heavens, he mentions their return to a society in the higher heavens and says: "On our way home," etc.-i. e, to his heavenly home, "we spoke," etc.
     So this toast might with propriety have been given to "Swedenborg, the citizen of Heaven."
     Swedenborg, the Citizen of the Spiritual World! How the thought enkindles the imagination, how it thrills us with wonder and awe at the marvelous means which the Divine Wisdom has provided for our enlightenment and with gratitude to the Divine Love which has thus provided for our salvation. Swedenborg, prepared under Divine guidance, as citizen of this world, in order that he might perform transcendent uses as citizen of the spiritual world while still a citizen of this! Herein is the great difference between him and us. He was not differently organized from us and from all other men. We, like him, have spiritual as well as natural bodies and like him are citizens of both worlds; but our conscious existence and the uses we perform are all natural and of this world, while the uses we perform in the spiritual world are unknown to us, except in a general way. But to Swedenborg it was granted to become consciously a citizen of that other world, to enter upon its life and to perform active and most extensive uses to spirits and angels-yea, far more: to be the instrument in the most stupendous use in which ever man was permitted to take part; the use which most completely expresses and carries out the ends of Divine Love Itself-the salvation of mankind.
     In this connection I wish to suggest one important feature of that use, namely, that of revealing to us the reality of the other world, so that we can, as it were, look into it and see what it is like, its appearance, its scenery, how its inhabitants look and act, what they do.
     The LORD was born into this world that He might appear even to the senses of men, as a MAN, in order that from that time to all eternity all men, even the most sensual, might know that God is man. It is not necessary that all men should see Him with their own bodily sense; it is enough that He was so seen.
     So now at His Second Coming He again reveals Himself sensuously to men-to the internal sensual, or the imagination, by means of which from now on, all men may, as it were, look through Swedenborg eyes into the spiritual world and there see the LORD as HE appears in the life of Heaven, which is His life manifested in forms perfectly correspondential to the Goods and Truths which are from HIM and which are HIMSELF.
     It is most important that the other life should be real I to us in order that it may he present with us and affect us, and that we may more easily rise above the gross and material things of this world. From the many descriptions in the Writings men may now know that that other world is a real world; even little children may look into it, may know that there are fields and mountains and rivers there; also people and what they look like and how they act-how they are employed; they may know that there is great variety there, even from opposite to opposite; so that there are two great divisions, Heaven and Hell; one place where all is happy and beautiful and peaceful, and the other where all is sad and dreadful and ugly; they may know what Heaven is like, and what Hell; how kind and lovely and happy are the angels and how ugly and wretched and full of hatred are the inhabitants of Hell, so that they may learn of the heavenly loves and uses of the angels and may strive to live like them, and also of the evil loves and wicked deeds of those in Hell and he may know what to shun to avoid becoming such. It is important and necessary to know the dreadful and horrible things of that other life, as well as those which are good and beautiful, for it is necessary to know the evils we are to shun if we wish to escape the consequence of our hereditary tendencies, which tend to lead us not to Heaven but to Hell.
     Then we cannot be too thankful to the LORD for His great mercy in revealing to us, through Swedenborg, the other world. It is right and proper, too, to feel gratitude to the man Swedenborg for his obedience and faithfulness in allowing himself to be led by the LORD as His instrument and servant in the preparation for this great use, subordinating the promptings of his own will and the conceits of his own intelligence to the will of the LORD and to the rule of His Divine Truth, and while we think of Swedenborg's life and try to conform our lives to the principles which governed his, let us remember with grateful affection Swedenborg the citizen of Heaven.
     George G. Starkey.
To the extent in which men receive the Divine 1891

To the extent in which men receive the Divine              1891

     To the extent in which men receive the Divine, they are images of the Lord.- H. D. 307.
HISTORICAL BOOK 1891

HISTORICAL BOOK              1891

     SWEDENBORG'S own copy of Vera Christiana Religio I has lately been presented to the Academy of the New Church by the owner, Bishop Benade. It is a book of extraordinary interest to the New Church.

84



On the inside of the back cover Swedenborg wrote, in the Swedish tongue, a list of the valuable presents which I he at various times received in the spiritual world. The paper on which this is written is now yellow I from age, and the writing is somewhat faded, but it is still, plainly legible. Mr. Benade had this list photo-lithographed some years ago, together with an English translation, which a comparison with the original shows to be correct, excepting that the words, "at the sides" ("pa sidor-na ") have been left out at the end of the eighth line. This should, therefore, read "8. Earrings, each containing three diamonds at the sides."
     This list was first printed in the Swedish language as an appendix to Swedenborg's Drommar, published by the Royal Librarian, G. E. Klemming, a note on p. 84 of this publication states that "Carl Deleen, who formerly possessed this copy of Vera Christiana Religio, related (ironically?) that Swedenborg's heirs vainly searched for these treasures; a long list of more material valuables belonging to Swedenborg in 1770 is preserved in the Eagestom Library."
     The photo-lithographed list is on sale at the Academy Book-Room.
     On the inside of the front cover of the volume the following note in Swedish occurs, explaining the history of the book: "This book has been bought at the auction of the Bishop, Baron Tanbe. He had received it from his father-in-law, Bishop Benzelstjerna, who was one of the heirs of Swedenborg and had acquired it among the remaining effects at the division of Swedenborg's Library. Stockholm, February 6th, 1786. Aug. Nordenskold."
     The Bishop Benzelstjerna, who is here mentioned, was Swedenborg's nephew, Dr. Lars Benzelstjerna, Bishop of Westeras (1759-1800). He is said to have enter- tamed friendly feelings toward Swedenborg and the Doctrines of the New Church. Swedenborg wrote of him to Count Hopken in the year 1769, "Bishop Benzelstjerna is in my estimation a rational man even in Theology, and does not accept irrational doctrines in obedience to faith" (see Documents, Vol. 1, p. 612).
     Bishop Taube (Baron Carl Edward of Odenkat) married the youngest daughter of Bishop Benzelstjerna. He was Pastor Primarius of Stockholm and died in the year 1785. It is said that he also favored the Doctrines of the New Church.
     The subsequent owner of the book was, as may be seen above, Augustus Nordenskold, whose name and history are well known in the Church. From him it passed into the hands of Carl Deleen, the Swedish translator of the second edition of The True Christian Religion and of Heaven and Hell and other works. Possibly the translation was made from this very copy. After the death of Mr. Deleen the book became the property of the antiquarian, H. Khemming, in Stockholm. From him it was purchased, in the year 1870, for the Rev. Wm. H. Benade, then of Pittsburgh, Pa.
     The margins of the book contain many notes and corrections. But none of these are in Swedenborg's hand-writing, except a few notes on pp. 517-19, 522, 526, and 586, indicating the subjects in the Index of the Memorable Relations. The other notes are mostly corrections of typographical errors made by a painstaking scholar, probably one of the former owners of the volume.
     The binding of the book has lately been skillfully repaired by the liberality of Mr. Julien Shoemaker, of the J. B. Lippincott Co., of Philadelphia. The book is preserved in a fire-proof vault in the city of Philadelphia.
Angels 1891

Angels              1891

     Angels are forms of love and charity in a human form, and this is from the Lord.- H. D. 307.
Rev. John Whitehead 1891

Rev. John Whitehead              1891

     AFTER April 1st the address of the Rev. John Whitehead, of the Pittsburgh Society, will be 330 Western Ave., Allegheny, Pa.
Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     DR. HOLCOMBE'S alluring but erratic and dangerous novel entitled, In Both Worlds, has been translated into Swedish and published by a member of the New Church in Stockholm.



     A NEW edition of Conjugial Lore in the German language is being published by Mr. J. G. Mittnacht. He is desirous of selling out his whole stock of books consisting for the most part of the Writings in German, the value of which is about $10,000.



     THE first volume of The Apocalypse Explained, in the new English translation made by the Rev. J. C. Ager, has been published-separate from the Latin-by the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society. It is a neat volume and is sold at the very low price of sixty cents.



     THE Board of Managers of the Swedenborg Publishing Association have published their Report for the year 1890. This Association has only one tune to their pipe: "Steadily and surely the old dogmas are being sloughed off, and the new truths substituted in place of them" [with the clergy of the Old Church].



     THE Monatsblatter, the well-conducted Swiss New Church journal, edited by Rev. F. Gorwitz, has begun the publication of some very interesting and valuable historical sketches of "Pioneers of the New Church." The two first papers treat at length of Dr. Beyer and the great religious trial of the New Church in Gottenburg.



     "SWEDENBORG geometrized" is what the late Professor Monroe called Francois Delsarte, according to Mrs. Genevieve Stebbins' book on the Delsarte System of Expression. The authoress seems to be interested in some of the Doctrines of the New Church, and quotes from Swedenborg, and from the Science of Correspondences by the late Rev. Ed. Madehey.



     READERS of the last instalment of the Concordance (No. 41), may have been somewhat puzzled by the curious word "gauggismus," to which reference is made from the Spiritual Diary. It will not be found in any Latin dictionary, for it is a Swedish word, meaning "to rub," with a Latin ending appended. Such formations are frequent in the Diary, but are as unusual in the Swedish tongue as in the English.



     Emanuel Swedenborg, His Mission, by Cyrus [C. R. Teed, M.D.], Chicago. Koreshan Library. The unfortunate writer of this tract imagines that Swedenborg was the Incarnation of the LORD, and that he (the writer) is the Incarnation of Swedenborg. Other ravings too profane to be mentioned are put forth, clothed in New Church terms. The publication of the tract is recorded simply as an instance of the strange productions that may be found in this "New Age."



     LIBRARIES of New Church Schools and Societies which have received the Latin Reprints of the Writings, published by the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society, are invited to apply for the three last volumes that have been published, viz.: De Amore Conjugiali, Quatuor Doctrinoe, and De Coelo et Inferno. Application should be made to the Rev. S. S. Seward, Chairman of the Committee on Distribution, 185 Lexington Ave., New York City. Full directions should be given and postage should be included at the rate of twenty cents a volume.



     MR. T. MOWER MARTIN'S pamphlet on the state of the "Canada," has been extensively advertised both in America and in England.

85



Persons who have read this pamphlet and who desire to judge justly by weighing both sides of the question, should carefully read the clear and calm review of this pamphlet, published in the March number of the New Church Tidings, the organ of the Canada Association. Will those who have advertised the pamphlet have the courage to advertise the review with equal liberality?



     A COPY of an old and exceedingly rare translation of The True Christian Religion, in German, has recently been found,-the first translation of that work which has ever been published in the German tongue.
     The volume bears on its title-page the date 1784, thirteen years after the time when Swedenborg flint published the work in Latin, but the translator's name has not been printed. The name of Baltzer Peters, however, appears under the date of the translation, leaving it an open question whether this was the translator's name, or only that of the owner of the book. The book contains a preface by the translator, in which he warmly and earnestly commends the work to the consideration of the public. It was printed in the city of Altenburg in Germany.



     A WRITER in the New Jerusalem Magazine labors to show the ephemeral nature of the Writings of the New Church from the fact that these words occur in the original Latin of The True Christian Religion, n. 128. (They are omitted in some of the English translations.)
     "Copies [of the work on The Last Judgment] are still preserved in abundance with the printer in London."
     The writer wonders "what celestial influx we can imagine as immanent into the statement that at the time of writing, a number of copies of a certain work of the author were in the hands of the printer in London?"
     Is there, then, no celestial influx into the idea suggested by this statement of the continual preservation of the Divine Truth? Since the work on The Last Judgement was first published has there ever been a time when copies have not been preserved in abundance with the printer in London?



     THE name of Samuel Sandels has become well known in the New Church from the eloquent Eulogy on Swedenborg which he delivered before the Royal Academy of Sciences, on the occasion of Swedenborg's death in the year 1772. The Library of the Academy of the New Church, which contains a copy of the original edition of this Eulogy, has lately received another work by Councillor Sandels, being an Oration concerning the institution and progress of the Royal Academy of Sciences. It was printed in Stockholm in the year 1771. From this interesting little book we learn that the Royal Academy had its origin in a "Societas Litteraria et Scientiarum," instituted in Upsala, in the year 1712, by the Archbishop, Eric Benzelius, who was Swedenborg's brother-in-law and educator. Swedenborg became a member of this Society, which was discontinued during the period of disastrous wars that followed. The Royal Academy itself was instituted on the 2d of June, 1739, by Jonas Alstrom, the great Swedish Philanthropist, Count Andreas von Hopken, Swedenborg's friend, and Carl Linnaeus, the Botanist. Swedenborg was an early member of the Academy. Linnaeus was the first Proeses, and Count von Hopken the first Secretary.



     ONE of the literary curiosities now in the Library of the Academy of the New Church is an anonymous little book published in the German language in Altona, in the year 1789. It bears the title: Mr. Emanuel von Schwedenburg's Last Words and Prophecy Concerning the Fate of the Christians, the Extermination of the Heathen, the Speedy Conversion of the Jews, and the immediately following End of the elementary World.
     The book seems to have been the production of some imaginative mystic, perhaps some one of the many "illuminati," "rosicrucians" and treasure-hunters, who were a la mode at the courts in Europe at the end of the last century, and who also, to some extent, infested the early New Church Societies in London and Stockholm. It bears a neat resemblance to the "illuminated" spirit of the Polish Count Grabianka, who at this time honored the New Church in London with his mysterious presence, but who turned out to be a great cheat. (See Robert Hindmarsh's amusing account in his Rise and Progress.) The book does not contain a vestige of New Church doctrine or of historical truthfulness. It is purely a fantastic composition, and would be devoid of interest, but for two highly entertaining stories about Swedenborg as a discoverer of hidden treasures and lost receipts.
Lord 1891

Lord              1891

     The Lord is Good Itself and Truth Itself.- H. D. 308.
HEAVEN AND HELL 1891

HEAVEN AND HELL              1891

     DE CAELO ET EJUS MIRABILIBUS ET DE INFERNO. Ex Auditis et Visis. New York American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society. MDCCCXC.
     IN the nineteenth chapter of the Apocalypse, where the Internal Sense treats of the Annunciation of the Advent of the LORD and of the New Church from Him, John writes, "And I saw an Angel standing in the Sun; and He cried with a great voice, saying to all the birds flying in the midst of Heaven, Come and gather yourselves together to the Supper of the Great God." This signifies "the LORD from Divine Zeal calling and convoking all who are in the affection of spiritual truth and who think about Heaven, to the New Church, and to conjunction with Himself, thus to life eternal" (A. R. 832). Only those who are in the affection of spiritual truth are invited by the LORD to His New Church, for only such are in thought about Heaven, that is, are concerned about the things of spiritual life and eternal salvation.
     For such "birds flying in the midst of Heaven" the LORD has in Divine Mercy prepared a Book On Heaven and its Wonders, and on Hell. In this Book He immediately reveals Himself in His Divine Human as the God of Heaven, as "the Angel standing in the Sun." The words of this Book are His words, His Voice, teaching to those "who have ears to hear" the things "heard and seen" in the other life.
     Since the time that this work was first published, many are the minds in which "ignorance has been enlightened" and "incredulity dissipated" by means of it. Many are the seekers after light on the life hereafter that by means of this book have been called to "the Supper of the Great God, which signifies the New Church, and thus conjunction with the LORD." It is pre-eminently an Evangelistic work, and has, perhaps, been instrumental in leading more persons into the primary truths of the New Church than any other book of the Writings. It may safely be said that, in the Divine Providence, no other work of the Writings has been more extensively edited, translated, published, and circulated throughout all parts of the world.
     The work On Heaven and Hell was written, it seems, in Sweden in the year 1757, after which Swedenborg journeyed to England to print it there, together with the works on The White Horse, on The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine, on The Earths in our Solar World, and on The Last Judgment. All these were published in London the following year, without the imprint of the author or of the publisher, who was, as is known, Mr. John Lewis, of Paternoster Row.
     The ORIGINAL, quarto edition of De Caelo et Inferno, with its wide pages, generous margins, and large, clear print, may, without hesitation, be pronounced unsurpassed by any subsequent edition or translation of the same work as to beauty and dignity of form.

86



Unfortunately, it was marred by many printer's errors. Swedenborg, himself, noticed a number of these, and directed his printer to append a list of them to each copy of the edition. Only a few copies have, however, been found containing this list of printers' errors.
     The SECOND Latin edition of this work was edited by Dr. J. F. Im. Tafel, and was published in Tübingen in the year 1862, at the expense of the Swedenborg Society in England. As Dr. Tafel did not possess a copy of the original edition containing the list of corrections of printers' errors, some of these were not noticed by him, while his edition contains a great number of critical notes and corrections resulting from his own investigation.
     Dr. Tafel's edition being now exhausted, the students of the Writings in the original tongue will feel thankful for the THIRD Latin edition, which has recently been published by the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society, under the well-trusted editorship of the Rev. Dr. Samuel H. Worcester.
     The editorial work on this edition is excellent, making it far more exact than either of the preceding editions. The editor has had the advantage of having before him not only Swedenborg's own table of corrections, but also those prepared by Dr. I. Tafel, the Rev. Samuel Noble, MM. Le Boys des Guays and Harle.
     Among the improvements to this edition may be mentioned the Table of Contents, now first published from the photo-lithographed MSS. of the author. The chapters have been numbered and an Index to the Scripture Passages has been added.
     The external appearance of the last few volumes of the Latin Reprints contrasts unfavorably with that of the earlier volumes. The quality of the Pepper and printing has been steadily degenerating. The last volume the one before us, reflects little credit on the publishers. The paper is so poor that the print can be read through it, giving the pages an unpleasant, soiled appearance. The type appears worn, and several of the sheets have been folded before the print had yet dried. There is a startling difference in typographical quality between this issue and that of Apocalypsis Revelata. It is to be hoped that when the Latin-English edition of this work is published, it will be in a form more worthy of its Divine contents.
From the Lord 1891

From the Lord              1891

     From the Lord is all good and truth- H. D. 308.
SIGN OF PROGRESS IN SWEDEN 1891

SIGN OF PROGRESS IN SWEDEN              1891

     THE WATCHMAN IN THE NEW JERUSALEM. No. 1. WHAT ARE THE WRITINGS OF THE NEW CHURCH? What do they witness of themselves? (Vaktaren i det Nya Jerusalem. No I. Hvad aro Nya Kyrkans Shrifter?) Published by the Rev. Adolph Th. Boyesen, Stockholm, 1891, 24 pp.

     THE first number of this new Swedish serial publication is the first distinct presentation to the Church in Sweden of the Doctrine concerning the Divine Authority of the Writings, given through Swedenborg to the LORD'S New Church. It is simply a very complete collection of the most striking teachings of the Writings concerning their own Divine origin and nature. The passages have been compiled and translated into Swedish by the Rev. C. T. Odhner, and have been arranged as answers to the following questions:
     1.     Are the Writings the works of a man? Has Swedenborg produced them from his own genius? Are they inspired by spirits or angels?
     2.     Are they Truth? Genuine Truth? Divine Truth?
     3.     Are they a Divine Revelation?
     4.     Are they Divinely Inspired?
     5.     Are they equal to the Word of the LORD?
     6.     Are they the Spiritual Sense of the Word? Are they the Word of the LORD?
     7.     Are they the Second Coming of the LORD?
     8.     Are these Writings the presence of the LORD in the New Church? Are they the LORD of the New Church, visible in His Divine Human?

     The external form of this little serial is very neat. As a headpiece on the first page there is a miniature picture of Thorwaldsen's statue of the LORD, teaching His disciples, after the Resurrection. It is to be hoped that the first number of this serial may be followed up by other monographs, presenting in a simple form the I teachings of the Writings themselves on the various important questions now discussed in the Church. It would be of great use to the English-speaking New Church to have similar collections of extracts from the Writings systematically arranged. A beginning toward this has been made by the Rev. R. J. Tilson in his publication of a sheet containing numerous extracts on the Doctrine concerning the Authority of the Writings.
     Copies of Vakaren can be had at the price of 10 cents a copy, through Mr. Carl Hj. Asplundh, 1821 Wallace Street, to whom also contributions for the sustenance of this use, begun for the Church in Sweden, may be sent.
From the Lord is all peace 1891

From the Lord is all peace              1891

     From the Lord is all peace, innocence, love, charity, faith.- H. D. 308.
LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN 1891

LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN              1891

     Communicated.

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

     IN the following quotation from Arcana Coelestia, n. 3712, it is not said in so many words that the Writings are the LORD to the New Church, and therefore "C. H." will not be helped by it, I fear. Where the Rev. Mr. Tilson failed I cannot hope to succeed. But the extract approaches nearly enough to that statement to justify Mr. Tilson in making use of it in the eyes of those who are in an affirmative attitude respecting the Writings: "Divine Doctrine is Divine Truth and Divine Truth is all the Word of the LORD. Essential Divine Doctrine is the Word in the supreme sense in which the LORD alone is treated of; hence Divine Doctrine is the Word in the Internal Sense in which the LORD'S Kingdom in the heavens and in the earths is treated of. Divine Doctrine is also the Word in the literal sense in which the things that are in the world and upon the earths are treated of. And whereas the literal sense contains in it the internal sense and this the supreme sense, and altogether corresponds thereto by representatives and significatives, therefore Doctrine thence derived is also Divine. . . . That the LORD is the Word-that is, all Divine Truth-is a known thing."
"The Writings versus the Word" 1891

"The Writings versus the Word"              1891

     A SERIES of papers published in Morning Light on "The Writings versus the Word" is attracting considerable attention and eliciting the grateful thanks of readers of that journal.

87



It is evident that these papers voice the convictions of many Newchurchmen in this country, with respect to the relative value of the Sacred Scriptures and The Writings. The papers will be very valuable for reference. The views of many with regard to the Writings are so vague, or, at all events, so vaguely expressed, that an authentic and accepted account of them in cold type is a desideratum. The writer is evidently the Rev. Charles Griffiths, lately of Brightlingsea, and the papers are inspired by circumstances which occurred when he was located at Brightlingsea and paying pastoral visits to Colchester.
     They begin very well indeed. There is very little to, take exception to in the early paragraphs. The expectation of the question being finally settled by a "consensus of opinion" is, however, delusive. The hope for the sons of the future, with less hereditary bias, is vain, unless the sons of the present are true to their trust. The warning against minimizing and disparaging the; glory and authority of the Heavenly Doctrines is much needed. Oh! that Mr. Griffiths had remembered it when writing the sentences which soon follow the warning.
     The writer's position originates in a quibble, and the quibble, in some phase of it, characterizes all his subsequent labored arguments: The Writings are not an addition to the Word, ergo, they are no part of the Word; they are not equal to the Word, ergo, they are inferior. These are his contentions, and he sticks to them with ingenious tenacity. It is not for me to follow him. My object is to assure my readers that all Newchurchmen in this island are not so infatuated. Some of us at least believe fully and freely in the glorious gospel of the LORD'S Advent to save us from our sins; and we are not going to allow any mere logic-chopping to prevent us enjoying to the fullest extent the benefits of the LORD'S last and most complete and perfect revelation of Himself to a faithless and perverse generation. Verily "He came to His own and His own received Him not?"
     The third paper on "The Writings versus The Word" is signed "C. Griffiths," and speculation as to the authorship is set at rest. The quibble is harped upon to the end: Where is it said that the Writing are the Internal Sense? Where is it stated that the Writings, being the Spiritual Sense, are the Interior Word? Or that the Writings are the LORD or the Word of the LORD to the New Church? If Mr. L. Griffiths is a typical present-day. Newchurchman, then the present-day Newchurchman is not gifted with much perspicacity. When a school-boy' draws a tree and a house he has to label them to prevent mistakes. Was it not your immortal countryman, Artemus Ward, who occasionally wrote after his effusions, "N. B. The above is a joke"? Fie on you, Mr. Griffiths! How is it you do not understand? Even because you will not hear the "Words" of the LORD, Who says "He that hath an ear, let him hear."
     A writer who contends that certain quotations will ear the construction put upon them should himself be careful not to read a false construction in Co a quotation. Mr. Griffths quotes The Apocalypse Revealed, n. 820, thus: "The interior understanding of the Word, which has been discovered, is the LORD'S Advent." It appears to be a literal transcript, but it isn't. What is more, it conveys a wrong meaning. The sentence, as given in the Concordance, is as follows: "The Spiritual Sense of the Word revealed by the LORD, and thereby the inner sense of the Word unfolded, which is the Advent of the Lord." This, although in different phraseology, agrees with the sense of the sentence in my copy of The Apocalypse Revealed, published in the year 1876 by the Swedenborg Society. The quotation, as given by Mr. Griffiths, is startling; but in the light of the facts it is seen that there is nothing in it.
Morning Light 1891

Morning Light              1891

     Morning Light quotes approvingly a denunciation of priestly rule by the prime minister of England. This is the apotheosis of Pilate over again. The editor says it is the duty of every member of the New Church to guard against priestly rule; but in the light of our Doctrines it is clear that the duty of every member is just the reverse of this.
Rev. Chas. Wilkins, of Bristol 1891

Rev. Chas. Wilkins, of Bristol       JAMES CALDWELL       1891

     THE Rev. Chas. Wilkins, of Bristol, has become an agent of Academy literature. Did you know this? He beats the ordinary agent hollow, for he can get a free advertisement for his agency in the English "New Church" journals, which are anti- Academy. If Conference is consistent with itself; it will have to separate him next August. We shall see.
     62 County Road, Liverpool, N.
     JAMES CALDWELL.
From the Lord 1891

From the Lord              1891

     From the Lord is all wisdom and intelligence.- H. D. 308.
"LIBERAL" INQUISITION 1891

"LIBERAL" INQUISITION       O       1891

     SOME seven years ago dismal prophecies were made by "liberal" lay-brethren in England that the New Church in the future would see repented all the horrors of the Inquisition, in consequence of the announcement of the Divine Authority of the Writings of the New Church. These evil forebodings now seem to be realized as far as the institutions of free England permit, but the cause is an entirely different one. Not only is the Conference of the New Church in England able to put men on mental and moral racks of torture, bidding them there "affectionately but urgently" to change their convictions, but there is now in full blast in London a genuine Inquisitorial Board in the form of a permanent "Protest Committee," constituted of "liberal" laymen and having for their object "to protest against false teachings purporting to be drawn from the Writings, to warn individuals and local churches endangered thereby, and to arrange for concerted action at Conferences and other assemblies of the general Church." The Committee hope to accomplish this object by rolling up vast majorities and by violent denunciations, rational arguments not being conspicuous in their arsenal. The Committee have other little "tricks and ways" which are handy for this purpose, such as that of capturing an independent institution, by calling upon the enemies of the same to become voting members by paying a certain amount of money before a certain time. The "liberal" brethren seem to think that "the end justifies the means." O.
paragraph at the end of page 69 1891

paragraph at the end of page 69              1891

     THE paragraph at the end of page 69 was mistakenly transferred thither by the printer from page 66, where it belongs, in continuation of the brief news from Chicago.
JUST PUBLISHED 1891

JUST PUBLISHED              1891

     FOR USE IN NEW CHURCH SCHOOLS.
THE FAITH OF THE NEW HEAVEN AND OF THE NEW CHURCH.

     Printed in pica type on heavy ledger paper, Latin-English, 10 cents; Latin, 6 cents; English, 6 cents. For sale at Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace St., Phila.

88



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.
     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, APRIL, 1891=121.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes, p. 73.-Education for the Church (a Sermon), p. 74.- The LORD reveals Himself in His Divine Human, p. 77.- Causes of Divisions in the Church. p. 78.- The Divine Trinity, p. 78.- Swedenborg's "Old church" Teachings. p. 79.-Flowers, p. 80.- Swedenborg, the Citizen of the Spiritual World, p. 82.- A Historical Book, p. 81.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 84.- Heaven and Hell, p. 85.- A Sign of Progress in Sweden, p. 88.
     Communicated.-Letter from Great Britain, p. 86. News Gleanings, p. 88.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 88.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE beginning of the New Church in Japan was celebrated by the Academy Schools in Philadelphia, at a social held on March 20th, on which occasion the pupils and students, and coins of the teachers were dressed in Japanese costume. The hall was decorated with Japanese lanterns, fans, and ornaments. In the early part of the evening, the Chancellor delivered an address on the event which was being celebrated, and read from the Writings on the subject of Asiatic Gentiles. He also read a communication by the Rev. William B. Hayden to the New Church Messenger, describing the visit of a Japanese delegation to Boston, on which occasion they attended New Church services, and were presented with a set of the Writings. At a later interval in the terpsichorean enjoyments, Bishop Pendleton read a description of the Japanese character by Matthew Arnold. The celebration closed with a lecture on Japan, illustrated with the aid of a stereopticon, by the Rev. L. G. Jordan.
     THE seventy-first annual session of the General Convention will be held in Philadelphia on May 23d.
     New York.- THE twenty-seventh annual meeting of the New York Association was held in the house of worship of the New York Society on 35th Street, on Monday, February 23d. Seventy delegates and six ministers were present.- The ministers reported the renewal of their authorization of Dr. F. T. Alba, of Newark, N. J., to preach and teach the Doctrines of the New Church and officiate at funerals.- The New York Society reported a membership of 215.- The Society of Mystic, Conn., at its own request has had its connection with the Association severed, in order to enable it to join the Connecticut Association.- A newly-formed Society in Elizabeth, N. J., was formally admitted into the Association.- The following resolution was passed: "That this Association, in accordance with the action of the General convention at its last meeting, does hereby confer the power to officiate at ordinations upon its present Presiding Minister, the Rev. S. S. Seward." The propriety of a religious ceremony in connection with this action was discussed, but it was decided unnecessary and undesirable to have such a ceremony.
     Maryland.- THE Maryland Association held its annual meeting at Preston on February 23d. Fifty delegates and visitors were present from Baltimore, Washington, and Wilmington, Del. The meeting was presided over by the Rev. John E. Smith, as the President, the Rev. Jabez Fox, was in Texas and the Vice-President, the Rev. Thomas King, was sick.- The Executive Committee reported that. Mr. Albert John Cleare, a Licentiate, indorsed by the Washington Society and others to whom he had preached, had been recommended for ordination, and that he had been ordained by the Rev. Chauncey Giles.
     Ohio.- THE Cleveland Society with the aid of the young people has obtained a new pipe organ, worth $1,100. This Society is still without a pastor.
     Massachusetts.- A MEMORIAL address was delivered by the Rev. John Worcester at the funeral services of the late Rev. Joseph Pettee, held in Abington, February 17th. The Rev. J. E. Warren, of Abington, assisted at the services.
     THE Rev. Richard Ward has resigned the pastorate of the Lancaster Society on account of deafness. His son, the Rev. G. I. Ward, is now the minister of this Society.
     THE Massachusetts New Church Union removes on April 1st from 169 Tremont Street to its new building, 16 Arlington Street.
     Illinois.- THE Rev L. G. Landenberger, of Joliet, has been preaching in Wilmington, Ill., every alternate Sunday afternoon to large audiences. These services have been stopped for want of proper train facilities. On invitation Mr. Landenberger delivered some lectures in Odell.
     IT is reported that the Rev. L. P. Mercer will represent the New Church at the World's Fair Congress of Churches.
     Iowa.-DURING a recent missionary tour the Rev. J. J. Lehnen visited Washington, Burlington, Des Moines, Iowa; Quincy Ill.; Hannibal, St. Louis, Mo., and other places.
     Michigan.- THE Rev. G. N. Smith is doing continuous missionary work in the northern part of the State, and he has hopes of a permanent Society in Empire.
     MR. Jos. A. Barker has contributed $1,000 to the Home and Foreign Mission, half of which to be placed in the endowment fund, the other half in the general fund for current expenses.

     ABROAD.

     England.- AT the February meeting of the Committee of the Sweden or Society the Rev. J. R. Rendell was elected a member on the Advisory Board in connection with the re-translation and revision of the works of Swedenborg.
     A SPECIAL service for "Coming of Age" was celebrated at the Camberwell Church, London, on Sunday evening. March 8th, on which occasion six young men of twenty-one years of age presented themselves for the ceremony. After the service, tea was served in the school-room and speeches made by the Rev. Messrs. Tilson and Bostock, and by Mr. G. C. Ottley. This was the first service of its kind ever held in England.
     THE Conference Council met at Nottingham on February 27th, and the Rev. Dr. Tafel preached in the Blue Coat Street Church on the Sunday previous to this meeting.
     THE New Church Guild, of Liverpool, held a social on February 9th, at which the Rev. Messrs. Lock and Woodford were present. Both Ministers addressed the audience, the latter on the "Importance for the New Church to Unite with the Outside World."
     Switzerland.- THE Swiss Union invite friends everywhere to become shareholders (at $5.00 a share) in a proposed Swiss book concern. Each share will entitle the holder to purchase books at the retail value of about $6.56, beside giving needed aid in establishing the book concern.
     Russia.- ACCORDING to a letter to Star in the East Mr. C. E. Kerby is distributing tracts and pamphlets in St. Petersburg.
     Mauritius.- AT the Christmas celebration on this island over one hundred persons were prevent, and about sixty partook of the Holy Supper, administered by the Leader, Mr. Levage.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND DEATHS.





Vol. XI. PHILADELPHIA,      MAY, 1891=121.     No. 5.
     From the Lord comes nothing but good, but the evil turn the good which is from the Lord into evil.- H. D. 308.



     The New Jerusalem Magazine endeavors to clear itself of the charge of leading men back to the worship of an invisible God. It ignores the demonstration made by New Church Life that its argument against the Divinely- Human quality of the Writings logically carries with it the denial of the Divinely- Human quality of the Sacred Scripture, and means the denial of the doctrine that the LORD is the Word. The Magazine attempts to sweep aside the convincing teachings of the Doctrines quoted against it, with the dictum, that these "extracts from Swedenborg, when fairly interpreted, seem to be entirely in harmony with the Magazine article, and therefore require no comment."
     It is content to rest in this "seeming." This comfortable appearance would be dispelled by a fair interpretation of the extracts, and the Magazine does not give it. To some minds this may be an effective way of disposing of troublesome doctrines, but it will not advance the cause of a rational and reverent insight into them.



     INDEED lack of reverence is a feature of the Magazine's article. It proposes to say a few words on the most important, the most serious, and the most solemn of subjects-that of the invisible and visible God, and this at a time when the unity of the Church depends upon a true conception of it-but the reason it assigns is the trivial one that "the subject is in itself so interesting." What consideration of the sad breach that has occurred in the New Church from the lack of unanimity on this essential-what desire for the healing of this breach-what love for the establishment of the worship of the Our LORD, our REDEEMER and SAVIOUR-can be found expressed in the flippant remark that "this subject is in itself so interesting"!



     This irreverence for the most vital of matters, leads on to the statement that "it is perhaps a sufficient reply to the charge of the Life. to say that the invisible God was made visible in our LORD and SAVIOUR some seventeen centuries before Swedenborg's books were written." The Magazine knows that this reply is not sufficient, for it ignores, as a thing of no moment in this connection, the Second Coming of the LORD, and thereby exposes the untenableness of its position.
     Little wonder, then, that when it comes to treat of the LORD'S being made more perfectly visible through the Doctrines of the New Church, it contradicts the assertion first made, and says, "that He is visible does not mean that He is seen with the eyes, but is definitely seen in the thought." How is that thought formed except by the Divine Truth which is the Divine Human, and which is now revealed in the Writings of Swedenborg in order that God may dwell in His own with man. For the Divine of the LORD it is that makes Heaven and the Church, and He says, "Abide in Me, and I in you; as the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, so neither can ye, except ye abide in Me: I am the vine, ye the branches; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same beareth much fruit; for without Me ye cannot do anything" (John xv, 4-7).
     The Magazine again says, "And this new view of God as a Man is given, not by a new Incarnation, but by opening more interiorly the record of His life on earth, that He who lived with us may be distinctly seen as God with us," Is a new view of God anything else than a new appearance of the LORD JEHOVAH? Is it not a rendering visible of Himself by Himself,-by His Divine Human? How then could the Magazine write: "It is perhaps a sufficient reply to the charge of the Life to say that the invisible God was made visible in our LORD and SAVIOUR some seventeen centuries before Swedenborg's books were written."



     THE Magazine admits that, although God became visible at the Incarnation, for the sake of conjoining mankind with Himself conjunction with Him ceased in the course of the Christian Church. "Therefore," it concludes, "it was necessary for the LORD to expose the falsities which had intervened to hide Him from men, and to reveal the Doctrines by which His human life and nature could be understood-which was done in that little book upon which was written 'This book is the Coming of the LORD'-and also to open the spiritual sense of the Word, in which 'the LORD'S whole life is described, as it would be in the world, even as to perceptions and thoughts, for these were foreseen and provided' (A. C. 2523)."
     If the LORD exposed the falsities which hid Him from men-if the LORD revealed the Doctrines, the Internal Sense of the Word (and we are glad at least to chronicle this verbal admission of the Magazine's)-then are the Doctrines not the Divine Truth, and thus the LORD Himself?
     The Doctrines themselves affirm this, and the Magazine was forced to imply while attempting to dent it, for it continues: "By this means God again became visible, and more perfectly visible than ever before, because He was known more perfectly, and thus a more definite and full idea of Him could be formed."
     Can God become visible by any other means than His Divine Human?
     If He has become "more perfectly visible than ever before," then He has become more perfectly visible than when He assumed the Human seventeen centuries before Swedenborg's books were written. But if there are means other than the Divine Human, by which He has become "more perfectly visible," then those other means are of equal Divinity with the Divine Human, and this is rejected as insufficient for the Divine purpose, and the Magazine stands self-convicted of the charge preferred in New Church Life for March, that "conjunction is sought with the Invisible God, and the attempt is made to climb up some other way into the sheepfold, and not to enter by the Door."

90







     THE confusion and blindness running through the Magazine's article is presented concretely in the closing paragraph: "The writings of Swedenborg open to us this view of the LORD to the Word, and it is thus that He again becomes visible to us as a Man. But to say that these writings are the LORD is again to lose sight of Him as a Man!" The Magazine might, with equal propriety and justice, say: "The writings of the Evangelists open the view of the LORD in the Word and it is thus that He becomes visible to us as a Man. But to say that these writings are the LORD is again to lose sight of Him as a Man."
     "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth."



     The angels know that all good and truth is from the Lord, but the evil do not wish to know this.- H. D. 308.
ESTABLISHMENT AND GROWTH OF THE CHURCH 1891

ESTABLISHMENT AND GROWTH OF THE CHURCH        BENADE       1891

     (Preached in Chicago, Ill., January 8th. Reported by a member of the Immanuel Church.)

     "Being questioned by the pharisees when the kingdom of God cometh, He answered them and said the kingdom of God cometh not with much watching; therefore neither shall they say, Lo here, or lo there, for behold the kingdom of God is in the midst of you."-Luke xvii, 20 and 21.

      THE subject of ecclesiasticism, or, as one may say, of churchism, has, been brought prominently before our minds by recent occurrences in what we have been accustomed to call the New Church in this country and in England, where assemblies or congregations of men have laid violent hands on established institutions and have striven to make them their property or to bring them under their entire control. This means that their proprium has been active, and that the fallacy of their idea in thus acting is the fallacy of their proprium, that is to say, of their self-love and love of the world; it means that their self-conceit and self-will have been all burning and flaming against those who do not gather or congregate with them in this effort to subdue the Church to their will and to take it out of the hand of the LORD'S merciful Providence. In order that we may defend our heavenly birthright, and do our part in the Church instituted for the salvation of the human race, we need to hear and to give heed to The Divine Word, revealed at this day for the use of the Church. We need to understand that ecclesiasticism is no more than the Church in its development, and that the Church consists of principles of good and truth from the LORD, or that charity and faith, which are in the midst, and produce by man a development of or coming forth in forms of worship and government according to the laws of Divine order.
     These laws are truths made known in the Doctrines of the New Church, in which we are told that worship is prescribed in doctrine and, performed from doctrine. We are also told that there are two things which must be in order among men, namely, those that are of heaven n-and those which are of the world, and that these are respectively things ecclesiastical and things civil (designations derived from the terms "ecclesia," which is Greek for "church," and "civitas," which is Latin for state"). Order cannot be maintained without governors, and the things of the Divine law cannot be administered without administrators. Such governors in the Church are priests of various degrees, higher and lower, and, in the state, magistrates of various degrees, higher and lower (H. D. 311-325). To these governors, as representatives in the ultimate plane of the LORD'S Divine order, are adjoined the offices of the priesthood and of royalty.
     This whole matter is plain and simple enough, although it has been obscured and confused, when the propriums of men have become dominant and have sought violently to seize upon these offices. Revolution and destruction are the results of such agitation, as we know well from history. In the state, revolutions have taken place when the people have in their self-will risen up to control and subject its government to themselves. So in the Church, revolution, and destruction following, come from the same source, and of course such states among men counteract the presence and counteract the operation of the Divine. If we will reflect, we may see that the danger of our day arises not so much from the excited proprium of individual men acting alone, as from the excited proprium of aggregations of men, of many men, who mutually inflame each other. The world of the Church and world of the state is not suffering so much from single despots and tyrants as from the violence of the multitude, whether the multitude consist of more or less enlightened persons, or of crude and ignorant men. The very essence of the violence is in the proprium, which is as strong in its unsanctified, selfishness in the one class as it is in the other. In order to see this clearly we need to look into ourselves and to be lowly, meek, humble, tender and loving-hearted, to the end that good and truth may manifest itself in a government within and without us, for this will help to free us from our evils and falsities, and to bring us out of the kingdom and dominion of man and into the kingdom and dominion of God, which latter is no more nor less than the ruling of the saving and blessed Truth that proceeds from the Divine Love for human souls and lives itself for their eternal happiness. Remember, the LORD assumed the human, came into the world and gave His life for the world, because as we are taught in The True Christian Religion (n. 123), the redemption which He accomplished in the Human was a purely Divine work. It was not a work performed by angel or man in the ultimate, but by the infinite Divine Man Himself.
     "He who knows of what quality hell is, of what quality was its height and inundation over the whole world of spirits at The time of the Advent of the LORD also by what power the LORD cast down and dissipated hell, and afterward reduced it together with heaven to order cannot but be astounded, and exclaim that all these things were a purely Divine work. First, then, as to what hell is: It consists of myriads and myriads, because of all those who since the creation of the world have alienated themselves from God by evils of life and by falses of faith. Secondly, of what quality the height and inundation of the hells over the whole world of spirits was at the time of the Advent of the LORD, something has been exposed in the preceding articles.

91



What it was at the time of the First Advent has not been made known to any one, because it was not revealed in, the sense of the letter of the Word; but of what quality it was at the time of the LORD'S Second Advent was given to my eyes to see; from which a conclusion can be formed as to the former, and this has been described in the small work concerning The Last Judgment, published in London in the year 1758. In like manner with what power the LORD cast down and dissipated that hell; every one may see that it was the work of the Omnipotent God. Fourthly, how the LORD afterward reduced into order all things in heaven and in hell has not yet been described by me, because the ordination the heavens and the hells as continued from the day of the Last Judgment even to the present day, and still continues."
     From this Divine teaching it is clear that even as the state of the former Church was not made known in the letter of the Word, and for that reason was not fully revealed until the LORD'S Second Advent, the whole truth concerning the First Advent itself was not and could not be fully known and understood until this revelation had been made. A work of redemption was performed at that time in the Human-and the glorification of the Human was accomplished together with the subjugation of the hells. Thus also at the Second Coming of the LORD a second redemption was accomplished by the LORD, also a new formation of the heavens and a reinstitution of the Church. Therefore the doctrine of the LORD'S Advent is not only the doctrine of His Coming on the earth in the Human, but it is the doctrine of the LORD'S Coming at all times, for He came to reveal the Truth to men from the beginning even down to the day of His coming in the flesh, and to this day of His coming in the spirit. The Second Advent is the completion of the first, and we must think of it this light, for the LORD'S Advent is to be seen, known, and received in the New Church that is now being established-in which Church He is now present and standing in our midst, though we know Him not. He is here in His Divine Human, for He has come to effect again the redemption of the human race, to be present with men on the earth, Himself in His Divine Human, as the very centre, life, and soul of His Church, by which, as it appears in the Writings, there shall be communications with the heavens, and through them communication and consociation with the angels, and a continual working of the Divine Truth or of His Providence. Let us bear these things in mind.
     Another point to which I wish to call attention is the one stated at the close of the extract I have given, in respect to the ordination of the heavens; and is this, that bringing of the heavens into perfect order as the Divine medium for the communication of Good and Truth from the LORD to man was not completed at the time of the LORD'S Advent. The last judgment did not completely effect that ordination, because, as it is said, that ordination continues even to, the present day, and, therefore it is now going forward, and the changes that we observe in the Church at the present day are, no doubt, changes consequent upon the changes taking place in the heavens to the end that they may be brought into more perfect order, as men from the earth, who acknowledge the LORD and who have lived a life according to His commandments, enter the spiritual world and from the world of spirits are transferred to the heavens, and come to fill their places in the societies of the heavens. Each new-coiner added to a heavenly society brings about a reorganization of that society, and thence a reorganization of the whole heavenly man.
     This reorganization is going on now, and will continue to go on until the evil states of human propriums cease to be active, and until none but those who are in the love to the LORD and charity toward the neighbor enter the spiritual world from this world, for the last judgment, which continues even now, is a separation of the evil from the good, of the false from the true. So long as evil and false men live in this world and carry out their love of, evil in this world, so long evil men and false men will die and enter into the world of spirits, and, although they are vastated there, that vastation is only a preparation for a state in heaven or in hell, and, as they enter into the hells, the hells will have to be subdued in consequence of the new propriums that have entered there, and the heavens will have to be arranged into order in consequence also of the new love or propriums from the LORD in the new individuals that have been introduced.
     In thinking of the Church on earth and of the vicissitudes of the Church, we must remember that the judgment is going on even now in the arrangement of the heavens and the subjection of the hells, and that this purely Divine work of the LORD is the continued work of redemption, the effects of which are in the midst, or constitute the interior of human life, for it is stated: "The Lord hath comforted His people: He hath redeemed Jerusalem." The comfort which the LORD gives to His people is His truth, its presence and its operation with men, nor can we for one moment imagine a comfort in our natural conditions, which are so full of evils and falses, equal to the Divine Truth. The LORD is Love itself and Wisdom itself, and that love and that wisdom are continually active and operative in His providence. They are His providence for the salvation of human souls. This is the one end of the Providence of the LORD, that His Divine Omnipotence is exercised at all times for the sole end that man may be saved from evils that good may be in the midst and may introduce man into heaven. This comfort of His people and redemption of Jerusalem is the dwelling in us of the Divine Truth, which is His doctrine. The doctrine of the LORD has been in the Holy Word from the beginning-the whole doctrine of the LORD has been in the Holy Word from the beginning. It has been clothed with the letter of the Word from the most ancient time of the LORD'S Coming to the Church, when He came to men as the written Word, so that they might have Him objectively present in their world of thought and affection. He is there in that prophecy of His Second Coming, which prophecy bears within it its own fulfillment, for the Word is infinite and eternal, and what the LORD says is what the LORD does and has done from the beginning. This Truth is here now and in our midst, if we will receive in love.
     The LORD in His Second Coming has at last redeemed that truth, has set it free by the opening of the letter of the Word, so that it can be read and understood by all men, and so that all men can enter into the comfort which it brings. And this is the Divine that proceeds from the LORD, by means of which Divine Proceeding from- His Infinite Good and the Infinite Truth of His Infinite Love for man; He forms the heavens and the Church. Hence we have the teaching that it is the Divine of the LORD that makes heaven, that the angels taken together are heaven, because they compose it, but nevertheless it is the Divine Proceeding from the LORD Which inflows in the angels, and which is received by them in their midst and makes heaven in general and in particular within them. The Divine Proceeding from the LORD is the Good of Love and the Truth of Faith. So far, therefore, as the angels receive good and truth from the LORD, who is Good Truth itself, they are angels, and so far they are heaven, and the kingdom of heaven is in them.

92



Thus the Lord Himself in His Divine Human is heaven, for He makes heaven, for He is what He makes.
     Further, we are taught that He makes heaven with man, and this is a point that we must take to ourselves and consider well. What makes heaven with man, that also makes the Church, for, as love and faith make heaven, so also love and faith make the Church. Hence, from what has been said concerning heaven, it is evident what the Church is. That is called the Church where the LORD is, where He is acknowledged, and where the Word is; for the LORD is the Word; for the essentials of the Church are love to the LORD and faith in the LORD from Him and not without Him, for there is no true faith that is not faith formed by the truth consciously received as truth from the LORD, and ecclesiasticism is this formation. We have not the Divine Truth and do not acknowledge it unless we acknowledge and see that it is the LORD Himself present, telling us: This and that is My Will-this I would have you to do, and that I would have you to shun. The reception of His Word is the truth with us, the LORD'S Divine Truth, the Divine Human, if it be consciously seen and received by us as His Word, which is Himself, individually as well as in the aggregate. The Word, which is the LORD, teaches man how he is to live in order that he may receive love and faith from Him, thus in order that he may acknowledge His Divine Human.
      Now, in order that there may be a Church, there must be doctrine from the Word because without doctrine the Word is not understood, but doctrine alone does not make the Church, but a life according to it. Thence it follows that neither does faith alone make the Church, but the life of faith, which is charity. Genuine doctrine is the doctrine of charity and faith at the same time, and not the doctrine of faith alone, or faith without charity, for the doctrine of faith and at the same time of charity, is the doctrine of life, and not the doctrine of faith without the doctrine of charity. Let us bear this in mind, that the Word as it was in the world before the LORD'S Second Advent, as the revelation of the spirit and life of the Word; was not understood, and could not be understood, because men had not that doctrine or teaching by means of which they could be enabled to understand what the letter of the Word means. This doctrine, therefore, comes now to the rational understandings of men. This is the revelation now made. The LORD, when He came into the world in His Human among men, came to the senses of men, so that they could see and know that their God was a man-a Divine Man. Now He comes to our understandings. He has transfigured Himself on the mount of our interior desires that we may know Him and worship Him by living according to His Will. He has presented Himself as the infinite Divine Man, His face shining as the sun, and His raiment glistening as the light, for He is the Light itself.
     This revelation of the LORD, then, which He has made, is the genuine doctrine or teaching of the Word from the beginning, that doctrine which was concealed in the Word from its first writing down to its last, and which has been redeemed or set free from the bondage of the letter so that men might see and know Him as He is, their infinitely-loving SAVIOUR, their infinite merciful God, descending to them in His love, so as to lift them up to Himself and- to conjoin them with Himself. He comes now, having redeemed Jerusalem by this revelation, to establish the Church, and, therefore, it is that everyone with whom the Church is-that is, the life of charity and the life of faith which make the Church or the life according to the truth-that every one with whom the Church is in that sense is saved, not that he is to be saved, but that he is saved, for this saves man from his evils. But every one with whom this Church is not, is condemned, not that he is to be condemned in the future, but that he is condemned now-he condemns himself-that is, he wills to be evil and false, and he will not be good and true according to the LORD'S Will.
     Now, this Church, because it is the kingdom of God, according to the text, is within man, and the LORD Himself is in it. He is its life and its soul, and thus the Lord becomes the life and soul of the men with whom the Church is and their Saviour, and salvation is eternal life, life from the LORD, the life of love to Him above all, and of charity toward the neighbor. Doctrine from the Word is revealed to us, and, being revealed from the LORD, it is Divine Truth now proceeding from the Divine Good, in which He is and which He is, and when this doctrine is made by us of our life, when we live it, then we have our understanding co-operating with the LORD'S truth in making our faith to be our charity, and thus the Church establishes itself with us.
     This is the true Church, and its churchism or ecclesiasticism is all that proceeds from this internal state, all that comes out in its government, its order, and worship.
     It is evident from this doctrine from the Word thus revealed that the LORD would have us to know and believe that the Church is heaven with man on earth, and carries with it the Divine of the LORD, which makes heaven-that Divine which redeemed men, which is the Divine Truth proceeding from the Divine Good, which is also the Divine Human of the LORD, for He assumed the Human as the Word, or as the Divine Truth, and made Himself Divine Truth, and afterward made Himself Divine Good. The Divine of the LORD makes heaven, and that is what is meant in the LORD'S prayer by "Our Father who art in the heavens." "Our Father who art in the heavens" is the Divine Human of the LORD, is the Divine Truth received by the angels and lived by them, so that it becomes the LORD'S good with them. That is what is to make the Church with us-"Our Father in the heavens"-"Our Father," or the LORD'S truth lived by us and made good by life, made actual good, for the truth is made good when it is loved and becomes of the very life, and the Divine Truth with man is genuine only so far, as has been said, as the LORD is present in it to man's own conscious understanding and by his own intentional acknowledgment of Him as the Word itself-as Doctrine itself.
     Note this, for we must not make a distinction between the Word and Doctrine as if they were not the same thing. Doctrine is the LORD as much as the Word is, for the Word is teaching or Doctrine-the Doctrine now revealed for this New Church is the LORD Himself coming down in the world, now present in the world, and teaching all from Himself in His own Word; and, when you look into the books containing the LORD'S Doctrine, you can see the LORD objectively present just as much as in the Word. He was pleased to reveal Himself in His Second Coming in the form given in the Writings, so that through these objective conditions which are before men's senses, the truth might enter through the senses and there form vessels in the rational mind for the reception of the Divine influx, so that the LORD may be seen, known, and acknowledged both spiritually and naturally, and that the natural teaching may confirm and establish the spiritual perception of what is true and good. The LORD, being a Divine Man, thus comes to man humanly in man's own human form.

93



At this day man is in a position to understand, and so the LORD accommodates Himself to that condition of the human understanding and reveals the internal of His Word in a rational and-philosophic form,-reasons with man, so that he may have a rational idea of Him and enter into rational conditions of life. When man acknowledges the LORD to be Doctrine itself and Truth itself, good and truth are conjoined, for in the acknowledgment the will is active as well as the understanding, and in their conjunction they exist and operate together. As they exist in man, it is possible for angels to make their abode with him. They can dwell in that affection from which he accepts this infinite Divine Truth, and the LORD Himself will dwell there, for it is from Him, and He dwells with him in those things which are from Himself and which are His own. Thus heaven can be present with man in that state, and the Church that is then formed becomes his heaven on earth, as the LORD says: "He who loveth Me, keepeth by saying, and My Father will love him, and We will come to him and make abode with him." Love to the LORD from the LORD, from Whom are all good things, is the LORD'S dwelling-place in the midst of man. So also is every affection of charity or neighborly love, for this affection of charity loves the truth and every good taught by the truth, and, as love is the very life of man, so that which is loved is not out of him, but is in him. The LORD and the angels can know what is in man for this reason. The LORD regards in man the intentions of his will, not his mere thought or mere faith; not his mere word or act, but that which is within the word or act.
      Let us then, brethren, regard men and things in the same way, and we shall cease to be anxious about the external, growth of the Church, we shall cease to inquire whether it be here or there, whether it be large or small, whether it have a name among men, or be small and despised of men. We shall cease also to look for the Church in merely external appearances of goodness, knowing well how easily these appearances can be assumed, and how readily they can deceive and seduce even the very elect. As the Divine of the LORD and not anything of the proprium of the angels, makes heaven, so on earth the Church cannot bear the proprium of men and exist. As soon as the proprium enters with its evil loves and its false conceits of intelligence, as soon as it penetrates into the Church with its manmade doctrines, the Church ceases to exist internally, and after that externally. Becoming tainted and diseased, it falls into decay. The purity of the Church as the kingdom of God cannot ignore the evil things of human conceit, for the internal is destroyed when these take the place of what is from the LORD, and we are, taught that when in the Church there is no internal, when Joseph is not in the land, when there is no internal spiritual, no love of truth for truth's sake, no faith in the will, no affection, no acknowledgment and no hearing of the Word, no harkening to the Word and no obedience, no conjunction of what is true and good, no love of doing what is taught, no good in act,-then that which is of the Church is destroyed. If the Church is to conjoin its external with the internal, there must be the truth, in which there is love from good, which is received in the affection of truth for its own sake. If this good be separated, the Church will perish. When truth is implanted in the will, man is affected with it for the sake of living according to it and man can know that truth is being implanted in his will when he is delighted with the reception of it, because he wills, to have something he can follow something according to which he can live, and wills to come into another life than his own. This implantation of truth in the will may be perceived by him in his thoughts and acts, and when he perceives that it is there he may know that he is a Church in form, for with him good and truth will be internal, and if he has the good and truth of the LORD'S kingdom, and these are in him, he is a Church, and together with those who are like him he makes a general or aggregate Church. In this state of life is the true increase of the Church, not in the outward increase of numbers, but in the internal increase of quality of state. Therefore, in order that there may be a Church, there must be spiritual good-that is, the good which is of truth, into which man comes by the leading and guidance of the Church, but not merely the understanding and knowing of the truth, from which alone at this day the Church is called a Church, and by which alone one Church is distinguished from another. By mere faith or belief without the good of truth-that is, without the good to which truth leads, man comes into an external of the Church, and this external is confirmed and receives power from no source but from his own internal. It does not receive confirmation from its external, but from its internal, and the internal of the Church is the good of charity, the love of the neighbor, the love of serving the neighbor, which love is spiritual and in the Word is called "Israel" Those who are in this love are in the internals of the Church, whilst in the externals of the Church are those who are merely in the truth of the faith of the Church and not as yet manifestly in its charity-that is, in whose truth there is not the affection of truth for the sake of truth, though they may become internal men when the Church is revived or resuscitated with them. The Church is resuscitated from the internal and not from the external, as that which is good in the external is received by those who are in a state prepared to receive the same in the good of the remains with them and from the desire for a good life. When this state exists, it is said of the earth in the Word that it is prepared. The earth means the man who is then prepared to receive from the LORD celestial seeds and to produce something good and true in his own life; and, as this state comes on, the LORD causes first to spring forth something tender, which is called "the tender grass," then something more useful, which can propagate itself from seed and which is called "the herb yielding seed;" finally something good which fructifies itself, and which is called "the tree bearing fruit in which is seed, each according to his species." The man who is regenerating, is at first such that he believes the good which he does to be from himself, and the truth which he believes to be from himself, when nevertheless the fact is that all good and truth is from the LORD; on which account he who believes it to be from himself has not the true faith, though he may receive it afterward, if he cannot yet believe it to be from the LORD because he is only in a state of preparation to receive the truth of faith. This state is represented by what is inanimate, and the life of faith is represented by what is animate.
     From this we can see why the Church grows so slowly; It is first something tender, like grass; and after this something like the tender herb; finally something like the tree appears. Thus in the beginning of creation as the LORD further teaches, He is the sower of the seed, of the celestial seed of good from which the Church springs, and which is likewise the Word, or the Divine Truth. The earth into which the seed is sown is man.
     This the LORD teaches in the Gospel of Matthew, chapter xiii, v. 19 to 24, in like manner in Mark iv, 26-28, where He gives this description:

94



"So is the kingdom of God like a man, when he casts seed into the earth, and sleeps and rises night and day, and the seed springs up and grows he knows not how, and he cannot say, Lo here, or lo there." It springs up and grows without his knowledge. Much watching and digging, and looking for it, as we well know, will destroy the plant by injuring the seed itself so that it can never produce anything. Let us then learn to be patient, as the LORD is, and not watch so anxiously for the outward growth of the Church, let us be sure that the LORD, who in His merciful providence will save every human soul, that would be saved, that He is Himself caring for the tender herb that is springing up, for every tender plant in every human breast,-and, so long as He cares for them, man need have no anxiety and ought not to interfere with His providence, or to do anything to hinder the accomplishment of the ends of His Divine mercy, for the earth bears spontaneously-that is, to say from the LORD'S influx, first, "the blade, then the ear, them the full grain in the ear."
     By "the kingdom of God" which is likened to this process is meant in the universal sense the whole heaven, in a sense less universal the true Church of the LORD, in the particular sense every one who is in the truths of faith, or who is being regenerated by a life of faith, and in whom heaven is being formed. Thus we see, then, that the text teaches, when understood according to Doctrine, that heaven or the kingdom of God, which cometh not with much watching, and concerning which we cannot say: "Lo here, or lo there," is created and made by the Divine of the LORD-the Divine proceeding from Him; thus by His Divine Human. Like all living things created by Him, the Church has its seed in itself, the Church progates and fructifies itself-when the Divine is within it as its soul and life. The Divine of the LORD is the Divine Truth proceeding from the Divine Good-which is the living germ in the Truth. From this germ grows the life of good, and in this good is its own continuity or its own pro-germinating faculty, so that it is not to be renewed from without, but is continually renewed from within, even as the tree grows from the life flowing into its interiors and not by accumulations or accretions from Without, so the life of the Church grows from the inflowing of the LORD, whilst all that affects it from without forms the plane into which the heat from within can penetrate, and by means of which the heat from. within may cause an increase. The light from without is the Divine Truth that enters from the letter of the Word, and from doctrine, through the senses into the understanding, and brings with it the Divine Love which causes that truth to fructify, or grow up into what is like a tree, and from this tree to produce fruit which is good. The Church continues and propagates itself in this way. What is true of the Church is true also of all the offices of the Church. They all have their seed within themselves-they have within themselves, that propagating life, that internally which gives to their external a faculty of continuity, which does not allow them to go out of existence. It is the Divine of the LORD that makes them-and manifests itself in this continuity, in which continuity of the Church there is a representative of the infinity of the LORD, of the infinity of His Love, in producing the things which make for the happiness of man. The Divine of the LORD makes them and thus renders itself visible.
     The same is eminently true of the highest offices of the Church, which is the LORD'S own office, the office of the Priesthood, which is the Divine within us in a human: form, and adapted to conjunction with man and adapted also to continuance by translation from man to man, for the Church exists only by virtue of the living presence of the LORD and by means of the ultimate operating and proceeding form of His presence in the work of saving souls; which is the work of the priesthood-and this is the very work of the LORD, for He alone saves men, The Church in the highest sense never is and never has been destroyed. It is only what is called the Church among men, what they have made of the Church, that is destroyed by their perverting it into a form of their own proprium. The Church has existed from the beginning. The Most Ancient Church is the internal in the New Church of today. It is present in and by the Holy Word. Its own Holy Word was given to the men of the Ancient Church in a written form, and so it was present in that Church. It has been brought down to us at this day, and this Ancient Word is now redeemed for Jerusalem by the LORD, for Jerusalem is set free, so that we can read in a form accommodated to us, what the LORD Himself taught the men of the Most Ancient time; and thus see the Divine proceeding of the LORD, which then formed the Church and which now forms the Church. And I have no question but that in the course of time the whole of this Ancient Word, as written, which we are told exists in Great Tartary, will be discovered and brought to light, when the New Church has advanced so far in the movement toward a higher form of perfection that the truths contained in that Ancient Word will be needed for its further and more complete regeneration. Then, no doubt, the LORD will give it to men again, and they will go to it, as we now go to our Word, in which a part of the Ancient Word has been presented in written form for the instruction of the Churches that have come after the First. In the sense here indicated the Church is never destroyed, because the LORD never destroys His medium of communication between heaven and the earth, and that is what the Church is established to see. He never leaves man. Men may cut themselves off from Him, but He does not cut Himself off from them. He preserves the Church always, and, when men have destroyed it in the form in which it had existed among them, the remnants are saved-remnants of good and truth-some remnants of charity and faith that have been, by means of which the Church may be called into existence anew. These remnants are those states with men into which the Divine can inflow, and by which the Divine can instruct and lead to new conditions of life. In these remnants is the continuity of the Church as preserved by the LORD in His Mercy.
     We see, then, that the establishment and the growth of the Church is not to be looked for in mere appearances, however seductive, but in real things, which are spiritual things: Words, thoughts, and acts are appearances. Real things are loves, affections, which supply the purposes of the thoughts from which words and acts proceed. Man, as born into the world, is full of evil loves and their evil affections, and thence he is also prone to false ideas and thoughts. From man so conditioned, no good acts can proceed, and the appearances of good which we sometimes see in this life are external appearances. They do not come from the internal with him, being external, and assumed in accordance with these simulations, by which we are very apt to be seduced into the belief that they are real things. They are not real things. The so-called charities of the world are the appearances of genuine charity. They are not necessarily real. They are taken on by men for various reasons and different purposes. Some would like to purchase their way to heaven by apparently good acts. Some would like to appear well before men.

95



Some would like to satisfy their own selfish feeling by doing what they call good, to others, and these are unwilling to be told that their good acts proceed from selfishness, and not from the LORD. They are merely external-seeming good. If they proceeded from real good, internal good would manifest itself in genuine and unselfish love to the neighbor. From man, unchanged as to his natural condition, nothing good and true can proceed, and without his learning the truth concerning the Divine, concerning himself, concerning the world here and the world hereafter, he cannot be changed or regenerated. Without acknowledging the evil that is in him in particular, and then shunning it because it is a sin against the LORD, he can never be changed. Evil in general and particular is the love of self and the love of the world. These loves assume a great variety of forms, and we are very often deceived in regard to them, while good in general and in particular is the love of the LORD above all things, and of the neighbor as of one's self; and when the evil loves are shunned according to the Divine commandments, then good loves will have a place into which they can enter from the LORD, and they do enter, if man shuns an evil because it is a sin against God. In so shunning he does good. That is good and not anything else is good, but the shunning of evil as sin against God. Good is then done to the neighbor. If a man entertain toward the neighbor hostile and angry feelings-feelings of resentment-and sees that this is an evil, and shuns it, then he does good to the neighbor, because he does what is good, and Good itself is the neighbor. In this case there is a possibility of good words being spoken and of rood acts being done-a possibility of good appearances in the life of man. These will be appearances, not of his life, but of the life of the LORD in him, for he then lives the life of the LORD, Who alone is good, and the kingdom of God being then within, will also be without. But with us, let us note this: the kingdom of God comes to men silently and in the night time; even as the LORD Himself came silently and in the night time in the Human to redeem mankind;-so with the kingdom of God. The man who is being changed by regeneration, shuns his evil without proclaiming it to the world, thus he changes himself silently and quietly as before the LORD, acknowledging to Him his evil-confessing to Him and repenting before Him of his evil. He goes forward, and thus endeavors to do the Divine Will; his act comes forth from it as the act of this state, and the kingdom of God is then manifest in the external. The outward presence of this external act is its fullness and its completion. We are taught that least of all and last of all does man himself know of the presence of the kingdom of God in his external. When he does his work, and performs his use to the neighbor from delight, this is from within him, for the delight is within him; and it is from his life's love; the LORD leading. For the LORD ever leads man by his delights to do things that are according to His Will, and then the man is being led without his knowledge b his own delight, for he acts as of himself in entire freedom. The LORD'S government of man in his regeneration is a government administered in man's freedom.
Man is at liberty to turn this way or that, but being led by his delight, it seems to him as if he were leading himself, while the fact is that the LORD is leading him silently and quietly, for thus His Providence operates. It is of infinite mercy that the LORD so operates. If we interfere with the LORD'S Providence, if we undertake to think of ourselves and to do of ourselves, and do not look to Him for instruction said guidance, we are apt to interfere with the Providence of the LORD. Poor mortals that we are, very often we do not know or think of what we are doing when we imagine we are doing wonderful things, that we are helping the LORD-when we are interrupting the Divine work of Him who is always leading men to do His Will that he shall be saved from sin, and thus from hell. Let us then shun as evil this continual watching for the kingdom of God, and saying, "Lo, here! and to, there!" We cannot tell, we cannot know. The LORD alone can tell, and the LORD alone knows when it is coming, for He provides, and, operating by an internal way, leads man in the way of is Truth to do those things that will bring it into existence. As the LORD is man's life and man's charity, so the Church is in many loves; its ecclesiasticism or churchism will become manifest without any loud proclamation. It will be manifest in this, that the members of the Church ever and constantly look to the LORD, and love to look to the LORD alone for the way, the truth, and the life, and constantly avoid the wrong shunning the evil of letting self-love and love of the world interfere in matters of government and order, and, from a love of use, doing the good uses that are spiritual. When these exist in the Church, external charities and uses may follow, and will follow, and may be some external means of internal growth and development, though they will not be regarded as evidence of the presence of the kingdom of God, but simply as civil and social duties,
     The general lesson of our text, then, is this: Seek not the heavenly man in external appearances, not even in good appearances. Inquire not what good you shall do, but simply and honestly shun your evils as sins against God, and then the LORD Himself, in His mercy, will teach you and lead you (A. E. 979) into the very heart of His kingdom, into holiness and peace, internal and eternal, for these constitute His kingdom.- AMEN.
angels 1891

angels              1891

     The angels, from the presence of the Lord, are more in good.- H. D. 308.
DIVINE HUMAN AND THE HOLY PROCEEDING 1891

DIVINE HUMAN AND THE HOLY PROCEEDING              1891

     LAST month's article on "The Divine Trinity" presented the teaching concerning the first universal of faith, which is that God is One in Essence and in Person, in Whom is the Divine Trinity, and that the LORD GOD the SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST is He, and that the Trinity in the LORD is the Divine Itself, which is called" the Father," the Divine Human, which is "the Son," and the Divine Proceeding, which is "the Holy Spirit;" and that thus the Trine is One.
     In accommodation to merely natural states, the Trinity was represented by the three men that appeared to Abraham, as explained in the article just referred to. Two of these men, or angels, went to Sodom to execute judgment upon that city. These two represented the Divine Human and the Holy Proceeding, for judgment appertains to them. So the LORD says of the Divine Human, "The Father doth not judge any one, but all judgment hath He given to the Son" (John v, 22). And of the Holy Proceeding from the Divine Human of the LORD He says: "If I go away, I shall send the Paraclete to you; and when He cometh, He will reprove the world of sin, and of justice and of judgment" (ch. xvi, 8). And that the Holy proceeds from the LORD, He teaches in the words, "He shall not speak of Himself, but He shall receive of Mine, and shall announce" (ch. xvi, 13, 15); and this when the Human was made Divine-that is, when the LORD was glorified: "The Holy Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified" (ch. vii, 29).

96




     How it is that the judgment appertains to the Divine Human and the Holy proceeding from the LORD is thus explained: The human race could no longer have been saved had not the LORD come into the world, and united the Divine Essence to the Human Essence; for without the Human of the LORD, made Divine, salvation could no more reach to man. The Holy itself proceeding from the Divine Human of the LORD is what separates the evil from the good, for the evil fear and abhor the Holy of the LORD to such a degree that they cannot come near it, but flee far away from it, into their hells, every one according to the profane that is with him.
     The story of the visit of the three angels to Abraham, and the subsequent visit to Sodom, is replete with the teaching, in the internal sense, of the acknowledgment and worship due to the Divine Trinity, and particularly to the Divine Human and the Holy Proceeding. For when the two angels arrived at Sodom, Lot, who was sitting in the gate, arose to meet them, and bowed himself, the face to the earth, and respectfully invited them to spend the night at his house, addressing them as "My Lords," which signifies the interior acknowledgment and confession of the Divine Human and of the Holy Proceeding of the LORD. The plural "My Lords" is used for the same reason that at the visit to Abraham "three men were mentioned, for as "three" signify the Divine Itself, the Human Divine, and the Holy Proceeding, so here "two" signify, the Divine Human and the Holy Proceeding of the LORD. But these two are one, and, therefore, they are spoken of as one in the sequel, as may be seen by referring to the narrative.
     They who are truly men of the Church-that is, who are in love to the LORD, and in charity toward the neighbor-know and acknowledge the Trine, still they humiliate themselves before the LORD, and adore Him alone, because they know that there is no approach to the Divine Itself, which is called the Father, except through the Son, and that all the Holy which is of the Holy Spirit proceeds from Him. When they are in this idea, they adore none other than Him through Whom-and from Whom all things are, thus The One, nor do they diffuse the ideas into Three. The LORD says in John, "He that seeth Me, seeth the Father; believe Me, that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me" (ch. xiv, 9, 10, 11); and of the Holy Spirit He says: "The Paraclete shall not speak of Himself, but shall accept of Mine and announce to you" (ch. xvi, 13, 14, 15); thus there is One JEHOVAH, although in the literal sense in the story of Lot, two are named. Two are named because all the Laws of Order are from the Divine Itself, the Divine Human, and the Holy Proceeding of the LORD.
infernals 1891

infernals              1891

     The infernals, from the presence of the Lord, are more in evil.- H. D. 308.
DIVINE HUMAN AND THE HOLY SPIRIT AT THE SECOND COMING 1891

DIVINE HUMAN AND THE HOLY SPIRIT AT THE SECOND COMING              1891

     WHILE considering the acknowledgment and confession to be rendered to the Divine Human and the Holy Proceeding of the LORD, we of the New Church must bear in mind the Singulars of the Faith which is "the face, gate, and summary" of the New Heaven, and, therefore, of the New Church, and which is the face of the true Christian religion, the gate through which entrance is made into the temple, and the summary in which the single things of our universal theology are in their own measure contained,
     "THE FAITH OF THE NEW HEAVEN AND OF THE NEW CHURCH, IN THE SINGULAR FORM, is this: That JEHOVAH GOD is Love itself and Wisdom itself, or that he is Good itself and Truth itself; and that He, as to Divine Truth, which is the Word, and which was God with God, descended and assumed the Human, to the end that He might reduce to order all things which were in heaven, and all things which were in hell, and all things which were in the Church; since, at that time, the power of hell prevailed over the power of heaven, and, upon earth, the power of evil over the power of good, and thence a total damnation stood before the door and threatened. This impending damnation JEHOVAH GOD removed by means of His Human, which was Divine Truth, and thus He redeemed angels and men; and afterward He united, in His Human, Divine Truth with Divine Good, or Divine Wisdom with Divine Love, and thus, together with and in His glorified Human, returned into His Divine, in which He was from eternity. These things are meant by this passage in John, 'The Word was with God, and the Word was God: and the Word became flesh' (i, 1, 14); and in the same, 'I proceeded from the Father,' and came into the world: again I leave the world, and go to the Father (xvi, 28): and also by this, 'We know that the Son of God hath come, and given us understanding, that we might know the True; and we are in the True, in his Son Jesus Christ: This is the true God and eternal Life' (1 John v, 20, 21). From these it is manifest that, without the coming of the LORD into the world, no one could have been saved.
     "It is similar at this day: wherefore, unless the LORD should again come into the world, in Divine Truth, no one can be saved."
     The teaching which in the present state of the Church it is especially necessary to note is the concluding one. "It is similar at this day, wherefore, unless the LORD should come again into the world, in the Divine Truth, no one can be saved."
     The LORD has come again into the world, in the Divine Truth revealed in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, before whom He manifested Himself in Person, and whom He filled with His Spirit, to teach the Doctrines of the New Church through the Word from Him. And the LORD did this in order that He might be constantly present with men.
     "To the end that the LORD might be constantly present, He has disclosed to me the Spiritual Sense of His Word, in which Divine Truth is in its light, and in this he is continually present; for His presence in the Word is only by means of the Spiritual Sense: through the light of this He passes into the shade in which the sense of the letter is, comparatively as it happens with the light of the sun in the daytime, by the interposition of a cloud. That the sense of the letter of the Word is as a cloud, and the spiritual sense glory, and the LORD Himself the sun from which the light proceeds, and that thus the LORD is the Word, has been demonstrated above. That the glory in which He is to come (Matt. xxiv, 30) signifies Divine Truth in its light, in which the Spiritual Sense of the Word is, appears clearly from these passages: 'The voice of one crying in the desert, Prepare a way of JEHOVAH; the glory of JEHOVAH shall be revealed and all flesh shall see' (Isaiah xl, 3, 5). "Be thou enlightened, because thy light hath come, and the glory of JEHOVAH hath risen upon thee' (ch. ix, 1 to the end). 'I will give Thee for a covenant to the people, for the light of the nations; and my glory I will not give to another' (ch. xlii, 6, 8; xlviii, 11).

97



'Thy light shall break forth as the morning; the glory of JEHOVAH shall gather thee up' (ch. lviii, 8). 'All the earth shall be filled with the glory of JEHOVAH' (Num. xiv, 8; Isaiah vi, 1, 2, 3; lxvi, 18). 'In the beginning was the Word; in Him was life, and the life was the light of men. He was the true light. And the Word became flesh, and we saw His glory, the glory a of the only begotten of the Father' (John i, 1, 4, 9, 14). 'The heavens shall tell the glory of God' (Psalm xix, 1). 'The glory of God shall enlighten the New Jerusalem, and the Lamb shall be its light, and the nations which are saved shall walk in his His light' (Rev. xxi, 23, 24, 25); besides in many other places. That 'glory' signifies Divine Truth in its fullness, is because everything magnificent in heaven is from the light which proceeds from the LORD, and the light proceeding from Him, as a sun there, in its essence is Divine Truth" (T. C. R. 780).
     Now to revert to the similar statement concerning the descent of JEHOVAH GOD as to the Divine Truth which is the Word, and in reference to which it is said, that "it is similar at this day, wherefore unless the LORD should come again into the world, in the Divine Truth, no one can be saved," and in which statement of the Faith of the New Heaven and the New Church the singulars of The True Christian Religion must in their own measure be contained. The following is one of these singulars:
     "That JEHOVAH descended as the Divine Truth, which is the Word, and yet that He did not separate the Divine Good.
     "There are two things which make the essence of God, the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom; or, what is the same, the Divine Good and the Divine Truth. These two, in the Word, are meant also by 'JEHOVAH GOD;' by 'JEHOVAH,' the Divine Love or the Divine Good, and by 'GOD,' the Divine Wisdom or the Divine Truth; thence it is that, in the Word, they are distinguished in various ways, and sometimes only JEHOVAH s named, and sometimes only God; for where the Divine Good is treated of, there it is said 'JEHOVAH;' and where the Divine Truth, there 'GOD;' and where both, there 'JEHOVAH GOD.' That JEHOVAH GOD descended as the Divine Truth, which is the Word, is evident in John, where are these words: 'In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. All things were made by Him, and without Him was nothing made that was made. And the Word became flesh, and dwelt amongst us' (ch. i, 1, 3, 14). That by the 'Word' is there meant the Divine Truth, is because the Word, which is in the Church, is the Divine Truth itself; for it was dictated by JEHOVAH Himself, and what is dictated by JEHOVAH, is purely the Divine Truth, and can be no other; but, because that passed through the heavens, even into the world, it became accommodated to the angels in heaven, and also to men in the world. Thence there is, in the Word, a spiritual sense, in which Divine Truth is in the light, and a natural sense, in which Divine Truth is in the shade; wherefore the Divine Truth, in this Word, is what is meant in John. This appears still more clearly from this, that the LORD came into the world that He might fulfill all things of the Word; wherefore it is so often read that this and that was done by Him that the Scripture might be fulfilled. No other than the Divine Truth is meant by the 'Messiah' or 'Christ;' nor any other by the' Son of Man;' nor any other by the 'Paraclete,' the 'Holy Spirit,' which the LORD sent after' His departure. That He represented Himself as that Word in His transformation before the three disciples on the mount (Matt. xii, Mark ix, and Luke ix), and also before John (Rev. i, 12 to 16), will be seen in the chapter concerning the Sacred Scripture. That the LORD, in the world, was the Divine Truth, appears from His own words: 'I am the Way, the Truth and the Life' (John xiv, 6); and from these, 'We know that the Son of God hath come, and given us understanding, that we may know the truth, and we are in the truth, in His Son Jesus Christ: This is the true God and eternal life' (I John v, 20, 21); and still further by His being called the light, as in these passages: 'He was the true light, which enlighteneth every man that cometh into the world' (John i, 4, 9). 'Jesus said, Yet for a little while the light is with you: walk while ye have light, lest darkness overtake you: while ye have light, believe in the light, that ye may be sons of the light' (ch. xii, 35, 36, 46). '1 am the light of the world' (ch. ix, 5). Simeon said, 'Mine eyes have seen Thy salvation, a light for the revelation of the gentiles' (Luke ii, 30, 31, 32). 'This is the judgment, that light hath come into the world; he who doeth the truth, cometh to the light' (John iii, 19, 21): besides other places, where by the 'light' is meant the Divine Truth.
     "The reason why JEHOVAH GOD descended into the world as the Divine Truth was that He might do the work of redemption; and redemption was the subjugation of the hells, the establishment of order in the heavens, and, after this, the institution of a Church. The Divine Good is not competent to effect those things, but the Divine Truth from the Divine Good" (T. C. R. 85, 86).
     The analogy between the First Coming of the LORD, when He appeared in the Flesh, and His Second Coming, when He appeared in the Spiritual Sense of the Word, published by the press in a permanent form so that men of all future ages may have the LORD present with them in this His own descent to them on earth,-is to be found in this, that in both cases He came in the Divine Truth which is the Word, and that He did not separate the Divine Good. It is He, the LORD, that has come in the Divine Truth revealed in the Theological Writings of Swedenborg,-not some one, or something else. It is the Second Coming of the LORD. And hence upon the Brief Exposition of the Doctrine of the New Church, as a typical work, were written by Swedenborg, upon command received from the LORD, the memorable words, "This Book is the Coming of the LORD." These Books contain the Divine Truth, inseparate from the Divine Good. They are the Light. They are the LORD speaking to us in the Spiritual Sense, the "glory" of the Word. They are the "Messiah," or "Christ," the Son of God," the "Paraclete." the "Holy Spirit."
     And the same reason which is assigned for the descent of JEHOVAH GOD into the world eighteen centuries ago is given for His descent into the world the second time. Namely, that He might do the work of redemption; and redemption was the subjugation of the hells, the establishment of order in the heavens, and after this, the institution of a new Church. Of redemption it is expressly said that "What it was at the time of the first Advent, has not been made known to any one, because it has not been revealed in the sense of the letter of the Word; but what it was at the time of His Second Advent has been given to my eyes to see, from which it can be concluded concerning the former, and this was described in the little Work concerning the Last Judgment published at London, in the year 1758" (T. C. R. 123).

98



evil 1891

evil              1891

     The evil cast themselves into hell from the mere presence of the Lord.- H. D. 308.
PRESERVATION OF THE WORD IN THE ORIGINAL HEBREW FORM 1891

PRESERVATION OF THE WORD IN THE ORIGINAL HEBREW FORM              1891

     FROM the general sphere of obscurity, doubt, and denial which at an early period pervaded the First Christian Church, the question has often arisen, whether the Word of God has been preserved anywhere in the original form in which it was given from the LORD through Moses and the Prophets. And yet the LORD declared that "until heaven and earth have passed away, one jot, or one little horn shall not pass away from the Law, until all have come to pass" (Matth. v 18).
     In the Revelation of the Internal Sense of the Word, the same declaration is thus repeated:

     THAT THE WORD HAS BEEN PRESERVED AS TO EVERY SMALLEST PART.

     "It has been of the Divine Providence of the LORD that the Word has been preserved as to every jot and little horn from the time when it was written, especially the Word of the Old Testament" (A. C. 9349).
     "The Jews were led to number each single letter in the Word in the original Hebrew" (S. D. 6620).
     "It was of the Divine Providence of the LORD that all the letters of the Word in the Hebrew text were numbered by the Masoretes" (De Verbo 4).

     So great was the necessity for the preservation of the Word in its original form, that an entire nation were set apart for this special use, and miraculously preserved in existence on account of this use alone, as may be seen from the following passages:

     THE PRESERVATION OF THE JEWISH NATION ON ACCOUNT OF THE WORD IN THE HEBREW.

     "That the Jewish nation has been preserved and scattered about through a great part of the world is on account of the Word in its Original Tongue, which they hold more holy than the Christians do, and in the singular parts of the Word there is the Divine of the LORD, for there is the Divine Truth united with the Divine Good which proceeds from the LORD, and by means of this the Word is the conjunction of the LORD with the Church, and the presence of Heaven "(D. P. 260).
     "The Jews have also been preserved on account of the Hebrew Language" (D. S., P. VII, p. 85).
     "The LORD predicted in Matthew that the Jews would still be tolerated, on account of the Word in the original tongue, by which there could be some communication with heaven "(D. S. 5619).
     "Because it was foreseen by the LORD that the Christians would not hold the Old Testament in such holiness as the Jews do, these have therefore been preserved even until now, and dispersed throughout the whole Christian world so that the Word might still be in its sanctity by correspondence (D. S., P. VII, p. 81).
     "Because the Jewish tribe, more than the rest, ascribed holiness to the Word of the Old Testament, and it was foreseen that the Christians would almost reject this, and also defile its internal things with profane things, hence this nation has been preserved even until this period, according to the LORD'S Words in Matthew xxxiv, 34. It would have been otherwise if the Christians, as they knew internal things, also had lived internal men. If this had been the case, this nation, as other nations, would have been cut off many centuries ago" (A. C. 3479).
     After the Last Judgment, this use of the Jewish nation, was taken away from them. This nation will now become extinct, and the use of preserving the Word of the LORD will be transferred to the New Church. This is evident from the following teaching:
     "A little before Babylon was destroyed [at the Last Judgment] the Jews were thrown down into a desert in the northern quarter" (Index D. S. Minus, p. 65).
     "That the residue of the worship of the Jewish nation is to have an end together with the end of the Church of to-day in Europe, the LORD predicts in Matthew: "Amen, I say unto you, this generation shall not pass away, until all things have become" (Ch. xxxiv, 34). (A. C. 10,497).
Lord judges 1891

Lord judges              1891

     The Lord judges all from good.- H. D. 308.
ABORTION AND SIMILAR EVILS 1891

ABORTION AND SIMILAR EVILS              1891

EDITOR NEW CHURCH LIFE.
     Dear Sir:-I read this morning in The New Church Messenger of 8th inst. the remarks and quotation-under the "Beginning of Immortal Life," in which a correspondent seeks to give an answer to inquiries on this subject appearing in the Messenger of January 21st last. As this question seems to me to have an important bearing upon a too prevalent vice or sin existing at this day, that of destroying and preventing pre-natal life, among both the unmarried and the married-I would like to have the views of New Church Life's editor, either privately or through its columns on this subject. The question, it seems to me, naturally arises whether if "immortal life" does not begin before birth and the opening of the lungs,-the fetus before that time being a purely animal existence depending for growth as such upon its connection with the mother, and the completion of such growth for the reception of the "beginning of immortal life,"-it can be accounted a sin and should be made a crime in law, as it is in most of our States, to destroy such life after its evident existence. (I believe it is nowhere sought to make it a crime in law to prevent conception, however clearly it may be regarded as sinful by churchmen and moralists of all classes.)
     Would not the view of the case as indicated in the presentation of this quotation from The Divine Wisdom conflict with the doctrine as presented in the Writing of the "soul being from the father," which is clothing itself with a body from the mother. Is such soul therefore lost, dissipated, or annihilated unless it has completed such clothing, and come forth, and breathed and lived a conscious separate existence in the natural world?
     Whatever form your response may take, it will confer a favor upon one of your, to date,
     CONSTANT READERS.

     ANSWER.

     THE teaching in The Divine Wisdom here referred to is as follows:

     "That one receptacle is for the wilt of the future man, and the other for his understanding, and yet that there is altogether nothing of his will and understanding present in the formation.
     "The will and understanding do not commence with man until the lungs have been opened, which is not effected until after birth, for the will of man then becomes the receptacle of love, and the understanding becomes the receptacle of wisdom. The reason that they then first become (such receptacles) when the lungs have been opened, is, that the lungs correspond to the life of the understanding, and the heart corresponds to the life of the will, and without the co-operation of the understanding and the will, man has not any life of his own, as he has not any without the co-operation of love and wisdom, by which the embryo is formed and vivified, as was shown above.

99



In the embryo the heart alone beats and the liver leaps, the heart for the circulation of the blood, and the liver for the reception of nutrition, the motion of the rest of the viscera is from these; it is this motion which, after the middle of gestation, is felt as pulsative. But this motion is not from any proper life of the fetus, life proper is life of the will and life of the understanding, but the life of the infant is the life of the beginning of the will and of the beginning of the understanding; from these alone exists sensitive life and moving life in the this life cannot be given from the beating of the heart alone, is given from is a conjunction with the respiration of the lungs. That it is so, appears from men, who have both will and understanding, who fall into a swoon or are suffocated; these when the respiration is shut off are as if dead: They do not feel, nor do they move their joints, nor do they think nor will, and yet the heart performs its systoles, and the blood circulates; but as soon as the lungs return to their respirations, the man returns to his acts and senses, and to his will and understanding. From these things it can be concluded what is the life of the fetus in the womb, in which the heart alone performs its motion, and not as yet the lungs, namely, that there is present in it nothing of the life of the will and nothing of the life of the understanding, but that life alone from the LORD by which man is afterward to live, effects formation. But concerning these things more will be seen in the following article.
     [That in the embryo before birth there is life, but that the embryo is not conscious of it.]
     "That in the embryo before birth there is life, but that it is not conscious of it follows from what was said above; then that life from which the embryo in the womb lives is not its, but the LORD alone, who alone is Life" (D. W. iii, 5, 6).

     The teaching is explicit, that the will and the understanding, although spiritual, do not commence with man until his lungs have been opened. It is therefore unquestionably a sin to destroy the forming organism, be it embryo or fetus. It is a sin similar to that of the prevention of conception-a profane interference with the LORD'S Providence. In the case of infanticide, this world is robbed of a future citizen, but the child's soul continues to live in the other world. But in the case of pre-natal death, not only this world, but the Spiritual World also is despoiled of a future inhabitant, and the Divine end in human procreation is thwarted. Such a form of destruction is, therefore, worse than ordinary murder.
     This does not conflict with the teaching that the soul is from the father. The image of the father is in its fullness in the seed, whether that be received in the womb, and clothed with a body or not. It is spiritual from its origin, and cannot remain permanent, unless there be a corresponding ultimate in the natural world. The offshoot from the father in the seed is not a full man until it has a conscious will and understanding subject to its behests. Unless it have this, the spiritual substances of which it consists are dissipated upon the severance from them of the natural embodiment, and probably in a manner corresponding to the dissipation of this its material-vehicle in the natural world, as in the cases where the prolific is wasted.
Mercy 1891

Mercy              1891

     The Lord looks at all from mercy.- H. D. 308.
Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     THE Danish New Church Society, under the "liberal" guidance of the Rev. W. Winslow, has now modified its constitution, so as to admit of women becoming members of the "Church Committee." Two ladies were lately elected to fill this "forensic" office.



     Scandinavisk Nykyrktidning, which has been published for fifteen years under the able editorship of the Rev. C. J. N. Manby, has passed into the hands of a recently formed "New Church Board of Publication" in Sweden, and will be published henceforth under the name Nya Kyrkaus Tidning-("The journal of The New Church," a rather pretentious name, considering that it is not the only New Church paper published in Sweden). The editorship has been intrusted to the Rev. Alfred Bjorck, the missionary of the General Convention to Sweden, while Mr. Manby's name appears as that of publisher.



     PROBABLY the most valuable of all society manuals ever published is the twenty-seventh annual report of the Flodden Road, Camberwell Society (for the year 1890). It is of importance in the history of the development of the New Church in England. The report of the Pastor, the Rev. Robert J. Tilson, after dwelling with thankfulness on the work and internal progress of the Society, during the past year, describes the many conflicts and struggles that were forced, during the same period, upon the Pastor and the Society, by a band of members, who are opponents to the unquestioning acceptance of the Doctrines of the New Church, resorting, as it is usual with such persons, to insults, misrepresentations, and slander. Their object of compelling the Pastor to resign nevertheless failed. The persecution was then taken up by the General Conference, in the manner already known to the readers of the Life.
      In the report of the Church Committee the disturbances within the Society are further dwelt upon, exhibiting the spirit of the opposition in an unpleasant light.



     The New Church Independent, in its April issue, contains a portrait of Major George W. Christy, the recently deceased Pseudo- Celestialist of New Orleans. It is accompanied with a biographical sketch from the pen of his friend and admirer, Dr. Holcombe. According to this sketch the departed must have-been an extraordinary man. It is claimed that he knew all the Doctrines of the New Church, without ever having read a word from the Writings of Swedenborg, and that he had visions and spiritual experiences even greater than those of Swedenborg, from whom "he had nothing to learn."
     He was "a man perpetually infested by evil spirits," who were permitted to inflow into him and through him, re-live their life in this ultimate world, and thus have a new chance for reformation. These spirits were especially drunkards, who often made their victim exhibit all the signs of deep intoxication, without ever having touched a drop of liquor. This deprivation of freedom and rationality, thus of all the human faculties, finally made him lose his usefulness as a citizen, and brought him to poverty and squalor. Dr. Holcombe himself admits that "what was fact and what was phantasy [in the ravings of G. W. C.] it will be hard to determine."
Lord is never angry at any one 1891

Lord is never angry at any one              1891

     The Lord is never angry at any one, He does evil to no one, and He sends no one to hell.- H. D. 308.
DR. HOLCOMBE'S LATEST-WORK 1891

DR. HOLCOMBE'S LATEST-WORK              1891

     A MYSTERY OF NEW ORLEANS: Solved by New Methods.

     By Wm. H. Holcombe, M. D.

     OF course the announcement of a new book by Dr. Holcombe attracts the attention of Newchurchmen generally. The purpose which he claims for writing the book is expressed in the Preface: "To illustrate the new discoveries in physio-psychology, with certain notes of warning; to throw a little light upon the race-problem, and to cultivate friendly sentiments between North and South. . . ."
     The "new methods" by which the "mystery" is said to be "solved" may be best known by the words which the author puts into the mouth of one of his characters: "Spiritualism will always remain a muddle until men of common sense and practical character take earnest hold of it, study it by scientific methods, eliminate the false elements from the true, bring order out of chaos, and teach us to utilize its possibilities.

100



I take a loftier, broader view of these questions than any of those people [mediums, those blind, ignorant workers in the lowest sphere] are capable of imagining. I have studied the great leaders and masters of idealism, the elucidators of spiritual phenomena, the adepts in occultism Swedenborg, T. L. Harris, Oliphant, Kingland, Blavatsky, Braid, Charcot, Bernheim, Binet, and the Proceedings of the British and American Societies for Psychical Research, and, I assure you, sir, not in vain."
     From these and other utterances in the book, we learn that the "new methods" are evolved from the various phases which spiritism, mesmerism, hypnotism-in a word-pythonism present. Let us try to judge of the Doctor's qualifications to unfold and elucidate such a subject. In a long list of letters on "Spiritual Subjects," published some years ago in the New Church Independent, he enunciates his principles with sufficient clearness. Speaking of a dream which he vainly tried to recall, in full, he says: "There remained a clear perception of the fact that the solution and secret of the whole matter lay in the Opening of the Interiors, Jan., 1882." This opening of the interiors is the hypothetical philosophy running through all those letters, and the two volumes that have since appeared, and also in the present volume. Evidently this is nearly equivalent to "immediate influx." From the Writings we this day we know that this cannot take place in an orderly way at this day.
Two years later he writes: "I have repeatedly openly asserted that G. W. C. is a man who has been opened consciously into the celestial degree of life while living in the world." Some months later he writes: "There are now occurring in different centres opening of the interior degrees of life, and from these centres the spiritual life presses powerfully downward to plant itself firmly in externals and mold the internals to its own laws and order. This is the New Life in the New Church." Again he says: "We may enjoy in the future innumerable multiplications of truths and revelations of things never heard or seen by Swedenborg."
     Evidently the Doctor relies upon his half-forgotten dream, the promiscuous opening of interior degrees, and the vagaries of Major Christy for information in spiritual matters.
     He claims that great good to the race will result from what may be developed by means of this "pythonism." "We are finding the right keys to psychical phenomena, transference of thought, transference of sensation, prevision, clairvoyance, clairaudience, and thousands of occurrences hitherto deemed incredible. The past is written in invisible ink. We have discovered the secret of making it visible again. The time is coming when nothing can be hidden, when even our thoughts cannot be concealed." If such a slate of things could be secured at any price, however small, who can say that it would be desirable? But if it is to be attained actually through the practice of "pythonism," the Divine seal of condemnation has been set upon it.
     These "new methods" necessitate the violation of Liberty and Rationality. This may be carried to the extent of combating murder and other crimes by proxy. Hence the Doctor speaks of "certain notes of warning," to which he calls attention. The Witch of Endor's incantations were innocent compared with such infernalism. Much could be adduced, from the Writings in support of this position. (See A. C., n. 2876, 2881, 1937, 1947.)
     At the close of the book there is the following "Note on Vivisection." "In the chapter on 'Modern Magic,' Meissioner confesses that the practice of vivisection had utterly hardened his nature. In this connection, Colonel Robert Ingersoll's opinion on the subject is interesting. Vivisection is the inquisition-the hell of science, etc." Why then does the Doctor advocate spiritual vivisection, which is as much more heinous than that practiced on animals as man is superior to them?
Divine Truth 1891

Divine Truth              1891

     The Divine Truth is not in the Lord, but proceeds from the Lord, as light is not in the sun but from the sun.- H. D. 307.
DREAM 1891

DREAM       WAYFARER       1891

     Communicated.

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

     I SLEPT and dreamed. And lo I climbed a mountain steep and high! At first the top seemed snow-crowned; but as I gazed upon it the spires and domes of a city stood out, glistening in the sunshine, and so I pressed eagerly onward to gain it.
     All at once a man accosted me saying: "Good day, my friend, you must be tired of climbing on such a hot day. Where are you going?"
     Looking at him I found his face fair and kindly, so I answered: "I seek to reach your beautiful city at the summit,"
     "Poor, misguided fellow," said he. "Within the walls of that city, though it claims to be a city of the New Church, is a vision, destruction, and damnation. There are priests' gradually destroying the freedom of the people, teaching Sabbath-breaking, and encouraging all manner of licentiousness; but they only admit into 'the city simple-minded and easily hoodwinked individuals. Pray, how do you happen to be going thither?"
     "Curiosity," said I, "made me desirous of a closer inspection of the wondrous beauty those sparkling turrets seem to indicate; but your story frightens me. Have you been there?"
     "No, indeed," said he, "to hear is bad enough without a personal contamination. But come with me, and see a New Church city of charity, built on 'broad and liberal principles,' where you will not grow weary from a continual discourse about doctrine."
     The way now became difficult, for we had turned aside into a forest of thick brambles and pines, and conversation was suspended until we emerged into a valley at the back of the mountain, much shaded from the sunlight by the mountains towering around it.
     "This shade is soothing after the blazing sun," said my companion. "Here lies our city in the centre, and the cities of Wesley, Calvin, Arius, and others lie about us, and farther to the north and west."
     "This is no city, surely," said I, at length, as we followed a zigzag roadway. "The streets of a city should be a laid out in a certain order; but here the houses are built in the most confusing manner."
     "Oh! you will soon get used to it!" said my companion. "We show the glorious freedom of our city in allowing every man to put his house where he chooses, as the land is free to all. Yonder on the mountain they are forced to build in straight lines, set arbitrarily by the priests. Here is our church. There is a social going on tonight, come, let us go in."

101




     It surprised me that darkness had fallen so suddenly. We stepped at once into a well-lighted hall, and found the minister addressing the people on the material prosperity of the Church during the year. Anthems, songs, speeches followed, and my companion was called up; and made much of the poor, wayfarer whom he had found on the mountain road traveling to the City of Destruction.
     The chairman invited me to speak. I went forward, and spoke of the great pleasure it gave me to meet so many friends in that city, as hitherto I had been isolated and cut off from all New Church companionship. Then taking from my pocket a small copy of the Doctrine of Charity, I began to read about the "Recreations of Charity," thinking of the joy it would give all to feel the LORD'S benediction on their social gathering. Some of the young folks began whispering and laughing, disturbing me so that I soon stopped and sat down, feeling a bitter disappointment at heart. The chairman arose at once, saying, "We have had enough doctrine for to-night, I will now call on our friend from the Arian City, Mr. Merry, to address us."
     Mr. Merry, rose with a beaming smile, and entertained the company with jokes, but as some were from the Word, I was affected with aversion, and noticed that at times even the chairman winced. Seeing my sadness, my companion said, "We hope Mr. Merry will soon come to live in our city, as he sees many reasonable things in our Doctrines, and it was from fear you might turn him from us that we were all so pleased when you stopped reading. Besides, there are others from different cities here tonight, and we do not think it wise to read the Doctrines at our social gatherings, for fear of alienating them and our young people. As it is, many of our children leave us for the more enticing attractions in the beautiful surroundings of the cities about us. My daughter married a man in the Calvin City, and cannot fail to do missionary work there, though on the whole she thinks the Doctrines I dry reading."
     I answered with warmth, "As far as I can see she has sacrificed the most sacred dower of a New Church girl."
     "What do you mean?" asked my companion, but by the strange inconsistency of a dream it was daylight, and we were entering church to the music of the bells.
     "The priests in the mountain," said my companion, "come into the pulpit in gaudy vestments."
     "It is strange that they should be gaudy," I said, "but seeing a New Church Minister for the first time, I am sensible of a lack in his appearance; he does not look as if he were ministering in the LORD'S house, but like an ordinary business man. In this most sacred office should not a man wear garments set apart for the purpose, as the LORD commanded the sons of Levi in the representative Church?
     "Ah, my friend!" said he, "you open the door to popery, priestcraft, despotism."
     My dream passed over the opening services, and I settled at once to listen to the sermon. As the minister proceeded, I could see that he avoided touching on the dead character of the Old Church in the surrounding cities, and intimated that since the Last Judgment, that Church had gradually improved by influx from Heaven, so that now it was almost a New Church. He dwelt at length on the charity existing between the cities, once so hostile, showing how they could exchange pulpits with benefit to all, and meet on a common platform for social happiness.
     The sermon appeared to be on "The Second Coming," for he introduced, as the wonderful proof of that Coming, the impetus given to natural inventions,-steam engines, electric telegraph, telephone, and phonograph; but memory fails to recall more till the relation of the Writings to the Second Coming was spoken of. He stated the claim of the priest-ridden city on the mountain, that the Writings are the Word of God revealed for the New Church, to be established at His Second Coming, then denied the idea, calling it sacrilege. He explained that the Writings are sacred books, especially those treating on the Bible, which is the only Word, and then said: "Imagine for a moment a section of a tree as it appears to the naked eye, then recall the wonders you have seen through a microscope, and in those wonders you will see presented as in an image the glories of the internal sense of the Word, as seen by the microscope of Swedenborg's Writings. More was said, but I rushed out indignantly, crying, "blasphemy!" My companion followed, and burst forth: "How dare he say the Second Coming of the LORD was a microscope I JESUS said, 'They shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of Heaven, with power and great glory.' How is that a microscope? The Lord has come in the Revelation made through Swedenborg, a man prepared for the use since his infancy, and that Revelation is called a microscope. The LORD a microscope!!! Terrible! Terrible!"
     The anxious look on my companion's usually smiling face, recalled me to his state, and I tried to reason with him, but to no purpose, for he did not wish to be disturbed in his comfortable beliefs.
     It seemed to me so clear that the Writings were Divine Truth from the LORD, and were to be obeyed in our lives, thus in our marriages, in social intercourse, and all things; but my companion continually reiterated "the only 'Word' there is for us to obey is our Bible."
     Finally, I said, "I thank you very much for all your kindness, but we must part. From something our minister said, I hope to find my ideal City of the New Church on the mountain-top."
     His countenance changed entirely, and, turning his back as he walked away, he said, "Go there if you wish; but I will not show you the way."
     I turned sadly to the nearest mountain, feeling that the Lord Providence, which takes care of every smallest moment of a man's life, would lead me.
     The irregular twistings of the streets were a great inconvenience, and gave me many glimpses into the interiors of the houses. In many places lassitude and weariness prevailed, for it was Sunday, and the people sat with their Bibles in their hands, while their thoughts wandered on all sorts of things. In one doorway a group of young people were saying unkind and insinuating things about some one. It made me shudder to think how near hell we are, when we canvass the faults of others without speaking at the same time of the good which appears, and it seemed to me that a game, in which all were in love to one another, would have been far more fitting the Sabbath than their idle talk. Then I sought in my mind for some good word that had been spoken of the City on the Mountain, but found none.
     Again came confusion in my dream till I was talking with the porter at the gate of the beautiful city.
     The vista was, indeed, beautiful, as I looked from the gate. A noble avenue of trees led to the magnificent temple in the distance. Beyond the trees at either side, handsome buildings were visible-the warehouses and stores of the city, the porter told me.

102




     Involuntarily, I said, "Priestcraft improves your city." The porter turned on me a piercing glance, and I hastened to explain that I had just visited the City in the Valley.
     Then he said, "Before I invite you in I must tell you what we believe and our aim in this city that you may not afterward think yourself deceived.
     "In the first place, we believe that the LORD has made His Second Coming through the Revelation in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, which are His words or truth to us, and our aim and inmost desire is to live according to this Truth wheresoever it may lead us.
     "Needless to say, these Writings do not conflict or take a prior place with the former revelations of His Word to the Most Ancient Church, the Ancient Church, the Jews, and the first Christian Church, but are one with all, for the Word is Divine Truth accommodated to the states of men in all ages.
     "Come and study for yourself, with a sincere desire not only to know, but to live the truth, and the LORD will open your eyes that you may see."
     "I do believe," I said, with a thrill of joy, entering the street of the city over the inner gate of which was written "Nunc Licet."
     The porter accosted a gentleman passing by and introduced me. On learning that he was a priest, I drew back, saying, "I do not wish to be deprived of my freedom."
     For a moment all the beauty of the place vanished; but the priest said: "There is the gate, it will be open at all times to let you out. Reason ought to show you that it would not be desirable to have you remain and help build our city if you did not go heartily to work. You can see it would be madness, in building a house, to choose workmen who would each work on a different plan and refuse to co-operate on one. The house could never be built till harmonious workmen were found. Even so, in building a city of the Church, those who would be indifferent to our plans, impose their own, or violently oppose ours would be equally a hindrance to our work, and keep us ever at a standstill in the ruts of the past.     
     "Our plans are the gift of the Divine Architect, as is also the Rock for our foundation, and now we are fearlessly at work studying the plans in the Revelation that we may not wander off and build after plans of our vain imaginings.
     "We hold this a very important point in all the uses of life to guard against imposing self-derived intelligence in place of the Divine Truth. Hence day by day we must learn new truths. Our Bishop, in one of his lectures to teachers, put it thus: 'Man's love must be purified by truths, and unless the teacher is continually acquiring new truths his educative work is imperfect and impure.'"
     "Your speech delights me," I said, "yet the sayings of the valley still haunt me; tell me whether you take some freedom from the people since you have bishops and orders in your priesthood?"
      He answered: "We are much misunderstood and misrepresented by the City, in the Valley, because they dare not live the Doctrines of the Second Coming for fear they should scandalize the worldly spirit of the cities around them
     "As to freedom, what freedom could be greater than that which the LORD has given to man in the appearance that he lives from himself? So in the LORD'S Church a priest would be ruling from hell if he took away from the people in any degree the birthright given by the Creator.
     "The priest's duty is to teach the truth from the Word and thus lead to the good of life.
     "If divisions arise in the Church we do not believe the majority should tyrannize over the minority; but that the subject should wait till all can be unanimous through the study they have made of the Revelations given.
     "If unanimity is impossible, a total separation is better for both, as in the entire lack of communication now existing between our city and that in the valley; though at one time we built together.
     "When first we left them in the shady valley and started to build up here in the sunlight, a friend from the City of Wesley warned us of approaching destruction, because we were so few, and closed his arguments by saying, 'The majority are always right'; but he left in indignation because I suggested that he should join the grand majority of heathen to the west of us."
     We had passed throngs of people, as it was the business hours of the day, and each one had his work to attend to. They went quickly along yet without hurry or anxiety,-as if desirous of attending to their use, while trusting in a Higher Power to guide them.
     After leaving the business streets, We passed along avenues lined with beautiful homes. Closely-cut grass and brilliant-hued flowers bordered the road way, lovely gardens containing beds of flowers in myriad forms, arched walks, and spiral paths, with fountains playing in rainbow colors here and there, led up to houses, embowered in climbing roses, and revealing all manner of beautiful forms in architecture.
     As the priest ceased speaking, we passed through an arch of laurel into the loveliest garden I had ever dreamt fairyland contained.
     The beautiful wife of the priest greeted him affectionately, and I was introduced and warmly welcomed to make theirs my home during my sojourn in the city.
     Just then some fiend reminded me of some reports I had heard in the valley, and I thoughtlessly said to the priest: "Is this your only wife?"
     The look of horror and repulsion from both, as they instinctively drew together, made me realize more than words could have done the tender love existing between these two and the horrible brutality of my question.
     Then vanished the last spectre of things heard, and I knew that henceforward it would be the greatest and purest joy of my life to build in that city.
     Quickly apologizing, I explained what had prompted the question and was forgiven. The priest said, "Conjugial Love is the most precious jewel in the New Church, and in our city we regard the Revelation concerning it as our best beloved study, because by it that love which was lost is restored to the New Church.
     "It corresponds to the Marriage of the LORD and the Church, is Spiritual, as the Church is with man, and is a fundamental love and the head of all spiritual and heavenly loves. It can therefore exist only between two."
     Feeling keenly that I had jarred on the delicate sensibilities of the married pair, I excused myself and followed the windings of a garden path bordered with flowers till I came to a pond of mirror-like water. Some little children sailing boats were in great glee when the wind caught the tiny sails and floated them out toward a little islet in the centre of the pond. I greatly enjoyed watching the little ones, they were so beautiful, so gentle, and so unselfish in the small excitements of their childish play.     
     All at once, "here come Papa and Mamma!" cried the tallest boy, and they all ran off to meet them.

103




     I saw the husband and wife standing in a flood of sunshine as the children ran up to them. They dazzled me so that had to turn away my head.
     I deeply regretted the turning, for when I opened my eyes the beautiful city was gone and I was awake.
     THE WAYFARER.
Divine Itself 1891

Divine Itself              1891

     The Divine Itself of the Lord is far above His Divine in Heaven.- H. D. 307.
LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN 1891

LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN              1891

     THE judgment which has occurred in the Church has been fraught with much blessing. The eyes of Newchurchmen are being gradually opened to see the true character of the faith which underlies the utterances of New Church ministers and teachers. If there had been no judgment, and ministers and teachers had gone on indulging their ambiguous and empty teachings, the New Church would without doubt have been ultimately swallowed up in the Old Christian Church, which is "Christian in name only." Instead of being truly Christian, its sympathies were all with nominal Christianity, and in the end it would itself have become of the same persuasive faith and meritorious life. The judgment has compelled ministers and teachers to declare their exact position in relation to the LORD'S Second Advent, and the declarations are humiliating in the extreme. But there are Newchurchmen who have reason to be profoundly thankful to the LORD that they were delivered, timely, from such false shepherds blind guides. There are New Church ministers, too, who must feel the utmost joy and gratitude to the Good Shepherd, who has, in His good providence, delivered them from a false position. The momentous truths of the LORD'S Advent, by means of the Spiritual Sense of His Word revealed by Him, had a vastly greater significance in their mouths than they were credited with in the so-called New Church. It must have been a great grief to them to know that the Divine truths of the Church were habitually discounted in the minds of receivers, who were influenced by the current of popular scepticism. Now, all that is changed, and these New Church ministers have the joy of knowing that their expositions will be listened to and taken into the understanding without any mental reservation. Thus they will be received in good ground; and, by means of the Divine Truth so inculcated, the hearers will be the better furnished unto all good works.
British New Church 1891

British New Church       JAMES CALDWELL       1891

     WHEN the hated Academy "school" of thought was dealt with, it was thought that the British New Church (!) Conference would be free from internecine strife. Not so, however. Several "schools" remain to breed discord and mischief. There are at least two very distinct "schools" of thought now engaged in a paper contest. There is one school which holds that there are two kinds of doctrine: the one contained in the Writings of Swedenborg, which is to be implicitly believed, and the other elaborated in the minds of members of the Church, which is to be believed only if it accords with the Word-presumably the Word in the letter. On the other hand, there is another school which, will have none of the Writings of Swedenborg or of any one else; unless they are in agreement with the Word, or, as they put it, unless they are true (!). I think the latter "school" is in the ascendency, and if a fight should take place between it and the former there will be another separation-unless, indeed, there be absorption instead of the officials of the minority school.
     I don't understand the theory of two kinds of Doctrine published in Morning Light of March 14th. The doctrine which New Church ministers preach should be the doctrine revealed by the LORD at his Second Coming, or they should not preach at all. If the doctrine be that revealed by the LORD, then why should it require examination- in the light of the Word any more than the first kind? Again, is the Word in the letter a lights Is not Doctrine the light wherewith to examine the Word in the letter? To examine doctrine in the light of the Word is to examine it in itself.
     The other position is too absurd altogether. The paraphrase of Arcana Celestia, n. 6047, in The Dawn of March 26th, is simply revolting. Does a healthy child decline to bask in the sun or breathe the balmy air until he has chemically analyzed them? Whether we shall revel in the beams of the Sun of Righteousness or not depends on whether we are born again to spiritual life or not. If we are, we will acknowledge the Divine outpouring and go on our way rejoicing, leaving the laggard "scientists" to their ponderous provings and testings.
     JAMES CALDWELL.
52 County Road, Liverpool, N.
No one can fight against evils and falses 1891

No one can fight against evils and falses              1891

     No one can fight against evils and falses, and dissipate these, without doctrine from the Word.- A. E. 356.
Published a fac-simile of Swedenborg's inscription 1891

Published a fac-simile of Swedenborg's inscription              1891

     THE Academy Book Room has published a fac-simile of Swedenborg's inscription, "Hic Liber est Adventus Domini. Scriptum ex mandato," on paper of quarto and octavo size for insertion in the quarto and octave editions of the Brief Exposition. Price, 1 and 2 cents, respectively.
JUST PUBLISHED 1891

JUST PUBLISHED              1891

     BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

SHEMA YISRAAL (Hear, O Israel), Deut. vi, 4, 5, set to music, adapted from an old Hebrew chant. Price, 5 cents.

THE FAITH OF THE NEW HEAVEN AND OF THE NEW EARTH.

     Printed in pica type, on heavy paper. Quarto. Three editions. Latin-English, 10 cents; Latin, 6 cents; English, 6 cents.
     For sale at the

          ACADEMY BOOK ROOM,

     1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia.

A CATALOGUE containing a list of THE SACRED SCRIPTURE, THE WRITINGS OF THE NEW CHURCH, THE SCIENTIFIC WORKS OF SWEDENBORG, and COLLATERAL LITERATURE, ETC., for sale at the Academy Book Room, has been prepared, and will be sent free to any address on application.

104



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891



     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable In advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, MAY, 1981=121.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes. p. 89.- The Establishment and Growth of the Church (a Sermon), p. 90.- The Divine Human and the Holy Proceeding, p. 95.- The Divine Human and the Holy Spirit at the Second Coming, p. 96.- The Preservation of the word in the Original Hebrew Form, p. 98.- Abortion end Similar Evils, p. 98.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 99.-Dr. Hoicombes Latest Work, p. 99.
     Communicated.- A Dream, p. 100.-Letter from Great Britain, p. 103.
     News Gleanings, p. 104.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 104.
     AT HOME.

     Illinois.- AT the request of the Bishop of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD Bishop Pendleton installed the Rev. N. Dandridge Pendleton, Minister- Assistant at the Immanuel Church, into the second or pastoral degree of the Priesthood. This was done in Chicago on the LORD'S Day, March 29th.
     Pennsylvania.- THE students of the Academy of the New Church are about to start a small paper to be printed by themselves on the school press.
     THE third annual meeting of the Pennsylvania Association was held on March 27th at Frankford, Philadelphia. The membership of the Association is as follows: Philadelphia, First Society 367; Frankford 71; North Philadelphia 64; Allentown 20.
     A RABBI, Dr. Joseph T. Wessler, recently gave a short public sketch of his history: After graduating and becoming Rabbi of a Jewish congregation he was led to study the New Testament, with the consequence that he adopted the Christian faith. The Doctrine Of the Trinity, however, was not clear to him. Through a New Church Tract, "Who was Jesus Christ," which was handed to him, he became acquainted with the New Church Doctrines, and afterward attended the services in the Rev. R. L. Tafel's Church in London. His object in America is to make the Doctrines of the New Church known to all the brethren of his former faith,
     Massachusetts.- AT the semi-annual meeting of the Massachusetts Association, held in Boston, April 2d, the Rev. John Worcester was unanimously selected General Pastor in the place of the late Rev. Joseph Pettee.- The Massachusetts New Church Union held their annual meeting in the afternoon of the same day.
     TEN students are in attendance at the Convention Theological School at Cambridge,
     Ohio.- TWENTY pupils are at present attending the School at Glendale recently established. It does not appear that any distinctive New Church teaching is provided. The library, which is open for the public every Sunday afternoon has been among other treasures Swedenborg's Photo-lithographed MSS., and a large marble bust of Swedenborg, said to be the best one in existence.
     Glendale is a village laid out in park style and, situated about twelve miles from Cincinnati. The properties in this place which were willed by Mrs. Allen for the purpose of establishing a New Church School consists of three houses, one of which is occupied as parsonage, being adjoined to the small but pretty house of worship, and placed in a beautiful grove.
     Kansas.- A NEW Church house of worship has recently been erected two miles and a half from Pawnee Rock, and opening services were held by the Rev. O. Reiche, on March 8th. The new temple will seat 100 persons.
     Florida.- THE Rev. J. E. Smith, Missionary of the Board of Home and Foreign Mission of the General Convention, visited Georgia and Florida during the month of March; and preached for several Sundays in Jacksonville.
     Georgia.- THE Rev. J. B. Spiers, of Savannah, having applied for membership in the Y. M. C. A. was refused, on account of his being a "Swedenborgian," "who are by Y. M. C. A. classified among the Jews as denying the New Testament."
California.-the REV. John Doughty, of San Francisco, has been engaged by the New York Association to do missionary work, and to occupy the pulpits of the Rev. Messrs. Ager, Seward, and Mann until the meeting of the General Convention in May, when he will represent the Pacific Coast Association

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.- AT a general meeting of the Colchester Society, held on March 27th, it was unanimously resolved to withdraw from all connection with the General Conference.
     AT a special general meeting held by the Camberwell Society in London, on March 16th, the Rev. R. J. Tilson, the Pastor of the Society, the Treasurer, Secretary, Committee, and Deacons and other members withdrew from the Society. Fifty-nine members have followed their Pastor. An equitable division of the existing and prospective liabilities was agreed upon.
     ON March 28th, the Rev. R. J. Tilson commenced services in Masonic Hall, attended by 69 persons in the morning and 50 in the evening.
     THE Rev. E. C. Bostock recently visited the Glasgow Society, of which the Rev. J F. Potts is Pastor, and also the newly formed circle in Liverpool.
     THE Rev. Charles H. Wilkins, of Bristol has announced his intention of starting a "Lay Preacher's Class." He desires these Lay Preachers to spread the Doctrines of the New Jerusalem.
     MR. W. T. Lardge, of Birmingham, has accepted an invitation to become leader of the Society at Clayton-le-Moors:
     THE Bermondsey Society, which has for some time past worshiped in a private house near St. James Road, has no permanent quarters at 77 Southwark Park Road, which place was dedicated on March 4th by the Rev. J. Presland.
     Germany.- The Society of Berlin which has been under the leadership of Mr. Artope, was dissolved on February 22d, and formed into a free spiritual union, without any written roll of members, but the names of the members to be inscribed in the "Book of Life." Their organ, Die Neue Kirche, is to be continued with again another editor. Mr. Wm. Russbuldt, the former editor, Mr. F. Schulze, having resigned both as editor and as member. Mr. Artope also declined farther to be a responsible member.
     Mr. Artope and his "spiritual wife" were drowned in Lake Lucerne on March 25th.
     India.- The Indian New Church Messenger publishes "Letters Patent," issued by Bishop McGowan, "consecrating" his son, Mr. Samuel Ralph McGowan, Assistant Bishop, and "ordaining" Mr. Charles Hollier, Minister in India.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891



     Vol XI.     PHILADELPHIA, JUNE 1891=121. No. 6
Hic Liber est Adventus Domini (2513)
                         (4535)
Scriptum ex mandato (6895)
                    (8427. p. 19.)

(A.R. 626.)
     THE above inscription is in fac-simile of the words written by Swedenborg on a copy of The Brief Exposition of the Doctrine of the New Church. It says:
     "This Book is the Advent of the LORD, written by command."
     The numbers on the right-hand side refer to paragraphs in the Arcana Coelestia. The reference on the left-hand side is to The Apocalypse Revealed.
     In his Ecclesiastical History of the New Church, Swedenborg speaks of the Books that were "written by LORD through me;" and of the writing in them he says is such "that it shines before those who believe in the LORD and in the new Revelation, but that it is obscure and of no moment before those who deny them, and who are not in favor of them on account of various external causes." He says, further, "that when The Brief Exposition was published, the angelic Heaven from east to west, from south into the north appeared purple with the most beautiful flowers. . . On another time, as it were flamy, beautifully.
     "That there was inscribed on the books, The Advent the LORD, on all in the spiritual world. By command I likewise inscribed the same on two copies in Holland." The fac-simile at the head of this page is, therefore, a witness to us on earth of the quality of the "Books written by the LORD through Swedenborg," a quality which is expressed in the inscription which they bear in the spiritual world: "The Advent of the LORD."
     As the fact that these words are written upon these books can not be gainsaid, and even the greatest doubters cannot deny their existence on The Brief Exposition, the witness which the Ecclesiastical History of the New Church and the inscription on the Brief Exposition bear, is sought to be undermined by ingenious explanations, all of which tend to prove that the words, "The Advent of the LORD," do not mean "the Advent of the LORD."
     Some qualify this argument with the statement, "We see no objection to calling the Writings the Advent of the LORD, if the special and limited sense in which the words are used be clearly understood. The LORD is making His Advent in many ways, and the revelation of Divine Truth in the Writings at the end of the Church is one of them." (See New Church Messenger for April 29th and May 6th.) What the many other ways are is left in doubt, as only a few of them are instanced for the Messenger states "As the expressions Advent of the LORD in its full and comprehensive meaning signifies more than 'the revelation of Divine Truth and the end of the Church' [which is its signification according to A. C. 9807], including also the last judgment, with the destruction of the artificial heavens, the release of those in the lower, earth, the nearer presence of the LORD with man through all the earth, and other wonderful things as constituent parts of that Advent, to say without qualification that the Writings are the Advent of the LORD, conveys a meaning altogether too sweeping."
     In these words does the Messenger take upon itself to condemn Swedenborg, who, without any qualification whatever, wrote in the Ecclesiastical History of the New Church: "There was written on the Books: 'The Advent of the LORD' on all in the spiritual world." And so on Brief Exposition he wrote without any qualification, "This book is the Advent of the LORD. Written by command."
     The Messenger claims that "if the doctrine that the Writings of the Church are the LORD'S Advent be true," Swedenborg surely would have fully expounded it in his printed volumes, which were written for the purpose of expounding the doctrines of the Church, and would not have left it to be obscurely indicated by a memorandum written with pen and ink on two of his Books."
     As Swedenborg wrote everything with pen and ink, the slur against his unmistakable asseveration that the words, "This Book is the Advent of the LORD" were written by him "by command" has no point, except as indicating the extremity of those who disparage the inscription.
     But is it obscurely indicated? and has it been left without full exposition in Swedenborg's printed volumes?
     The Messenger is the party in obscurity about the nature of the inscription, as is evidenced in part by its repeatedly misquoting it, brief as it is. Be it borne in mind that this inscription is not only on two copies of the Brief Exposition, it is on all the Books in the Spiritual World, and therefore inscribed by command on two volumes in this world.
     Be it also borne in mind that references to the published Books accompany it. If these be consulted, it will be seen, as in clear day, that the Writings are the Advent of the LORD in the full sense of those words as prophetically used by the LORD when on earth, and as now used by Him in this His Second Advent.
     The teaching in n. 2513 is that "God's coming signifies perception, for perception is nothing else but the Divine advent or influx into the intellectual faculty."
     No. 4535 treats of the Advent of the LORD "or the Consummation of the Age," and it is stated that "by His Advent, or The Consummation of the Age, is signified the Last Time of the Church, which in the Word is also called the Last Judgment. . . . The Last Time of the former Church and the first of the New Church is what is also called the Consummation of the Age of which the LORD spoke in Matthew, chapter xxiv, and His Advent, for then the LORD recedes from the former Church and comes to the new one."
     Again in n. 6895, the teaching is that "visiting" signifies "The Advent of the LORD which precedes the last time of the Church, which time in the Word is called the Last Judgment.

106



That visitation is this, may be seen in n. 2242, 6588. That this is called the Advent of the LORD appears from these words in Matthew: 'The disciples said to JESUS, Tell us when these things shall come to pass, what is the sign of Thine Advent, and of the Consummation of the Age' (xxiv, 3), and then the LORD instructed the disciples concerning the last time of the Church, . . . and said that when all those things would exist, 'there should appear the sign of the Son of Man; and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven with virtue and glory' (Ib. v. 30). That by the Advent of the LORD is not understood His appearing with the angels in the clouds, but acknowledgment in the hearts through love and faith, see n. 3353, 3900; then His appearing out of the Word, the inmost or supreme sense of which treats of the LORD alone. This Advent is understood by the Advent of the, LORD, which takes place then, when the Old Church is rejected and the New one is established by the LORD."
     In n. 8427 the prophecy in Matthew is thus explained: "Here the last time of the former Church and the first [state] of the New [Church] is treated of: 'the Son of Man' is the Truth Divine proceeding from the LORD; the 'clouds of heaven 'is the Word in the sense of the letter, 'virtue and glory' is the Internal Sense, than the Divine Truth which will then appear; the Advent of the LORD [stands] for the acknowledgment of Truth Divine by those who are of the New Church, and for the denial by those who are of the Old Church" (n. 4060 end.).
     The Apocalypse Revealed, n. 626, is in explanation of the words in the Apocalypse, "And I saw another Angel flying in the midst of Heaven, having the eternal Gospel to evangelize to those dwelling upon the earl." This "signifies announcement concerning the Advent of the LORD, and of the New Church about to descend out of Heaven from Him." In the course of the explanation it is stated that "the Advent of the LORD involves two things-the Last Judgment and after it a New Church."
     Interpreting the inscription according to the teaching given in the "published volumes," pursuant to Swedenborg's directions, there results this conclusion, that the Books which bear the words, "The Advent of the LORD" were written by Swedenborg in a state of perception, or, what is the same thing, when there was a Divine advent or influx into his intellectual faculty. These Books are, therefore, the Divine Truth thus brought down to men on earth, so that they also may receive the Divine Truth in their intellectual faculty. These books are "The Truth Divine proceeding from the LORD, appearing in the sense of the letter of the Word with the Internal sense."
     This is the Divine Truth as which the LORD has descended and come into the world at the consummation of the age. As this Divine Truth, Be has performed the Last Judgment, and still continues it. As this Divine Truth, He is establishing a New Angelic Heaven and a New Church on earth.
     All the particulars, which the Messenger has adduced as not being included in the declaration that these Books are the "Advent of the LORD," are thus found to be actually included in it.
     And, lest any one should still be in doubt that all this is included in the declaration, the LORD has revealed it in the Book, of which the Brief Exposition was avowedly the Fore-Runner:
     In The True Christian Religion, in the chapter devoted to "The Consummation of the Age, the Advent of the LORD, and the New Church," this is taught and elaborately explained: "The Advent of the LORD is not His Advent to destroy the visible heaven and the habitable earth, and to create a new heaven and a new earth, as hitherto many have been of the opinion, from not understanding the Spiritual Sense of the Word. This Advent of the LORD, which is the Second, exists for the cause that the evil may be separated from the good, and that they may be saved, who have believed and do believe in Him, and that from them a New Angelic Heaven and a New Church on earth may be formed, and without it no flesh could have been saved (Matt. xxiv, 22). This Second Advent of the LORD is not in Person, but it is in the Word, which is from Him and is Himself. This Second Advent of the LORD is effected by means of a man before whom the LORD has manifested Himself in Person, and whom He filled with His Spirit, to teach the Doctrines of the New Church through the Word from Him. This is understood by the New Heaven and the New Jerusalem in the Apocalypse, chapter xxi."
     Thus, The Advent of the LORD, which is for the purpose of separating the evil from the good (that is, of performing the judgment) is the same Advent which has been effected by means of the man Swedenborg,-and no other, For the spiritual sense has been disclosed through him to the end "that the LORD might be constantly present."
     And hereby is the truth established that the Books written by the LORD through Swedenborg are the Advent of the LORD.
     "I was seeing in the visions of the night, and behold with the clouds of the heavens like the Son of Man was coming. And to Him was given Dominion, and Glory and Kingdom, and all peoples, nations, and tongues shall worship Him. His Dominion is the Dominion of an age which shall not pass away, and His Kingdom which shall not perish" (Daniel vii, 13, 14).
     "it shall be said in that day, Behold our God is this, Whom we have expected, that He deliver us. This is JEHOVAH, Whom we have expected, let us exult and be glad in His salvation" (Isaiah xxv, 9).
GATHERING OF THE ELECT 1891

GATHERING OF THE ELECT       Rev. JOHN WHITEHEAD       1891

     "And He shall send His Angels with a great voice of a trumpet; and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the extremity of the heavens to their extremity."-Matthew xxiv, 31.

     WE are taught that:
     "This signifies that the LORD will separate those who are in truths and at the same time in good, from those who are in truths and not in good. The former heaven which passed away existed from those who were in truths and not at the same time in good; but the new heaven is formed of those who are in truths and at the same time in good" (L. J. 49).
     These things are spoken of the last time or of the end of the Church, and of the Coming of the LORD, of which the previous verse says:
"And then shall appear the sign of the Son of Man in heaven, and all the tribes of the earth shall mourn, and they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and much glory."

107




     This Second Coming of the LORD here predicted is not a coming in person, but it is in the Word, which is from Him' and is Himself (T. C. R. 776). All the signs accompanying this Coming must also be spiritual, and not natural, to be in agreement with the Spiritual nature of the LORD in His Coming in the Word, which is from Him and is Himself. The separation of the good from the evil, which is the judgment, is an effect of the LORD'S Coming, and this takes place in the spiritual world, and thence in the natural world. The judgment also is effected in a spiritual manner by the Divine Truth, for the LORD as to the Divine Truth, which is the Word, is represented by the Son of Man Coming in the clouds of heaven with tower and much glory. The clouds represent the natural sense of the Word; and the glory the internal sense, which is seen in the letter when the LORD comes as the Divine Truth, which He does by revealing the internal sense from the letter.
     Angels, when mentioned in the Word, represent something from the LORD, here they represent the Divine Truths from Him which are preached at the end of the Church, and which gather together those who are in any remains of good and truth, and who gladly receive. These are called the elect, and they are gathered from every state of life, which is represented by their being gathered from the four winds, from the extremity of the heavens to their extremity.
     The LORD effected His Second Coming by revealing the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Church, which are the Internal Sense of the Word, and by these Doctrines and the teaching of them, those who are in any remains will be brought to acknowledge the LORD in His Second Coming, and will be introduced into the New Heaven and the New Church. This revelation was made in both the spiritual and the natural worlds, and the work of separation and judgment and the building up of the New Church goes on in both worlds. The New Church on earth can be built up only in proportion as it is first established in the spiritual world. In agreement with this principle we find that the LORD began the formation of the New Church in the spiritual world through the teachings of its Heavenly Doctrines as soon as they had been revealed, and for this purpose 'He also called together His twelve disciples, and sent them forth throughout the whole spiritual world to teach the Gospel' that the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns. Of this great event we read in The True Christian Religion 791:

     "A MEMORANDUM.

     "After this Work was finished the LORD called together His twelve disciples, who followed Him in the world; and the next day He sent them all forth into the whole Spiritual World to preach the Gospel that the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns, Whose kingdom shall be for ages of ages, according to the prediction by Daniel (vii, 13, 14), and in the Apocalypse (xi, 15); and that blessed are they who come unto the marriage supper of the Lamb (Apoc. xix, 9). This took place on the nineteenth day of June, in the year 1770. This is what is meant by these words of the LORD: He will send angels, and they shall gather together His elect from one end of the heavens even to the other (Matt. xxiv, 31)."

     The same thing is mention in n. 4 of the True Christian Religion, where it is shown that the Christian Church has passed through all its ages from infancy to extreme old age, and has become so consummated that scarcely any remains of it are left. The chief cause of this decay of the Church is that they have divided the Divine Trinity into thee persons, to which inevitably adheres the idea of three Gods, and this doctrine has also produced all the atheism and naturalism which reigns at this day. To restore the Church and make it whole, the LORD in The True Christian Religion gives the true doctrine of the Trinity, which doctrine is the Gospel which the disciples taught when they were sent out into the Spiritual World.
     There are two things mentioned of the disciples: 1st, that they were called together; 2d, that they were sent out. Their being called together was for the purpose of instruction in the principles of the Divine truth of the New Gospel, and to give them their commission to teach it. This instruction in the Divine Truth is also represented by the name "disciples" or "learners" also by their following the LORD whilst He was in the world. But their being sent out is represented in the name "Apostles," which means "sent out," and by their going forth to preach the Gospel after the LORD was fully glorified. The Divine Truth also takes these two forms in the minds of men First, man must learn the truth, in which state the understanding is active to know, to learn, to understand and to perceive the truth. The sending out of the disciples, however, represents the second state of the truth in the mind when it comes forth into will and act to do the uses of charity for which it was designed.
     The disciples were sent forth to preach the Gospel that the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns, Whose kingdom shall be for ages of ages. Also that, Blessed are they who come to the marriage supper of the Lamb.
     Preaching was the chief means by which the First Christian Church was established. The LORD also sent the disciples forth to preach in the Spiritual World in His Second Advent, and we are taught in the Heavenly Doctrines that Preaching is the chief means by which the New Church will be established on the earth. These Doctrines are the LORD in His Second coming, and what He teaches therein is His Commission to the New Church to go forth into the whole natural world to teach the Gospel that the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns, Whose kingdom shall be for ages of ages, and that blessed are they who come to the marriage supper of the Lamb.
     That preaching is the chief means of establishing the New Church may appear from the signification of sending His angels with a great Voice of a trumpet to gather together His elect. We are taught concerning this that "By a trumpet and a great voice is signified evangelization" (A. C. 4060).
     "The priests blowing the trumpets by which the walls of Jericho fell, signifies the preaching of the Divine Truth from the Divine Good" (A. E. 700).
     The blowing of the trumpet and the sound of the trumpet so often mentioned in the Word represents also revelation of Divine Truth from heaven and its manifestation, and it is because this Divine Truth is communicated through preaching that it also signifies preaching.
     We are also taught that the Holy Spirit, which is the Divine Truth, "proceeds from the LORD through the clergy to the laity by preaching, according to the reception of the doctrine of truth thence" (Canons: Holy Spirit iv, 8).
     Thus we may see that in the natural world there must be a work carried on corresponding with that done by the disciples in the spiritual world. The Divine Truth of the LORD'S New Revelation must be preached and it is thus that the remains will be gathered out of the former Church, and be inaugurated into the New church.

108




     The reason why preaching was selected by the LORD as the highest means of communicating truth to men is manifest from the following passage:
      "There are two senses given to men for the means of receiving those things by which the rational is formed, and also those things by which man is reformed, viz.: the sense of sight, and the sense of hearing. Those things which enter through the sense of sight enter into his understanding and illustrate it, wherefore by sight is signified the understanding illustrated, for the understanding corresponds to the sight of the eye, as the light of heaven to the light of the world. But those things which enter through the sense of hearing enter into the understanding and at the same time into the will, wherefore by hearing is signified perception and obedience. But whence this is in the spiritual world shall also be said. Those who are there in the province of the ear are obediences from perception, and the province of the ear is in the axis of heaven. And therefore in it, or in those who are there, there inflows the whole spiritual world, with the perception that thus it, should be done, for this is the reigning perception in heaven. That those things which enter through the hearing enter immediately through the understanding into the will, may still further be illustrated by the instruction of angels of the celestial kingdom, who are the most wise. They receive all their wisdom through the hearing, and, not through the sight. For whatever they hear of Divine things, from veneration and love they receive in the will, and do in their life; and because they receive those things immediately in the life, and not first in the memory, therefore the angels do not speak of the things of faith, but only to them when said by others, they answer yea, yea, or nay, nay, according to the LORD'S words in Matthew v, 37. From these things it may appear that the hearing is especially given to man to receive wisdom, but sight to receive intelligence. Wisdom is to perceive, to will, and to do; intelligence is to know and to perceive" (A. E. 14).
     Since preaching is the communication of the Divine Truth through the human voice, we can see that it is especially the means in the LORD'S Church for the implantation of wisdom. The Disciples preached the Gospel that the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns, whose Kingdom shall be for ages of ages. The doctrine of the LORD in His Divine Human is the chief subject of their preaching, as it must he of all preaching in the New Church. The LORD also rules or reigns through the Divine Truth, which He reveals. Therefore we may see that He revealed the truth to me, that it may be perceived, willed, and done; for the LORD reigns in, the Church in proportion as His Revelation is understood, and its teachings obeyed.
     The Divine Truth by which the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns in His New Church is the Divine Revelation which He has made to this Church in the Heavenly Doctrines. In proportion as the truth therein is perceived, The LORD HIMSELF is seen in His Second Coming, but in proportion as the Divine Truth seen is willed and done, the LORD is received and loved and full conjunction with Him is effected, and He then reigns in the Church.
     This conjunction with the LORD through obedience to His Divine Revelation in the Writings is also meant by what the Disciples further preached, viz.: "Blessed are they who come unto the Marriage Supper of the Lamb."
     The Marriage Supper of the LORD is the Holy Supper in the New Church, which effects conjunction with the LORD, and consociation with the Angels. The Holy Supper is a representative of the Holy Divine Truth and Divine Good, the reception of which in the man of the Church being that which effects conjunction with the LORD, the Divine Truth being represented by the wine and the Divine Good by the bread. Only those are blessed who come to the Marriage Supper of the Lamb-that is, in whom the Divine Truth of the LORD'S revelation is received in the understanding as Divine and Divine Good is received in the will by obedience thereto, and the conjunction of these two is effected, which is the heavenly marriage, by acknowledging that all the good and truth which man perceives and does are from the LORD alone.
     These things, taught and preached by the Disciples in the spiritual world, also instruct us in the true establishment of the New Church on the earth, that it can be established, and the LORD can reign in it, only as the Divine Doctrines given to the New Church are seen and acknowledged to be from the LORD alone, being His Presence in the Church, and conjunction with Him, and consociation with the angels of His New Heaven, being effected only in proportion as we receive the LORD in His Coming, and obey Him by willing and doing His truth.
     This Coming of the LORD in Divine Truth and the teaching of it in the world to all states of life is meant by the words:
     "He shall send His Angels with a great voice of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the extremity of the heavens to their extremity."
     The elect represent the good left in the former Church who will receive the LORD in His Coming, and be introduced into the New Church. The four winds represent the four quarters in the spiritual world, and thence those in all states of good and truth, who are capable of being saved. In the Divine Truth of the LORD all the Divine Power, thus all the Divine omnipotence to save, resides. This we are frequently taught in the Writings. Hence we may see that in the Divine Truth revealed by the LORD for the establishment of the New Church resides the Divine Power to save the elect, and draw them out of the power of the falsities and evils of the former Church. But still this power is not in the truth, except when it is seen and acknowledged to be Divine. This we may see from The Apocalypse Explained, where it is treating of the LORD'S power to do miracles, which was according to their faith. I will quote only a portion of the number:
     "That faith in the LORD healed them, there were three causes: First. That they acknowledged His Divine Omnipotence, and that He was God. The Second was, because faith is acknowledgment, and from acknowledgment is intuition, and all intuition from acknowledgment brings another present to one's self, which is common in the spiritual world. Here, therefore intuition from acknowledgment of the LORD'S Divine Omnipotence, which was that from which they were first to look at the LORD, when He would establish a New Church from Him. The Third cause was that all diseases which the LORD healed represented, and thence signified; spiritual diseases corresponding with those natural diseases. And spiritual diseases cannot be healed except by the LORD, and indeed by looking at His Divine Omnipotence, and by repentance of life, but the faith by which spiritual diseases are healed by the LORD is not given, except by truths from the Word, and by a life according to them. The truths themselves and the life according to them make the quality of the faith.

109



The LORD called the Disciples men of little faith when they could not do miracles in His name, because they did not yet believe He was God Almighty, and that JEHOVAH the Father was in Him, and nevertheless as far as they believed Him to be a man, and not at the same time God, His Divine to which Omnipotence belongs could not be brought present to the Disciples by faith, for faith brings the LORD present, as was said above; but faith in the LORD as man only, does not bring His Divine Omnipotence present; which is the reason why they cannot be saved who at this day in the world look to His Human, and not at the same time to His Divine, as do the Socinians and Arians (A. E. 815, [b]).
     This is likewise true of the LORD in His Second Coming. Faith in the Divine Revelation He has now given must be a faith in its absolute Divinity, as the LORD Himself in His Second Coming, that His Divine Omnipotence may be present in the faith, to save from evil and to establish the Kingdom of Heaven within us. The Revelation is indeed the LORD in is Second Coming, but its work of saving the elect, of judgment on the former Church, and of establishing the New Church in the world, is truly effected only in proportion as the Revelation is seen and acknowledged in faith to be Divine. Faith in it as human and thus imperfect cannot bring the LORD'S Divine Omnipotence present to heal our spiritual diseases. So long as the Writings are regarded as the perceptions of even a highly regenerated man, and not as the Divine Human of the LORD, He cannot be present in His Divine Omnipotence, and those who thus regard the Writings are men of little faith; but when the Church fully sees and acknowledged as the LORD in His Second Coming, in the Divine Truth of the Writings, it will     look to them for instruction and guidance, as to the LORD Himself, and from faith and love will obey them, and thus come to the Marriage Supper of the Lamb, and he blessed with the LORD'S states of peace and happiness of life. The Church in such faith will also go forth with its teachings to all the remains not yet brought out of the former Church, possessing in the Truth the Divine Omnipotence to save, and thus the New Church will obey the prophecy:
      "He shall send His Angels with a great Voice of a trumpet, and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the extremity of the heavens to their extremity." AMEN.
MEDIATE GOOD IN THE GLORIFICATION OF THE LORD 1891

MEDIATE GOOD IN THE GLORIFICATION OF THE LORD              1891

     THE following is an attempt to present in connected series, and with necessary explanations, 'the internal sense of that portion of the 31st' chapter or Genesis which, during the latter part of the month of May, has formed the reading in the morning lessons according to the Plan issued by the General Church of the Advent of the LORD. The contents of the preceding chapters are briefly reviewed as introductory to the chapter under consideration.
LORD, in the process of His Glorification 1891

LORD, in the process of His Glorification              1891

     THE LORD, in the process of His Glorification, made not only the Rational, but also the Natural in Himself Divine, both as to its good and as to its truth; for the LORD, while He was in the world, made His whole human, both the interior which was Rational and the external which was Natural, and also the very Corporeal,' Divine in themselves; and this was according to Divine Order, according to which also the LORD makes new or regenerate man. Wherefore the natural of man is to be regenerated both as to its good and to its truth; each being nevertheless Divine, for all the good and truth which is in the regenerate is from the LORD (Gen. xxvii).
     The LORD began to make His Natural Divine as to truth and as to good by media; also by media the LORD regenerates or makes new the natural of man as to truth and as to good.
     The LORD began to make His Natural Divine from the ultimate of order, to the end that He knight thus dispose intermediates, and conjoin all and single things to the First-that is, to His Divine Itself. The LORD regenerates the natural of man also from the ultimate of order, and thus disposes intermediates, so that by the Rational He may conjoin them to Himself (Gen. xxviii).
     The good of Truth in the LORD'S Natural was conjoined with kindred Good from a Divine origin, first by the affection of external truth, and afterward by the affection of internal truth.
     Afterward there was an ascent from external Truth to internal Good. The state of the Church is also such that it may not acknowledge and receive the internal truths which are in the Word, but external truths and because this is so the Church also ascends according to this order, namely, that it first has the truth which is said to be of faith; next exercise according to that truth; afterward charity from that truth, and finally heavenly love (Gen. xxix).
     When the Church, or man who is made a Church, ascends from the truth which is of faith the good which is of love, then there is a conjunction of natural truth by media with spiritual good, and this is effected according to order with the man who is being regenerated.
     After that conjunction there is a fructification and multiplication of truth and good (Gen. xxx).

     THE Internal Sense of the 31st chapter of Genesis, treats of the separation of the good of the LORD'S Natural, together with the affections of external and internal truth,-from collateral good of a common stock, in order that they might be conjoined with the Divine from a direct Divine stock; then the state of each in regard to separation.
     V. 1, 2, 3. THE LORD perceived the truths of collateral good of a common stock, of what quality they were in respect to the good acquired thence in the Natural by the LORD, namely, that all things of the good of the Natural of the LORD were given Him thence- that is, He gave them to Himself. The good of the Natural perceived a state with that mediate good when the good of the Natural receded, altogether changed toward the good of the Natural, from which mediate good, however, nothing was taken, but it had its own as before, except a state as to conjunction. The LORD perceived from the Divine that now He should betake Himself more nearly to the Divine Good and to the Truth thence, and that then He would be Divine.
     Collateral good of a common stock is such a good as may subserve for introducing genuine goods and truths, here such as has served.
     When man is being regenerated he is kept by the LORD in a kind of mediate good; this goad subserves for introducing genuine goods and truths, but after these goods and truths are introduced then it is separated thence. In the regeneration the new man is altogether another than the old, for he is a new man in the affection of spiritual and celestial things, for these make his delights and blessedness; but the old man is in the affections of mundane and terrestrial things and these make his delights and pleasantness; therefore the new man regards ends in heaven, but the old man ends in the world.

110



Hence it is evident that the new man is altogether other and different from the old. In order that man may be led from the state of the old man into the state of the new, the concupiscences of the world must be put off and the affections of heaven must be put on. This is done by innumerable means which are known to the LORD alone, of which many things also are known to the Angels from the LORD, but few if any to man. When, therefore, man from an old man becomes new-that is, when he is regenerated, it is not done in a moment, as some believe; but through many years, yea, through the whole life of man, even to the last of it; for his concupiscences are to be extirpated and celestial affections insinuated, and man is to be gifted with life which before he did not have, yea, about which he before know scarcely anything. Since, therefore, the states of his life are to be changed to so great an extent, it cannot be otherwise than that he should be a long time held in a kind of mediate good, namely, in a good which participates both in the affections of the world and in the affections of heaven; and unless he be held in that mediate good he never admits celestial goods and truths. Man, however, is kept in that mediate good no longer than until it has subserved the above use, then it is separated; this separation is treated of in this Chapter.
     When man is being regenerated then his state becomes altogether another one than the prior, to which state he is led not in a natural but in a supernatural manner by the LORD; nor does any one arrive at this state except by the means of regeneration, which are provided by the LORD Alone, thud by mediate good (also called collateral good), and when he is led through to this state, even so that he no longer has for an end mundane, terrestrial, and corporeal things, but those which are of heaven, then that mediate good is separated. To have for an end is to love one thing more than another.
     It appeared to the LORD while in the state of truths of collateral good, as if all things of the good of His Natural were given Him thence-that is to say, from that mediate good; but that they were not given Him thence will be evident from the following:
     The LORD gave to Himself; for He never took anything of good and truth from another, but from Himself. Another good, indeed, served Him as a means, which also had relationship with the maternal, but by that means He acquired those things by which He made, His Natural Divine from His own power. It is one thing to procure from a means, and another to procure by a means. The LORD procured for Himself by a means, because He was born a midi and derived from the mother a hereditary which was to be expelled, but He did not procure from a means because He was conceived from JEHOVAH, from Whom He had the Divine, wherefore He gave to Himself all the goods and truths which He made Divine; for the Divine Itself had no need of anything, not even of this mediate good, except that He willed that all things should be done according to order.
     Changes of state are nothing else than changes of the societies in the spiritual world with which one is associated as to his spirit. While man is being regenerated by means of the delights and goods, by which he is led by the LORD, from the state of the old man to the state of the new man, he is led by angelic societies, and by their changes; mediate delights and goods are nothing else than such societies, which are applied to man by the LORD, in order that by them he may be introduced to spiritual and celestial goods and truths. When he is led to these then those societies are separated, and more interior and perfect ones are adjoined.
     V. 4-13. The good of the LORD'S Natural adjoined the affections of interior and external truth to itself and applied them, when it departed from the collateral good of a common stock, at which time there was a change of state in the last-named good; for all things of the good of the LORD'S Natural were from the Divine by His own power. There was a state of good to Himself, when of Himself He applied those things which are of that good, and there was a very great change in that state; but collateral good could not hinder His freedom and in His freedom those things were taken by the LORD, in this case as to evils adjoined to goods, and as to falses adjoined, which things were from the Divine. There was an ardor of affection that they might be conjoined, wherein there was perception on the part of the good of the Natural in obscurity, the effect of which was that natural good should thence imbibe, and there was perception from the Divine and presence in that obscure state, and attention thereto from the proprium, wherefore such things were introduced; for the proprium of the collateral good of a common stock is not such as to act of itself; but from the Divine in the Natural where is the good of truth and a holy boundary; whence is elevation, separation from collateral good, and adjunction with the Divine Good of truth.
     All things which the LORD had in his natural were from the Divine; for all that He had were derived thence. The LORD, when He made the Human in Himself Divine had also about him societies of spirits and angels, for He willed that all things should be done according to order, but He invited such as might serve, and, as He pleased, He changed them. Nevertheless He did not take from them any think of good and truth, but from the Divine. Thus he educed into order both heaven and hell, and this successively, until He fully glorified Himself. That societies of spirits and angels may subserve a use, and still that He took nothing from them, may be illustrated by examples. The societies that are such that they believe that good is from them, and thence place merit in goods, subserved to the use of introducing Him into the science concerning such good, and thence into the wisdom concerning good without merit, such as it is from the Divine. This science and thence wisdom were not from those societies, but by them. There are societies which believe that they are very wise, and yet ratiocinate about good and truth, and about the singulars of it, whither it be so; such societies are for the most part of the spiritual, they subserve the use of introducing Him into the science concerning those things, and how far they are in shade respectively, that unless the Divine should pity them they would perish; and they subserved the use of introducing Him into many things which Were from the Divine, which were not from them, but by them. There are societies which are in love to God, and believe that if they look to the Infinite, and worship a hidden God, they can be in love to Him, when yet they cannot, unless they make that Infinite finite by some idea, or present the hidden God visible with themselves by finite intellectual ideas; because otherwise it would be to look into thick darkness, and to embrace with love that which is therein, thus many fanciful and groundless things according to the ideas of each. Such subserved the use of introducing into the science concerning their interiors as to what quality they were, then also as to the quality of their love, and also into pity that they could not be saved, unless the Human of the LORD should also be made Divine, upon which they knight look.

111



This wisdom was not from but by them from the Divine. It is similar in the rest; thence it may appear how it is in this case, namely, that from the collateral good of a common stock nothing was taken, but that all things which the LORD had were from the Divine-that is, from Himself. When the LORD of Himself applied the things which are of collateral good, then the state of that good changed. If now instead of collateral good of a common stock, such a society of spirits and angels as are in such good be conceived, it will be evident how this is. The societies do not easily recede from him with whom they have been, but when they, with whom they are, recede, they are indignant; yea, further, if they perceived that any good has acceded to him by them, they say that it has acceded from them, for when they are in indignation they' speak from evil. It is similar with every man who is being regenerated, namely, that societies are applied to him by the LORD, which societies subserve to introduce genuine good and truths, not from them but by them, and when he who is being regenerated is transferred into other societies then those who had been with him before are indignant. But the indignation of mediate good or of the societies which are in such good cannot hinder, although they act from evil; for nothing can do evil to the Divine; but its influx may be impeded; all evil does this.
      V. 14, 15, 16. There was a reciprocal application of the affections of truth to the good in the LORD'S Natural in the first state of their separation from mediate or collateral good, for that good had alienated them so that they were no longer of it; for it would have consumed the truth of those actions if they had not been separated. But all these things were from proper power (and nothing was given from any one), inflowing from His Divine into that which He then received; all of which was from the Divine Providence.
      When the good of the Natural of the LORD receded from collateral good it adjoined to itself the affections of interior and external truths, and there was on the part of the affections of truth a reciprocal application to the good of the Natural.
     The Good which is of love and charity inflows from the LORD, and, indeed, by the angels who are with man, and not into anything else with man than into the knowledges which are with him, and because good is there fixed, the thought is held in the truths which are of knowledges, and thence many things are excited which have relationship and agreement, and this until he thinks that it is so, and until he wills because it is so from affection; when this is done then good conjoins itself to truths, and the truths apply themselves, in freedom: for all affection makes freedom. But when this done, doubts are excited, and also sometimes negative states, by the spirits who are adjoined; but so far as affection prevails, so far he is led to the affirmative, and at the same time is, by those things, confirmed in truths. When good thus inflows it is not perceived that it is by the angels, because it inflows interiorly, and into his obscurity which he has from mundane and corporeal things; but it is to be known that good does not inflow from the angels but by the angels from the LORD.
     The first state of the affections of truth when they are separated from collateral good is that the mind is held in doubt. The second state is that the doubt is dispelled by reasons. The third is affirmation. The last is act. The good insinuates itself, together with truths from the intellectual part, into the voluntary, and is appropriated.
     Collateral or mediate good after having subserved its use would consume the truth of those affections if they were not separated. What this involves cannot be known, unless it be known how it is with the goods and truths which are insinuated by mediate good, or unless it be known of what quality are the societies of spirits which subserve for a mediate good. These societies are in worldly things, but the societies of angels which subserve for introducing the affections of truth are not in worldly but in heavenly things. These two societies act with the man who is regenerating: so far as an is initiated into heavenly things by the angels, so far the spirits who are in worldly things are removed, and unless they should be removed, truths would be dissipated; for worldly and heavenly things are concordant with man when heavenly dominate over worldly things; but they are discordant when worldly dominate over heavenly things; when they are concordant then truths are multiplied in the natural of man; but when they are discordant then truths are diminished, year are consumed, because worldly things overshadow heavenly, wherefore they place them in doubt; but when heavenly things have dominion, they illustrate worldly things, and place them in clearness, and remove doubts. Those things have dominion which are loved more than another. From these things may appear what is meant by this, that collateral good would consume the truth of affections if they were not separated.
     All these things with the LORD were from His own proper power (and nothing was given to Him by any one) inflowing from his Divine into that which thence received. In the regeneration of man the LORD provides all things and it is for man to obey the LORD provides, for He does not from another but from Himself, neither does God say to Him that He should do, but He Himself says-that is, does-from Himself.
     V. 17, 18. There was an elevation of the good of the LORD'S Natural; an elevation of verities and their affections; an ordination of them in generals; a separation of truth and good from the things of mediate good; and a separation of the things procured from them elsewhere, which were the knowledges of truth and good in the Natural; in order to conjoin them to the Divine Good of the Rational, so that the Human might be made Divine.
     As to the elevation of verities and their affections, and the ordination of them in generals, the case is this: Verities and affections are elevated, when those things which are of eternal life and of the Kingdom of the LORD are preferred to those things which are of the life in the body and of the kingdom of the world; when man acknowledges the former for principal and primary, and the latter for instrumental and secondary, then with him verities and their affections are elevated; for he is so far transferred into the light of heaven, in which is intelligence and wisdom; and so far those things which are of the Light of the world, are to him images or mirrors in which he sees the things of the Kingdom of the LORD.
     In respect to their ordination in generals, that is a consequence; for so far as a man prefers heavenly to worldly things so far those things which are in his natural are ordained to the state of heaven, so that they appear there, as was said, like images and mirrors of heavenly things, for they are corresponding representatives. Ends are what ordain-that is, the LORD by ends with man. There are three things which follow in order, namely, ends, causes, and effects? ends produce causes, and by causes effects. Such therefore as ends are, such are the causes which exist, and such thence the effects; ends are inmost things with man, causes are mediate, and are called mediate ends, and effects are ultimate; and are called ultimate ends, and effects are also those things which are called generals.

112



Hence it is evident what ordination in generals is, that, namely, when those things which are of eternal life and of the Kingdom of the LORD are held for ends, then all mediate ends or causes, and all ultimate ends or effects, are ordained according to the end itself, and this in the natural because there are effects; or, what is the same, there are generals.
     The LORD conjoined His Natural to the Divine Good of the Rational. In respect to the conjunction of the Rational and Natural, it is to be known that the rational is of the Internal man, and the natural of the External, and that their conjunction makes the Human, and the Human is such as is the conjunction, and there is conjunction when they act as one, and they act as one when the natural ministers and subserves the Rational. This can never be done with man except from the LORD. In the case of the LORD, however, it was done by Himself.
LORD AS THE WORD 1891

LORD AS THE WORD              1891

     IN the margin of the Canons of the New Church we read:
     "That theological things hold the supreme region of the human mind, which are innumerable."
     "That in the midst of them God is."
     "That influx from Him is into all and single things below, as from the Sun."
     "That therefore prayer, as also knowledge of Him, pervades and infills all those things."
     "That conjunction with Him makes man an image of Him."
     "That conjunction is effected by love and wisdom."
     This is quoted here to show the importance of theological things; and that the doctrine concerning God is the highest of theological things, we are further taught in many places in the Writings, as The True Christian Religion:
     "The acknowledgment of God from a knowledge of Him is the very essence and soul of all things in universal theology" (T. C. R. 5).
     And Again:
     "Every one obtains his place in the heavens according to the idea of God; for that is, as it were, the touchstone by which the gold and silver is explored-that is, the good and truth of what quality there are with man; for there is not given with him any saving good except from God, nor any truth which does not draw its quality from the bosom of good" (T. C. R. 163).
     In view of these doctrines, the supreme importance of the doctrine of the LORD may be seen, and the vital nature of the discussions that are now taking place, concerning His Divine Presence in the Church, and the nature of the relation of His Divine Revelation, both to the LORD Himself and to His church, as a law of life for its instruction and guidance.
      In John it is written:
      "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word."
      The Word here means the Essential Divine Truth Itself, as we read in the Arcana Coelestia:
      "'And God spake all these words, saying,' signifies Divine Truths to those in the heavens and those in the earths, may appear from the signification of the words which God spake, that they are Divine Truths, for what GOD speaks are nothing but truths, thence also Divine Truth is called the Word, and the Word is THE LORD in John, chap. i, 1, because from LORD was Divine Truth Itself when He was in the world, and afterward when He was glorified He became the Divine Good, and then from Him all Divine Truth proceeds. This Divine Truth is light to the angels, which light also is what illuminates our internal sight, which is the understanding. This sight, because it does not see natural but spiritual things, has for objects truths: in the understanding, spiritual truth's which are called truth a of faith; but in the natural it has for objects the truths which are of the civil state, which are of what is just, and also the truths of the moral state, which are of what is honest, and lastly, natural truths, which are conclusions from the objects of the external senses, especially of the sight. From these things it can be seen in what order truths follow, and that all and single things draw their origin from Divine Truths, which are the internal principles of all things; their forms, also, in which they are, thence drew their origin, for they were created to receive and contain. Thence it may appear what is meant by 'all things were created by the Word' in John i, 1, 2, 3; for Divine Truth is the Veriest Essential, and as the Only Substantial, by which all things are" (A. C. 8861).
     From this passage it is clearly manifest that when the Word is spoken of, or, what is the same thing, the Divine Truth, the Veriest Divine Substance of God is meant, from which all spiritual and natural things were created. This therefore is the Essential Word which creates and forms human minds, giving them light to form the understanding and heat to vivify the will, for when Divine Truth is mentioned, Divine Good also is involved, these two being inseparable in God, as they proceed from God.
     In thinking of the LORD as the Word, we must not confine our minds to the idea of the Word in the Sense of the Letter of the Old and the New Testament, for the LORD was the Essential Word from eternity, before the creation of the world, and from the Word or Essential Divine Truth the universe and all things therein were created and made.
     "There is such power in Divine Truth which proceeds from the Divine Good, that by it all things which are in the universe were created. The Word signifies that Truth, in John: 'In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word, all things were made by Him' (ch. i, 1, 3). It is believed by many that the Word or Divine Truth is only speech from JEHOVAH and a command that it should be so done, and nothing more; but it is the very Essential from which and by which are all things; that Esse, which proceeds from Him, and thence the Existere of all things, is what is meant by the Divine Truth. This may be illustrated by angels; from them proceeds a sphere of charity and faith, which is sensibly perceived, which also produces wonderful effects; from these some idea can be formed of the Divine Truth which proceeds from the Divine Good of the LORD" (A. C. 7678).
     Here again we see that the Word is the Veriest Essential, the Esse and Existere of all things from and by which they were created, and by which, therefore, they are continually preserved.
     Again, in The Doctrine Concerning the LORD, we read:
     "That the Universal Sacred Scripture concerning the LORD, and that the LORD is the Ward." After quoting from John i, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 14; iii, 19; xii, 36, 46, it is written: "From these things it is manifest that the LORD is from eternity God, and that He Him self is the LORD Who was born into the world.

113



That the LORD is called the Word is little understood in the Church, but He is called the Word, because 'the Word' signifies Divine Truth or Divine Wisdom, and the LORD is Divine Truth or Divine Wisdom Itself, wherefore also He is called Light, concerning which it is also said, 'He came into the world.' Because Divine Wisdom and Divine Love make One, and in the LORD were one from eternity, it is also said, 'In Him was Life, and the Life was the Light of men.' 'Life' is Divine Love, 'Light' is Divine Wisdom. Now because the Word is the Divine Wisdom of the Divine Love, it follows that it is JEHOVAH Himself, thus the LORD, from Whom all things were made which were made, for from Divine Love by Divine Wisdom all things were created." (L. 1.)
     The Word therefore as here understood is the very Essential and Substantial Divine Being, Who is JEHOVAH, and we read of Him:
     "That the One God is Substance Itself; and Form Itself, and that Angels and men are substances and forms from Him, and as far as they are in' Him and He in them, so for they are images and likenesses of Him.
     "Since God is Esse, He is also Substance, for Esse, unless it be Substance, is an ens of reason, for substance is ens subsisting; and what is substance is also form, for substance, unless it be a form is an ens of reason, wherefore of God both can be predicted, but so that He is the Only, the Very, and the First Substance and Form. That this form is the Human Itself-that is, that God is Very Man, all things of who are infinite, was demonstrated in The Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom, published in Amsterdam in the year 1763." (T. C. R. 20.)
     From the above passages it may be seen that when the LORD is called the Word, and when the Word or the Divine Truth is spoken of as being the LORD, it means the very Divine Substance at God, the Divine Wisdom which is substantial and from which all things were created. This Divine Truth is also the Divine Man or Divine Human.
"THE SACRED SCRIPTURES AND THE BOOKS OF THE LORD'S SECOND ADVENT." 1891

"THE SACRED SCRIPTURES AND THE BOOKS OF THE LORD'S SECOND ADVENT."              1891

     THE New Church in Australia is represented by a periodical entitled the The New Age, the March issue of which contains an essay under the heading given above, in which an analysis is sought to be made of the state of the New Church.
     The New Age maintains that "the Books published at the Second Advent of the LORD are revelations from Him, and of Divine Authority; that they are not of man, but of God; that the Internal Sense was dictated from heaven, and that the thoughts of Swedenborg were mercifully ruled by the LORD for the sake of the New Church, and thus for mankind." On the other hand, it distinguishes these Books from the Divine Word of the Old and New Testaments, claiming that the Books of the Second Advent come under the category of "all other writings" where the Doctrines distinguish between the Word" and "all other writing," or "any other writing whatsoever."
     The New Age proceeds to give seven characteristics of the Word, in which, in its view, the Word differs from the Writings, which the Age classes among "any other writing whatsoever." But while it quotes a number of Doctrinals on the Word, it has not succeeded in adducing a single one which makes that distinction between the Doctrines and the Word, which it seeks to establish.
     The first passage on which The New Age bases its differentiation is to be found in the Arcana Coelestia, n. 9411:
     "The Word is the Divine Truth from LORD, which in the supreme sense treats of the LORD alone; wherefore they who are in illustration, when they read the Word, see the LORD, which is done from faith and from love; this is done in the Word alone, and not in any other writing whatsoever."
     "Here," comments The New Age, "it is noticeable that Swedenborg makes no exception of the books written by him. He excludes them from this supreme claim along with the others."
     Is this so?
     A careful reading of the whole number will show that it is not. The number is in explanation of the ascent of Moses, Aaron, Nadab, and to see the God of Israel:
     "'And they saw God' that this     signifies faith, appears from the signification of 'seeing God'-that it is to be gifted with intelligence and faith-for 'to see' in the internal sense is to see spiritually, and 'to see' spiritually is to see from faith; hence it is that to 'see' in the Word signifies to have faith. . . . That they 'saw the God of Israel'-that is, the LORD-is because the laws promulgated from Mount Sinai, in a wide sense signify the Word in the whole complex, and the Word is Divine Truth from the LORD, etc. Here begins the part quoted above, after which follows: "Hence it is manifest why Moses, Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu and the seventy elders saw Him. That these saw Him, and not the sons of Israel, who were by themselves, appears from verses 9 and 10, preceding, for there it is said, 'there ascended Moses, and Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu and seventy from the elders of Israel and they saw the God of Israel,' and in this verse, 'and to the sons of Israel that were set apart He bent not His hand;' that the former saw God and not the latter was because Moses and Aaron represented the Word as to the internal and the external sense; and Nadab and Abihu the doctrine from each, and the seventy elders all those who are in good from truth thence; but the sons of Israel who were set apart, represented those who are in the external sense of the Word separate from the internal."
     Far from excluding the Writings of Swedenborg, this teaching plainly includes them, for it treats of the Word not only in the letter, but "in the whole "complex," including the internal sense and the external sense, doctrine from the internal sense, and doctrine from the external sense. The Writings contain all these. According to the admission of The New Age itself, the Internal Sense was dictated to Swedenborg. In fact all his chapters in the Arcana bear the headings "The Internal Sense," and in the Apocalypse Revealed, "The Spiritual Sense." And that the Writings give the doctrine from the Internal Sense, and from the External Sense surely no one will deny in the face or the titles of his Works, as The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrines, The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the LORD, The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem concerning the Sacred Scripture, etc., in the first of which works it is asserted: "As to the Doctrine in particular which now follows, it also is from Heaven, because it is from the Spiritual Sense of the Word, and the Spiritual Sense of the Word is the same 'with the doctrine' which is in heaven" (H. D. 7).
     It is therefore in the Word "in its whole complex" that men can now see the LORD. And this is taught in many passages of the Sacred Scripture, where the Advent of the LORD is treated of, as where it is written:

114



"Then shall appear the sign of the Son of Man, and they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of Heaven, with virtue and glory," where "clouds" is the literal sense of the Word, and" virtue and glory" is its internal sense (A. C. 9405), which the LORD reveals in the Books of His Advent.
     The New Age is, therefore, mistaken in its conclusions, which are based on the assumption that the Writings of the New Church are included in the category of "any other writings whatsoever" which differ from the Word. A review of the seven characterizations which the Australian journal adduces will give a very different result, converting them into something like the following:
     1. The Doctrines of the New Church revealed in the Writings of Swedenborg are Divine means by which faith and love can "see the LORD."
     2. They differ from the literal sense of the Word by this that in the latter, each and every expression, down to every iota and little horn, contains a spiritual and a Divine sense, which senses, so far as they can be revealed to man on earth, have been published by the LORD in the Writings of Swedenborg. In the literal sense, moreover, Divine Truth is in its fulness, its holiness, and its power.
     3. The Doctrines are also a divine medium of uniting heaven and earth, bringing, in fact, the 'things of heaven' down to our rational and interior-sensual sight.
     4. They also make universal provision for man's salvation, by virtue of the Revelation of Divine Truth at the end of the Church without which the Church would never again have revived and drawn breath from heaven, and no man could have been saved.
     5. In the Writings of the New Church the Divine Truth has respect in all things to the universal human race, past, present, and future, the LORD'S kingdom in the Heavens, and the LORD Himself.
     6. The Doctrines of the New Church: are the primary source of Doctrine of the Christian church, or else their title is a mis-nomer.
     7. The Doctrines do not consist of such correspondence as the literal sense of the Word does, but they do have, like all things on earth, a correspondence with Heaven, and as they are Divine their correspondence is continued through the three heavens from the LORD.
Calendar 1891

Calendar              1891

     THE attention of all those who, in their daily readings of the Word, follow the plan of the Calendar issued by the General Church, is called to the fact that in the course of this month of June, they will begin the reading of the Psalms. In the Calendar, renders are recommended to use The Summary Exposition of the Internal Sense of the Prophets and Psalms in connection with their reading of the Psalms, as this will help them to carry out the counsel given in the Heavenly Doctrines, to "think from some knowledge of the Spiritual Sense while reading the Word," as they will then "come into interior wisdom, and be still more conjoined to heaven, since they will then enter into ideas similar to those of the angels" (H. H. 310). The price of the Summary Exposition, in English, is 40 cents; Postage, 5 cents.
     In Latin, 40 cents, in paper covers; postage, 3 cents.
     Of the works recommended in the calendar to those who wish to pursue a more particular study of the Psalms, we have on hand the Latin Psalmi, prepared by Le Boys des Guays and Harle. Price, $3.00. Also Hiller's Work, consisting mostly of explanations, from the Writings, of seventy-seven Psalms, in English. Price, $2.75. Clowes's work is out of print.
                ACADEMY BOOK ROOM,
               1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     IN the May issue of New Church Life, it was stated that Major Christy was brought to "poverty and squalor." The word "squalor was used inadvertently and does him an injustice. The words "obscurity and poverty" should have been used.



     DR. R. L. TAFEL's latest work treats of Social form in the light of The New Church. The author endeavors to exhibit the fallacy of socialism, the relation between Church and State, and the Law of Reform. He also presents his conception of what a future commonwealth will be.



     THE General Convention's Theological School, in Cambridge, Mass. has been attended by nine students during the past year. One of these, in a letter to The New Church Messenger for April 15th, states that "the utmost loyalty to Swedenborg" prevails in this Theological School, though, indeed, "mistakes [in the Writings] as to scientific knowledge are frankly admitted." There are other statements in the same letter respecting the Theological School which, possibly, are meant for pleasantries. They certainly seem incredible.



     A LETTER addressed to the Atlanta Constitution, signed "Robert L. Rodgers," and reprinted in The Valdosta Times of May 26th, gives an account of the Religious Belief of the late Governor Herschel V. Johnson. Governor Johnson, as is well known to many of our readers, as a New-churchman, and this article proclaims him as such, but in stating his religious views confines itself to his belief in the spiritual world, and says little or nothing on the LORD as the One Personal God, or of the Internal Sense of the Sacred Scripture.



     PASTOR A. Th. Boyesen has published a little book of one hundred pages on the doctrines of the Second Coming of the LORD, and of the Consummation of the Age. The author presents these doctrines in an earnest and faithful manner, fearlessly teaching the Divine and authoritative character of the Writings of the New Church, and the consummated state of the Christian world. A summary explication of the Spiritual Sense of the twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew is added to the book, which is a welcome addition to the scanty store of sound collateral literature in the Swedish tongue.



     A "NEW CHURCH" enemy of the work on Conjugial Love makes onslaught upon this work in the pages of The Dawn denying it any place amongst the Writings of the New Church, whilst, by contrast, he thinks that "Heaven and Hell is correctly classed as a theological work, because it is full of quotations from the Word." A comparison of the tables of Scripture Passages of both works shows that Heaven and Hell contains two hundred and thirty-eight references to the Scriptures, whilst Conjugial Love contains two hundred and seventeen. It would seem from this that the two works are about equally theological,-if judged by the standard given above.



     IT would seem as if the old saying that "constant dripping will wear away a stone" is being verified in the case of the Rev. George N. Smith, who is on the verge of giving up the position, held from the Doctrines,-in favor of a view imposed by external appearances; as witness his contribution to the Messenger of April 22d, under the title "Is a Change Impending?" whom he introduces with the words: "Many of us have for some time seen" evidences of a change impending in the attitude of men in the Christian world toward the New Church. We have accepted those evidences cautiously. But of late they have seemed quite overwhelming. Some that have recently come to me may not be without interest."



     The New Christianity rejoices in the evidences which it see, that the Messenger and the Rev. G. N. Smith are viewing the Old Church world much in the same light with itself; and that the Messenger is abandoning the point of honesty, not to say spiritual integrity, from which it criticized the Rev. B. F. Barrett's advice to ministers of the Old Church.

115







     THE Rev. William Bruce's Commentary on the Gospel of John, and the Rev. Edward Madeley's Science of Correspondences Elucidated have been republished. These are the second English editions of both these works. But Mr. Madeley's work has also passed through an American edition.
     It is a sign of the state of the New Church that a work like Mr. Bruce's is republished, which is not fully based on the Doctrines, while Mr. Clowes's works on the Gospels and the Book of Psalms, and Mr. Smithson's work on the Book of Isaiah, all of which consist almost entirely of extracts from the Writings giving and explaining the Internal Sense of the respective books, are not reprinted, although some of them are very difficult to obtain. There seems to be a demand for them only in certain quarters.



     THE last instalment of the Swedenborg Concordance is a double part of ninety-six pages. It has more the appearance of a serial publication, as the month of issue is indicated on the wrapper. The entries extend from "God-osehalcus" to "Hair." The references to the word "good," including "good of charity," "good of faith" etc., alone occupy one hundred and eight columns! The study of the references to "Gospel" (evangelization), "Government" and "Gorand Man" will have a most important bearing upon the future development of the Church on earth. The references to "Gyres" will help to clear up our very obscure perceptions of the flux of Heaven. A large class of sufferers will be interested in the passages collected under the heading of "Gums."



     IN a letter to Dr. Beyer, Swedenborg states that the work on Conjugial Love "is not theological but mostly moral." The enemies of Conjugial Love are now seizing upon this statement in order utterly to deprive the work of any authority in the Church. They cannot comprehend that a work on morals can be Divine. They do not know that the LORD when in the world glorified every degree of His Human, and that He has now made His Advent in this His glorified Human in Divine Truth, which fills with new glory every plane of human life, the spiritual, the moral, the civil, and the scientific. The attempt to separate the moral truths of the Church from the spiritual truths proceeds from the all-prevailing adulterous state of "faith alone" in the world. It is in the highest degree scandalous and immoral.



     THE May issue of New Church Tidings is devoted to the engrossing subject of evangelization and missionary work. While the importance of external evangelization is recognized, stress is laid on the necessity of the cultivation of genuine charity with those who have been introduced into the New Church. This is internal evangelization. The first duty of the Church is to feed his own members and children. The readers of New Church we are referred to the pages of the Tidings for a thoughtful and timely presentation of the subject.
     The same paper contains particulars concerning the change in the Berlin school, which, from being the School of the Berlin Society, will, after the summer vacation, be conducted independently by the present Head-Master, the Rev. Fred E. Waelchli.



      IN a little book of ninety-one pages entitled: "Lux Mundi," and other Tracts for the Times, on Swedenborg and modern thought, the Rev. L. P. Mercer treats of such general topics as "Faith and Common Sense," "What we know of God What think ye of Christ," "The Atonement," "The Christian Life," etc. The work is intended as a criticism of the last sensation in Old Church theological circles-i. e. a book called Lux Mundi, lately put forth by certain Oxford clergymen, who have attempted to reconcile a false Christianity with its legitimate but troublesome offspring, modern science and philosophy.
     Mr. Mercer correctly points out that what needed is "not 'revision' but revelation. Not a mere interpretation of an old error, but an exposure of the error." This book, like those of Mr. Mercer's generally, is more doctrinal than the majority of the New Church collateral works of the present day, and is therefore to be recommended. It may be of use to general readers who are interested in the many ephemeral movements of the age.



     "NOTES and Comments" in New Church Monthly for May, explain the statement, that "The Holy Spirit proceeds from the LORD through the clergy to the laity." In the same issue, the Rev. B. J. Tilson publishes the third instalment of his series of sermons on the Priesthood. The present sermon treats of the Priesthood, introduction into it, and its trinal order. In the course of the sermon the writer refers to The Apocalypse Revealed, n. 802, where it is written that the "apostolic succession, and the transmission of the Holy Spirit from man to man, were things invented by the love of rule"; and he also quoted the further on in the Canons ("Holy Spirit," IV, 6), that holy, which is meant by the Holy Spirit, is not transferred from man to man, but from the LORD through man to man."
     Under the heading "The Books of the LORD'S Second Advent, and the Letter of the Word," the Monthly convicts the Rev. C. Griffiths and the Rev. R. L. Tafel (in Morning Light) and The New Age for March, of their errors, on the subject involved.
     The concluding essay of the Monthly treats or "The Old and the New Church, wherein do they differ." This article, like those preceding it, is recommended to the earnest attention of the readers of New Church Life.
ROMAN CATHOLIC APPROACHING THE NEW CHURCH 1891

ROMAN CATHOLIC APPROACHING THE NEW CHURCH              1891

SONGS OF THE LIFE ETERNAL, AND OTHER WRITINGS.
     By Edward Randall Knowles. Boston, 1891.

     IN view of the teachings concerning Roman Catholics which are to be found in the Doctrines of the New Jerusalem, it is of interest to notice the recent appearance of a little work, the author of which seems to have accepted some of the leading Doctrines of the New Church, but is still struggling in the external bond of Romanism. It is a devout, pretty little collection of poems and essays of thirty-eight pages, by Mr. E. R. Knowles, and is entitled: Songs of the Life Eternal, and other Writings.
     It is evident from such expressions as follow, that the author has accepted certain of the general doctrines of the New Church:

     "Those Christians who fail to accept the doctrine of a Trinity of Three Divine Persons, as well as Essentials, do not thereby necessarily fail to believe in, and appreciate the Divinity of the LORD and SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST."
     "JESU! Creator! God Omnipotent!" "The rest Thou givest to Thine own is not that carnal ease indulged by those who idly seek their own poor selves to please."

     The eternal duration of conjugial love is referred to. The LORD is called "the Sun of Heaven," and the existence of the spiritual world is stated in the two introductory lines:

     "Two worlds there are: The one is real, the other but seeming; both are here."     

     And yet, the same author speaks devoutly of "Our Lady of perpetual help," "The blest virgin mother," who is asked to "entreat of Thy dear Son." A deceased Bishop of Providence is invoked with an "ora pro nobis, saint and advocate."
     This Roman Catholic writer, who evidently has "been instructed that the LORD Himself, the Saviour of the world, reigns," has yet to learn that, "the worship of saints is such an abomination in heaven that when it is merely heard of, it excites horror, since so far as worship is fielded to any man it is denied to the LORD; for in that case He cannot be worshiped alone" (T. C. R. 824).

116



The saints can no more heat the invocations addressed to them on earth than their images by the wayside, or than the walls of a temple, and they no more reign with the LORD than a groom with his king. Of the Virgin Mary, this news is given by Swedenborg, the servant through whom the LORD has revealed the Doctrines of the New Church: "Once it was given me to speak with Mary the mother. She passed by on a certain time, and, appeared in heaven over my head, in white raiment as of silk, and then, stopping a little while, she said that she had been the mother of the LORD, because He was born of her, but that, when He became God, He put off all the human which He had from her, and that therefore she worships Him as her God, and that she is not willing that any one should acknowledge Him as her son, because in Him all is Divine" (T. C. R. 102).
GENERAL MEETING 1891

GENERAL MEETING              1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, to the Secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan, 2636 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


     IT has been deemed best to hold no General Meeting of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD in June, as originally contemplated, but there will be a meeting of the Joint Council instead. This meeting, which will open on June 20th and extend over several days, will be held at Huntingdon Valley, Montgomery Co., Pa. Members of the Councils from a distance will please address the Secretary, so that suitable provision for their entertainment may be made.
ERIE 1891

ERIE              1891

     THE leader of the Erie Circle, Dr. Edward Cranch, writes: "We are having our meetings regularly, and are rejoicing very much in the aid and comfort of Mr. Whitehead's visits." Mr. Whitehead visited Erie in December and in March, and intends to go again in June.
     "We have weekly instruction in Hebrew from the Jewish Rabbi, and are progressing pretty well. Have had thirteen or fourteen lessons, and enjoy it greatly."
ERIE COUNTY 1891

ERIE COUNTY              1891

     MR. Jacob Metzler, of West Millcreek Township, in communicating the news of his wife's departure out of this world, a notice of which is published elsewhere, writes that she died quite "suddenly of hemorrhage of the lungs. She was one of the first receivers of the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem in this place. About the year 1853, when opposition, doubts, and fears arose, we began reading pamphlets and books. We saw no minister, nor expected to see one. But the Divine Providence spared us to see and hear many ministers. Among others, in the summer of 1884 we had the pleasure of having the Rev. and Mrs. Schreck stay with us, for some time, and in the summer of 1887, the Rev. and Mrs. Hyatt, and Hubert, their little boy. Mrs. Metzler believed in the Writings as being from the LORD."
SEPARATION FROM THE ENGLISH CONFERENCE 1891

SEPARATION FROM THE ENGLISH CONFERENCE       ROBERT JAMES TILSON       1891




     Communicated.
     RESIGNATION OF THE REV. R. J. TILSON.

     To the Members of the General Conference of the New Church, the Rev. John Presland, President.
     GENTLEMEN: As I have decided to sever my connection with your body I hereby tender my resignation, and request that my name be removed from the roll of Ministers.
     In taking this step, however, I would have distinctly understood that in no sense of the term whatever am I leaving the New Church.
     With my whole heart I desire more and more to walk faithfully in the direction of the HOLY CITY, New Jerusalem, by loyally accepting and teaching the Heavenly Doctrines which the LORD has revealed in this the time of His Second Coming.
     I desire briefly to lay before you my reasons for leaving the Conference. But before proceeding to do so, I wish it to be clearly understood that I do not attempt to judge the quality of the interior life of any one, being mindful of the teaching of the Church as given in the Conjugial Love, n. 523, "To judge of what quality the interior mind or soul in any one is, thus of what quality his spiritual state is, and thence his lot after death, concerning this, because it is known to the LORD alone, it is not lawful to judge."
     I am, however, convinced that the position taken by the Conference which have compelled me to resign my connection with it, involve the denial of the LORD, and consequently must result in the utter destruction of the Church in your organization.

     IN the first place, then, I have to charge that you have virtually denied the LORD to be the only GOD of Heaven and earth. Let it be understood that in the denial of the LORD with which I now charge you I do not refer to the LORD as a person, but as to His Essence and Attributes; for we are taught: "Every one who thinks of GOD from person only, and not from essence, thinks materially . . . think of GOD from His Essence, and from that of His Person, and not from His Person and from this of His Essence; for to think of His Essence from His Person is to think materially of His Essence also; but to think of His Person from His Essence is also to think spiritually of His Person" (A. R. 611).
     Although, therefore, your denial of the LORD has not assumed the form of a denial of His Person, will it manifest itself in the rejection and denial of the Divine Good and Divine Truth which are from the LORD, and which are the LORD Himself. "The LORD reign's with the Angels of Heaven, and with the men of the Church, by that which proceeds from Himself; which is commonly called Divine Good and Divine Truth, likewise Justice and Judgment, and also Love and Faith; these are the things by which the LORD reigns, hence they are properly the kingdom of the LORD with those who receive them; for when these reign with angels and men, then the LORD Himself reigns, for those things which proceed from Him are He Himself" (A. E. 633).
     The LORD has, at this day, made his Second Advent, not in Person, but in the Divine Truth of His WORD, which He has revealed by means of His servant Emanuel Swedenborg. For thus are we taught, "This Second Coming of the LORD is not in Person, but is in the WORD, which is from Him and is Himself" (T. C. R. 776).

117



Again, "This Second Coming of the LORD takes place by means of a man before whom He has manifested Himself in Person, and whom He has filled with His Spirit to teach the Doctrines of the New Church through the WORD, from Him" (Ibid. 779).
     By the WORD, or Divine Truth, the LORD is present among men in His Divine Human. Thus is it written, "The Divine Human, which is in Heaven, is the Divine Truth which proceeds from Himself; which is Light from Himself as from the Sun" (A. C. 6280).
     To acknowledge and receive the Revelation of Divine Truth, as from the LORD, and as Himself; is to acknowledge and receive the LORD Himself in His Divine Human. But to reject this revelation as from Him, and as Himself, is to reject the LORD Himself as the WORD, and thus in His Divine Human. Thus are we taught, 'That the LORD might be constantly present, He has disclosed to me the Spiritual Sense of His WORD, in which Divine Truth is in Its Light, and in this light He is continually present" (T. C. R. 780).
     "The Spiritual Sense of the WORD revealed by the LORD, and the interior understanding of the WORD disclosed thereby; which is the Coming of the Lord" (A. R. 820).
     "For the New Church interior Divine Truth is revealed, which could not be revealed before" (A. E. 948).
     "That the Internal Sense is such as has been explained is evident from everything which has been explained, and especially from this, that it has been dictated to me out of Heaven" (A. C. 6597).
     "What is dictated by Jehovah is purely the Divine Truth, and can be no other" (T. C. R. 85).
     "In addition to these most palpable evidences, is the fact that the Spiritual Sense of the WORD has been disclosed by the LORD through one, which has never before been revealed since the WORD has been written among the sons of Israel; and this is the very sanctuary of the WORD; the LORD Himself is in this sense with His Divine, and in the natural sense with His Human. Not an iota of this sense can be opened except by the LORD alone. This surpasses all the revelations which have hitherto been made since the creation of the world" (Invit. 44).
     "It is written in John, 'In the beginning was the WORD, and the WORD was with GOD, and GOD was the WORD. The same was in the beginning with GOD. All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made which was made. In Him was Life, and the Life was the Light of men. And the Light shineth in darkness, but the darkness comprehended it not. And the WORD was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we saw His Glory, the glory as of the Only-Begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth' (Ch. i, 1-5, 4). Few know what is here meant by the WORD. That it is the LORD, is evident from each particular; and the Internal Sense teaches that the LORD as to the Divine Human is meant by the WORD, for it that the WORD was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we saw His glory; and because the Divine Human is meant by the WORD, by the Word is also meant every truth which is concerning Himself, and is from Him, in His Kingdom in the Heavens, and in His Church on earth; hence it is said that 'in Him was Life, and the Life was the Light of men, and the Light shineth in the darkness;' and because all truth is meant by the WORD, thereby is meant all revelation, thus also the WORD Itself, or the Holy SCRIPTURE" (A. C. 2894).
     That the Conference has rejected the LORD as He is present in His Revelations is manifest from its having taken so many important actions either without consulting them or in direct opposition to their known teachings, preferring the will or prejudice of the majority of its members to the teaching of the Divine Revelation in which the LORD has made His Second Advent. It thus denies the LORD, not in name, but in reality. It displaces His authority and sets up its own instead. To this may be added the fact that so many of the Ministers and others have denied the authority of the doctrines in the public press, while others, with incredible inconsistency, acknowledge their Divine authority and absolute purity, but declare that they are neither the "LORD nor
His WORD.
     Secondly, I have to charge against you that you have denied the LORD'S Office of the Priesthood, which is His own Office for the salvation of souls. The teaching of the LORD is that "Governors over those things with men which are of Heaven, or over Ecclesiastical things, are called Priests, and their Office is the Priesthood" (H. D. 314).
     Again, "Among the Governors also there must be order, lest any of them from caprice or ignorance permit evils which are contrary to order and thus destroy it. This is guarded against by the appointment of superior and inferior governors, among whom there is subordination" (ibid. 313).
     But the Conference does not recognize the Priests as Governors of the Church. There is neither order nor subordination among the Ministers, and men are licensed to perform the duties of the Priesthood who have not been admitted into the Office by the only gate provided by the LORD. Thus has the LORD'S Office been made an office of man, and that office is in many cases little better esteemed than a mere convenient form. In this way has the office of the Priesthood been destroyed as to its efficacy and power in the salvation of souls.

     Thirdly, I have to charge against you that in the preparation and administration of the Sacrament of the Holy Supper, which is the most Holy act of Worship, you have neither consulted nor regarded the plain teaching of the LORD. This was clearly manifested in your refusal by a large majority, to appoint a Committee to inquire from the Doctrines as to the proper elements to be used in the Holy Supper. This Sacrament is the LORD'S Supper, and not man's, and therefore it should be administered only as the LORD teaches in His revelation of Truth. The LORD teaches that it be administered by the Priesthood, for we are taught, "The Divine, which is understood by the Holy Spirit, proceeds from the LORD through the clergy to the laity by preachings according to the reception of the Doctrine of Truth thence. And by the Sacrament of the Holy Supper, according to repentance before it" (Canons: "Holy Spirit," Chap. IV, 8 and 9).
     The LORD also clearly teaches that the Holy Supper should be administered in bread unleavened and broken, and in wine made pure by fermentation; but the Conference has sanctioned the use of fermented bread, although it is so clearly taught as follows: "Bread in the WORD signifies in general all food both celestial and spiritual . . . and that these things should be with, out any mixture of things impure, was represented by unleavened bread; for leaven signifies evil and the false, whereby things celestial and spiritual are rendered impure and profane" (A. C. 2342). Again, "By its (the Meat Offering) being unleavened, or not fermented, is signified that it should be sincere, consequently from a sincere heart, and tree from things us clean" (Ibid. 2177).

118




     But the Conference has not only sanctioned the use of fermented bread in the Holy Supper, it has also allowed that bread to be cut into little cubes, well knowing the teaching, "Bread cut with a knife is what counterfeits the celestial, and yet is not celestial, as is the case with everything which is artificial; wherefore the bread set before me, being cut into little squares or cubes as it were with knives, signified filthy delights, which are supposed by those who are in them to be celestial, when yet they are infernal" (S. D. 2627).
     Then, again, the Conference has sanctioned the administration of must or grape juice in the Holy Supper, although its attention has been so frequently called to the teaching that "Must signifies natural truth . . . wine signifies spiritual truth" (A. C. 3580). And, again, that" Wine was enjoined in the Holy Supper (Ibid.)

     Fourthly, I have to charge against you, that you have recognized Old Church Baptism as being equivalent to Baptism in the New Church, by which act you have represented your virtual denial of the primary Doctrine of the New Church, that the LORD JESUS CHRIST is the only GOD of heaven and earth. In The True Christian; Religion we are taught as follows, "If one submits the several Doctrines to examination, as the doctrine concerning GOD. . . the use of the Sacraments, Baptism, and the Holy Supper, he will clearly see that a trinity of gods is in every one of them; and if it does not actually appear to be in them, still they flow from it, as from their fountain" (n. 177).
     This statement is made in respect to the doctrines of the Old Church. While knowing this teaching, the Conference repealed the rule which required that a Candidate for its Ministry should be baptized in the New Church, and has thus deliberately recognized any baptism whatever as equally good and valid with that of the New Church, and doing this has virtually recognized the worship of three gods as being equally good, and valid with the sole worship of the LORD JESUS CHRIST. Again, as in the Sacrament of the Holy Supper, you have licensed men not in the priesthood to administer the Holy Sacrament of Baptism

     Fifthly, I charge against you that at the last session the Conference, in deference to an uninstructed cry, completely surrendered the Doctrine of the Church in relation to the permissions which are made for the preservation of the Conjugial, and it made also a most unjust attack upon those few members of the New Church who have remained faithful to that Doctrine. It is my firm conviction that this deplorable action of the Conference was the outcome of the systematic and persistent neglect of the Ministers of the Conference to instruct the members of the Church concerning Love truly Conjugial as taught in Part I of the Conjugial Love. For it is written that "It is not known of what quality Scortatory Love is, unless it is known of what quality Conjugial Love is" (C. L. 424).
     From this neglect it has also resulted that marriages with those of different religions,-of which it is declared in the Arcana Celestia, n. 6998, "Marriages on earth between those who are of diverse religions are in Heaven held to be heinous, and more between those who are of the Church, with those who are without the Church," have been in no way discouraged by the Conference. How serious in its consequences this neglect must inevitably prove, appears from the teaching of the LORD that "Conjugial Love considered in its essence is the fundamental love of all the loves of Heaven and the Church" (C. L. 65)

     THUS, then, then, I charge the Conference with having denied the LORD in His Second Coming, with despising the Office of the Priesthood, with having disregarded the LORD'S teachings concerning the Sacraments of the Church, and with rejecting the revelation concerning Conjugial Love. These are most serious charges. I make them with deep regret, but deliberately, and from the full conviction that they lie at your door with every justice.
     The acts which substantiate these charges extend over a number of years, and have not been done in ignorance, but in the face of the plain teaching of the WRITINGS which have from time to time been brought before you by those whom you have heard with increasing impatience.
     A solemn responsibility rests upon every member, and especially every Priest of the Church, to do all in his power to promote the establishment of the Church of the LORD upon the earth that it may make one with the Church of the LORD in the Heavens. It is impossible for me to rightly discharge that responsibility while remaining in connection with your body; for I am forced to the sorrowful conviction that as time goes on, your additions are becoming less and less based upon the Divine Doctrines which make the real Church of the LORD.
     It is the command of the LORD to Seek first the Kingdom of God and His justice. This is the motto with which the LORD'S servant prefaced the Arcana Celestia and the New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine.
     In The Apocalypse Explained we are taught that "The kingdom of the LORD is the reception of the Divine Good and Divine Truth, thus with those who receive them. . . . The Kingdom of GOD signifies the Church as to Truths from Good, also Heaven . . . and that the Kingdom of GOD with man signifies to be in Truths from good from the LORD, thus in wisdom and thence in the power of resisting falsities and evils" (n. 683). To obey this command of the LORD it becomes for me an
imperative duty to sever my connection with the Conference.
     For the sake of the Divine Truth, for the sake of the good which is alone possible by means of that truth, and for the sake of the uses which are the ultimation of good and truth, I make this separation. It is with sincere sorrow that I find myself thus compelled to leave you; but as all the efforts which have been made in the past by those who have been loyal to the Doctrines of the Church to stem the tide of your defection from the LORD, in the Revelation in which He has made His Second Advent, have proved vain, no other course is left open to me.
     I therefore leave you in freedom to walk In your own path, being myself resolved, by the help of the LORD, to follow no way except that of the LORD as it is made known to us in the Divine Revelations which He has given in the Letter of the WORD, and in the WRITINGS of the Church.
     I am, gentlemen,
          Yours very Respectfully,
(Signed)     ROBERT JAMES TILSON.

     2 Inglis Street, Camberwell, S. E., May 7th, 1891.

     P. S.-It is my intention to send a copy of this Document to the periodicals of the Church, in due course.
          R.J.T.

119



DENVER, COLORADO 1891

DENVER, COLORADO       RICHARD DE CHARMS       1891

     AT the home of one of the members of our Society-the Denver Society of the LORD'S Advent-on LORD'S day evening, April 5th, a ceremony and celebration was had, which, as far as I am aware, is new in the Church.* As it may interest the readers of the Life to hear of it, I will give a brief account of what occurred.
     * Similar "memorial services," though differing in form have been in use among members of the General Church of Pennsylvania during the past fifteen years or more.-EDITOR.]
     The meeting was held to celebrate the entrance into the spiritual world of the grandmother of the member referred to above. The services were opened by the assembled members of the Society joining in the office of "The New Jerusalem," from the Liturgy. Then was sung as a solo, the hymn beginning with the words "Jerusalem, the golden! Oh! city of the blest." This was followed by an address by the pastor. As this address was an attempt to show the rational ground for such a celebration, I think it would be well to give a short statement of the points advanced.
     After referring to the event that brought them together, he stated that the use of such a celebration was in making those present alive to the fast that the passage into the spiritual world is a continuance of life and the entering upon a higher and more perfect existence; a thing not to mourn over, but rather to rejoice over; a great and important event in one's life, which we may usefully celebrate as well as any other event, such as a man's birth into this world, his marriage, etc. It is really man's birth into conscious, spiritual life, and as such an event, equally, if not more, worthy of celebration than his natural birth. Then speaking of some facts in regard to the natural life of the person whose entrance into the other life we were celebrating, her long and useful life of ninety years, her isolation from the external Church, yet ever-increasing devotion to the Heavenly Doctrines, etc., the pastor endeavored to show that the effect of a knowledge of these things ought to excite the deep affection and admiration of every lover of the LORD'S Church, and so constitute in his thought and affection a sufficient basis or ultimate for such a celebration as we were engaged in. To intensify this effect the doctrine of the Church concerning the internal meaning of old age was given, followed by reading what is said of those who die in old age. The address con eluded with the following words: "Now in all this is there not a just and sensible ground for celebrating such an event? Let us, then, with our hearts aglow with these living truths, think of this event, and celebrate it with a joyful consciousness of it as an evidence of the LORD'S mercy and loving kindness. And may the effect of our doing so impress these truths indelibly upon our minds and cause them to come to us with power whenever we are called upon to think of the departure of any one into the spiritual world. Then will this celebration and others perform to us and in us the end designed, then may our celebration have been a good and useful thing for us to do." The address was followed by the singing of the anthem, "Blessed be the LORD""
     Gifts of living plants had been procured and arranged on a stand, which was placed in the east corner of the room. In front of this was a table covered with a white cloth on which were fruits grouped tastefully, and wine glasses full of wine, in semicircular form, while in the centre of the table were three silver candlesticks with wax candles burning. The general effect of this, as may be imagined, was very suggestive and beautiful. Before the plants were handed to the persons present, the pastor gave the correspondence of the growth of a plant, and showed its relation to the earthly and heavenly life and the resurrection. After this ceremony the correspondence of the wine and fruit was also given. Then the people coming forward and each taking a glass of the wine and forming themselves in a circle, we all drank to the distinctive Church and its true growth and prosperity, and then to the absent ones in this world and the next. The fruit was distributed and with its giving closed the formal ceremonies of the celebration. Then refreshments were served and the people were dismissed with the singing of our usual closing hymn on page 524 of the Liturgy.
     There seemed to be but one sentiment in regard to the celebration, which was that the experiment had proved a most healthful and profitable one, and worthy of repetition on our part and of imitation on the part of others.
     RICHARD DE CHARMS.
GENERAL CHURCH AND THE GENERAL CONVENTION 1891

GENERAL CHURCH AND THE GENERAL CONVENTION       WM. H. BENADE       1891

     AT the annual meeting of the General convention, held in Philadelphia, May 23d to 26th, the following communication was received:
     "The General Church of Pennsylvania, in view of the intolerable nature of its relations with the General Convention of the New Jerusalem, arising in part from a radically diverse understanding of certain fundamental Doctrines of the Church, and in part from the manifest hostility of the Convention to the General Church, hereby declares the severance of its part connection with the Convention, and its assumption of the position of an independent and co-ordinate Church, having its own order and government, and pursuing its own ends and uses, under the style and title of 'The General Church of the Advent of the LORD' without antagonism to any other organization of the Church, and, as far as may be, at peace with all. In this declaration of the severance of the Convention from the General Church of Pennsylvania, the latter body contemplates a step in the general movement of the New Church that involves substantial progress in rationality and freedom, as well as in the establishment of true order, both internal and external, a progress that shall ultimately promote the good of all the members of the LORD'S New Church.
     "WM. H. BENADE, Bishop.
     "Philadelphia, January 23d, 1891."

     The General Convention adopted the following resolution:

     "Resolved, That the General Convention regrets the action of the General Church of Pennsylvania in withdrawing from the Convention, believing that the Church should be one in the cooperation of its organization as it is one in the general elements that constitute it, but we acquiesce in what is beyond our control, with the sincere prayer and trust that the LORD may overrule all our doings to promote the freedom, the activity, the usefulness, the spiritual life, and the final unity of the Church as a whole."
SUBSCRIPTIONS 1891

SUBSCRIPTIONS              1891

     SUBSCRIPTIONS for New Church Monthly and New Church Tidings (50 cents a year each) will be received by
     CARL HJ. ASPLUNDH, Agent,
     1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

     ONE of the Writings, little known, although of great importance is Canons, or 'The Entire Theology,' of the New Church, 46 pages. Price, in paper covers, 20 cents. Postage, 2 cents.
     Complete list of the Writings will be found in our catalogue just published, and sent free on application to any address.

     ACADEMY BOOK ROOM,1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

120



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable In advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, JUNE, 1891=121-122.

     CONTENTS.

     Hic Liber est Adventus Domini. Scriptum ex Mandato, p. 105.- The Gathering of the Elect (a Sermon), p. 106.-Mediate Good in the Glorification of the LORD, p. 109.- The LORD as the Word, p. 112.-"The Sacred Scripture and the Books of the LORD'S Second Advent," p. 113.-Note on the Current Reading, p. 114.-Notes and Reviews, p. 114.- A Roman Catholic approaching the New church. p. 115.
     The General Church- The General Meeting, p. 116.-Erie, p. 116.-Erie County, p. 116.
     Communicated.- Separation from the English Conference, p. 116.-Denver, Colorado, p. 119.- The General Church and the General Convention, p. 119.-Book Room Notices, p. 119.
     News Gleanings, p. 120.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 120.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE second school concert of this year took place Tuesday evening, May 12th, in the hall of the Academy.
     DR. Joseph Wessler, the Jewish Rabbi, who as was stated in the previous number of Life, had become interested in the Doctrines of the New Church is now a member of the Rev. Chauncey Giles's Society in Philadelphia.
     Delaware.- THE Council of Ministers of Convention met in Wilmington, Delaware, on May 19th to 21st. The following papers were read: "New Church Education," Rev. John Worcester; "Succession in the ministry," Rev. L. P. Mercer; "The Ordaining Function," Rev. W. H. Hinkley; "The Revised Old Testament," Rev. L. H. Tafel; "The Statement of Faith in the Messenger," Rev. T. F. Wright.
     During the meeting of the General Convention, the Rev. John Worcester was invested with the office of General Pastor, and Mr. MacPherson, of Frankford, Philadelphia, was ordained into the Ministry.
     New York.- THE Rev. S. S. Seward has been visiting various places in the state where New Church people are reading, among them Syracuse and Seneca Falls.
     Maryland.- THE Rev. Thomas A. King, who has been suffering from temporary blindness, is now regaining his eyesight.
     Ohio.- THE twenty-fifth anniversary of the Rev. John Goddard's pastorate of the Cincinnati Society was celebrated with a supper given by the members in honor of the occasion.
     DR. Wm. M. Murdoch, who died in Ottumwa, Iowa, in February, made provision for a continual annual contribution to the Urbana Society for the maintenance of public worship. Dr. Murdoch was one of those who founded this Society in the year 1850.
     Mrs. A. B. Judson, who recently died in Cleveland, bequeathed $1,000 for the use of the New Church Society in that place.
     Illinois.- THE Rev. A. J. Bartels, who recently returned from a two weeks' tour in the South, has since visited several places in this State, as Sandoval, Centralia, Charleston, Hutton, Marshall, Danville; and Paris.
     Massachusetts.- THE Theological School at Cambridge closed on May 16th.
     Florida.- THE New Church people in Jacksonville, who were lately visited by the Rev. J. E. Smith, have reorganized their Society and increased their membership to the number of thirty. They have been received into the Convention.
     MR. Smith has visited Merrimack, Longwood, and Richmond, lecturing and preaching.
     Michigan.- THE Rev. G. N. Smith has been on a six weeks' missionary tour in the southern part of this State, and lectured at Imlay City, Snodland, Almont, Capac, Lapeer, Charlotte and Kalamazoo. In the last mentioned place great interest has been shown.
     Louisiana.- THE Rev. F. L. Higgins has taken charge of a secular school in Lake Charles.
     Canada.- THE annual meeting of the General Church of Canada was held on May 1st and 2d in the Elm Street Church, Toronto. The attendance was very slim.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.-MR. Gerrit Barger, The Hague, Holland, while on a visit Nottingham in April, delivered an address in the Blue Coat Street School-room, on the "History and Prospects of the New Church in Australia, Germany, Switzerland, and Holland."
     A SERIES of exchanges of pulpits has been begun between the Rev. John Martin, of Bath, and the Rev. Charles H. Wilkins, of Bristol. In connection with the above information, the following comment is made: "Such exchanges ought to be and we believe will be fruitful of good, both for the ministers themselves and for their congregations. . . . But it is also a fine thing for any minister to be reminded now and again their congregations differ greatly, and that some reject promptly what others gladly receive and gladly receive what others promptly reject."
     But the exchange of pulpits is not confined within the New Church. The Bristol Society was preached to by a Congregational minister on April 26th, while their own minister, Mr. Wilkins, was in Nottingham preaching an anniversary sermon. Previous to this a Baptist minister preached for the same Society. "These men were listened with profound interest and intense sympathy."
     Auatrio- Hungary.- THE New Church people in Budapesth have rented a hall which will hold about one hundred persons, and they expect to hold services every Sunday morning. A circular has been issued for the purpose of obtaining funds for defraying the expenses of hall rent and for procuring necessary furniture.
     Australia.- A LAYMAN'S Association has been organized in Queensland with the object "to strive for the spread of Christianity, to invite inquiry, promote deliberation, and issue leaflet addresses upon the best means of Christianizing the world."
     THE Public Library in Perth has been presented, by the Swedenborg Society, of London, with a complete set of the Writings. Only a few Newchurchmen are as yet residing in this city.
     Japan.-MR. Y. Takimi departed this life on February 2d. Previous to his death, Mr. and Mrs. Case also departed this life with in one day of each other. Mrs. Takimi has begun a tour for announcing the Heavenly Doctrines throughout the principal cities of Japan, or is about to do so. Miss Ina Takimi who has had charge of the work at Nagako, will take charge at Tokio during her mother's absence. The publication of Hooko has been suspended.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND. DEATHS.     





     Vol. XI.     PHILADELPHIA, JULY, 1891=122.
     It is the last judgment with every one when the Lord comes, both in general and in particular.- A. C. 900.



     AS the epoch in the history of the New Church is marked by two documents which appeared in the June issue of Life. These documents are addressed respectively, by the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, and the Rev. R. J. Tilson, the one to the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in America, the other to the General Conference of the New Church in Great Britain.
     In each case the document declares a separation from that body which had hitherto been the most general organization of the New Church in the country; in each case the separation had been forced by a lack of charity on the part of the organization which is left, and by a radically diverse faith in certain fundamental Doctrines of the Church.



     IN the case of the General Church, its members have for the past two years and more, freely, full, and publicly, set forth the reasons which have finally led them to dissolve the external ties which connected them, collectively and individually, with the Convention, and it therefore needed no more than a general statement of the cause of the severance, and of the objects-which it has In view.
     In England, where the New Church is in much more of a desert state than in America, the final struggle has been comparatively brief; and unattended by such a full presentation of the issues as in America. The Rev. R. J. Tilson has, therefore, made use of the opportunity to enumerate in his declaration five of the serious evils into which the' Conference as a body has lapsed, and which led him to repudiate that body. His paper is a masterly production, and will rank as one of the most important documents in the history of the New Church.



     THESE five evils the Conference has in common with Convention. They are: the denial of the Divinity of the LORD'S Human in His Second Advent, the rejection of office of the Priesthood, the defilement of the sacraments of Baptism and the Holy Supper, the repudiation of the teachings concerning Conjugial Love.



     THUS the New Church in Great Britain and in America has come to the end of an old state and to the beginning of a new one. A judgment has taken place, and, like all judgments general and particular, it has been effected by the Advent of the LORD.
     It is written, "The Father doth not judge any one; but all judgment hath He given to the Son;" and again, "If I go away, I shall send the Paraclete unto you; and when He shall have come, He shall reprove the world concerning sin, and concerning justice, and concerning judgment." Judgment, then, appertains to the Divine Human, and to the Holy Proceeding of the LORD.
     From the teaching concerning judgment, it is evident that the Divine Human and the Holy Proceeding have effected the judgment that has now taken place in the New Church. The past history of the Church amply confirms this teaching and the conclusion drawn from it.



     AS in the case of every judgment, preparation for the present one has been making for a long period, indeed as far back as the teaching concerning the Divinity and consequent Authority and Infallibility of the Writings of the New Church, as the Second Advent of LORD, have been proclaimed. This was done by a few men, who in the course of time, finding that, in the public councils of the Church, they stood together on the same principles, finally associated themselves together with others, and formed the Academy of the New Church, in order to more effectively to preach this Word of the New Gospel that was unheeded, denied, and even rejected in the New Church in America and Great Britain
     The Divine Truth brought forth by them from the great store-house of genuine truths of the Internal Sense was so convincing, that gradually a belief in the Divinity of the Writings began to be professed among their opponents. But the profession lacked the interior acknowledgment and conviction of the essential Divinity of the Writings. Hence, when of late years, the teaching became prominent that the Writings are the LORD'S' Divine Human, the interior denial and rejection burst forth afresh, and is now more widespread than ever before, involving even some that before had taken part in the affirmative movement.



     THE claim is made that the teaching concerning the Doctrines as the Divine Human is new. But, as was shown in the Life for April (page 77), such a claim is as unfounded as the consideration that prompts it is irrational. Eighteen years ago, the Rev. W. H. Benade proclaimed to the American Conference of New Church Ministers:
     "The Word, or the Divine Truth in the heavens and in the Church, and thus in the world, or the one only Divine standard of all true thought and good living, is. The LORD Himself in His Divine- Humanity. What is revealed in the Word is the LORD in His Divine Humanity; what is revealed by the Word made flesh and fulfilled is the LORD in His Divine Humanity what is revealed from, or out of, the Word in Doctrine drawn therefrom, is the LORD in His Divine Humanity (T. C. R. 780)."
     "Although the Divinely Human quality of the Writings has been taught in the New Church for so many years, it was not prominent in the minds of many until in the Divine Providence of the LORD, the full time for the judgment arrived, for it is the Divine Human that effects the judgment.

122







     WHAT the future will bring, is beyond the province of human speculation. Like the past, it is in the LORD'S hands. As for the present, every one who professes to be of the New Church must decide which way he will go, for the present is one of those epochs in the history of the Churches, when, with peculiar significance, the Word comes to the men of the Church: "How long halt ye between two opinions? If the LORD be God, follow Him, but if Baal, follow him."
Judgment 1891

Judgment       Editor       1891

     Judgment belongs to the Lord's Divine Human and the Holy proceeding.- A. C. 2819.
SEPARATION OF MEDIATE GOOD IN THE GLORIFICATION OF THE LORD. ( 1891

SEPARATION OF MEDIATE GOOD IN THE GLORIFICATION OF THE LORD. (              1891

GENESIS xxxi, 19-46.)     IN the first part of the 81st chapter of Genesis the Internal Sense treats of the preparation for the separating of mediate good from the good procured by means of it in the Loan's natural. The separation itself is treated of next.
     V. 19, 20, 21. With mediate or collateral good there was a state of use and of an end of good; and a change of that state as to truth and as to good, which was that the good was such as did not have in it Divine truth and good as before, which state was brought about by the separation of the good of the LORD'S Natural from mediate good, for there was a separation of the good of the Natural, and an elevation into a state wherein there was conjunction with the Divine.
     The separation of mediate god from the good procured thence in the LORD'S Natural cannot be known except from societies of spirits who are in that good and from whom it inflows with man. There are good spirits, and there are spirits of a middle kind, and there are evil spirits, who are adjoined to man while he is being regenerated, for the sake of the end that he may be introduced by them into genuine goods and truths, and this by means of angels from the Loan; but there are such spirits or societies of spirits as are not concordant with one who is to be regenerated, except as to time, wherefore when they have performed their use they are separated. Their separation is effected in various ways; the separation of good spirits in one way, that of spirits of the middle kind in another way, and that of evil spirits in another. The separation of good spirits is effected while they do not know it, from the good pleasure of the Loan, knowing that it is well with them wherever they are or whithersoever they are transferred by the LORD. But the separation of spirits of the middle kind is effected by many means, until they recede in freedom; for they are remitted into a state of their own good, wherefore into a state of use and of the end thence, that they may therein perceive their own delight and their own blessedness; but because they derived pleasure from their prior companionship they are at times brought back and at times remitted, until they feel unpleasantness in tarrying longer, and thus they recede in freedom. But evil spirits, indeed, are also removed in freedom, but in a freedom which appears to them as freedom. They are adjoined in order that they may induce negatives which are to be discussed, so that man may be better confirmed in truths and goods; and when man begins to be confirmed in them then those spirits perceive unpleasantness, and delight in separation, thus from the freedom which is of their delight they are separated. Thus it is with the separation of the spirits who are with man while he is being regenerated, wherefore so also it is with the changes of his state as to good and truth.
     The change of state with mediate good as to truth was due to the taking away from it of what was dear and holy. The state of spirits as to good and truth is according to the societies in which they are, for all thought inflows by others, and proximately by those in whose society they are; on which account when they are removed from one society and remitted into another, the states of their thoughts and affections are changed, and therefore also their state as to truth and good. But if they are remitted into discordant societies, they then perceive unpleasantness, and from the unpleasantness, what is forced, on which account they are separated thence and taken into concordant societies.
     The reason why mediate good underwent a change of state when the good of the Natural was separated, was that the good of the Natural of the LORD deprived mediate good of the hope of possessing all things which were of it, and reduced it to a state of straitness; for mediate good believed that, because the good of the Natural had served it, all things which were of the good of the Natural should be its own.
     V. 22-25. When the end at the conjunction had come, and the good in the Natural was separated from mediate good, then this mediate good came to other goods in place of those that it had lost, and the ardor was continued of conjoining itself with the holy of truth, by which there was something of conjunction, whereupon that good left to itself perceived obscurely that there was no longer any communication; there was something of a conjunction, but now the good of the Natural was in a state of the holy of love, while the good that was separated was in a state of good only in something of that conjunction.
     V 26-30. Then followed a state of communication of mediate good with the good of the LORD'S Natural, in which there was indignation, because mediate good no longer had Divine good as before, nor the affection of truth as before: for they had been taken away from it; mediate good was in such a state that if the separation had taken place from its freedom, then from proprium it would have believed that it had been in a state of truths of spiritual good and that disjunction was from a free state according to the faith of that good, wherefore there was indignation; in which state of indignation if mediate good had power it would do evil, but it was not permitted from the Divine, for there was an inhibition of communication, but acting from proprium the good of the Natural separated itself, because of a desire for conjunction with Divine Good directly inflowing, wherefore mediate good was in a state of indignation on account of a state of lost truth.
     That the separation of mediate good from genuine good with those who are regenerating is effected in freedom does not appear to man, because man does not know how goods are varied with him, still less how the state of each good is changed, nor, indeed, how the good of infancy is varied and changed into the good of childhood, and this into the succeeding good which is of youth, afterward into the good of adult age, and finally into the good of old age. With those who are not regenerating, it is not the goods which are changed, but the affections and their delights, but with those who are regenerating there are mutations of the state of goods, and this from infancy even to the end of their life; for it is foreseen by the LORD what kind of a life a man will lead, and how he- will suffer himself to be led by the LORD; and because all and the single things, yea, the most single things are foreseen, they are also provided for.

123




     Collateral good or what does not inflow directly is that good which was called mediate good; for this good derives very many things from worldly things which appear as goods but are not goods; but good directly inflowing is what comes immediately from the LORD, or mediately through heaven from the LORD and is good Divine separate from such worldly good as was just mentioned. Every man who is regenerating is first in mediate good in order that this may subserve for introducing genuine goods and truths, but after it has subserved this use it is separated and he is led to the good which inflows more directly, thus wan who is regenerated is perfected by degrees.
     V. 31, 32. The state of the good of the Loan's Natural was such that if from the freedom of mediate good the separation had been made, it (the good of the Natural) would have been injured as to the affections of truth; the truth was not of mediate good, but its truth did not subsist in its own good, for all things of that good were separated, for they belonged to the affection of interior truth.
     It is said above that the truth was not of mediate good and that its truth did not subsist in its own good. This arcanum is explained as follows: every spiritual good has its own truths, for where that good is, there are truths. Good regarded in itself is one, but it is made various by truths. Hence it is that good although it is one still is various with every one, and so various that it is never in any manner similar with one as with another; hence it also is that the truth of one never can subsist in the good of another; for, all truths with every one who is in good, communicate among themselves, and make a certain form, wherefore the truth of one cannot be transferred into another, but when it is transferred it passes over into the form of the one who receives it, and takes on another appearance. Hence it is that the mind of one is never altogether similar to that of another, but as is the number of men, so also are the varieties as to affections and thoughts. Then that the universal heaven consists from angelic forms, which are in a perpetual variety which, disposed into a celestial form by the Loan, act as one, for a one is never composed from the same things, but from things various in form, which make a one according to the form. Thence now it is evident what is meant by its truth did not subsist in its own form.
     When the societies of spirits which are in mediate good are in society with the angels, then it appears to them altogether as though the truths and goods which are the angels' are their own; yea, they know no otherwise; but when they are separated then they apperceive that it is not so, wherefore also they complain, believing that they were taken by those in whose society they had been. In general, no one ever has good and truth which is his own, but every good and truth inflows from the LORD, but immediately and mediately by angelic societies, but still it appears-as if good and truth were one's own, and this for the sake of the end that those things may be appropriated by man until he comes into that state in which he may know, afterward acknowledge, and finally believe that they are not his, but the LORD'S.
     V. 33-35. In the holy things of the good of the Natural, in those of the affection of external truth, and in those of external affections, there were not such truths, but they were in the holy of the affection of internal truth, and in interior natural truths which were from the LORD and in scientifics to which they were interior, wherefore they were not of the proprium of mediate good; to mediate good these interior truths could not be revealed for they were as yet among unclean things and were not of that mediate good.
     These internal truths were among unclean things because among scientifics which did not correspond, but were discordant. Such things were removed in the course of the glorification.
     V. 36-42. The good of the Natural in zeal replied that it had not separated itself from a principle, of evil; for no truths of good had been the property of mediate good, but all had been given; wherefore judgment must be from what is just and equitable; for the proprium of the LORD in the Natural which He acquired of his own power is such as to good and the good of truth and as to the truth of good, that it took nothing from mediate good; there was evil without its fault with that good, hence the Natural took what was good, but He took it from Himself; the evil of merit in like manner in which there were temptations of the proprium, in the first period of which He might acquire thence the affections of truth, and afterward the good; whence there was a state to Himself when He applied those goods to Himself, for unless the Divine and the Divine Human had been with Him, mediate good would have claimed all things for itself; but all things were from Himself by His own power.
     Mention is made above of good and the good of truth By good when said simply, is meant the good of the will; but by the good of truth is meant the good of the understanding. The good of the will is to do good from good; but the good of the understanding is to do good from truth. These goods appear to those who do good from truth as one, but still they differ greatly from each other; The to do good from good is to do it from the perception of good, which perception of good is not given with others than the celestials. But to do good from the truth, is to do it from science and the understanding thence, but without the perception that it is so, but only that one is so instructed by others, or that he has concluded, from himself, by his intellectual faculty that it is so, which may be a fallacious troth. Nevertheless, if it has the end of good, then it causes that what is from that truth, becomes good.
     As to the evils which are with man they have several origins; the first origin is from the hereditary by continuous derivations from grandfathers and great-grandfathers to the father, and from the father, in whom evils are thus accumulated, into the man himself. The second origin is from the actual, namely, which a man acquires to himself by a life of evil. This evil, man takes partly from the hereditary, as from an ocean of evils, and puts it into act, partly he superadds many things from himself, whence is the proprium which man acquires to himself. But this actual evil which man makes his proprium has also divers origins, in general two, namely, the first is that he receives evils from others without his own fault; the second is that he takes from himself, thus with his own fault.
     The evil of fault, or the evil which man contracts to himself by actual life, and also confirms in thought even to faith and persuasion, cannot be emended, but it remains to eternity. But the evil not of fault, which man has not confirmed in thought, and to which be has not internally persuaded himself, this indeed remains to eternity; but it clings only to externals, for it does not penetrate to interiors and pervert the internal man. Such is the evil by which there is good; for the internal man, which is not yet affected and has not consented, can see it in the external man as evil, and thus can remove it; and because the internal man can see it, therefore he can at the same time see good more clearly; for from the opposite, good appears more clearly than from what is not opposite; moreover, he is afterward more sensibly affected with good.

124



This, then, is what is meant by good thence.
     The evil of merit is when man attributes to himself good, and imagines that it is from himself, and therefore wills to merit salvation. In the beginning all who are reforming think that good is from themselves, and thence that by the good which they do they merit salvation; for imagining that by the good which they do they merit salvation, comes from imagining that good is from themselves; for the one coheres with the other. But those who suffer themselves to be regenerated, do not confirm this in the thought, nor persuade themselves that it is so, but it is successively dissipated; for so long as man is in the external man, as all are in the beginning of reformation, he cannot do otherwise than think so; but he thinks only from the external man. But when the external man with his concupiscences is removed, and the internal begins to operate, that is when the LORD inflows by the internal man with the light of intelligence, then he begins to believe otherwise, and does not attribute good to himself but to the LORD. Hence it is evident what the evil of merit is, which here is meant, by which there is good, similarly as by the evil which is not of fault, concerning which above.
     V. 43. Mediate good was in an obscure state of perception in which it appeared as if all the affections of truth and all truths and goods were its own, also everything perceptive and intellectual; but mediate good durst not claim those things for itself.
     As to the claim on the part of mediate good that all things perceptive and intellectual of good and truth were of itself, it was shown in the presentation of this subject in New Church Life for last month, that spirits, especially of the middle sort, w hen they are in any angelic society, do not know otherwise than that the affections' of good and truth, which inflow from the society, are their own. Such is the communication of affections and thoughts in the other life, and so far as they are conjoined with that society so far they think that it is so. The same spirits, when they are separated, are indignant, and when they come into a state of indignation they also come into an obscure state, in which, because they have not interior perception, they claim all the goods and truths which are of the angelic society, and which they had by communication.
     Here mediate good durst not claim those things to itself on account of the presence of the Divine truth which caused fear.
     V. 44-46. The Divine Natural was conjoined with the good of works, in which those are who are at the aide, or the Gentiles. In such truth, and thence worship are those who are in the good of works, and truths from good, that they can appropriate good. Divine.
     The Gentiles are said to be at the side or in collateral good, because they are without the Church. They who, within the Church, are in good and truth, are not in a collateral line, but in a direct line, for the Word is with them, and by the Word there is direct communication with heaven, and by heaven with the LORD; but not so the Gentiles, for they have not the Word, nor do they know the LORD; whence it is that they are said to be at the side. But the Gentiles who are in the goods of works are meant-that is, who are in externals, within which is the good of charity. These things are what
are called the goods of work, but not good works, for good works may be given without goods within, but not so the goods of works.
     The Gentiles, although they know not about the Word, wherefore not about the LORD, still have external truths such as the Christians have; as that the Deity is to be worshiped holily, that festivals are to be observed, that parents are to be honored, that one must not steal, nor commit adultery, nor kill, nor covet what is another's, thus such as are the truths of the decalogue. Those among them who are wise not only observe the same things in the external form, but also in the internal; for they think that such things are not only contrary to their religiosum, but also contrary to the common good, thus contrary to the internal debt to man, wherefore contrary to charity, although they do not so well know what faith is. In their obscurity they have somewhat of conscience, against which they will not to act; yes, indeed, cannot. Hence, it may appear that the LORD rules their interiors which are in obscurity and thus imparts to them the faculty of receiving interior truths, which they also receive in the other life.
By the last judgment 1891

By the last judgment              1891

     By the last judgment is understood . . . the vastation of the Church as to charity and faith.- A. C. 4059.
ONENESS OF THE FATHER AND THE SON 1891

ONENESS OF THE FATHER AND THE SON              1891

     BECAUSE all and single the things in heaven, and all and single the things with man, yea, in universal nature, relate to good and truth, therefore also the Divine of the LORD is distinguished into Divine Good and Divine Truth, and the Divine Good of the LORD is called the "Father," and the Divine Truth the "Son;" but the Divine of the LORD is nothing hot Good, yea, Good Itself; but the Divine Truth is the Divine Good of the LORD so appearing in heaven or before the angels. This is as in the case of the sun, the sun itself in its essence is nothing but fire, but the light which thence appears is not in the sun, but from the sun. Indeed, the LORD, as to the Divine Good, is represented by the sun, and also in the other life is the Sun to the universal heaven; and the Lord as to the Divine Truth is represented by light, and also is in the other life the light to the universal heaven.
     So, the Lord in His Essence is nothing but Divine Good, and this as to both the Divine Itself and the Divine Human. But the Divine Truth is not in the Divine Good, but from the Divine Good, for so the Divine Good appears, as was said above, in heaven, and because the Divine Good appears as the Divine Truth, therefore, for the sake of man's apprehension, the Divine of the Loan is distinguished into Divine Good and Divine Truth, and the Divine Good is what in the Word is called the "Father," and the Divine Truth what is called the "Son."
     This is the arcanum, which lies hid in this, that the Lord Himself so often spoke of His Father as one who was distinct, and, as it were, other than He, and nevertheless elsewhere He says that He is one with Him.
     The distinction between the "Father" and the "Son," or, what is the same thing, between the Divine Good and the Divine Truth, or, what again is the same thing, between the Divine Itself and the Divine Human-the distinction which makes them appear as two, is made in adaptation to the finite state of man. In themselves they are one, Infinitely One. So that the LORD in the Old Testament is called JEHOVAH, and is there also called the "Father," as in the well-known passage in Isaiah:-

125



"A Boy is born to us, a Son is given to us, and the principality shall be upon His shoulder, and His Name shall he called Wonderful, Counsellor, God, Hero, Father of eternity, Prince of Peace" (ch. ix, 6). It is quite manifest that the "Boy born to us," and the "Son given to us," is the LORD, thus He who is called the "Father of eternity."
     In Malachi, "Have we not all One Father, did not One God create us?" (ch. ii, 1). To create here in the internal Sense is to regenerate, and because the LORD is the only Regenerator and Redeemer, it is He Who is here called "Father" and "God," as also in Isaiah, "Thou art our Father, because Abraham knoweth us not, and Israel doth not acknowledge us. Thou, JEHOVAH, art our Father, our Redeemer, from eternity is Thy Name."
     And as there is this absolute oneness between the Father and the Son, therefore in heaven they name no one else "Father,"-nor do they perceive any one else by "Father" in the Word of the Evangelists but the LORD. All infants there are taught, when they are initiated into the good of love and its truth, to acknowledge the LORD alone as their Father; yea, the novitiates there who come into heaven are taught with solicitous care that there is one God, and they who were within the Church, that all the Trine is in the LORD.
     Now, when we reflect that the "Father" is the Divine Good and the "Son" is the Divine Truth, and, further what a scandal it is to the angels when men distinguish between the two and deny the Divinity of the "Son," it becomes plain that it is an equal scandal to them when men distinguish the Divine Truth, in and by which the LORD reveals Himself in this His Second Coming from the Divine Good, and do not believe that it is Divine but teach that it is merely human truth, like that of any good man.
     Men who have at all received the teachings contained in the Writings of Swedenborg will hardly distinguish the Divine Trinity into three Persons, as did the men of the First Christian Church. But are they in consequence entirely delivered from the influence of the spirits of the Dragon? Will they for this reason inevitably preserve a correct conception of the Divine Trinity? The teaching of the Word answers these questions in the negative, and the history of the Church confirms the negative answer. If there were no danger of any false inundations from hell in regard to the Divine Trinity, there would not be such abundant teaching, warning the men of the Church.
     The Divine Trinity is misunderstood at this day in the New Church, and men do not go to the opened Word of the LORD for the true teaching concerning it. The Divine Truth, in which the Loan has again descended into the world, is distinguished from the Divine Good, and its Divinity denied, in the writings and sayings of Newchurchmen, such as the following:
     "To say that 'the Writings are the Divine Human' becomes quickly the saying that 'the doctrines are the LORD;' and thus the thought of the LORD as the one Love is set aside, and through the inevitable exaggeration of particulars of doctrine as the LORD, and the consequent insistence upon them, there come strife and suffering."
End of an old Church 1891

End of an old Church              1891

     When the end of an old Church and the beginning of a new one are at hand, then is a last judgment.- A. C. 4230.
RELATION OF THE WORD IN THE LETTER TO THE ESSENTIAL WORD 1891

RELATION OF THE WORD IN THE LETTER TO THE ESSENTIAL WORD              1891

     THE relation of the Word in the Letter to the Divine Truth, or the Essential Word, which is the Divine Substance of God, can be seen when it is seen how the Word in the Letter was produced from the Essential Substantial Word. Of this we rend:
     "'And behold the glory of JEHOVAH was seen in the cloud,' that this signifies the presence of the LORD accommodated to apperception is manifest from the signification of the Glory of JEHOVAH,' that it is the presence and advent of the LORD (concerning which above n. 8427), and from the signification of 'cloud,' that it is the literal sense of the Word (concerning which Pref. to chap. xviii, Gen., and n. 4391, 6922, 6343 end, 6752, 8106), thus truth accommodated to apperception, for the Word in the letter is such truth; but the glory which is in the cloud is Divine Truth which is not so accommodated to apperception, because it is above the fallacies and appearances of the senses, thus it is also the internal sense of the Word (Pref. chap. xviii, Gen, n. 5922, 8427). That 'glory' is the internal sense of the Word is because in that sense it treats of the Church and of the kingdom of the LORD, and in the supreme sense of the LORD Himself, In which sense also is the Veriest Divine Truth. Divine Truth is not of one degree, but of several. Divine Truth in the first degree and also in the second is what immediately proceeds from the LORD, this is above angelic understanding; but Divine Truth in the third degree is such as is in the inmost or third heaven, this is such that not the least of it can be comprehended by man; Divine Truth in the fourth degree is such as is in the second heaven, neither is this intelligible to man. But Divine Truth in the fifth degree is such as is in the ultimate or first heaven; this can be perceived for a time by man, but one illustrated; but still it is such that a great part of it cannot be enunciated by human expressions, and when it falls into ideas, it makes the faculty of perceiving and also of believing that it is so; but Divine Truth in the sixth degree is such as is with man, accommodated to his apperception, thus it is the sense of the letter of the Word. This sense-or this truth Its represented by 'cloud,' and interior truths by 'glory in the cloud;' thence it is that JEHOVAH-that is, the LORD so often appeared to Moses and the sons of Israel in a cloud. . . . The appearance of the LORD is through the Divine Truth, and also is time Divine Truth. That a cloud is truth accommodated to apperception is from representatives in the other life, there the angelic speech of the superior heavens appears to those who are below as light, and also as splendor from light; but the speech of the angels of the inferior heaven appears as a shining cloud, in various forms, and in density and thinness according to the quality of the truths. From these things it may appear that by the 'glory of JEHOVAH seen in the cloud' is signified the presence of the LORD in truth accommodated to apperception" (A. C. 8443).
     From this we may see that the Divine Wisdom of the LORD, which is Living Divine Substance and is called the Word, has successively descended through degrees, and is thus accommodated to the perception of angels and of men; but that it is more perfect in the degrees of its ascent from the letter, as the heavens and the Loan Himself in His Inmosts are more perfect than the letter; for the letter is the Word only from the fact that it contains within it these interior degrees of Divine Truth, as may be seen from the Work on the Sacred Scripture and other places in the Writings.

126



In mostly, therefore, the Sacred Scripture is God, because the Very Divine Wisdom Itself is represented in the expressions and sense of the letter, and also the degrees of Divine Truth above mentioned even to the Letter are Divine, but in another form than the inmost Divine Wisdom in God Himself Who is the Essential Word, as we may see from the following:
     "The whole Sacred Scripture, and thence all the doctrines of the churches in the Christian World, teaches that God is and that, He is One. That the whole Sacred Scripture teaches that God is, is because in its inmosts it is no other than God-that is, the Divine which proceeds from God-for it was dictated by God, and nothing else can proceed from God than what is Himself and is called Divine, this it is in its inmosts. But in the derivatives which are below and are thence, that Holy Scripture is accommodated to the perception of angels and men, in those it is likewise Divine, but in another form, and in this it is called Divine Celestial, Spiritual, and Natural, which are nothing else than coverings of God; since God Himself such as He is in the inmosts of the Word cannot be seen by any creature; for He said to Moses when he supplicated that he might see the glory of JEHOVAH, that no one can see God and live; it is similar with the inmosts of the Word, where God is in His Esse and in His Essence. But still the Divine, which is in the inmost and is covered by such things as are accommodated to the perceptions of angels and men, shines forth like light through crystalline forms, but variously according to the state of the mind which man forms for himself from God or from himself. Before every one who has formed the state of his mind from God, the Sacred Scripture is like a mirror in which he sees God, but every one in his own manner. The truths which he learns from the Word, and by life according to them, is imbued with, compose that mirror. From these things it may first appear that the Sacred Scripture is the fullness of God" (T. C. R. 6).
     The Word in the sense of the letter is Divine because it contains within the whole of the Divine Being. It is the fullness of God because it contains the Divine Wisdom within, that which is within being the soul and life of the Word in the sense of the letter. The sense of the letter also means more than the words, ink, and paper, for these in themselves are not living, but the sense or meaning contained within is what gives life, as we may see from the following:

     "Concerning the Word of the LORD."
     "The Word of the LORD in itself is dead, for it is only the letter, but in reading it is vivified by the Loan according to every one's faculty of understanding and perceiving given by the LORD. Thus it is living according to the life of the man reading, wherefore it is with innumerable variety" (Diary, 1877).
     From this we may see that although every sentence, word, letter, and little curve of a letter is representative of the LORD, the LORD Himself in His Divine Human is not in it except as it is read by man, for the presence of the LORD with man is spiritual, thus in his affections and thoughts, and the printed or written words, although full representatives of the Whole of the Divine Truth in all its degrees, yet the very Divine Troth Itself in its living, substantial form can flow into man only in the reading of the Word, thus it is only in man that the True Word dwells in proportion as the true sense is perceived which is represented in the letter.
     That the Word or Divine Truth is the sense and not the letter may also be seen from the following:
     "The Divine Truth Itself. . . is meant by the Word which was in the beginning with God, and which was God; and yet not the Word as to the words and letters of languages, but as to its essence and life, which is from the inmost in the senses of its words and letters. From this life the Word vivifies the affections of the will of the man who reads it in a holy state, and from the light of that life enlightens the thoughts of his understanding, on which account it is said in John, "In the Word was life, and the life was the light of' men." This the Word does because the Word is from the Loan and concerning the LORD, and thus is the LORD. All thought, speech, and writing draws its essence and life from him who thinks, speaks, and writes; the man with his quality is in them; but in the Word the LORD Alone is. But no one feels and perceives the Divine Life in the Word but he who is in the affection of spiritual truth when he reads it, for he is in conjunction with the LORD by the Word. There is something inmostly affecting the heart and spirit which inflows with light into the understanding and testifies" (A. R. 200).
     From all these things we may see that the Essential Divine Truth, which is the Word and is Divine Substance, flows down through degrees until it comes into such forms that it is accommodated to the perception of angels and men, and that these degrees of truth are no other than coverings of God, Who is inmostly in them; and they are also Divine, but in another form. Also that the letters and words of the Sacred Scripture are so arranged that they contain a Divine Sense, which, when it is perceived by the man, brings the LORD present in His Own Divine Person in the affection and thought of the man, the letter of the Word serving only as an external means or vessel into which the Loan can flow in man's mind; but the LORD is not present in Person in the book as separate from man. For this reason it is that to make a basis for the heavens, the Word must he read and understood in the Church, and the life of its members must be governed by its teachings. Words and letters in printed form are not ideas, but are representatives of ideas, and so all things of the Word in the letter are correspondences, representatives, and significatives of Divine Truths; but the truths themselves are in the Loan alone and in the minds of angels and men who perceive them from the LORD.
All judgment 1891

All judgment              1891

     All judgment appertains to the Human Divine and the Holy Proceeding.- A. C. 2335.
THINK OF GOD FROM HIS ESSENCE AND FROM THIS OF HIS PERSON 1891

THINK OF GOD FROM HIS ESSENCE AND FROM THIS OF HIS PERSON              1891

     IT is written in the Doctrines: "There are societies [of spirits] who are in love to God, and believe that if they look upon the Infinite, and worship the hidden Divine, they can be in love to Him, when nevertheless they are not, unless they make that Infinite finite by some idea, or present the hidden God visible with themselves by finite intellectual ideas, because otherwise it would be to look upon thick darkness, and to embrace with love what is there, thus many absurd and disordered things, according to the ideas of every one." Such "cannot be saved," unless they "look upon the Human of the LORD made Divine" (A. C. 4075).
     The same general teaching is given in other parts of the Doctrines, as for instance in The True Christian Religion (n. 28): "It is vain to wish to know what God is in His Esse or in His Substance; but it is enough to acknowledge Him from finite, that is from created things in which He is Infinitely.

127



The man who troubles himself further can be compared with a fish drawn out into the air, or to a bird placed under the receiver of an air-pump, which, as the air is pumped out, gasps, and finally expires; and he can also be compared with a ship, which, when it is overcome by a tempest, and does not follow the rudder, is carried on to rocks and sand-banks. So does it happen to those who want to become cognizant of the unity of God from within, not content that they can acknowledge it from without from manifest indications."
     The acknowledgment of the Infinite and Invisible JEHOVAH, in the Human made Divine, is of the first importance, not as a mere matter of the intellect, but as a matter of life-of salvation, for if man were to approach "the naked JEHOVAH"-that is, the Divine Love as it is in itself, unclothed in the garments of the Divine Truth, or, in other words, JEHOVAH Himself, unclothed with the Divine Human-man "would rush into sins" (T. C. R. 135).
     It will be observed that the teaching is that while man must guard himself against approaching the Infinite, he must approach Him not in the merely human personality, but "in the Human made Divine."
     The LORD assumed the Human, among other reasons, in order to present Himself visibly to the sight of men. For this end the Divine Word of the New Testament contains the record of His life on earth in the Human. The idea of the Divine Personality there presented is the first that enters the mind of man, when in childhood he is instructed concerning the LORD, and it is to remain with him through life in this world and forever in the spiritual world, as the foundation upon which his acknowledgment and worship of the Loan shall rest. But it is wrong for him, when he has arrived at the age of rationality, to continue in the idea that the LORD is visible only as a Person. He must begin, even in his boyhood, to learn to think of the LORD from His Essence, and from this of His Person.
     This is made wonderfully clear in the conversation recorded in The True Christian Religion and The Apocalypse Revealed as taking place between a master and his pupils, in the Spiritual World, on the subject of spiritual meditation as contrasted with material meditation, the conversation being suggested by the appearance of the descent of some dead horses.
     The boys asked: "What is it to meditate spiritually and materially from the Word?" and the master replied: "I will illustrate it by means of examples. Who, while he holily reads the Word, does not interiorly think of God, of the neighbor, and of Heaven? Every one who thinks of God only from the Person, and not from the Essence, thinks materially; and he who thinks of the neighbor only from the external form and not from quality, thinks materially; and he who thinks of Heaven only from place and not from love and wisdom, from which heaven is heaven, also thinks materially."
     But the boys said: "We have thought of God from Person, of the neighbor from the form-that is, the man and of Heaven from the place which is above us; did we then, when we read the Word, appear to any one as dead horses?"
     The Master said, "No! you are still boys, and you cannot do otherwise; but I have perceived the affection of knowing and understanding with you, and as this is spiritual, you have' also thought spiritually, for some spiritual thought lies within your material thought, of which you are still ignorant. But I will return to what I said before, that every one who thinks of God only from Person and not from Essence thinks materially. He who thinks materially, when he reads the Word, or meditates from the Word, appears from afar like a dead horse, but he who does so spiritually, like a living horse. And he thinks materially of God who does so only from Person, and not from Essence. For the attributes of the Divine Essence are many, as, Omnipotence, Omniscience, Omnipresence, Eternity, Wisdom, Mercy, and Grace, and others; and there are attributes proceeding from the- Divine Essence, which are Creation and Conservation, Redemption and Salvation, Illustration and Instruction. . . . Think from Essence, and from this of the Person; for to think from the Person of the Essence is to think materially of the Essence alone, but to think from the Essence of the Person is to think spiritually of the Person also" (T. C. R. 623).
     Bearing this instruction in mind, the reader will observe that the order which is here indicated as obtaining in the case of every man: first to learn to think of the Person, and afterward of the quality, and from this of the Person-that this order was observed by the LORD in effecting His two Advents. Nothing is taught more plainly in the Doctrines of the New Church than that the Loan followed and follows the laws of His Divine Order in H is descent into the world. So the LORD revealed Himself in His Person, at the time of His First Coming, in the Human assumed from the virgin and afterward made Divine; and at His Second Coming He again revealed Himself, but not, as before, in the Person visible on the material and natural planes, but in His Essence-in His Divine Love aid Divine Wisdom, and this for the purpose that men may cease to think materially by looking upon His Person, sad from this upon his Essence, and that they may learn to think spiritually by thinking of His Essence now revealed in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, and from this of His Person, as this is revealed in the literal sense of the Word of the Evangelists.
     In other words, the LORD has made His Second Coming in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, in order to reveal His Essence to man in language addressed to his reason, so that he may truly worship the LORD visible in this His own Divine accommodation of Himself, which is His Word of Divine Truth.
     This is the meaning of the prophecy in the Apocalypse xxii, 4: "And they shall see His Face, and His Name in their foreheads." This "signifies that they will turn themselves to the Lord, and the LORD Himself to them, because they are conjoined by love. That by 'seeing the Face of God and of the Lamb' is not understood to see His Face, because no one can see His Face, such as it is in His Divine Love and in His Divine Wisdom, and live, for He is the Sun of Heaven and of the whole Spiritual World; for to see His Face, such as it is in Itself; would be as one should enter into the Sun, from whose fire he would be consumed in a moment. . . But by 'they shalt see His Face' here is understood. . . to see truths which are in the Word from Him, and by them to know and acknowledge Him. For, Divine Truths of the Word make the light which proceeds from the LORD as the Sun, in which light the angels are; and because they make the light, they are like mirrors, in which the face of the LORD is seen" (A. R. 938).
     How materialistic, then, is the notion published by men eminent in the New Church that looking upon the Divine Truth of the Word as the Lord is to lose sight of Him as the visible God, our Saviour!
Divine Truth never combats 1891

Divine Truth never combats              1891

     Divine Truth never combats against the false from evil, but this combats against the Divine Truth.- A. E. 907.

128



Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     Die Neue Kirche, the organ of the Artopeists, published in Berlin, Germany, now bears the following motto: "Christ is no historical personality, but the redeeming spiritual Truth- Albert Artope."



     THE very latest in the way of New Church journalism is The Bulletin, a two-page semi-monthly, the first number of which appeared on May 1st. It is the organ of the students attending the Philadelphia Schools of the Academy. It is written, edited, and printed by members of the youngest class of the college. Besides publishing the scores of the games of base-ball and other athletic sports, the chief aim of the paper will be to supply local news of the various Schools of the Academy.



     THE Library of the Academy has come into possession of the first published collection of letters from Emanuel Swedenborg to Beyer, OEttinger, and others. It is in the Swedish language and was printed in Stockholm in the year 1787, as a part of the first New Church journal ever published the Samlingar for Philantroper, edited by Augustus and C. F. Nordenskold, and published by the Exegetic-Philanthropic Society. Swedenborg's letters to Bayer were written in the Swedish tongue, and the present collection is the only publication that presents the documents in the original language.



     IT is an autobiography of Mr. T. H. Carter, published on the author's 90th birthday, December 23d, 1888, it is recorded that the excellent translations of the "Boston Edition" of Conjugial Love and The True Christian Religion was begun by a club of New Church Scholars, consisting of Messes. Theophilus Parsons, Caleb and Sampson Reed, S. Warren Goddard, T. B. Hayward, and Gilman T. Worcester. After proceeding some time with the printing, it was found difficult to keep the press in copy unless each work should have some one man devoted wholly to it. Mr. Goddard, therefore, took charge of Conjugial Love, and Mr. Gilman Worcester of The True Christian Religion, each devoting his entire time to his respective work.



     SWEDENBORG'S Book of Dreams, 1744, has been twice published in the original Swedish. Of the first edition printed in Stockholm, 1859, only ninety-nine numbered copies were published by the Royal Librarian Klemming, who first discovered the manuscript. The edition was dedicated to J. F. I. Tafel and J. J. G. Wilkinson.
     The work was made more public in the following year by a second edition, to which were added some "considerations" upon the contents of the book by friends of the New Church, who were indignant at the manifestly malignant intentions of the original publisher. A copy of the first edition-longe raissima-has lately been added to the Library of the Academy of the New Church. It differs from these condition in having appended a photo-lithographic copy of a page of the Book of Dreams, the editor having selected for this purpose one particular dream, which to a prejudiced reader would appear especially obnoxious. A complete English translation of the Book of Dreams has never been published.



     ONE of the best books that have been published in the Church, for the doctrinal instruction of young children, is a little work entitled Lessons for Children of The New Church by Mrs. T. E. W[ilkinsj (Boston, 1837, pp. 96, small 4to). This little book in which breathes a warm and earnest spirit of affection for the Truth and for the little ones, is in many respects different from most of the juvenile literature that is given to children at this day. It is neither "goody" nor abstractly didactic, though it is both kindly and instructive.
     The authoress has known how to utilize many of the interesting particular facts of life in the spiritual world which abound in the Writings, and which present such vivid, objective, tangible pictures of that life. The science of correspondence is in like manner illustrated by the uses and beautiful forms of the three kingdoms in both worlds. The doctrine of life is made real to the children by incidents from their own lives. The Writings are, from the beg inning, pointed out as the only source of the teacher's knowledge. It would be of considerable use to the educational work of the Church if this little book, which, unhappily, is out of print, could be republished.
Lord, from Divine Good, through Divine Truth 1891

Lord, from Divine Good, through Divine Truth              1891

     The Lord, from Divine Good, through Divine Truth rules all and single things in the universe.- A. C. 3704.
BIBLIOLOGY OF HEAVEN AND HELL 1891

BIBLIOLOGY OF HEAVEN AND HELL              1891

     IN these days when editions and translations of the Writings are being so greatly multiplied, the Bibliology of the Writings of the New Church is fast becoming a science by itself. The reprinting of the Latin of Heaven and Hell has prompted the writing of the following contribution to the history of this work, which is based mainly on the examination of the collections in various public libraries of the New Church. A list of references to other sources of information is preserved in the Library of the Academy of the New Church.
     Including the Latin, this work has now appeared in ten different languages. As far as has been ascertained, it has been translated by twenty-one different translators and has been published in various countries in seventy-eight different issues.

     BRITISH EDITIONS.

     THE FIRST English translation of Heaven and Hell was principally the work of Mr. William Cookworthy, a prominent Quaker, who was personally acquainted with Swedenborg, and who became one of the earliest known receivers of the Heavenly Doctrines in England. The Rev. Thomas Hartley afterward revised it and furnished it with the Preface which has become so well known in the Church. The edition was printed in 4to in London in the year 1778, by James Phillips, Lombard Street, at the expense of Mr. Cookworthy. It is a beautiful publication, in close imitation of the original Latin edition. The translation is not equally meritorious, being extremely liberal. A literal translation of the closing sentence of No. 1, for example, would be, "That at this day such an immediate revelation exists, is because this is understood by the Advent of the LORD." In the translation of Messrs. Cookworthy and Hartley this sentence reads: "By the vouchsafement of this immediate revelation we are given to know that the coming of the LORD is at hand."
     This first English translation of Heaven and Hell has seen eight editions, as follows:
     1778, London, 4to, Phillips.
     1784, London, 8vo, Hindmarsh.
     1789, London, W. Chalken.
     1789, Birmingham.
     1800, Chester, C. W. Leadbeater.
     1805, Salford, Cowdroy & Slack.
     1812, Salford, Cowdroy & Slack.
     1850, London, Swedenborg Society.
     The edition published in Salford in the year 1812 is of especial interest as being the only illustrated edition every issued. It contains a pleasing picture of Swedenborg. Opposite page 126 is a copper etching representing the LORD as Man, standing in the sun of the spiritual world.

129



At page 482 is a third picture, illustrating the equilibrium of man between Heaven and Hell, by the representation of a novitiate spirit in the world of spirits being led forwards and upwards by an angel, while beneath and behind are two evil spirits, one of them concealing his hellish countenance by a fair mask;
     The SECOND English translation of Heaven and Hell was from the hand of the Rev. John Clowes and was published in London, in the year 1817, by the Swedenborg Society (established 1810). Generally speaking, this translation follows the original word-for word and is probably the most faithful translation that has yet been produced. The construction of the sentences, even, is for the most part the same as in the original Latin.
     This translation has been published in England in five editions:
      1817, London, Swedenborg Society.
      1820, Manchester, Manchester Printing Society.
      1823, London, Th. Goyder. (Pocket ed.)
      1835, London, Swedenborg Society. (Cheap ed.)
      1843, London, Swedenborg Society.
      The edition of 1843, it is stated in the preface, was founded on that of Mr. Clowes, and was at first intended to be nothing more than his translation modernized, but a more sweeping modification has been attempted." This edition, also, is furnished with an index of Scripture Passages.
      The THIRD English translation was the work of the Rev. Samuel Noble and was published by the Swedenborg Society in the year 1839. The endeavor of this translator has been especially to "render the perusal of the work more agreeable to the English reader." "Strict fidelity to the sense of the original is an object, for the absence of which no other excellence can atone." Yet, "the sense of the original is not always best represented by adhering quite slavishly to its words. Whenever, therefore, a word or two fewer would suffice, or a word or two more were required clearly and fully to convey the author's meaning, the omission or the addition has been made." (Preface.)
     This translation was republished by the Swedenborg Society in the year 1843. A "second edition, carefully revised, with a new Preface by the translator, together with explanatory and critical notes and observations," appeared in the year 1851. The subsequent issues of Noble's edition of Heaven and Hell are reprints of the edition of 1851.
     They were successively published by the Swedenborg' Society in the years 1857, 1860, 1863, 1872, 1875, 1885. Pocket editions were published in the years 1868, 1870, and 1879, by the Swedenborg Society, and under the title The Future Life in the years 1879 and 1885, by James Spiers, of London.
     To the edition of 1857 was added a new Word-Index, translated by Mrs. Bogg, of Louth, from the French of M. Le Boys des Guays. In the year 1862 a cheap edition appeared at the town of Warrington, published there by a congregation of Unitarians. Another cheap edition was published in London in the year 1864 by the New Church Missionary and Tract Society, under title The Future Life.
     A FOURTH translation was prepared by Mr. J. W. Hancock, of London. It was published by the Swedenborg Society in the year 1850, and a revised edition two years later. This latter was also republished the year 1853 in a cheap form, in a series called. The Spiritual library, edited by Mr. Simms, of Belfast, Ireland.
     Mr. Hancock's translation was extremely liberal and careless, and met with considerable criticism in the New Church periodicals of that time. It was soon super-ceded by the translation of the Rev. Samuel Noble.
     A FIFTH English translation of Heaven and Hell, if it can be called a translation, was published in London in the year 1860 by Lougman, Green & Roberts. The translator was Mr. G. Harrison, who also translated the Arcana Coelestia, or "Heavenly Secrets," as he entitled it. In the words of the Monthly Observer, "his admiration for the Saxon evidently far exceeds his respect for Swedenborg." His production is hardly more than a paraphrase, and the edition soon became obsolete. As in Mr. Harrison's other translations, the paragraphs are not numbered.

     AMERICAN EDITIONS.

     The FIRST American edition of Heaven and Hell was a reprint of the first English edition. It was published in Baltimore in the year 1812, by Anthony Miltenberger.
     The SECOND edition, which was "a corrected edition" of Mr. Clowes's translation, was prepared by Dr. Luther Clark. It was published by T. H. Carter, in Boston, in 1825.
     The THIRD edition was published by Otis Clapp, in Boston, in the year 1837. In the preface it is stated that this edition was based on that of Mr. Clowes, though "nearly one-third of the work has been translated anew, and the remainder has been compared with the original, carefully revised, and made much more literal and accurate than before." This edition was republished by Mr. Clapp in the years 1844 and 1849, and by the General Convention in the years 1865 and 1870.
     The FOURTH edition was a republication of the revised edition of Samuel Noble's translation. It was printed and stereotyped by the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society, in the year 1851, and has been successively republished by them in the years 1853, 1854, 1877, 1883, and 1885, and in the years 1873 and 1878 by the New Church Board of Publication.
     An entirely NEW TRANSLATION was published in the year 1867 by J. B. Lippincott & Co., of Philadelphia. The translator, it was understood, was Dr. R. N. Foster, who also translated The Divine Love and Wisdom, The Divine Providence, and The True Christian Religion. The translation is very "liberal." This edition has been extensively circulated as one of the "gift books" among the clergymen of the Old Church. It has been republished a number of times from the stereotype plates.
     A SIXTH American edition, though not a complete one, was prepared by the Rev. J. P. Stuart, and published in Boston in the year 1870 by Henry H. & T. W. Carter, under the title Heaven Opened. This edition included only the part treating of Heaven. The paragraphs were not numbered, and the references to the Arcana were omitted. The original was very freely paraphrased in this edition, which never came into general use in the Church.
     A Pocket edition was published in the year 1883 by the "Swedenborg Lecture Bureau," of Boston. The translation was revised by Mr. Benjamin Worcester. It is probable that no other edition of Heaven and Hell has been as widely circulated as this pocket edition.

     GERMAN EDITIONS.

     The FIRST German translation was prepared by a Mr. Cude (according to Dr. Im. Tafel), and was published in the year 1775. This is the earliest translation into any language ever made.

130



It was republished in the year 1776, and again in the year 1784, in Altenburg, the publisher probably being the same person who at this period also republished the German translation or The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine, and who translated and published the first edition of The True Christian Religion in German.
     The SECOND German translation was, probably, the work of Ludwig Hofaker, a bookseller in Tübingen, who also reprinted the Latin editions of Quatuor Doctrinae and De Amore Conjugiali. His translation, which was published at Tübingen in the year 1830, is not only unfaithful to the original, but also "tasteless and affected in style," according to Dr. Im. Tafel's judgment.
     A THIRD, more reliable and perfect translation, was published by Dr. Im. Tafel in Tübingen in the year 1854. The same edition was republished in the year 1873, in Philadelphia, by Dr. F. E. Boericke, and in the year 1873, in Stuttgart, by the "Neukirchche Buchhandlung."

     FRENCH EDITIONS.

     The FIRST edition of the work on Heaven and Hell in the French language was published in the year 1782, in Berlin, by Abbe J. Pernety, the Royal Librarian at Berlin, appointed by Frederic the Great. Pernety professed to be a "New Jerusalemite," but was greatly influenced by the then fashionable mysticism and illuminatism. He has been described as "neither an accurate scholar nor a reliable translator," and his translation as "a misrepresentation from beginning to end." The Marquis de Thome, in an indignant, eloquent letter to Augustus Nordenskold, declares that Pernety, in this translation, "lops off, alters, adds, suppresses, and transposes at his liking, and contradicts without respect and without shame what this revelation teaches consistently from one end to the other. It was no doubt in order that the abomination of desolation might be completed that a priest of the Roman communion should, under the pretext of believing in the new revelation, have laid -his sacrilegious hand upon it. I at once broke off correspondence with him." (See Doc., vol. 1, p. 617.) This edition was published in two volumes. The first volume is adorned with a portrait of Swedenborg and with an interesting but highly untrustworthy biography of the author. The second volume contains also a translation of the work On The Earths in the Universe.
     The SECOND French edition was translated by M. J. P. Moet, who was the Public Librarian in Versailles, and who died in the year 1807. His MS. translation was published in Paris in the year 1820, at the expense of Mr. Ch. Aug. Tulk.
     The THIRD French translation was the work of M. Le Boys des Guays. It was published in St. Amand in the year 1854, the whole expense being defrayed by the Senator, Count Emmanuel de Las Casas, a son of the confidential friend of Napoleon, who followed him in his exile, and who published the famous Memoirs of St. Helena. Count Las Casas, in his will, devoted 40,000 francs to the publication of the Writings in French.
     M. Le Boys des Guays's edition was again published in Paris in the year 1872, extensively augmented and revised by his surviving friend and co-laborer, M. Auguste Harle. This last is probably the most scholarly edition ever, published, and is a monument of minute, painstaking care, and of humble reverence and loyalty to the sacred text of its original. It is furnished with a very complete Word-Index, and with ninny other Indexes of Parallel Scripture passages, corrections, etc. The next English translator of Heaven and Hell would do well to consult this French edition.

     SWEDISH EDITIONS.

     In the Swedish tongue the work on Heaven and Hell was FIRST published in Stockholm, in the year 1821, the translation being the work of Herr Carl Deleen, who was a printer, bookseller, linguist, and author, and almost the only translator and publisher of the Writings in Sweden during the first half of this century. He died in Stockholm about the year 1850, at the age of eighty years. His translation was REPUBLISHED in Stockholm in the year 1848. A new, revised edition (the THIRD) was published by C. Sodergren, of the city of Wexio, in the year 1868. An entirely new, and the first complete translation of Heaven and Hell (the FOURTH edition) has lately been prepared by the Rev. C. J. N. Manby, of Gottenburg. It is a very faithful, painstaking, and scholarly production, and was published in Stockholm in the year 1889, in tasteful and elegant external garb and at an extremely low price. This edition has been offered gratis to the clergy of the established Church of Sweden, by the liberality of Dr. John Ellis, of Newark, N. J.

     OTHER TRANSLATIONS.

     The work on Heaven and Hell has been translated into DANISH twice: in the year 1868, by the Rev. A. T. Boyesen, then of Christiania, Norway, and in the year 1881, by the Rev. William Winslow, pastor of the New Church Society of Copenhagen.
     The ITALIAN translation was prepared by Professor Loreto Scocia, and was published in Turin, in the year 1870.
     A Dutch translation of the part treating of the World of Spirits was published at Zuid-Beierland, Holland, about the year 1850. The translator, the Rev. Mr. Rijsdijk, was a missionary of the Rotterdam Missionary, Society of the Dutch Reformed Church.
     A RUSSIAN translation was published at Leipzig, in the year 1863, at the expense of the Swedenborg Society, British and Foreign. The anonymous translator has prefixed a long preface, signed "A. A.," and containing a suspiciously large number of references to the works of Andrew Jackson Davis, Allan Kardec, T. L. Harris, and other spiritists.
     A POLISH edition was published at Leipzig in the year 1880 by the Swedenborg Society. The translator was a Russian gentleman, by the name of Toustanovaky, who had left a legacy to the Swedenborg Society for the publication of the Writings in the Russian and Polish languages.
     An "edition" of Heaven and Hell which has not yet been mentioned, but which must not be forgotten, is that form in which it has been given by the LORD to our celestial New Church brethren in Africa. It is stated in the Spiritual Diary, n. 5946, that the spirits of the wiser among the Africans "received the Word and read it, and when they read it they at first perceived nothing holy, but afterward more and more holily, and they then gave it to their instructors, who said that they had it, but have not divulged it. These said that they dictated it to men in Africa, with whom they have communication, as the Loan leads. Hence it is manifest that there is now revelation there. There was afterward also given them the work on HEAVEN AND HELL, which they also received and preserved."
READERS of the Bibliography of the work on Heaven and Hell 1891

READERS of the Bibliography of the work on Heaven and Hell              1891

     READERS of the Bibliography of the work on Heaven and Hell, which is published in the present issue of the New Church Life, are requested to communicate with the Librarian of the Academy of the New Church, if they know of any edition of this work, which has not been included in this article.

131



Divine Good 1891

Divine Good              1891

     Divine Good does not judge any one, but Divine Truth .- A. E. 907.
GLANCE AT THE PUBLICATION INTEREST IN SWEDEN 1891

GLANCE AT THE PUBLICATION INTEREST IN SWEDEN              1891

     DURING the fifteen years that the New Church has existed in an organized form in Sweden, only one complete book of the Writings, The Doctrine concerning the Sacred Scripture, has been published at the expense of Swedish Newchurchmen. Beside this they have managed to have printed two-thirds of one volume (vol. VIII) of Arcana Coelestia, and one-third of the work on Conjugial Love. Thus are the Writings of the New Church appreciated in Swedenborg's fatherland.
     There is no lack of able translators of the Writings in Sweden. Pastor Manby, in his rendering of Heaven and Hell, and Pastor Boyesen, in his translation of The True Christian Religion (both of these works published at the expense of an American friend), have shown themselves faithful and competent scholars. Nor would there seem to be, in the New Church in Sweden, too great a lack of financial means to continue the publication of the Writings, since a considerable number of collateral works have been published by Swedish New-churchmen in the last fifteen years. Within the past year, alone, sufficient funds were collected to publish a translation of Dr. Holcombe's book, in Both Worlds and a collection of sixty two of Mr. Giles's sermons-writings of questionable value in the establishment of the New Church-but no money could be found for the continued-publication of Mr. Manby's masterly translation of Conjugial Love, of which only 151 paragraphs had appeared when the publication was suspended, in the year 1884.
     Repeated efforts have been made by the New Church ministers in Sweden to revive the interest in the publication of the Writings. But the laity have for many years been accustomed to look to England and America for the support of the work in Sweden. The development of true, self-sacrificing love for the Church has thus been retarded, and a spirit fostered, which at the last session of the General Convention took form of a demand upon the gratitude-which American New-churchmen should feel to the land which gave birth to Swedenborg!
     Early this spring seven prominent laymen in Sweden constituted themselves a "Publishing Association," with the principal object of publishing the Writings of the New Church, and also "other good New Church Literature." Instead of inducing the Church in Sweden to do something with their own means, these persons called a general meeting of New Church people in Stockholm, and resolved to send the Rev. Alfred Bjorck as their messenger to the Convention and to the Conference, to induce these bodies to give to this newly-formed Association the money collected some years ago for the erection of a "Swedenborg Memorial Church" in Stockholm. The attempt was accordingly made and did not lack supporters among those who ought to have known better, but it was ultimately frustrated through S the conscientiousness of the Treasurer of the Convention, to whom the memorial fund is intrusted for the especial purpose of erecting the church.
     The latest news from Sweden announces the issue of the first publication of the "Publishing Association." It is not the Arcana Coelestia, or Conjugial Love, or any other of the Divine Writings of the Second Coming that is considered the most needed in the Church in Sweden. No, it was Why am I a Newchurchman? an "evangelistic" work, in which not a word can be found about the Second Coming of the LORD!     
Lord does not judge any one through Divine Truth 1891

Lord does not judge any one through Divine Truth              1891

     The Lord does not judge any one through Divine Truth, but the Divine Truth regarded in itself judges the man who does not receive, but rejects it- A. E. 907.
POSTHUMOUS WORK BY PROFESSOR PARSONS 1891

POSTHUMOUS WORK BY PROFESSOR PARSONS              1891

THE PROFESSOR'S LETTERS. By Theophilus Parsons. Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1891. Pp. 215.
     IN a well-printed volume, furnished with a portrait of the author, a collection of letters by the late Professor Parsons has lately been given to the public. They are published by the recipient of the letters, a young girl, whose reception of the Heavenly Doctrine the Professor endeavored to guide and aid by this correspondence.
     From a literary point of view, the book has many good and delightful qualities. The rhetoric is of the choicest, the imagery and conceptions of ideas are rich, striking, and poetic, in a more than ordinary degree. The gentle, easy, affectionate tone pervading the letters is captivating, and many of the illustrations of New Church Doctrines are very lucid and interesting. The first few chapters, if detached from the rest of the book, would be especially useful and engaging reading for inquiring young minds.
     But all these fine external possibilities for usefulness in the work of evangelization, are vitiated by the non-acknowledgment in this work of the LORD JESUS CHRIST in His Second Coming in the Writings of the New Church. No person ought to engage in the use of saving souls who cannot lead the soul to the LORD of its salvation. Great learning, a brilliant genius, a sublime rhetoric, are all of no account in the great work of saving souls, if they are not connected with the simple, humble acknowledgment that the Writings are an immediate Divine Revelation, without which no flesh could have been saved.
     Granted that this author, like the rest of professed Newchurchmen, teaches that JESUS CHRIST, who lived nineteen centuries ago in the land of Canaan, is the only God of Heaven and earth, what else, essentially, is this faith in CHRIST than that natural and historical faith which the early Christians possessed, but which had not the internal strength to withstand the direful perversion of later ages? It is not only the LORD as He revealed Himself at Ills First Coming that the New Church is to worship. It is not only to the human personality in which was the Divine, but to the DIVINE HUMAN, which has now revealed Itself at the Second Coming, that the evangelist of the New Church must lead. If he fails in this, immediate conjunction with the LORD, and thus salvation, cannot be effected.
     The Professor holds the merely respectful view of Swedenborg's mission so common in the world. While teaching his young disciple to "cultivate a due respect for Swedenborg marvelous ability and for his most extraordinary means of knowledge," he admonishes her to "remember, too, Swedenborg had none of the character or authority of inspiration" (pp. 63, 64). And yet, with curious inconsistency, he teaches that the truths now given are infinite and final (p. 136), though why they are this he does not state.

132




     The obscurity in his mind as to the existence of the Divine- Truth; now revealed, is further illustrated by the statement that "many of them [in the Old Church] have much religion, more than either you or I have, but their religion suits them, and because it would not suit or help us, our Father has given us our own" (p. 84).
     This statement conveys the impression that there may be more than one true religion (should Vera Christiana Religio perhaps be translated "A True Christian Religion"?) and that truth is whatever suits us individually.
     Absurd and false as this notion is, yet it lies at the bottom of all that sentimental pseudo-charity which at this day has well-nigh devastated much of the established New Church.
     There are many other obscurities of doctrine in this work, but the author's notion about the Divine Trinity is the most noteworthy. Speaking of the old doctrine of a Trinity of persons, he asks: "Does Swedenborg say three persons? No; he utterly denies it, and yet his whole system is founded upon this three-foldness. What, then, does he say, or what do we say instead of persons? Nothing-nothing whatever, because we have no idea about it which would be adequately expressed in one concrete word. I think there will never be such a word." He then goes on to illustrate the Divine Trinity by the trine of essentials of man, but apparently forgets the existence of the word essentials.
     The author asks for an English rendering of the French word "s'orienter," which means "to know where the east is." An obscure perception of the East out of which the LORD has come in His Second Advent pervades this whole work, and destroys its usefulness as a safe guide to the Heavenly City.
contempt and rejection of the Divine Truth 1891

contempt and rejection of the Divine Truth              1891

     The contempt and rejection of the Divine Truth, consequently the false from evil, judges man, thus also- man [judges] himself.- A. E. 907.
SUPPORT OF THE PRIESTHOOD 1891

SUPPORT OF THE PRIESTHOOD              1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the Loan, to the Secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan. 2536 Continental Ave, Philadelphia, Pa.]


     WE are taught in the Heavenly Doctrines that, "Good is the neighbor which is to be loved. There are also degrees of good, one more interior than another."
     In Conjugial Love, n. 130, we read: "Those things which are of the Church, and are called spiritual things, reside in the inmosts with man; those things which are of public affairs and are called civil things hold the place below them; and those things which are of science, experience, and art, and are called natural things, make their seat. That those things which are of the Church, and are called spiritual things, reside in the inmosts with mania because they conjoin themselves with heaven and through heaven with the LORD, for nothing else enters from the LORD through heaven with man. That those things which are of public affairs and are called civil hold the place below spiritual things is because they conjoin themselves with the world, for they are of the world, for they are statute laws and rules which bind men, that from them society and the state may become stable and in order. That those things which are of science, experience, and art and are called natural things make their seat is because they strictly conjoin themselves with the five senses of the body, and these are ultimates upon which the interiors, which are of the mind, and the inmosts, which are of the soul, as it were sit. Now, because those things which are of the Church and are called spiritual things reside in the inmosts, and what reside in the inmosts make the head; and the following things under them, which are called civil, make the body; and ultimates which are called natural things make the feet, it is manifest that when those three follow in their order, man is a perfect man; for they then inflow in a similar manner, as those things which are of the head inflow into the body, and through the body into the feet; thus spiritual things into civil, and through civil into natural things. Now, because spiritual things are in the light of heaven, it is manifest that they illustrate with their light the following things in their order, and with their heat, which is love, they animate them, and that when this is done man has wisdom" (C. L. 130).
     From this we learn that spiritual things, or the things of the Church, are the highest, being as the head, which follow down into all below, illuminating them with their light, and vivifying them with their heat. The Church, because it imparts to man spiritual things which serve of use to his soul and spiritual life, is the neighbor which is to be loved in a higher degree than one's country or one's self. It should therefore be placed first in our affections and thoughts, and its prosperity and progress should be the supreme care of our minds.
     We are taught in The True Christian Religion: "Since man was born for eternal life, and is introduced into it by the Church, therefore the Church is the neighbor in a higher degree, for it teaches man the means which lead to eternal life, and introduces him into it, it leads to it by the truths of doctrine, and introduces by the good of life. Nor is it meant that the priesthood is to be loved in the superior degree, and from it the Church, but that the good and truth of the Church is to be loved and on account of it the priesthood, this only serves, and as it serves it is to be honored" (T. C. R. 415).
     From this we see that good and truth are the essentials of the Church, and the priesthood is established for the sake of communicating them to men, and as priests do this they are to be honored.
     The LORD in establishing the New Church has revealed to it the Heavenly Doctrines from the Word, and these, together with a life according to them, make the essentials of the New Church with man. The office of the priesthood is established to teach men these truths and to lead them to live according to them. Good and truth are the essence of the Church, the priesthood is the means whereby they are given to the men of the Church. This we are taught in the Canons:
     "The Divine, Which is called the Holy Spirit, proceeding from God, by His Human, passes through the angelic heaven into the world, thus through angels into men."
     "Thence, through men to men, and in the Church especially through the clergy to the laity."
     "That the clergyman, because he is to teach from the Word-the doctrine concerning the LORD, and concerning Redemption and Salvation from Him is to be inaugurated by the promise of the Holy Spirit, and by the representation of its translation, but that by the clergyman it is received according to the faith of his life."
     "That the Divine, which is meant by the Holy Spirit, proceeds from the LORD through the clergy to the laity by preachings, according to the reception of the doctrine of truth thence"
     "And also by the Sacrament of the Holy Supper according to repentance before it" (Canons, Holy Spirit, iv, 9).

133




     From this doctrine we see that the LORD gives to the Church His Holy Divine Truth and Good by means of the clergy. They are the first means or human instrumentalities for forming heaven in men, thus for giving them eternal life, and therefore the use of the priesthood is the highest use which man can perform. This use is the highest form of charity toward the neighbor, because it serves of use to the inmost plane of their being, giving to them true interior principles which shall rule and govern their civil and natural things as the head rules the body.
     The Holy Spirit is given by the LORD through the clergy to the laity. By preachings and by the Holy Supper; thus we see the great and vital importance of these things in the Church, and the administration of these things is the leading function of the clergy. On account of the high use which the Church serves to men it is to be loved in a superior degree. Hence we may also see that the more fully and perfectly it performs these uses the more it will be conjoined with the LORD.
     The Clergy, because they actually perform the uses of the Church, constitute the internal of the Church, as composed of men. But the principles of the Church are interior to these.
          The end or purpose in the establishment of the Priesthood is that it is a means of communicating Divine things to men, whereby they may have their interiors formed into the order and form of heaven, and thence their exteriors also. The love of the LORD and the love of the neighbor are thus implanted in men, which are the very ends designed by the LORD in the formation of the Priesthood. The love of heavenly things, and thus the love of the LORD, is the reciprocal on the part of man, in acknowledgment of the LORD'S Divine blessings conferred on him. The appreciation of the LORD'S Divine Mercy also produces a corresponding appreciation of the means provided by the LORD, whereby these heavenly blessings are given to men. Therefore they gladly cooperate with the Priesthood in promoting the growth and welfare of the LORD'S Church.
     This co-operation of the laity is essential to the doing of Church uses, for it is necessary for them to give their cordial sympathy and support by an intelligent receptivity of the interior things of the Church, and also by giving an earnest support to the work, both in an active interest in the uses performed, and in the external giving of their means to the support of the work. By so doing the laity form a corresponding external to the internal composed of the clergy, for they see the value of the use performed by the clergy, and co-operate in their plane in the actual performance of the uses.
     The clergy cannot do the uses of the Church without this co-operation of the laity, neither can the laity without the clergy. By their thus joining together in the performance of the uses of the Church, they also receive from the LORD the love of use, which is true charity and love to the LORD. Hence, by doing the uses of the Church the basis is formed in them for the reception of heavenly life.
     The clergy develop in heavenly life in proportion as they teach truths from a love for the salvation of souls.
     This we are taught in the Doctrine of Charity, where 7 it treats of Charity in a Priest:
     "If he looks to the Lord and shuns evils as sins, and does sincerely, justly, and faithfully the work of the ministry enjoined upon him, he does the good of use continually, and becomes charity in form. But then he does the good. of use or the work of the ministry sincerely, justly, and faithfully when the salvation of souls affects him; and as this affects him, so truths affect him, because by them he leads souls to heaven; and then he leads souls by truths to heaven when he leads them to the LORD. His love then is sedulously to teach them from the Word, because when he teaches them from the Word he teaches them from the LORD. For the LORD is not only the Word (John i, 1, 2,14), but He is also the Way, the Truth, and the Life (John xix, 6), and He is the door; wherefore he who enters through the LORD as the door to the sheepfold is a good shepherd; but he who does not enter through the LORD as the door to the sheepfold, is an evil shepherd, who is-called a thief and a robber" (John x, 1-9; Charity, vii, 1).
     No man has charity, or is a form of charity in his business, employment, or function unless he looks to the LORD and shuns evils as sins; and in order to do this he must receive this acknowledgment of the LORD from the Church through the Priesthood. Therefore the saving good in the life of every man is provided by the LORD through the Priesthood in the Church, for "those who are in ministries provide that the Divine shall be in the community" (Char. vi, 2), and this Divine is in every use that it may be a genuine use of charity. Therefore that use which is in all other uses is the most interior and most important of all, and ought to be so regarded.
     Laymen co-operate with the clergy in performing Church uses by giving of their means to forward Church uses. That they cannot receive of the good and truth from the LORD given through the clergy, unless they, as a reciprocal, give of their means for Church uses, we may see from the following passage:
     "Uses for receiving the spiritual from the LORD are all things which are of religion, and hence of Worship, thus which teach the acknowledgment and cognition of God, and the cognition and acknowledgment of good and truth, and thus life eternal; which in like manner as other instruction is learned from parents, matters, preachings, and from books, and especially by the manner of life according to them, in the Christian world through doctrines and preaching, from the Word, and through the Word from the LORD. These uses in their extension can be described by things similar to those that describe bodily uses; as by nourishment, clothing, habitation, recreation, and delight, protection of state, only making the application to the soul, nourishment to the good of love, clothing to the truths of wisdom, habitation to heaven, recreation and delight to felicity of life, and to heavenly joy, protection to infesting evils, and preservation of state to eternal life. All these are given by the LORD according to the acknowledgment that all those things which are of the body are also from the LORD and that man is only a servant and steward appointed over the goods of his LORD" (D. L. W. 333).
     From this we may see that the interior or spiritual goods and truths of the Church are given to man, only in proportion as he acknowledges that his natural things and possessions are not his own but the LORD'S, and that he is only a servant administering his LORD'S goods. Man administers these things altogether as his own, but if he does not perform his trust wisely and well, he does not receive from the LORD true charity. Does he administer the goods of his LORD wisely if he uses them all for merely external uses, and gives none, or very little to internal or spiritual uses? If he does not support the Church, which is the LORD'S own use on earth, and to which he should give in recognition of the principle that his material possessions are not his own but the LORD'S? D.

134



LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN 1891

LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN       JAMES CALDWELL       1891

     Communicated.

     [Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

     THE most important outcome of the action of Conference last August is the withdrawal of the Rev. R. J. Tilson, together with the majority of the members of the Camberwell Society, from connection with Conference. Conference gave Mr. Tilson twelve months to reconsider his position. He said last August that his resolution was taken and the lapse of time has only had the effect of strengthening it. By his voluntary withdrawal, Conference is relieved from a situation which the more sober-minded members of the majority of Conference must have felt to be painful.
     The determination of a minister to withdraw from Conference, and of about sixty members of his Society to go with him, to the renunciation of all the social and material advantages pertaining to their respective positions as members of a relatively wealthy body, must be food for reflection for those members of Conference who are not wholly enslaved by the nondescript mumming that passes for modern New Church thought. It is a profoundly affecting incident, inexplicable on ordinary grounds.
     Ministers have severed their connection with Conference in recent years, amongst others. Mr. Tilson's immediate predecessor at Camberwell. But they have gone alone, and gone to swell the ranks of teachers of a false religion or of Naturalists-using the term in its New Church sense. In each case they have gone where, probably, they had a prospect of "bettering their condition." But Mr. Tilson, in leaving, boldly declares that he does not thereby leave the New Church. He takes the most studious and devout of his Society with him and the material outlook is, very likely, not rosy.

     TWO questions suggested by articles in English" New Church "journals: Can an institution be said, properly, to be in ashes which is just beginning to be built? Since the Decalogue (including" Thou Shalt not Commit Adultery") was made Divine law through being promulgated by JEHOVAH, is a New Church minister true to his trust who denies that the fuller revelation of all that is involved in the keeping of the particular Commandment referred to is Divinely given for man's salvation? Another: Is it easier to condemn the God-given exposition of the law than to study it and apply it to life? Yet another: Those who oppose the Authority dogma, pin their faith absolutely to a fugitive scrap of paper addressed to Dr. Beyer. I say nothing of this one way or another, but merely ask why this exclusive dealing? Yet one more-but there is no end to the questions that arise in the mind, owing to the intellectual vagaries of spiritual navigators of the whilom New Church ship. They have cast the compass overboard and are drifting they know not whither.

     FROM a report of the twentieth annual meeting of the Manchester Printing and Tract Society it-appears that eighty thousand and twenty-six tracts were sold or distributed-gratis last year, being nearly double the number issued the preceding year. On the other hand, the number of books asked for by readers connected with the Free Lending Libraries was only about half that of last year. These are eloquent facts. It was evident from the tone of the various speakers that they put their faith in the tracts, and the lesson conveyed by the report was "Circulate tracts with greater zeal and in still increasing numbers, and let them be new." The people refuse to go to lectures (vide a speaker), and they don't want the books very badly (vide the report), and, in spite of the extensive distribution of tracts, some people are yet inquiring languidly who these New Church people are, and others are imparting the information that they are the people who believe that they will go to heaven on white donkeys (vide another speaker), and the moral of all this is" Distribute more tracts." The library report is a more accurate' gauge of the extent of public interest in the Doctrines.

     "WE are only called upon to accept those statements which we can see to be in harmony with the teachings and the principles of the Word of God and of enlightened reason." This recently published utterance of an ex-President of Conference respecting the attitude of Newchurchmen toward the Writings of Swedenborg indicates the belief of most Newchurchmen in this country. It is the kind of utterance that is familiar in the mouth of the missionary preacher, and is designed to induce the inquiring mind to throw in his lot with the Swedenborgians. "Surely," the anxious inquirer will exclaim, "this is the faith for me. I may believe just what suits me and need not vex my soul as to the teachings which conflict with my enlightened reason. This is something like a Christian faith; so comfortable and accommodating." But the anxious inquirer should not be over sanguine or too ready to put his faith in promises made in an outburst of missionary zeal. He may have his confidence rudely shaken when he settles down as a full-blown member of the Church. Take, for example, the proceedings at the last Conference and the subsequent proceeding of Societies in imitation thereof. How does the action of Conference last session with reference to the Rev. R. J. Tilson bear out the early missionary promise that " we are not called upon to accept," etc.? Here was a young minister of undoubted zeal and talents, of blameless life, and a "record " as a pastor such as many pastors might envy. He was arraigned before Conference and threatened with dismissal from his office if he did not accept a statement which he could not see to be in harmony with the Word of God or with enlightened reason!
     It behooves the anxious inquirer, therefore, to make sure that he understands what is involved-in missionary promises. There is no doubt that this promise to respect the freedom of members has hitherto been made in good faith. Up till the meeting of last Conference it was undoubtedly the custom in the Church to grant the fullest latitude. Indeed, freedom of belief and speech were indulged to a ridiculous extent; but this by the way. The action of last Conference in dealing as it did with Mr. Tilson was directly in the teeth of its traditions and its written rules. It is proposed to alter that; and if Conference adopt the alteration of rules that is likely to be submitted for approval at the next meeting of that body, no missionary minister will be able conscientiously afterward to hold out the promise to the anxious inquirer that he will not be called upon to accept statements which he cannot see to be in harmony with the Word of God and with enlightened reason. By the rules of Conference Mr. Tilson could only be expelled for misconduct. This could not be proved against Mr. Tilson; indeed, it was not attempted to be proved. In a dilemma, Conference took twelve months to consider its, course. Meantime Mr. Tilson has considerately released them from their difficulty by resigning his membership.

135



This is only a temporary relief, however, and something must be done to prevent a repetition of the scandal. The Protest Committee comes to the rescue with a proposal to alter the rules bearing on expulsion of members. If the proposals of this body be given effect to no misconduct need be alleged against a member in future as a reason for expulsion. All that will be necessary will be for Conference to "so determine," and out he goes.
     Conference is composed chiefly of laymen who can be as good as expelled by another process, viz., by non-election by the Societies. The new rule would, therefore, be a matter of comparative indifference to them. In any case, the lay members are only annual members. The ministers alone, who are perpetual and ex-officio members, will be materially affected by this rule. Will the ministers agree to the proposal that they can be summarily ejected without cause other than the mere determination of a meeting composed, chiefly, of annual, and comparatively unaffected, members? It may be carried into effect whether they agree or not; but can they gracefully refuse to agree to this logical ultimation in words of the deeds of last Session in which they concurred? We shall see. It is a time of surprises. When the Law of the LORD is suspended and every man becomes a law to himself, the probable course of events cannot be predetermined.
     JAMES CALDWELL.
52 COUNTY ROAD, LIVERPOOL, N.
Judges himself 1891

Judges himself              1891

     The Lord does not judge any one from the Divine Truth which proceeds from Him, for this is united to the Divine Good so that they are one, but the man spirit judges himself.- A. E. 297.
WEDDING 1891

WEDDING       W. A. F       1891

     IN Conjugial Love, n. 20, a marriage ceremony, which, took place in the Spiritual World, is described in the following words:

     "Whilst they were examining these things, a door opened from an apartment next the marriage-chamber, and they saw six virgins come out, and after them the bridegroom and bride, holding each other by the hand, and leading each other to a seat placed opposite to the candlestick, on which they placed themselves, the bridegroom on the left hand, and the bride on his right; and the six virgins stood at the side of the seat, near the bride.
     "The bridegroom was clad in a robe of luminous purple, and a tunic of one shining linen, with an ephod, upon which was a golden plate set round with diamonds, and on the plate was engraven a young eagle, the marriage ensign of that heavenly society; on his head he wore a mitre: but the bride was clad in a crimson robe, and beneath it a garment of fine needlework, reaching from her neck to her feet, and beneath her bosom she wore a golden girdle, and on her head a crown of gold set with rubies. When they were thus seated, the bridegroom turned himself to the bride, and placed upon her finger a golden ring, and drew forth armlets and a collar of pearls, and tied the armlets about her arms, and the collar around her neck, and said 'Accept these pledges'; and as she accepted them, he kissed her, and said, 'Now thou art mine'; and he called her his wife. When this was done all the guests exclaimed, 'A blessing be upon you!'
     "This was first said by each separately and then by all together; one sent from the prince, as his representative, joined in the acclaim, and at that instant that ante-room was filled with an aromatic smoke, which was a sign of blessing from heaven; and then servants in waiting took loaves from the two tables near the candlesticks, and cups, now filled with wine, from the tables at the corners of the room, and gave to each of the guests I his loaf and his cup, and they ate and drank. After these things the husband and his wife rose up, the six virgins attending them, with the silver lamps now lighted, in their hands, s far as the threshold, and the consorts entered the bedchamber; and the door was shut."

     This feature-that is, the blessing pronounced on the husband and wife, by all present-was introduced into a marriage celebration which it may be of interest to describe.
     The room, chosen for the occasion, was decorated with flowers and grasses. The eastern end of the room was occupied by a platform on which were the Repository and the Altar, and above the Altar was a "shower" of roses and wild flowers extending across the room. This "shower," although simply constructed, produced a very beautiful effect, especially when the bridal party stood beneath it.
     The flowers were fixed at short intervals, on fine threads suspended from wires, stretched across the room.
     When all the guests had arrived, the Priest entered, wearing his official robes, and while all stood with bowed heads, he drew aside the curtains of the Repository and opened the Word.
     The wedding-march was then struck up, and the bridal party entered. Several ushers came first, who afterward took their places among the guests.
     Then came six bridesmaids in pairs, and lastly the bridegroom and bride.
     The marriage services were conducted as set forth in the Liturgy. After which, while the newly-married pair still stood, the Priest read the passage from Conjugial Love quoted above. He then requested all present to bless the husband and wife, after he had done so, in these words: "May the Divine blessing be upon you," each one separately, and then all together.
     Then each in turn repeated the blessing, which was afterward repeated in unison. This ceremony proved very impressive and useful.
     Then followed the singing of the fourth Anthem, which begins with: "Thou wilt show me the path of life."
     After the benediction had been pronounced, the march was again played and the married pair, with the bridesmaids, descended to the floor below, where they were congratulated by the little children. The children then returned, and danced, while the rest were giving their congratulations, and then went home.
     The remainder of the evening was spent in festivity, the first dance being opened by the happy pair. Several toasts were proposed and responded to. They were: "The New Church and Conjugial Love," "The Newly Married Pair," "New Church Education and Conjugial Love," and "The Brides-maids and their Representation."
     And when this social gathering broke up, the guests dispersed to their respective homes, feeling that this had been one of the most impressive and delightful ceremonies of its kind.     W. A. F.

136



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable In advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 3 Minerva Street, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, JULY, 1891=122.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes. p. 12l.- Separation of Mediate Good In the Glorification of the LORD, p. 122.- The Oneness of the Father and the Son. p. 124.- The Relation of the Word In the Letter to the Essential Word, p. 125.- Think of God from His Essence and from this of Hias Person. p. 128.
     Notes and Reviews. p. 128.-Bibliology of Heaven and Hell, p. 128.- A Glance at the Publication Interest in Sweden, p. 131.- A Posthumous Work by Professor Parsons, p. 131.
     The General Church.- The Support of the Priesthood p. 132.
     Communicated.-Letter from Great Britain, p. 134.- A Wedding. p. 135.
     News Gleanings, p. 150.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 136.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE it closing exercises of the Philadelphia schools of the Academy were held on June 11th and 12th.
     On the first day the class next to the highest, read essays which alternated with anthems and songs. At the conclusion, the coming or age of two of the students was formally and impressively recognized by the ritual described in the Life, Vol. IX, p. 14.
     On the second day, the oldest class read their essays which alternated with Hebrew anthems. Mr. George G. Starkey received the diploma of Bachelor of Arts. The Rev. Messrs. Enoch S. Price, A. B.; Carl Theophoilus Odhner, A. B.; and Fred E. Waelchli, A. B. were presented each with the diploma of Bachelor of Theology. It was announced that the Rev. Enoch S. Price was appointed Professor of English Language and Literature; the Rev. Carl T Odhner, Professor of Church History; and Mr. O. Homer Synnestvedt, A. B., Th. B., Assistant Head-Master in the Boys' School. The Janitor, Mr. J. F. Van Horn, was presented with a handsomely bound copy of the Word, in recognition of his services in taking charge of the boys at odd times, and teaching them the use of tools at the carpenter's bench. Three of the students who leave school this term Messrs. John Stephenson, Ernest A. Gilmore, and George M. Cooper, brought an offering in gratitude for benefits received through the instrumentality of the schools.
     At two o'clock, the teachers, and pupils above a certain age, sat down to a common meal, in the course of which the following sentiments were proposed and responded to, as indicated: "The Church of the Academy and its Uses," responded to by Bishop Benade; "The Alma Mater," Mr. George O. Starkey "A Life of Uses," Mr. John Stephenson; "True Friendship," Mr. Ernest A. Gilmore; "Loyalty to the Truth" Mr. George M. Cooper; "The Love of One's Country," Professor Odhner. Suitable songs were also interspersed. The addresses were admirable, in some instances surpassing the expectations of the Professors. The sphere that prevailed was a very strong one of love to the LORD and His Word, of love for the Church and love of one another. This feast was a suitable conclusion of the school year, and gives promise of a happy ore in the succession. The schools will re-open October 5th.
     THE closing exercises of the Pittsburgh School were held on June 17th. The Head-Master's address treated of the importance and use of New Church schools.
     THE eighteenth annual meeting of the German Missionary Union was held on May 27th, in the rooms of the First New Jerusalem Society of Philadelphia. The Rev. P. J. Faber, from Baltimore, was chosen editor of Neukirchenblatt in place of the Rev. F. W. Tuerck, resigned.
     Illinois.- THE closing exercises of the Chicago School of the Academy were held on the 12th ult. The Master in charge, in his address reviewed the work done during die past year. Two of the older boys who had shown the greatest activity and interest in looking after the school were presented with copies of the Writings. At the close, the Academy School song, "Alma Mater," was sung.
     Virginia.- AS a result of application made to the Maryland Association, the Rev. J. E. Smith visited Richmond from April 23d to 29th, and delivered several lectures.
     New Hampshire.- THE Rev. L H. Tafel visited the German Society at Manchester on May 31st. The Holy Supper was administered to forty-one persons, and two children were baptized into the New Church.
     Canada.- THE closing exercises of the Berlin School were held on June 16th.
The morning was devoted to a review of the year's instruction in Religion, Hebrew, and Anatomy. In the evening the essays of the older pupils were read, and addresses made by the Pastor of the Society, and others.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.- THE Rev. J. F. Potts has resigned the Pastorate of the Glasgow Society to devote himself entirely to the work on the Concordance.
THE newly-formed Circle at Liverpool has opened a place of worship in Bold Street. The first services in the place, held on May 3d, were conducted by the Rev. R. J. Tilson, of London. On this occasion four adults were baptized and twenty partook of the Holy Supper.
     THE seventieth annual meeting of the Missionary and Tract Society was held in the temple at Flodden Road, Camberwell, London, of which the Rev. R. J. Tilson was formerly the Pastor. The Chairman, Mr. R. Jobson, delivered an address on "The Spirit of the Society, the Spirit of Help." He congratulated the remainder of the Flodden Road Society for having acted bravely and nobly, and for the firm stand they had made against this most uncalled-for innovation of attempting to introduce strange ideas into their midst." Addresses were also read by Mr. F. A. Gardiner, the Rev. R. L. Tafel, the Rev. J. Presland, and others. During the past year 378 books have been presented to 27 Libraries by the Missionary and Tract Society.
     Holland.- THE Rev. Geo. Meek, from Nottingham (England), has been here on a visit. On the 7th of June he conducted Divine services at the house of Mr. and Mrs. Barger, morning and evening. In the morning the Sacrament of the LORD'S Supper was administered, and Bertha Barger, aged eight months, baptized in the New Church.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891







Vol. XI.     PHILADELPHIA, JUNE, 1891=122. No. 6.
     The Divine Truth regarded in itself judges the man who does not receive, but who rejects it. - A. E. 907.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     IN the July New Church Life the judgment was examined-that has taken place in the most general bodies of the New Church in Great Britain and in America,
     Since then this judgment has extended to an independent body composed of members in and out of the external New Church organizations: the Swedenborg Society the object of which is simply to print and publish the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg. The chairman of the last annual meeting called attention to these characteristics of the Society, and stated that "all Newchurchmen of whatever school of thought, can participate in the performance of this use."
     But the Society, by a majority vote, expressed the opposite opinion as it removed from office their incumbent of the Treasurer's office, Mr. C. J. Whittington, whose ability and character were extolled at the meeting, and also another member of the Committee, the Librarian of the Society, the Rev. R. J. Tilson, who had faithfully devoted himself to the functions of his office. The reason of the Society's action, publicly expressed, was that these gentlemen were members of the Academy of the New Church-in other words, that they believed that the LORD Himself in His Divine Human is the Divine Truth now come into the world, for the salvation of men, in the Revelation made through Emanuel Swedenborg, which is the Second Advent of the LORD!
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     The man who is in falses from evil, from the contempt and rejection of the Divine Truth, is in hatred against it, and burns to destroy it with every one who is in it from the Lord.- A. E. 907.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     THERE remains one use in which all Newchurchmen and all New Church organizations can co-operate: the photo-lithographing of Swedenborg's manuscripts. Nor is there much occasion for a difference of opinion in a use like this, into which man's intelligence cannot enter so much as in translations, in Church organization, maintenance, and extension. For, this use calls merely for the mechanical reproduction in fac simile of Swedenborg's writing. The impetus to this work was given by the General Church of Pennsylvania. It is now in the hands of the General Convention. In spite of the ungracious way in which this body at its last meeting treated the General Church when the subject of photo-lithographing was discussed, the General Church of the Advent of the LORD and the Academy of the New Church stand ready to second any realty earnest efforts that the Convention will now make in the direction of having Swedenborg's manuscripts photo lithographed at an early day. Is the Convention ready to do its part?
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are the which testify of Me.-John v, 39.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     THE studies of the Internal Sense of Genesis, published for the past three months, are intended primarily to supplement the daily reading in the Arcana Celestia, according to the calendar published by the General Church of the Advent of the LORD. As we read the internal sense in the Arcana, it comes to us for the most part in detached form, as the signification of words and phrases. Only occasionally the internal sense is presented in a continued series. Yet that the detached expositions ought to be gathered together and viewed in connection is frequently indicated.
     For example, after the explanation of part of the xxivth Chapter of Matthew, premised to Exodus xxx, the Writings say: "These are the things which the words of the LORD now adduced and explained in the Internal Sense signify that they are in a most, beautiful series, although it does not so appear in the sense of the letter, may appear to him who contemplates them in connection according to the explanation" (A. C. 3900).
     Again, in n. 8952, it is stated: "That the Preceding things have been explained for the most part only as to the signification of the words in the Internal Sense is because they are such that they cannot be comprehended unless they be expounded in one series, for the conjunction of truth with good, and of good with truths treated of, which conjunction is the conjugial, understood in the spiritual sense," etc.     
     At the end of the xivth chapter of Genesis, it is said: "These are the things which these things in general involve in the Internal Sense, but the series itself of the things, and its beauty cannot appear, when al and singulars are explained according to the signification of the words, as if they are grasped with one idea. For when all are grasped in one idea, then these things which are scattered, appear beautifully cohering and connected," etc., etc. (A. C. 1756).
     In n. 3074: "What is contained in these three verses in the Internal Sense may be seen a little from the explanation, but because they are scattered it cannot appear what they involve in a series, unless they be regarded collected into one idea, and then the intuition is removed from the sense of the letter, which, so long as it is there, the idea is not only disturbed, but is also kept in doubt, and to the extent in which it is in doubt, to that extent the mind is obscured."
     In the Life's serial presentation of the Internal Sense, only such further explanations from the Writings are adduced as seem absolutely necessary for a clear, continuous understanding of the Internal Sense, and much else that is adduced in the Writings from the literal sense of the Word, and from reason and science, for the sake of illustration and confirmation, is omitted.
     But this must by no means be neglected or undervalued in the reading and study of the Arcana. It is of the utmost importance. The literal sense of the Word is the continent, firmament, and basis of the Divine Truth, and while we are in the natural world it serves as the ultimate of the Internal Sense.

138



The Life's presentation is, therefore, only a humble attempt to aid the reader in doing for himself what is indicated in the Writings, and it is to be regarded in this light.
     The Internal Sense reveals its beauty when regarded in connection. Thus delighting the mind, it calls forth greater admiration and affection for things Divine.
Scriptures 1891

Scriptures              1891

     The Scriptures, or the Word, are the Divine Truth proceeding from the Lord, and the Divine Proceeding is the Lord Himself in Heaven and in the Church. - A. E. 635.
STONE, THE HEAD OF THE CORNER 1891

STONE, THE HEAD OF THE CORNER       Rev. W. H. ACTON       1891

     The stone which the builders have rejected, this has become the head of the corner. Whosoever shalt fall upon that stone shall be broken; but upon whomsoever it shall fall it shall crush him to powder.-Luke xx, 17, 18).

     (Read Heaven and Hell, n. 534.)

     EVERY man is allotted a place in heaven or hell according to his idea of God. "The first or primary thought which opens heaven to man is thought concerning God. The reason for this is that God is the all of heaven; so that whether you say heaven, or God, it is the same. The Divine things which cause the angels to be angels, from which is heaven, taken together, are God. Hence it is that thought concerning God is the first and primary of all thoughts which open heaven to man. It is the head and sum of all celestial and spiritual verities and loves. . . . On the other hand, thought against God primarily closes heaven" (A. E. 1096). In the numbers following the one quoted, it is shown that though thought concerning God is what primarily opens heaven to man it must be the thought of God as One; thought of more than one, or of any other than the LORD as the Divine Man, the creator and Preserver of all, closes heaven and opens hell; for thus to think is to think against the True God.
     The thought of the LORD as the Very Divine Man-i. e., of the Divine Human of the LORD is the Cornerstone of the Church of Heaven, yea of the universal creation, and unless this be acknowledged there is no salvation.
     Since the idea of God is the first and primary of all the doctrinals of the Church, it is manifestly evident that according to the quality of this idea in the minds of her members such will be the state of the Church with them true or false, clear or obscure. Hence also the reason why from the earliest times of the Christian Church, and also of the New Church, the Doctrine of the LORD and of His Divine Human has been the subject of long and even bitter discussion, which is not dead at the present day, and will not die so long a man's conceit is worshiped as the corner-stone of the Church.
     But the stone which the builders have rejected this is to be made the head of the corner. Stone in general represents truth, but the corner-stone, because it supports the greatest resistance, and, is the stability and connection of the whole edifice, signifies all the Divine Truth upon which is founded Heaven and the Church and all the Divine Truth upon which Heaven and the Church rest in the LORD as to His Divine Human, because all Divine Truth proceeds from Him. The builders or architects who reject that stone are those of the Church who deny the LORD (A. E. 417).
     Stone in general signifies the temple, and in particular its foundation. But in the supreme sense it is the LORD as to Divine Truth. For the temple represented the LORD, and also Heaven and the Church. This is the stone seen in vision by King Nebuchadnezzar, which dashed in pieces the image, and became a great mountain, and filled the whole earth (Dan. ii, 31-35).
     At the end of one Church, when the Divine Human of the LORD is denied, the LORD again comes by making a further revelation of Himself from Himself. Thus He made His First Advent by revealing Himself as the Word made flesh. And when this came to be denied, as at the present time, He came again, revealing Himself as the Life and Spirit of that Word which had been made flesh.
     Here let it be most profoundly noted that the Divine Truth Itself, or the Word, is the Very Divine Human of the LORD. This was what was in the beginning with God, and which proceeded from the Divine itself. This alone can reveal the Infinite and Eternal Divine Good of the Father. Those, therefore, who reject Divine Revelation do reject and despise the manifested presence of the LORD, even as did the Jews when He came in the flesh. They reject the cornerstone of the Church, and spiritual house upon a sandy foundation, which will surely crumble and fall into ruins when exposed to infestations of Hell. Verily," except the LORD build the house vainly labor those building it" (Ps. cxxvii, 1).
     That the Church is founded on the ultimate acknowledgment of the LORD in His Divine Human is signified by the words of the text, "The stone which the builders have rejected, this has become the head of the corner."
     The corner-stone of the LORD'S New Church must be the acknowledgment in faith and life that the LORD has revealed Himself as the Spiritual Sense of the Word, as contained in the Writings written from Himself by His servant, Emanuel Swedenborg. For the Divine Human of the LORD in which He reveals Himself in the Word and revelation from Him, and what is from Him is Himself. How, therefore, can the Church stand if she rejects and despises as a human production that very revelation which gave her birth?
     The acknowledgment of the Writings as the Word and Divine is indeed a stumbling block to many. They say: "How can such things as the memorable relations, conversation of spirits and devils, descriptions of heaven and hell, and, above all, the work on conjugial love, be of Divine origin, still less the manifested presence of the LORD Himself? Do we not find mistakes, inaccuracies, and contradictions in these books, you claim to be Divine? There may be truth in them, but still they are infinitely below the Letter of the Word."
     Atheists make similar objections to the Letter of the Word; the Jews rejected and despised the LORD, and it is a scandal to many Christians that it should be said that the LORD Who was born a Man in the World is the one only God!
     Truly indeed was it prophesied of the LORD'S Divine Human, "He shall be for a stone of striking against, and for a rock of offense to both houses of Israel. Many shall stumble and fall, and be broken and snared together" (Is. viii, 14, 15).
     It is the rejection of the LORD in His Divine Human that has consummated and vastated all the Churches even from the first. When the LORD is denied, all spiritual life and light is extinguished, and the Church dies in the night of spiritual darkness, and when, in order that the human race may not be utterly destroyed, the LORD reveals Himself once more, His new revelation is attacked and rejected as vain and foolish and the production of human intelligence.

139



As described in the lesson we read from Heaven and Hell (n. 534), those who reject the LORD fall blindly on the stone in the way, and separating themselves from those who acknowledge, rush headlong into Hell.
          "Whosoever shall fall upon that stone shall be broken; but upon whomsoever it shall fall it shall crush him to powder."
      Those who reject this corner-stone the Divine Human of the LORD-and fall upon it, are broken-that is, are deprived of all intelligence in spiritual things. For, "to break," in the Word signifies dissipation and also injury; and this signification derives its origin from the spiritual world, where all things are conjoined according to their reception of Divine Truth from the LORD, thus according to the reception of order, which is induced upon all and single things by the Divine Truth. Hence it is that the truths with man have a connection amongst themselves according to their reception in good. The truths which are thus connected make a one; wherefore when they are broken in the general, the truths with good are dissipated; and when they are broken in the particular, the truths which are there are dissipated" (A. C. 9163).
      Those on whom the stone falls are those who profane and adulterate the Divine Truth. All such are vastated of the truths of faith to the last degree. These are they who blaspheme the name of the LORD, and who, it was commanded, were to be put to death by stoning, by which is signified the spiritual destruction of those who by falsities offer violence to the goods and truths of faith. (See A. C. 7456.)
     The separation between the good and the evil, and their subsequent judgment, which occurred when the LORD made His Second Advent, can never again take place as at that time; for it is not now permitted to form such imaginary heavens as existed then. But separations and judgments are inevitable. Though the Church will most certainly endure forever, judgments and separations will always take place where the acknowledgment of the LORD in His Divine Human is not made the Cornerstone by the builders, and bodies of the
      Church will come to their end wherever human conceits take the place of the LORD'S revelation.
     That this has already happened over and over again is a universally admitted fact, though the cause is neither seen nor acknowledged. We hear continually of once-flourishing societies dwindling down and becoming extinct, of Newchurchmen marrying out of the Church and falling away. Is it not because in most cases the corner-stone was not the LORD?
     The only sure and safe foundation upon which the Church can rest is the acknowledgment, in faith and life, that the LORD is the Word both as to its spirit and its letter, and that He is to be acknowledged, loved, and obeyed. His Revelation, which is Himself, must be the law of the Church, otherwise He cannot build it, and the builders, rejecting the only true corner-stone, will labor in vain. If the LORD build the Church it will be built upon the acknowledgment of His Divine Human manifested hi His Revelation. Every stone will be a precious jewel translucent with Divine light. The Church will be founded upon a rock and the gates of hell cannot prevail against it.
     But, on the other hand, if men try build the Church upon the sand of mere reasonings and with the tricks of man-made doctrines and human conceits, their work will be in vain.
     Since, then, the first and primary thought which opens heaven to man is the thought concerning One God visible in the Divine Human of the LORD, it becomes of first importance that this thought be implanted in the minds of all from earliest childhood, as the foundation and corner-stone upon which the Church shall rest. This can only be done when all instruction is from the Word. In this way alone does the LORD lay the foundation and build His Church. The Church will never make sure and genuine progress until she accepts the LORD in His Second Coming, and unhesitatingly believes and endeavors to live the truth that has not been revealed, and make it her law and guide.
     So far the application of the truths of our text has been to the Church in general; their application to the individual members of the Church must be made by each one. The general application is nevertheless the same; for each of us is a true Church of the LORD only so far as he acknowledges from faith and charity-that is, in his life-that of himself he can do nothing, and that all good and all truth is from the LORD. So far as this acknowledgment is made in a life of use and love of the neighbor so far will we go to the LORD and learn from Him the way in which we must walk. Then the Stone which our human conceits and selfish cupidities would fain reject can become the head of the corner and the Church of the LORD can be formed within us. And in heartfelt acknowledgment and genuine humility shall we acknowledge that "this is the LORD'S doing and it is marvelous in our eyes." AMEN.
Lord is the Word 1891

Lord is the Word              1891

     The Lord is the Word because He is the Divine Truth. - H. D. 263.
CONJUNCTION OF THE GENTILES WITH THE LORD'S NATURAL 1891

CONJUNCTION OF THE GENTILES WITH THE LORD'S NATURAL              1891

     INVERSION OF ITS STATE.

     IN Genesis xxxi the separation of mediate good from good in the LORD'S Natural is treated of. Afterward the conjunction of good in the LORD'S Natural with the good of works of the gentiles is treated of, and after that, in chapter xxxii, the inversion of state In the Natural in order that good may be in the first place and truth in the second.

     V. 47-50. THE quality of the good with those who were in the good of works, or the gentiles, was such that there was present in it the good of the Divide Natural, and there was a testification that thus it should be to eternity, hence its quality is again given in which there is the presence of the Divine Natural of the LORD; but there was a separation in respect to those things which are of the Church; for the affections of truth were to remain within the Church; all of which was confirmed from the Divine.
     The testification "that thus it should be to eternity," is that there will be eternally a conjunction of the good of the gentiles, or the good of works, with the good of the Divine Natural of the LORD. The truths of that good are what testify of conjunction; but their good, so long as they live in the world, is at the side, because they do not have Divine Truths. Still those who are in that good-that is, those who live in mutual charity although they do not have Divine Truths from a direct Divine fountain, still do not have a closed good, but such as can be opened, which also is opened in the other life, when they are there instructed in the truths of faith.

140




     The LORD is present with every one, but according to reception; for from the LORD alone is the life of every one. Those who receive His presence in His Own good and truth, are in the life of intelligence and wisdom; but those who receive His presence not in His Own good and truth, but in the evil-and the false, are in the life of insanity and foolishness, but still are in the faculty of being intelligent and wise.
     There is a separation in respect to those things which are of the Church, between those who are within the Church and those who are without, because they are separated as to good and truth, thus in respect to those things which are of the Church.
     The affections of truth spoken of above were those of genuine truths, which should remain within the Church lest they be defiled with truths not genuine.
     All the above is Divinely confirmed.
     V. 51-53. But in the conjunction of the good of the gentiles with the good of the Divine Natural of the LORD, which received confirmation, there was a limit to the amount that could inflow from good; but the Divine inflows into both-that is, into the good with those who are within the Church, and into the good with those who are without the Church; which influx is from the Supreme Divine; which is confirmed from the Divine Human, called "Dread," in that state. There is a limit to the amount that can inflow from good; for conjunction is effected by good, and good inflows according to reception; but the reception of good cannot be given otherwise than according to truths, for truths are the things into which good inflows; for good is the agent and truth the recipient, wherefore truths are also recipient vessels. Because truths are the things into which good inflows, truths are the things which limit the influx of good: this is understood here by a limit to the amount of good that can inflow. Good inflows from the LORD, but is not fixed except in truths; for in truth is the hospice of goods, for they are concordant; hence also it is evident that such as the truths are such also is the reception of good. Truths with the gentiles, who have lived in mutual charity, are such that good inflowing from the LORD may also lodge in them; but during their abode in the world not so much so as with Christians, who have truths from the Word, and live thence in spiritual charity.
     Divine Good is the "Supreme Divine" spoken of above, but the Divine Word is what is from the Divine, and is also called the "Son."
     In order that there may always become communication of the LORD by heaven with man, it is needful that men should he held especially in this, that they acknowledge JEHOVAH, if not with the heart still with the mouth. It was on this account-that is, to keep them in externals of acknowledgment and worship-that so many miracles were wrought among the Jews, which would never have taken place had they been in internals; and therefore they were so often driven to worship by punishments, by captivities, and by threats, when yet no one is driven to internal worship by the LORD, but that is implanted by freedom. This is what is meant by the Divine Human being called "Dread."
     V. 54, 55. Then resulted worship from the good of love, in which good from the LORD'S Divine Natural is appropriated, and the conjunction by good and truth in the Natural is effected, followed by tranquillity, and by consequent illustration of the good of the gentiles from the Divine Natural of the LORD; and on the part of that good an acknowledgment of those verities and their affections, whence there was joy. Here endeth the treatment concerning mediate or collateral good, and concerning the good of those who are at the side, or the gentiles.
     The reason why it is said that the "good from the LORD'S Divine Natural was appropriated" is that the good of the gentiles is treated of. The conjunction of man with the LORD is not with His Supreme Divine, but with His Divine Human; for man can have no idea at all of the Supreme Divine of the LORD but it so transcends his idea that it altogether perishes and becomes no idea, but he can have an idea of His Divine Human. Hence it is that conjunction cannot be given with the Supreme Divine of the LORD, but with His Divine Human, and by the Divine Human with his Supreme Divine. But man thinks variously of the Human or the LORD, one man differently than another, and one man more holily than another. Those who are within the Church can think that His Human is Divine, and also that He is one with the Father, as He Himself says, that the Father is in Him and He in the Father; but those who are without the Church can not do this, both because they do not know anything about the LORD, and also because they have no idea of the Divine from any other source than from images which they see with their eyes and from idols which they can touch. But still the LORD conjoins Himself with them by the good of their charity and obedience in their gross idea; thence it is here said that appropriation with them is from the Divine Natural of the LORD. Conjunction of the LORD with man is according to the state of his thought and his affection therefrom. Those who are in the most holy idea of the LORD, and at the same time in thoughts and affections of good and truth, such as those may be who are within the Church, are conjoined with the LORD as to His Divine Rational; but those who are not in such holiness nor in such an interior idea and affection and yet are in the good of charity, are conjoined with the LORD as to His Divine Natural; those who have a still grosser holiness are conjoined with the LORD as to His Divine Sensual; in this conjunction are those among the gentiles who worship idols and yet live in charity, according to their religiosum. They are thus in the appropriation of good from the LORD'S Divine Natural.

     Now has been described in the 31st chapter of Genesis the separation of the good of the LORD'S Natural, together with the affections of external and internal truth from a collateral good of a common stock, in order that they might be conjoined with the Divine from a direct Divine stock; then the state of each as to separation, and also the conjunction of the LORD'S Divine Natural with the good of the gentiles.
     There follows the treatment in the internal sense of the 32d chapter of Genesis, of the inversion of state in the Natural so that good may be in the first place and truth in the second. First, the implantation of truth in good is treated of; Secondly, the wrestlings of temptations which then had to be sustained. At the same time the Jewish race is treated of, that that race, although it could receive nothing of the Church, still could represent those things which are of the Church.

     V. 1, 2. THERE was a successive progression of the truth of the LORD'S Natural in order that it might be conjoined with spiritual and celestial good, and first there was illustration from good, such as is in heaven-that is, in the two kingdoms of the LORD.

141




     The collateral good which was adjoined to natural troth was not Divine good in the Natural, but mediate good, whereby the LORD could receive Divine Good, but mediate good is in itself truth, which thence has the faculty of conjoining itself with Divine Good in the Natural. That conjunction-that is, of the Divine Truth with the Divine Good of the Divine Natural-is what is here treated of.
     In the LORD was the Divine Itself which is called the Father; the very Essence of Life, which with man is called the soul, was thence, and was Himself: that Divine is what in common conversation is called the Divine Nature, rather the Divine Essence, of the LORD. From the influx of the Divine into the Natural was illustration; for all illustration is from the influx of the Divine. Because the Inversion of state in the Natural of the LORD, so that good might be in the first place, and truth in the second, and here the implantation of truth the good therein, are treated of, and this inversion could not be effected without illustration from the Divine, therefore here the illustration from good in which truth is implanted is first treated of.
     From this illustration comes a perception of the order of heaven-that is, of truths and goods disposed by the LORD according to the order of heaved. This order is such than it can never be broken into by hell, although in hell there is a continual endeavor to break into it.
     Heaven consists of the two kingdoms of the LORD, namely, the Celestial and the Spiritual. Such was the state of the LORD when His Natural was illustrated from spiritual and celestial good-that is, He was Divine Celestial and Divine Spiritual; but the quality of that state cannot be described, because the Divine states which the LORD had when He made the Human in Himself Divine do not fall into any human apprehension, nor even into any angelic, only by appearances illustrated by the light of heaven which is from the LORD, and by states of the regeneration of man; for the regeneration of man is an image of the glorification of the LORD.
     V. 3, 4, 5. The first communication with celestial good was with good celestial natural and the truth thence.
      It is the LORD'S Divine Natural as to good to which were conjoined the doctrinals of truth, for the truth here mentioned, which was from celestial-natural good. Truths which are from good are distinct from truths from which is good. Truths from which is good here those which man imbibes before regeneration; but truths which are from good are those which he imbibes after regeneration, for after regeneration truths proceed from good; for from good man then perceives and knows that they are truths.
     At this first communication He reflected, perceived, and thus acknowledged good, first that, it should be in the place superior to itself; for the truth of the Natural had imbibed collateral good, the acquisitions by that good being in their own order.
     The LORD in the good of Naturally imbibed mediate good-that is, good not genuine, but still subserving for introducing genuine truths and goods; for truth cannot be implanted in good except by media. While these are acquired, truth appears to be in the first place; but now the process of conjunction is treated of. Thus the inversion of state in that order which takes place when truth is subordinated to good. Truth is apparently in the first place, when man learns the truth from affection, but does not yet thus live according to it; but good is in the first place when he lives according to the truth which he has learned from affection; for then truth becomes good, for then man believes good to be to do according to truth. Those who are regenerated are in this good; likewise those who have conscience-that is, who no longer ratiocinate whether it be truth, but who do because it is truth; thus who are imbued with it in faith and life.
     The acquisitions from mediate good were arranged in their own order, namely, first, exterior natural good; second, exterior natural truth; third, interior natural good; fourth, the truth thence derived; and fifth, the affection of that truth.
     Thus prepared, the Truth of the Natural gave instruction concerning its own state, and condescended and humbled itself before Good.
     V. 6, 7, 8. Good continually inflows that it may appropriate truth to itself and, in the present state of good, that it may take the prior place; the state while being changed was one of fear and straitness, and is followed by the preparation and disposition of the truths and goods in the Natural for receiving celestial good in the Natural, according to every event.
     When the state is inverted with a man who is regenerating-that is, when good takes the prior place then temptations come. Before this, man cannot undergo temptations, because he is not yet in knowledges by which he may defend himself, and to which he may have recourse for consolation.
     When good takes the prior place and subordinates truths to itself, which takes place when man undergoes spiritual temptations, then good which inflows from the interior has with it very many truths which were hidden with man in his interior man. These truths cannot come this intuition and comprehension until good acts the first parts; for then the natural begins to be illustrated from good, whence it appears what things are therein concordant and what discordant; hence is the fear and anguish which precede spiritual temptation.
     The preparation and disposition of truths and goods in the Natural to receive the celestial good of the Natural was in this order: first, truths, then interior goods, then exterior goods, lastly, exterior or general truths; from these also their opposites were perceived. When good inflows (as takes place when the order is inverted), and takes the prior place, then the Natural is illustrated, and therein is seen what is genuine truth and good, and what is not genuine; these are also then separated from each other, so that some are retained, some removed; whence an entirely different order takes place from what had been before.
     The Natural, so long as truth dominated the Fein, could not see what was genuine truth and what was not genuine, nor what was good, but when good dominated therein, then It saw it. Hence it is that when that time or state is at hand when good takes the dominion, man is almost in ignorance of what is good and true: thus what shall be destroyed and what retained; as is manifestly evident in temptations. When man is in such ignorance then there takes place a preparation and disposition, not from man but from the LORD. In the present case from the LORD in Himself; for the LORD disposed and reduced all things in Himself into Divine order from His own power.
     V. 9-12. There was on the part of the truth of the Natural a holy of preparation and disposition for conjunction with the Divine Good and Truth. This is holy of preparation and disposition was from the Divine Itself of the LORD by His Divine Human, each of which is JEHOVAH, Who was the holy in the Natural in which good was not yet conjoined to the truth.

142



In this preparation the natural man was in humiliation as to the good of Love and as to the truth of faith, recognizing that from little there had become much-that is, from little of truth by initiation into the knowledges of good and truth there had become much of goods and truths. For the LORD made the Human in Himself Divine successively, according to order, thus by progression into intelligence and wisdom, and at length into the Divine. Thus from little He became much.
     Now, when the order became inverted, and good took its prior place manifestly-that is, when it began to have dominion over truth, and the natural man was in fear and anguish-it also entered into temptations. It came into this respective state because it made itself prior. And when truth was in the first place-that is when it seemed to itself to have dominion when falses intermingled themselves, for truth cannot see of itself whether it is true, but it must see it from good, and where falses are there is fear when good comes near; for all who are in good begin to fear when falses appear in light from good; for they fear the falses and wish that hey may be extirpated; but they cannot be extirpated if they inhere except by Divine means from the LORD.
     These means are temptations in which respective state there is fear lest truth in the Natural should perish-that is, lest the affection of truth should be destroyed. But still truth in the Natural would then gain life; for truth has life not from itself but from the good which inflows into it. Then there takes place a fructification and multiplication of the good of charity, and also of charity itself, and further of the truth which is of faith.
Lord is the Word 1891

Lord is the Word              1891

     The Lord is the Word also because the Word is from Him and concerning Him. - H. D. 263.
COMMUNICATION WITH THE CELESTIAL HEAVEN BY MEANS OF the WORD IN THE HEBREW 1891

COMMUNICATION WITH THE CELESTIAL HEAVEN BY MEANS OF the WORD IN THE HEBREW              1891

     WHEREVER the Divine virtues of the Letter of the Word are described in the Doctrines of the New Church, it must be borne in mind that by the Letter of the Word is meant especially the Word in the original Hebrew, as distinguished from any translation. The Letter of the Word in the Hebrew is especially "the basis, continent, and firmament" of the spiritual and celestial senses. It is pre-eminently in this form of the Word that "the Divine Truth is in its fullness, in its holiness, and in its power." So also it is in an especial sense, by means of the letter of the Word in the Hebrew, that there is conjunction with the LORD and consociation with the angels.
     We read:
     "When the Word in the Hebrew text is read by man, the third heaven knows thence every Divine celestial thing that is inspired, and that all and single things in it treat of the LORD" (S. D. 4671).
     "In the Word, not only every word, but also every syllable, and what is incredible, every single little curve of a syllable in the original tongue, involves a holy thing, which becomes perceptible to the angels of the inmost heaven" (A. C. 9349).
      "The Jews read in the Word, in the original tongue, and from their ideas from that language itself the celestial angels take the celestial things which are in the Word". (S. D. 5619).
      "When the Word is read in the Hebrew text by a Jew or a Christian, it is known in the third heaven what the letters themselves signify; for the angels of the third heaven have the Word written in such letters" (De Verbo, 4).
     "The Jews have been preserved on account of the Hebrew language, and they also have the Word written in the old Hebrew language, where all the setters are curved, because the Word, in these letters, has a more immediate communication with heaven" (S. D., Part vii; App., p. 85).
     In the Spiritual Diary, n. 5581, it is stated that the Hebrew language presents some differences from the celestial language, and that hence the angels of the third heavens perceive the celestial things hidden in the syllables of the Word in the Hebrew "by mean's of intermediate spirits."

     IT is not to be inferred from this Doctrine that the Jews, by the reading of the Word, were conjoined with the LORD and consociated with the angels of Heaven, for their interiors were filthy and profane. The Writings, therefore, expressly explain "how the Unclean things with that nation did not stand in the way of the interiors of the Word, or its spiritual and celestial things being presented even in Heaven. For the unclean things were removed, so that they were not apperceived, evils even were turned into good, so that only the external holy served as a plane, thus the internals of the Word were presented before the angels, with out interjected hindrances. Hence it appeared how that people, interiorly idolatrous, could represent holy things, yea, the LORD Himself, thus how the LORD could dwell in the midst of their uncleannesses (Levit. xvi, 16). Hence they could have something like a Church there, for the merely representative Church is like Church, it is not a Church. With Christians this could not be so done," etc., etc. (A. C. 3480).
universal Heaven 1891

universal Heaven              1891

     The universal Heaven is the LORD'S. - H. D. 309.
HEAVENLY CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE 1891

HEAVENLY CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE              1891

     THE Hebrew language is not, in itself, the language of Heaven, but in many important characteristics it approximate this more than any other earthly language. Among these characteristics the Writings mention a certain

     INDEFINITENESS OF TEMPORAL DISTINCTIONS.

     "That Noach was a just man and upright, that he walked with God, and here that he begat three suns, is said in the Past (praeterito), and still they have regard to future things; it is to be known that the internal sense is such that it has no regard to time. This also is favored by the original tongue, where also sometimes one and the same word may be explained in reference to any time whatever; it also does not distinguish between words; thus the interior things appear more evidently; this language derives this from the internal sense, which is more manifold than ever any one can believe; hence it does not suffer itself to be finited by times and by distinctions" (A. C. 618).
     Grammarians have had much trouble with this indefiniteness of temporal distinctions in the Hebrew, and many strange, artificial rules and exceptions have been formulated to bring the Hebrew Word into the straitjacket of modern grammar.

143



The fact remains that any of the tense-forms in the Hebrew verb may be translated, without violation, either with the Past, the Present, or the Future, to suit the general sense or the purpose of the translation.
     Simplicity is another heavenly characteristic, which is reflected in the Hebrew language. If rationally studied, it will be found to be one of the most simple and easily acquired languages that have existed. As an instance of this, the Writings mention

     THE SIMPLICITY OF HEBREW CONSTRUCTION.

     "There is a natural, and not an artificial manner of speaking in the Word [in the Hebrew], as may be manifest from many things, as that they speak almost everywhere as if the person himself were speaking [direct speech]; it is not said that 'thus he spoke,' but as if he were speaking" (S. D. 2631).
     Mere knowledge of minute points of the so-called grammar of the Hebrew language will be of far less value to a translator of the Word than humility and simplicity of mind. This is illustrated by the

     Character of Critics in the other life.

     "Certain spirits, who in the life of the body, had devoted much labor and time, not to the sense of words, but to the words themselves, and had consequently devoted themselves to the art of criticism (of whom also several had labored in translating the Sacred Scripture), were with me; but I can declare that whilst they were present, all things whatsoever that were written and thought, were rendered so obscure and confused that I could scarcely understand anything whatever-yea, my thought was kept, as it were, in a prison because they determined all the thought solely to the words, abstracting it from the sense of the expressions, so that they wearied me extremely, even to indignation" (S. D. 1950).
     "Such also, although they are most skillful in languages, as in the Hebrew, have, nevertheless, blundered much more [hallucinati sunt], and do still blunder, in translating the Sacred Scripture, than those who have not been critics, although these may have less understood grammatical points; which can be demonstrated by very many considerations, although in human minds there is a settled opinion to the contrary." (S. D. 1951).
     "At certain times it has been shown to me that critics or those who have been most learned in any language, as, for an example, Hebrew, even such as have compiled lexicons and have been translators of Moses and the Prophets have understood much less than those who have not been critics" (S. D. 2040).
     "The critical examination of words [in the Hebrew] has this with it that it distracts the mind from the meanings of the words, and makes it to dwell in the I words themselves; and when the critics have seized upon a certain signification of any word, they seize upon it, caring nothing for the sense, which they still are able to drive [impellere] and force, so that it will agree [with their chosen translation], which, after they have determined on the signification of the letter, they are wont to do in a thousand ways. This was shown to me by living experience" (S. D. 2040).
Lord rules the universal Heaven 1891

Lord rules the universal Heaven              1891

     Because the Lord rules the universal Heaven, He also rules all things which depend on it, thus all things in the world. - H. D. 309.
CLOSING SCHOOL-DINNER 1891

CLOSING SCHOOL-DINNER              1891

     LAST month's "News Gleanings" gave a brief account of the school dinner which was partaken of at the close of the school year in Philadelphia. The Life desired to publish all of the speeches made on that occasion, but only the following were written out afterward, and placed at its disposal.
     The three students that took leave of the school were Messrs. Stephenson, Gilmore, and Cooper.
     The verse quoted in two of the speeches is from the Academy school-song, "Alma Mater."
     In explanation of the opening of Mr. Starkey's speech, it remains to be said that each speaker, upon being asked to respond to the sentiment proposed, was crowned with a wreath of flowers.
Lord has all authority 1891

Lord has all authority              1891

     The Lord has all authority in the Heavens and in the earths.- H. D. 309.
"TRUE FRIENDSHIP." 1891

"TRUE FRIENDSHIP."       Ernest A. Gilmore       1891

     IN responding to this toast, true friendship, I am afraid a great deal that I shall say will be repetition, for those older and wiser than I have spoken several times on this subject this afternoon, but I shall do my best.
     The first thing to know is what true friendship is, and this we find from the Writings to be the love of the good in a man, not the man as he appears externally to the world. There are in general three kinds of friendship: an external friendship, which regards the external man alone, an internal friendship, which regards the internal man, and an external and internal friendship combined, which regards both the external and internal, but the external from the internal. This is the highest and inmost friendship, and in this friendship are married partners.
     It is only in the New Church that there can be what is called true friendship, for, as we know, the Old Church is dead, its religion is false, and as religion enters into all things of life, its friendship, like all other things belonging to it, is either external or false.
     We, who are here to-day, are united by a bond which will continually grow stronger and stronger with us all; the love of the School, which to us is our Church. By thus having this common love among us, we are internally united, and may be said to be brothers and sisters of one large family.
     We come here as a centre, from alt parts of the country. We meet one another and form friendships which are to last not only while we are here, but forever. Many meet their conjugial partners here, and during my stay with you it has been my good fortune to be able to attend and participate in several weddings, the partners of which have formed their acquaintance in this manner.
     The use of the friendship we are enabled to enjoy with each other is manifest. What a difference there would be at this table to-day had not every one of us a common end in view, which is the performing of uses for the Church. Indeed, the use of friendship may be said to be-consociation for the sake of performing uses.
     Speaking now for the three of us who are about to leave, I wish to say that we have been taught while here the Doctrines of the New Church as revealed in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg, as we would have been taught them nowhere else, and for this, the favor of favors, we are most thankful.

144



If we continue in the way we have been instructed by our professors, which, our Chancellor has told us, is all that they ask of us, our goal will be reached, which is abode forever among the angels of Heaven, and to do this Will be our constant endeavor.
     To these professors, who have liven us this instruction, we wish to tender our heartfelt thanks, and with this thought, that I have expressed before, that we are forever friends, though we may not be with you in person, we say good-bye for the present.
     Ernest A. Gilmore.
hells 1891

hells              1891

     The Lord also rules the hells. - H. D. 309.
"LOYALTY TO THE TRUTH." 1891

"LOYALTY TO THE TRUTH."       George M. Cooper       1891

     LOYALTY to the Church and loyalty to the Schools is loyalty to the Truths which they teach, and a life according to the Doctrines which they uphold. Just as the citizens of a country support and obey their laws which govern them, so should we as citizens of this little country of ours, the Academy Schools, be loyal to its' truths, and carry out through our lives the teachings we have so generously received from them during our school course.
     At the beginning of each school term scholars assemble here from different parts of the country, and, they are continually taught loyalty to the truths revealed by the LORD: the truths which make the all in all of the Schools: the truths upon which the LORD has established His New Church. Throughout the year this loyalty shows itself in many ways, especially by the great interest shown by the scholars in the affairs of the Church, both at home and abroad. At the close of the year, many of the pupils are obliged to break those bonds of school-life which they have drawn so closely round themselves. They must go forth to perform those uses for which they have been preparing while in school. Now comes the time when their true loyalty will appear. Will they apply to life the teachings they have received? If they do not, then their loyalty is a spurious one, a loyalty having been put on only for the time being, while they were under the direct influence of the school-life, and its enjoyments. But if they do, then their loyalty is a truly good one.
     There is a broad way open for all to show their loyalty in after life. For instance, we have been taught, that all things most be made new, and we must continually strive to make all things new. Put aside all that is old and false, and instill what is good and true. Then in after years the effect of this effort will show itself, and we will have a science and other things never before equalled. So let us all hope that "firm will ever stand thy sons to guard thy name and true thy daughters watch thy sacred flame," our dear Alma Mater, in support of the great work she is doing, in sending forth into this world good and loyal citizens to the truth, and thus preparing Angels for Heaven.
     George M. Cooper.
Divine Order 1891

Divine Order              1891

     The Lord rules all things according to Divine Order. - H. D. 309.
NUMBER of books 1891

NUMBER of books              1891

     A NUMBER of books, many of them of the New Church, from the library of a deceased Newchurchman, are on sale at the Academy Book Room. A manuscript descriptive list will be forwarded, free of charge, to and address for inspection Address Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace Street Philadelphia, Pa.
"OUR ALMA MATER." 1891

"OUR ALMA MATER."       George G. Starkey       1891

     WITH brows thus encircled, on such an occasion, and with such a topic to speak on, surely there should be an inspiration in my words that should still further enkindle every glowing heart here; but unfortunately the recipient vessel is defective, and this interferes with the operation of influx; yet I will do my best.
     What toast could be more calculated to stimulate a loyal pupil of this, our beloved school, to warm the heart and set the pulses going, than that of our Alma Mater-"Nourishing Mother"? Truly is she a nourishing mother to us, for as a natural parent nourishes her offspring and provides them with the necessaries and good things of life, so does our school nurture us and provide the things necessary for real life -for spiritual life. Good-that it is in which our Alma Mater nourishes us, for good is that which she regards as the end and object of all education. It is true that in our instruction much importance is given to truth, but it is all for the sake of the good which is in truth and to which the truth leads. To this end all teaching, all doctrine, all scientifics and knowledges are as means. Herein is where our school differs from the schools of the world around us, namely, in that she regards as the end and goal of all instruction, of all education, good-the good of spiritual life.
     The education of today is that of the understanding-faith alone-and its end and object is the training of the intellect alone the making the mind brilliant and powerful and skillful for the sake of gaining fame and wealth, or merely for the sake of making a worldly living. But the living for which our School of the Academy prepares us is spiritual living, and to that end she aims to train not only the intellect but also the affections of the will, by truths in the intellect which are to be carried out into life. I speak thus of other schools, not to belittle them nor to exalt us, but to enable us by comparison and contrast to properly estimate our privileges and blessings. This is a useful thing for us to do. We know that children when young realize but little the kindness, self-sacrifice, and devotion of their parents and come to appreciate these only as they grow in years and experience: so, in our earlier years in the school, we have realized but little, and could realize but little, of their real value of what she does for us, but as we come to think about these things, to talk about theta and to understand them, we will be better able to render an appreciative gratitude for those benefits, and better able to put them to their proper use.
     Then the first thing to which our Alma Mater looks in raising her children is, the preparation to gain, not a natural livelihood, but the life of Heaven. Thus she seeks to implant Divine Truths and to foster heavenly affections for them for obeying them. Secondarily, she provides the things necessary for natural life as subservient means to that higher and primary end. This is indeed the work of a loving mother, and it is accomplished by the guidance and power of a Divine Fatherhood, represented among us by the Priesthood. Thus as the school, which we have been taught to regard as our Church, is our Mother, so our Father is the LORD Himself, from whom proceeds the good in which our Alma Mater would nourish and foster us.
     Because the LORD'S Fatherly operation with us is represented by the Priesthood, it is evident that, as we ought to honor, reverence, and obey an earthly father, so we certainly ought to reverence, honor, and obey this representative among us of spiritual fatherhood.
     Our relation to each other in the school, as members of a family, has been beautifully set forth by the Chancellor in his remarks on our brotherhood and sisterhood in the school.

145



This relationship we should cherish, for who have stronger, more permanent ties of sympathy and loving consociation than we who together are taught to know and prize the things which go to make up real life. At the recent wedding, which was for us all so rare and-happy an occasion, in treating of the representation of the bridesmaids, it was brought out that youths correspond to truths, and maidens to the affections of truth.
          As loyal sons and daughters of our Alma Mater it is our high duty and privilege to maintain in their purity the truths upon which our school is founded and to cherish: for truths a warm and enduring affection. This is beautifully expressed in the correspondential words of the song we all love to sing:

     "Firm ever stand thy sons to guard thy name,
     And true thy daughters watch thy sacred flame."

     "Name" signifies quality, "flame," the affection for the good and true. May we ever, as loyal sons and daughters, preserve and guard the quality of our School of the Academy by keeping its truths undefiled and free from the conceits of self-derived intelligence, and may we vigilantly watch our affections that we may cherish only those which look to the good and true.
     I was about to sit down, but I feel an impulse I cannot resist, to say, in connection with the subject of the Fatherhood represented by the Priesthood, a word of acknowledgment concerning one whom we rejoice to have among us to-day, teaching us words of wisdom and encouraging us by promise of continued future usefulness-one whom we all love to call, representatively, "Father" To him, under the LORD, guidance and in His Providence, we owe the blessings our Alma Mater bestows upon us.
     The establishment of such a school as this upon the interior principles of education was his hope for, I believe, over forty years. His reception of those principles, according to the form of his understanding, has given quality to the use which this school represents, and to his patient, faithful devotion to those principles, through many struggles and trials and much misunderstanding and cruel misrepresentation, is due the maintenance and development of that use. Surely the good of that use is the good which his priestly fatherhood represents. That good is from the Heavenly Father to Whom we all attribute it; yet we are right in loving and honoring the human instrument by means of whom it has been bestowed upon us, and I wish I now had words to express all we feel of love, honor, and gratitude to him who has been and is so truly our "Father Benade." He has said to-day that the other side seems very near to him, and that he will not be with us very much longer, but I say that he will never leave us, for when he shall resign into his Divine Father's Hand the trust, he has so faithfully kept, he still will be present with us: in that good which through him has been established among us-the use to which he, as a faithful son, has given quality, the firm establishment of which he has secured by his loyal devotion to it. That good will always be associated with the memory of him and of what we love in him, and that good is immortal-it can never die.
                              George G. Starkey.
Divine order 1891

Divine order              1891

     Divine order relates to the things which are of the Will of the Lord, to those which are done from leave, and to those which are done from permission.- H. D. 309.     
WILLIAM PFIRSCH 1891

WILLIAM PFIRSCH              1891

     PROFESSOR William Pfirsch, whose name is well known among German-speaking Newchurchmen, departed this life on the 25th day of May, at Aeschach near Lindau, on the Lake of Constance, aged eighty-seven years.
     The following is based very largely upon the account of his life and work in the June issue of Monatblatter, which contains, inter alia, an autobiographical sketch of Professor Pfirsch, written six years before his death.
     He was born August 30th, 1803, in Schweinfurt, Germany. He was a talented boy, and received a good education. As a child of seven the aspiration of devoting his life to the ministry awoke within him, and was strengthened in his youth. But by the time that prospects arose of his receiving the appointment of Pastor of a church, it became evident that his physical constitution disabled him as a preacher. He had studied pedagogy and had been teaching for several years. He remained in this profession and received the appointment of a teacher of Hebrew.
     In the year 1832, he became acquainted with the Writings of Swedenborg, and soon recognized "that the full truth of Christianity in its true form was to be found here." The doctrine concerning the trinity and redemption had caused many internal combats while he pursued his studies at the University of Erlangen, and although he had found some consolation in the study of the German theologian, Schleiermacher, he received full internal satisfaction only through the Writings of the New Church.
     He contributed articles concerning the New Church to an evangelical journal in Darmstadt, and in the vacation of 1833 wrote the "Principles of Christian Doctrine," which was published by a Catholic jurist, a friend of his, who received the Doctrines through him.
      In the year 1835, when Dr. Strauss raised a storm in theological circles, Professor Pfirsch began a correspondence with Dr. Immanuel Tafel, of Tübingen.
     By request of the latter he translated the work, concerning the Divine Providence, which was revised and published by Dr. Tafel in the year 1836.
     He took part in the "General Meeting of the New Church," convoked by Dr. Immanuel Tafel, and held on October 1st, 1848, at Cannstatt, near Stuttgart, and became a member of the "Union of the New Church in Germany and Switzerland," which was formed at the time.
     He utilized his vacations to compose a pamphlet on the "Renovation and Revivification of the Christian Church," and contributed to the columns of the Bote der Neuen Kirche, then edited by the Rev. A. O. Brickmann.
     After the decease of Dr. Immanuel Tafel in the year 1863, Professor Pfirsch revised a posthumous MS. of his, which was published in Basle at the expense of friends of the author, under the title of "The Life of JESUS, according to the accounts of the Evangelists, justified and defended against the attacks of Dr. Strauss and of Infidelity." This work was translated into English by Dr. Tafel's nephew, Rudolph L. Tafel, and published at Chicago, by E. B. Myers & Chandler, in the year 1868.
     Mr. Theodore Mullensiefen, a devoted Newchurchman, who advanced considerable sums for the cause of the New Church, desired Prof. Pfirsch to revise, for a second edition, the translation of Heaven and Hell and Conjugial Love.

146




     The first edition of Heaven and Hell and of the first part of Conjugial Love was translated and published by Dr. Immanuel Tafel. The second part of the latter work was translated by the Rev. John Jacob Wurster (a Lutheran minister who received the doctrines of the New Church), and was published for the first time, under Prof. Pfirsch's supervision, in the year 1872.
     After the Professor resigned his office, in 1868, and received a pension, he revised the translation of twelve volumes of the Arcana Coelestia. The first four volumes of this work had been translated by Dr. Immanuel Tafel and published respectively in the years 1845, 1850, 1855, and 1857. The remaining volumes were translated alternately by Pastor Wurster and Miss Julie von Conring, and appeared under Prof. Pfirsch's editorship from 1866 to 1869.
     This work of revision brought him into connection with Mr. Wurster, with whom he maintained a continual correspondence until the death of this gentleman (March 2d, 1875), and also with Mr. Theodore Mullensiefen, whom he visited several times on his estate in Rheinfelden.
     He contributed to the Neukirchenblatter, a journal established by Mr. J. G. Mittnacht in the year 1875, and by this means a friendship with this well-known generous publisher was formed, who asked him to undertake the translation of the Apocalypse Explained, which had been translated by Mr. Wurster in manuscript up to n. 711. This work was published by Mr. Mittitacht in four fine volumes in the year 1881.
     At the request of the same gentleman he prepared a translation during the years 1881 to 1884 of the Spiritual Diary, the MS. of which is now in possession of Mr. Mittnacht, at Biebrich-Mossbach, near Frankfort-on-the-Main.
     When the German New Church Society was established in the year 1875, he identified himself with it, and in the year 1884 he also became a member of the Swiss Union.
     When the Neukirchenblatter was merged into the Monatblatter, Prof. Pfirsch continued contributing to this journal essays which are characterized by simplicity and clearness.
     Prof. Pfirsch spent his last years with his married son, the only surviving one of six children. He there lived a happy, orderly, wholesome, industrious life, beloved by old and young, until a sickness of five weeks' duration ended his earthly career.
Lord rules lasts from firsts 1891

Lord rules lasts from firsts              1891

     The Lord rules lasts from firsts, and firsts from lasts, hence He is called the First and the Last. - H. D. 309.
INQUIRY 1891

INQUIRY       G. N. SMITH       1891

     EDITOR NEW CHURCH LIFE:-I rise to an inquiry. What position held from the Doctrines do you understand that I am on the verge of giving up? Not surely that there is never going to be any change to a greater receptivity of the New Church Truths by any in the Christian world, especially among the clergy; for I never held it. How could I, in face of the statement in The True Christian Religion n 784, that indicates that a change will take place from time to time, first with the clergy and so with the laity? We have all been looking forward to a time thus indicated. The only question was how soon it would come. We have thought not yet. But why not yet? The Doctrines are in the world. They are at work in conjunction with the New Heavens, as indicated in the number above cited. And we are told that, progressively, the Church will grow to the full, as a result of all this work. (See A. R. 546-7; A. E. 732 et al.) Surely all of us believe these teachings (except a few extremists), and are only in waiting for the "age to elapse" (mentioned in A. E. 732), in which the results will begin to show "increase among greater numbers." I see men reading and receiving the Doctrines in greater numbers, especially of late. And because I take this to indicate a change, I am not, therefore, giving up any doctrine. That these men are becoming Newchurchmen is plain. What shall we conclude about it? That the masses are not becoming so has also its significance in fulfillment of another side of the prediction of the Doctrines, which, however, does not negative this. We must take into account both aides of this question as the Doctrines present them-not take one side and leave out the other. Extremes are never truths.
     G. N. SMITH.

     ANSWER.

     THE position which our correspondent appears to be abandoning is the one respecting the Old Church. He has taught, in the past, from the Doctrines, that they will create a New Church, not renovate the Old, which is growing worse, and he has for this reason condemned those leaders and preachers of the Old Church who, having learned something of the Doctrines of the New Jerusalem, preach and teach them, while continuing in their old connections. (See New Church Life, VI, 78, 158; VII, 172; VIII, 61 et al.)
     But now, the utterances of such as these are hailed by him as indicating an impending change in the attitude of the men in the Christian world toward the New Church.
     That he is unconscious of the change in his position is cause for sincere regret. Others have noticed it. Not we only.
     The Doctrine in The True Christian Religion, n. 784, does not indicate that a change will take place among the members of the Old Church as such, but that the establishment of the New Church takes place through its clergy. This is the fair interpretation of the number, when compared with the doctrine concerning the rejection of an Old Church and the establishment of a New One. Mr. Smith's present interpretation of this passage, as also of the others which he cites, is contrary to his former teachings referred to above.
     It seems hardly necessary in this place to enter into a further refutation of his new teachings, but as he refers to the analogy between the growth of the New Church and that of the First Christian Church, which occurs in The Apocalypse Explained, n. 732, he may be pertinently asked the question: Did the Christian Church, after the LORD left the world, and after it had grown so slowly in Europe, come to its full, "after an age," among the Jews, or among the Gentiles.
     The pertinency of the question appears more clearly upon consideration of the doctrine that when a Church is consummated and perishes, then the LORD always resuscitates a new one, somewhere, but rarely, if ever, from the man of the former Church, but from the nations who were in ignorance (A. C. 2910 et al.).
Love truly conjugial is from the Lord alone 1891

Love truly conjugial is from the Lord alone              1891

     Love truly conjugial is from the Lord alone, because it descends from the LORD'S love toward Heaven and the Church, and hence from the love of good and truth. - A. E. 995.

147



Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     THE July Monthly contains a timely sermon by the Rev. J. F. Potts, on "Not one Stone Left upon Another," showing that the LORD'S words in Mark xiii, 2, refer to the Old Church. In the same issue appears an instructive address on the Nineteenth of June. The "Church News" is interesting.



     MR. POTTS has translated "Felicitas" "Happiness" in Part 44 of the Concordance, although under "Happiness-Faustitas," he is compelled to retain for distinction's sake the English "Felicity" for "Felicitas." It is a question whether this word had better not be used wherever possible, notwithstanding the fact that our present idea of "felicity" does not seem to cover the full meaning of the Latin word. At all events, the student would do well to insert the word "Felicity" in its proper place in the Concordance with a reference to "Happiness -Felitas."



     THE Journal of the Sixty-fifth Meeting of the General Church of Pennsylvania has just been issued by the General Church of the Advent of the LORD. This meeting was held in the house of worship of the Pittsburgh Society last November, and a report of it appeared in the January issue of New Church Life. The Journal contains the full report of all the discussions (parts of which were omitted in the Life), and also other matter, This is the largest journal yet published by the General Church, and contains 123 pages. The report of the General Church to the General Convention, which was rejected by the latter body, forms the appendix.



     THE Indian New Church Leaflets are a number of short tracts on a variety of subjects. One of them, on the "Mythology of Canaan," etc., is extracted from the series on ancient mythologies that appeared in New Church Life.
Although other extracts from other publications are credited to their sources, this one is not.
     A detached leaflet, consisting of extracts from Hiram Powers, Carlyle, Emerson, Clissold and others, is entitled Recommendations of Swedenborg. The best of Bishop McGowan's "Leaflets" comes also in a detached form. It consists almost entirely of extracts, and is called Creed of the New Church.



     IN the Western Christian Advocate, of Cincinnati, for June 11th, a comparison was drawn by the Rev. J. H. Creighton between Swedenborg and Wesley, contrasting the former very unfavorably with the latter. A subsequent issue (July 2d) contained a letter from the Rev. H. H. Grant, of Glendale, Ohio, pointing out the misstatements made by Mr. Creighton, and correcting them by references to historical documents.
     Among the charges made against Swedenborg was that "he believed in concubinage." Mr. Grant makes a somewhat extensive apology, which is better than those usually made in answer to this charge, but which is, nevertheless, not straightforward and full enough. He writes as though the doctrine covered the cases of those only who have committed evils contrary to conjugial love. A careful reading of Conjugial Love, n. 442-476, will show that this is incorrect.



     "LATER with compendium, showing what fault Swedenborg finds in the Established Church of England, together with the internal and external reasons for separating from it; supported by many authentic documents, and confirmed by a few proofs from Scripture. To which are added important particulars respecting the New Church and opinions of the learned world respecting Swedenborg and his system, by John McGowan, 10 Love Lane, Allahabad, East India; author of Arguments against Emanuel Swedenborg, S. R. M. S. C., M. A., compared with the Sacred Writings, 8vo, 412 pages, Calcutta, 1874."
     This is the title of a ninety-page brochure just published by Bishop McGowan, being a reprint from his paper, The Indian New Church Messenger.
     Another edition is prefaced with a "Correspondence between A and B, regarding the New Church and its Heavenly doctrines," from the same journal.



     THE Concordance, in Part 44, for July, comes with its rich monthly store of treasures from the vast mine of truths.
     As usual, there is an abundance of teaching for the man of the Church to help him on the way of life that leads to heaven. Under the entries, "Hatred," "Harlot," "Hard," "Harsh," and others, he learns his own evil nature more thoroughly, that he may acknowledge and confess it before the LORD, and turn away from it. Under "Hand" he becomes aware of the ultimation of his affections; be they good or evil, and is instructed concerning the power of the Divine Truth to raise him up and to save him. And thus, having his eyes fixed upon the Divine Providence, he receives the teachings that are given under "Happen," and looks forward to the consummation and end of his old state, described in the Word by "Harvest" and the reception of truth and good, and their fructification, signified by the same word. Thus he is carried on to the state very fully explained under the word "Happiness," and perceives the agreement, unity, and beauty of this heavenly state, designated by the one word "Harmony," as contrasted with the "Hardness" and "Harshness" of the former evil and false state, and so there arises the confession and praise of the LORD pre-eminently expressed in the representative Church by the "Harp."



     ABOUT four pages, in all, of the July New Church Monthly are devoted to historical reviews of the causes of Mr. Tilson's separation from the English Conference. Authenticating its statements by references to official documents, the Monthly shows that the very first General Conference, held in the year 1789, unanimously expressed its conviction of the necessity of distinctively New Church baptism. Subsequent Conferences up to the year 1856 required that Candidates for the Ministry should previously have been baptized into the faith of the New Church. In the year 1875 the Conference expunged from its Rules the requirement of the New Church feature of the ordinance, although, as a compromise it adopted a standing recommendation that Candidates be so baptized! The Monthly naturally expresses itself strongly on such a state in Conference.
     The same journal quotes largely from a paper read by the Rev. Samuel Noble in the Conference of 1830, on the office of ministers in the New Church, in which he demonstrates that there must be "a peculiar order of persons to act as Priests or Ministers;" that they are to administer the things which belong to the Divine Law and Worship, thus Baptism and the Holy Supper; and that ministers cannot be created by the vote of a Conference, or even of a Council of Ministers, but that they must be ordained by the laying on of hands.     



     TWO handsomely furnished books, one containing a biographical sketch, the memorial service, and selected thoughts of James Eddy; the other setting forth his ideas on religion and morality-make one well acquainted with that remarkable man. He was born in Providence, R. L, and after retiring from business, returned to that city, where he ended his days. His parents were Congregationalists, and he was early indoctrinated with the so-called "orthodox" teachings.
     Later in life he rejected these teachings, and the literal interpretation of the Sacred Scripture led him also to put aside the Word. Yet he clung to a faith in God. He would not identify himself with Agnostics, Free-thinkers, or Unitarians. He erected the "Bell Street Chapel" for the promulgation of his views, but it was never dedicated. It was used at one time by the Providence Free Religious Society, but Mr. Eddy was not a member of the society and did not agree with their opinions, which to him were too negative. He demanded a positive religious belief. His convictions concerning religion and morality are set forth in the books under notice, furnished by the "Bell Street Chapel." They are worth reading, as showing whither an independent mind of a religious bent will tend when driven away from the Word by the Doctrines of the Old Church.

148



He believed in a Divine Power, but not the LORD JESUS CHRIST, and in grateful adoration of that Power in a life of religion and morality, religion being "the performance of all duties growing out of our relations with God," morality being "the performance of all duties growing out of our relations with our fellow-men and all other creatures."
     Like all religion directed to a non-personal God, his thoughts, many of which reflect truths, are on the whole pervaded by an indefiniteness, because lacking the objective central idea of the LORD God as MAN whose proximate proceeding Divine Truth constitutes the Sun of the spiritual world from which and by which the universe and-all things in it were created.
     It would be interesting to know whether Mr. Eddy ever read any of the Writings of Swedenborg. It would almost seem as if they would have given him that which he was seeking for, and never found to the end of his life in this world.



      IT was erroneously stated that Mrs. Wilkins's Lessons for Children of the New Church is out of print. A few copies of this valuable little work are still on sale, and can be procured from the Academy Book Room at thirty cents apiece, postage three cents extra.
      These Lessons were originally published by Mr. Otis Clapp in Boston, in the year 1837, and were reviewed by Mr. Sampson Reed, in the May number of The New Jerusalem Magazine, in a lengthy essay. In the same year another edition was published in England, under the title, "The Child's Own Book on New Church Doctrine, in Eight Lessons, by a Lady," without any reference to the original publication. This book was noticed in the Intellectual Repository for September of that year, and Mr. Reed subsequently took our English brethren to task for their disingenuousness in publishing and reviewing this as an original production.
     The American publisher issued a third edition of the book in the year 1859, and it is this which is still on sale.
     Both the American and the English reviewer speak of the want of suitable New Church books or children that existed at that time, as it does at the present, half a century later. "This want has become almost oppressive," writes the American, while the Englishman, with greater circumlocution says, that it is "extraordinary that so little interest is manifested in the production of books on the subject adapted to the apprehension of early youth; and, still more, that so little patronage is bestowed on those which have been published."
     Mr. Reed, alter an able dissertation on the principles that should guide the writer for the young, closes with a tribute to the faculty of Mrs. Wilkins's lessons of arousing the interest and the affections of the children, and offers the following kindly criticism:
     "We would remark that the first lessons seem to us to be the best. They appear to bear marks of greater self-distrust than the last. It is possible that the idea that she had succeeded, gradually crept into the author's mind; and there are always spirits who are ready, so far as they are able, to defeat a good work by cries of acclamation and pretended rejoicing over its accomplishment. The first lessons were also probably written with no thought beyond the children to whom they were read. There was, we suppose, no design of making a book till afterward; and with this design might naturally come some influence from abroad. We can, perhaps, hardly expect to have good books for children any faster than we can have good New Church schools."



     THE following items are taken from the statements of the British Swedenborg Society's Committee, as reported in Morning Light
     During the past year 85 libraries, chiefly free libraries, have received gifts of Swedenborg's Theological Writings, comprising a total of 1,139 volumes. Other institutions and societies have also been supplied with selections. One hundred and four copies of the True Christ fan Religion and 116 of the Apocalypse Revealed hays been supplied to ministers and theological students.
     The donations and subscriptions for the year amount to L177, against L138, last year; and the dividends to L502, against L458, last year. A legacy of L500 has been received from the executors of the late Dr. Pooley, of Cheltenham, "to be applied specially for the translation, printing, and publishing of the works of Swedenborg in Arabic and Hindustani;" and in addition L150 "for general purposes." The books sold realized L114 11s. 8d., L108 16s. 6d. last year, and the Concordance L124 18s 5d. against L197 7s. 3d. The total number of books delivered amounts to 4,525 volumes; of these 2,238 have been sold, 584 returned to subscribers, and 1,703 presented; 4,287 of these were English editions of the Theological writings; the remainder, 233 volumes, comprised the sales in Latin, French, German, Italian, and miscellaneous. Of the Concordance there were delivered 6,314 parts and 72 volumes.
     The books printed during the year were as follows: From stereotype plates 150 Documents Concerning Swedenborg, Vols. 2 and 3; 1,000 True Christian Religion, 1,000 Apocalypse Revealed, and 1,000 Heaven and hell, pocket edition; and after revision, 1,000 Arcana Coelestia, Vol. I, 1,000 Canons of the New Church, and 1,000 Conjugial Love.
     Since the beginning of the year the cost of any of the Society's publications is estimated as that of paper, printing, and binding only. In this the British Society really follows the example of the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society. The payments for revision or re-translation, together with composition, were held to be fair charges upon the Society's income from subscriptions. A new style of binding has been adopted, which has been commended in former issues of New Church Life.
     By the liberality of Col. Bevington, the Society has come into possession of seven volumes of original editions of Swedenborg, all of which have been the property of Samuel Taylor Coleridge, and two of which are copiously enriched by his marginal comments. One of the volumes, originally the property of Rev. John Clowes, is a copy of the exceedingly rare Volume II of the Arcana in English, which Swedenborg had translated and published simultaneously with the parts of the Latin.
     A set of the Writings was presented to the Victoria Public Library, at Perth, Western Australia. Correspondence has also been opened with a gentleman highly recommended by the Librarian of the India Office as a competent translator into the language of India. The intention is to have Heaven and Hell translated and published in one of them, and Mr. Pincott, the gentleman referred to, is of opinion that the Hindi "is well suited to the expression of philosophical and the higher forms of religious thought on account of its richness in abstract terms." Specimen pages are being prepared, upon the receipt and consideration of which the Committee will decide as to the volume.



     No one can be in love truly conjugial, and in its pleasantness, delights, happiness, and joys, excepting he who acknowledges the Lord only. - A. E. 995.
NEW LITERARY VENTURE 1891

NEW LITERARY VENTURE              1891

THE PREACHER'S NOTEBOOK. One Hundred Studies for Sermons. Chicago, 17 East Van Buren Street, 1891. 90 pp. 5 3/4 x 3 1/2 inches.

     The Preacher's Note-Book, published without the name of author or publisher, was heralded by a leaflet, the publication notice on which is here reproduced, as it will best introduce the book to the reader.

     NOTICE.

     "THE PREACHER'S NOTEBOOK"

     CONTAINS

      ONE HUNDRED STUDIES FOR SERMONS,

More than half of them full Sermon plans, all of them fertile in suggestions.

149




     They are photo-engraved from manuscript, clearly written (see sample herewith), and bound in limp cover, convenient for carrying in the pocket.

     THE PREACHER'S NOTE-BOOK

will be sent to any address, postpaid, under sealed cover, on receipt of

     ONE DOLLAR.

Address
     REV. L. P. MERCER,
          17 East Van Buren Street,
               CHICAGO, ILL.

     The fact that the book is not advertised in the ordinary channels-that the name of the author does not appear on its title-page that not even the publisher a name is given, and that it is sent through the mails under sealed cover, all taken together would seem to justify the conclusion that something that did not fully court the light of day was intended by the publication
     An examination of the book confirms such a conclusion.
     It is not so much of assistance to a preacher by guiding him to sources of knowledge and intelligence, but it does the planning and thinking out o the principal part of the sermon for him. It, therefore, does not commend itself to the properly-prepared minister who does his own thinking and studying. It reflects little credit on either publisher or buyer. Hence the precautions that attend its sale.
     Notwithstanding the fact that the announcement of the book was sent to some New Church ministers, it does not seem to have been originally intended for their use, for the gentleman whose name appears in the "Notice," when writing for the assistance of those ministers who profess belief in the Doctrines of the New Church, would, to judge by his past publications, refer them under every text to the Divine exposition of the Word, he would enter much more interiorly into the spiritual sense, and he would have the acknowledgment of the Second Coming of the LORD enter into his sermon plans and suggestions.
     But what does an examination of this Preacher's Note Book disclose? Now a word concerning the Second Advent of the LORD, the New Church, her Doctrines, or Swedenborg!
     The sermon plans and suggestions-good, poor, and indifferent-are based upon the general truths that shine through the letter of the Word, or that are slightly covered by it: upon the appearances of the literal sense: and even upon merely natural deductions from such appearances. As to the genuine spiritual truths in the book, the reader, unless he be a Newchurchman, would naturally suppose that they originated, like the rest of the book, with the author, the only exception which he would find cause to make would be under the head of the LORD'S Prayer, which bears the sub-heading "Selected."
     The conclusion seems inevitable that this book is another attempt to instil New Church truths into Old Church pulpits and congregations in a surreptitious manner.
     One should think that such subjects as "The Coming of the Son of Man" (p. 77) would show the author the dishonesty of ignoring the Revelation which is the Coming of the Son of Man. But no! with surprising callousness he confines himself to the coming of the LORD to the individual, as if this can take place without the knowledge and acknowledgment of His General Coming.
     A gain, on such subjects as "The Unseen World: what can we know of it?" (p. 73), "Death, Resurrection, and the Future Life" (p. 80), etc., one should think that at least a decent regard for the Source of the author's information would lead to a reference to the Revelation without which mankind can have no knowledge on the matter involved. But no such reference occurs.
     How, in the face of this ignoring of the LORD in His Second Coming in the Divine Truth which is the Word, the author could adopt as the motto on his title-page, "The Sower soweth the Word" (Mark iv, 14), surpasses all understanding of what is honest, just, and upright.     
     If the author is to be interpreted by his own book, perhaps a justification of his course is to be sought in his teaching in explanation of John xiv, 12, "that the Word of God is true, and capable of progressive revelation" (p. 9). Perhaps he claims that the revelation is still progressing, that the one made through Swedenborg is only a step in the general advance, and that it therefore needs no especial mention!
     If so, then the author has departed from the position he has held hitherto, and it would be well for him, and for all concerned, were he to make a public acknowledgment of his change.
     All the confession, which runs through the sermon-studies, that Truth is from the LORD and not from man, will not compensate for the non-acknowledgment of Him in the Divine Truth now revealed. It will not lead to the LORD and to conjunction with Him.
     The LORD saith: "I am come in the name of My Father, and ye receive Me not; if another should come in his own name, him ye would receive" (John v, 43).
The name of the Father is the LORD as to the Divine Human (A. R. 618, 830).
     Does the LORD say this to encourage people's coming in their own name, because He is not received in His Divine Human now revealed?
Love truly conjugial 1891

Love truly conjugial              1891

     Love truly conjugial is from the Lord alone.- A. E. 995.
MEETING OF THE JOINT COUNCIL OF THE GENERAL CHURCH OF THE ADVENTOF THE LORD 1891

MEETING OF THE JOINT COUNCIL OF THE GENERAL CHURCH OF THE ADVENTOF THE LORD       L. G. JORDAN       1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, to the Secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


     PURSUANT to the call of the Bishop of the General Church, and in accordance with the advice of the Joint Council itself, a series of meetings of that Council was held at Cairnwood, near Huntingdon Valley P. 0., Pa., from the 20th to the 26th of June, ult. As befitted the importance of the occasion, considering the nature of the business to be transacted and that the general meeting of the Church was postponed and that of the Council substituted for it, the attendance was very large. The entire active force of the Council of the Clergy was present, with the single exception of the Rev. John Whitehead, who, much to the regret of the Council, was detained at home by illness in the family. Even the Rev. E. C. Bostock was enabled to come from across the ocean. In addition, the Rev. Messrs. Waelchli and Hyatt, of Canada, and the Rev. J. F. Potts, of Glasgow, Scotland, were present.

150



The Council of the Laity lacked the presence of but two members, Messrs. A. H. Childs, of Pittsburgh, and F. A. Boericke, of Chicago.
     The meetings were held in a spacious tent erected as a tabernacle for the purpose of this and similar meetings. The sessions were only of the morning, and each one ended with the call to dinner at about two o'clock. The dinners were served also in a large tent, and proved a very admirable feature of the occasion is the form of social continuation of the uses for which the Council met. Greetings to the members and visitors from abroad and the informal discussion of Church as was occupied a good share of attention at the feasts.
     In the absence of the full report of the proceedings, which has yet to be written out from the stenographer's notes, it will be sufficient to say that the result of the action of the Council is likely to be of the utmost importance to the Church. It was unanimously agreed that the use of the General Church is to evangelize the Advent of the LORD and the establishment of a New Church. The great and apparently difficult matter of the Constitution of the Church was solved by the adoption by the Council of the following Declaration of the objects and law of the Church, prepared by Bishop Benade:

     DECLARATION OF PRINCIPLES.

     The General Church of the Advent of the LORD declares its purpose to proclaim and teach the Everlasting Gospel that the LORD JESUS CHRIST reigneth, as that Gospel is set forth in the Books written by the LORD through His Servant Emanuel Swedenborg.

     Thus it will be seen that the General Church has at once the briefest and most comprehensive of Constitutions or Instruments of Organization. It goes forward to its work in the future with the LORD alone as its Head, with an orderly Priesthood as its centre and governor under the LORD, and a body of the laity intelligent and loyal. Its law is the universal Revelation of the LORD for His New Church, as comprised in the Letter and the Spirit of His Word. To this Law all the members of the Church, both clerical and lay, are equally subject, and to it is the final appeal of each and every one.
     L. G. JORDAN Secretary.
          PHILADELPHIA, July, 1891=122.
CONTRADICTION HUNTERS 1891

CONTRADICTION HUNTERS       G. N. SMITH       1891

     Communications.
[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

EDITOR NEW CHURCH LIFE:-I am often astonished at the attitude of professed Newchurchmen toward the Writings, to which alone they owe the possibility of their being Newchurchmen. It seems to be that of greediness to find something that can make those Writings seem to contradict themselves. During the last few years the principal point of attack has seemed to be the teachings of the Conjugial Love. But in this case there has been, a very obvious reason that the objectors were simply determined not to accept them, and hence were driven to seek for something that would give them a show of excuse.
      Now, however here comes a case in which not even this excuse exists. For it is a case in which apparently no doctrine that is unacceptable to the natural man stands in the way. It is simply a gratuitous invention of an apparent contradiction (apparent only to the writer) without any discoverable excuse.
     The case comes in the Rev. G H. Lock's letter to The Dawn (Eng.), of June 4th, 1891, in which he shows himself anxious to find a contradiction between Arcana Coelestia, number 2180, and number 920, regarding the time of the beginning of sacrificial worship. He seems to be anxious to find something to justify him in setting number 920 in array against number 2180, as affirming that sacrificial worship began in the Noatic Church, whereas number 2180 affirms, that it did not begin till after the rise of the Hebrew Church. He makes this appear by a partial and one-sided quotation from number 920, so gross that, if I were to commit it, he would not call me honest. He says, moreover:

     "It cannot be said that, in this latter passage, Swedenborg employs the phrase 'Ancient Church' in a sense wide enough to be inclusive of the Hebrew Church for the plain reason that the sole ground of this explanation is the use of sacrificial worship by Noah."

     Now I submit to any fair render of the passage in its entirety, that Mr. Lock's "plain reason" nowhere appears in it, and that the ground of this explanation is not the use of sacrificial worship by Noah; for the Noatic Church "only collected doetrinals from the significatives of the Most Ancient Church, which imparted a typical character to their writings; and, as in these representatives they admired and seemed to themselves even to behold what was Divine and celestial, and also because of their antiquity, worship grounded in them was begun and permitted. This was the origin of their worshiping upon mountains, in groves, and in the midst of trees, and of their erecting statues in the open air, until at last they built altars and offered burnt offerings, which afterward became the principal characteristic of all worship. This mode of worship, as well as many other customs commencing in the Ancient Church, and thence passing to their posterity and to all the surrounding nations will, by the Divine mercy of the LORD, be treated hereafter."
     The other passage (n. 2180), which Mr. Lock so eagerly pits against this, is only a part of the "treatment hereafter" developing more fully the of the here given, and not in a word contradictory to it. Here the process is shown to be first in the Noatic Church (which we know was strictly the parent of the Ancient Church, n. 789, such as it was in the beginning, n. 1072), only "typical writing," but in their "posterity" (n. 920), in "later times" (n. 921), became actual burnt-offerings and sacrifices. In number 2180 we are told in what posterity and what later times this last took place; that it was in the Hebrew posterity and times of the Ancient Church: "That the Ancient Church, which was after the flood, was unacquainted with sacrifices; it was, indeed, in representatives, but not in sacrifices"-exactly what is said in number 920-showing that what is said there is simply true, and confirming and explaining it. Thus falls to the ground all Mr. Lock's subsequent talk about "Swedenborg's error, and that of the copyist (Moses?)" [sic] and also all the obscurity and difficulty which Mr. Lock puts into the question. There is no such contradiction or mixing of matters as he insinuates, either in the Letter of the Word or in Swedenborg's (the LORD'S) explanation of it. If Mr. Lock had kept his own erroneous assumptions out of the case, no one would over have thought of any difficulty in it.

151



The only wonder in the case is why men, professing to be New-churchmen, are so eager to find contradictions and errors in the teachings which they profess to receive, and which alone can teach them all they can ever know of the New Church.     G. N. SMITH.

     APPENDED NOTE.

     IN a later article, written in answer to criticisms of his position, Mr. Lock further illustrates his propensity for "contradiction-hunting" as Mr. Smith phrases it, by quoting Swedenborg (in A. C. 2180) "As to what concerns sacrifices in general, they were commanded indeed by Moses to the children of Israel," and stating that he "contradicts Jeremiah" in the seventh chapter, twenty-second verse of his prophecy: "I spake not with your fathers, and did not command them in the day in which I led them forth from the land of Egypt, upon the words of a burnt-offering and of a sacrifice."
     Stigmatizing this a contradiction betrays, to put it very mildly, great carelessness in reading this identical number 2l80, where Jeremiah and other prophets are quoted to show that, although Moses commanded sacrifices, they were "never acceptable to JEHOVAH, thus they were only permitted and tolerated for the cause" given in the number.
     A like carelessness or superficiality in interpreting the Writings is evidenced in the original essay to which Mr. Smith refers, by the supposition that the significative account of Noah's altar and offering was copied from the Ancient Word. This narrative occurs in the eighth chapter of Genesis, but only "the first seven chapters of Genesis are extant in that Ancient Word, so that not a little word is wanting" (S. S. 103). -EDITOR.]
TOBACCO SMOKING 1891

TOBACCO SMOKING              1891

     (Part of a paper presented by several students charged with the duty of opening the second evening's discussion of this subject in the "Gymnasium of the Academy of the New Church.")

     I. THE HABIT OF SMOKING TOBACCO IS AN EVIL ONE BECAUSE IT IS INJURIOUS TO THE NEIGHBOR.

     This is shown in many ways, but particularly in these that few ladies can remain in a room where there is tobacco smoke, or can otherwise come n contact with it, without its making them ill; they are the greater number which the smoke itself injures, but there are many men upon whom its action is the same. Also, further, in this, that the unpleasant odor which smoking imparts to the breath impairs the delights of kissing, between consorts, which is an ultimate expression of their conjugial love.
     That which injures him who is truly our neighbor is an evil; this is taught in many places in the Writings.
     It may be thought that one can indulge in the habit without injuring the neighbor, but it will be found if investigated, that in almost every case it is impossible.

     II. IT IS PERMITTED, AS ARE ALL EVILS, THAT IT MAY BE THE MEANS, IN THE DIVINE PROVIDENCE, TO LEAD MAN FROM A GREATER TO A LESS EVIL STATE.

     The particular reasons for individual cases are known to the individual alone, but some external uses which are generally known are, that when moderately used it aids digestion, relieves constipation, quiets restlessness, relieves anxiety about worldly cares, and acts as a general sedative; and there are probably many which we know not of.
     The spirits which inflow and cause the above disorders, which retard the activity of man in the performance of his use and in his own regeneration, may flow into some of the substances of smoke, and leave man again in freedom, for we are taught "when man is sick he is not being regenerated." Divine Providence, n. 249, teaches that evils are permitted for the sake of the end, which is
     Salvation, and are governed by the laws of the Divine Providence concerning permissions.

     III. "WHAT SHOULD BE THE ATTITUDE TOWARD THE HABIT OF THOSE WHO INDULGE IN IT."

     The attitude of both the smoker and the non-smoker should be fixed by the idea of end or use he has in view, that is whether it is injurious or beneficial to him. If the former he should desist from it. If the latter, continue so long as he sees that the results are beneficial, at the same time observing the laws of charity toward his neighbor, the nonsmoker. We have had quoted from Arcana Coelestia, n. 997: "That those who are in charity that is, in love to the neighbor look for the fruition of no pleasure except in the performance of uses," and we have been asked to "look upon those indulging in the habit with charity." That we should is quite true, but does not this same passage require each of us to examine himself and see if he have use as an end in smoking, and not merely the enjoyment of its narcotic effect, for this effect solely, even to the injuring of his system; or where a moderate use of tobacco would be useful, abuse it by an immoderate use?
     The known uses of tobacco recognized by impartial reports from medical authorities have been given above; it is also most important to note that an excessive use of tobacco aggravates these symptoms, and from being an aid to digestion it enfeebles it, and, to quote, "In many cases of nervous break-down, attributed to overwork, the excessive use of tobacco has been an important factor."
     Laws for individual cases cannot be laid down, but each one can judge for himself, if he will ask himself the general question, "Is the habit beneficial or injurious?" For example, one will find on asking himself this question, that after smoking a cigar he is able to think more clearly, or to use his own expression, "it clears his head," with no other effect, and he decides that it is useful for him.
     Another will find smoking to have the good effect on him which it had upon his neighbor, but accompanied by a harmful effect upon throat and lungs. In this case he will have to decide either with or without the aid of a physician, whether it is beneficial or not.
     Still a third finds the habit very pleasing, enjoying the effect of the narcotic bases very much which, instead of "clearing his head," renders his thoughts more obscure, and thus injures his usefulness, during the time he is under the influence of tobacco. This latter state every one should shun, whether it be attended with further evil results or not.
     It is to be observed, however, that the abuse of tobacco is better known at the present day than its use. This is no doubt one reason why the habit is so severely dealt with by physicians and writers.

     [TO BE CONCLUDED.]
twenty-fifth anniversary of the Rev. and Mrs. John Goddard 1891

twenty-fifth anniversary of the Rev. and Mrs. John Goddard              1891

     THE twenty-fifth anniversary of the marriage of the Rev. and Mrs. John Goddard was celebrated by the Cincinnati Society on June 8th, in the pastor's home. A handsome sum of silver dollars was presented to Mr. Goddard as a united offering from members and friends.

152



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable In advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 14 Balmoral Crescent, Crosshill, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, AUGUST. 1891=122.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes, p. 137.- The Stone, the Head or the Corner, p. 138.- Conjunction of the Gentiles with the LORD'S Natural. Inversion of its State. p. 139.- The Communication with the Celestial Heaven by means of the Word in the Hebrew, p. 142.- The Heavenly Characteristics of the Hebrew Language, p. 142.- The Closing School Dinner p. 143.-"True Friendship," p. 143.-"Loyalty to the Truth" p. 144.-"Our Alma Mater," p. 144.-William Pfirsch, p. 145.- An Inquiry, p. 145.
     Notes and reviews, p. 147.- A New Literary Venture p. 148.
     The General Church.-Meeting of the Joint council of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, p. 149.
     Communicated.- Contradiction Hunters, p. 150.- Tobacco Smoking, p. 151.
     News Gleanings, p. 152.-Births, Marriages, Deaths, p. 152.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- AT the celebration of the Academy of the New Church, at Cairnwood, near Huntingdon Valley, Montgomery Co., on the 19th of June, the following ordinations were performed by Bishops Benades and Pendleton:
     Candidates O. Homer Synnestvedt and Joseph R. Rosenqvist were ordained into the first degree of the Priesthood. Ministers Price, Odhner, and Waelchli were installed into the second degree of the same.
     Authority to preach and to lead in worship was given to Candidates John Stephenson, Alfred Acton, and Joseph E. Boyesen.
     New York.- THE Rev. John Goddard, of Cincinnati, has begun missionary work at Chautauqua.
     New Jersey.- THE Rev. S. C. Eby, of Peoria, is conducting the services in Newark Society during the summer months, the Church at Peoria being closed during that time. He is also engaged in the editorial department of The New- Church Messenger during Mr. Mann's vacation.
     Massachusetts.- THE Rev. T. F. Wright received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy from Harvard University on June 24th.
     Rhode Island.- THE Rev. H. C. Hay was installed as pastor of the Providence Society on July 5th, by the General Pastor, the Rev. John Worcester.
     Colorado.- A NEW Church chapel recently erected in Denver for the Rev. H. C. Dunham's Society was dedicated on June 21st. The temple is built of wood and stone, the exterior being white lava stone. The chancel window in the east of the building represents a white dove descending from the clouds, surrounded by rays of golden light and bearing in its bill a pennon with the Inscription, "Behold, I make all things New." The Sunday- School room, the auditorium, and chancel form three distinct parts of the building, and are separated by curtains. Correspondence has been considered both in the choice of colors and in the arrangement of the exterior of the temple.
     California.- A SMALL New Church circle has been formed in Alpine, San Diego.
     Canada.- SUNDAY services have been begun in Berlin, Ontario, by the Rev. Messrs. Waelchli and Rosenqvist, who preach alternately. The attendance, including children, numbers ninety persons.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.- THE New Church Educational Institute held their eighth annual meeting on June 19th, in London. Mr. S. W. Wall passed his examination.
     THE Camberwell congregation, with the Rev. R. J. Tilson as pastor, celebrated the sending forth of the Apostles at the LORD'S second Advent on the 20th of June.
     Morning Light publishes a warning against a foreign Jew who created quite an interest in America, and states that the testimonials he used have not been found trustworthy.
     THE Eighty-first Annual Meeting of the Swedenborg Society was held in London on June 30th, and is reported more fully than usual in Morning Light. Colonel Bevington, as chairman, delivered an address on "The Catholicity of the Swedenborg Society and the Importance of its Work," and stated that every Newchurchman of whatever school of thought can participate in the performance of this Society's use, which is to publish the Writings in a becoming and satisfactory manner. It is not to be adjoined to any other body of the Church, as this would be an obstacle to the performance of its fundamental use. The substance of the report of the Secretary, Mr. T. H. Elliott, showing the work of the past year is presented under "Notes and Reviews" in this issue.-Mr. Teed, seconded by Mr. Gilbey, proposed the re-election of Mr. C. J. Whittington as Treasurer of the Society. Both expressed their admiration for Mr. Whittington's skill and ability shown while holding this position.-Mr. Backhouse, although acknowledging that no better treasurer could be had, objected to Mr. Whittingon because the treasurer of the Swedenborg Society is ex offica member of the governing committee, out of which he was to be kept, owing in his being a member of the Academy of the New Church. The speaker proposed Mr. Frank Heath, seconded by Mr. Orme. Messrs. F. A. Gardiner, G. C. Ottley, and the Rev. R. J. Tilson spoke in favor of Mr. Whittington's re-election, proving the irrationality of disposing of a treasurer who by everybody was acknowledged to be the best man for the position, and stating that he would be in a minority of one to twelve in the committee. Mr. Heath was elected by twenty votes against sixteen votes for Mr. Whittington. The committee underwent the following changes: Mr. J. Gilbey has replaced the Rev. Th. Child; Mr. Charles Higham, the Rev. R. J. Tilson; Mr. Frank Heath, Treasurer, Mr. Whittington; and Mr. H. T. W. Elliott, who resigned some months ago, was again re-elected.
      SOME of the members have separated from the Colchester Society, of which the Rev. E. C. Bostock is pastor, and have begun Sunday services. They were visited by the Missionary Mr. R. Gunton, on July 5th.
     THE Rev. J. R. Hibbard preached in London during the Rev. R. L. Tafel's absence at Carlsbad, whither he has gone, on account of his health, which is in a precarious condition. Dr. Hibbard intends to sail for Philadelphia at the end of August.
     Germany.- THE German New Church Union was dissolved at Leonberg on April 26th, and all property was handed over to the German Swedenborg Society, which was constituted at this meeting by those present.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND DEATHS.






     Vol. XI.     PHILADELPHIA, SEPTEMBER, 1891=122.     No. 9.
     The Divine Good judges no one because it explores no one.- A. E. 297.



     THE news concerning the manuscripts of Swedenborg which is communicated to the members of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD will relieve any anxiety that may have been occasioned by the delay in proceeding with the work of photo-lithographing, and will undoubtedly be received with great satisfaction and pleasure.



     The Divine Truth [judges], for this explores every one.- A. E. 297.



     THE reason for the rejection of Mr. Whittington as Treasurer of the Swedenborg Society, is publicly acknowledged by his leading opponent, Mr. Backhouse. His speech and the speeches of the ex- Treasurer, especially merit careful perusal. In his oral utterances, and in his subsequent letter, Mr. Whittington has given so excellent an analysis of the situation that further comment is unnecessary.



     The Divine Truth received by man is what judges him.- A. E. 297.



     THE story of the dislocation of the hollow of Jacob's thigh, in the spiritual and in the internal historical senses, teaches impressively that where the conjugial does not obtain, no Church can be instituted. It also shows what is to be understood by the conjugial, and that conjugial love must be conjoined with natural good. Where natural good exists alone, be it in the merely cordial and good-natured cohabitation of a married pair, even conjugial love does not exist.



     MUCH obscurity prevails in regard to the nature of conjugial love. Often those are considered to be conjugially mated who live together comfortably, their natural good-heartedness and a mutual accommodation preventing any friction in their married life.
     A Newchurchman, who had married a second time, once stated that he acknowledged what Swedenborg said about conjugial love being possible between two only, but that it seemed to him as if he had been conjugially married twice. The absurdity of this statement reflects the ignorance that exists even in the New Church upon this most vital of all relations.



     IN order that the conjugial love may be conjoined to the good in the natural, implicit obedience to the revealed Divine Truth and an unalterable confidence in it must obtain with both consorts. This necessitates daily self-compulsion in the subjection of selfish and worldly desires to the requirements of love to the LORD and of charity toward the neighbor, and in this again is involved self-examination and repentance.



     CONFIDENCE in the revealed Divine Truth, which is the same as confidence in the LORD, will beget that full trust and confidence between married consorts which is one of the characteristic states of conjugial love. This it is that resides in their mutual friendship and makes it so sweet. Where, owing to their hereditary and acquired tendencies, conditions arise which seem to threaten their happiness, confidence in the Divine Truth, in the power of the LORD to save, and confidence in each other's ends of life, in each other's interior affections, will lead, them safely through the temptations and infestations through which their conjugial love, like every other love that is to be regenerated, must pass.



     EVERY household in a kingdom and a Church in least form. The government is vested in the understanding of the husband and father, who is the priest and judge in his own house; but, as in the government at large, he dare not be arbitrary in his rule, but he must himself be subject to the law which he administers, and to which lies the final appeal. So long as confidence in his integrity prevails, there is peace and happiness. When confidence in him ceases, there may continue a government by mere authority-a form of truth-alone rule-and order may thus be maintained in externals, but the interior satisfaction and blessedness departs from that house.



     CONFIDENCE begets confidence. One naturally trusts another who is seen to put all his trust in the Divine Providence by actually in his life conforming with the Divine Commandments. Men go so far as to rely upon such men as have great confidence in themselves, and, either from willful rejection of the LORD, or from a carelessness in considering that He is present in all affairs of men, great or small, even inculcate in their children the cultivation of self-confidence.
     This state of mind arises from a realization of the necessity of confidence in human agencies, but it is a perverted form of the truth. But all your confidence in the LORD, follow His Truth unwaveringly as He has caused it to be written in His Divine Revelations, and you may rest content that it will lead you to heavenly peace and happiness.
     The LORD Himself, when undergoing the conflicts of temptations, overcame by virtue of His inmost confidence and continual faith, that He was combating for the salvation of the universal human race, from pure Love. From this comes the confidence which is insinuated into him who leads a good life. Without faith and confidence in the LORD no one can ever come into the tranquillity of peace.

154



Peace has in it confidence in the LORD, and a state of peace takes away all evil, especially self-confidence. This teaching is especially pronounced in the Psalms. In the eighty-fourth, for example, where the first five verses treat of the love and desire toward the Church and Heaven, the next three treat of the Church growing in truths and goods from trust in the LORD, and the concluding verses treat of its happiness being from trust in Him.
father who chastises his children 1891

father who chastises his children              1891

     Every one knows that a father who chastises his children when they do evil, loves them, and that he who does not chastise them on that account loves their evils.- T. C. R. 407.
SEEK FIRST THE KINGDOM OF GOD 1891

SEEK FIRST THE KINGDOM OF GOD       Rev. EDWARD C. BOSTOCK       1891

     (Delivered on the occasion of his departure from Chicago, for London, September 16th, 1890=121.)

     "But seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice and all these things shall be added unto you."-Matthew vi, 33.

     (Read Apocalypse Explained, n. 1193.)

     THESE words of the LORD admonish us not to yield to the cares of the world, but to place the truths and goods of spiritual life in the first place and trust to the LORD' to provide. They contain also the promise of the LORD that all these things, viz.: food and raiment will be provided by Him according to necessity.
     A wise man trusts the promise of the LORD, and in all things seeks "first the Kingdom of God and His justice."
     In the literal sense of this chapter the LORD calls to the mind of man His providence in the case of the "fowls of the air" and the "lilies of the field," and then lays:
     "Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or, What shall we drink? or, Wherewithal shall we be clothed? (For after all these things do the, gentiles seek:) for your HEAVENLY FATHER knoweth that ye have need of all these things. But seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice; and all these things shall be added unto you. Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself. Sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof."
     Here is not meant that man is not to think concerning the future, nor concerning the provision of food, drink, and raiment, but that he is not to do this with solicitude and anxiety. It is the order of life that man endeavor to provide these things as of himself, but at the same time with the acknowledgment that they are provided by the LORD. But it is, above all, the order, of man's life to "seek first the Kingdom of God and His justice, and all these things will be added unto him." What is it then to "seek first the Kingdom of God and His justice?"
     We are taught in the Doctrines of the Church that in the Spiritual Sense by the "Kingdom of God," or "of the heavens," is meant the Divine Truths of the Word, and by "His justice" is meant the Divine Good. And, further, that by the "Kingdom of the heavens," in the Supreme Sense, is meant the LORD Himself, because He is the all and all of His Kingdom, and that by "His justice," in the Supreme Sense is meant the Merit of the LORD.
     On the part of man, therefore, to "seek the Kingdom of God and His justice" is to make the LORD the Centre of all things-that is, to acknowledge that He is the Source of all good and of all life; that He alone has Merit; that to Him alone is due all victory over evil and falsity. In a word, to make the LORD the all and all of His Kingdom, and from this acknowledgment to put the LORD and the Good of His Kingdom in affection, in thought, and in act. Man does this when he receives the Divine Truths which the LORD gives in His Word and which are the Kingdom of God, understood in the Spiritual Sense, and at the same time conjoins them or has them conjoined with the interior man by means of good from the LORD, which is signified by "His justice." Concerning this we have the following instruction in the Doctrines:"
     "The truths of the Church without conjunction by good with the interior man have nothing else for an end than lucre, with whomever they may be; but when they are conjoined through good with the interior man, they have for an end good itself and truth itself, thus the Church, the Kingdom of the LORD, and the LORD Himself; and when they have these for an end, then also there is ceded to them lucre so far as there is need, according to the words of the LORD in Matthew: 'Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice and all these things will be added unto you'" (A. C. 5449).
     From this teaching it appears that it is not enough to seek truths, but in addition to this, good must be adjoined to the truths and so the truths will be conjoined to the interior man. When truths are conjoined to the interior man, then there is in them an interior or spiritual affection. Truths are then loved for their own sake; thus the Church, the LORD'S Kingdom, and the, LORD are loved above all things.
     But truths may be acquired from other affections than the affection of love of the neighbor or charity. In the beginning with man they are acquired from the love of gain or from the love of honor. In such a case man feels a strong affection for truth and is delighted with the truth. But this delight and this affection are from the loves of self and of the world. But this is no hurt to those who are afterward regenerated by the LORD, for with them the LORD inverts the loves of self and of the world, and places them in a subordinate place where they are ruled by the spiritual loves introduced by the LORD during regeneration.
     "'Giving he shall give her to himself for a woman,' that this signifies a ticket of consent on his part to legitimate conjunction appears from the signification of a 'gift' and 'to give,' that it is a ticket of consent (concerning which n. 4456); and from the signification of 'for a woman,' that it is legitimate conjunction; for to receive any one for a woman is to be conjoined legitimately."
     "Illegitimate conjunction in the spiritual sense is conjunction of truth with affection, from 'the delight of lucre,' or from the delight of honor, in which affection are those who learn the truths of the Church on account of those delights; but this conjunction does not hurt those who afterward are regenerated by the LORD, since with these those affections remain, but subordinated under the affection of truth on account of good of use and of life, and they serve; for they are in the last place, although it was seen before that they were in the first place; for when man is regenerated the order of his life is inverted; in this manner from illegitimate conjunction there comes legitimate conjunction.

155



That this can take place is because truths which are of faith enter through hearing, thus through the external man, and the external man is not wise except in those things which are of the world and which are of self, which are delights from lucre and from honors; but when the internal man is opened by regeneration, then through it good from the LORD inflows which adopts and conjoins to itself truths of faith which entered through the external; and according to conjunction order is inverted-i. e., that is placed in the last place which was in the first; the LORD then draws all things which are of life with man to Himself, that they may look upward; then the man regards as ends those things which are of the LORD and heaven and the LORD Himself as the end on account of which are all things; and the former things, which are the delights of lucre and of honors as means to that end. It is known that means have no other life than from the end, and without an end none: thus the delight of lucre and of honors, when they are made means, then have life from the life out of heaven-i. e., through heaven from the LORD, for the end on account of which, is the LORD. When man is in such order of life, then lucre and honors are to him benedictions; but if he is in inverse order lucre and honors are to him curses. That all things are blessings when man is in the order of heaven the LORD teaches with Matthew, 'Seek ye first the Kingdom of the heavens and His justice; and all things will be added unto you'" (A. C. 9184).
     To "seek first the kingdom of the heavens" is, therefore, to be regenerated by the LORD. It is to have the order of life inverted; so that the love of gain or lucre and the love of honors with their delights take the lowest or last place, and man comes to love the LORD, His Kingdom, and the Church above all else, and to place them in the first place. This involves, on man's part, knowledge of the truths of faith, the knowledge from them of evils and falsities, self-exploration in the light of truths, the discovery of evils of life in intuitions, in thought, and perhaps in act; repentance of the evil, and after that he must shun them as sins against God in intuition, thought, and act. All this must man do as of himself-i. e., just as if all depended upon his own strength, while at the same time he knows and acknowledges that all power against evil is from the LORD alone, and therefore he implores Him for aid.
     The man who is undergoing this process of regeneration comes more and more into the state in which he places first the kingdom of the heavens and its justice; he more and more places `the truths and goods of faith; the Church, the Kingdom of the LORD; the LORD Himself first and self last.
     To such a man the promise is given that "all these things will be added unto him," and we are taught that the LORD promises to give to such a one gain and honors, or, in the literal sense, food, drink, and garments sufficient for the uses of life-i. e., sufficient and of such quality as will promote his eternal welfare. For the LORD in all things regards eternity' with man.
     In another explanation of the text we are taught that the "food" signifies all the internal which nourishes the soul and "garments" all the external which clothes them as a garment does the body; the internal which nourishes the soul is all of love and wisdom, and every external is opulence and eminence. Thus to him who makes the kingdom of God and His justice, the Divine Truth, and the Divine Good,-the Church, the first thing in end, will be added love and wisdom to nourish his soul, and opulence and eminence: all the good things of this natural life which are necessary to the performance of uses.
     This law of spiritual life and of natural life applies alike to the individual in his private life and to a society of individuals greater or lesser in its public life. Not only this, but these two are mutually dependent one upon the other. The Society of the Church is composed of the individuals who form the Society or Church. Each one contributes to the good of the whole, and each derives from the common good. If the individual members put the LORD and His Kingdom first; if they regard faithful adherence to the Doctrines of the Church,-if they regard the performance of uses, first, and wealth and honors second, in their daily lives, then they will regard these as first in the life of the Society or Church, and they will promote this by their sphere, by their appreciation and reception of spiritual things, and so far as they may be called upon by their actions as officers, in the performance of uses to the Church.
     If this principle is recognized in the work and uses of the Society of the Church, if spiritual uses, if the Church, the Kingdom of the LORD, is placed before material wealth, and before the honors and gains of the officers and members, then this will be continually felt by the members, for it will be the promotion of the common good from which each one may draw his own good according to his quality and ability of reception.
     Concerning this relation of each part to the whole, and of the whole to each part we have the following in Heaven and Hell, n. 64:
     "That so many various things in man act as one, is because there is nothing whatever there which does not do somewhat for the common good, and perform a use; the common performs a use to its parts, and the parts perform use to the general, for the common is from the parts, and the parts constitute the common; wherefore they look out for each other by turns, they regard each other mutually, and they are conjoined in such a form that all and single things refer themselves to the general and its good; thence it is that they act as one. Similar are the consociations in the heavens, they are conjoined there according to uses into a similar form; wherefore they who do not perform uses to the common [good] are cast out from heaven because they are heterogeneous to perform uses is to will well to others on account of the common good, and not to perform use is to will well to others, not on account of the common good but on account of self; these are they who love themselves above all things, but those are they who love the LORD above all things; thence it is that they who are in heaven act as one, but this not from themselves but from the LORD, for they look to Him as the `Only One from Which, and His Kingdom as the Common Good which is to be consulted. This is understood by the words of the LORD: 'Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice, and all these things will be added unto you.'"
     From this teaching of the LORD we learn a lesson full of wisdom concerning the unity of the Church, and concerning the true prosperity of the Church and of each member.
     In taking my leave of the Immanuel Church, I would exhort each and all of you in the name of the LORD to remember His teaching which you have heard to-day. The unity and prosperity of the Immanuel Church depends upon the faithful co-operation of each member. You must continually learn to "seek first the Kingdom of God and His justice," and "all things will be added unto you."

156




     Place the good of the Church first in all things of your life, and you will receive love and wisdom from, the LORD, together with sufficient of this worlds goods for the uses of life.
     And I would especially exhort those to whom the active Church uses are committed to continually place the spiritual uses for which the Church is organized in the first place. Remember that the Common Good of the LORD'S Kingdom is the first in end, and all other things will then be added.
     It is contrary to order that we should know what the Divine Providence has in store for us in the future, but we may look back and see the Divine Providence in the back or in the past, and from this we may conclude concerning the future.
     In looking back we can see how the LORD has prospered the Immanuel Church, which has placed spiritual uses in the first place. He has provided us with spiritual uses in abundance in the work of the Church and in the privilege of a New Church School for our children, and to these He has added material prosperity to an extent that exceeds the expectations of any of us.
     From this we may confirm the doctrine of the Church contained in our text, and we may go forward with confidence that just so far as each and every one of us puts the spiritual life above the natural life, and just so far as the Immanuel Church does this as a whole or general, just so far will each one land the whole Church continue a life of true prosperity in love and wisdom, and in opulence and eminence.
     "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice and all these things shall be added unto you."
Shuns evils as sins 1891

Shuns evils as sins              1891

     Every one can come into freedom itself and rationality itself, if he shuns evils as sins.- D. P. 99.
IMPLANTATION OF TRUTH IN GOOD, AND DISTRESSES OF TEMPTATIONS 1891

IMPLANTATION OF TRUTH IN GOOD, AND DISTRESSES OF TEMPTATIONS              1891

GENESIS XXXII, 13-32,

     V. 13-15. IN that obscure state (that is, of fear: see v. 11), Divine things were to be initiated into good celestial natural, which things were good and thence truths Divine, and also things of service, general and special.
     The Divine things which were to be initiated into good celestial natural were those which were of the Divine Providence, which were goods of truth and truths of good of various genera and species, and also things of service which were the things of the natural man, likewise of various genera and species.
     V. 16-23. Afterward there was an ordination in the manner in which they were to be initiated, and a submission of the truth of the natural, and a continuous of the ordination and submission, in which there was preparation for things following, whence an effect in the things which followed, which was the first insinuation of the affections of truth together with acquired truths, and a further insinuation.
     The ordination of truths Divine and things of service in the manner in which they were to be initiated was from instruction with power in those things which were of the natural man; for all things which were of the natural or external man were subordinated to the spiritual or internal man; wherefore all things in the natural were respectively of service; and in scientifics and knowledges, thus doctrinals, according to classes, or according to genera and species; thus the way was prepared for the good which was to be received, thus for the conjunction of good and truth in the Natural.
     After the first ordination came submission of truth to good and a continuous of ordination and submission, after which there was preparation for the things following, and the effect in the things which followed was that they might be benignly received.
     Here the singulars cannot be explained. It is sufficient that these generals be received:

That man must be regenerated before he can enter into the Kingdom of the LORD;
That before he is regenerated truth is apparently in the first place and good in the second;
But that when he is regenerated the order is inverted and good is in the first place and truth in the second;
That then when the order is inverted, the LORD so disposes and ordains in the Natural or External man, that truth is therein received in good, and that truth submits itself to good, so that man no longer acts from truth but from good-that is, from charity;
Then that he acts from charity when he lives according to the truths of faith, and loves doctrine for the sake of life.

     The affections of truth, interior and exterior, and the exterior affections of truth, which were subservient as media, were the things in the first insinuation.
     But in the further insinuation were all things whatever that were in the Natural.
     V. 24, 25. The acquired good of truth, which was then ultimate, underwent temptation as to truth, before the conjunction of natural good with celestial spiritual or the Divine good of truth, but it conquered in those temptations, where celestial spiritual good was conjoined with natural good; but truth had not as yet the power of conjoining itself entirely to good.
     Temptation is nothing but wrestling or combat; for the truth is attacked by evil spirits, and is defended by angels who are with man. The apperception of that combat in man is temptation. But no temptation can exist unless man be in the good of truth-that is, in the love or affection of it, for he who loves not his own truth nor is affected by it, cares nothing for it; but he who loves it is in anxiety lest it be injured. The first of the combat is as to truth or concerning truth, because this is what man principally loves; whatever is of any love, this evil spirits assault; afterward, however, man loves good before truth, which takes place when the order is inverted, then he is tempted as to good.
     Truth had not as yet the power of conjoining itself entirely to good, for truths were not yet disposed into that order in which, together with good, they might all enter into celestial spiritual good.
     V. 26-28. But temptation ceased when the conjunction was at hand, for the conjunction must take place, and the quality of good from truth became Divine celestial spiritual, by continual victories in combats as to truths and goods.
     There are three heavens, namely, the Inmost, the Middle, and the Ultimate Heaven, or, what is the same, the Third, the Second, and the First. The Inmost, or Third Heaven is celestial, for the angels therein are called celestial, because they are in love to the LORD, and are most conjoined to the LORD, and because it is so they are in wisdom more than the rest, they are innocent and are hence called Innocences and Wisdoms; those angels are distinguished into internal and external; the internal are more celestial than the external.

157




     The Middle, or Second Heaven is spiritual; for the angels therein are called spiritual, because they are in charity toward the neighbor-that is, they are in mutual love, which is such that one loves another more than himself, and because they are such they are in intelligence, and are hence called Intelligences; these are also distinguished into internal and external; the internal are more spiritual than the external. But the Ultimate, or First Heaven, is also celestial and spiritual, but not in the same degree as the former, for the natural adheres to them; wherefore they are called celestial and spiritual natural; they are also in mutual love, but they do not love others more than themselves, but as themselves; they are in the affection of good and in the knowledge of truth; they are also distinguished into internal and external. Those are called celestial-spiritual who just above were called Spiritual, and are in the Middle or Second Heaven; they are called mutual love; and spiritual from the intelligence thence. It is the quality such as are the external of that heaven which is meant above where it is stated "the quality of good from truth became Divine celestial spiritual." The internal of the Middle Heaven partake of the rational; the external, however, oft he natural, for they are in the midst between the rational and the natural. Thus the celestial spiritual man who is in the natural is natural; for, in the universal sense every good which is of love and charity is called celestial, and every truth which is thence of faith and intelligence is called spiritual. Good in the Natural is what is here called celestial, and truth therein is what is called spiritual. Because the Natural of the LORD is treated of it is said Divine celestial spiritual.
     The LORD, by His own power, sustained all temptations as to truths and goods, and by continual victories in them conquered the hells; for He admitted into Himself all the hells in their order, yea, even to the angels, and thus reduced into order all things which are in the heavens and which are in the hells, and at length He glorified Himself-that is, made the Human in Himself Divine. The LORD not only sustained all the combats of temptations, and conquered in them, but He also sustains them with every man. The LORD above all others sustained the most grievous temptations, in which He fought from Divine love, differently from all men. He fought against the evil hereditary from the mother, until at length He was not her son, although He had no actual evil. By the combats of temptations and continual victories He disposed all things into a celestial form, and united the Divine Essence to the Human. With man the LORD also sustains temptations, and subjugates evil and the hells.
     V. 29-32. The angelic heaven and its quality did not wish to reveal itself, but conjunction with the Divine celestial spiritual was effected in the state of temptations, in which the LORD in the Natural sustained the most grievous temptations as if they were from the Divine. The conjunction of goods was in a state of truth in good, but truths were not yet disposed into that order in which all, together with good, might enter into celestial spiritual good; truths in which there were falses were not appropriated; and forever, falses were not adjoined, because they were false.
     The LORD in temptations at length fought with the angels themselves, yea, with the whole angelic heaven. The angels are in the highest wisdom and intelligence, but all their wisdom and intelligence is from the Divine of the LORD; from themselves, or from the proprium, they have nothing of intelligence and wisdom; so far, therefore, as they are in truths and goods from the Divine of the LORD, so far they are intelligent and wise. The LORD, that He might reduce the universal heaven into celestial order, admitted into Himself temptations from the angels, who, so far as they were in the proprium, were not in good and truth. Those temptations are the most intimate of all, for they act only upon ends, and with such subtlety that they cannot be at all perceived. This is what is meant by "heaven, and its quality did not wish to reveal itself."
     These temptations which the LORD sustained were most grievous as if they were from the Divine. This may be illustrated by the case of a regenerating man, to whom temptations come from causes proximate and remote. The proximate causes are the evils and falses with man which lead him into temptation, consequently the evil spirits and genii who infuse them. But still no one can be tempted-that is, undergo any spiritual temptation, except he who has conscience, for spiritual temptation is nothing else than torment of conscience, consequently no others can be tempted than those who are in celestial and spiritual good, for they have conscience, others have not, and do not even know what conscience is. Conscience is a new will, and a new understanding from the LORD; thus it is the presence of the LORD with man, and is the nearer in proportion as man is the more in the affection of good or truth. If the presence of the LORD is nearer than the degree in which man is in the affection of good or truth, he comes into temptation. The reason is, because the evils and falses which are with man tempered with the goods and truth with him, cannot sustain a nearer presence. These temptations and torments appear as if from the Divine, because they exist from the presence of the Divine of the LORD, as was said, but still they are not from the Divine or the LORD, but from the evils and falses which are with him who is tempted or tormented; for from the LORD proceeds nothing but what is holy, good and true, and merciful. This holiness, namely, the good, true, and merciful, is what those who are in evils and falses cannot sustain, because they are opposite or contrary. Evil, false, and unmerciful things continually intend to violate those holy things, and so far as they assault them so far they are tormented, and when they assault and are then tormented, they think that it is the Divine which torments. These things are what are understood by "as if they were from the Divine."
     The conjunction of goods with the LORD was when celestial love manifested itself with Him, and was perceived, for then the goods of that love were conjoined with Him.
     But with the conjunction of goods came a state of truth insinuated in good. The conjunction of good is treated of, and good is not good unless truth be in it, for good has its quality, and also its form from truth, even to such extent that good cannot be called good with any man, unless it have in it truth; but truth receives its essence, and also its life from good. Because this is so, and the conjunction of goods is treated of, the state of truth in good is also treated of. Only those who I have celestial perception can grasp what is meant by the state of truth in good. But those who have perception-that is, who are in celestial light as to the understanding, or as to intellectual sight,-are affected by the truths which are conjoined to good, as the eye or bodily sight is affected by flowers in gardens and meadows in the time of spring. Those who are in interior perception, are affected by them as by the fragrance of those flowers. Truths pertain to the understanding, and goods to the will; for what a man knows, and understands that it is so, this he calls truth, and what he does from willing, thus wills, this he calls good.

158



These two faculties constitute a one. This may be illustrated by comparison with the sight of the eye, and with the loveliness and delight perceived by it. When the eye sees objects, it perceives a loveliness and delight thence according to forms, colors, and thence beauties in general and in the parts, in a word, according to the order or dispositions into series; that loveliness and delight is not of the eye, but is of the mind and its affections; so far as man is affected by them, so far he sees them, and so far he retains them in memory. But those things which the eye sees from no affection pass away, nor are they inserted in the memory; thus neither are they conjoined. Hence it is evident that objects of external sight are implanted according to the loveliness and delight of the affections, and that they are in loveliness and delight; for when a similar loveliness or delight recurs, such objects also recur; likewise also with similar objects, such loveliness and delight also recur, according to states. It is similar with the understanding, which is the internal sight. Its objects are spiritual, and are called truths. The field of those objects is the memory. The loveliness and delight of that sight is good, thus good in which are insinuated and implanted truths, From these things it may in some manner appear what the insinuation of truth into good is, and the conjunction of truth in good, also what the good is which is here treated of.
     With the LORD truths were not yet disposed into that order in which all, together with good, might enter into celestial spiritual good. The order in which truth must be that they may enter, into good is this All truths, like as goods, both as to the general, and as to the particular, yea as to the most singular, are in heaven disposed in that order in which one regards the other, in such a form as the members, organs, and viscera of the human body, or their uses in general and in particular, as also in the most singular things, mutually regard each other, and make that they are one. Hence-that is, from the order in which truths and goods are heaven itself is called the Greatest Man. Its very life is from the LORD, who disposes from Himself all and the single things into such order. Hence heaven is a similitude and likeness of the LORD. When, therefore, truths are disposed into such an order as is in Heaven, then they are in celestial order, and can enter into good. Truths and goods with every angel are in such an order, and also truths and goods with every man who is regenerating are disposed into such an order. In a word, the order of heaven is the disposition of the truths which are of faith in the goods which are of charity toward the neighbor, and the disposition of the latter in the good which is of love to the Lord. This order those do not have who are in natural good, into which are admitted general truths, but not particular and singular truths on account of ignorance.
     The new creation of man-that is, his regeneration (which is an image of the Glorification of the LORD), is here treated of, in which when truths are distorted they become no longer truths; but as they are distorted to the opposite, they accede to falses, which takes place where there is an influx of spiritual truth into natural good; but those things in which there are falses are not appropriated; thus truths of the Divine celestial spiritual did not appropriate to themselves any falses forever, because they were false.
LORD'S HUMAN AND THE WORD 1891

LORD'S HUMAN AND THE WORD              1891

     JEHOVAH, or THE LORD before Creation, was the Essential Divine Truth and the Divine Good; and He was also Substance Itself and Form Itself from Whom all substances and forms were created. As the Essential Divine Truth He is called the Word, and this Divine Truth successively clothed itself with lower forms down even to the letter of the Word, which is so written that each and every thing therein is representative of something spiritual and celestial, but in all its senses it is Divine, as we are taught in the True Christian Religion, n. 6.
     "The Sacred Scripture, in its inmosts, is no other than God-that is, the Divine which proceeds from God-for it was dictated by God, and nothing else can proceed from God than what is Himself, and is called Divine; this it is in its inmosts. But in its derivatives which are below . . . it is likewise Divine, but in another form, and in this it is called Divine- Celestial, Spiritual, and Natural, which are nothing else than Coverings of God."
     From this we may see that the Divine of the LORD descended into the lowest plane in the letter of the Word before the Incarnation, and by it the Divine of the LORD was in the world. But as the receptacles of the Divine Truth are human minds, the actual presence of the LORD in the world was such as was the quality of the reception in the Church, which had the Word. The Jewish Church falsified and adulterated the whole Word, for it applied the Divine there to favor its false ideas and evil loves. Therefore, although the Word in the letter was present in the world, yet the reading of the Word by the Jews did not conjoin with the LORD, nor did it effect consociation with the angels, except in a miraculous manner; and when that Church perished through such falsification and adulteration, the LORD came in Person to restore the Church.
     "JEHOVAH GOD descended as Divine Truth, which is the Word, and yet He did not separate the Divine Good" (T. C. R. 85).
     The Divine Truth, or the Word, here mentioned, does not mean the mere letter of the Word, but the Essential Divine Truth Itself which descended from the Essential Divine, clothed Itself successively with the Divine in the heavens, and in the world of spirits, and at length with a human body in the womb of Mary the virgin. As to His Soul the LORD was therefore JEHOVAH, Who clothed Himself with degrees down to the very flesh and bones of the Human, and the quality of the degrees assumed was according to the quality of the plane from which they were taken. He was Essentially Divine Substance and Form as to the Inmost, which was JEHOVAH. That which was taken from the heavens was in such order and form as was the Divine in the heavens, and the body from the mother was in such form as she could hereditarily give, thus full of hereditary evil, because the human race was in perverted order, and could give only perverted forms. Yet the child born was Emanuel-God with us-and was worshiped by the wise men, because inmostly God was in Him. Yet the Human assumed was imperfect, and was successively glorified or made Divine.
     The Word in its series represents this whole process of the LORD'S Glorification, and the LORD made His Human Divine by first making it Divine Truth, and at length the Divine Good Itself. The Divine Substance Itself therefore successively infilled all the planes of the Human, and the Yew Body was at length made Divine Substance, which process was completed at the Resurrection.

159




     It is said that the LORD fulfilled all things of the Word. The Word represented Him, and it not only prophesied Him in the letter, but it foretold in its internal sense all the infinite particulars of His Glorification. As to His Inmost He was Divine, but as to His assumed Human He was finite, with the capacity of becoming Infinite. He also made the Human Divine according to order, as we read:
     "THAT GOD ASSUMED THE HUMAN ACCORDING TO HIS DIVINE ORDER.
     "In the paragraph concerning the Divine Omnipotence and Omniscience it was shown that God together with creation introduced Order as well into the universe as into all and single things of it, and that therefore the Omnipotence of God proceeds and operates in the universe, and in all and single things of it according to the laws of its order. . . . Now because God descended, and because He is Order Itself, as was also there demonstrated, it could not be otherwise than that He would also actually become Man, be conceived, carried in the womb, be born, educated, and successively learn sciences, by them be introduced into intelligence and wisdom; wherefore as to the Human He was an infant like an infant, a boy like a boy, etc., with the sole difference that He accomplished that progression more quickly, more fully, and more perfectly than others. That thus He progressed according to Order may appear from these things in Luke: 'The Boy JESUS grew and was strengthened in Spirit, and progressed in wisdom, in age, and grace with God and men (ch. ii, 40, 52). That [He progressed] more quickly, more fully, and perfectly than others may appear from those things which are said of Him in the same Evangelist, as that when He was a boy of twelve years He sat in the Temple in the midst of the doctors and taught, and that all hearing Him were astounded at His intelligence and answers (ch. ii, 46-47; iv, 16-22, 32). This was done because the Divine Order is that man should prepare himself for the reception of God, and as he prepares himself, thus God enters into him as into his habitation and house, and that preparation is effected by cognitions concerning God, and concerning the spiritual things which are of the Church, and thus by intelligence and wisdom; for the law of order is that as far as man accedes and approaches to God, which he does altogether as from himself, so far God accedes and approaches to man, and in his midst conjoins Himself with him. That the LORD progressed according to this Order even to union with His Father, will be demonstrated still further in the following pages" (T. C. R. 89).
     The LORD therefore introduced His Human into all the Divine Wisdom of the Word according to Order, and thus even as to His Human He progressed to Infinite Wisdom. Every one also progresses into wisdom and intelligence according to the quality or nature of his affection or love, some to more interior states of wisdom, others to less; but the LORD'S Love or Soul was Divine, and therefore He had the capacity of acquiring the Divine Wisdom Itself, and thence also of receiving even in His Human the Divine Love Itself, which was fully accomplished at the Resurrection, for then His Human was made fully Divine. It was then Divine Substantial-that is, Divine Love in a Divine- Human Form, from whom the Divine Truth which is the Holy Spirit proceeds.
     From a knowledge of these things we may perceive the relation of the Word to the LORD'S Human. The Word inmostly regarded is the Divine Wisdom Itself, in which is the Divine Love, and the LORD made His Human this Wisdom and Love, so that His Human is a Divine Substantial Man, the embodiment and form of all the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom in all their planes, from the inmost to the outmost. Thus He is Alpha and Omega, the Beginning and the End, the First and the Last, the Omnipotent.
     The Word in the letter and the Word in the heavens, thus the Divine Celestial, the Divine Spiritual, and the Divine Natural, are no other than coverings of God-that is, representative images and forms by which the Absolute Divine is communicated to angels and men. In itself the Word is Divine, but the Word is vivified only as man reads it, and it is vivified according to the life of the one who reads. Therefore the reception of the Word by angels and men is limited by their finite affections and perceptions, and therefore their conception of the Word is imperfect. But the aggregate reception of the Word by all the heavens and Churches immensely [transcends that of even the wisest angel, thus the Gorand Man is the representative of all human reception of the Word. This reception, however, is limited, but still there is an eternal progression in it. The LORD, however, received in His Human during the short period of His life on earth the whole of the Divine Wisdom and Love. His capacity to receive was Infinite, and He progressed to the reception of the Infinite Itself. This Infinite Wisdom He saw in the Word, and received from the Word, for He perceived and received all the infinity of its meaning, and He embodied it in His life, whereas men and angels perceive only a minute portion of it.
     The LORD, therefore, even as to the Human is Divine. "He is the Very and Only Being from Firsts to Ultimates, from Whom are all things. Thus Who is the Very and Only Love, the Very and Only Wisdom, and the Very and Only Life in Himself and thus He is the Very and Only Creator, Saviour, and Illustrator from Himself, and thence the All in All of Heaven and the Church. Who is Eternal, Infinite, and JEHOVAH, Who is, lives, and has ability, from Himself, and who rules all things from Firsts by Ultimates" (A. R. 29-31).
     But the Word in the letter represents the LORD, and it brings Him present in Person with all these Infinite and Divine qualities, in proportion as the Word is vivified in man's reading of it; thus in proportion to his faith and life. The LORD'S Human is, therefore, Substance Itself and Form Itself from Whom all Substances and Forms proceed, and the Word in the letter consists of representative forms, the true use of which serves as means of introducing the heavenly substances from the LORD into human souls, and of forming them into images and likenesses of the LORD.
They have conscience 1891

They have conscience              1891

     They have conscience, who are in love to the Lord, and in charity toward the neighbor.- H. D. 139.
CONTINUITY OF ANGELIC SPEECH REFLECTED IN THE HEBREW 1891

CONTINUITY OF ANGELIC SPEECH REFLECTED IN THE HEBREW              1891

     "ANGELIC speech is continuous; it has, indeed, terminations, but the antecedent sentences are there wonderfully connected with the succeeding, for the angelic ideas are very replete with things, and with innumerable things which are ineffable and incomprehensible to man when he is in the world. Hence the ends of preceding periods of speech are fully connected with the beginnings of following periods, and thus out of many series is formed one" (A. C. 7191).

160




     "In the original tongue one series is not distinguished from another by interstitial signs, as in other tongues, but it appears, as it were, continuous, from the beginning to the end. Those things which are in the internal sense are indeed similarly continuous and flowing from the one state of a thing into another state, but when one state terminates and another succeeds, which is a marked [change], it is indicated either by "it was" or" it became" [Hebrew] [fuit, vel factum]; and a change of state less marked is indicated by "and" [etc.], on account of which these words occur so frequently" (A. C. 4987).
     In the original Hebrew of the Word, when written without vowels, "words of names were not distinguished by larger initials [capital letters], nor was there any distinction by commas and similar things, which are in languages in which the sense of the letter is attended to" (S.D. 2631).
     "It is to be known that the Word in its original tongue lacks signs of terminations [of sentences], wherefore, in their place were such expressions as 'JEHOVAH said' [Hebrew] 'JEHOVAH spoke' [Hebrew] and in place of the signs of smaller endings or distinctions' was the word 'And' [Hebrew, etc.], wherefore this also occurred so frequently" (A. C. 7191).
     "The speech of the Celestial angels is also without hard [duris] consonants, and rarely glides from one consonant to another consonant except by the inter position of a word which begins with a vowel. Hence it is that the little word 'and' [Hebrew] is so many times interposed in the Word, as may be manifest to those who read the Word in the Hebrew tongue, in which that little word is soft [mollis], and from both sides sounds from a 'vowel" (H. H. 241).
     [On the pronunciation of Hebrew see New Church Life, Vol. III, p. 154, Vol. VIII, p. 166.]
Regenerated 1891

Regenerated              1891

     They, above all, have conscience, who have been regenerated by the Lord.- H. D. 139.
COMPREHENSIVENESS OF THE HEBREW 1891

COMPREHENSIVENESS OF THE HEBREW              1891

     "THE Hebrew language is such that it comprehends ideas, and the words are, indeed, such that there are many ideas in each word" (S. D. 2631).
     "There are many words in the Hebrew tongue which contain a complex of many ideas in one, from opposite to opposite, so that the sense cannot be understood except from the series, and this is known from the interior, differently from other languages" (S. D. 2833).
     "That this one word in the Hebrew [Hebrew] has these many different significations [i.e., to number, to examine, to estimate, to attend to, and also to visit, to command, to be at the head of, thus to order and to dispose], is because the one signification involves the other in the spiritual sense, and the spiritual sense is the interior sense of the words, which sense is frequently in the words of languages, especially the oriental tongues" (A. C. 10,217).
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     They who are in truths alone, and not in a life according to them, have not conscience.- H. D. 139.
HEAVENLY MARRIAGE OF GOOD AND TRUTH EXPRESSED IN THE HEBREW 1891

HEAVENLY MARRIAGE OF GOOD AND TRUTH EXPRESSED IN THE HEBREW              1891

     "IN the Hebrew tongue, and, in general, in the most ancient language, there were words proper to the celestial class, and others proper to the spiritual class; certain ones also were common to both, This may also, to some extent, be noticed in some other languages" (S. D. 5114).
     "It is to be known that in the Word there are words which belong to the class of spiritual things, and which belong to the class of celestial things-that is, which express such things as are of truth or faith, and also such as are of good or love; there are also words which are predicated of both. He who knows these things is able-from the first intuition or reading of the Word, especially in its original tongue-to know where in the internal sense such things are treated of as are of truth, or such things as are of good" (A. C. 8314).
     "What every one cannot but wonder at,-in the Hebrew tongue it is especially by the sound that those words are distinguished which belong to the spiritual class; in these the three first vowels are wont to predominate, but the two last vowels predominate in those words which are of the celestial class" (A. C. 793).
     "From the words in the Word in the Hebrew tongue it may to some extent be known whether they belong to the celestial class or to the spiritual class, thus whether they involve good or truth. Those which involve good, derive much from U and 0 and also, to some extent, from A; but those which involve truth derive from E and I" (H. H. 241).
     See also the Arcana Coelestia, n. 793, 5112; the Spiritual Diary, n. 5620, 5622; the little work On the Word [De Verbo], n. 4, and also "The Elements of Human Speech as Applied to the name JEHOVAH," in New Church Life, Vol. VIII, p. 165-167.
Natural good 1891

Natural good              1891

     They who from natural good, and not from religion, do good, have not conscience.- H. D. 139.
NATHAN CLARK BURNHAM 1891

NATHAN CLARK BURNHAM              1891

     A BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH.

     NATHAN CLARK BURNHAM was born on January 11th, in the year 1813, at Woodville, in Jefferson County, of the State of New York. A New Church circulating library had been established in this village about the year 1827, and it was probably through this means that Mr. Burnham, when but seventeen years of age, began to read the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem, of which he quickly became a thorough student and most affectionate receiver.
     The New Church was at that time still young in this land, and societies and isolated receivers were few and far between. In the interior of the State of New York, however, considerable interest had been excited through the earnest activity of the Rev. Dr. Lewis Beers and the Rev. Holland Weeks, and little circles and societies of receivers had, in a short space of time, sprung up at South Danby, Plattekill, Spencer, Catlin, Henderson, and other places. Mr. Burnham soon identified himself with the Society at Henderson, and he thus came under the pastoral instruction of the Rev. Holland Weeks. Of this, the first doctrinal teacher of Mr. Burnham, a contemporary gives this testimony:

     "Though a plain man, we have perhaps never had a stronger and more intensely intellectual one in the New Church than the Rev. Rolland Weeks. He had been a leading minister in the Hopkinsian faith, and as such was well known and much respected throughout New England. He was well versed in the learned languages, armed cap-a-pie in dogmatic theology and thoroughly grounded in the Letter of the Word." (De Charms's Report on the Trinity, p. 151.)

161





     Add to this that Mr. Weeks ever evidenced the more essential qualifications of a deep insight into the Doctrines of the New Church, a humble reverence for their Divine origin, and a marked love of order in the government of the Church. He was the first to recommend a trinal order of the Priesthood to the New Church in America. It may thus be supposed that Mr. Burnham's mind, which was yet young and plastic, was from the beginning molded into those orderly forms of doctrinal reception and thought for which he has ever been distinguished in the Church.
     At the time of his turning toward the New Church he was studying law, but he abandoned this pursuit after having received the Baptism of the New Church in the year 1833, and with the advice and approbation of his pastor he began instead to prepare himself for the sacred ministry of the New Church. As the first necessary step in this direction he turned his special attention to the study of language and of the natural sciences, continuing this course at the Union Academy in Bellville, N. Y., until the year 1838.
     In the year 1835. Mr. Burnham for the first time attended the General Convention, then holding its seventeenth session in the City of New York. Among the resolutions passed at that meeting, the following, offered by Mr. Sampson Reed, of Boston, may be quoted as showing the trend of thought at Mat time prevailing in the Convention:

     "Resolved, That all applications for ordination be hereafter made directly to the ordaining ministers in Convention assembled and, if granted, that their decisions thereon be made known to the Convention for its approbation, previous to ordination."

     This, as Mr. de Charms observes, was "not merely another step, but a stride toward episcopacy," the institution of a Council of Bishops, in fact, for the government of all purely ecclesiastical matters of the Church. And this movement was made by the leaders of the Church in New England. Their descendants, at the present time, take quite a different view of Church government.
     Mr. Burnham was introduced into the more general activity of the Church at a time of beginning troubles and incipient war. The peach and unanimity which had characterized the first Conventions had now begun to be disturbed by differences of opinion, jealousies of power, and formation of parties, leading finally to external, divisions. Before this time the centre of power in the Church in America had rested with the Church in Philadelphia, then containing many sound, strong and wealthy men. This Church, however, lost by an removal some of its most influential leaders, and, about the year 1827 was overtaken by financial disaster. The Boston Society, founded in the year 1818, had in the meantime grown so rapidly in numbers as to capture the Convention by its overbalancing delegation, making it to all purposes a New England Convention, the New England leaders dictating the policy of the whole Church. Great distrust and anxiety had been produced by the strange and revolting notion emanating from Boston, that there exists between a pastor and his society a "conjugial relation," involving "close communion," as corresponding to the conjunction of a husband with his wife, and making it "spiritual adultery" for a minister of one society to administer the Holy Supper to another society. The question of a trine in the Priesthood was much discussed and wide differences of opinion were manifested: the New England Churches inclining to an episcopal or rather papal form of government, with or without a trine in the Priesthood; the Church in the Middle States insisting upon a trinal order of the ministry, but rejecting the New England form of episcopacy; and a growing party in the Western States rejecting all ordination and distinctive Priesthood. Dissatisfied with the arbitrary spirit manifested by the leaders of the General Convention in requiring unreasoning obedience to its dictates, as to those of a "spiritual mother," Newchurchmen west of the Alleghenies had, in the year 1832, formed an independent Convention, the "Western Convention," and a movement was on foot in the Central States to break loose from the New England dominion by forming a Middle Convention.
     While pursuing his course of studies at Bellville, Mr. Burnham was frequently employed in teaching school. In the year 1838 he removed to Ohio, teaching school in Seville, in Medina County, and in the following year he accepted an invitation from the Third Society of Cincinnati to become their leader. This society had been founded in the year 1838 by the Rev. Richard de Charms when resigning from the pastoral charge of the First Society of Cincinnati. Mr. Burnham thus became the teacher of Newchurchmen who, with Mr. de Charms, believed in the authority of the Writings and in a trine in the Ministry of the Church. He now also joined the Western Convention, which at that particular time recognized the trine in the Ministry (though at other times it held the opposite view), and on May 16th, 1840, he was ordained into the first degree of the Priesthood by the Rev. Messrs. Adam Hurdus and M. M. Carll. On May 29th of the following year, by the same authorities, he was ordained into the second degree of the Priesthood.
     Soon after his first ordination he made a visit to Philadelphia, where he attended the first preparatory meeting for the formation of the "Middle Convention," afterward called the "Central Convention," and he also visited the meeting of the General (or rather Eastern) Convention, being held a few days later in the same city. While absent from Cincinnati he received an invitation to become the Pastor of the society to which he had been ministering as a leader.
     After having thus been introduced into the active performance of his life's use, he soon also found the partner of his life in Miss Mary A. Pancoast, of Cincinnati, an intelligent and affectionate receiver of the Doctrines, and a Virginian by birth. He was betrothed to her in May, 1841, and was married on October the 25th the following year by the Rev. Richard de Charms, who had come from Philadelphia especially for this purpose.
     In July, 1842, the acting committee of the Western Convention appointed Mr. Burnham editor of a proposed periodical, to be called The Western New Church Messenger. He declined, however, considering himself incompetent to fill this position, and being also much occupied with other engagements. In December of the same year he resigned the pastorate of the Third New Church Society of Cincinnati, and was for a short time afterward employed in general Church work in the West.
     In June, 1843, Mr. Burnham accepted the charge of the Second New Church Society of Baltimore, which had been formed by Mr. de Charms out of such members of Mr. Hargrove's former society-then inactive and without a Pastor-as sympathized with the principles of the Central Convention. Here he remained until the following year, when he accepted an invitation to preach for the Second Society of New York City. This society belonged to the Central Convention and had been formed by the Rev. Charles J. Doughty in the year 1841, when he broke loose from the Boston influences and renounced the "conjugial" heresy.

162




     Mr. Burnham now began to take a more active part in the work of the Central Convention, co-operating with the Rev. Messrs. de Charms and David Powell in holding that body to its distinctive principles. It may be of interest in this connection as illustrating Mr. Burnham principles of order in the Church to note in the Journal of the Central Convention for the year 1845, a report signed by him and Mr. de Charms in reply to a request of the Lancaster Society for the immediate ordination of Win. H. Benade, who had then lately come into the Church and had been licensed to preach a few months previous to the meeting. The signers of the report held that

     "The use resulting from the earlier ordination in any particular case would by no means compensate for the evils that might arise in general from the setting of an unjust precedent, a precedent that serves as a gate of introduction of unsuitable and unqualified persons into the clerical office. Notwithstanding, then, the manifest and even remarkable ripeness of the present candidate, we think it the safer and wiser course to postpone his ordination until after the full expiration of his existing license."

     While stationed in New York Mr. Burnham performed considerable evangelistic work in the adjoining regions of the States of New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. While at Baltimore he had attended lectures on chemistry in the University of Maryland, and in the years 1844-1845 he continued this and other scientific studies at the University of New York. At this time also he first read Swedenborg's Animal Kingdom and Principia, which had then lately been published for the first time in the English tongue.
     In July, 1845, after a visit to his native place, he returned to Cincinnati, preaching occasionally in that city and its vicinity, and removed the following year to Columbus, Miss., where after a time he began teaching a female seminary. In the year 1847, while still conducting his school, he entered on the study of medicine according to the principles of Homeopathy. The school closed in December, 1847, and he then removed to Cincinnati, practicing medicine in that city for two years, when, in the year 1850, he became the Pastor of the New Church Society at Peoria, Ill. In the year 1852 he removed to Philadelphia, entering there into partnership with Mr. H. M. Warren in the "composition roofing" business. He sold out his share in this in the year 1855, and after this taught school in Frankford, Pa., for a year, also preaching occasionally to the Frankford New Church Society. In the year 1857 he moved to Seville, Ohio, and subsequently to Chicago, where he remained until the year 1865.
     In Chicago he practiced medicine the larger portion of the time, preaching occasionally, in the absence of the Rev. J. R. Hibbard, for the Chicago Society, and during the latter year or two doing evangelistic work in the State. Here, also, Dr. Burnham entered upon the great work of his life, devoting most of his spare time to the preparatory labor on his book on Discrete Degrees.
     In the fall of the year 1865 Dr. Burnham removed to Lancaster, Pa., being invited to take pastoral charge of the languishing old society there. Here he continued the work on his book and also delivered occasional lectures to various New Church societies on the Doctrine of Degrees, illustrating these by diagrams.
     About the year 1870 incipient cornetis was discovered in both of his eyes, and he very soon knew that total blindness would be the probable result. He accepted the fact without murmur or expressed regret, but worked the more industriously to finish the work he had undertaken. He retained some effective use of his eyes for six or seven years and continued to write by dictation for more than ten years later.
     In the year 1867 Dr. Burnham began to take an active part in the work of the Pennsylvania Association, doing much effective evangelistic work throughout the State for a period of three years while employed as the Missionary of the Association. He was also a constant and interested attendant at the Association meetings, contributing much to the value and interest of the resolutions passed and the discussions held on these occasions. The subsequent development of the Pennsylvania Association into the wider body known as the General Church of Pennsylvania, and now as the General Church of the Advent of the Lord, was by no means a sudden one. The Journals of the Association from the year 1861 to 1883 show how one after another of the principles which now govern the General Church were very gradually recognized and adopted by the body. In this general movement Dr. Burnham took an important and progressive part.
     Some of its present principles the General Church has had to learn by unpleasant experience. At the meeting of the Pennsylvania Association, held at Pittsburgh in the year 1871, the whole Constitution-which contained a distinct recognition of the Divine Authority of the Writings and of the trine in the Priesthood-was abrogated with the view of extending the usefulness of the its adoption of some general platform upon which all nominal Newchurchmen in the State could be brought together for the more efficient performance of the uses of Church extension. Dr. Burnham was then elected temporary President of the Association, and a committee was appointed to confer with the various other New Church organizations then existing in the State. This attempt at union of all, irrespective of genuine soundness of doctrine and of genuine charity formed according to it, proved futile, as have so many other similar attempts, and in the year 1873 the Association returned to its usual line of work. The Rev. Wm. H. Benade was then elected President. Dr. Burnham, it only remains to be stated, continued as a member of the Pennsylvania Association, and subsequently of the General Church of Pennsylvania and of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD up to the time of his departure from this world.
     While connected with the General Convention, through his membership in the Pennsylvania Association, Dr. Burnham took a very active and interested part in the proceedings of the "General Conference of New Church Ministers," as may be evident from the journals of that body, which abound with important subjects for discussion proposed by him.
     Dr. Burnham was one of the twelve men who, in the year 1876, instituted the Academy of the New Church, and he was subsequently appointed Professor of Systematic Theology at the Theological School of the Academy. He also became one of the Associate Editors of the Words for the New Church, published by the Academy, and contributed to its pages the important monographs on "The Advent of the LORD" and on "The State of the Christian World," the latter of which aroused so much opposition throughout the Church.
     In the course of two or three years, increasing physical weakness made it necessary for the Doctor to give up all actual teaching in the School, and he confined himself during his last years in Philadelphia to the completion of his work on the Doctrine of Degrees, which was finally published by the Academy in the year 1887, under the editorship of one of his former students in the Academy School.

163



He continued to take a sympathetic interest in the School and its young students, and for several years took a lively part in the interesting discussions of the "Conference of Ministers" of the General Church, which at the time used to meet monthly in Philadelphia.
     In the year 1884 Dr. Burnham removed from Philadelphia to the West, where three of his sons resided. He spent a portion of his time with them in Chicago, and a later portion with another son in Pardee, Kansas, also paying a visit to the little circle in Concordia. In the year 1888, he again went to housekeeping in Chicago, having been joined there by his wife, who for some years had been engaged as a teacher in the primary departments of the Schools of the Academy in Philadelphia. While attending the annual meeting of the Illinois Association, in the year 1889. Dr. Burnham was attacked by a stroke of paralysis. He was brought back to Chicago, but he never recovered his health. While on his sick-bed he received a visit, last Christmas, from his life-long friend and co-worker in the Church, Bishop Benade. During his last years he much enjoyed the intimate friendship of the Rev. L. P. Mercer who greatly prized his instruction and counsel. During these last years he also found great delight in communing with those who loved to talk or learn of the LORD and of His heavenly kingdom. The young and novitiate sought his instruction and encouragement; and the more advanced found help and pleasure in communing with him upon higher and more interior Divine things. He passed away quietly on July 22d, this year.
     Dr. Burnham, among other personal characteristics, possessed a remarkably exact memory of passages in the Letter of the Word and in the Writings, a faculty of great service to him after he lost the use of his eyes. The many young amanuenses whom he enlisted in the work on his book were often amused as well as astonished at the correctness with which he would direct them to a certain line on a certain page of some one of the Writings. In his literary work he displayed the most minute exactness and an untiring patience, far greater, often, than that possessed by his young assistants. His love and reverence for the spiritual truths of the Word were intense, causing him, in doctrinal discussions, to laugh aloud at times for very joy at the beauty of some Heavenly Truth.
     He was a specialist in doctrinal study, and as such be has earned the lasting gratitude of the Church for the important work he has left behind him, the work on Discrete Degrees in Successive and Simultaneous Order. Above the mass of ephemeral and watery collateral literature which of late years has been published by the Church, this work stands as a monument of genuine doctrinal thought and learning. And in yet another special doctrine did Dr. Burnham excel, which he most earnestly labored to bring to the recognition of the Church: the teachings of the Writings concerning the utterly devastated and hopeless state of the Old Christian Church in all its planes of life. Without the acknowledgment of these teachings there can be no recognition of the necessity of the Second Coming for the SALVATION of the human race; without it there is no progress possible in the establishment of the New Church in general or in the individual, for without it there is no self knowledge and self-examination, and hence shunning of the evils and falses besetting the natural man of every member of the Church. Of this highly unpopular and generally rejected doctrine Dr. Burnham was a fearless champion. A faithful watchman on the walls of the Holy City, the New Jerusalem, "when seeing the sword coming upon the land," he has "blown the trumpet and warned the people."
Man has conscience 1891

Man has conscience              1891

     Man has conscience from the doctrine of his Church or from the religious, and according to it.- H. D. 139.
IN LIBERTY-LOVING ENGLAND 1891

IN LIBERTY-LOVING ENGLAND              1891

     THE spirit of hatred and injustice toward the Academy of the New Church and all who believe with it, which has prevailed in the Church in England and America, was manifested publicly in England during the past twelve months in a manner not unworthy of the intolerant and fanatical spirit of the Middle Ages. To mention the Academy has been sufficient to let forth a torrent of willful and malicious falsehoods against it and its teachings.
     The first open attempt of this sort took place in the English Conference of last year, when the effort was made to compel the Rev. R. J. Tilson to renounce his convictions under threat of expulsion.
     This attack was followed soon after by the action of the London Missionary and Tract Society's committee in crossing Mr. Tilson's name off the list of ministers deemed capable of delivering lectures, etc., under the auspices of the Society, and this for the single reason that he was a member of the Academy.
     About the same time an abortive endeavor was made by a member of the "protest committee" to obtain the public prosecution of the English agents of New Church Life on the charge of circulating indecent and immoral literature.
     The same spirit that had animated the Conference prevailed in the Liverpool Society, and the result was the expulsion of Mr. J. Caldwell for refusing to give up his agency of New Church Life and for maintaining the position of the Academy.
     Another instance of this spirit of intolerance and persecution happened early this year in the refusal of further assistance to a New Church widow by the Board of the New Church Orphanage because she preferred to send her son to a New Church School established by the Academy rather than to the Old Church Schools.
     And now the Swedenborg Society-a Society established for the sole purpose of printing and publishing the works of Swedenborg-a society which boasts that it includes all who believe in these Writings (and who pay their subscription) whether connected with the external organization of the New Church or not-rejects the further services of Mr. Whittington as its Treasurer. Why? Because he did not perform his duty carefully or faithfully? No! but because he was a member of the Academy, and a conscientious, honorable man; and for the same reason Mr. Tilson lost his place on the Committee. This is a specimen of the broad, liberal spirit of the Society.
     As will appear manifestly from a perusal of the report of the annual meeting of the Society, there had been deliberate concerted action by a number of those present to prevent the election of any member of the Academy or any one known to sympathize with it. It was doubtless in reference to the means by which this was effected that Mr. Gardiner at a subsequent stage of the meeting said, although he does not sympathize with the Academy:
     "I have received a circular signed by five or six gentlemen from the North. I will not disclose their names. I will defend them against themselves in this action; but it appears to me that they have made an unwarrantable attempt to affect and influence the voting for this committee. It is in direct contravention of Rule 17, which provides for the mode of election. I am quite aware that it does not break any rule, but it gets behind the rule very cleverly.

164



I appeal to this meeting to condemn the action of a party, the greater party or the lesser party, in a church to capture the Swedenborg Society. It is a most important point that we should have no wire-pulling in the election of this committee, and if this resolution [referring to a proposed alteration in the rule relating to elections] is an elaborate device to make wire-pulling more easy, we ought not to tolerate it. . . . It was stated in the speeches of the Chairman, Mr. Broadfield, and others, that we wish to include every Newchurchman. We are not in connection with the Conference (I make this point because some of the speakers seem to think that we are), and we have no right to have any parties in the Swedenborg Society. We have no sympathy with any party, either the greater or the lesser party, in the Swedenborg Society; and I must say, although I apologize for bringing this matter forward, that this circular is a piece of impertinence to the members of the Swedenborg Society. It is a strong word, but it is a strong occasion, and I do not wish a repetition of this kind of thing to occur."
     In view of the result of the election of the committee, and the openly stated reason for the rejection of two of its faithful members, the words of Mr. Alfred Backhouse, one of the signers of the circular to which Mr. Gardiner alluded, apply, though in a very different sense from what they were originally intended:

     "The broad and catholic and enlightened writings of Emanuel Swedenborg are so utterly foreign to everything narrow or uncharitable that it is difficult to realize and altogether impossible to understand that such conduct . . . could have been laid to the charge of any of the committee of the Swedenborg Society." (Letter to Morning Light, p. 28.)

     It seems difficult to recognize the same speaker who opposed Mr. Whittington on the ground that "no prominent member of the Academy . . . shall occupy so prominent a position as that of Treasurer to the Swedenborg Society if it can be helped."
Conscience with man 1891

Conscience with man              1891

     Conscience with man is formed from those things which are of his religion, and he believes to be true.-S. D. 139.
Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     A FOURTH edition of Mrs. Mary G. Ware's book, Thoughts in My Garden, has lately been issued by James Speirs, of London.



     A NEW edition of The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem Concerning the Sacred Scripture has been published by the Manchester New Church Printing and Tract Society.



     DURING the past year Signor Scocia has revised three of the works of Swedenborg which had been published in the Italian language. New editions of these are now required. He has also finished the translation of the work On the Last Judgment and on Babylon Destroyed, which will shortly be given to the press.



     THE Christian Age, of London, for July 29th, contains a very fair portrait of the Rev. James Robson Rendell, B. A., President of this year's English Conference, together with a short sketch of his life. Mr. Rendell is the son of the late Rev. E. D. Rendell, and is now forty-one years of age. He is Pastor of the Accrington Society, the largest in England.



     IT is announced that the J. B. Lippincott Company has in press a new, edition of The Natural History of Man, an instructive and interesting work of 355 pages, by Alexander Kinmont, A. M. At onetime the author ministered to the New Church Society founded by the Rev. Adam Hurdus, in Cincinnati. Mr. Kinmont died in the year 1838, and his book appeared in Cincinnati in the following year.



     Definite Theology is the title of a new missionary work by the Rev. Joseph Deans, of Leeds; England. It is a revised edition of papers which have appeared seriatim in Morning Light, treating of the Divinity of the LORD JESUS CHRIST, the Scriptures, Salvation, Immortality, Duration of Hell, Swedenborg, and the New Church. The theology of Mr. Deans is, indeed, far more definite than that which prevails in the Old Churches, yet its outlines are misty when viewed in the clear light of the Heavenly Doctrines.



     THE July number of the New Church Tidings is mostly taken up with a short account of the closing exercises of the Berlin (Canada) School, followed by several short papers written by some of the scholars. The subjects of these papers are: "Emanuel Swedenborg," "A Letter to an Old Church Person," "Why we have New Church Schools," "The Doctrine of Life for the New Jerusalem," "What is Heaven?" They are well written, show a good knowledge of the Doctrines, and speak mare eloquently for the work of the School than if this were described in glowing terms.



     THE New Church Messenger holds that "good taste" requires that a description of Swedenborg's death should quote the exact form of the English in which his last words are said to have been uttered. "One must not dispute about tastes," but there is no reason why one may not discuss them. To some it does not seem good taste to mix the sublime with the ridiculous. Moreover, it is questionable whether Swedenborg was as ignorant of the laws of English grammar as would seem from good Mrs. Shearamith's affidavit before the Lord Mayor of London in the year 1775, in which she states that his last words, after a reply to his question what o'clock it was, were, "'Dat be good, me t'ank you, God bless you,' or to that effect" (italics our own). Swedenborg may not have been able to master the English sound of the th, so difficult to all foreigners, but he had resided in England many years, in his youth, and in his manhood and old age, and he was a good linguist, well acquainted with the grammatical laws of ancient and modern languages. Moreover, the grammatical construction of the Swedish tongue is more like the English than any other, and no Swede who had any knowledge whatever of English would say "dat be good, me t'ank you," but "dat is good, I t'ank you." It shows mere irreverence, and not freedom from "hero-worship," to dwell upon unavoidable peculiarities of pronunciation in describing as solemn a scene as that of Swedenborg's departure from this world.
Conscience is an internal bond 1891

Conscience is an internal bond              1891

     Conscience is an internal bond by which man is kept to think, speak, and do good, and by which he is kept from thinking, speaking, and doing evil; and this not for sake of himself and the world, but for the sake of the good, true, just, and right.- H. D. 13.9.
NEW EDITION OF CANONS 1891

NEW EDITION OF CANONS              1891

CANONS OF THE NEW CHURCH; or, The entire Theology of the New Church. From the Latin of Emanuel Swedenborg. The Swedenborg Society. London, 1891.

     THE chief cause of the present disturbed state of the nominal New Church upon earth is the denial of the Divine Authority of the Heavenly Doctrines. Another, flowing therefrom, is the denial of the representative use and office of the Priesthood of the New Church.
     At the present stage of the long controversies on these two subjects, this prevailing spirit of denial and disorder has manifested itself snore openly as due in great measure to the general state of misconception or denial of the true nature of the Holy Spirit and its operation. It has now come to pass in the General Convention and the General Conference, that prominent leaders have proclaimed the doctrine that what proceeds from the LORD is not the LORD.

165



Hence neither the Spirit nor the Letter of the Word, though proceeding from the LORD, are admitted as being the LORD. Where the Holy Spirit, the Divine proceeding, is thus denied, there cannot, of course, exist any acknowledgment of the use of the Priesthood as the means of the operation of the Holy Spirit among men.
     In view of this state in the Church, the recent publication of a new translation of a posthumous work by Swedenborg, comparatively little known- Canons of the New Church-is of special significance, and should be thankfully received as a sign of the ever-watchful Mercy of the LORD in providing for the needs of His Church. For this little work, though to some extent a preparatory sketch of the larger work on The True Christian Religion, contains more explicit general teachings on the nature of the Holy Spirit and its operation among men than can be found in a series in any other of the Writings. A wide circulation and affirmative study of the Canons is, therefore, of great importance to the Church.
     The title alone ought to be sufficient to assure all Newchurchmen of its Divinely authoritative character. Surely the CANONS of the New Church cannot but be a "canonical" book-i. e., "a rule of faith and practice" for the Church. The word "canon," it may be remarked in passing, is derived from a root which in all Semitic and Indo-European tongues signifies "to be, to make, or to keep straight" and "upright," whence, in the same idioms, the words for a "cane." The title of the work is, therefore, very suggestive.
     The chronological place of the Canons among Swedenborg's Writings is easily fixed, as it contains a reference to Conjugial Love, which was published in the year 1768. The True Christian Religion, to which it evidently was a precursor, was finished by June 19th, 1770. The year of its composition may, therefore, safely be fixed as 1769. A marginal note (to chapter ix, on the Divine Trinity) shows, further, that the work was written in London, where Swedenborg sojourned in the year 1769. To the statement "that this predicted affliction, and this desolation, hath appeared in clear tight in the spiritual world," this note is appended, "and it doth now appear to me in a most splendid light in London of the natural world." In the edition under review, this is incorrectly translated "and He now appears," etc., as if it referred to the LORD (see p. 76).
     The Canons, in a series of terse propositions, contains the general outlines of the same Doctrines which are presented in an extended form in the first three chapters of The True Christian Religion, viz., the Doctrines concerning God the Creator, concerning the LORD the Redeemer and Redemption, and concerning the Holy Spirit and the Divine Trinity. The arrangement of the presentation of these Doctrines is in general the same as in The True Christian Religion. At the same time the Canons enriches our understanding of many of the doctrinals, by presenting these from other points of view than in the larger work. This, as was mentioned, is especially the case in the chapter on the Holy Spirit, and also in the treatise on Redemption. There is, therefore, an important reason for the existence of the Canons as a separate work.
     It is not known how far the work originally extended, as it ends somewhat abruptly. Of several of the chapters only the headings remain, leaving the work in a fragmentary condition.

     THE MANUSCRIPT.

     THE present whereabouts of the original manuscript is not known, though we may hope that, in the LORD'S Providence, it will be discovered some time in the future.
     When, after Swedenborg's death, his heirs deposited his manuscripts and papers in the keeping of the Royal Academy of Sciences in Stockholm, the original manuscript if the Canons were included. It was one of the MSS. which were classed in the original catalogue under the head of "Philosophical Writings, No. 13." These are described as consisting of "several mixed fragments tied up in one parcel, but consisting of two bundles. On the one is written 'After 1745' and on the other 'Before 1745.'"
     Among other theological MSS. the former bundle contained four smaller ones, viz.: De Domino, De Athanasii Symbolo, Canones and Quinque Memorabilia. These were not included in the official catalogue of the Academy, but were borrowed by Augustus Nordenskold, who, about the year 1785, had a copy of them written out under his direction by "Young Johansen," Anders Johansen probably, a younger brother of Christian Johansen, a scholarly steel manufacturer at Eskilatuna, and one of the earliest and most thorough students of the Writings in Sweden. This copy was afterward brought to England by Chas. B. Wadstrom, Nordenskold's intimate friend and co-worker, who hoped to see it published there. In the course of time it came into the hands of the Rev. Manoah Sibly, and after his death in the year 1841, it was bought by the Swedenborg Society. (See Documents, Vol. II, pp. 1247, 807, 842, 1002, 1012.)
     It is not known what became of the original MSS. of these four treatises after they had thus been copied. In common with several other MSS., they were never returned to the Royal Academy by Augustus Nordenskold, who subsequently went to England and from thence to Africa, where he died in the year 1792 on a colonizing expedition.
     It would seem probable that the MSS. are still in Sweden. Inquiry might be made from the members of the Wadstrom family, who are still residing in Stockholm, or in Eskilatuna, the home of the Johansens. They may turn up very unexpectedly. The MS. of the Book of Dreams was thus discovered in the year 1858 in a garret in the provincial city of Westeras.
     With regard especially to the MS. of the Canons, the mystery surrounding its fate has become still more interesting from the fact that another copy has been found, written by a different copyist. This, as far as has been traced, was originally owned by Major Leonard Gyllenhaal, a prominent and zealous Newchurchman in the vicinity of the city of Skara, and grandfather of Mr. Leonard Gyllenhaal, of the Immanuel Church in Chicago. After his death, in the year 1852, this copy, which is known as the Skara Copy, became the property of Dr. Achatius Kahl, who presented it to Dr. R. L. Tafel in the year 1869. Who this copyist was has not been ascertained. It may possibly have been Dr. O. A. Knos, who is mentioned in a letter by Aug. Nordenskold in reference to the examination and copying of the MS. of the Coronis to the True Christian Religion (Doc. II, p. 851). We make this suggestion from the fact that the same Dr. Knos, whose home was in Skara, later became "lector" or professor of Greek, at the Gymnasium in that city, where he died in the year 1804 (Doc. II, p. 1209). He may possibly have brought this copy to Skara, together with the copies of several other MSS. which afterward came into the possession of Major Gyllenhaal.
     The two copies spoken of present considerable differences in the text.

166



There are passages and words found in the Nordenskold copy which are not to be found in the Skara copy, and, to some extent, vice versa. Yet it would seem that the Skara copyist received the original MS. later and in a more fragmentary condition than when it was in the hands of Johansen. In the Skara copy, for instance, the title of the work, together with the first part of the Prologue and the Sixth Chapter of the part "on the Holy Spirit" are entirely wanting, while these exist in the Nordenskold copy. The latter, on the other hand, wants the second part of the prologue, which exists in the Skara copy.

     PUBLISHED EDITIONS.

     THE FIRST LATIN EDITION of the Canons was prepared from the Nordenskold copy and was printed in London in the year 1840 by the Swedenborg Society.
     Portions of the work subsequently appeared in ENGLISH in the London Intellectual Repository and the American New Jerusalem Magazine, but it was first published entire in English by Otis Clapp, in Boston, in the year 1849, the translator, in the preface, signing himself "G. B." (George Bush?).
     THE NEXT ENGLISH EDITION, which was published by the Swedenborg Society in London in the year 1864, is nothing but a reprint of the American edition.
     THE SECOND LATIN EDITION was published by the American Swedenborg Society in New York in the year 1885. The editor, the Rev. Dr. Saml. H. Worcester, based this edition upon the Nordenskold copy, carefully com paring it with the Skara copy which had not been available for the first Latin edition. The text is consequently more reliable and in many respects fuller than in the first edition, which, indeed, does not seem to have included even all contained in the Nordenskold copy. This refers especially to the many interesting marginal notes of the author, which were published for the first time in the New York edition. Yet the only marginal note which has been included in the first Latin edition cannot be found in Dr. Worcester's edition or in any of the English editions. This note is appended to Chapter I, concerning God the Redeemer, and reads "Quad falsa fidei non conjungi possint cum bono charitatis. De successivis illis predictis apud Danielem et Prophetas. De Christo. Matth. xxiv." Dr. Worcester does not assign any reason for eliminating this note from his edition.
     THE NEW ENGLISH TRANSLATION, published this year at London by the Swedenborg Society, is based entirely upon Dr. Worcester's Latin edition, and is, therefore, the most complete translation extant, though it also leaves out the marginal note just quoted. The translation, too, is an improvement, being rather more literal than the former translation. The book is published in a neat and convenient form, and can be had through the Academy Book Room.
     The Canons have not been translated into any other tongue than the English.
Conscience is an internal dictate 1891

Conscience is an internal dictate              1891

     Conscience is an internal dictate that one is to do so, or not so.- H. D. 139.
statement on page 1891

statement on page              1891

206 of Vol. X; of New Church Life     THE statement on page 206 of Vol. X; of New Church Life, that the dwelling of Mr. Goerwitz and other Zurich New Church friends, bore the name "Zum Streit," which was altered to "Zum Frieden," is said by Mr. Mittnacht to be inaccurate. The name was originally "Zum Frieden," but owing to the class of people inhabiting it (among them some students), it was popularly called "Zum Streit." Mr. Mittnacht's subsequent possession of the house reclaimed its reputation.
STATE OF THE SWEDENBORG MANUSCRIPTS 1891

STATE OF THE SWEDENBORG MANUSCRIPTS       L. G. JORDAN       1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, to the Secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


     THE General Church is intensely interested in the preservation and fac-simile reproduction of the Manuscripts of Swedenborg, both Theological and Scientific. The subject of photo-lithographing them occupies a goodly share of the time and attention of nearly every general meeting of the Church. The sessions of the Joint Council of the General Church, held in lieu of a more general meeting of the whole body, at Cairnwood, the latter part of June, was no exception to the rule. A special feature of the discussion at that time arose from the belief that the manuscripts are gradually becoming illegible through the action of the moist atmosphere upon the ink and paper of them. At the suggestion of Bishop Benade that temporary fire and moisture proof receptacles should be provided, and that this would be the duty and privilege of the General Church to effect, pending the more satisfactory copying by photography, some time was devoted to considering how this could best be done. Providentially there was present as a visitor at the meeting, one of the members of the Church who was even then on his way to Sweden, our friend and brother, Mr. Seymour G. Nelson, of Chicago. The Council proceeded to make him a special messenger of the General Church to the Library where the priceless manuscripts are deposited, with instructions to discover what is needed to place them beyond the dangers by fire and atmospheric action which have been feared. The report of that messenger will be hailed with great satisfaction by all the Church.
     Mr. Nelson states that on the 22d of June, last, in company with Kapten Unge and Mr. Joseph Boyesen (a Candidate for the Priesthood of the Academy of the New Church, and now on a visit to his home in Sweden), he called upon Librarian Ahlstrand, of the Academy of Sciences, in Stockholm. The latter after listening to the suggestions of the General Church looking to the care of the manuscripts, declared that that very matter had already engaged the attention of the custodians of the Library and the suggestion had been made to turn the manuscripts over to the Royal Library, which is provided with a fire-proof building for such documents. He gave the assurance that every possible means would be taken to insure the manuscripts from damage in any form. As to putting them in air-tight receptacles, he believed a better course was to keep them where a good circulation of air is to be had, and accordingly the shelves on which they now repose are so constructed that the air circulates freely around them. When the suggestion was made as coming from him that the climate was affecting the legibility of the writing, he was surprised and said that the belief must have originated in some misunderstanding. Mr. Nelson gives as nearly as possible the very words of the Librarian Ahlstrand on this point, as follows:
     "There will be no appreciable change whatever in the time you mention (two or three years), nor has there been any change so far as I can see, from the time these manuscripts were received up to the present time. The message I sent Bishop Benade was misunderstood.

167



It was this: I said to the young man, tell the Bishop that the difficulty of lithographing the manuscripts will be great, because in many places the ink has penetrated through the paper and shows on the reverse side, making it difficult to photograph. But this happened soon after the writing of them and is not the effect of time. We have valuable manuscripts four hundred years old, in a goad state of preservation, and I am sure you that these manuscripts have not suffered and will not suffer for many years to come from the ravages of time. By all means gladden the Bishop and the Church with what must be to them good news."
     The three gentlemen were then invited by the Librarian to inspect the manuscripts, and found no indication of change in the clearness of the ink or texture of the paper. Kapten Unge brought to bear his good knowledge of chemistry and confirmed the opinion of the others. The room in which the manuscripts are deposited is perfectly dry and free from mustiness. Two empty sacks are always at hand to receive the books in case of fire or other emergency. Mr. Ahlstrand will not oppose the removal of them from the Library of the Academy of Sciences to the safer Royal Library, and Kapten Unge will use influence which he possesses to effect this removal as soon as possible.
     Thus it appears probable that the discussion by the Joint Council will, under the Providence of the LORD, bear immediate fruit in the safer keeping of what cannot be replaced save by the LORD alone. With our minds at rest concerning the present preservation in the form in which the LORD gave these works to the world, the Church may go on to do what it can toward the speedy multiplication of copies of the originals for the use of the students of the Church. The course of true co-operation with the LORD in this matter is now made plain, and the whole Church is to be congratulated upon the happy issue, so far, of the visit of its messenger to the place where the manuscripts are stored.
     L. G. JORDAN,
          Secretary.
DISCUSSION PRECEDING THE MEETING OF THE SWEDENBORG SOCIETY 1891

DISCUSSION PRECEDING THE MEETING OF THE SWEDENBORG SOCIETY              1891

     Communicated.

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

     To understand certain allusions in the following report of the Swedenborg Society meeting, it should be known that during the early part of this year the New Church in England and the Swedenborg Society were agitated by a lengthy correspondence carried on in the pages of Morning Light and The Dawn, in reference to the proceedings of the Committee of the Swedenborg Society. As this correspondence and discussion were referred to in the Annual Meeting of the Society, and had considerable bearing upon the election of the Treasurer and the Committee, the following brief account is given of the "very painful difference" to which Mr. Backhouse alludes.
     Before the close of last year the Committee of the Swedenborg Society proposed to establish an Advisory Board to which questions relating to the revision and translation of Swedenborg's Works might be submitted. Amongst those proposed for election on this Board were the Rev. J. R. Rendell and the Rev. I. Tansley. These gentlemen were rejected by a majority of one, the reason, as reported by Mr. H. T. W. Elliott (of the minority), being that they were "doctrinally unsound," and that Mr. Rendell had called Conjugial Love a bad book.
     It was also stated that the opposition to these two gentlemen was led by the Rev. R. J. Tilson, Rev. T. Child, and Mr. Whittington.
     This led Mr. Elliott to resign from the Committee and to send a protest to the Morning Light and The Dawn, condemning the action and exposing the private deliberations of the Committee.
     He declares in his letter that the work of revision and translation was for all practical purposes in the hands of one section of the Church, and that section a small minority, and finally appealed to the members of the Society to take measures at the next Annual Meeting against the continuance of such a condition.
     Mr. Child replied, denying that Mr. Elliott's version gave a faithful account of the proceedings, and was, moreover, a breach of mutual confidence. He stated that Mr. Elliott had raised the cry against the Academy, knowing that this would be all that was necessary to excite the prejudice of the members of the Society against Mr. Tilson, Mr. Whittington, and himself.
     For several weeks the wordy warfare raged between Mr. Child and Mr. Elliott in the pages of Morning Light, and in the meantime The Dawn teemed with letters from a large number of ministers, many of them containing slanderous accusations against the Academy, and urging the Swedenborg Society to provide for the rejection of any member of the Academy from its Committee. Mr. Tansley does not hesitate to proclaim the rejection of himself and Mr. Rendell as "a new attempt of the Academy School to get matters into their own hands," and that "it seems part of the Academy's policy to damage the reputation of those who will not subscribe to the unwarrantable inferences they are pleased to draw from the writings of the Church."
     In the midst of these violent denunciations the Committee issued a circular to the members of the Swedenborg Society, containing a brief statement of what the Committee had done, and a reply to Mr. Elliott's letter, a copy of which was appended.
     On this another circular was sent to the members by the minority of the Committee, in which it was stated that the first-mentioned circular in nowise represented the views of the minority who voted against the exclusion of Messrs. Rendell and Tansley.
     It is curious to notice that the discussion in the Morning Light and the denunciations of The Dawn had effected the election of Mr. Rendell on the Advisory Board shortly before these circulars were published, and the election of Mr. Tansley followed soon afterward.
Regenerated spiritual man 1891

Regenerated spiritual man              1891

     The new will in the regenerated spiritual man is conscience.- H. D. 139.
SWEDENBORG SOCIETY, BRITISH AND FOREIGN 1891

SWEDENBORG SOCIETY, BRITISH AND FOREIGN              1891

     EIGHTY-FIRST ANNIVERSARY.

     THE eighty-first Anniversary of the Swedenborg Society was held in the School-room of the New Jerusalem Church, Argyle Square, London, on the evening of Tuesday, June 30th, at seven o'clock, Col. Bevington, J. P., in the chair. Full reports were published in The New Church Magazine and Morning Light, and from them the following particulars have been taken.
     After the preliminary business and some discussion, the Chairman addressed the meeting as follows:

168




     "We are gathered together this evening to be present at the eighty-first Annual Meeting of the Swedenborg Society, and to transact the business which is incidental' to this meeting.
     "The Swedenborg Society occupies a peculiar position among Newchurchmen. For it is not a missionary society in the usual sense of the word, because it does not send out any missionaries; nor is it a Church; but it is solely devoted to the printing and publishing of the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg.
     "The use of our Society, therefore, is clear and definite; and it is a use in the accomplishment of which all can participate, whether they are members of the outwardly organized New Church or not, provided they acknowledge the mission of Emanuel Swedenborg, and are anxious that the message which he had to deliver shall be diffused far and wide among mankind.
     "That such is the character of the Swedenborg Society has been recognized by its members during the whole period of its existence; and this acknowledgment has found utterance in one of the earlier reports of the committee of our Society (1853) in these words: 'Whatever the differences of the receivers of the Heavenly Doctrines may be, there is no difference among them as to the necessity of printing and publishing the Writings of the LORD'S servant, Emanuel Swedenborg.'
     "Among the friends and supporters of our Society there have accordingly been members of the outwardly organized New Church in Great Britain, and thus of the General Conference of the New Church; and, on the other hand, it has had patrons and benefactors from among the ranks of those receivers of the Doctrines of the New Church who have kept aloof from the outwardly organized New Church, or who have continued membership in the Old Church.
     "As chairman at the annual meeting of the Swedenborg Society, I do not feel called upon to decide which of these two classes of receivers of the Heavenly Doctrines I consider right, and which wrong; but I do feel constrained to declare that fully two-thirds of the funds which have been left to the Swedenborg Society, by legacy or otherwise, namely, L18,000, have reached us from those who have not identified themselves with the outwardly organized New Church in Great Britain.
     "This fact exhibits in a strong light the peculiar character of the Swedenborg Society, and the obligations under which we are to preserve the catholic and universal character of our institution. For as a Society we do not represent the outwardly organized New Church, although we occupy to it in this respect the closest and most intimate relation of usefulness; and although, as a Society, we have always acknowledged that the printing and publication of the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg will, in the end, lead to the establishment of a New Church, nevertheless the establishment of this New Church is not the purpose, and does not constitute the use of the Swedenborg Society.
     "The use of our Society, so far as time is concerned, comes first; that of the establishment of the New Church comes afterward: and many different ideas may prevail in the minds of the receivers of the doctrines of the New Church, so far as the establishment of the outwardly organized New Church is concerned; but so far as the necessity of printing and publishing the Writings of the LORD'S servant, Emanuel Swedenborg, is concerned, there can and ought to be among us only one idea, namely, that of publishing these Writings in a becoming and satisfactory manner.
     "All Newchurchmen, of whatever school of thought, can participate in the performance of this use; and with a single eye directed to the performance of this most important of all uses, we ought to sink all differences which may prevail among us with respect to the specific character which, in our estimation, the outwardly organized New Church ought to assume. For the same reason, also, we ought to resist, as destructive of the use of our Society, every attempt to make our Society subservient to any one of the outwardly organized New Church associations.
     "What, for instance, would have been the result, if the Swedenborg Society, years ago, had acknowledged the New Church Conference of Great Britain as its supreme lord and master? We should have been as a Society minus two-thirds of our invested property, and also minus our premises in 36 Bloomsbury Street.
     "For those funds and that building were conveyed to the Swedenborg Society, because hitherto it had kept aloof from all sections in the Church, and from all party differences among Newchurchmen; and was devoted singly to the performance of its use, namely, to that of publishing the Writings of the LORD'S servant, Emanuel Swedenborg.
     "Let us in the future, also, be content to contribute to the performance of this use as Newchurchmen simply, and as receivers of the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Church; and let us resist by all that lies in our power every attempt to make this Society the vassal of any one of the outwardly organized New Churches, or the exponent of any particular school of thought in the New Church.
     "Ours is a glorious use-that of publishing, unembarrassed by any differences which may prevail among Newchurchmen with respect to Church order and government, the doctrines of the New Church, pure and simple, as they come from the scribe of the New Church, Emanuel Swedenborg; and this use becomes from year to year more and more important.
     "For, as time progresses, the utter emptiness and downright falsity of the dogmas of the Old Church become more and more apparent; and, therefore, the importance of spreading the Writings of the New Church broadcast over the whole world is a hundred-fold increased."
     The Chairman quoted from Dr. Momerie, one of the professors of King's College, London, confirmatory of the state of the Old Church.
     "Would that Newchurchmen, one and all, would serve the great use which the LORD has placed within their hands, and assist the Swedenborg Society by all that lies within their power, to rise equal to the occasion that lies before it! The Writings of the New Church ought to be at the present time, advertised far and wide all over this kingdom; and no opportunity ought to be allowed to be unused, by which we may show the Christian world around us that the only means for a radical reform of the Church are contained, in the Writings of the New Church.
     "How important, therefore, that as Newchurchmen we should be regardless of our differences, so far as Church order and Church government are concerned, and apply ourselves solely to the spread of the truth. Jealousies and private animosities ought to be studiously and perseveringly kept out of our midst, so that we may, untrammelled and freely, as a Society, devote ourselves to the accomplishment of that great and important use which the LORD, at this time, has placed within our hands.
     "The Swedenborg Society has done great and good work during the past years, and it is able to do better in the future; yet only if we allow peace and tranquillity to reign within its body, and if with a united front we devote ourselves solely to the accomplishment of the use for which our Society was established eighty-one years ago.

169





     "Let us then be up and doing,
          With a heart for any fate;
     Still achieving, still pursuing,
          Learn to labor and to wait."

     That part of the Committee's Report which gives the works of the year was largely reproduced last month under "Notes and Reviews." The Committee further reported a new plan adopted by them to regulate the work of translating the Writings. It also reports that the Conference made an advance to it, which would practically subject the Swedenborg Society to the Conference.
     After the Committee's Report had been read, and had been followed by the reading of the Treasurer's account, Dr. Stocker said:
     "It would ill become me on such an occasion as this when there are many matters to be brought before your notice requiring deep consideration, to occupy your time by simply eulogizing the work done by the late Committee. I think that the work done has been satisfactory, and I hope that it will commend itself to the judgment of all present. It has enlarged its sphere of operation; it has, we may hope, entered more largely into the minds and thoughts of men; and I sincerely trust that, with God's blessing, it will lead them to a higher and nobler view of life. I can only say for myself, speaking from what we have heard this evening, that we have every reason to express our satisfaction and approval of the conduct of the Committee in the management of the Society; especially when we remember that anything that is new must take some time to commend itself to the minds of those around us. We are apt to forget in presenting new ideas, that the negative spirit of opposition is almost engrafted in the minds of Englishmen. Owing to our insular position, we are not sufficiently in touch with the larger sphere around us. Truth is a plant of slow growth. Most people who have brought forward new theories and propositions in advance of their time have been met with distrust and dislike, or have been positively ignored by those around them; but Magna est veritas et praevalebit. We must never forget that light does come after darkness, and as to the Society itself I would say, Esto perpetuo! May it be eternal! As to the Treasurer's statement of accounts, I would simply say that it is a masterpiece of lucid explanation, and must commend itself to our judgment. I do not think we could have a better Treasurer. The balance sheet is good in every way. We have had more money paid to us; we have met all our expenses; and there is a solid and substantial basis for the future."
     Mr. Broadfield: "I have much pleasure in seconding the proposal so eloquently brought before you by Dr. Stocker. I cordially agree with what maybe called the profession of faith which you, sir, have put forth in your opening remarks. I think we should all be sorry if any one particular school of thought became dominant in this Society. I know that in the Printing Society established in my native town, as well as in the Printing Society which formerly bore the name of London, the most distinguished members were Mr. Clowes in our town and Mr. Clissold in London, whom many of us remember, both of whom were clergymen of the Church of England. I might probably go further than you do. I should not object to our receiving, as a member of this Society, a man to whom Swedenborg was little more than an interesting psychological study; a man who might not recognize him as supreme as a teacher of morals and theology. We should be sorry for him, but we would receive his money; on one condition, that he did not consider that he had purchased the right of telling us what we must promulgate and teach. If he would say, 'I am so well satisfied that the general teaching of Swedenborg is good that I will do all I can to see that accurate translations are made of his books and that they are well distributed,' I think he should be made welcome. There may be another extreme. Probably, however, no one here would go so far as to say that the works of Swedenborg are inspired in every word, and that if you reject any part or portion of them you reject the voice and commandment of the LORD. I do not think that any one would go so far as that. I chanced to be reading to-day a passage from The Divine Love and Wisdom, which says, 'I am not aware whether hitherto anything has been known of discrete degrees or those of altitude, or whether only of continuous degrees or those of latitude.' Now I could not agree with any one who would say that you reject the teaching of the LORD, if you refuse to put a limit to the Divine Omniscience because Swedenborg tells us he is ignorant in this particular instance. And if any one tells me that no one can belong to the Church unless he believes that, though the LORD is omniscient, He has not this knowledge as to whether anything was known about the distinction between discrete and continuous degrees in the middle of the last century, why, lean only say I am sorry for him. But I would not keep him out of this Society.* If he comes and pays his subscription, and has such confidence in Swedenborg as a missionary who is trying to bring the world round to right views, I say let us receive and welcome him ; but, again, only on condition that he does not presume that he purchases the right to compel us to believe that there is this limit to the Divine Omniscience. I think I need say nothing more on that subject. I agree with the mover of the resolution that we have had an admirable report and an admirable financial statement. I am aware, at least I have heard, that there have been some slight differences during the year. I have known cases where a Society, which has been supposed to be very useful, has been going along in a jog-trot way; and then, when some difference has arisen, people have begun to take more interest in it, and it has turned out that circumstances which were supposed to be dangerous and mischievous have really caused a wider interest. I hope it will be so in this case. I beg to second the resolution."
     * The language here used is somewhat obscure. In Morning Light it is somewhat different, although equally obscure: "I myself should say that we ought not to agree with any one who says that because you accept literally the teaching of Swedenborg as inspired, you must put a limit to Divine Omniscience and say that while the LORD is omniscient, you must believe, and compel others to believe if you can, that He has not this knowledge as to the question of Discrete degrees. If a man does believe that, I am sorry for him, but I would not keep him cut of this Society."

     *     *     *     *     *     *     *

     Mr. Backhouse: "There have been some references both in the President's address, and especially in the report, to the movement which was commenced by Conference at my suggestion [to have the translation and publication of the works of the New Church under the supervision of Conference]. I did not, however, come here for the purpose of saying anything whatever on that subject, and I should not have said a word about it if the matter had not been brought before the members by the Committee.

170



I do not intend to discuss the merits of the question, but I should like to say, as a member of the Society, that the sole object and purpose aimed at is not to impair, but to improve the Swedenborg Society; and be fore any member forms a final judgment upon the subject, I would ask him to suspend his judgment until the proper time arrives, when the whole position of affairs will be placed before him. When that has been done, the members of the Society, as well as the members of the Committee, will be able to judge whether it is advisable or not advisable that such a movement as has been suggested should take place." The motion was then put and agreed to.

     *     *     *     *     *

     Mr. Teed: "I beg to propose that Mr. Whittington be appointed Treasurer for the ensuing year. Last year I think Mr. Whittington said that the office gave him no trouble, but a great deal of pleasure. Of course, we all concur in the eulogy passed upon him by Dr. Stocker; and if Mr. Whittington likes the post, we cannot do better than keep him there as long as he is willing to act."
     Mr. Gilbey: "I have much pleasure in seconding the nomination. It is, perhaps, merely a formal matter to second a resolution of this kind, but having been recently one of the auditors, I should like to add my testimony as to the fitness of Mr. Whittington for the post he so usefully occupies. I suite agree with all the remarks that have been made with reference to Mr. Whittington, and can testify that the books are admirably kept, and that the accounts are set forth in such a plain and satisfactory manner that one might almost say he who runs may read. The post of auditor is not always an easy one, but where the books are kept in such order as this Society's books, the duties of the office may be regarded, as I said on a former occasion, as an evening's recreation. The financial statement which we have heard clearly shows that the position is not a sinecure. It is also evident that its duties are not relegated to the tender mercies of a clerk, but are conscientiously performed by Mr. Whittington himself. I sincerely hope that the conjunction of Mr. Whittington as Treasurer with the Swedenborg Society will continue for many years to come."
     Mr. Backhouse: "I regret very much that I am obliged to move an amendment. This is not simply a question of electing, a Treasurer to the Swedenborg Society. Under the rules of the Society, he who is elected as Treasurer is also, by that act, elected a member of the Committee. If it were simply a question of am pointing a Treasurer, and not a member of the Committee, I should be prepared to vote for Mr. Whittington with both hands, for I do not suppose that a better Treasurer could be found in all London. But it is because Mr. Whittington, if he be appointed Treasurer, will also be appointed a member of the Committee, that I am obliged to move an amendment. The amendment is, 'That Mr. Francis Heath'-who is well known, I believe, to every one present, and who is Secretary of the New Church College-'be Treasurer of this Society for the new year.' As to the ground of objection to Mr. Whittington's appointment as a member of the Committee, I should be very glad if I could be spared the trouble and pain of having to state it, but it is impossible to discuss questions of this sort without referring' to the very painful differences that have been made known to all the members of the Society as having occurred on the Committee during the past year, in which, according to the Committee's own circular, Mr. Whittington too a prominent and leading part. Now, if there be one thing more than another that it is desirable for all members to secure, it is the appointment of a Committee that shall have as great freedom as possible from any dissensions and differences of opinion. If Mr. Whittington were appointed a member of the Committee, we should, in my opinion-and I think that opinion is very largely shared throughout the provinces, whatever it may be in London-be introducing a serious element of dissension. I do not want to make any reference, if I can avoid it, to any institution in the country of which any particular Newchurchman may be a member. But the time has come when Newchurchmen, in the provinces at any rate, feel that it is necessary to speak out, and to say that no prominent member of the Academy, which is certainly acting inimically to the interests of the New Church, shall occupy so prominent a position as that of Treasurer to the Swedenborg Society if it can be avoided. I have no personal feelings in the matter; I have not the slightest feeling against any member of the Academy; but I have a very strong and decided objection to the doctrines and opinions of the Academy. If a member of the Academy could sit upon the Committee of the Swedenborg Society, and conscientiously act as a member of the Committee without introducing his particulars doctrinal opinions, I could not object; but Mr. Whittington's very conscientiousness, the very sincerity of his convictions, constitute the strongest reason against his appointment on the Committee. Mr. Whittington feels, as a conscientious member of the body to which I have referred, that he is bound to promote its interests in every way; and he has endeavored to do so during the past year in a manner which is very unpleasant to one of the most prominent ministers of the New Church. To my mind it was an insult to the Conference of the New Church, that the President nominate of the Conference should be declared unfit to sit upon the Revision Committee of the Swedenborg Society. I have come here at considerable inconvenience to say what I have to say upon this subject, and what is felt both by myself and by a lay e number, I think the great majority of members of the New Church in the provinces. We all of us think that we shall be acting against the real interests of the Church if we appoint any prominent member of the Academy on the Committee of the Swedenborg Society. That is the reason-I state it boldly and plainly-why I propose this amendment."
     The Chairman: "The motion is not seconded."
     Mr. Orme: "I will second it, in order that it may be put to the meeting."
     Mr. A. Gardiner: "I am very sorry that this amendment has been put forward. After the statement made by the Treasurer, and after the testimonial that he has received from the late Treasurer and from the auditor, and the knowledge that we have of Mr. Whittington's abilities, and of the manner in which he has discharged his office of Treasurer, that such an amendment should be brought forward is repugnant to the instincts of the meeting. I am sorry that Mr. Backhouse has put himself to so much trouble. I traverse the statement that he has made that the election of Mr. Whittington as Treasurer is also an election of that gentleman as a member of the Committee. It is special pleading, and it does not compass the whole argument of the case. We are asked to appoint the Treasurer of the Society and nothing else, and I think the meeting has made up its mind that Mr. Whittington is a sound Treasurer. Who has a single doubt as to the election of the Committee this evening, and "who is there in this meeting that does not know that Mr. Whittington will be in a minority of one to twelve? The only sound argument in support of Mr. Backhouse's motion was that Mr. Whittington was conscientious and a man of sincere convictions.

171



I shall certainly vote against the amendment."
     Mr. G. C. Ottley: "Words can hardly describe the astonishment I felt when Mr. Backhouse rose to move his amendment. I was under the impression that the Swedenborg Society was a Society in which the opinions of all Newchurchmen were represented. It was started with that view. It has not been, up to the present moment, and I hope it never will be, associated with any particular school of thought, as it is called, in the New Church. It is an association which has been established for the purpose of publishing the writings of the New Church, faithfully and correctly rendering the Latin to the English language in the best possible way, so that we may have the writings in their purity in English, en as we have in Latin-no more and no less. But here for the first time we are informed that any man who is capable of performing, as Mr. Whittington has been pronounced this evening to be capable of performing eminent uses a as Treasurer-a kind of commercial use we may say, bringing us into contact with pounds, shilling, and pence, and doing the work of the Society in that field adequately and satisfactorily-should be debarred from performing this use simply because he has the right as a Newchurchman to his own opinions. I am proud to say that I am a member of the Academy, and I hope I shall be to the last day of my life, for I believe that its attitude with regard to doctrine is a correct one. Is Mr. Whittington to be debarred from performing a use in the Church because he claims to himself the indefeasible light of an Englishman, and above all of a Newchurchman, the right of private judgment, the right to look at the doctrines of the Church from his own standpoint? Is he to be told that because he is not' identified with the so-called majority of the Conference of the Church, whatever that may be-at present it means nothing because it has not been defined-is he to be told that because he does not take his cue from the prevailing opinion at the present moment (which may not be the prevailing opinion fifty or a hundred years hence), he is to be debarred from performing a use for which he is so eminently fitted? I say it is an outrage' up on common-sense, and an outrage upon our feelings of justice; and I trust that this meeting will completely disapprove of such a policy, and that in keeping with the facts brought before us it will elect Mr. Whittington by a solid majority to the position for which he has been pronounced eminently qualified."
     Rev. J. Deans: "Mr. Ottley's plea on behalf of the original motion now before the meeting is the eminent fitness of our present Treasurer for his office. He thinks it would be a hardship, and perhaps something more than a hardship, if on account of a man's opinions he were prohibited from filling an office for which he was eminently fitted. I wish to ask how, when the question of the appointment of Mr. Rendell and Mr. Tansley on the Advisory Board was before the Committee of the Society, the position was regarded by Mr. Whittington? So far as I know, there is no member present who wishes in any way to persecute or to do an injustice to Mr. Whittington on account of his opinions, but this amendment has been made on account of the manner in which Mr. Whittington's opinions have led him to act during the past year, and on account of the way in which he will be likely to act during the next year. It is on that account that some of us, whether few or many, are going to vote against this re-election to-night. We have heard something from my friend Mr. Gardiner about special pleading. The rule of the Society is very explicit upon the matter. It says that the affairs of the Society shall be conducted by a Committee consisting of twelve members elected for a year at an annual general meeting, and of the Treasurer, who shall be a member of the Committee by virtue of his office. I think the special pleading comes in when a gentleman gets up at a meeting and says that we are not electing a Treasurer as a member of the Committee. We have to take into account that while it is very right that the Committee of the Swedenborg Society should include men of all shades of opinion within the borders of the New Church, it is not right that it should contain men who are doing their very best against the external organization of the New Church. We have heard to-night of the benefactions of men who have not been members of the external New Church, but Mr. Clissold and Mr. Clowes were not men that worked against the external organization of the New Church. I have in my pocket at the present time a letter from Mr. Clissold in which he distinctly approves of the external organization of the New Church, and shows his approval by giving subscriptions to building New Church places of worship. Now that Mr. Whittington has taken up this position, I should regard it as an insult to the members of the external New Church if he were again elected to any office of this kind in connection with the Swedenborg Society. I do not dispute his ability to keep accounts; I do not dispute the correctness of his books, or his industry, or his gentlemanly behavior, and matters of that kind. I do not dispute them for one moment; but I think it is not right that this Society should give a position to a man which will enable him to work greater mischief against those that give their life to the work of the New Church, and therefore, though I stand alone, I will vote against the election of Mr. Whittington as Treasurer of this Society. Mr. Gardiner has told us that if Mr. Whittington gets elected he will be as one to twelve. 'You should not prophesy,' we are told, 'until you know;' and it is not advisable, if you know it, to put one man on a Committee where he may be antagonistic to the other twelve. I very heartily support the amendment. I am quite sure if Mr. Heath takes office, at the end of the year we shall be able to say of him everything that the auditor and Mr. Teed have said concerning Mr. Whittington."
     Rev. Arthur Potter: "It seems to me that, as the gentlemen from the provinces have come to express their opinions, it is necessary for some of us to express the opinions felt in London on this subject. I must emphatically state that there are those in London who will vote against any member of the Academy filling any office in any of the organizations of the New Church. This Academy has put itself in an attitude of distinct antagonism. I think that in these matters we are entering upon a path that seems to some of us very serious. Here are gentlemen holding certain opinions and taking certain attitudes, and saying, 'You are not the New Church, but we are.' As long as that attitude is taken a serious responsibility devolves upon us. As gentlemen and as individuals they have as much right to their opinions as we have, but the fact that they will not give us the right that we are willing to extend to them makes it impossible for us to recognize them in connection with any organization of the New Church."
     Rev. R. J. Tilson: "I do not propose to detain the meeting long, and I will endeavor to avoid anything like special pleading, or anything that will lead to unpleasantness. We should stick to facts and ask ourselves, as far as we possibly can, What is our duty in connection with the institution we are seeking to serve.

172



I know the gentleman who is proposed in the original motion to be our Treasurer, and I know him to be a thorough, wholehearted Newchurchman. There is not a doctrine of the New Church that our present Treasurer (and I hope our future Treasurer) is not prepared to subscribe his name to. Being prepared to do this, he is a Newchurchman, and no one can say him nay. Are we going back, in a wretched and bigoted manner, to make the New Church a mere sect? The New Church consists of doctrines revealed from God out of heaven, and every man who accepts those doctrines is a Newchurchman, whether he belongs to the Conference or not, or whether he belongs to an external organization which is composed of a majority of professed Newchurchmen or not. But while I say on the part of our good friend, that he is in every sense of the term, as far as we know him-and some of us have known and worked with him for several years-a thorough whole-hearted Newchurchman, and therefore fit in that sense to be elected to this post, I also ask all of you who know anything about the doctrines of the New Church, What should be our leading thought in the work we are now going to perform? It should be use; for if there is one doctrine sacred to the New Church, it is the doctrine of use, and what we should ask ourselves is, Can this man fulfill the use of the office to which we are seeking to elect him? We have heard from those who have no sympathy with his doctrines that he is eminently qualified to perform this use. I simply appeal to our friends to act in the light of the doctrine of use; and as the gentleman mentioned is in every way a qualified Newchurchman, and is eminently fitted to perform the uses of this office, I sincerely hope that our friends will rise superior to every other consideration, and will, by a very solid majority, put him into that office which he can fill so well."
     Mr. H. W. T. Elliott: "We are not simply electing a Treasurer, but some one who will be ex officio a member, with as full privileges and powers on that Committee as any other member. What has happened in the past year? Important questions have agitated the Committee, questions of principle; and the Committee has been almost evenly divided, and would have been evenly divided had it not been for Mr. Whittington, who, acting as a member of the Committee, has given a determining vote on questions affecting the Church at large. But when I say this, I also say that I am sorry this amendment has been brought forward, and that I gave way to my friend Mr. Backhouse. It seems to me that as a Society we may fairly expect some statement from Mr. Whittington as to his attitude in matters affecting the Society. I would willingly vote for Mr. Whittington's re-election if I were really certain that he would not continue to oppose the election, as members of the Advisory Board, of Mr. Rendell and Mr. Tansley. I cannot, however, vote for a man who is going to use his position to rule out on any doctrinal grounds two I gentlemen of great repute against a large majority of members of the New Church.* If Mr. Whittington is prepared to consider dispassionately and without. any reference to doctrinal position the claims of Mr. Rendell and Mr. Tansley to be members of the Advisory Board, I for one should be sorry to vote against him. But I do claim that he shall respect in others that which Mr. Ottley and Mr. Tilson claim with so much force for themselves. There is in this Society room for all devout readers of Swedenborg, whatever their doctrinal position may be. I have never been in favor of excluding any one on the ground of unsoundness of doctrine. In connection with the Advisory Board I proposed the election of Mr. Potts, and I would do it again, whether he be a member of the Academy or not. But we are asked to do something more, and that is to elect those who will not adopt a similar, broad, liberal, and charitable policy, but who will use their position to exclude others who do not agree with them. With that I cannot coincide. I hope Mr. Whittington will appease this difference among us, and by such a statement as I am sure he could make, enable us to support his election as Treasurer, the duties of which office there is no question of his ability to perform."
     * In Morning Light's report these sentences read: "I would willingly vote for Mr. Whittington's re-election if I were really certain that he would not continue to oppose men like Mr. Rendell and Mr. Tansley on the ground of doctrinal unsoundness. I cannot, however, vote for a man who is going to use his position to rule out from the Advisory Board two gentlemen of great repute amongst a large majority of the New Church on the ground of their unsoundness of doctrine."
     Mr. Whittington: "I rise at once in response to the appeal of Mr. Elliott. It is somewhat difficult for me to express myself, as you may naturally suppose, after the debate that has just taken place. I do not know exactly where to begin. During the time that I have sat upon the Committee of the Swedenborg Society, it is true &at I have been a member of the Academy. I have been a member of it for twelve years, and I was a member when I was first elected to the office I now hold. But, sir, since I have sat upon the Committee there is not, I believe, a man amongst my colleagues who will say that I have ever given a vote in which my first thought has not been the use and benefit of the Swedenborg Society. That I voted against Mr. Rendell and Mr. Tansley for the position in which it was proposed to place them is true. That I made the statements in connection with them which are attributed to me is not true. I do not for a moment suppose that Mr. Elliott has any intention, or had any intention at any time, to misrepresent me; but the fact is it has been done. With regard to Mr. Rendell and Mr. Tansley, they perfectly well know that personally between them and me nothing but kindness, has ever passed. That I should vote against Mr. Rendell or Mr. Tansley if their names should be proposed again, would simply be on the ground that I did not think they would be of use to the Swedenborg Society. The idea that I should vote against them on the mere ground of my difference of opinion from them I treat with scorn. The idea that I would give any pledge as to my future conduct I also treat with scorn. Those who know me know well enough that if I occupy this post, I have a single eye to the benefit of the Society, the use of which I regard as one of the noblest that can be performed. I do not know that I have anything more to say. That I should say a word in support of my own election is not to be thought of. I have the consciousness that I have performed a signal use to this Society during the time I have held office. I have the consciousness that I could perform a use to it if I should be re-elected. On that ground, and on that ground alone, would I accept office if I should be re-elected. But whether I am elected or not is a matter of perfect indifference to me. I will serve to the best of my ability if elected, but I shall not be sorry if I am not elected. If Mr. Elliott thinks that I have not exactly answered his point, perhaps he will set me right."
     Mr. H. T. W. Elliott: "My impression is, and I think it is the impression of the meeting, that Mr. Whittington has said all that we can reasonably expect him to say. We who know him personally, know that what he has said may be trusted, and we have heard a distinct statement from him that he would oppose no one as a member of the Advisory Board on account of any doctrinal views which he might or might not happen to hold.

173



If I am correct in assuming that to be his distinct statement, I would appeal to my friend Mr. Backhouse to withdraw his amendment."
     Mr. Whittington: I do not know whether I can conscientiously let that pass. I could do so in one sense, but I do not wish by any silence of mine to give any false impression to the meeting. I would not oppose any one on account of his doctrinal opinions in any position where I thought he could be of service to the Swedenborg Society; but if that position was one in which I thought his doctrinal opinions would be detrimental to the Society, of course I should vote against him on that ground, and on that ground alone. No conscientious man would do otherwise."
     The amendment was then put to the meeting and carried by 18 votes against 12.
     After some conversation respecting the vote, the amendment was then put as a substantive motion and carried by 20 votes to 16.
     The Chairman:-"Then I declare that Mr. Heath is elected."
     Messrs. A. J. Roberts and J. Gilbey were re-elected as auditors.
     A lengthy discussion on the alteration of rules ensued.
     This was followed by the election of the Committee from which Messrs. Tilson, Whittington, and Child were excluded. This practically closed the business of the meeting, and the Rev. John Presland rose to say:
     "Before, we part, there is a resolution to be moved, which I have great pleasure in proposing. I invite you to join in a very hearty vote of thanks to Col. Bevington for the- manner in which he has conducted the unusually intricate and complicated business of this long meeting. We have been greatly indebted to Col. Bevington for his impartial conduct in the chair. I also take the opportunity-usually taken, I think, by the mover of this resolution-of expressing the great indebtedness of the Society to Mr. Elliott for his most admirable management of its business in the important office of Secretary. And I cannot sit down without also asking you to record your thanks to our friend Mr. Whittington, whom I for one am exceedingly sorry we shall not again recognize in the position of our Treasurer. We have never had a better Treasurer than Mr. Whittington. I differ from Mr. Whittington, as he knows, on many matters; but I recognize in him a New Church gentleman and a model Treasurer. The obligations of the Society to him through several years are almost beyond description. I ask you to express your hearty thanks to our Chairman, to our Secretary, and to our late Treasurer."
     Rev. J. R. Rendell: "I have great pleasure in seconding the vote of thanks to the Chairman. The meeting has been an orderly one, it is true; but the business has been of an intricate character, and our Chairman has brought it to a successful issue. I also recognize the great work that our friend Mr. Elliott has done so many years. Never, I think, has a Society been blessed with' such an active and such a judicious Secretary. We know that a Secretary can make or mar an institution. Mr. Elliott has done everything he could do to make this Institution what it is. He has seen it grow from a comparatively small thing into an institution of very considerable importance. I also recognize the very great services that Mr. Whittington has rendered the Society in past years. There may have been differences of judgment in regard to other matters, which of course we regret; but in his office of Treasurer he has rendered signal service to the Society, and also in that respect to the "Church at large."
     The motion was unanimously adopted.
     The Chairman: "I am much obliged for the kind way in which the vote of thanks has been proposed, and for the acclamation with which it has been received. I am afraid that I have not been a sufficiently firm Chairman, and that I ought to have put down some of the speakers more than I did. But I have done my best to please the meeting and to give every one a hearing. I have endeavored to be as impartial as possible under somewhat difficult circumstances. A Chairman has feelings as well as other men; but when he is in the chair it is his duty to put his feelings aside, and preserve strict impartiality. Again I thank you."
     Mr. Elliott: "I am exceedingly obliged to you for the kind manner in which you have received this vote of thanks, and also for the very flattering words that Mr. Rendell has spoken about me. I am sorry that through an oversight this meeting has been delayed fourteen days owing to a technical difficulty. It only shows that a Secretary may be a good many years in office and yet fail to observe the requirements of some rule. I am very sorry, because I am afraid that many friends have been inconvenienced."
     Mr. Whittington: "Allow me first to thank my kind friend Mr. Presland for the words in which he has proposed this resolution. I rise with considerable emotion on this occasion, probably the last on which I shall stand before any audience connected with the present outer organization of the Church in this country. That you have relieved me of the office of Treasurer, personally I regret but little, although I am very glad to servo a Society that publishes the works of Emanuel Swedenborg. I only regret the result of this election for your own sakes. It seems strange that it is possible for so many persons believing in the writings of Swedenborg to reject an officer because he is a member of a Society or a Church whose only platform is that of a recognition of the Second Advent of the LORD as manifested and effected by those writings. The Academy of the New Church has no other position than that. That is my position; that is the reason of my being a member of the Academy. (I have no other); and that is the reason why you have rejected me. For your own sakes I deeply regret it. That you may grow in love of the doctrines of the New Church is my heart-felt wish. That you may see that they are the presence of the LORD with us-that in them we hear the LORD'S voice speaking to us at His Second Advent-that, ladies and gentlemen, is my parting wish to you."
     The Rev. John Presland pronounced the benediction, and the proceedings terminated.
Conscience 1891

Conscience              1891

     Conscience is spiritual life to man.- H. D. 139.
ATTITUDE OF THE NEW CHURCH TO ITS DOCTRINAL STANDARDS 1891

ATTITUDE OF THE NEW CHURCH TO ITS DOCTRINAL STANDARDS       C. J. WHITTINGTON       1891

To THE EDITOR OF MORNING LIGHT.
     Dear SIRS:- An almost life-long devotion to the cause of the New Church in this country, which even my opponents appear to acknowledge, might have saved me from the correspondence which has been commenced in your columns; but, as that fails, I write to ask that for decency's sake such highly personal letters may cease. What purpose do they serve? The Swedenborg Society no longer wishes me to act as its Treasurer, and I am perfectly content with the decision.

174



I made this clear at the meeting and refused the "poll" demanded on my behalf. So ends the personal matter-not that I have nothing to say about the events which led to this result, but I have already given reasons in your journal for silence.
     But the present state of the New Church in this country, as evidenced by this and by other questions before the Church-entirely apart from any persons whose names have been connected with them-may be worthy of the attention of your readers.
     The Swedenborg Society, which is to a large extent representative of the New Church in this country, has responded with alacrity to the position taken up by Mr. H. T. W. Elliott and indicated in the question put to me at the Annual Meeting, and to which Mr. Higham refers in his letter (Morning Light, p. 299). This position is that no one should be excluded from the translation work of the Swedenborg Society "on account of unsoundness of doctrine" and that fitness for the work should be" considered without any reference to doctrinal position" (Morning Light, p. 278).
     In the replies I made to the question put to me I drew a distinction between difference of opinion and a doctrinal position detrimental to the work (Morning Light, p. 278).
     Now any one who knows anything of the subject at all, knows that a knowledge of the Latin language alone-however good-will not enable any one to produce a reliable translation of the Writings. A knowledge, and, what is more, an acknowledgment of the Doctrines contained in them, is necessary to thorough work. It is plain, therefore, that a person's doctrinal position may be very detrimental indeed to the work of translation. But you may know this, you may believe that a person holds a doctrinal position detrimental to the work, and yet if at the shrine of a "broad, liberal and charitable policy" you will not sacrifice your common sense, honesty, and love of truth, members of the New Church can "vote against you with a clear conscience" in order to "banish narrow-mindedness from the New Church" (Dawn, p. 474). So be it. I for one am content to be banished on those terms.
     But it is not in the fact that such a "policy" is enunciated by one or two persons, but in the hearty response which is unquestionably made to it by the members of the New Church (especially when taken in conjunction with other facts) that its significance lies. Who can escape the conclusion, or under-estimate its transcendent importance, that it points either to a widespread want of acquaintance with the Heavenly Doctrines, or to so light an estimation of them as must ere long result in an utter faithlessness to them?
     What else could account for the glorification into a "principle" and a "broad, liberal, and charitable policy" of that which is simply the negation of the New' Church definition of charity? What else is the meaning of a "general consensus of opinion" as to the "fallibility of the Writings"? (Dawn, p. 456). What else accounts for the safety with which the Divine quality' of the Writings can be made sport of at a meeting of Newchurchmen? (Morning Light, p. 276). What else accounts for the desire to distinguish between the Theological and Moral Writings in order that there 'may be' an excuse for rejecting the latter? What else accounts for the openly expressed dislike of the doctrine of the Writings respecting marriage between persons of different faiths, the state of the Christian world, the Priesthood, and other matters? And what can be the ready ascription of all the woes of the Church, to the zealous adherence of a "small minority" to the teachings of the Writings, but a confession, too plain to be resisted, that the "immense majority" regard such a position with suspicion, if not dislike?
     Friends of the New Church! it may be, now that you will be relieved forever of the presence within your body of that "small minority," you will look less coldly upon the position they have taken up, and upon the doctrines they have, from a love of truth, pressed upon your attention. It may be that you will see that in the very forefront of the New Church as "a gate through which there may be entrance into the Temple," and the "face, gate, and summary of it" (T. C. R. 1), stands this "particular of faith," viz., that "unless the LORD come again into the world, in Divine Truth, which is the Word, no one can be saved" (T. C. R. 3). It may be that you will see that that Coming which takes place in the Revelation made by "means of a man" (T. C. R. 779), is actually a Coming of the LORD in DIVINE TRUTH which is the WORD; that in receiving that Revelation as Divine, and not otherwise, we receive the LORD Himself; that in obeying the truths of that Revelation as Divine, and not otherwise, we obey the LORD Himself, and that in denying their divinity we deny the LORD Himself. It may be that you will see that that Revelation, although written in different books, is actually that Divine Truth which is contained within the letter of the Word, and can never be separated from it, but rests eternally thereon; and with this acknowledgment you could not fail to see the utter inseparability of the Divine Truth from the Divine Love, and thus its identity with the LORD Himself. It may be that you will then no longer under-estimate the importance of a true doctrinal position for all work, or so persistently misunderstand the devotion with which the "small minority" regard even the most unpopular doctrines of the Writings. Nay, it might even be that in the "extreme corner" in which Mr. Higham tells you that small minority takes up its position, you may see that "STONE which the builders refused," but which is "become the HEAD OF THE CORNER." Yours faithfully,
     LONDON, July 28th, 1891. C. J. WHITTINGTON.
There is true conscience 1891

There is true conscience              1891


     There is true conscience, spurious conscience, and false conscience.- H. D. 139.
LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN 1891

LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN              1891

     IN a recent issue of a weekly "New Church" journal there appeared a piece of curious reasoning by a "New Church" minister who holds a university degree indicating the possession of learning. Respecting the work on Conjugial Love he writes to refute the theory of infallibility. Quoting a large portion of n. 295 of that work, embellishing (2) the annotation by the liberal use of italics and interpolating an explanation at one place, he claims that the extract is a virtual repudiation of infallibility for the work. It is a pure, yea, a puerile, inference, notwithstanding it follows quickly on a condemnation of inferences. There is not a word either in support of infallibility or otherwise in the number quoted. The subject is the object of the book. This is declared to be "that the reader may see truths rationally and thereby give his consent." Only a writer with an infatuated fad to' maintain could mistake the very obvious inference. Has the writer of the essay referred to been enabled, by his study of the work on Conjugial Love, to see the truths revealed by the LORD on this subject in a rational light? If so, the book has accomplished its declared object in his case; if not, it has failed so far as he is concerned.

175



Such is the clear teaching of the extract; and such the worthy purpose of a revelation from the all-wise God.
All religion has relation to life 1891

All religion has relation to life              1891

     PERHAPS no gem of truth is more hackneyed (with reverent regret, be it said), than this: All religion has relation to life; and the life of religion is to do good. It is heard ad nauseam. It is the motto of at least two "New Church" journals in this country. In the light of recent experiences it must be clear that the phrase is used in ignorance of its import. What teaching has a more intimate relation to life than that which tells a man how to lead a life of conjugial purity and to successfully combat his hereditary sensuous lusts? What "good" more necessary to "do" than the good of conjugial love? Yet the attempt to bring out of our treasury some teachings bearing on this all-important subject, with this grand end in view, called forth the indignant condemnation of the English Conference I No better illustration of the fact that the professed New Church is really in Faith- Alone, like the nominal Christian Church, could be furnished.
HOW inconsistent these "New Church" people are, to be sure 1891

HOW inconsistent these "New Church" people are, to be sure              1891

     HOW inconsistent these "New Church" people are, to be sure. A certain "school" believes in the infallibility of Swedenborg, they say. If that means anything, it means that this school stands or falls by what Swedenborg says, and ventures not to teach anything of its own; it further means that the said "New Church" people do not hold such belief. Now, if it was wrong to hold that Swedenborg (or, to be correct, the LORD at His Second Advent) is infallible, a clear and intelligible' action lay against the "school" which so held. But no action was brought. This clear issue was evaded and another course, quite unintelligible to the ordinary mind, resorted to. The "school" which believes in the infallibility of the Writings brought to view certain teaching out of the Writings; the section which repudiates the infallibility dogma took exception to the teaching and action against the teachers, turning them out of the Church. The curious part of the proceedings is the reason (or one of the reasons) assigned for the action, viz., that the teaching objected to was Rot in accordance with the Writings.
TO suppose that any will be saved by "immediate revelation" is to be in "mere shade" and "error." 1891

TO suppose that any will be saved by "immediate revelation" is to be in "mere shade" and "error."              1891

     TO suppose that any will be saved by "immediate revelation" is to be in "mere shade" and "error."
     Such a method of salvation would be inconsistent with the preservation of man's freedom, which is an essential condition of regeneration. This is clearly taught in Arcana Coelestia, n. 4032, and it disposes of the common, pretension that the Doctrines are merely to be regarded as useful helps to a man's regeneration, the regeneration itself of each being effected in a manner similar to that of Swedenborg. It is highly probable that Swedenborg was regenerated, but we are without any information on the subject, and so cannot say for certain. Whether he was regenerated or not is nothing to the purpose. He wrote the LORD'S own interpretation of His Word, and to these Writings all who would be saved must henceforth come. They are the words of eternal life, and there is no other method, mediate or immediate, given under heaven or among men whereby man must be saved. If a man leave this world unacquainted with their contents he will find the works in the spiritual world and the necessary study will have to begin under, less favorable auspices. Ministers who neglect to lead their flocks to these Divinely given means of salvation from Evil have a grave sin of omission to answer for.
annual meetings of important bodies of the Church 1891

annual meetings of important bodies of the Church              1891

     THE annual meetings of important bodies of the Church, which recognize the "New Church Conference" as its legislative head, are nearly all over now in anticipation of the meeting of Conference. The tone which prevails at these meetings may be fairly taken as a gauge of that which will characterize the more representative gathering. The indications are that the watchword will be "No compromise!" Well, we should not complain. I'm sure none of those who have severed their connection with Conference could think of going back upon a compromise basis; and it is too much to expect Conference to yield all the claims of the dissentients. So there will be a definite parting of the ways at the forthcoming Conference, and each section will peacefully pursue its own course thereafter.
     It will, nevertheless, be with unfailing interest that the present, and probably the next generation of dissentients from the Conference position will follow the fortunes of the organization they have left. Whilst we may not criticize its methods with any hope of effecting a change, for our own benefit we may watch and note them and the apparent results. And it is not too much to expect that the larger body will be interested in the future of the smaller. Let us hope that all references by speakers and writers of the one body to the other will be made in the spirit of true charity, and be actuated by a sincere desire for the triumph of the right.
SUBSCRIBERS to the Swedenborg Society 1891

SUBSCRIBERS to the Swedenborg Society        JAMES CALDWELL       1891

     SUBSCRIBERS to the Swedenborg Society will do well to consider what is the full significance of the action taken at the annual meeting of that venerable corporation in re the deposition of the treasurer. Shorn of all verbiage the verdict means that doctrinal soundness is not a necessary qualification in a translator of the Writings. It was not a question of this man or that man's fitness, but a question of principle purely. A man may be doctrinally unsound and yet competent to translate into English the books whereby the LORD has made His Second Advent! As well say to at Swedenborg need not necessarily have understood what he was writing. The sacred writers of former times were mere amanuenses, but Swedenborg emphatically was not that merely. And neither should the translators of those Divinely-given books be modern Masorites with no perception of the meaning of what they transcribe. We know and acknowledge how necessary it is in mundane affairs-e. g., Science, Literature, Art, Mechanics, etc.-that transcribers of standard works out of original tongues should be something more than mere linguists or philologists. They must thoroughly understand and be devoted to the subject of the work to be translated. Again, with what comparative contempt mere "academic" dissertations are regarded. Thus, in temporal affairs, doctrinal soundness is a vine qua non in the scribe. Why then should the more momentous "plan of salvation" be imperilled in the process of transcription by being placed in the hands of men who do not possess the primary qualification of the faithful translator? It is a phase of the no- don, inherited from the dead Church, that any one, "whose heart God has touched," as the phrase goes, may preach the Gospel, and a further witness to the destructive influences at work in the professed New Church. One result of the action of the Swedenborg Society is gratifying, viz., that by that action the Rev. R. J. Tilson and Mr. C. J. Whittington are set free to do good work for the genuine New Church now beginning to be established in these islands.
     JAMES CALDWELL.

176



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 14 Balmoral Crescent, Crosshill, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, SEPTEMBER, 1891=122.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes, p. 153.- Seek first the Kingdom of God, p. 154.-Implantation of Truth In Good, and Distresses of Temptations, p. 156.- The LORD'S Human and the Word, p. 158.- The Continuity of Angelic Speech as reflected in the Hebrew, p. 159.- Comprehensiveness of the Hebrew, p. 16O.- The Heavenly Marriage of Good and Truth expressed in the Hebrew, p. 160.-Nathan Clark Burnham, p. 160.-In Liberty-loving England, p. 163.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 164.- A New Edition of Canons, p. 164.
     The General Church.- The State of Swedenborg's Manuscripts, p. 168.
     Communicated.- The Discussion preceding the Meeting of the Swedenborg Society, p. 167.- Swedenborg Society, British and Foreign, p. 167.- The Attitude of the New Church to its Doctrinal Standards, p. 173.-Letter from Great Britain, p. 174,
     News Gleanings, p. 175.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 176.
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE Academy Schools in Philadelphia will reopen on October 5th, For information concerning the Schools apply to the Dean of the Faculty the Rev. Eugene J. E. Schreck, 868 North Eighteenth Street, Philadelphia to whom applications for admission should be sent.
     Illinois.- THE Illinois Association of the New Jerusalem held its fifty-second annual meeting at La Porte, Indiana, on August 6th to 9th.- The St. Louis Society has sold its house of worship, and bought a larger chapel, formerly used by an Old Church congregation.- The Flat Rock Society has completed a house of worship.- A Society has been formed in Pittsfield, and is building a house of worship.- A Society has also been formed in Englewood, a suburb of Chicago.- The Rev. A. J. Bartels spent nine months in missionary work.- The Rev. T. F. Houts read a paper on "The Office and Function of the Christian Age."- The annual address of the President, the Rev. L. P. Mercer, was on "The Mission of the New Church and how to accomplish it."- A reception was held at the residence and grounds of William Niles, Esq., attended by over one hundred and fifty persons.- The Rev. A. J. Bartels read a paper on "What Shall We Do." The Rev. G. M. Davidson, of Hoopeston, was admitted to membership in the Association.- The Rev. E. D. Daniels, of the Ohio Association, and the Rev. G. H. Dole, of Michigan, were present at the meeting.
     FRENCH settlers at Kankakee and St. Marie, in Iroquois County, have begun reading the Writings in their native tongue.
     Texas.-BY an arrangement between the Galveston Society, the General Society of Texas, and the Board of Missions, the Rev. Jabex Fox is making a four months' missionary tour in the interior of the State.
     California.- THE services of the Oakland Society are conducted by Mr. L. Putnam. On Sunday evenings the members meet at the home of Mr. John S. Tyrrell, where the Doctrines are read and discussed. Mr. Takimi, the young Japanese, takes part in these meetings.
     Oregon.- THE Rev. John Doughty, on his return from his Eastern trip, visited Portland, and held a course of five lectures commencing June 24th. Baptism was administered to two adults and the Holy Supper to twenty-one. He pronounces this place to be an important centre and very much in need of a minister.
     THREE lectures were also held in Ballston, Polk County, which place has a small church building. A number of New Church people reside in this as well as the neighboring county, Yamhill, not distant from Portland.
     A VISIT was further made to Douglas County (about 160 miles south of Portland) where four related families were found near Oakland P. O. A New Church Society was here organized, consisting of eight persons. In these families there are fifteen children, and a strong desire prevails among the parents that they should grow up within the Church.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.-Mr. John Stephenson, a candidate for the Priesthood of the Academy of the New Church, recently returned from Philadelphia, conducts services for the Liverpool circle.
     THE Yorkshire Missionary and Colportage Association held their 31st annual meeting in Leeds, on July 11th, The colporteur, Mr. John Stephenson, preached 93 times in various towns of Yorkshire, and conducted 37 meeting for reading the Writings, and sold books to a value of over L60. The subscription to the Association amounted to L76. Mr. W. Dyson having been officer in the Association for 30 years, and during the last year President, resigned.
     THE quarterly meeting of the Camberwell Society, London, was held July 16th. Since the departure of the Rev. R. J. Tilson the services have been carried on by lay readers, except on June 14th, when the Rev. Geo. Meek delivered a sermon.
     THE Rev. J. F. BUSS will give up the pastorate of the Newcastle-on- Tyne Society on October 30th.
     THE 27th annual meeting of the New Church College, Islington, London, was held on July 27th. Three regular students were sent to classes connected with the London University for their secular education. One of them (Mr. Newboult) resigned in February, owing to a change in his theological opinions.-In his report, the Theological Professor, the Rev. J. Presland, complains that the scope of their secular studies leaves the students too little time for their doctrinal studies.-Besides, the regular students, fourteen "extra" or "college students" were readopted, and four added to the list. Three resigned during the year, leaving fifteen on the books at the present time. Three of this number have entered upon active ministerial work as leaders of Societies. The "extra students" reside at a distance from the college and pursue their studies by correspondence, or under different ministers appointed by the college authorities.
     France.-FOR the first time there was celebrated solemnly, this year, in Paris, the memorial of the 19th of June, and it was the French Church of the Advent of the LORD which has had the honor of this inauguration. Twelve were present in person, among them a young Haytian. During the feast of the day a toast was proposed to the establishment of the New Church, and another to the Academy of the New Church.-On July 12th, at six o'clock P. M., a meeting was held, at which a young gentleman was baptized. After a common dinner the Holy Supper was administered by the Rev. Alf. J. P. Bellais, of Autun.-Mr. Bellais subsequently made a trip through the Northwest of France, and visited isolated Newchurchmen in that region.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND DEATHS.






     Vol. XI.     PHILADELPHIA, OCTOBER, 1891=122. No. 10.

     Divine Love is Love toward the whole human race, to save, beatify, and make happy to eternity, and to appropriate His Divine as far as they can receive it.- A. C. 4735.



     THIS Divine Love is what, in the celestial sense, is signified by the Divine Human of the LORD, for the Human of the LORD, after it was glorified, or made Divine, cannot be conceived of as human, but as Divine Love in human form, as defined above. This Divine Love was the "FATHER" to Whom the LORD prayed:
"And now, O FATHER, glorify Thou Me with Thine Own Self, with the Glory which I had with Thee before the world was" (John xvii, 5),-the same Love which sent the "Son" into the world,-which clothed itself in the Divine. Truth which is the Word, and descended into the world-the same Love which now again manifests itself in the Divine Truth which is the Word, in His Second Descent into the world.
     This Divine Love, be it remembered, is the Divine Human-the Divine Man.



     In the Most Ancient Church they called no one Man, but the Lord, and the things which were His.- A. C. 49.



     IN order, therefore, that there may be men, His creatures must receive him in His Descent to them- receive His Divine Truth which is united with His Divine Good-receive Him, the Son of Man, in His Divine Human, Him Who is the LORD JESUS CHRIST, Saviour, Priest and King-the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom-the Divine Good and the Divine Truth. Marvelous is His Divine Way of coming to us, and of leading us to Him! He who is the Way, the Truth and the Life has exemplified that Way in the Glorification of His Own Human, revealed in the Internal Sense of the Word; The reader need only to study the Internal Sense of Genesis xxxiii, 1, as presented in the following pages, to realize the wonderful methods of the LORD'S work of saving souls out of their states of evil and falsity.



     Nor did the Most Ancients call themselves Man, except only those things which they perceived that they had from the Lord, as, all the good of love, and the truth of faith; these, they said, were of Man, because of the Lord.- A. C. 49.



     IN his abject condition, man cannot receive the good of the LORD'S Love immediately, notwithstanding that the Divine Love goes out toward all, with the desire to appropriate Its Very Self to every one. For this reason, JEHOVAH descended as the Divine Truth, which is the Word, that man may learn, by the external way, to compel himself to shun evils as sins against the LORD, and by thinking and doing the Truth to go to meet the Good with which the LORD inflows by the internal way, as Jacob went to meet Esau.



     In the Supreme Sense, the Lord Himself is the only Man; hence the Celestial Church is called, Man, because it is a likeness; hence, afterward, the Spiritual [Church], because it is an image.- A. C. 477.



     THE New Church is, in the LORD'S sight, in the Human form and order, only to the extent in which the Writings, in which the LORD has made His Second Advent, are acknowledged to be the Divine Truth, the Word, the Divine Human, and to the extent in which she loves this Divine Truth, thinks it, and acts according to it. The acknowledgment that the Word is the LORD, and that the Writings are the Divine Human is of vital importance in the preparation of the New Church for the human form of the Bride and Wife, who is to be betrothed and married to the Divine Bridegroom and Husband. As consent is the essential of the marriage of husband and wife in the Church and in Heaven, so the rational conviction of the Presence of the Divine Human, and the loving obedience to this Divine Human, in the affairs of life, are the essential of the marriage of the LORD and the Church.



     "He that testifieth these things saith, Yea, I come quickly; Amen. Yea come, Lord Jesus," signifies the Lord, Who revealed the Apocalypse, and has now opened it, testifying this Gospel, that in His Divine Human, which He took on in the world and glorified, He comes as the Bridegroom and Husband, and that the Church desires Him as Bride and Wife.- A. R. 960.



     THE want of this conviction and obedience, on the part of the majority in the New Church, has, as we verily believe, led to the series of judgments and separations which have taken place, although the ultimate occasion may sometimes have appeared different. The last of these separations was fully accomplished at the late meeting of the Canada Association. New Church Tidings remains in the hands of its editor, and its faithful teachings will therefore continue to lead men by the truth of doctrine to the good of life, so that their measure may be increased, to receive the Divine Love, which is "Love toward the whole human race, to save, beatify and make happy to eternity, and to appropriate His Divine as far as they can receive."

178







     "I am the living Bread which descended out of Heaven, if any one eat of this bread, he shall live to eternity."-John vi, 51.
KINGDOM OF GOD AND HIS JUSTICE 1891

KINGDOM OF GOD AND HIS JUSTICE       Rev. JOSEPH E. ROSENQVIST       1891

     "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice, and all things shall be added unto you."-Matthew vi, 33.

     IN the sixth Chapter of the Evangel of Matthew the LORD speaks to His disciples of the right state in which they ought to be when giving alms, when praying and fasting. He instructs them concerning the only safe place where they ought to lay up their treasures, and He points out to them the necessity of serving GOD ALONE, and shows them at the same time how impossible it is to serve two masters, to serve God and mammon. And after that He has in Divine simplicity taught them of how very little consequence, and how utterly unworthy of any anxious cares the things of this world are in comparison with the things of Heaven and of the Church, the Divine admonition of the text is heard to proceed out of His mouth: "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice and all things shall be added unto you!"
     Indeed without seeking and desiring in the first place "the Kingdom of God and His justice," all other things, as praying, fasting, and the gathering together of spiritual and worldly riches, are of no lasting and. eternal use, but are rather drawbacks and hindrances to true usefulness.
     There are in this text three most important things to be considered in the light of Doctrine:
     First, What is meant by "the Kingdom of God"?
     Second, What is meant by "His justice"?
     Third, In what relation do all other things stand to these two?
     "The Kingdom of God" is a Kingdom of uses, and this Kingdom is made up exclusively of such as love or seek uses in the first place for the sake of the good resulting from them, and all other things in the measure in which they are subservient to use; for to be of use is the delight of life among all there. But what the LORD'S Kingdom is and how is it to be sought or loved is plainly taught in the following from The True Christian Religion:
     "That the LORD'S Kingdom is the neighbor that is to be loved in the highest degree is because by the LORD'S Kingdom is meant the Church throughout the world, which is called the communion of saints, and by it, is also meant heaven. They who love the LORD'S Kingdom, love-the LORD above all things, and are consequently in love to God more than others; for, the Church in the heavens and in the earth is the body of the LORD, since they are in the LORD and the LORD in them. Love toward the LORD'S Kingdom is therefore love toward the neighbor in its fullness; for they who love the LORD'S Kingdom, not only love the LORD above all things, but they also love the neighbor as one's self; the love to the LORD is a universal love, and consequently is in all things of spiritual life, and in each one of them, and is also in all things, and in each thing pertaining to natural life; for this love has its seat in the highest things with man, and the highest flow into the lower and vivify them, as the will flows into all things of intention and the action that is from it, and the understanding into all things of thought and the speech therefrom" (T. C. R. 416).
     From these things it is evident that by "the Kingdom of God" the Church both in heaven and on earth is meant. But a still more internal teaching on this subject is given in these words from. The Apocalypse Explained:
     "That the Kingdom of the LORD is the reception of Divine Good and Divine Truth, thus with those who receive, may appear from this consideration that the LORD reigns with angels of heaven and with men of the Church by that which proceeds from Him, which is commonly called Divine Good and Divine Truth, likewise, justice and judgment, and also love and faith; these are the things by which the LORD reigns, consequently, they are properly the Kingdom of the LORD with those who receive them; for when they reign in angels and men, then the LORD Himself reigns, inasmuch as the things which proceed from the LORD are He, and the LORD in Heaven is no other than the Divine Proceeding. The LORD indeed not only rules those who receive Divine celestial and spiritual things from Him, but also those who do not receive, as all who are in hell, but still it cannot be said that the Kingdom of the LORD is there, inasmuch as they are altogether unwilling to be governed by the Divine which proceeds, and according to the laws of its order, yea, they deny the LORD and avert themselves from Him; but still the LORD rules them, not as the subjects and citizens of His Kingdom, but as refractory and rebellious, keeping them in bonds that they may not do evil to each other, and especially to those who are of His Kingdom.
     "That the Kingdom of the LORD is what proceeds from Him and is received, may appear from the passages in the Word where the Kingdom of God is mentioned; as in the LORD'S Prayer: 'Thy Kingdom come. Thy Will be done, as in heaven, so also in the earth' (Matthew vi, 10). That by 'Kingdom' is there understood the reception of Divine Good and Divine Truth which proceed from the LORD, and in which the LORD, is with the angels of heaven and with men of the Church, is evident, for it follows: 'Thy Will be done as in heaven, so also in the earth,' and the Will of God is done when those things' are received, in the heart and soul-that is, in love and faith. So in another place: 'Seek ye first the Kingdom of the heavens and the justice thereof, and all things shall be added unto you' (Matthew vi, 33).
     "By 'the Kingdom of the heavens,' in the spiritual sense, is understood the Divine Truth, and by 'justice,' the Divine Good, wherefore it is said: 'Seek first the Kingdom of the heavens and the justice thereof,' and, in the supreme sense, by 'the Kingdom of the heavens' is understood the LORD, inasmuch as He is the all of His Kingdom, and by 'justice,' in the same sense, is signified the LORD'S merit; and, whereas the man, who is ruled by the LORD, wills and loves only such things as are of the LORD, he is led, unknown to himself, to the felicities of eternity, therefore it is said that 'all things shall be added unto him,' whereby is understood that all things shall happen for salvation according to his wishes. Inasmuch as Heaven is Heaven from the reception of Divine Truth from the LORD, and in like manner the Church, therefore Heaven and the Church are understood in the general sense by 'the Kingdom of God,' and by 'the Kingdom of the heavens:' hence they who receive Divine Truth are called by the LORD, 'the sons of the Kingdom,' in Matthew:' The field is the world, the seed are the sons of the Kingdom, the tares are the sons of the evil one'" (xiii, 38). (A. E. 683).
     You have thus learnt that by "the Kingdom of God" is also meant the reception of the Divine Good and the Divine Truth, yea, not only what proceeds from Him and is received-the Divine Truth Itself-but also the LORD Himself is signified by "the Kingdom of God."

179



But in addition to "the Kingdom of God," "His justice" is also to be sought: not only the Divine Truth, which is signified by "the Kingdom of God" but also the Divine Good, which is signified by "His Justice," must be loved and sought in the first place. To seek "His justice" is to seek His Good; to seek His Good is to do His Will, to do His Will is to carry out in life the Truth, the Kingdom of God, as you see it; as it comes to you! When the Truth is acted upon then it becomes good, for it becomes the object of the will and love, and whatever is the object of the will and love is called good (H. H. 348).
     As the Kingdom of God is the Divine Truth as it proceeds from the LORD, so "His Justice" is the Divine Good proceeding from Him by means of the Divine, Truth. Truth must needs be conjoined to Good; the marriage of Good and Truth must needs be effected in you before your spiritual man can be said to live. "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His Justice and all things shall be added unto you." That is the Divine promise. How should you then regard all other things in respect to these two principal things: "The Kingdom of God and His Justice"? Or, in other words, how should you value and esteem the things of this world in relation to the Church of the New Jerusalem; Its Divine Doctrine and a life according to the same?
     Surely you should, so the LORD teaches, regard the things of this world as means to the speedy finding of "the Kingdom of God and His justice;" in that case they will be a blessing to you, but if you do not so regard them then they will be to you a curse!
     In The Arcana Coelestia the following teaching is given on this subject:
     "It is known that means have no life from any other source than the end, and no life without the end; thus the delight of gain and honors when they are made means, have then life from the life out of heaven from the LORD, for the LORD is the end in which they centre. When man is in such an order of life, then gains and honors are blessings to him, but if he be in inverted order, gains and honors are curses to him. That all things are blessings when man is in the order of heaven, the LORD teaches in Matthew, 'Seek ye first the Kingdom of the Heavens and the Justice thereof, and all things shall be added unto you'" (vi, 33) (A. C. 9184).
     That not only natural gain and riches must be regarded as means for the obtainment of "the Kingdom of God and His justice," but that also spiritual riches, the Truth Itself, learnt and stored up in the mind of man, must be so considered, is evident from the following:
     "The truths of the Church without conjunction by good with the interior man have nothing for an end but gain by whomsoever they are; but when they are conjoined by good with the interior man, they then regard for an end essential good and truth, thus the Church, the LORD'S Kingdom and the LORD Himself, and when they have these things for an end, then also gain in proportion to work is allotted them according to the words of the LORD in Matthew 'Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His justice, and all things shall be added unto you'" (A. C. 5449).
     It is a fact worthy of notice that the words of the text were chosen by the LORD as a motto to The Arcana Coelestia, that is, they were placed before everything else, to indicate in a universal way the motive or intent of the whole work. The Infinite Wisdom in such arrangement may, in some small degree, be apprehended, when the important spiritual meaning of this verse is considered: "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God"-the LORD, as He makes Himself known and visible in the Doctrines of the New Church; and "His justice"-that is, the love and power from Him to carry out in life and live that doctrine! And before that doctrine is lived, you shall never be able to understand it in an internal manner. Remember the words of the LORD, when He says: "Therefore say I unto you; the Kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof."
     That is the horrible consequence of seeking only "the Kingdom of God"-that is, only the Doctrine of the Church-and not at the same time "His justice"-that is, love and power to do what that Doctrine teaches you: "The Kingdom of God shall be taken away from you." But lest this should happen, the LORD warns you, saying: "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His Justice!" first, before everything else; without considering anything else; without trying to find out beforehand what natural consequences it may have for you if you do seek first of all "the Kingdom of God and His Justice!"
     Now, my friends, it is a lamentable fact that yon are all acting contrary to this Divine exhortation; that you are all seeking first the things of self and of the world; and in the second or third place the things of heaven and the Church. You find that a hard saying, but must admit that it is, nevertheless, the naked truth, for if it had been otherwise, what necessity would there have been for the LORD to call upon you in this manner "Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His Justice!"
     It is altogether necessary that the Doctrine of the Church be carried out in life day by day, for without this there is no real acknowledgment of the LORD in His Second Coming; for, as the Writings abundantly teach: the acknowledgment of the LORD from truth which is of Doctrine, causes the LORD to be present, but the conjunction with the LORD is not thereby effected; no, it is only by means of the acknowledgment of the LORD from love, which acknowledgment comes from the life according to doctrine, that the conjunction of the LORD with man can be effected! And if you desire to know how man may be wore and more closely conjoined with the LORD, you may learn it now from the following teaching in the Work on the Divine Providence, n. 33:
     "A man is more and more closely conjoined with the LORD, not by knowledge alone, nor by intelligence alone, nor even by wisdom alone, but by the life conjoined with them. Man's life is his love, and love is manifold. In general, there is the love of evil and the love of good. The love of evil is the love of committing adultery, of taking revenge, of defrauding, of blaspheming, of depriving others of their goods; the love of evil finds pleasure and enjoyment in thinking of these things and doing them. The derivations of this love, which are its affections, are as many as the evils are to which it has determined itself; and the perceptions and thoughts of this love are as many as the falsities are which favor the evils and confirm them. These falsities make one with the evils, as the understanding makes one with the will; they are not separated from each other for one is of the other. Now, because the LORD flows into the life's love of every one and through its affections into the perceptions and thoughts, and not the reverse as was said above, it follows that Me can conjoin Himself closely only in proportion as the love of evil, with its affections, which are lusts, has been removed And as these reside in the natural man; and as man feels, as he does from himself, whatever he does from, the natural man, therefore man ought, as if from himself, to remove the evils that love; and then, as far as he removes them, the LORD draws nearer and conjoins Himself with him. Any one may see from reason that lusts, with their enjoyments, block the way and close the doors before the LORD, and cannot be east out by the LORD, while man himself is keeping the doors shut, and is pressing and pushing from the outside, that they may not be opened.

180



That man ought himself to open them is manifest from the LORD'S words in the Apocalypse: "Behold I stand at the door and knock, if any man hear My voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him and he with me" (iii, 20).
     "It is hence manifest that, as far as one shuns evils as diabolical and as obstacles to the LORD'S entrance, he is more and more closely conjoined with the LORD, and he the most closely who abominates them as so many dusky and fiery devils; for evil and the Devil are one, and the falsity of evil and Satan are one. For, as the LORD'S influx is into the love of good and into its affections, and through these affections into the perceptions and thoughts, and it is from the good in which the man is that these are all truths; so the influx from the devil-that is, of hell-is into the love of evil and into its affections, which are lusts, and through these into the perceptions and. thoughts, and it is from the evil in which the man is; that these all are falsities. . . . The LORD'S conjunction; with the man, in whom evils have been removed, is meant by these words of the LORD: 'The pure in heart' shall see God.'"
     "This is the judgment, that the Light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved; but he that doeth the truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, because they are wrought in God" (John iii, 19-21).- AMEN.
Conscience 1891

Conscience              1891

     Conscience is by so much the more true, as it is formed from truths more genuine.- H. D. 139.
CONJUNCTION OF THE DIVINE GOOD NATURAL WITH THE GOOD OF TRUTH 1891

CONJUNCTION OF THE DIVINE GOOD NATURAL WITH THE GOOD OF TRUTH              1891

GENESIS XXXIII, 1-16.

     IN the Internal Sense of this chapter, the conjunction, of the Divine Good Natural with the Good of Truth is treated of: thus the submission of the latter, and its insinuation into Divine Good Natural. The process by which this is effected is described. Lastly, the acquisition of interior truths is treated of.

     IN the preceding chapters, the acquisition of truth in the Natural was treated of, which acquisition is made in order that it may be conjoined with good; for every truth is for the sake of that end. Before conjunction takes place, truth appears to be in the first place, but after the conjunction, good is actually in the first place. This is the state which is here treated of. Therefore the good of truth is here treated of; but the good of truth regarded in itself is only truth. For truth, so long as it remains in the memory alone, is said to be truth; but when it is in the will and thence in the act, it is called good; for doing truth is nothing else. Whatever proceeds from the will is said to be good; for the essential of the will is love and thence affection,- and everything that is done from love and its affection is named good. Neither can truth be conjoined to the good which inflows by the Internal Man, and in origin is Divine, before truth is truth in will and act-that is, the good of truth. For the good which inflows by the Internal Man, and in origin is Divine, inflows into the will, and therein meets the good of truth which was insinuated by the External Man.
     (Verses 1-3.) There was perception and intention of the good of truth, when the Divine Good Natural approached with the accompanying state of temptations, and a disposition of external truths under their own affection, and a disposition of interior truths under their own affection and a disposition of sciences and knowledges under the affection of them subserving the former things; whence arose an order from generals in which were the rest, preceded by the universal, thus all things which submitted themselves, so that conjunction on the part of good from truth might be effected.
     Temptations exist when good be ins to act the first parts. The union of the LORD'S Divine Essence with His Human Essence was effected by temptations. The good itself which is to be conjoined with truth is not tempted, but the truth; and further, truth is not tempted by good, but by falses and evils, as also by fallacies and illusions and their affection, which inhere in truths in the Natural. For, when good inflows, which takes place by an internal way, or by the internal rational wan, then the ideas of the natural man, formed from the fallacies of the senses and illusions thence, cannot sustain its approach, for they are discordant, whence come anxieties in the natural, and temptation.
     After the disposition of truths external and interior, and of sciences and knowledges, under their respective affections, there arose an order from more general things in which were the rest; for the affections of sciences and- knowledges are the most external, for sciences and knowledges themselves are the things from which and in which are truths. The affection of external truths thence follows and is interior, and the affection of interior truth is still more interior. The more exterior things are, the more general they are, and the more interior they are, the less general they are, and are respectively called particulars and singulars. When man is regenerating, or, what is the same thing, when truths with him are conjoined to good, then general affections with their truths are first insinuated into good, next the less generals-that is, particulars respectively; lastly the still less general-that is, singulars respectively; for man then passes as it were, through ages, first being in infancy, next in childhood and youth, and finally in adult age.
     In the order just spoken of there was a humiliation and submission of all things to the inflowing Divine Good Natural, which humiliation and submission the LORD wills, not on His own, but on man's account; for when man is in humiliation then he is turned away from the evil and the false with himself, and thus he removes I them, which things being removed the Divine can inflow with good and truth. Humiliation and submission are predicated of truths, for truths inflow by the external goods by the internal; the things which inflow by the external man have with them fallacies and thence falses together with their affections; but the things which inflow by the internal man are not so, because the Divine is what inflows by this, and comes to meet truths that they may be conjoined.
     Thus also was there, in the Glorification of the LORD, a humiliation of all things of truth, or of good from truth in the Natural, to the inflowing Divine Good Natural, and consequently a conjunction on the part of the former with the latter.

181




     (Verse 4.) The influx of Divine Good Natural was followed by the first conjunction of love, then by the second conjunction of all things in that universal, and by a more interior conjunction from love, and by the effect of joy from the conjunction of good with truths by love.
     The manner in which good is conjoined with truth is as follows: Good inflows by the internal man into the external and therein conjoins itself with truths which have been insinuated by the external. For the good which inflows by the internal is of love; for there is not given any spiritual and celestial good which is not of love; thence it is, and hence it is called good with man. The love itself,-which is in good and wits good, is what conjoins; for love is nothing else than spiritual conjunction, for that is effected by it. This love is from no other source than from the LORD; for He is the very fountain and origin of all celestial and spiritual love, wherefore of all good thence. This love is two-fold, celestial and spiritual. Celestial love is love to the LORD, and spiritual love is love toward the neighbor, which love is called charity. These are the loves from which is every celestial and spiritual good and which conjoin themselves-with the truths which are said to be of faith; for the truths of faith, regarded without love, are only expressions without life; but by love, and by conjunction with, the good of love, they receive life.
     In this verse in general the conjunction of Divine Good Natural with truth in the Natural is treated of; but in the following that conjunction in particular is treated of. This conjunction is what makes the regeneration of man, for man is regenerated by this, that truths with him are conjoined with good-that is, that the things which are of faith are conjoined with the things which are of charity. The LORD is, indeed, treated of: how He made His Natural Itself Divine, wherefore how He united the Divine Good Itself to Truth in the Natural. But, because the regeneration of man is an image of the glorification of the LORD, that also in the Internal Sense is at the same time treated of; and because regeneration can fall into the idea of man, but not so the glorification of the LORD, it is allowed to illustrate the latter by the former. From the things which have been explained, it is evident that the conjunction of good with truths, by which is regeneration, progresses mare and more interiorly-that is, truths are successively more interiorly conjoined with good, for the end of regeneration is that the Internal Man may be conjoined with the External, thus the Spiritual, by the Rational, with the Natural; without the conjunction of each there is no regeneration. Nor can any regeneration be effected before good is conjoined with truths in the Natural. For the Natural must be the plane, and the things which are in the Natural must correspond. This is the reason why, when the Natural is regenerated, the conjunction of good with truths becomes successively more interior. For the Spiritual conjoins itself first with the things which are inmost in the Natural, and then by these with the things which are exterior. Nor can the internal of man conjoin itself with his external unless truth in this becomes the good of truth-that is, truth in will and act;, for then first they can be conjoined; for the LORD inflows with man by the Internal Man, and, indeed, by the good therein. Good therein can be conjoined with good in the external man, but not with truth immediately. Whence it may appear that truth with man ought first to be made truth in will and act-that is, the good of truth-before the conjunction of the Rational with the Natural, or of the Internal with the External can exist. But the way in which truth becomes the good of truth may appear to every one who attends Every Divine truth regards these two precepts, namely, to love God above all things, and the neighbor as one's self. These precepts are the things from which are truths, and for the sake of which are truths, and to which are truths, nearer and more remotely; wherefore, when truths are put into act, they are insinuated successively into their beginning and end-that is, into charity toward the neighbor and into love to the LORD-and thence truth becomes the good which is called the good of truth. When this is done it can be conjoined with the Internal Man, which conjunction becomes successively more interior, as more internal truths are implanted in that good. Act precedes, and man's willing succeeds; for what man acts from the understanding, this he at length acts from the will, and finally by habit puts it on; and then it is insinuated into the Rational or Internal Man. When it is insinuated into that man, then he no longer does good from truth, but from good; for then he begins to perceive something of happiness, and, as it were, something of heaven therein. This remains with him after death, and by it he is elevated into heaven by the LORD.
     (Verse 5.) Divine Good Natural perceived the affections of truth, and the truths which they had, and acknowledged them to be truths from the Divine Providence. Divine Good instantly acknowledges those truths which It may conjoin to Itself, and, furthermore, every good does this; for good cannot be without what it calls truth, nor truths without what they call good. They conjoin themselves from themselves; but as the good is, such are the truths which it conjoins to itself. It is good that acknowledges them, and couples itself as a husband with a wife; for the conjunction of good with truths is marriage in the spiritual sense.
     (Verses 6, 7.) Upon this acknowledgment sensual scientifics and their truths submitted themselves to Divine Good Natural. Sensual scientifics are the scientifics of the external things which are of the world, and are thence the most general of all; they are those things which enter immediately by the external senses, and are perceived by the sense itself; all infants are in them, and they serve as planes for the knowledges of spiritual things, for spiritual things are founded upon natural things and are represented in them. Because truths are conjoined to good according to order from more general things, as was shown above, therefore they submitted themselves; and afterward the affection of the I truth of faith as to exterior things, and their truths were introduced submissive; and lastly the affections of the truth of faith as to interior things, and their truths were introduced submissive.
     (Verse 8.) The special things which are thence were gratefully initiated-that is, insinuated.          
     The special things here are nothing else than things confirming that truths are truths and goods are goods; they accede to the thoughts and affections of man-that is, to those things which he knows and which he loves, on account of which he favors and affirms that it is so. It is known that one is led to his opinion, or those things which he calls goods and truths, both by reasons and affections. The confirming things themselves are what are meant by the special things. It is similar in the case of spiritual or the things of faith, when they are conjoined with the good of charity. Man believes that goods and truths inflow immediately out of heaven, thus without media with the man, but he is much deceived The LORD leads every, one by his affections, and thus by a tacit Providence bends him, for He leads by what is free.

182



All that is free is of the affection or love; whence all conjunction of good with truth is made iii what is free, but not in what is forced. When, therefore, man in what is free is led to good, then truths are accepted and implanted, and then he begins to be affected by them; and thus little by little he is led into what is celestially free. He who is regenerated-that is, who loves the neighbor, and still more he who loves the LORD, if he reflects upon his past life will then find that he has been led by many things of his thought and by many things of his affection. Take an example. It is a truth which is to be insinuated into good that man has life after death. Unless this be confirmed by special, things it is not accepted: as by these, that man can think, not only about those things which he sees and, feels, but also about those which he does not see and feel, that he can also be affected by them, and by affection" be conjoined with them, wherefore with Heaven, yea with the LORD Himself; and that he who is conjoined to the Divine cannot die to eternity. These and very many similar things are the special ones which first occur before that truth is insinuated into good-that is, before it is fully believed. The truth indeed first submits itself, but these special things cause it to be accepted, and the things which are accepted are gratefully initiated-that is, are insinuated.
     (Verse 9.) And they are tacitly accepted by the Divine Good Natural in order that it might insinuate the affection of good from truth.
     (Verse 10.) Thus arises the affection and the reciprocal, of' the affection that it might be insinuated. The conjunction of good with truths is here treated of, and therefore the insinuation of affection from good into, truth. By the reciprocal of affection insinuated from Good into truth is meant the affection of truth; for there are two affections which are heavenly, namely, the affection of good and the affection of truth. The affection of truth derives its origin from no other source than from good; the affection itself is thence; for truth has no life from itself, but receives life from- rood; wherefore, when a man-is affected with truth, it is not from the truth, but from the good which inflows into the truth and makes the affection itself. This is meant here by the reciprocal of the affection that it might be insinuated.
     The affection itself was in the perception when it was reciprocally insinuated things which were to be.
     (Verse 11.)- The Divine     things were to be adjoined to the Divine Good Natural (and which were the Divine goods and truths, with their services, mentioned in Genesis xxxii, 14-15, by which the initiation was effected, and which were adjoined to the Divine Good Natural; as related in this chapter, verse 8), and which were from Providence, spiritual riches, were insinuated by the good of truth through the affection inspired by the Divine Good. As to the affection of truth which is treated of in these verses, it is to be known that it appears to be from truth, and thus in truth; but it is not from truth but from good; for in truth there is nothing of life but what is from good. Why it appears as if it were from truth is comparatively as with the life which is in the body, which, however, is not of the body; but of the soul, nor is it of the soul, but by the soul from the first of life-that is, from the LORD, and yet it appears as if of the body. It is also like the image in a mirror, which appears in the mirror; while yet it is of the inflowing effigy.
     (Verses 12, 13.) In the progression and successive, goods were to be conjoined to truths, and it was necessary that with the truths which had not as yet gained Divine life, and with the goods, interior and natural, which had not yet gained Divine life, there should be delay and what was successive, otherwise they would not live. The truths which had not as yet gained Divine life are those which are recent, thus which have gained some life, but are not yet genuine, here not Divine; for the glorification of the LORD as to the Divine Natural is treated of. These things may be illustrated by those which exist with a man who is regenerating; for the regeneration of man is an image of the glorification of the LORD. The man who is regenerating, as the man who is born, passes through states, namely, infancy, childhood, adolescence or youth, and adult age; for the man who is regenerated is born anew. When he is an infant, then truths with him indeed have life, but not yet spiritual life; they are only generals without particulars or singulars, with which good then is conjoined, wherefore it is not conjoined except exteriorly, but not interiorly. It [good] is conjoined successively as the man progresses into the subsequent ages.
     So likewise the interior and natural goods which had not as yet gained Divine life, are also such as are recent-that is, spiritual things nascent in the Natural. For in the state of infancy, when man is regenerating, spiritual things are there in potency, for spiritual life comes forth successively from whatever state, as from an egg. The age of infancy is a kind of egg for the age of childhood, and the age of childhood a kind of egg for the age of adolescence and youth, and this, as it were, an egg for adult age. Thus man is, as it were, continually born. Hence it is evident what is meant by goods interior and natural, which had not yet gained Divine life.
     As to delay and what is successive, otherwise they would not live, thus that they [truths and goods] were to be prepared for conjunction, something may be seen from this, that man, when he is re-born, passes through states like as one who is born, and that the preceding state is always, as it were, an egg respectively to the subsequent one, thus that he is continually conceived and born, and this not only while he lives in the world, but also when he comes into the other life to eternity; and still he cannot be further perfected than to be as an egg to those things which remain, which are indefinite. From these things it is evident how innumerable are the things which exist about the regeneration of man, of which, however, man knows scarcely any; thus how many things are here contained in the internal sense, where the state and manner of the insinuation of good into truth is successively treated of.
     (Verse 14.) In regeneration, which takes place by the conjunction of good with truths, good is what acts and truth is what suffers itself to be acted upon; and when good has applied itself to truths, and has in a small degree conjoined itself with them, then truth appears to react, but it is not the truth, but the good conjoined or adjoined to it which reacts by the truth. This adjunction is a more general presence, which now follows in order, together with a successive state of preparation for' conjunction according to generals and according to the truths which are in the generals; until the truth could be conjoined with good, or until spiritual things could be conjoined with celestial things in the Natural. The generals are those which have been compared to an egg; for in generals are contained particulars, and in these singulars. In the first state-that is, in the state of infancy-are particulars, and in these, singulars in potency, but afterward they come forth and exert themselves in act, and thus successively.

183



Those who are regenerating are thus led by the LORD; for they are imbued with generals in which are those things which follow, and which successively come forth, and this in an incomprehensible order and series: for all and single things are foreseen by the LORD, also of what quality they will be to eternity, wherefore no other general truths are conjoined with good, with a man who is regenerating, than those to which particular truths can he adopted, and to these singulars. Nevertheless, these particulars, yea the singulars of the particulars, are to those which remain; nothing but generals respectively; for in the single things there are still indefinite things.
     (Verse 15, 16.) But dome things of the truth of good-that is; such truths as proceed from good, and which the good inflowing by the Internal man into the External has with it could be conjoined, and therefrom there was illustration from presence more interiorly. Hence the state of the Divine Good Natural then was that, in which the goods of truth were adjoined to it.
Conscience in general is twofold 1891

Conscience in general is twofold              1891

     Conscience in general is twofold, interior and exterior.- H. D. 139.
DIVINE HUMAN AND THE WRITINGS 1891

DIVINE HUMAN AND THE WRITINGS              1891

     THE LORD is the Word, or the Divine Truth Itself, which is the very Wisdom of God Himself, being the Divine Truth from the Divine Good. This Divine Wisdom was embodied in the Human of the LORD when He was in the world, and after His glorification it proceeded from His Human. This Divine Wisdom is represented in the Letter of the Word, but the truth itself is perceived and received only in the mind of the man who reads, and the perception is according to the life of him who reads-that is, according to his love to the LORD and charity toward the neighbor. The Letter of the Word is not the living Divine Human of the LORD, but each-and everything of the Letter corresponds with, signifies, or represents something in and from the LORD'S Divine Human, it containing, by correspondences, the Divine Wisdom Itself. The Book itself is Divine because it contains Divine Wisdom in the sense of what is written. But the Wisdom Itself, which is the Living Substantial Word, is the LORD'S Divine Human Itself.
     This Divine Truth, which is the LORD'S Divine Human, and is from it, is also called Light, and it is this light which is from the Sun of the Spiritual World, that illuminates not only the minds and external sight of angels and spirits, but also the minds of men in the world, for the mind is in the Spiritual World.
     The LORD is called Light-that is, Divine Truth-and He is also called Doctrine. Thus we read:
     "The LORD as He is Divine Good, so He is Divine Truth, thence He is Doctrine Itself. . . . That the LORD is Doctrine Itself as to truth and good, thus Who alone is regarded in Doctrine, He teaches in John, 'Jesus said, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life,' where Way is Doctrine, Truth, all that which is of Doctrine, Life is Good Itself, which Life is of Truth" (A. C. 2531).
     "The Doctrine of Faith is the same as the understanding of the Word, as to its interiors, or the internal sense" (A. C. 2762).
     "The LORD is that Doctrine Itself. . . . To dwell in Beersheba is to be in doctrine, but when predicated of the LORD, to be Doctrine. . . . That the LORD is the Word is known, thus the LORD is Doctrine, for all Doctrine is from the Word; the all of doctrine in the Word is from the LORD, and is concerning the LORD. In the Internal Sense of the Word it treats of nothing else but the LORD and His Kingdom. It is the Divine Human of the LORD of which the Internal Sense especially treats, and all of the doctrine in the Word as to man is to worship Him and to love Him" (A. C. 2859).
     "Divine Doctrine is Divine Truth, and Divine Truth is all the Word of the LORD. Divine Doctrine Itself is the Word in the Supreme Sense in which it treats solely of the LORD. Hence Divine Doctrine is the Word in the Internal Sense in which it treats of the Kingdom of the LORD in the heavens and on earth. Divine Doctrine is also the Word in the Literal Sense in which it treats of those things which are in the world and on the earth, but because the Literal Sense contains in itself the Internal Sense, and this the Supreme, and altogether corresponds by representatives and significatives, therefore also Doctrine thence is Divine" (A. C. 3712).
     Thus we may see that the Word is Divine Doctrine, and also that the Divine Truth drawn from the Word for the instruction of angels and men is Divine Doctrine. Doctrine also is Divine Instruction, for doctrine is from "docere" to teach, and the LORD Himself is called Teacher, because He is Doctrine or Divine Truth which teaches, enlightens, and instructs man in heavenly and Divine things. The Word in all its senses is Doctrine, because it is Divine Teaching concerning the LORD and His Kingdom. Genuine Truth drawn from the Word is also Divine Doctrine, because it is Divine Teaching or Instruction from the Word, thus from the LORD. Wherefore Doctrine from the WORD is the WORD, it is Divine Truth Itself, thus the LORD Himself.
     What, therefore, we way ask, is the relation of the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Church to the Word and to the LORD in His Divine Human?
     They are Doctrine drawn from the Word by the LORD Himself, and therefore they are Divine Doctrine concerning the LORD and His Kingdom; and, being from the Word, they are the Word or Divine Truth Itself, and like the Word as to their essence, they are the LORD.
     Like the Word in the letter, however, the words, letters, and books are not the LORD'S Divine Person, for we are taught that:
     "This Second Coming of the LORD is not in Person but that it is in the Word which is from Him and is Himself" (T. C. R. 776).
     "The reason that He is not to appear in Person is because, since His ascension into heaven, He is in the Glorified Human; and in this He cannot appear to any man, unless He first open the eyes of his spirit. . . . Wherefore, when He manifested Himself to the disciples, He first opened their eyes, for it is read, 'And their eyes were opened, and they knew Him, but He became invisible to them.' . . Wherefore, it is a vain thing to believe that the LORD is to appear in the clouds of heaven in Person. But He is to appear in the Word, I which is from Him, thus is Himself" (T. C. R. 777).
     Thus we see that the LORD'S appearing at His Second Coming is not an appearing to the external sight, but to the internal sight of the mind; for we are further taught:
     To the end that the LORD might be constantly present He has disclosed to me the Spiritual Sense of His Word in which Divine Truth is in its light, and in this I He is continually present. For His presence in the Word is only by means of the Spiritual Sense, through the light of this He passes into the shade in which the Sense of the Letter is . . . That the Sense of the Letter is as a cloud, and the Spiritual Sense glory, and the LORD Himself the Sun from which the light proceeds, and that thus the LORD is the Word has been demonstrated above" (T. C. R. 780).

184




     That the Spiritual Sense of the Word is revealed in the Writings we are often taught, and that the Doctrines which are the Internal Sense wore revealed by the LORD and published by the press.
     Again we read
     "In the New Church it is lawful by the understanding to enter and penetrate into all the secrets of faith, and to confirm them by the Word, the reason is because its doctrinals are truths continuous from the LORD, laid open by the Word, and confirmations by rational things cause the understanding to be opened above more and more, and thus to be elevated into the light in which the angels of heaven are, and that light in its essence is truth, and in this light the acknowledgment of the LORD as the God of heaven and earth shines in its glory" (T. C. R. 508).
     The Heavenly Doctrines are Divine Doctrines from the Word, revealing the genuine doctrine not only of the Letter, but also of its Internal Sense, and they are given to restore to men the understanding of the Word in all these senses.
     The Writings or Books of the LORD'S Second Coming express in the words of human language the Divine Truths of Doctrine, which are from the LORD, and which in their essence are the LORD. As the letters and words of the Sacred Scripture are representatives of the Word which is Divine Truth Itself, and are the means of conveying it to the minds of men, and yet the words themselves are not Truth itself as living substance, so the words of human language in the Writings are expressions of the sense; or they are representatives by which the sense is conveyed to human minds. But the living doctrine itself is in the mind-that is, it flows into the mind from the LORD as light, when the written doctrine is read or heard and is understood by man. For, as the Word in the Letter is vivified in the reading of it, so the Writings are vivified in the reading of them; and in the minds of those alone who read from the affection of truth for the sake of life. Others who read do not perceive the truth and acknowledge it when they read.
     Thus we are taught:
     "Because John represents the good of charity, therefore revelation was made to him. For revelation from heaven which is such cannot be made to others than those who are in the good of charity or of love. Others can hear those things which are from heaven, but not perceive; spiritual perception is given to those alone who are in the good of love. The reason is that they receive them not only in the hearing but also in the love, and to receive them in the love is to receive fully, since they are loved, and because they thus receive them, they see them in their understanding: the sensation of their internal sight is there" (A. E. 8).
     Again:
     "The things of heaven and the Church are not understood and perceived except from illustration; for the things of the Church and heaven which are called spiritual do not enter in to the understanding of man, other than by means of the light of heaven, and the light of heaven illustrates him. . . . They alone are illustrated who are in the affection of truth from good, thence they who are in love to the LORD and charity toward the neighbor, the good of these is spiritual good with which and from which is the light of heaven which illustrates" (A. E. 11).
     In the Work on the Sacred Scripture we read:
     That genuine truth which will be of doctrine will appear in the Sense of the Letter of the Word to no others than those who are in illustration from the LORD. Illustration is from the LORD alone, and is with those who love truths because they are truths, and make them uses of life; with others there is not given illustration in the Word. That illustration is from the LORD alone, is because the LORD is in all things of the Word; that "illustration is with those who love truths because they are truths, and make them uses of life, is because they are in the LORD and the LORD in them; for the LORD is His Divine Truth; when this is loved because it is Divine Truth, which is when it becomes use, then the LORD is in it with man" (S. S. 57). (See also n. 57 to 60.)
     The reading of the Heavenly Doctrines connects with heaven and the LORD only through the understanding from affection, for the truth itself must flow into the understanding and enlighten, and this enlightenment is the witness to the mind that it is Divine Truth, and we are taught that this enlightenment takes place in fullness,-that is, when the Divine Truths of the Doctrines are seen to be from the Word, and thus from the LORD, and therefore in their essence like the Word. They are the LORD Himself, being His Presence in the Church. - (See S. S. 44, 48, 49.)
     Books, words, and letters are Divine when they contain Divine Truth Divinely expressed, and such books are the Word in the Letter, and the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Church, but the latter are expressed differently than the former. The truths contained in the Books are the LORD'S presence in the world, and they are His Coming. But the Truth itself, thus the LORD Himself, is seen and perceived only by the human mind when the books are read, thus His presence through the books is a spiritual presence in the thought and affection. Through the man's perception and affection the angels and spirits also perceive the truth, and it is perceived infinitely by the LORD Himself when He is present in His Divine Human.
     In the spiritual world thought from affection brings another present, but love conjoins. The thought concerning the LORD brings Him present, and He is present with H is Divine Omnipotence when His Human is thought of as Divine. (See A. E. 815.)
     The truths revealed in the Heavenly Doctrines, when they become of the thought, bring the LORD present in the mind, and thus we may see that He is present as we read, understand, and see in light the Truth which the Books contain, as we apply the truth to the uses of life.
     We are taught that:
     "The Presence of the LORD is perpetual with every man both evil and good, for without His Presence no man lives. But His Advent is with those only who receive Him, who are those who believe in Him and do His commandments. The perpetual Presence of the LORD causes man to become rational, and enables him to become spiritual: the light proceeding from the LORD as the Sun in the Spiritual World effects this. Man receives it in his understanding and that light is truth by which he has rationality. But the Advent of the LORD is with him who conjoins heat with that light-that is, with truth, for the heat proceeding from that same sun is love to God and toward the neighbor. The Presence alone of the LORD and thence illustration of the understanding, can be compared with the presence of solar light in the world, which, unless it be conjoined with heat, all things upon the earth are desolated; but the Advent of the LORD may be compared with the advent of heat, which takes place in the time of spring; and then because heat conjoins itself with light; the earth grows soft, seeds germinate and bear fruit: such is the parallelism between spiritual things in which is the spirit of man, and natural things in which is his body" ( T. C. R. 774).
     The LORD is Divine Substance in a Divine Human Form.

185



That He might manifest Himself to men He successively clothed Himself with the representatives of the Word and thus came into the world. He also came in Person for the same purpose, and now he has unfolded the Divine Truths in an interior form from His Word-that He might more fully appear to men than ever, before. Thus we may see that All His Comings are One; He is the Word, He is the Human, He is Doctrine, and through these He manifests His Divine Qualities that He may save men from their sins and lead them into the peace and happiness of heaven.
Interior conscience 1891

Interior conscience              1891

     Interior conscience is of spiritual good which in its essence is truth.- H. D. 139.
WORD IN THE CELESTIAL HEAVEN AND THE HEBREW LANGUAGE 1891

WORD IN THE CELESTIAL HEAVEN AND THE HEBREW LANGUAGE              1891

     IN the celestial heaven they have letters almost like the Hebrew" (S. D. 5562).
     "The angels of the third heaven have the Word written in such letters [like the Hebrew] and they read it according to the letters" (De Verbo, 4).
     "The letters with the angels of the Celestial Kingdom are with some like the Arabic letters, with others like the ancient Hebrew letters, but inflected above and below, with signs above, between, and below" (T. C. R. 241).
     "The angels said that the Hebrew language indeed approaches to the celestial language to some extent, but that still, it has receded, since there are sharp terminations in the syllables, which do not exist in the celestial language"(S. D. 5581).

     ORIGIN AND ANTIQUITY OF THE HEBREW LANGUAGE.

     "IT was told me that the first language of men in our earth was congruous [with the angelic language] because they had it from heaven; and that the Hebrew language agreed with it in some things" (H. H. 237).
     The language in which it [a certain writing seen in the other life] was written, is a peculiar language, which is from the variety of sound according to the affections; it was thus a rational language; the most ancient language was such, to which the Hebrew approximates" (D. S. Minus, p. 79).
     "I spoke with them concerning the origin of this, that the form alone of the Hebrew letters presented these things, and the cause was derived from the form of the flux, of heaven, which is such;-and because they [the angels] are in that flux, which makes the foundation of order, that thence they have perception" (S. D. 4671.)
     "It was said also that the Ancients,-when writing first began-wrote thus [in inflections, etc.], namely, those who were before the Hebrews, before yet the Hebrew language [had been formed]. They said, however, that the Hebrew language indeed approaches to this to some extent, but that still it has receded, since there are there sharp terminations in the syllables, which do not exist in celestial language" (S. D. 5581).

     ANCIENT HEBREW LETTERS.

     THE writing of the Word in the celestial heaven consists of letters unknown in the world. They are, indeed alphabetical letters, but all consist of lines inflected with little horns above and below, and there are iotas or points in the letters, and also below and above them.
     "It was said that the Most Ancients in this earth had such writings, with certain things of which the Hebrew concords, though to a small extent" (De Verbo, 14).
     "A little paper was then sent down written with Hebrew letters, such as they wrote them in the most ancient times; they differed but little from the Hebrew letters of to-day, but still in some small degree" (S. D. 4671).
     "The angels of the supreme heaven have letters engraved with various curvatures, not dissimilar to the letters of the Hebrew language, but everywhere inflected, and nothing merely linear in them" (De Verbo, 3).
     "Once there was sent to me from heaven a little paper drawn in Hebrew letters, but written as with the Most Ancients, with whom the letters, which now are linear as to any part, were then inflected with little horns verging upward [sursum]" (De Verbo, 4).

     THAT THERE IS A CORRESPONDENCE IN EVERY WORD, SYLLABLE, LETTER, AND PART OF A LETTER OF THE WORD IN THE HEBREW.

     "ALL things of the Word are thus inspired [as to every Hebrew letter] and the third heaven knows thence-when the Word in the Hebrew text is read by man-every Divine celestial thing that is inspired, and that all and single things in it treat concerning the LORD. Such a sense cannot be expounded, because it is the celestial itself, of which not even one idea can be expressed. From these things it may be manifest, that the Word, according to the LORD'S words, is inspired as to every jot, and as to every little horn" (S. D. 4671).
     "In the Word, not only every word, but also every syllable, and, what is incredible, every single little curve of a syllable in the original tongue involves a holy thing, which becomes perceptible to the angels of the inmost heaven" (A. C. 9349).
     "The celestial angels spoke with me concerning the Hebrew language, that all the letters or syllables there have a correspondence, and that according to the flexions and incurvations they signify internal things according to the celestial form" (S. D. 5620).
     "[The Jews] read in the Word, in the original tongue, and from their ideas from that language itself, the celestial angels take the celestial things which are in the Word, for the correspondence of that language as to syllables is with celestial forms" (S. D. 5619).
     "The angel who was with me said that he knew complete senses from the [ancient Hebrew] letters themselves, and that each particular letter had its own sense, and that they knew this from the inflections of the lines in each letter" (De Verbo, 4).
Exterior conscience 1891

Exterior conscience              1891

     Exterior conscience is of moral and civil good, which, in its essence is the sincere and just, in general the right.- H. D. 139.
SCHOOLS OF THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH 1891

SCHOOLS OF THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH              1891

     PHILADELPHIA.

     THE Philadelphia Schools of the Academy of the New Church will re-open on Monday, October 5th, at 10 A. M.

     PITTSBURGH.

     THE Pittsburgh School of the Academy was opened Monday, September 14th. After the usual opening with prayer and the singing of a Hebrew chant, selections from the Word and the Writings appropriate to the occasion were read. Then the Head-Master, in a brief address to the children, said that the main object for which the School was established was that children may early be taught a true idea of the LORD and of His Commandments, as they are taught in the Word and in the Writings of the Church.

186



There were no schools in the whole world outside of the few New Church Schools, where that was done, and yet this was the most important knowledge that every man should be taught, as no one can enter heaven who has not a correct idea of the LORD, and does not obey His Laws. The Head-Master also spoke briefly of the use of the other knowledges that were taught in the School.
     The School will be somewhat, smaller this year than it was last year. The number of scholars will be about twenty-five.

     CHICAGO.

     DURING the last summer the Immanuel Church built an addition to their house of worship for the various uses of the Society and also to accommodate the increased needs of the Academy School.
     A large, well-lighted hall now communicates-with the room at the back of the church. At the further end of the hall are two lavatories and cloak-rooms and a place to keep coal, etc. The floors are of hard wood, and the hall is lighted by three windows on both east and west sides.
     For school purposes the room is partitioned off by curtains, making two large class-rooms.
     On Wednesday, September 16th, the Chicago School of the Academy was re-opened in the new hall.
     In the opening worship the Doctrine Concerning Charity, VI, 3, and Psalm lxxxiv, were read, and after a hymn had been sung, the acting Head-Master, the Rev. W. H. Acton, made a short address, in which he dwelt upon the importance of distinctive signs, and the use they have in affording planes for the reception of influx from the spiritual world and how they also thus serve to conjoin and distinguish those belonging to a particular society and engaged in a particular use. Then, after explaining the significance of the two fundamental colors, red and white, small badges of red and white ribbon similar to those worn in the Philadelphia schools were pinned on the teachers and scholars. The meeting then concluded with the benediction, and all heartily singing the Academy School song, Alma Mater.
     Four new pupils were entered upon the roll. There are now ten boys and seven girls.

     LONDON, ENGLAND.

     THE opening of the second year of the Academy School, in London, took place on Monday, August 31st, in the Masonic Hall, Camberwell New Road, and was attended by a goodly number of parents and adult friends. At the beginning all rose and stood with bowed heads, whilst the Head-Master, the Rev. E. C. Bostock, Th. B., A. B., opened the Word and the Writings. Then all knelt and offered up the LORD'S - Prayer. After this the anthem "Shema Yisrael" was sung, and the Master read from the Last Judgment, parts 1 and 2, and also Leviticus vii, 1-21. A hymn was sung commencing with the words, "Teach me Thy Statutes." Mr. Bostock then gave an address in which he expressed his pleasure in meeting the scholars once more at the beginning of another period of work, which he said he hoped would be marked by better results than those attained before. He continued that it was most useful for both parents and children to know why a New Church School had been started. It was because only in a New Church School was the right end of existence kept in view in all which is taught. All are here to prepare for Heaven, teachers as well as scholars. All live in this world that, if they will, they may prepare for Heaven. They had learned much about Heaven in the past, and how nice it would be to go to Heaven. All they were taught in that School was intended to help to prepare for Heaven. They might not exactly see how some things they learned would fit them for Heaven, but a little thought would show theta that it was so. In the proper doing of the things of this life they would prepare for Heaven, and to do things properly they must be taught how.
     Among the many things required of them was first to love the LORD, and then to love one another. To this end they must be useful, for love was manifested in usefulness. The LORD loves every one, and He is ever seeking to be useful to all. Then, they would have to learn to be obedient, and also to be just. To be just is to be fair. Then, too, they must be orderly in all that which they did, and also be industrious. If they were not orderly they would rob others of time, and would hinder the advance of the whole School.
     It is said that the English people are noted for their perseverance. They must keep up the reputation of their countrymen for this, and must direct all their perseverance in the right way. Then, again, they must seek to be courteous, not loud in manner, nor rough, nor pleased with conversation on things which were disorderly and wrong. But that they might be and do all this they required to be taught how. It was not enough that they had the desire to do that which is right, they had to Learn how to do it. The desire is of love, the knowing how is of truth, thus they are together of love and wisdom.
     All that he had said to them really resolved itself into two things, viz., to love well and to understand well. There were two colors which especially represented these two things. Red represented the good of love, and white the love of truth. These two colors had been selected as the distinguishing colors of the Academy School. In the Academy Schools in America they wear these colors all the time they are in School, and it had been decided that we should do the same in Camberwell. Every country has its colors, its flag, and the true citizen loves his flag and will die for it if necessary. The man who disgraces or deserts his country's flag is looked upon with contempt. We must not disgrace the colors of our School. If the scholars did serious wrong their colors would have to be taken away, and that would be a great disgrace. At the close of the address Mr. Bostock proceeded to pin a small strip of red and white ribbon upon the coat of each boy, and a small bow of the same colors upon the dress of each girl, and also upon the teachers, having the same token pinned upon his own garment.
     "Virat Nova Ecclesia" was now sung, after which the Rev. R. J. Tilson was invited to address those present. In the course of his address, Mr. Tilson said that this School is a school of the New Church, a part of that Church which was the LORD'S Kingdom upon the earth. It is a gift from the LORD, for it is provided by Him through men, even the men of the Academy of the New Church. The corner-stone of the School is the acknowledgment of the LORD in the Revelations which He had made in the Letter of the Word and in the Writings of the Church.
     In this it was unlike all other schools outside the Academy. He urged them to love their School, to cultivate an enthusiasm for it, and, to show their love for it by being ever mindful of its requirements Even in the treatment of the books and other articles they used there they were able to show that they loved the School and were grateful to the LORD for providing it for them.

187



The one end of the teachers was to fit them to become angels, and to that end they asked them to be obedient, and to that end also they sought to make them in every way fit for duties in the world
     Addressing, especially, the parents, Mr. Tilson said that he congratulated them upon the opening of the second session of that School. They, too, should remember that this School was a gift from the LORD, and they could ultimate their gratitude for this gift in faithful co-operation with the teachers. This was asked of them only for the sake of their children, but also for their own sakes, for in this co-operation they would progress in their own regeneration. The end of creation was a heaven from the human race. This is the end of the School, and, because this is the end, all the means necessary will be provided as fully as possible, and this being so, the due and proper preparation for a useful and successful life in this world will be carefully made, for it is only by and in the life here that the life of Heaven is possible. As teachers they asked the confidence, the co-operation of the parents, and doing their best, however weak and imperfect that best might be, they knew that all embraced in the great work of that School were safe in the keeping of the Divine Providence, even in the loving hands of the LORD, Who, because He is the Head of the Church, is also the Divine Head of the School.
     After the singing of the hymn beginning "Darkness has all fled away," Mr. Bostock formally introduced Mr. Stephenson, who has been engaged as an Assistant Master in the School, after having completed his training at the Academy College in Philadelphia. He asked Mr. Stephenson to tell them something about the Schools in Philadelphia, and Mr. Stephenson gave, a very interesting account of the school buildings and of the life in them. He concluded his address by urging all to do their duty, to have confidence, and to be obedient.
     The proceedings were brought to a close by the singing of the hymn, "God bless our native land," and the benediction. Mr. Bostock, before he dismissed the meeting, however, showed a copy of the Word, in Hebrew and Greek, which' had been beautifully bound by a member of the Camberwell Church, for the use of the School, and also read over the "Roster" containing the list of subjects to be taught in the School.
     The sphere prevailing during the opening exercises was felt by all to be most pleasant, and the beginning of another year's work was rich in the promise of good results.

     BERLIN.

     Tim New Church school in Berlin has recently been added to the list of schools conducted by the Academy of the New Church. The same corps of teachers as heretofore will be in charge of it, but it will be held in another house, better adapted to the purpose.
     The new building (rented for the coming year) is located nearly midway between Berlin and Waterloo, about a hundred feet from the main street (King Street), on a street that has been recently widened and graded.
     The house, originally built for a residence, is built of the grayish white brick peculiar to this section, and has two stories above a high basement. It faces the southeast.
      Entering by the front door one finds a hall about six feet wide, on the right side of which is an open stairway leading to the upper floor. To the left is a room lighted by windows on the southeast and southwest sides and communicating with the rear room by folding doors of three parts, so arranged that the rooms can be thrown together for worship or general meetings, or by closing two parts of the doors, leave a single door dividing the two rooms into separate class-rooms. The rear room is lighted by a bay-window on the southwest side, and a window on the northwest side. On the northeast side and communicating with this room is a smaller one, also lighted by a window, and suitable for a small library or private room for teachers.     
     The second floor is arranged similarly to the first, excepting that there is no bay-window, and that the rooms communicate by a single door instead of by folding doors.
     A porch runs across the entire front of the house, with a balcony or open verandah above, reached through a door in the second-story hall. Part of the basement, intended for a kitchen, would be a desirable place for a coat and hat room for pupils, or a storage room for school sundries.
     The house stands alone on a lot of ground containing about half an acre; it is well lighted and ventilated on all sides, and ought to make a bright, cheery, and attractive school-house.
     It is hoped that the school will open on the same day as the Philadelphia schools, namely, Monday, October 5th.
FURTHER INQUIRY 1891

FURTHER INQUIRY       G. N. SMITH       1891

     IN your answer to my former inquiry (see Life, p. 146), you make me feel in doubt whether I understand your' position at all. I had supposed I did, and that fundamentally I agreed with you. But now I do not know what, to think. I had supposed that you, with nearly all the rest of us in the New Church, accounted as New churchmen all who "approach the LORD alone and at the same time repent of their evil works" (A. R. 69), "who acknowledge and worship the LORD alone, hold His Word sacred, love divine truths, and reject faith separate from charity" (D. P. 264), are in the three "essentials of the Church; the acknowledgment of the Divine of the LORD, of the holiness of the Word, and the life which is called charity" (n. 259), who are "in the acknowledgment of the LORD that He is the God of heaven and earth and that His Humanity is Divine and in a life conformable to the precepts of the decalogue" (A. R. 490, 903). If it is your position that these conditions are the essentials for making Newchurchmen, then I understand it, and it leaves no fundamental difference between us or between all Newchurchmen, except a few extremists at both ends of the line. But if your position is that these are not the essentials, but that some other things are essential to make Newchurchmen, as your answer would seem to imply, then I do not understand it at all, and have never understood it, nor whatever it is can I agree with it, nor have I ever agreed with it. lam sorry if this is so, and sincerely hope it is not so. For my own position, from the first of my reading of our Doctrines to the present hour, has been an-unmoved abiding by these teachings, neither less nor more: and I always stand ready to defend them, and on every occasion to teach them, and never have knowingly done anything else. In my address to the New Church Ministers' Conference in 1881, held in, Philadelphia, occurs this passage concerning The True Christian Religion, n. 785: "It refers to New Church clergymen, for such and nothing else must the reception of the New Truths make them; as we all very well know that he that receives the Doctrines of the New Church is defacto a Newchurchman." Looking at these words again after ten years I do not see that I would change them in a syllable, or that anything I have formerly or lately thought or said would require it.

188



I have spoken of certain men as receivers of the Doctrines of the New Church, and said that it is plain that they are Newchurchmen; although their paper connections are those of the Old Church, and even teachers there, yet not teachers thereof; a wide difference, as we must all admit. Now, if they are not Newchurchmen what are they? That their position is an anomalous and abnormal one, as externally connected where they do not belong,* is evident, and as such I have criticized it in the articles you refer to in the Life.' And I stand as ready to do it on occasion now as ever. But it never occurred to me that in this criticism I was condemning them as not Newchurchmen, but only as Newchurchmen in abnormal and embarrassing positions, just as I would Newchurchmen in similar positions on other points; as the attitude toward the Writings or various doctrines taught therein. As to this, who of us can say that we are so dearly and purely in the truths of the Doctrines that we may not be helped into clearer, purer light? But all this is a very different ground from that which your answer seems to imply that would compel us not to accept the Rev. John Clowes and the many like him as not Newchurchmen at all; or that would carry the same principle into the New Church organization itself and would cause divisions and exclusions on other grounds than denying the essentials of the Church (D. P. 259).
     * Counting them as Oldchurchmen their position is no less anomalous, for they are not teaching the Old Church but the New.
     Another point. Do you take the ground, as you seem to in your answer, that the New Church is never to grow any more in the Christian world from accessions from that world, of those who are receptive, and that nothing like "growing to the full" is to take place there? If so, I must find myself shut out from the Church, as I am a new accession, as probably are the majority of professed Newchurchmen of the day-perhaps yourself included. As a fact, we are not at all in the hereditary line of descent from the remnant that was in the world when the Church was instituted. I take it you are not prepared to assume this ground, but must concede that there must be perpetually found and gathered in a new remnant that will be saved. This it all I contend for; all I am working for as an evangelist of the New Church truths. Not at all that the Old Church itself is going to become New, as you will see from the closing paragraph of the Messenger's article that you first criticized.
     Now, have I made my position clear; have I misunderstood yours; where, and how far do we disagree?
     G. N. SMITH.

     ANSWER.

     PERHAPS ? restatement may make it clear why Mr. Smith appeared to have changed his views on the subject of the Old Church.
     In his article in the Messenger he quoted clandestine teachings of Doctrines-which he believes to be of the New Church-as "evidences of a change impending in the attitude of men in the Christian world toward the New Church."
     In former years he noted similar teachings. But, instead of receiving them in evidence of a change for the better, in the Christian world, he censured their authors (whether considered by him to be entitled to the name of Newchurchmen is a different question), and at the same time he described the perverted state of the Old Church world as growing still worse, and as becoming "rapidly Unitarianized"
     Is it not plain that this indicated a decided change in his views?     
     He explains that he does not believe that the Old Church itself will become New. In this case, what other understanding can there be of his statement in the Messenger, but that he sees a larger proportion of the Christian world coming toward the New Church than he did formerly?
     He does not explain how what was worthy of condemnation formerly is commendable now.
     The definitions collected by him of the constituents of the New Church, express far better than any uninspired words can the essentials which every member of the Church must possess. But they should be considered together with the context from which they are severally taken. For instance, the words from The Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Providence, n. 264, are used in special definition of the New Church to which "the spiritual sense of the Word is to be revealed." Does the New Church exist where men profess to "acknowledge and worship the LORD Alone, hold His Word sacred, love Divine Truths, and reject faith separate from charity," and yet,-while taking from the Doctrines truths which their intellect views as rational and scriptural,-suffer their love of reputation, or some other affection of the love of self, to deny the Revelation from which they have abstracted their teachings? Is such action an acknowledgment of the LORD? Is it a worship of Him? Is it holding His Word sacred? Is it loving the Divine Truth? Is it rejecting faith separate from charity?
     The Truth now revealed is not received by any man unless he acknowledge the Revelation itself by which it is revealed; nor, therefore, are those who treat the Truth in this manner Newchurchmen. They may be, perhaps, in the shady forests, on the way to the Holy City, but they cannot be its citizens, until they acknowledge their allegiance to the LORD in His Divine Human of Divine Good and Truth, now present in the world, in the Spiritual Sense of the Word, revealed through Emanuel Swedenborg.
     Cases like that of Mr. Clowes, who retained his position in the Old Church, while openly acknowledging the Doctrines of the New Church, cannot be cited in defence of our correspondent's position, for theirs may be attributed to a mistaken judgment.
     Undoubtedly, for some time to come, but not perpetually, there will be accessions from the Christian world, but they will, for the most part, be such as heed the Divine admonition, "Come out of her, my people, lest ye be partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues."
MISTAKE 1891

MISTAKE              1891

     A MISTAKE is frequently made in the title of the concluding book of the Sacred Scripture. The correct title, in English, is "The Book of Revelation," but this is often changed to "Revelations." Curiously enough the same mistake is made in the title of one of the Books of the Writings, namely, "The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine." This is frequently written and pronounced "The New Jerusalem and Its Heavenly Doctrines."
Rev. N. C. Burnham's work on Discrete Degrees 1891

Rev. N. C. Burnham's work on Discrete Degrees              1891

     BY a slip of the pen, the date of the publication of the Rev. N. C. Burnham's work on Discrete Degrees was recorded as 1877 instead of 1887, on page 162 of New Church Life.

189



Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     They who have conscience do not swear into what is vain.- H. D. 139.



     THE Ten Words (the Ten Commandments) has been published in a new translation by the Rev. A. Roeder, together with "The Two Great Commandments."



     THE Trustees of the Iungerich Fund have made arrangements for the free distribution of The True Christian Religion, in German, to ministers of all denominations who will send 25 cents for the postage.



     THE Rev. J. A. Lamb has issued two more sermons, making five in all, on "The Second Coming of the LORD." They treat of the LORD'S presence in the Writings. The fifth recommends a sacred repository for the Word and the Writings, in every household.



     A "CATALOGUE of the Sacred Scripture, the Writings of the New Church, the Scientific Works of Swedenborg, I and Collateral Literature, etc., on sale at the Academy Book-Room," has recently been published, and any one, not yet in possession of it, will receive a copy on applying to the Book-Room, 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia.



     THE Journal of the Seven-first Annual Meeting of the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States of America contains the resignations of the ministers of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD. The withdrawal of the entire body through its Bishop has not been correctly classified, as it appears under the "reports of ministers."



     A NEW edition of Conjugial Love in the German language has recently been published in Stuttgart by the newly-formed "Deutscher Swedenborg-Verein," under the editorship of Mr. J. G. Mittnacht of Biebrich-Mosbach. The text has been revised in some particulars, and the work is now issued in one volume of 52U pages, instead of two volumes of 740 pages, as before. It may be ordered through the Academy Book Room.



     Monetblatter, edited by the Rev. F. Goerwitz, of Zurich, in Switzerland, began in January the publication of a series of historical articles on "Pioneers of the New Church." The series began with a sketch of Dr. Beyer, and the great religious triad in Gottenburg. This was treated in a very thorough and useful manner. The eighth number of the series is devoted to an account of Dr. Johan Rosin, Dr. Beyer's fellow-sufferer in the persecution. The series promises to be of unusual interest.



     THE names of certain cities in Sweden have a curious way of getting tangled in the hands of foreign printers. In the report in the Morning Light of the General Conference held this year in Bradford, it is stated that "the Arcana, Divine Love and Wisdom, etc., have been published [in the Swedish language] in Mexico, but there is a debt upon them," etc. Instead of Mexico, read Wexio.
     This calls to mind a printer's error in the Life, some years ago where Swedenborg's father is said to have been Bishop in Sahara (read Skara).



     TO the Review in the last number of New Church Life, of the new English edition of the Canons of the New Church, it should be added that the revision is the work of Mr. Glendower C. Ottley. It has also been ascertained that the English translation of this work, published in Boston, by Otis Clapp, in the year 1849, was again issued by the same publisher and in the same place, in the year 1855.
     Attention hereby called to the correction, on page 195, of the review of Canons. The author of the review cannot explain his carelessness.



     THE Philadelphia Press, in an account of Mrs. Caroline S. Brooks, the farmer-artist of Missouri, whose butter model of the "Sleepin Iolanthe" at the Centennial Exhibition, attracted considerable attention; and who has since then prosecuted her studies in Europe and elsewhere, says, that she "executed a marble bust of Swedenborg at the order of a Cincinnati woman. This work has been pronounced one of her best. It has been a disappointment to the artist that the owner has kept it guarded from the public eye. Beyond a few intimate friends, no one has seen it."



     THE June and July numbers of Harolden, published in Stockholm by the Rev. A. Th. Boyesen, contains two interesting articles by Mr. Joseph E. Boyesen, a theological student at the Academy of the New Church, in answer to the question, "How may New Church people be saved?" The reply given is, "By reading the Writings and following their Divine teachings."
     In its issue for August, Harolden devotes a strong editorial article to the subject of New Church science and education. The same issue contains an article by the Rev. C. Th Odhner, presenting a digest of the Doctrinal teachings on "Mixed marriages."



     THE September number of The Star in the East, a paper edited by the Rev. G. L. Allbutt, does not justify its luminous name. A correspondent quotes from The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine, n. 251: "Quod Divinum revelavit est apud nos Verbum" (what the Divine hath revealed is with us the Word), to prove that the Writings are the Word. The editor admits that the Writings "are a revelation from the LORD." But from these premises he draws the conclusion that the Writings are not the Word. On the same ground, then, the Literal Sense is not the Word. This is what the blind leaders of the Convention and the Conference are rapidly coming to.



     THE report for the year 1890-91 of the missionary work of the New Church in Italy has been received from signor Scocia, who communicates the pleasing news that "the precious Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg find every day new purchasers and readers in every part of Italy "among these a number of Catholic priests. The sale of the Writings, during the last months of the past year has been such that the first three works published in Italian are almost entirely exhausted. A very convenient house has been secured for the use of the New Church in one of the best parts of Florence. Hers Professor Scocia intends this fall to inaugurate the external worship of the New Church in Italy.



     A VALUABLE confirmation of the doctrinal teachings concerning the state of the Christian world, and of the care with which Newchurchmen should read its literature, will be found in two interesting articles on the works of Thomas Carlyle, examined in the light of the New Church, published in the last two numbers of the New Church Monthly. This highpriest of the worship of Ego is here unmasked and condemned by his own essential teachings, laboriously and skillfully brought into light from under that huge mass of high-sounding words with which he knew how to cover up his scandalous doctrines. A further article, on the influence of Thomas Carlyle upon modern thought, would be an interesting supplement to the present series.



     THE first priest of the New Church ordained in America was the REV. JOHN HARGROVE, of Baltimore, who, in the year 1798, was inaugurated into the Priesthood by the imposition of hands of the representatives of the Baltimore Society, then the only organized New Church in this country. Mr. Ralph Mather, a preacher licensed through the Rev. Robert Hindmarsh, of London, took part in the ceremony, having previously baptized Mr. Hargrove into the faith of the New Church. When, in the year 1817, the General Convention of the New Jerusalem in the United States was formed, Mr. Hargrove was acknowledged by that body as an ordaining minister, and the ordinations previously performed by him were declared valid. Mr. Hargrove was an Irishman by birth; He died on December 6th, 1839, in the ninetieth year of his life.

190







     THE fist person ordained by Mr. Hargrove was a Virginia gentleman by the name of Hugh White. He was ordained in the year 1810, but soon disappeared from the notice of the Church. No ordination was performed by him. The second person ordained by Mr. Hargrove was ADAM HURDUS, an Englishman, who was one of the original members of the Manchester New Church Society, and afterward became the pioneer of the New Church in the West, and the founder of the Cincinnati Society, to which he ministered for thirty-two years. He was ordained in Baltimore in the year 1816, ordaining powers being at once conferred upon him. He left this world on August 30th, 1843.
     Mr. Hargrove subsequently ordained Messrs. M. M. Carll, of Philadelphia, and Nathanael Holly, of Abington, Va. Through the hands of these the majority of the New Church Ministers that have been and are on this continent have received their ordinations.



     THE first person ordained by Mr. Hurdus was RICHARD DE CHARMS, SR., of Philadelphia, who will ever be remembered as probably the first champion in this country of the Divine Authority of the Writings, and as the zealous advocate of the trinal order of the Priesthood of the Church. He received his theological training in London, under the tutorship of that eminent New Church minister, the Rev. Samuel Noble, and, on his returning to this country, was ordained in Cincinnati in the year 1833. He was subsequently consecrated an ordaining minister of the Western Convention in the year 1838, and in the year 1840 became one of the founders and the ordaining minister of the Central Convention. He was removed into the spiritual world in the spring of 1863.
     Mr. Hurdus subsequently ordained Alexander Kinmont, E. R. Hibbard, N. C. Burnham, T. O. Prescott, George Field, and J. R. Hibbard; who in his turn ordained a number of ministers.



     THE first person ordained by Mr. De Charms was WILLIAM HENRY BENADE, born in Lancaster County, Pa., on October 3d, 1816 the son of an eminent bishop in the Moravian Church. Mr. Benade, who had entered the Moravian ministry, received the Heavenly Doctrines in the year 1844, and was ordained into the Priesthood of the New Church in Philadelphia in the year 1847, under the auspices of the Central Convention, holding the office of Corresponding Secretary of this body until it dissolved, in the year, 1852. He then associated himself with the General Convention, was consecrated an ordaining minister in the year 1873, and in the same year became the President of the Pennsylvania Association. When this body, in the year 1883, changed its name to the "General Church of Pennsylvania," Mr. Benade received the title and office of Bishop, as such remaining the head of the same body, when, in the year 1890, it dissolved its connection with the General Convention, and changed its name to "The General Church of the Advent of the LORD." The principal founder of the Academy of the New Church, he has held the office of Chancellor of that body since its institution, in the year 1876.
     Beside Mr. Benade, Mr. De Charms ordained Rufus Dawes, of Washington, who never performed any ordinations.



     THE first person ordained by Mr. Benade was WILLIAM F. PENDLETON, born in Savannah, Ga., in the year 1845. Mr. Pendleton became a receiver of the Heavenly Doctrines in the year 1867, and studied theology in the Theological School of the General Convention. He was ordained in Philadelphia in the year 1878, became a Professor of Theology at the Theological School of the Academy of the New Church in Philadelphia in the year 1884 and was consecrated Bishop of the Church of the Academy in the year 1888, when he was also invested with the office of Vice- Chancellor of that institution.
     Mr. Benade subsequently ordained Richard de Charms Jr., H. C. Vetterling, John Whitehead, Edward C. Bostock, Alfred J. P. Bellais, Ellis I. Kirk, Eugene J. E. Schreck, William H. Schliffer, Andrew Czerny, Enoch S. Price, C. Th. Odhner, F. E. Waelchli, E. S. Hyatt, Wm. H. Acton, and N. Dandridge Pendleton.      The first persons introduced into the Priesthood of the Academy by Bishop Pendleton were O. Homer Synnestvedt and Joseph B. Rosenqvist, who, on the 19th of June, the year, were ordained Priests of the New Church. The statement in the August issue of New Church Life that this ceremony was performed by Bishops Benade and Pendleton, was an error.



     New Church Tidings for September comments on the generally accepted idea that the New Church is primarily a "missionary Church." As the wife of the LORD, the New Church "must freely receive of the seed of truth; but it is the fruit thereof which she must freely give," and pass on to others.
     The sermon by the Rev. John B. Bowers treats of the subject of the purification of the individual and the congregate Church by means of fermentations and conflicts. He shows that the only true basis of peace and harmony in the Church is the "basis of a perfect loyalty to the Divine Authority of the Writings of the New Church-in which the LORD has made His Second Advent-and thus a perfect loyalty to the Divine laws of order and subordination; and to the universal and particular teachings, contained in the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem"



     THE words "extremes" and "extremists" are being widely used in certain journals of the Church, in application to such Newchurchmen as do not agree with the doctrinal position of the dominant majority but who, believing in the LORD'S Second Advent, endeavor to lead a life of obedience to the Divine Truth revealed in this advent. In the New Revelation the term "extreme" is used only in the sense of "the ultimates on which interior things are terminated" (A. C. 7645). "The conjunction of the whole of Heaven is in the extremes" (A. C. 9879). "The holy things of doctrine are in the extremes" (A. C. 9921). Odium is thus turned to praise. There is a habit with some in the Church of boasting that they are not extremists, but are of "the golden middle," which is supposed to be generally correct. There is danger of profanation in such a position. The LORD saith to the angel of Laodicea: "Thou art neither cold nor hot." This signifies that those who are such now deny that the Word is Divine and Holy, and now acknowledge: "'I would thou wart either cold or hot.' This signifies that it would be better that they either from the heart deny the holy things of the Word and of the Church, or from the heart acknowledge them" (A. R. 202, 203).



     ATTENTION has kindly been called to an error in the Bibliology of Heaven and Hell, which was published in the July number of the New Church Life. It is there stated that "an entirely new translation was published in the year 1867, by J. B. Lippincott & Co., of Philadelphia." The translator, it was understood, was Dr. R. N. Foster. The translation is very "liberal." We are now informed, by what appears reliable authority, that the translator was not Dr. Foster, but the Rev. B. F. Barrett, who was at that the chief editor and general manager of the American New Church Tract and Publication Society, which body issued this translation. It is stated that Mr. Barrett's name appears as the translator in the second or third edition. Apologies are due to the translator for the statement that "the translation is very 'liberal.'" Inquiries were made in Philadelphia, and in other New Church centres, and Dr. R. N. Foster was generally thought to be the translator. He translated several other of the Writings for the Tract and Publication Society, and his rendering of these is, admittedly, "very liberal." The examination of his supposed translation of Heaven and Hell was hence made in a rather superficial manner by our reviewer. A more careful examination shows that the translation, on the contrary, is quite faithful to the original and it is, probably, one of the best English translations of this work.



     Nya Kirkans Tidning for August announces the death of two prominent Newchurchmen in Sweden, Dr. H. I. Carlson and the Rev. Sannfrid Odhner, Dean of Hernijunga.     
     Dr. Carlson is known to the Church in Sweden chiefly by his work in defence of Emanuel Swedenborg and the New Church against the vicious attacks made by the historian Anders Fryxell.

191



He died on May 28th, at the age of 77 years.
     Dean Sannfrid Odhner died on July 8th, at the age of 71 years. Though an honored officer of the Established Church (which at the present time is little else than a civil institution), the deceased was brought up in the Doctrines of the New Church, and has for years been a member and supporter of the New Church organizations in Sweden. Religious liberty being not yet fully established, New Church parents often sent their children to Mr. Odhner to be instructed by him in the Heavenly Doctrines but nominally received into the Established Church. His father translated several of the minor works of Swedenborg, and his grandfather, the Rev. J. P. Odhner, a contemporary of Dr. Beyer, was the first translator of The True Christian Religion into Swedish. Chiefly through the instruction of the Dean Sannfrid Odhner, his nephew, the Rev. C. Th. Odhner, Professor of Church History at the Schools of the Academy in Philadelphia, was first introduced into the New Church.
They who have conscience 1891

They who have conscience              1891

     They who have conscience are in interior happiness when they do what is good and just according to conscience.- H. D. 139.
SWEDENBORG'S SERVICE TO PHILOSOPHY 1891

SWEDENBORG'S SERVICE TO PHILOSOPHY              1891

     SWEDENBORG'S SERVICE TO PHILOSOPHY. By the Rev. S. C. Eby, Peoria, Ill., 1891.

     IN THIS little work of forty-eight pages the author endeavors to present some of the general Doctrines of the New Church in a style accommodated to the forms of thought induced by modern philosophy. Thus, he presents the doctrine of the Divine Esse and Life under the general term of "Ontology." The teachings concerning the human mind and created existence are termed "Noetics." The doctrines concerning the spiritual world and concerning correspondences are treated of as "Metaphysics," etc.
     In spite of these terms, the essay is not as unreadable as might be supposed, for the author soon discards them, after translating them into the intelligible language of the Heavenly Doctrines. In general it may be said that the argumentation is clear and direct, and the style simple and interesting. The work has many excellent qualities as a literary production, and it may be of use in enlightening some minds, obscured, but not yet altogether darkened by that hopeless tangle of terms without meaning, which generally goes under the name of Philosophy.
     To such a Philosophy-and the world knows of no other- Swedenborg cannot be of any service, except by making away with it altogether. It is dead and useless, dusty cobwebs that cover the ruined walls of the old Christian Church.
     Swedenborg's service to true Philosophy may be briefly stated: it was that of acting as a willing and understanding scribe of the LORD in His Coming to shed His Divine Rational Light upon all subjects of human thought. This, the only claim of Swedenborg, the author of the little work under notice, has altogether passed by. Swedenborg is throughout represented as the author of the most profound of all human philosophical systems. He disclaims nothing with more emphasis. . . He says, of himself, "when, by Philosophy, I was carried into spiritual things, I became blinded, and lapsed into denials and doubts" (Adversaria, Part IV, p. 206). In all his works he gives "Deo Soli Gloriam."
They who have conscience in the world 1891

They who have conscience in the world              1891

     They who have conscience in the world also, have conscience in the other life and are there among the happy.- H. D. 139.
IMMANUEL CHURCH 1891

IMMANUEL CHURCH              1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, to the Secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


     THE Immanuel Church resumed public worship on September 13th, after the summer vacation.
     On Friday, the 18th, a social meeting was held for the first time in the new hall which had been added to the building during the summer.
     About sixty or seventy persons sat down to supper, the tables being arranged in the form of a hollow square.
     After the usual toasts had been drunk, Pastor N. D. Pendleton made a short address, referring to the growth of the Society and the pressing need there had been for suitable accommodations to carry on the uses of the Society.
     The Rev. W. H. Acton replied to the toast, "The Academy School," as one of the uses to which the hall would be put. And Mr. H. L. Burnham replied to the toast, "The Social Life," pointing out some of the uses of social life and how they might be furthered.
     After the toasts the tables were cleared away and the orchestra gave a few musical selections. Then followed dancing; the meeting broke up at 11.30 P.M. W.
influx of heaven 1891

influx of heaven              1891

     The influx of heaven is into conscience with man.- H. D. 139.
RECENT HISTORY OF THE CHURCH IN BERLIN, CANADA 1891

RECENT HISTORY OF THE CHURCH IN BERLIN, CANADA       F. E. WAECHLI       1891

     Communicated.

     [Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.)


     To THE EDITOR OF NEW CHURCH LIFE:-It has become more or less known throughout the Church that serious troubles, which have led to separation, have of late agitated the Church in Berlin. Believing that it will be useful for the Church to be more fully informed concerning the judgment which has taken place here, I shall endeavor briefly to relate the recent history of the Church in this place.
     The judgment here is a part of that general judgment which is now passing over the entire New Church: the judgment between those who are willing to obey the Evangel of the Second Advent of the LORD, and those unwilling, to obey. Instruction concerning this obedience has been given and is being given to the Church at large by the LORD, one important means raised up by Him for the performance of this great use being the Academy of the New Church.
     The influence of the teachings of the Writings has for a number of years been operative in the First New Jerusalem Society in Berlin. The pastor of the Society, the Rt. Rev. F. W. Tuerk, was a member of the Academy and of its Council. He taught the Authority of the Writings, and the doctrine concerning the Priesthood. Under his guidance alterations were made in the
Constitution of the Society, placing the government in the hands of the pastor. There were some who strongly opposed these alterations, but as they could not prevail, they separated from the Society, and ceased to attend its worship.

192



This was in the year 1885. From that time the Society moved along without anything occurring to disturb its peace and quietude. But its peace and quietude were akin to sleep. The Society had scarcely any activity; the teachings given were oft-repeated generals of doctrine.
     But a time of awakening came. In the summer of 1887, the Rev. L. H. Tafel and the Rev. E. J. E. Schreck, of the Academy Schools in Philadelphia, visited Berlin. By private conversation Mr. Schreck brought a number of persons to see the necessity of New Church Schools. At a Society meeting he was requested to speak on New. Church Education, and in response gave an impressive address. The Society was aroused and a number of the leading laymen began earnestly to consider the establishment of a New Church School. They went to the pastor with the matter, who said he would be pleased to see a New Church School in Berlin, if the Society could bear the expense. During the following winter the question was much agitated, the members were canvassed, and sufficient subscriptions obtained to employ a teacher; it was determined to establish a New Church School.
     It was now that the pastor made a fatal mistake, the results of which were ere long to be keenly felt. Instead of using his influence to have the School become an Academy School, he opposed such a step, and took the ground that it must be a Society School, and such also it became. The Rev. F. E. Waelchli, a graduate of the Academy, was employed as head-master, to enter upon his duties in the following September.
     In the meantime the Tafel disturbances had begun in the Academy. During the following summer the Rev. L. H. Tafel again visited Berlin, and exercised a noticeable influence upon the pastor of the Society.
     In September, 1888, the School was opened. The Society, as a whole, was well disposed toward it. There were a few who were opposed to it, but their opposition had very little weight at that time. The friends of the School were well pleased with the progress made by the children. In January a lady was employed as assistant teacher, and the efficiency of the School was thus increased. But the progress of the School in nowise convinced its opponents of its worth, and their stand against, it became more determined. Their opposition was directed, not only against the School, but also against the government of the Society. They ascribed the existence, both of the School and of the priestly government of the Society, to Academy influence operative in the Society through the pastor, and this influence they were determined to eradicate. A document accusing the pastor and condemning the state of the Society was drawn up and signed by a number of persons, including the disaffected element which had left the Society several years before.
     At the same time a very bitter controversy was carried on between the pastor and the leader of the opposition party in the German periodicals of the Church. The troubles continued until the spring of 1890, when, at a meeting of the Society, a resolution was introduced and carried by a large majority, expressing confidence in the pastor and condemning the attacks made upon him. At the same meeting it was resolved to employ a third teacher, and Mr. J. E. Rosenqvist was soon afterward engaged, to enter upon his duties in the following September. The Society now enjoyed a short period of peace.
     The leader of the opponents withdrew from the worship and active life of the Society, and his followers were silent. The friends loyal to the School were steadily progressing in the understanding and appreciation of New Church education. The head-master conducted a weekly class, studying the Conversations on Education, by Chancellor Benade. But this progress did not seem to be pleasing to the pastor.
     The apparently peaceful state of the Society was but short-lived. A new party of opponents to the School began to show itself. The principal causes calling this party into existence were:
     1st. The teachings concerning concubinage in New Church Life, and the upholding of these teachings by the head-master.
     2d. The refusal of license to Mr. T. M. Martin by the Canada Association, which refusal was ascribed to the influence of the pastor of the Parkdale Society and of the head-master.
     3d. The position held by the head-master in regard to the observance of the Sabbath; also his advocating the use of wine at social gatherings.
     The attitude of this party was felt for some time, but it was not until January of this year that it manifested itself.
     At the annual meeting of the Society the leader of this party made a violent attack on the head-master, charging that his influence in the Society, with both old and young, was evil, and led to Sabbath desecration, drunkenness, gambling, and other evils. He extolled the Scottish observance of the Sabbath, which he enjoyed in his youth, and held that the exalted moral virtues of that people were due to their reverence for the Sabbath; he appealed to the members to bear in mind the teachings which they had so often heard from their beloved pastor.
     The head-master in reply gave the teachings of the Writings in regard to the Third Commandment; that in A. C. 9349, we are taught that the first part of this commandment, "Remember the day of the Sabbath to sanctify it," is to be altogether observed and done; that the second part, "thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man servant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy beast, nor thy stranger who is in, thy gates," may serve for use if one chooses to observe and the first part of the Commandment is obeyed by allowing the teachings given in T. C. R. 301; that in regard to the second part, each one is in freedom to do as he chooses as to obeying the literal sense, just as is the case with many of the laws of the Old Testament. The pastor violently opposed this presentation of the teaching, and frequently interrupted the speaker.
     The externally harmonious relations between the pastor and the head-master were now at an end. Soon after the meeting the pastor preached a sermon on the observance of the Sabbath, in which he declared such teaching as had been given by the head-master, "unjust, sinful, and deceitful." The sermon was of such manifestly personal character that the head-master and his assistant refused to continue to preach in the pastor's place. The church was therefore closed on every fourth Sunday, when the pastor was absent in Wellesley. The pastor's sermons, which, on account of their very external character, had for quite a time been unsatisfactory to those adhering to the Academy, now began to be more unsatisfactory still, on account of the manifest personalities which often appeared in them.
     At a meeting of the council of the Society, in March, a resolution was passed by a vote of three to two that the teachers of the School be notified that their engagements with the Society would terminate at the expiration of the school-year. (See N. C. Tidings for May)

193




     At the quarterly meeting of the Society in April a resolution of confidence in the head-master was passed by a vote of 40 to 1; about 25 persons did not vote. At the same meeting the head-master announced that he would open a School the following September. A resolution was then unanimously passed transferring to this new School all the property acquired by the Society for its School. (See Tidings for May.) This resolution the Council of the Society has since refused to recognize.
     In July the next quarterly meeting was held. It was a meeting such as the Society had never experienced. The pastor had on that day sent to the Academy his resignation as member of that body. The school-room was crowded. The two dissatisfied elements in the Society had joined hands and were present in full force. A number of persons were present who had taken no interest in the Society for years, and were scarcely known as New-churchmen; some of them had even identified themselves with the Old Church.
     The business before the meeting was the choice of delegates for the coming meeting of the Canada Association. There was much at stake in the choice of these delegates, since at this meeting the question of the reunion of the two general bodies of the Church in Canada is to come up. The friends of order learned with surprise that the pastor had, without the knowledge of his Council, and contrary to the law of the Society, allowed a number of persons to sign their names to the Constitution of the Society. For more than two hours there was a heated discussion as to who were justly-qualified voters in the Society. The effort to obtain a recognition of the order laid down in the Constitution was futile. A mob had been collected, which, like all mobs, was totally blind to all order. Injustice after injustice and insult after insult was directed against the advocates of order. The mob element proposed a set of delegates; the friends of order, as an amendment, proposed another set; the ayes and nays were called for, and the amendment was lost by sixty-two votes against thirty-eight. Eighteen of the negative votes were challenged, but only one was allowed. The original motion was put to vote and carried. It was near midnight when the meeting adjourned.
     The adherents of the Academy felt that the attitude of the pastor and his followers toward them had been so vindictive and unjust that they could no longer worship together with them. The head-master, as a priest of the Academy, decided to conduct worship, on invitation, at the house of one of the members on the following Sunday; the friends were invited to attend, and about eighty persons, including children, were present. The priestly robe was worn for the first time in worship in Berlin. Services have been conducted in this place ever since by the Rev. F. E. Waelchli and the Rev. J. E. Rosenqvist.
     Another person opened his house to the weekly meetings of the "Education Class."
     It was at a meeting of this class on the 30th of July that the announcement was made that the worship conducted and the instruction given will hereafter be under the direction of the Church of the Academy; that they are public, and thus open to all who wish to attend.
     The Church here has entered upon a new stage of its existence. Those who have placed themselves under the care of the Academy feel that they have entered into and are progressing in the true and orderly life of the Church. The services are well attended and are conducted alternately in English and German. The instruction given at the class is appreciated more than ever and ever forty persons are in regular attendance. We have also been having some delightful social life. Three weeks ago we celebrated the golden wedding of an old and loyal couple who have been identified with the Church in Berlin for forty years. On this occasion it was announced that the Council of the Academy has decided to consider the School to be established in Berlin as a part of its system of Schools. Hearty was the applause which greeted this announcement.
     We are not yet, however, in a full state of freedom, for we are still members of the Convention, of the Canada Association, and of the Berlin Society. But the time for separation is near at hand. The meeting of the Canada Association will be held here during this week, and there will then, undoubtedly, be the ultimation of states which will make it impossible for us to remain any longer in the General Convention of the New Church. While we regret the consummate state of the Convention and its constituent parts, which makes it impossible for us to remain in it any longer, we are thankful to the Lord that He has in His Providence raised up the Academy of the New Church, under whose guidance we know that we will be led onward into the life of Order,-which is the heavenly life.
Respectfully yours,
     F. E. WAECHLI.
     BERLIN, ONT., CANADA.
September 16th, 1891=122.
Lord rules the spiritual man 1891

Lord rules the spiritual man              1891

     The Lord rules the spiritual man through conscience which to him is an internal bond.-- H. D. 139.
SEPARATION IN CANADA 1891

SEPARATION IN CANADA              1891

EDITOR NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     A year has elapsed since I wrote you last. In my letter then I referred to certain uncertainties connected with the Canada Association, intimating that, at its meeting this year, geographical position might cause it to bestow a license to a layman, or deny such a license; but, as must be the case with all human prognostications-which are, really, only guesses-the things I foresaw were not even spoken of in this year's meetings. The license question, which took up the interest and time of the meeting last year-thanks to the action of the party who claimed to be very badly treated-was never even thought of this year. During the year, the Toronto Society withdrew from the Association, the several resignations of officers involved in this-vacancies having been filled by men holding the Doctrines maintained by the Academy-left the Executive Committee decidedly of an "Academy" complexion, so that when the Executive Committee met the evening before the appointed time for this year's Association meeting, it was composed of all such men, excepting the President and one member. As the business brought before the Executive Committee largely occupied the Association for the first two days of its meeting, it will be of interest to you and your readers, no doubt, to know what was done at that meeting.
     It came to the knowledge of the members of that Committee, whose business it has always been to meet just before the Association meeting to arrange the business to be brought up in an orderly way,-that the Berlin Society delegation would have in it persons who had seceded from the Association during the year and had become members of the seceding body: the General Church of Canada. The Executive Committee, in dealing with the question, decided unanimously that none such should be allowed as delegates to the Canada Association. This question was easily settled-the unanimous sentiment being that the acceding party should not be encouraged in their disorderly action; that it manifested exceedingly bad form in them to even think of returning and offering themselves to a body they had so lately seceded from in such disorderly haste.

194



This question thus disposed of by resolution, another of a graver character was brought up. The Committee was informed that the Berlin Society would appear on the floor of' the Association at its meeting the next morning with a delegation of thirteen persons, and that the roll-book, showing the number of members the Society had, would not justify so large a delegation. The President of the Executive Committee, being the pastor of the Berlin Society, was asked, in the face of this charge, to produce the roll-book that the Committee might see whether the Society was entitled to thirteen delegates. The President replied that the book was not in the church where our meeting was being held, and that he could not, at the moment, produce it. The discussion which this subject caused lasted nearly two hours, and resulted in a resolution-which the Secretary claims was carried unanimously-to the effect that the President of the Executive Committee be requested to report to the Executive Committee, in the morning before the Association is convened, the exact number of baptized members upon his roll who have arrived at the legal age and are thus entitled to vote. This closed the business of the Executive Committee.
     The next morning the Association was opened in the usual way with reading the Word and prayer. But, upon the appointment of the Committee on Credentials, it was plainly evident that the request of the Executive Committee to have a correct statement of the basis of representation from the pastor of the Berlin Society was to be utterly ignored, and, I may say, that just here the discussion upon this question began and lasted until the separation took place, Friday afternoon. We, on our took the stand that the meeting was merely an adjourned meeting of the Executive, and that the Association itself could not be legally convened until the President complied with the request of the Executive Committee regarding the basis of representation of thirteen claimed by the Berlin Society. The first session of the so-called meeting of the Association, which lasted from 10 o'clock until 12 o'clock, was entirely taken up with this matter.
     When we convened at 2.30 o'clock, the first business was the same, the illegality of the Berlin delegation. It was contended that the President-who was also pastor of the Berlin Society-should state openly and positively that he had 220 members duly baptized, of age, and voters. The Constitution of the Association required this number to make a representation of thirteen legal and just.
     The President, while making various statements and explanations, could not be brought to the point of claiming on his honor that he had 220 such members. He had unbaptized, under-age members, and he had members who were baptized on the afternoon of the day of the meeting which appointed the delegation. He had, also, two lists of members, and, in fact, with these indefinite entities the meeting spent the second session.
     This illegality of the Berlin delegation was always before the meeting. In this session it was before it in the form of a motion of censure to the President for refusing to act in accordance with the resolution of the Executive Committee. The other side (the meeting had from the start divided into two as clearly as it possibly could be, having taken seats on opposite sides of the room) maintained that to inquire into the private affairs of Societies was contrary to justice and decency, and that no such thing would be allowed by them, that the roll-book would under no circumstances be produced.
     A missionary from the General Convention, sent to Canada to reconcile the Church here and to smooth over, if possible, its troubles, took part in this discussion. He told the benighted Canadians that in the country which he came from, such inquiry into the private affairs of a Society would be called-well, he did not know what they would call it in Canada, but in the United States it would be called-it would be called-IMPERTINENCE. When the Canadians on the right recovered from the shock this produced, the missionary was asked this question: "When the General Church of Pennsylvania was a member of the Convention, if it had gone to the annual meeting of that body with a delegation large enough to control Convention, would it have been IMPERTINENCE on the part of the executive of the Convention to inquire into the basis upon which that delegation claimed its rights?
     We all made up our minds that impertinence was impertinence, whether in the United States or Canada, and that to say that to insist upon what was fair and honorable-was regarded as impertinence in any country, would no doubt be regarded by the citizens of that country as a piece of impertinence on the part of the one making such an utterance. Impertinence is an essence that sometimes is not seen by the one who is in possession of it. It's a funny commodity.
     As stated above, the illegality of the Berlin delegation was first and last and all the time the chief topic of discussion. The other side downed it at the close of each session by various resolutions-their majority enabling them to do this-but at the beginning of the next session it would "bob up serenely" in another form.
     The other side stood out firmly that the Association had no right to meddle in the private affairs of Societies One of the speakers of the flight, asked if Parkdale had come with twenty delegates instead of its right number, two, would it be right to call for that Society's roll book? They replied no, it would not.
     A prominent speaker on the other side, who is manager of a mutual insurance company, was asked if he ever inquired into the right of his policy-holders to come to his annual meeting and cast their votes. This question was asked twice, with very decided emphasis the second time, but it was allowed to go without an answer.
     The persistent obstinacy with which the other side refused to consent to bring the roll-book forward, finally caused one speaker on the Right to say that this aroused suspicions in his mind that all was not right and orderly in that roll-book. The President then said that in counting the list he had found that there were only 170 on it who might be regarded as entitled to vote.
     Now here we have the climax which it will be well for interested ones to make note of. The Canada Association was convened by its President and allowed to proceed to business with the Berlin Society represented by a delegation of thirteen, which would, according to the Constitution; require 220 members, when it actually had by the admission later on of its pastor, only 170 members. And the startling part of it is that the President of the Canada Association knew this when he convened the meeting and allowed it to proceed to business.
     The usual talk of charity was indulged in, but it seems that this from the Writings was not thought of:

     "TO ACT ACCORDING TO LAW IS TO ACT FROM GOOD."- A. C. 4444.

     The meeting, as far as our side was concerned, ended Friday afternoon, when, after short speeches by the Rev. Mr. Waelchli and the Rev. Mr. Hyatt, wherein it was shown that we separated because one side denied that the Writings were the Word and the other side believed this.

195



About forty-six then took formal leave of the President and walked out in a body, about twenty-six to twenty-eight remaining behind.
Pastor of the Montreal Society stated 1891

Pastor of the Montreal Society stated              1891

     IN an address at a meeting held in the Elm Street Church, Toronto, on Monday night, the Pastor of the Montreal Society stated that "the LORD had effected a great deliverance," "He had delivered the Canada Association from its enemies."
     To connect the name of the LORD with the party in the Berlin meeting who persisted in maintaining their right to an illegal representation is to connect His sacred name with a denial of His own words:
     "To act according to law is to act from good, but to act contrary to law is to act from evil" (A. C. 4444).
     TORONTO, September 23d, 1891.     X.
Interior thought 1891

Interior thought              1891

     They who have conscience have interior thought-- H. D. 139.
REVIEW OF CANONS CORRECTED 1891

REVIEW OF CANONS CORRECTED       SAMUEL M. WARREN       1891

EDITOR NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     In your notice of the new edition of the Canons there are (p. 166) some errors relating to former published editions which it may be desirable to have corrected.
      Referring to the fact that in the New York Latin edition, edited by Dr. Worcester; the text is in some respects "fuller than in the first (Latin) edition," published in London in 1840, you add: "This refers especially to the many interesting marginal notes of the author, which were published for the first time in the New York edition." This is only true of a few of the notes. But in the London edition the notes that are given (with two exceptions) are either embodied in the text or inserted as "annotations" in the same type as: the text. The notes on page 9, New York edition, will thus be found on page 9 of the London edition; the one on p. 13 thus also appears on p. 9; the one on p. 14 appears on p. 12; the one on p. 21 is given on p. 17; that on p. 24 may be found on p. 19; the note on p. 39 appears on p. 32; that on p. 4O is on p. 33; that on p. 41 (except the last three lines) is given on p. 26. These last three lines are given as a separate note on p. 18, and the note on p. 69 is given on pp. 55 and 56 of the London edition. Imperfect as the London edition was, for want of the Skara MS., since discovered, it was net, yet such a careless or presumptuous piece of work as the supposed omissions would ma e it appear
      2. You say that: "The only marginal note which has been included in the first Latin edition cannot be found in Dr. Worcester's edition;" and, after quoting the words of this note, you add that, "Dr. Worcester does not assign any reason for eliminating this note from his edition" You will find the missing note at the bottom of the longer note on p. 41 of Dr. Worcester's edition. You will be glad to know that so faithful and careful a worker as Dr. Worcester has not committed such a mistake, and that this important work is without such a blemish. The position of these marginal notes of Swedenborg, in relation to the text, seems to be very much a matter of judgment; and hence I suppose the difference of position assigned them in the two Latin editions.
      3. Your statement that the second English edition, published in London in 1864, "is nothing but a reprint of the American edition," is a mistake. The American edition was, to some extent, revised for that edition, and in one or two paragraphs not to its advantage; though in general the edition was improved by the revision.
     Yours truly,
          SAMUEL M. WARREN.
     HILLSIDE, ROXBURY, MASS., Sept. 13th, 1891.
They who have not conscience 1891

They who have not conscience              1891

     They who have not conscience have only exterior thought.- H. D. 139.
TOBACCO SMOKING 1891

TOBACCO SMOKING       J.H.C       1891

     [Concluded from page 1551.]

     IV. "WHAT SHOULD BE THE ATTITUDE TOWARD THE HABIT OF THOSE WHO DO NOT INDULGE IN IT?"

     We conclude that the principle underlying questions III and IV is the same, but considered from different points of view-that is, that the habit remains the same and the difference is in the states of the men viewing it. Whatever is under either head, therefore, may well he considered by both classes.
     If smoking is found to be beneficial, then one may form the habit; if injurious, he should not. It has been shown above when it is useful for man to smoke. We wish now to bring to view certain things which show that one should not form the habit unless it is with use in view:
     1st. That boys should not be allowed to form the habit is not questioned.
     2d. It is a habit that will injure any one if used to an excess, and requires constant watching to avoid it.
     3d. Is it a habit which we should wish our children to adopt? In The True Christian Religion, n. 563, we read that habit becomes a second nature, and in Arcana Coelestia, n. 7398 and 9723, all that parents contract from actual use and habit is derived into their offspring. In the New Church it should be the endeavor of each generation to overcome a portion of the evil which the have inherited, and the above teaches that we should also be most careful what new habits we acquire.
     4th. Although the nascent smoke of tobacco is pleasing to a great number of people, we do not think any one is pleased with the odor which greets him on entering the room of a constant smoker. Everything that will absorb odors at all, will have the odor of stale tobacco smoke.
     Not only is this odor retained by the clothing, but also by the mouth and lungs, and imparts to the breath an odor which is disagreeable to almost every one. The quality of the breath depends upon the amount, perhaps the quality, of the tobacco used.
     This becomes of importance when we consider that it may injure a state which is fundamental in the New Church, that of conjugial love.
     The delights of kissing, if not altogether destroyed, may be seriously injured by such a breath. The important use which kissing performs is shown in n. 3573 of the Arcana Coelestia: "Kissing which is a thing external, is nothing else but an affection of conjunction which is a thing internal." And in n. 3800 of the same, "Kissing signifies conjunction from affection, consequently denoting love."
     The importance of desiring delightful odors to be associated with ourselves is shown in Conjugial Love, n. 210 and 213: "The sense of smell is one of the pleasures or delights of conjugial love." It should be the endeavor of every Newchurchman to place the fewest number of obstacles between himself and this "Gem" which is to be found only within the New Church.

196




     In the above have been given the principles from which both the non-smoker and the smoker are to act, concerning the forming or continuing of the habit, with some of the results of smoking, both good and evil.
     This is as far as we can go; the application must be with each individual acting in freedom according to his reason.

     V. WHAT RULES OF DECORUM OR OF TRUE ETIQUETTE DOES CHARITY REQUIRE, IN REGARD TO THE INDULGENCE OF THE HABIT, IN A MIXED COMPANY OF SMOKERS AND NON- SMOKERS.

     We know that we are not expected to try to bring forth rules for all the individual cases which may occur, so have studied more the general principle underlying.
     In a company as described above, whether social or otherwise, the use of the same must be the first thought. If it is necessary for all to be present, then it is important that there should be no smoking, and no smoker should indulge, even if he misses very much the action to which he is so accustomed, especially if the persons objecting be ladies. We must consider here that those of both classes are such from a state with use as an end.
     If the meeting is not of such importance and a separation can be effected, it may be done, which will leave both classes in freedom. It, however, is often met with this objection, that in many cases it causes a separation of husbands from wives, while the former discuss various subjects in which the latter are interested. Here again the question is answered by use.
     Is it more useful that the husband have the effect of the smoke, or the presence of his wife? Or as the habit is so prevalent among the men of this day, would it not be well for the wife to accustom herself to the presence of a moderate amount of smoke in a room, rather than be separated from her husbands even if quite disagreeable at first-that is, provided no absolute injury was done her?
     The same principle is applicable to the class of non-smokers among the men.
     This brings us again, however, where we must stop and let the question be answered by the individual.
     If there are present only one or two of either class in a company, it might be charity on their part to place the rest in freedom, by separating themselves from the company.
     In considering every such company, if the law of charity to the neighbor, that of loving him as well as, if not better than, one's self, be followed, thus not wishing to do anything which would injure him or render him a less useful man, harmony will result. Therefore, where the above law is not recognized and where the love of self enters there will exist an antagonism between the two classes; that this latter state should not be, is obvious, and that it will cease to be where each regards the state of the other from a principle of charity, and considers that he has use as an end in either using or not using tobacco, or anything else which the LORD gives or permits.
     One will sometimes think that smoking at home will not injure the neighbor, but if he inquire more closely, he will often find a neighbor in the form of a wife, mother, or sister to whom the habit in one way or another is distasteful, if not hurtful, and thus every smoker should be most guarded in the quantity of tobacco he uses, and when and where he uses it.
     J.H.C.
They who have conscience 1891

They who have conscience              1891

     They who have conscience think from the spiritual.- H. D. 139.
MIDDLEPORT, OHIO 1891

MIDDLEPORT, OHIO       G.M.C       1891

     CANDIDATE Alfred Acton, of the Theological School of the Academy of the New Church, spent the summer at Middleport, Ohio, on invitation from members of the Church, and has been doing very useful work.
     On Monday and Thursday evenings he teaches a class of seven young men. They meet at half-past seven o'clock at one or other of the homes of the members and read, for an hour, from the work on Conjugial Love. Refreshments are then partaken of, and the remainder of the evening is spent in singing, and social intercourse. On one of these occasions Mr. Acton taught them the song, "Vivat Nova Ecclesia," the words of which were published in the Life for February (page 50).
     He also has a class for singing Hebrew, which is held on Tuesday and Friday afternoons. They are at present learning the Hebrew anthem, "Hodhou" (Psalm cxviii, 1-4, 25), with the expectation of singing it in the Sunday- School.
     Every Wednesday evening Mr. Acton holds a doctrinal class, which is very largely attended. The work on The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine is being read. This class generally closes with a social.
     He also teaches a class in Sunday- School, which reads from the Brief Exposition.
     When the Rev. E. D. Daniels is absent from Middleport, Candidate Acton preaches, and on Sunday evening he has another doctrinal class, at which only the adults are present. He instructs them In the Doctrines on the subject of Concubinage, and reads the articles on this subject in New Church Life.
     And besides, Mr. Acton also teaches Hebrew and prepares the Sunday- School teachers for their work in the Sunday- School.     G.M.C.
They who have not conscience 1891

They who have not conscience              1891

     They who have not conscience think only from the natural.- H. D. 139.
AUSTRIA- HUNGARY 1891

AUSTRIA- HUNGARY              1891

     THE Rev. F. Goerwitz, in Monatblatter, describes his annual tour to Vienna and Budapest. He preached in Vienna on June 28th and July 5th. The Holy Sacrament was administered to twenty communicants. During the week several meetings were held. This Society has services every Sunday when one of the Council members reads a sermon and leads in the worship. The Society is small in number and poor, separated from the formerly large one, a great number of which embraced Artopeism. A new member has been added to the Society.
     On July 8th, Mr. Goerwitz arrived in Budapest and lectured the following day to forty-eight persons. The service on the following Sunday had been advertised and was attended by sixty persons. In the afternoon the Holy Supper was administered to eighteen persons, which is about the number of the members.
     Mrs. Peisker, the widow of the late Rev. Peisker, of Vienna, has made her home here with her two children, and belongs to this Society.
     Services have been held in the German tongue, but it is now intended occasionally to have lectures in Hungarian.
     This Society has found a leader in Dr Nabrhaft, who is a believer in the divinity of the Writings and whose greatest desire is to work for the Church only. As the Society, however, cannot do more than pay the rent of their hall, he has to do secular work for his existence.

197



He is a philologist.
     The work in both cities requires financial aid.
They who have not conscience 1891

They who have not conscience              1891

     They who have not conscience are only external men.- H. D. 139.
GENERAL CONFERENCE 1891

GENERAL CONFERENCE              1891

     THE eighty-fourth annual session of the General Conference of the New Church commenced its meeting in Bradford on August 10th, and was opened by the Rev. John Presland. Thirty-one ministers and seventy-one representatives were present. The Rev. J. R. Rendell was elected President and the Rev. John Presland Vice-President. Certificates of ordination were handed to Messrs. Arthur E. Beilby, Lewis A. Slight, and Henry, M'Lagan. Dr F. W. Harris, of Boston, representative of the General Convention of America, read an address, prepared by the President of that body, which treated mainly of its separation from the General Church of the Advent of the LORD.
     The Rev. Albert Bjork, from Stockholm, requested assistance for the recently formed Swedish Publication Society.
     The Missionary Institution was invited to concentrate their efforts on existing Societies, especially on those that are isolated. The Rev. Joseph Deans moved the appointment of a committee to consider the resolution passed last year in the case of the Rev. R. J. Tilson, together with his letter of resignation (published In the June issue of Life) The motion was withdrawn In deference to the unanimous feeling of the Conference.
     A resolution was passed, accepting the resignation of the Rev. J. F. Potts. Several speakers dwelt upon the excellent character of Mr. Potts. One speaker stated "that we would rather have broadened our creed or faith if necessary to keep him amongst us than that he should have gone to America. There was in reality no greater liberty there than here," which statement was applauded.
     The existence of seven hundred and fifty-one isolated receivers in three hundred and fifty-nine different places was reported.
     An effort by Mr. Backhouse and supported by the Rev. J. Deans and others, to bring the Swedenborg Society under the control of the Conference, was defeated, being opposed by the Rev. Messrs. J. Presland, J. F. Buss, T. Child, and Messrs. Broadfield and Gardiner, on the ground of its being an undignified interference in an entirely independent body.
     The proposition by Mr. Ford to establish a distinct New Church Boarding School was not adopted, on the ground of expense.
     The membership of the General Conference of the New Church in Great Britain, as reported at the recent meeting of that body, suffered during the past year a net decrease of one hundred and thirty-seven, and a total decrease of three hundred and thirty-four. This includes the Colchester Society, which has withdrawn from connection with the Conference. The Camberwell Society has lost sixty-seven and the Liverpool Society thirty-two members.
     The Anerly Society applied for the ordination of Mr. Wm. Heald. The True Christian Religion was adopted as text-book in place of The New Jerusalem and its Heavenly Doctrine for examination of the candidates for the College.
     The Council was authorized to transfer the balance of the Swedenborg Manuscript Fund to the American Convention to aid in photo-lithographing the manuscripts of Swedenborg.
     The Conference will in future meet during the month of June. This session was ended on August 14th.
     For fuller particulars see the October issue New Church Monthly which, by special arrangement, will be sent to all the readers of New Church Life.
Lord rules those that have no conscience 1891

Lord rules those that have no conscience              1891

     The Lord rules those that have no conscience by external bonds, which are all things that are of the love of self and the world.- H. D. 139.
"THE SCIENCE OF CORRESPONDENCES ELUCIDATED." 1891

"THE SCIENCE OF CORRESPONDENCES ELUCIDATED."       J. A. LAMB       1891

     SEVERAL thousand dollars have been used by the Connecticut Association of the New Church in donations of a book with the title, "The Science of Correspondences Elucidated, by B. Madely, as revised and greatly enlarged by B. F. Barrett," to clergymen of all denominations In the United States, on condition of their forwarding to the President of said Association the sum of 20 cents to pay the postage.
     Certain statements concerning the quality of Swedenborg's Writings and their relation to the Literal Sense of the Word, on page 584 of said book, as it seems to us, are misleading, and injurious to a student of the Writings.
     What the Writings claim for themselves, and what their readers most of all things, need to know and acknowledge, is that they are from the LORD alone. The Writings are the Interior Word, which is Doctrine, and the LORD'S Doctrine Itself. They bear the Letter of the Word in their bosom, from which they cannot be dissociated, any more than a man's soul can be dissociated from its body. The sense of the Word and the sense of the Writings are a coherent unit in the minds of all who are sound in the doctrines of the New Church.
     Are not the Writings Divine Truths, and of Divine Authority, both in the heavens and upon the earth?
     They instruct us: "That the Church is totally ignorant of its desolation and consummation, and cannot know anything of it until the Divine Truths revealed by the. LORD in the work entitled, The True Christian Religion, are seen in the light and acknowledged." (See Coronis, LV [Latin Edition, XLIX].)
     Surely these Divine Truths are from the LORD alone, and they were revealed for the purpose of separating the evil from the good. For in The True Christian Religion we are instructed: "That this, which is the Second Coming of the LORD, is for the sake of separating the evil from the good, that those who have believed and who do believe in Him may be saved, and that there may be formed of them a New Angelic Heaven, and a New Church on earth, and without this Coming no flesh could be saved" (Matt. xxiv, 22).
     So the last and final judgment is now taking place. It takes place in the souls of all persons upon the earth who are able to receive the Divine Truths of the New Revelation into their understandings and to reduce them to practice in life. All such are citizens of the New Jerusalem, which the LORD'S Apostle John saw in prophetic vision 1800 years ago. They open the book, written within and on the backside, and sealed with seven seals. The LORD alone could do this. They are therefore the Interior Word, which is) Divine Doctrine, and thus they are the LORD with us and the books which contain them are the books of Emanuel-GOD, WITH US.

198



The LORD has effected His Second Coming through the instrumentality of a man. And He is now here in a new and complete Divine Revelation. This revelation is in books. It is by means of the Divine Truths in these books that the evil are being separated from the- good. Their dominion is to be unending, both in the heavens and upon the earth. (See Daniel vii, 13, 14.)
     "The Coming of the LORD denotes acknowledgment of Divine Truth by those who are of the New Church, and denial by those who are of the Old Church" (A. C. 10,134).      J. A. LAMB.
They who have not conscience 1891

They who have not conscience              1891

     They who have not conscience, will to destroy conscience with those who have it.- H.D. 139.
DISTINCTION BETWEEN MAN AND ANIMAL 1891

DISTINCTION BETWEEN MAN AND ANIMAL       JOHN CARSWELL       1891

     THERE exists at the present day a belief that man is an animal; and this belief is confirmed by many reasons, among which are the following: (I) That man by nature as by birth is of less account than the beasts, unless he be instructed; (2) that he can be instructed on account of his having learned to make articulate sounds; (3) that if beasts could speak; they would reason on a subject as skillfully as men, because they also have rationality; (4) that it is nonsense to think otherwise than that if men have souls so also have beasts, and that if men live after death, so also do beasts; but that they may live after death for a few days, after the exhalation of the life of the body, similarly as a shrub preserves its form in its ashes unless disturbed; (5) and consequently that religion is only an invention to keep the simple In order.
     This, then, is the argument of those that believe that man is an animal.
     In order to show how prevalent this idea is, it will be only necessary to state that some of the translators of the Writings have themselves fallen into the same mistaken idea, even in those very passages which most clearly state that man is not an animal. Hence, how necessary is it that there should be a clear understanding on the subject, for we read in Arcana Celestia, n. 3747 (American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society's edition), "Moreover, that the learned, more than the simple, liken themselves to the brutes, and ascribe all things to nature, and scarce anything to the Divine Being; and, further, that they do not reflect that man, in distinction from other animals has a capacity of thinking about heaven (and about God, and therefore of being elevated above himself), consequently of being joined to the LORD by love and thus of necessarily living after death forever." The word for "other" does not occur in the original. The same mistake may be seen in Arcana Coelestia, n. 2722 and 1902, Clowe's edition, also in number 1902 Arcana Coelestia, of the Boston edition, also in Conjugial Love, 96, Boston and New York editions.
     Now, if man be an animal, how is it that he can raise his thoughts and reasoning above `things of the body his appetites and natural affections to think of God and of heaven and thereby of being elevated above him self? And how is it that if man is an animal he is able to impart his knowledge to his offspring so that each generation may surpass the preceding one in knowledge and discovery?- Can animals do this? No! for animals are in connate knowledge, and never make any progress in knowledge, and in all these ages have made no progress. To say that if animals could speak they would be able to reason as skillfully as men, and that they have rationality, is entirely to ignore the fact that parrots have been taught to speak and yet cannot reason, nor have they imparted their speech to their offspring; surely if animals possessed reason they would have by this time discovered the way to at least teach their offspring as much as they themselves knew. But probably the nearest approach of men to animals might be seen in those very men who advocate-such teaching, and yet even they have the faculties, which, if called into use, would elevate them above the beasts. "For when man becomes so changed and perverted as to remove himself from the good of charity, and consequently no longer believes in heaven or a life after death, he is then in a like state with animals except that he has the power to think" (A. C. 2722.) When a man comes to such a negative state as to deny that he lives after death any more than a shrub, he ignores the fact "that man is not a man from the mere corporeal frame which he inhabits, and uses to perform functions In the natural and material world" (H. H. 435). And when he consults scientifics he confirms himself the more in the fallacies, that beasts live and act in like manner, and in some cases with more subtlety than men, and the thinking faculty which man has above the beasts is procured by his coming later to maturity than beasts. But the reason that man comes to maturity later than beasts is in order that he may be conjoined by love to God, and thereby appropriate to himself life from the Divine. He who denies that man lives after death virtually denies God, and he who denies God worships nature in some form or other. The worshipers of nature regard the sun, which is the medium by which all things on the earth exist, as the fountain of life. If, then, the sun is the fountain of all life, it must think and intend uses.
     But the difference between man and beast is this, that, whereas beasts are organs created to receive the light and heat from the natural and at the same time from the spiritual world, for every beast is the form of some natural love which receives light and heat mediately from the spiritual world through heaven into good animal., and through hell into evil animals; man receives light and heat-that is, wisdom and love, immediately from the LORD. Animals do not have immediate influx from the LORD because they have no internals. But man has both an immediate influx and a mediate influx; an immediate influx from the LORD, and a mediate influx through spirits and angels, by which latter influx he speaks and acts.
     There are in man three degrees of life, the lowest degree, or external, or natural man, is the degree in which man resembles the beasts as to concupiscences and phantasies and natural affections. The next degree the internal, or natural man is the one in which man is superior to the beasts, for it is by virtue of this faculty that man is able to think and will what is good and true, and thus become a man by restraining and keeping in subjection his external or natural man. This degree the beasts have not and are incapable of having. The third or internal degree, which is most unknown to man, is the gate or entrance of the LORD to man; through this degree the LORD can inflow into the rational and elevate man to Himself giving him conscience and perception of what is good and true. From this most inmost degree would be or immediately the rational, from the conjunction of the celestial and spiritual things of his inmost man, and from the rational would be born the natural, and thus man would be endowed with all the rational and all the scientific faculty on entering the world, were it not that he is born with a tendency to evil which is hereditary.

199



In the case of beasts, however, what in man is will and understanding is with them united into one, and thus they are born with, all the scientific faculty which is necessary for sustenance and life on entering the world. How much more, then, would this be the case with man had not order been destroyed In him, for man is born into no science.
     Man, besides having an external memory which beasts have in common with him, has an internal memory to which belongs the thinking faculty which is a perception of what is good and true, and by virtue of this faculty flowing into the natural mind man can form judgments and conclusions which beasts cannot. But the natural man separated from the spiritual is merely animal, and is even more animal than the wildest beast of the forest. "Man is entirely different from the beasts in this -that he has an inmost degree or region of the soul into which the Divine Being enters by influx, elevates him to Himself, and thus conjoins it with Himself, from this man can think of God and the Divine things of heaven and the Church, and love God In and from those things" (T. C. R 673; H. H. 435).
     JOHN CARSWELL.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     They who have not conscience in the world, have it not in the other life.- H. D. 139.
INNOCENCE 1891

INNOCENCE       A. H       1891

     "THE proprium of man ii altogether evil, but it becomes beautiful and delightful when vivified by charity and innocence" (A. C. 164).
     From this passage it is manifest that it is of the utmost importance for us to be in the continual endeavor of growing more and more innocent, for it is only by this, in the progress of regeneration, that we are prepared for a life of internal heavenly happiness.
     There are, however, two distinct states of innocence, that of infancy or ignorance, and that of wisdom or old age.
     The innocence of infancy or of ignorance is an external state and therefore not genuine, but nevertheless it has the same outward appearance as genuine innocence, for infants love and obey their parents, which in genuine innocence corresponds to love and obedience to the LORD; they love their companions, are satisfied with what they receive, and they do not worry for the morrow.
     The innocence of wisdom is genuine innocence, inasmuch as it is formed of the mind-that is, of the will and understanding-and where innocence is formed of or by these, true wisdom exists, for their wills love what is good, and they wish for what is true. To love what is good is to love the LORD, and to desire truth is to love the neighbor, and with these they live in contentment and peace, with no anxiety about the morrow, and trust in implicitly in the Divine Providence.
     What they receive they do not store up, but immediately obey, and because this is from trust in the LORD their proprium is removed, and the will and understanding are in perfect union for influx from the LORD.
     It is according to the state of innocence that the heavens are divided; the angels of the highest heavens being in the highest state of innocence, which they receive directly from the LORD. It is owing to this that to the angels of the lower heavens they appear as naked infants, because infants and nakedness correspond to innocence.
     The state of conjugial love is also entirely according to Innocence, for it is according to the conjunction of good and truth, which conjunction can only be effected where genuine innocence exists, and hence it is that playfulness, as of infancy, is with conjugial love.
     In the hells there is the greatest hatred against innocence-in fact, to such a degree that the evil spirits burn to do injury to any one who is in a state of innocence, and it is against this influx we have to fight if we wish to enjoy any of the heavenly states of happiness; for we are told that, "Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of heaven as a little child, shall not enter therein."     A. H.
With those who are in hell 1891

With those who are in hell              1891

     With those who are in hell, there is no torment of conscience on account of their evils in the world.- H. D. 139.
WARNING 1891

WARNING              1891

     NEWCHURCHMEN are warned to be on their guard against two impostors from Liverpool. They are able, by their appearance, and by their knowledge of New Church affairs, to excite pity and to induce confidence in themselves. They have repeatedly shown themselves worthless and altogether undeserving of assistance in any form. For further information address the Editor, or the Pastor of the Church of the Advent, or the Pastor of the Pittsburgh Society.
They who are of the spiritual kingdom of the Lord 1891

They who are of the spiritual kingdom of the Lord              1891

     They who are of the spiritual kingdom of the Lord, have conscience, and it is formed in their intellectual part.- H. D. 139.
TEN of the boys in Pittsburgh a social club 1891

TEN of the boys in Pittsburgh a social club              1891

     TEN of the boys in Pittsburgh, from fifteen to nineteen years of age, have organized a social club "in order to help one another in their performance of uses and in their social life." The meet on alternate Fridays at the houses of the members, and wear appropriate badges.
ACADEMY BOOK-ROOM 1891

ACADEMY BOOK-ROOM              1891

1821 WALLACE STREET, PHILADELPHIA,
KEEPS ON SALE

The Writings of the New Church, in Latin, English, German, and Swedish; and all the Scientific Works by Swedenborg that can possibly be obtained, in Latin and in English.
     The catalogue recently published gives a complete list of all these books as well as of a number of standard collateral works.
     The Book-Room makes a specialty of procuring original editions and scientific works out of print, several of which are on sale at present.

     "SUPPLEMENTUM Voluminis Quarti Indices Biblici Emanuelis Swedenborgii Continens Nomina Virorum Terrarum, Urbium" is the title of a small book of 44 pages, being, as the title shows, a supplement to the Index Biblicus, now procured by the Academy Book Room, where it may be had at 20 cents a copy.
If man feels anxious 1891

If man feels anxious              1891

     If man feels anxious when he thinks evilly, it is from conscience,- H. D. 139.

200



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL H. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     In Great Britain subscriptions may be sent to
     REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
     MR. S. WARREN POTTS, Book Steward, 14 Balmoral Crescent, Crosshill, Glasgow, Scotland.

     PHILADELPHIA, OCTOBER, 1891=122.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes, p. 177.- The Kingdom of God and His Justice (a Sermon), p. 178.- Conjunction of the Divine Good Natural with the Good of Truth, p. 180.-
The Divine Human and the Writings, p. 183.- The Word in the Celestial Heaven, and the Hebrew Language, p. 185.- The Schools of the Academy of the New Church. p. 185.- A Further Inquiry, p. 187.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 189.- Swedenborg's Service to Philosophy, p. 191.
     The General Church.- The Immanuel church, p. 191.
     Communicated.-Recent History of the church in Berlin, Canada, p. 191.- The Separation in Canada., p. 193.- The Review of Canons corrected, p. 196.- Tobacco Smoking, p. 195.-Middleport, Ohio. p. 196.- Austria- Hungary, p. 196.- The General Conference, p. 197.-"The Science of Correspondence Elucidated," p. 196.- Distinction between Man and Animal, 198.-Innocence, p. 199.- A warning, p. 199.- The Academy Book Room, p. 199.
     News Gleanings, p. 200.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 200.
(c)
     AT HOME.

     Pennsylvania.- THE Hall of the Academy of the New Church, No. 1826-28 North Street, will be opened for public worship, beginning with the third Sunday in October, when the Chancellor, Bishop Benade, will preach the opening sermon.
     THE Rev. J. F. Potts and his family have arrived at Philadelphia, where they have made their home at No. 707 Corinthian Ave.
     Delaware.- THE Wilmington Society resumed services on September 6th, after having had their house of worship -renovated. The Rev. P. B. Cabell has returned from Virginia, where he spent his vacation, occupying part of the time with missionary work.
     Massachusetts.- THE Rev. M. J. Callan has resigned the pastorate of the Lynn Society.
     Maine.- THE Maine Association of the New Church held its 56th annual session in Bath on August 29th and 30th, attended by the Rev. S. F. Dike, President, and the Rev. Messrs. Wm. B. Hayden, Percy Billing, N. B. Stone, James B. Spiers. The last-named returned from missionary work in      Savannah, Ga., spoke of the spread of theosophy among of the New Church people he visited. The Rev. Mr. Hayden gave an account of the life of Dr. Wessler, the value of which may be seriously questioned in view of reports from England.
     Canada.-ELEVEN persons, including an infant, were baptized into the New Church in Hamilton, Ontario, on August 2d, by the Rev. G. L. Allbutt.
     THE annual meeting of the Canada Association was held at Berlin on September 17th to 20th. A number of members separated from the body, taking with them, by mutual agreement, the organ of the Association, New Church Tidings, the Book Room, and the missionary. A detailed account of the meeting will be published in New Church Tidings, and the issue containing it, will, by special arrangement with the publishers, be sent to all the readers of New Church Life.
     Iowa.- THE New Church people in Burlington have had a visit from the Rev. L. H. Tafel, who preached on August 17th to about thirty persons in the house of one of the members.
     Illinois.- A BAPTISM in the Wabash River was performed by the Rev. L. G. Landenberger on August 15th, near Olney. This mode was adopted at the request of the candidate, who formerly had been a Baptist.
     Michigan.-MISSIONARY work, including visits to isolated receivers, has been continued during the summer by the Rev. G. N. Smith.
     Missouri.- THE first Society in St. Louis sold their old chapel in which they have met for thirty years, and have bought the building of the Delmar Avenue Baptist Church, for sixteen thousand dollars.
     California.- THE Rev. D. V. Bowen preached at Los Angeles on August 16th, to an audience of about forty persons. The Rev. G. W. Savory, who has attended the Cambridge Theological School, has arrived here with his family, to become the pastor of the Los Angeles Society.
     THE San Diego Society has changed its place of worship to Horton Hall. The attendance at lectures held by the pastor the Rev. D. V. Bowen, has been four times larger since the removal.
     Texas.- THE Rev. Jabez Fox, being on a missionary tour in this State, administered the Holy supper to nine persons in Itaska, and baptized six persons in Stephensville, in which place three New Church families reside. Other places have been visited.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.- A SOCIAL meeting was held in Colchester on August 10th on the return from his visit to America of the Rev. E. C. Bostock. It was decided to adopt the Liturgy of the General Church published in Philadelphia, in place of the Conference Liturgy.
     CANDIDATE John Stephenson, a student of the Academy, who has ministered to the Liverpool Church of the Advent of the LORD, 63 Bold Street, during July and part of August, has been called to London to assist in the Academy School at that place. Before leaving Liverpool, Mr. Stephenson was asked to accept a small sum as an evidence of their appreciation of his work.
     THE Rev. T. P. Robinson, after publicly championing the cause of the Academy, was led to resign from the Northampton society.
     MR. W. T. Lardge, a licentiate of the General Conference, began his ministry of the Clayton-le-Moors Society on July 5th.
     Sweden.- AN offer of five thousand kronor for "Swedenborg's Lusthus," in Stockholm, from a gentleman in Chicago, has been refused by the owner, who prefers to sell it to some one in Sweden for three thousand. Dr. Hazelius has tried to procure the house for his "Nordiska Museum," but considers the last-mentioned sum too high.
     Italy.-PROFESSOR Scocia intends to move on October 1st to Via Benedetto da Foiano (Fuori Porta Romana), one of the best parts of the City of Florence. He expects to have abundant room in his new residence for present and future editions of the Writings. In the Hall in the same house Sunday worship will be held, as well as meetings.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891




     BIRTHS, MARRIAGES, AND DEATHS.




Vol. XI. PHILADELPHIA, NOVEMBER, 1891=122. No. 11.
     The Divine Truth is the same as the Divine Human.- A. C. 2643.



     THE question has been asked, What is the difference between the Academy of the New Church and the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, on the one hand, and the remaining organizations of the New Church on the other?
     The difference is that the first-named Churches are established upon the faith in and love of the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem as the LORD in His Second Coming, while the other organizations repudiate such faith and love. For particulars, the inquirer is referred to the leading essays in this Journal, for the past twelve months, and more especially to the article on "The Root of the Discordance in the New Church," in the issue for March of this year, page 59.



     THE denial of the Writings as the Word, or the Divine Truth, or the Divine Human, seems fairly attributable to the obscurity that prevails concerning the Divine Proceeding, or the Holy Spirit. Knowledge concerning this is a first requisite for intelligence. This is made clear in the introduction to the chapter on the Holy Spirit, in The True Christian Religion, where it is written:
     "All of the sacred order, who have entertained any just idea concerning the LORD our Saviour, when entering the spiritual world, which takes place generally on the third day after their decease, are first instructed concerning the Divine Trinity; and specifically concerning the Holy Spirit, that it is not a God by itself, but that by it, in the Word, is meant the Divine Operation, proceeding from the One and Omnipresent God" (T. C. R. 138).
     How much is thought of the Holy Spirit at the present day, even in the New Church? And is not such thought as exists respecting it, generally vague, as of something connected with the LORD but not the LORD?



     THE Holy Spirit is the Divine Truth, and also the Divine Virtue and Operation proceeding from the One God, in whom is the Divine Trinity, thus from THE LORD GOD THE SAVIOUR; and this Divine Virtue and Operation, which is understood by the Holy Spirit, is the whole work of salvation in all its generals and particulars.
     The first and fundamental teaching concerning the Holy Spirit is that by the Holy Spirit is properly signified the Divine Truth, thus also the Word and in this sense the LORD Himself is also the Holy Spirit. . . The Divine Operation is effected by the Divine Truth, which proceeds from the LORD, and that which proceeds is of one and the same essence with Him from Whom it proceeds, as these three, the soul, the body, and the proceeding, which together make one Essence; with man merely human, but with the LORD, Divine, and at the same time Human, after the Glorification so united, as the Prior with its Posterior, and as the Essence with its Form; thus the three Essentials, which are called Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are one in the LORD."



     BY the Holy Spirit, then, is understood the Divine Truth, and this is in the LORD and is the LORD Himself: "JESUS saith, I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me." This Divine Truth is what appears in Heaven as the sunshine proceeding from the Sun there. In the midst of the Sun of the spiritual world is the LORD; from that Sun He inflows by light and heat into the whole spiritual world, and into all who are there. All light and all heat there is from it. From that Sun the LORD inflows with that light and that heat into the souls and minds of men. That heat in its essence is His Divine Love, and that light in its essence is His Divine Wisdom, but both together are called Divine Truth relatively to the Divine Good from which they proceed, as the heat and which the earth receives from the sun of the natural world are together called the sunlight, or the sunshine.



     THE Divine Truth proceeding from the Sun of the spiritual world is the one means by which man can receive life, by which the LORD is present with man, and conjoins him with Himself. Man cannot approach the LORD as He is in Himself, any more than an insect can fly up into the sun. The Divine Truth, as it is borne and transferred to man by spiritual auras and atmospheres, is the LORD to him and to the angels, just as the sunshine in which the insect disports itself is the sun to it. This is so true and such a common thought to spirits, that men say in common discourse, from influx from the other world where their spirits are associated with spirits and angels, that plants are "in the sun," or that men walk "in the sun," when they mean in the sunlight.



     THE Divine Truth proceeding from the Sun of the spiritual world is the Word, of which the Sacred Scripture and the Writings are the ultimates in the natural world. These are therefore essentially the Holy Spirit, and thus the Divine Human, upon which the gaze of the devout worshiper must be fixed if he would be conjoined with the LORD. As the eye cannot behold the sun, even when looking directly at the flaming sphere which is called the sun, but is only its proceeding, so the spiritual man cannot reach to the LORD as He is in Him-Divine Esse and Existere-but He sees things in the Divine Truth of the Word, within which visible manifestation of Himself is the Invisible Divine Itself.



     THE LORD is the Word, nor can He be disconnected from it.

202



The appearance of the LORD as sun, as moon, as light, or under an angelic form, is according to the state of love or faith in the man or men to whom He appears-a state various according to the reception in the understanding and in the will, of the Divine Truth which the LORD has revealed in His Word. From this it is, that a Church is always provided on earth, where the Word is, and by it the LORD is known, since thus the heat and light proceeding from the Sun of the spiritual world is received in the minds or spirits of men who live in the natural world, and through them the light is transmitted to the nations outside of the Church, the whole human race being thus kept in connection with Heaven, as the body is with the soul.
Lord by the Paraclete 1891

Lord by the Paraclete              1891

     The Lord by the Paraclete or the Holy Spirit meant Himself. - T. C. R. 139.
MULTIPLICATION OF THE INTERNAL CHURCH 1891

MULTIPLICATION OF THE INTERNAL CHURCH              1891

     (A Sermon delivered by Bishop Pendleton at the re-opening of the Philadelphia Schools, October 5th.)

     "And He led him forth out of doors, and He said, Look, I pray, toward Heaven, and number the stars, if thou art able to number them, and He said to him, so shall thy seed be." -Genesis xv, 5.

     THE Word is the LORD in its inmost and in all the derivatives of that inmost, even to the sense of the letter; thus the Word treats of the LORD alone, of His Love, His Wisdom, and His Works, these in the Heavens and in the Church, with angels and with men, the universal human race.
     The Word especially treats of the Glorification of the Human of the LORD, which took place while He was in the world; this constitutes the inmost sense of the Word, and all the other senses, spiritual and natural, are but representative of this inmost or celestial sense.
     Abram represents the LORD when He was a boy, and the progress of Glorification at this time is described in the history of Abram. In the period of His boyhood, the LORD endured most grievous temptation-combats, which are especially described in the fourteenth chapter of Genesis by the wars of the four kings with the five; and His victory over the hells at that time is described by the victory of Abram over Chedorlaomer.
     The fifteenth chapter opens with the consolation which follows the combat, and which is involved in the victory-that is, the first verse treats of the perception which the LORD had after the combat and victory, that there would be protection against evils and falses, and that the end in the combat and victory would be obtained-namely, the salvation of the human race, for it was love toward the whole human race from which He fought. "After these words, the word of JEHOVAH was to Abram, in a vision, saying, Fear not, Abram, l am a shield to thee, thy reward exceeding great."
     The second and third verses treat of the perception which followed, that, while there was an external Church, there was yet no internal Church, concerning which there was anxiety and also complaint. Response was given that the Church merely external could not be heir of the kingdom, but that the internal Church would be the heir, formed of those who are in love to the LORD and in charity toward the neighbor; that the external is also heir when it is subordinate to the internal. And Abram said, O LORD JEHOVAH, what wilt thou give to me, and I am walking childless, and a son the procurator of my house is this Eliezer of Damascus. And Abram said, Behold, to me thou hast not given seed, and, lo, a son of my house is inheriting me."
     Then follows the promise of the Internal Church in the fourth verse, "And, behold, the word of JEHOVAH was to him, saying, This one shall not inherit thee, but one who goeth forth from thy bowels, he shalt inherit thee."
     The fifth verse follows, in which is described the multiplication of the Internal Church. "And He led him forth out of doors, and He said, Look, I pray, toward Heaven, and number the stars, if thou art able to number them, and He said to him, so shall thy seed be."
     The multiplication of the Internal Church has reference to the indefinite extension in number of those who by love and faith are to be the seed of the LORD and the heirs of His kingdom in the Heavens and in the Church; but, primarily and essentially, the innumerable goods and truths that are to constitute the Internal Church is the subject treated in the internal sense.
     The extension and multiplications of truths and goods in the Human of the LORD was Infinite; thus the Divine Rational was formed, represented by Isaac, who was to be Abram's heir. This was the promise to the LORD in His boyhood, that the Divine Rational would be formed, and from it and by it a rational in the Heavens and in the Church with all those who could receive Him with interior love and faith. The rational is formed by the removal of apparent truths and the reception of the genuine truths of the internal sense of the Word; when there is such reception the Internal Church exists, for the rational, opened and formed, is what constitutes the Internal Church.
     When we inquire what is the instrumentality in opening and forming the rational, by which the Internal Church exists, we learn that it is education, understanding the Word both under a natural and under a spiritual idea, or taking it in its broadly universal sense; for there is natural education and there is spiritual education-natural education in childhood and youth extending into adult age, and spiritual education in adult life, for which there is preparation in childhood and youth.
     That education, rightly understood, is the one universal agent by which man from natural becomes spiritual, by which the LORD forms the Internal Church with man, by which the Internal Church is fed and multiplied, and, most of all, using the word in its inmost sense, by which the LORD glorified His Human, forming the Divine Rational when Me was in the world, all of which is manifest from the opening words of the text, "And He led him forth out of doors," or, quoting the Latin of the Arcana Coelestia, "Et educens illum foras."
     Education, from "educo," is nothing else but a leading forth, or, more fully, a leading forth out of doors, in order that man, by things external, may see things internal, or, by the things of the world, may see the things of Heaven; for by "foras," or out of doors, is signified the things of the outer world or the world of nature, and, in general, things external relatively to things internal.
     Man is born into the natural world, clothed with a natural body, with its five senses in order that he may be led forth out of doors into the world of nature and
     by the things which are there return again within to Heaven and the LORD that is he is born in order that by the things of nature and afterward by the things of the Word he may be educated for Heaven
     The Glorification of the LORD was a leading forth out of doors-that is, it was the descent of the Divine into ultimates, and by the Glorification of those ultimates returning again to conjunction with the Father.

203



Even as He said in John xvi, 28: "I went forth from the Father, and am come into the world, again I leave the world, and go to the Father."
     The end in man's birth into the natural world, that he may be spiritually born, appears in the words next following in the text, "Look toward Heaven." "And He led him forth out of doors, and He said, Look toward Heaven." To look toward the natural heaven with the eye signifies to think of the angelic Heaven, and of the things that are therein, which are represented by the natural heavens and the things that are there. Man looks toward Heaven when, in the things of nature and the world, he sees the spiritual things, which are represented by them, which are their cause and origin. Then the interior sight, or sight of the spirit, is led forth out of doors, and looks upward. Such was the sight of the members of the Most Ancient Church, such is the sight of the angels who are with man, into such sight the LORD came in His boyhood when the Rational, or Isaac, was about to be born, and such sight will be given by Him to the New Church, when by a right education, a true internal spiritual Church is established on the earth, or when men are truly born again, born into spiritual life.
     This sight, by which man sees heavenly things in the things of the world and nature, by which he sees in the letter of the Word the things of spiritual and eternal life, come by a right education, and in no other way; it is not a miraculous gift without co-operation and work on the part of man, without a successive series according to the laws of order. It is well known that a natural education is not an instantaneous gift; so it is with spiritual education.
     Spiritual education, and all natural education that looks to spiritual, that looks toward Heaven, is education by the LORD and for Heaven. But natural education, which does not look toward Heaven, but to the world alone, is education by man, in which the LORD has no part. Such is the false education of the world to-day. It is the LORD who leads forth out of doors, and says to man, "Look toward Heaven." But the pride of human intelligence leads forth out of doors, and says, "Look toward the world, to its glory, fame, and wealth." It leads man forth out of doors into the world of nature, and commands him to remain there; for the most part he does so remain, and the light of heaven is shut out, the door of Heaven is closed, and the world of nature becomes a dry and sandy desert, and not the Paradise, the Garden of God, which a true education would make it, "Et educens illum foras." "And he was leading him forth out of doors. And He said, Look, I pray, toward Heaven."
     As the natural world is dead, unless man, while in it, looks to the spiritual world, so the natural sciences are dead unless man, while in them, looks to the spiritual sciences contained in the internal of the Divine Word now revealed; and natural education is dead unless man in it and by it looks to a spiritual education; man himself is dead, for the man who does not see God is dead; he remains out of doors in the world of nature and is buried there; he will never rise from his sepulchre.
     What does man see, when, led forth out of doors, he looks toward Heaven? He sees stars without number, all twinkling and glittering in their beauty and glory; but their abundance is so great that he cannot number them. "Look, I pray, toward heaven, and number the stars, if thou art able to number them."
     Stars are the angels and angelic societies, but in particular the truths and goods that constitute the angelic societies. This being the signification of the stars, the angelic societies appear as stars to those who are in the world of spirits. Thus the angelic societies are as innumerable as the stars, more innumerable are the angels who are in them, still more, yea, infinitely more, are the truths and goods that are with them from the LORD.
     These innumerable goods and truths are now revealed to man by the LORD in the Heavenly Writings; they are there without number, no man can measure them, or know their length and breadth. Still it is given us to see them according to the finite measure of our understanding, in the degree that we look upward to them, and become in faith and life a member of the internal Church. Then truths will multiply in the understanding, and goods will fructify in the uses of life. Such a man and such a Church will become heir of the kingdom, and will enter into the inheritance provided by the LORD for all His sons, the inheritance which He provided when upon the earth He fought against and subjugated the hells, and glorified the Human which He then assumed.
     "And He said, look, I pray, toward heaven, and number the stars, of thou art able to number them, and He said, so shall thy seed be."
     What are the conditions, then, of the establishment of an internal Church in which man may be truly educated for Heaven while he lives in the world? As we I have seen, the first condition is that of combat against appearances of truth, which, when confirmed, become falses, victory over these, followed by their removal; the combat is from the love of saving the human race, which was the LORD'S love from which He fought even in His boyhood, and man in the sphere of that Divine Love, and affected by it also fights as of himself, and the victory is given him; this condition established there is protection against the hells, and so freedom and delight in the performance of spiritual uses, uses which look to salvation and eternal life. The love of saving souls comes forth even out-doors, into ultimates from firsts, and truths and goods multiply and fructify in all causes and effects; for in the ultimation of love there is multiplication and fructification, yea, prolification, for the ultimation is from the marriage of good and truth, from which marriage is spiritual offspring without number or end. For then is the marriage of the LORD and the Church, from which is the marriage of good and truth, and all spiritual uses. The marriage of the LORD and the Church is with the Divine Human, when this is acknowledged in heart and soul, even as we read in the Apocalypse, "For the nuptials of the Lamb have come, and His wife hath prepared herself."
     The supreme acknowledgment of the LORD in His Divine Human, as He now appears in His opened Word, this acknowledgment confirmed by combat and resistance to all things that oppose, is the one universal condition for the establishment of the internal Church, the sole condition of its increase, its multiplication, its fructification, its extension to greater numbers, its ultimation of spiritual uses. By this, and from this alone, will our little ones be trained and prepared for Heaven in the home and in the school, and our adult members led on prosperously, without hindrance and obstruction by human will and human conceit, in- the path of regeneration, the path that tends ever heavenward. By this will be restored to man the precious jewel of human life, conjugial love, such as it was with the ancients, but for ages well-nigh lost to man, in which love in an will live in Heaven while yet on the earth, and Heaven will be with men, and the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST the SAVIOUR will reign over all.- AMEN.

204



angels acknowledge the Divine of the Lord 1891

angels acknowledge the Divine of the Lord              1891

     The angels acknowledge the Divine of the Lord, which is called the Father, they see His Divine Human, and they are in the Divine proceeding. - A. E. 1116.
CONJUNCTION OF THE DIVINE GOOD NATURAL WITH THE GOOD OF TRUTH 1891

CONJUNCTION OF THE DIVINE GOOD NATURAL WITH THE GOOD OF TRUTH              1891

GENESIS xxxiii, 17 -20.

     (VERSE 17.) The state of life then was one of good from truth derived from those things which were adjoined to it from the Divine Good Natural. And in this state there was an increase of good from truth. This good so far increases as man exercises charity from good will, thus as, and in the manner in which, he loves his neighbor. In like manner there was an increase of the things in general in good and truth.
     The quality of this state was holiness of truth from good.
     (Verses 18, 19.) Then came a state of the interior truths of faith which are of the tranquillity of peace. In this tranquillity are interior truths -that is, those who are in interior truths, in faith and life; but so long as they are in exterior truths, and especially while coming from exterior into interior truths, the state is intranquil, for then are the fights of temptations. When man is in interior truths in faith and life he is in the Kingdom of the LORD, and in a state of tranquillity, and he then looks at exterior things as one who from a high hill looks at a sea which is in tumult.
     After the former state-that is, when the LORD had come from exterior knowledges of good and truth which served for the introducing of genuine goods and truths to interiors, or from a prior state to this one- He applied Himself to the goods of that interior truth, and appropriated good from that truth in what is holy, the origin of that truth being from a Divine stock from some other, source.
     This state was a full one-that is, there was much appropriation of good from interior truths.
     (Verse 20.) Whence followed interior worship from the Divine Spiritual.

     IN this chapter in the supreme sense the LORD is treated of how He made His Natural Divine. But, whereas those things which are in the supreme sense concerning the LORD, exceed the ideas of man's thought, for they are Divine, it is allowed to illustrate by such things as fall more nearly into his ideas -that is, by the manner in which the LORD regenerates the natural of man; for the regeneration of man as to his natural is in the Internal Sense here also treated of, for the Regeneration of man is an image of the Glorification of the LORD. For the LORD glorified Himself according to Divine Order-that is, made Himself Divine, and also according to such order He regenerates man-that is, makes him celestial and spiritual. Here how He makes man spiritual is treated of. The spiritual man is not the interior rational man, but the interior natural. The interior rational man is what is called celestial. Man is made spiritual by this that with him truths are conjoined with good-that is those things which are of faith with the things which are of charity and this is his Natural exterior truths are therein first conjoined with good and afterward interior truths The conjunction of exterior truths in the natural is treated of in this chapter from verse 1 to verse 17 and the conjunction of interior truths with good from verse 17 to the end. Interior truths are not otherwise conjoined with good than by illustration inflowing by the internal man into the external; from that illustration Divine truths are made manifest not otherwise than generally, comparatively as innumerable objects in the eye make one obscure object without distinction. Man is said to be spiritual from this, that the light of heaven, in which is intelligence and wisdom, inflows into the things which are of the light of the world with him, and effects that the things which are of the light of heaven are represented in the things which are of the light of the world, and thus that they correspond. For the spiritual regarded in itself is the Divine Light which is from the LORD, wherefore the intelligence of truth and thence wisdom. But that light with the spiritual man falls into the things which are of faith with him, and which he believes to be true; but with the celestial man it falls into the good of love.
Divine 1891

Divine              1891

     The Divine which has revealed itself is the Divine Human. - A. E. 45.
DESTRUCTION OF REMAINS WITH THE POSTERITY OF JACOB 1891

DESTRUCTION OF REMAINS WITH THE POSTERITY OF JACOB              1891

GENESIS XXXIV, 1-17.

     IN the Internal Sense of this Chapter the posterity of Jacob is treated of, how they extinguished all the truth of doctrine which was of the Ancient Church. For the representative of a Church with the posterity of Jacob consisted solely in externals without internals; whereas the Representative Church with the Ancients consisted in externals with internals.
     In the Supreme Sense the LORD'S Divine Natural is treated of, to which the external Church corresponds. The particular of the Supreme Sense cannot be told.

     (VERSE 1.) The affection of all things of faith, and thus the Church thence in externals with the posterity of Jacob, desired to know the affections of truth and the Churches which are thence.
     The representative of a church is here treated of which was about to be established with the posterity of Jacob, which representative could not be instituted until they were altogether vastated of interior truths-that is, until they no longer knew them. Interior truths are all those which were represented by the rituals that were commanded them. All and the single things which were commanded the posterity of Jacob, when the representative of a church was established among them, of which mention is made in the books of Moses, especially in Exodus and Leviticus, were representative and significative of the celestial and spiritual things of the LORD'S Kingdom. All these things were unknown to the posterity of Jacob, because they were such that, had they known them, they would have profaned them; therefore they did not come into representatives until they were altogether vastated as to interiors. It is on this account that those truths and their extinguishing them is treated of in this chapter. The representatives which were enjoined to the posterity of Jacob were not new, but for the most part such as had before been in use among the Ancients; nevertheless the Ancients did not worship external things, like the posterity of Jacob, or the Jews and Israelites, but internal things, and by internal things they acknowledged the LORD Himself. The remains of a church from ancient times were still in the land of Canaan, especially among the Hittites and Hivites; hence it is that by those nations are represented the truths which were of the Church.

205



This is what is meant by the affections of all things of faith and the Church thence -as it was being instituted with the posterity of Jacob desired to know the affections of truth with the Ancients and the churches which were thence. (Verse 2.) There were still remains of a Church with the nation where Shechem was. It was among the well-disposed nations, and because this was so, the truth of the Church was represented by them. The sons of Jacob themselves did not constitute any Church, but their posterity, yet not till after they were departed out of Egypt, and not actually until they came into the land of Canaan.
     Moreover, as to what concerns this city called from Shechem, it was anciently called Shalem, and by Shalem is signified tranquillity, therefore by the city of Shechem signified faith; when man comes into these truths he also comes into a tranquil state or by all the nations in the land of Canaan some good truth of the Church was in ancient times signified, inasmuch as the Most Ancient Church, which was celestial, was there; but afterward those nations, like the rest with whom the Church was, turned away to things idolatrous, therefore also idolatries are also signified by the same nations. But whereas by the Hivites of old was signified interior truth, and they were among the better disposed nations, with whom iniquity was not so consummated-that is, the truth of the Church was not so extinguished, as with others, therefore of the LORD'S Providence the Hivites and Gibeonites were preserved by the covenant which Joshua and the princes established with them.
     The Hivite nation to which Hamor, Shechem's father, belonged, was that by which the truth which was interiorly in the rituals and representatives was signified, because from ancient times they had been in such truth. This truth of the Church which emanated from the Church which was from ancient time was primary among the Churches of the land of Canaan. It could not be conjoined with the affection of truth such as was with the posterity of Jacob by the legitimate manner which is effected by betrothing, but was conjoined in an illegitimate manner. Interior truth from the ancients is that truth which had been the internal of the Church with the Ancients, thus which had been the internal in their statutes, judgments, and laws-in a word, their rituals and the like. Those truths were the doctrinals according to which they lived, and, indeed, were the doctrinals of charity, for iii ancient times those who were of the genuine Church had no other doctrinals; the same may be called the interior truths of faith in respect to doctrine, but goods in respect to life. If any Church were instituted with the nation descended from Jacob, it was necessary that it should be initiated into those truths and goods-for otherwise there would be nothing of the Church within it; but the Israelitish and Jewish nation could not be initiated into those things in a legitimate manner, which is by betrothing, by reason that the external worship of the men of that nation did not correspond. For from their fathers, namely, from Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, they received the worship instituted by Eber, which in externals was diverse from the worship of the Ancient Church, and whereas the worship was diverse the interior truths which were with the Ancients could not be conjoined with it in a legitimate manner But although conjunction might be effected in that illegitimate manner according to a law known also to the Ancients still that nation was such that it in no wise admitted any conjunction of interior truth which was from the Ancients with the externals of worship which were with the posterity of Jacob; therefore with that nation there could not any Church be instituted, but instead thereof only the representative of a church.
     (Verses 3, 4.) There was, however, a propensity to conjunction, for the truths of the Church from the Ancients loved the affection of truth such as was with the posterity of Jacob, and there was thought from that truth that it wished to be conjoined with the affection of that truth.
     (Verse 5.) But the conjunction with the affection of truth, which was of the External Ancient Church was not legitimate.
     But the external Ancient Church consulted with the truths of faith appertaining to it, as to whether the conjunction might take place.
     (Verse 6.) And the truth of the Church among the Ancients consulted with the truth which was according to the Ancient Church to be established among the posterity of Jacob.
     (Verse 7.) That posterity consulted from their religiosum (so-called as it was external worship without internal); but they were in evil against the truth of the Church with the Ancients. It appears as if it were zeal, on account of the illegitimate conjunction, but it was not zeal, for zeal cannot have place with any one who is in evil, for zeal has good in itself. The religiosum indeed which was with that posterity had in itself good, for all and the single things thereof represented the celestial and spiritual things of the LORD'S Kingdom; but as to those who were in it, it had nothing of good, for they were in externals alone without internals. The case herein is like that of the religiosum of that nation in which they also are at this day, They acknowledge Moses and the Prophets, thus the Word; this is holy in itself, but as to them it is not holy, for in everything of the Word they regard themselves and thereby they make the Word worldly, yea, earthly, for they do not know that there is in it anything heavenly, nor indeed do they care.
     But that conjunction in the eyes of the posterity of Jacob was illicit, being contrary to the truth with them, although it was lawful.
     (Verse 8.) The good of the Church with the Ancients and the truth thence were in the desire of conjunction with this new [Church] which a pears in its external face like the Ancient Church is here said, the good of the Church with the Ancients, but not the good of the Ancient Church, and that is because by the Church with the Ancients is meant the Church derived from the Most Ancient Church, which was before the flood, and by the Ancient Church is meant the Church which was after the flood. What is here meant by the Church with the Ancients, is remains from the Most Ancient Church, and whereas these remains were with the Hittite and Hivites, therefore Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, with their wives gained a burial place with the Hittites in their land and Joseph with the Hivites. Hamor, the father of Shechem, represented the remains of that Church, wherefore by him is signified the good of the Church with the Ancients, consequently the origin of interior truth from a Divine stock.
     The truth from that good which is represented by Shechem is called interior truth, and in its essence is no other than the good of charity; this truth was in the desire of conjunction with the affection of truth of that New Church which was established among the posterity of Jacob, and appeared in its external face like the Ancient Church.

206




     (Verses 9 -12.) And it was also in the desire of union of goods and, truths from which there should be life and a church which should be one, which, having dogmas from what is general, would agree together.
     Wherefore the truth from the Ancient Divine stock consulted with the good and truth of this religiosum, that if they were of a like mind on their part, as it was on its part (that is, on the part of the truth from the Ancient Divine stock), that it would be one with them as to good and truth, it would accept those things which are with them, and would make them its own, namely, the external things of the Church which were theirs, with the internal which were its own, and thus together they would constitute one Church if only there would be conjunction.
     (Verses 13-17.) But with the posterity of Jacob there was an evil opinion concerning the truth and good of the Church with the Ancients. They could have no; other opinion and intention concerning the truth and good of the internal man than an evil one, because they were in externals without internals, and they also made internal things of no account, and therefore also despised, them. Such also is that nation at the present day, and such are all they who are in externals only; their opinion was that the initiation to conjunction, which could be no other, should be by accession, and so they disapproved unless they would place the truth and good of the Church in representatives and would recede from the things which signify, acceding thus to their religiosum, for otherwise they would not be like unto them for the truth and good of the Church with the Ancients was contrary to their religiosum, thus contrary to them.
     But in this they would accede to their religiosum, if they would be in externals alone, but not in internals, for then they would be as they; for if they (of the Church with Ancients) were in an external representative, alone, they would thus be pure to them, for the posterity of Jacob placed purity and sanctity not in internals, but in externals. Under those conditions there might be conjunction, as to life and as to doctrine.
     But unless they would recede from their truths and, accede to external representatives, there would be no conjunction.
Divine Itself 1891

Divine Itself              1891

     The Divine Itself in Heaven is the Divine Human.- A. E. 49.
SCHOOLS OF THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH 1891

SCHOOLS OF THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH              1891

     PHILADELPHIA.

     ON Monday, the 5th October, the pupils could have been seen, with joyful voices, eagerly assembling at, the school, considerably before tea o'clock, the hour set for the opening exercises of the School. In fact, as has been remarked, there seemed to be even a more than usual warmth of feeling at the pleasure of once more returning to the Alma Mater they love so dearly. It is true there were a few familiar faces missing, owing to some being away preparing themselves for the fields of usefulness which each has been called to fill, there to carry out into practice the Doctrines which he had learned at the School.
     The School was opened by Bishop Pendleton with the usual order of worship. The curtains were withdrawn and the Word in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin was placed, on the altar, then was sung the Hebrew anthem, "Shema Yiersael," followed by the offering of the LORD'S Prayer, and the recitation in concert of the Ten Commandments in Hebrew, after which the Bishop read the Writings and the Word and preached a sermon. This was followed by the singing of a Hebrew anthem and the replacing of the Word in the Repository, and its veiling. Bishop Pendleton then announced that Bishop Benade was unable to be present, owing to ill-health; that he was still in the country, and that for the most part he had been feeling very well all summer, and that it was hoped he would be able to be bodily present with the Schools the following week. It was stated also that henceforth public lectures would be delivered in the Hall on Monday and Wednesday mornings, immediately after the usual opening services, that the Monday morning lectures would be on Theology, and would be opened by the Chancellor. The members of the Theological Faculty, Professors Benade, Pendleton, and Schreck, would deliver, in rotation, each a series of three lectures. The Wednesday morning lectures would be devoted to History and Science in the light of the New Church. These lectures would be delivered in similar rotation by Professor Odhner (History), Professor Price (Language), and Mr. George G. Starkey, A. B. (Anatomy).
     As the lectures would be public, the needs of adults in the uses of life will be met by them, thus doing away with the practice formerly in vogue, of their attending the classes of regular pupils and students.
A more perfect system of matriculation and registration has been adopted in the Philadelphia Schools.
     A welcome social was held on the evening of the Opening Day, to afford opportunities for greetings of old friends and for introduction of new ones. The Rev. J. F. Potts was present by invitation. For further particulars, see The Bulletin, issued by the students. To be obtained at the Book Room.


     BERLIN.

     THE opening of the Berlin School of the Academy took place on the 5th of October, at 10 A. M.
     The services were conducted by the Head-Master. As he entered, wearing the priestly robe, all present rose and remained standing while the Word, both in its Internal Sense and in the Sense of the Letter, was taken from the repository and opened upon the altar. The School then repeated the Decalogue in Hebrew. The Word was then read from the first section of the Doctrine of Charity and the first chapter of the Gospel according to John. This was followed by the singing of a selection from the Word, after which the Head-Master addressed the School. Another selection from the Word was then sung, and the services were closed. -
     In his address to the children, the Head-Master said:
"We celebrate to-day the opening of the School of the Academy of the New Church in Berlin. The Academy of the New Church is a Church of the New Church, whose chief use is the education of the young. For the sake of carrying on this use it establishes schools. There are now five Academy Schools: one in Philadelphia, one in Pittsburgh, one in Chicago, one in London, England, and one here. You should be very glad that the Academy has opened a school here for you. An Academy New Church School is much better than any other New Church School, because taking care of schools is the work of the Academy, and a thing can always be done best by those whose special work it is to do it. Besides, we are taught in the doctrines that there is an influx from heaven into every use, and where the use is best performed, there is the strongest influx. It is because the Academy of the New Church can, of all the world, best perform the use of education, that the strongest influx from heaven into the performance of that use on earth is with the Academy.

207



You know that there are societies in heaven whose use is the education of infants and children, so that they may become angels. With these societies the Academy is undoubtedly very closely consociated, since the use of those societies is also its use. The Academy receives you into its School in order that you may be so educated that you may grow up to be true Newchurchmen and women, and thus be led to become angels of heaven."
     The School opened with twenty-seven pupils; twelve boys and fifteen girls.
Divine Human 1891

Divine Human              1891

     The Divine Human of the Lord makes Heaven. - A. E. 69.
BEGINNING OF PUBLIC SERVICES BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH 1891

BEGINNING OF PUBLIC SERVICES BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH              1891

     THE Hall of the Academy of the New Church was opened for the first public services of this Church on Sunday, the 18th day of October, by the celebration of the Holy Supper, which was administered by Bishop Benade, assisted by Bishop Pendleton and Pastor Schreck.
     There were present at the services one hundred and twenty-eight persons, eighty of whom partook of the Holy Supper. The services were most beautiful and very impressive. Ushers, previously appointed, assigned to all the seats which they are expected to retain at the services, and at eleven o'clock the priests entered the room, and, after the curtain had been withdrawn, the Word was opened by Bishop Benade, after which all knelt and united in the LORD'S Prayer, after which the "Sanctus" was sung to new music, composed for the Academy by Mr. C. J. Whittington, of England; then was read in unison Psalm civ, followed by the chanting of Selection 41 (Psalm cxxxiii) responsively with the reading of the Internal Sense. After this, Bishop Pendleton read the Doctrine concerning the Holy Supper (in T. C. R. 667, 669, 709; A. C. 6789, 2177, 4217, 4211; T. C. R. 716, 718, 719, 722, 725, 728), and the Rev. E. J. E. Schreck read the institution of the Holy Supper (Matthew xxvi, 17 -35) and the Doctrine concerning the LORD'S Flesh and Blood and concerning the Bread and Wine (John: vi, 45-59), after which Selection 51 (Psalm iv) was chanted responsively with the reading of the Internal Sense. Hereupon followed the administration of the Holy Supper. Bishop Benade broke the bread and poured out the wine, handing them to the other two ministers. Bishop Pendleton, attended by the Rev. Mr. Schreck, gave the bread and wine to the communicants, who received the elements on their knees. While this was being done Bishop Benade read selections from the Word. Then followed the chanting of the Selection in the Liturgy and the bringing forward of the offertory. This was followed by Prayer, and the whole closed with the Benediction and the return of the Word to the Repository.
     After the Repository was veiled, Bishop Pendleton made a few remarks on the propriety of not entering into conversation immediately after the departure of the priests from the room, and requested those present to withdraw silently to the rooms below, which were set apart for that purpose. Thus the state produced by the worship would not be suddenly changed by conversations on different topics, and those desiring to remain in their seats after the worship would have an opportunity for silent meditation. It was also requested that hereafter every one should be in his place at a quarter to eleven o'clock, and there remain silent until the opening of the service, preparing his mind for the worship by the reading of the Word and the Doctrines, or by meditation. If any should come after that hour they are requested not to enter the room, but wait below until the singing.
     At the conclusion of these remarks the priests departed and the door was closed. Those present then walked quietly down-stairs to the spacious rooms below, and there indulged in a few minutes' conversation before departing for their homes.
Not acknowledging the Divine of the Lord in His Human 1891

Not acknowledging the Divine of the Lord in His Human              1891

     No one who is within the Church and does not acknowledge the Divine of the Lord in His Human, can enter heaven. - A. E. 113.
"IS A CHANGE IMPENDING?" 1891

"IS A CHANGE IMPENDING?"       G. N. SMITH       1891

     EDITOR NEW CHURCH LIFE:-In your answer to my "Further Inquiry" in October Life you commit a very serious mistake, which is evidently responsible for all your attacks upon my position. You assume that I commend those ministers in question for "clandestine" teaching of New Church truth. I have never done anything of the kind. Nor was anything of the kind done by the men I mentioned. And I said this so plainly that I cannot understand why the mistake should have been made. What I said was that they "were openly and avowedly before their own constituency as fully as they knew receivers of the New Church truths." They were. They made these avowals before their own congregations in my presence. I am therefore not willing to rest under such wrong representations without protest and correction.
Very truly,
     G. N. SMITH.


     REJOINDER.

     MR. SMITH'S account seems to take his ministerial acquaintances of the Old Church out of the category of those who preach New Church doctrines clandestinely, and to that extent our criticism shall not bear against him.
     But he should remember that his lengthy quotations were from John Pulsford's book on Christ and His Seed. Does this author acknowledge the Revelation to the New Church as the inspiration of his book?
     Does Prof. Henry Drummond, who is mentioned in this connection, make such an acknowledgment for those of his writings which bear a resemblance to the New Church teachings?
     The Rev. Edmund B. Fairfield, of whom Mr. Smith also wrote in confirmation of his views, attributes his changed belief concerning the resurrection and the final judgment," to his own researches in the literal sense of the Word.
     The larger question behind all this is whatever the appearance in the fluctuation of human minds may be whether the men of the Christian world are coming, and will come, more generally to an acknowledgment of and belief in the revelation of the Spiritual Sense of the Word. Our conclusions from the Doctrines on this subject were stated in the early Parts of Words-for the New Church particularly where the laws of heredity were examined. We thought that Mr. Smith shared these conclusions, even as he indicates, elsewhere, that he still agrees with us in our faith in the Divinely Human quality of the Writings. If he has not changed his views in regard to the state of the Christian world, his position was misunderstood in years gone by.

208



Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     The Divine Proceeding is Divine Truth united to Divine Good. - A. E. 65.



     New Church Tidings for October is a handsome paper of twenty pages. It contains even more than what was promised in the October Life.



     THE manual of the Pennsylvania Association of the New Church, in its first issue for the winter, contains a list of its eight places of worship, a calendar for daily reading, an essay, and news from the various societies composing the Association.



     IT seems a pity that the proof-reader of New Church Monthly did not receive the last number of the Life before the October Monthly went to press. The hallucination that some Swedish New Church books were published in Mexico (!) is thus perpetuated.



     IT is the fourth, not the fifth, of Mr. Lamb's sermons on the Second Coming of the LORD, that contains the recommendation of a repository in every household. The fifth sermon is his last, and relates to the priesthood and the orderly manner of sustaining it. The sermon contains some good teachings.     



     THE new edition of The Natural History of Man, by Alexander Kinmont, has been published by the J. B. Lippincott Company, wit ha short preface by "W.H.," of Cincinnati. The book, although neat, does not make the pleasant impression that the original edition, published in the year 1839, does, whose large bold type invites reading; but it is pleasant to know that this characteristic contribution to the literature of the New Church can again be had in any form.



     THE third edition of the Decalogue, in Hebrew and English, is now ready. The translation has been revised an new plates made for this edition. It is printed on bristol board and mounted on cloth, folded so as to represent the two tables, indicated in each case according to the description in Arcana Coelestia, n. 9416. Size, when folded, 3x6 1/4 inches. Price, 10 cents. In Hebrew alone, or in English alone, 6 cents.
     These cards can be had bound in red, blue, or olive cloth. Address the Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.



     THE ENLARGEMENT OF THE BULLETIN.- The students of the Academy Schools of Philadelphia last term started a small paper with the intention of enlarging it, when it should seem advisable, so as to include all matters relating to the Academy Schools, and thus act as a connecting link between them by bringing them into closer relations with each other.
     It has come nearer this goal this term, owing to the addition to its staff of another printer, and it now appears in four pages. Since its last issue the number of its editors has also been increased, so that the editing of the paper might not interfere with the studies of the students-as it was feared might be the case in bringing out a double issue fortnightly.
     Those interested in this enterprising and useful sheet, are referred to the Academy Book Room, where it is kept on sale.



     PART 45 of the Concordance was issued in September. The entire number is particularly of interest to the physician, its main articles being Healing "Hear" "Heart, "Heat." Under "Healing" it refers to the teaching in the Divine Love and Wisdom which explains the operation of poisons as remedies. There is food for reflection for both physician and layman in the repeated statements that pro per nutrition, clothing, and enjoyments are the means for preserving the body in a healthy condition for a healthy mind.
     The many long quotations under "Heart" and "Heat" make these articles intensely interesting reading.
     For the benefit of new readers it may be stated that the Concordance to the Theological Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg is being published in Parts, which may be subscribed for, through the Academy Book Room, 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, at 15 cents for each part, postage 2 cents; or 6 parts for $1.00, including postage.



     AN erratic and curious form of thought developed by a Dr. Teed, finds expression in the columns of a paper called The Flaming Sword. Some professed New Church people in California have taken up with it, and this led the editor of The New Church Pacific to publish a review of Dr. Teed's teachings. The Flaming Sword replied to the review in its characteristically grotesque and incoherent manner. The claim of the editor of this paper is, that he is the Cyrus spoken of in the Word. The following quotations will enable the reader to judge for himself of the profane nature of the self-styled "Koreshans" who by "Cyrus" here mean Dr. Teed.
     "The New Jerusalem will be built by Cyrus, and he shall lay the foundation of the temple. 'Who saith of Cyrus, he is my Shepherd and shall perform all my pleasure, even saying to Jerusalem, thou shalt be built; and to the temple, thy foundation shall be laid.' Swedenborg says that Cyrus signifies the LORD as to his Divine human principle," etc.



     THE Rev. J. M. Cochran, who "indorses Methodist justification (sanctification) and Methodist revivals, but holds New Church doctrines," has published a pamphlet of seventy-three octavo pages, on Laws of the Divine Healing, which is written in a vigorous style worthy of a truer system, than the one which he is advocating. He advocates healing by prayer, being led thereto by his experiences in curing himself and others. From the general trend of his arguments it appears that insistence on being cured and the operation of enthusiastic spirits are the two props of his system, or the main elements of his laws.
     The evil of insistence in communion with God has plainly shown in the history of the Israelitish people (see A. C. 10,436, 4290, and elsewhere), while the teaching concerning the quality and effect of enthusiastic spirits, such as influence Methodist revivals, is shown in the Works On Heaven and hell, n. 249, and On the Divine Providence, n. 321, and elsewhere.
     One who "indorses Methodist justification (sanctification) and Methodist revivals but holds New Church doctrines" should carefully read The Brief Exposition of the Doctrine of the New Church (n. 102-104), or The True Christian Religion (n. 640-649), on the great danger which he thus incurs.
     Any one desirous of reading a faith-curist's account of this method of healing can secure a copy of this book for 60 cents by addressing the author, at Bonham, Fannin County, Texas.



     A LADY of Boston has published a fine volume entitled A Brief Exposition of Gospel Differences, given according to the Divine Law of Progressive Instruction. It is an ingenious presentation of the authoress's theory that "the instruction contained in Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John is of an entirely progressive character; that it is according to the development of the Spiritual nature in man, as represented by the material growth from the infant to the man of mature age." This theory has been magnified in the book to a "Divine Law," but no such law can be found recorded in that exhaustive Code of the Divine Laws: the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem. The theory is presented as a conclusion from certain appearances in the sacred Scripture, and the whole book is a series, of confirmations of the theory, to which the Writings and the Word are laid under tribute. There is no lack of ingenuity and wit in the treatment of the subject and the appearance of a' book of an interiorly theological complexion from the pen of a woman carries the mind at once to the teaching concerning the duties proper to men and to women:

209



"It is supposed by some that women can equally elevate the sight of their understanding into the sphere of light, a the men, and view things in the same altitude; which opinion has been induced upon them by the things written by certain learned authoresses; but when these were explored in the spiritual world, in their presence, they were found to be not of judgment and wisdom, but of ingenuity and wit; and the things which proceed from these two, from the elegance and neatness of the composition of the words, appear as if they were sublime and learned; but only before those who call all ingeniousness wisdom."



     DR. ELLIS has recently issued a work, The Essential Points of the Wine Question Carefully Examined, in which he reviews the Wine Question "in the light of the Revelations made by the LORD, for the New Church." To examine and rationally see the arguments, it is necessary to regard, the Universal which they are employed to confirm, and not fix the mind on the mere confirmations, for truths are only truths when employed to confirm true Universals, but become falses or falsified when applied to confirm what is false (A. R. 566). The Universal which, in the brochure before us is sought to be confirmed by passages from the Writings and quotations from scientific works, is, that man is made internally worse by an external act, the drinking of intoxicants, and better by shunning that act. In the light of the Doctrines this is seen to be manifestly false, for we are taught that evils reside in the internal man, and must there be shunned-that is, man must shun willing or intending to do evil (T. C. R. 532), for will and intention are of the internal man. If he do this the LORD gives him a new will, and that will-enters into, directs, and qualifies all his external acts, and if he do not do this, his proprium enters into, directs and qualifies all his external acts, howsoever they may appear to the eye. In the former case he will shun the evil of intemperance, because it is injurious to the neighbor; and in the latter case he will desire the neighbor's hurt whether it be by intemperance or other means, because he loves himself alone. To say that intoxicants have the power to make man evil, if he wish to shun evils, is to deny him the possession of Free Decision or Determination in spiritual and in natural things. This the advocates of Total Abstinence unconsciously do when they ask men to abstain from intoxicants in the Church, and in the home, lest the use of them should lead the young and the weak to Hell. It is therefore from a Universal which is false that this work proceeds to show that by wine (vinum) when mentioned in the Word and in the Writings in a good sense, is meant unfermented wine. This of course can be done apparently with success, if the Universal be first accepted. It then proceeds to show that alcohol is a poison, and is one of the greatest enemies to mankind. Those who regard the mere external will undoubtedly be confused by the numerous quotations made and the apparent support some of them give to the positions assumed, but if they will see clearly and in the light, let them regard not things which confirm but that which is to be confirmed, and let them examine that in the light of Divine Revelation, remembering that truths applied to confirm falsities become falsified.
Divine Truth 1891

Divine Truth              1891

     The Divine Truth proceeding from the LORD is His Divine in Heaven and in the Church. - A. E. 228.
NEW TRANSLATION OF CONJUGIAL LOVE 1891

NEW TRANSLATION OF CONJUGIAL LOVE              1891

     THE DELIGHTS OF WISDOM RELATING TO CONJUGIAL LOVE; after which follow the Pleasures of Insanity relating to Scortatory Love. From the Latin of Emanuel Swedenborg. The Swedenborg Society (Instituted 1810), 36 Bloomsbury Street, London, 1891.

     EVEN before one opens this new volume its outward dress makes a favorable impression. The way in which the book opens-so different from ordinary case-bound books the flexible, delicate paper, the neat type, all deepen the impression first made. The subdivisional reference numbers supplied by the compiler of the Swedenborg Concordance, the broken paragraphs of the Memorabilia, transferred, in the main, from the New York reprint of the Latin edition, render the book still more attractive.
     But before entering further into the merits of the volume before us, the "Translator's Prefatory Note" detains us a minute. Begun as a revision of the Swedenborg Society's edition of 1876, the present translation perforce resolved itself into an entirely new version a transformation that even a superficial reader of the former edition can readily understand. The Index of Subjects had, in consequence, to be reconstructed, and, as a cursory examination appears to reveal, the Index has gained thereby in scope. An Index of Scripture passages has been added. An interesting and useful feature is the insertion of foot-notes giving reference to others of the Writings where the Memorabilia are repeated. While disclaiming perfection, the Translator believes that at least the true meaning of the original has been faithfully and accurately rendered.
     The Translator's efforts have, in the main, been successful. The improvement over the edition of 1876 is so great, that a comparison is out of place, and the present translation is therefore noticed entirely on its own merits, as a new version.
     The General Index of the chapters, with their subordinate propositions, and the Index of the Memorabilia have been interwoven into one Table of Contents. This seems of rather doubtful propriety. Swedenborg could easily have compiled one complete Index, had, be not had a purpose in listing the Memorabilia separately. Although they bear directly on the chapters to which they are annexed, they area distinct feature of the Work. Swedenborg preserved this distinction not only in his Indexes, but also in the Work itself, where the memorabilia are separated, by stars, from the chapters to which they are added, and their introduction is capitalized. The present translation blends them, in the Contents, and in the body of the Work, where no mark of separation between chapter and relation is introduced, and where the small capitals used in the original edition are replaced by ordinary type.
     The Translator states that he has adopted the use of capital initial letters to distinguish Latin neuter adjectives when used as substantives, but he thereby raises an expectation which is doomed to disappointment. For, the neuter adjective which is the most frequently used in this Work is not so distinguished, nor is it left untrammeled to influence the mind with the heavenly idea of which it is the bearer; but it is forced to drag along with it the unmeaning "principle," and as if this were not enough, "or state" is occasionally added. At first the Translator seems, and not without reason, diffident about encumbering the "Conjugial" in this manner, and he inserts the appended word in brackets, but, as the work progresses, he grows bolder and omits the brackets, so that we read of "the conjugal principle or state," and are left in suspense whether a "principle "is a "state," or if not, what relation they bear to each other, and what Swedenborg could possibly have meant by this expression! Indeed by this time the term "principle" has so fastened itself upon the Translator, that he even says "Heaven is distinguished into innumerable societies, and so is hell, on the principle of opposition." Literally translated, this passage reads: "Heaven is distinguished into innumerable societies, likewise, from the' opposite, hell" (C. L. 530).

210




     "Each and all things," which the Translator adopts as the rendering of omnia et singula, reverses the order expressed in the Latin. What is the objection to "all and every thing," or "all and the single things"? There is a reason grounded in Divine order for the "all" to precede the "single things."
     "Cognitio" and "scientia" are alike translated "knowledge," the distinction being made by capitalizing the initial letter of the word when it stands for "cognitio." Why "cognition" may not be used, when the even less familiar verbal form "cognize" is used in this translation, puzzles the Reviewer.
     It seems a pity that the suggestion of business in the marriage relation is perpetuated by the retention of "conjugial partners," when the simple and expressive word "consort" might fitly be used to translate "conjux."
     The word "sonticus" has troubled translators. The English edition of 1876 has "excusatory;" the Boston translation, "sufficient." The present version comes nearer the meaning in "weighty." It really means "hurtful" to the conjugial relation, the root "sons" meaning criminal, or guilty of a crime, and thus harmful and noxious.
     The Translator occasionally departs from his ordinary accuracy, as, to cite an instance, when, instead of translating "saltantes hic in numeros, et ibi in orbes" ("dancing here in measure, and there in circles"), he interprets that these dances were "in one place minuets, in another round dances." So also, when he maker of "juvenis," a "bachelor," and of "ornatus," "attire."
     It is a question whether the idea of a measured step, expressed by the term "pace," is intended to be conveyed by the Latin "vadit huc illuc."
     "Obliterat" is a stronger word than "forgets." Filthy pleasures, into which the understanding is immersed, cause more than a forgetfulness of the distinction of the two kinds of concubinage referred to in n. 463.
     "Several" is not the translation of "plura."
     A number of similar faults in translation might be cited, but dwelling upon them would probably obscure the general excellence of the translation before us, which bids fair to dispute the palm with the Boston translation of 1833, to which, in some respects, it is superior in faithfulness of translation, although in other respects it is inferior.
     The "Translator's Critical Notes" show that he has adopted the corrections of the New York Latin Reprint, including "conjugial" for "conjugal." Other changes which he has made in the Latin text seem unnecessary.
     The Book may be obtained through the Academy Book Room, for One Dollar.
In the Divine Truth 1891

In the Divine Truth              1891

     In the Divine Truth proceeding is the Lord, and it is Himself in Heaven and in the Church. - A. E. 228.
ISOLATED MEMBERS AND OTHERS INTERESTED IN THIS CHURCH 1891

ISOLATED MEMBERS AND OTHERS INTERESTED IN THIS CHURCH              1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, to the secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]


     IT is the desire and intention of the Church to perform, as far as possible, a pastoral use toward a its members. Arrangements have already been made for periodically visiting small Circles, even at a considerable distance from centres of the Church. Requests for the offices of the Church, from isolated members and any others interested in the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Jerusalem, will be duly considered and provided for as far as seems practicable. They may be directed to Bishop Benade, 1935 Fairmount Ave., Philadelphia, Pa., or to the Secretary, the Rev. L. G. Jordan, whose address is given above.
Divine Truth proceeding 1891

Divine Truth proceeding              1891

     The Divine Truth proceeding. . . is called by the Lord the Paraclete, the Spirit of Truth.- A. E. 228.
ACADEMY AND THE GENERAL CHURCH 1891

ACADEMY AND THE GENERAL CHURCH              1891

     (Portions of a sermon by the Rev. L. G. Jordan, preached Oct. 5th, 1891.)

     "I was in the spirit on the LORD'S Day, heard behind me a great voice as a trumpet, saying, I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last."-Rev. i, 10, 11.

     THE spiritual world is the true home of man, and whenever the LORD speaks to man it is to his spirit. A revelation of the LORD is clothed in natural am earthly figures and expressions, and may seem to hay, for its purpose something relating to the earthly associations and conditions of man's life; but in reality it is wholly to him as a spirit, and wholly for the sake of him as a spirit that the LORD reveals His Will. "To be in the spirit" is to be in a state of more or less distinct vision concerning the things of the spirit, and, as in the present instance, when said of a prophet, it is to have an opening of the spiritual sight to the scenes of the spiritual world.
     To the ordinary man it is not given to have conscious views of the occurrences and scenery of the spiritual world. But it is necessary that some one should have this opening of the spirit, and receive thereby knowledge of the inner world and its laws, to be accepted in reason and confirmed in natural experience by others.
     It is a necessity of man's very life that visions occur; but it is no less a necessity that they be confined to those who have been prepared by the LORD Himself for the office.
     Hence we read that this opening of the spirit was on the LORD'S Day; by which we understand a state of holiness quite apart from those of the common and lower life, in which the appearance of life in one's self removes, for the time, the conscious acknowledgment of the origin in the LORD of all that seems one's own.
     We have then to carry forward into all that succeeds in the unfolding of the present message from the LORD, the consideration that the revelation of the FJORD is always of that which is spiritual, even when it seems to be dealing wholly with the natural. In whatever the LORD speaks, we are to consider and look for that which is of the spirit; we are to prepare for the reception of that message to us as spiritual beings, by the cultivation of a holy reverence for what is uttered; we are to become willing learners, not mere seekers for that which will confirm our own beliefs; we are to remember that He Who is Holy is speaking, and that we cannot hear unless we put away whatever would profane.
     "And I heard behind me," signifies a manifest perception, or that the revelation was first into the general state of the affections, preparing for more definite thought by willingness to hear that which is Divine and Holy, utterly above and beyond `man's own intelligence and goodness. The coldly critical, intellectual state is not, and cannot be one of vision of spiritual things.

211



Not that there will be any lack of opening of the intellectual faculties in the pursuit of revelation in the right spirit. On the contrary, when we speak of the salvation of souls as the end or purpose of the revelation by the LORD, we understand a part of it to be the development to the highest possible extent of every human mental or intellectual faculty, in fact, the only truly great and living exercise of the rational and intellectual powers, and all the accompanying pleasures of the understanding. The state here indicated is one of expectation and promise more than of actual presentation in particulars of thought to the mind of that which is the subject of the revelation. But it is a good and happy state, and one that gives hopefulness and courage for all that may come. The law of the LORD is not yet perfectly and definitely seen, but there is profound confidence that it will lead to peace.     
      The result of all leading by the LORD is peace in conjunction with Him, and that man may be willing to pursue the particulars of revelation and be encouraged to follow them out into all difficult applications to life amidst temptation to desert them for his own, or the worldly and thus the easier way, something of their intent in good to his soul appears in a perception as of the voice behind him. And it is a great voice, a voice that moves the feelings or affects the heart. It is the voice as of a trumpet, not defined and articulate but powerful upon the heart with its getting ready for most important and impressive truths to come.
     The opening of the mind to the revelation of the LORD is always gradual. To those who have been duly prepared, and who live, in consequence of such preparation, near to Him in the Heavens, His speech is heard in distinct expressions and most particular and definite ideas, as well as in affections most deep and tender. But as that speech descends successive y down through the heavens to those further removed from Him, it becomes less distinct and more general. There is still the voice, but it is the voice as of the trumpet, filled with impressive power to silence that of the listeners, consciously grander than anything man of himself could utter, but wanting in articulate definiteness, too high and great and holy to be comprehended without much thought and additional experience. Something that subdues and awes.
     So it is that the revelation for the LORD'S New Church comes to men in the world to-day. To none can it appeal except to those who are willing to be in the spirit on the LORD'S Day. To none who do not put away their own conceits and will to humble themselves before the LORD is holy and exalted above anything that comes from man alone. The revelation for the Church has within it directions for all possible emergencies that may arise in the course of natural life, but not such a solution of natural difficulties as shall tend only to make natural life easier. Everything from the LORD is directed to making the most out of natural scenes, incidents, situations, and observations, for the illustration and fixing of spiritual thoughts and affections in the spirit of the man.
     But this, which suggests how we should approach and receive for ourselves what the LORD has spoken, also indicates what should be the purpose and method of our use of the revelation for the Church with respect to others. We have to keep constantly in the thought that there is nothing in it that is to be accommodated to them merely as denizens of this world. It should not be for any reason of purely natural distresses or for the sake only of natural comfort that we bring it their notice. They are spiritual beings, and to them as spiritual beings we should address our efforts to have them accept what the LORD has revealed. Merely natural reforms are of no account. Development of natural faculties alone of no value. Cultivation of the mind only, for the sake of intellectual gymnastics, even detrimental. Accommodation of the truth of revelation to merely natural thought and feeling will fail to do that for which it is spoken, though it were to result in apparent building up of a great Church as to numbers and apparent unity and mutual toleration among its members. There is but one condition precedent which can lead to the, desired result, and that is the condition first suggested by the text, namely, the recognition that revelation is from the spiritual world, and addressed to man as a spirit, and that it is of little consequence where and under what conditions he spends the brief span of years allotted to earthly life, seeing that the spiritual world is his eternal home
     But what is the message of the voice that is as a trumpet? "I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First Last."
     The LORD is All of Revelation as He is All of the Universe, spiritual and natural. He is the Soul in which all things originate, and He is the Life of the ultimate by which He forms whatever is between. He has spoken with the voice as a trumpet to enable us to realize the threshold, and thence all the way of our further progress in life, that He is now present as the Divine in everything that is outward with all the potentiality of the Infinite Itself, in order by that which is external with us to establish what in of the spirit and shall endure to eternity. Henceforth there is to be no possible thought on any plane; no possible longing, no event, no circumstance, no relationship, no situation which may not by Him be turned to our eternal benefit and become instrumental in promoting our spiritual intelligence, usefulness, and happiness; and nothing closed to our inspection and investigation, provided we acknowledge Him there as the Only One of Heaven and of Earth.
     So the very first and the very last of all that we shall do for others from Him and in His Name as a means of bringing to them the Everlasting Gospel of the LORD JESUS CHRIST, thus to secure their salvation, will consist in presenting ever as the First and the Last the LORD Himself. It is to secure by them the acknowledgment of the LORD as He is in Himself, the Love and Wisdom of God alone, that we move in the smallest degree to bring them to the Church, for in no other way can the Church be brought to them.
     All this that has preceded is found at the beginning of that revelation which is the especial expression of the order and operation of the New Church of the LORD. It is the universal which is afterward followed by generals and particulars and infinite singulars of truths for the Church. But in what follows two general states of man are considered, and the revelation takes on two forms adapted to these two states respectively. One is the state of rejection of the old, and Sic other is the state of putting on of the new. These two states are also indicated in the vision we are considering, for a little further than the passage already cited we find it recorded that the seer "turned himself to see" the voice, and beheld the Son of Man in the midst of the candlesticks. So the first of the two states, that of rejection of the old and for the sake of introduction into the new, is the state of "hearing the voice as a trumpet," in most general but moving and impressive tone declaring that the LORD is and is about to make Himself perfectly known; and the second state is of definite education or instruction whereby the man of the Church is led in all the knowledges that are revealed to his outer mind and thought to behold the internal marvels of the Mind and Heart of the LORD, and in this state he is said to see.

212



To "hear" is of the external thought and feeling, but to "see" is of the internal mind and affections. To "hear" is to be 'willing to hear and obey, but to "see" is o know from living experience and as if from inward presence with the Divine: as it were to dwell in the very sunlight of Heaven.
     As in every individual, so in the Church as a whole, these two states must be considered and provided for. The methods of instruction, the internal sphere cannot be the same in the two cases. The individual is conscious that he passes out of the first state to put on the life of the second, and that then he seems to be quite a different man. The elements of the revelation and practice of the Church which first engaged his affections are no longer as interesting. He feels that he has progressed beyond them in a way. He may not feel confident that he is a better man, but he knows that he needs something which he did not care for at first and of whose existence in the Church he was not aware.
     The Church must take cognizance of these two states, and provide for them as well as may be. If the organization of the Church be one, there must still be this practical division of the members as into two bodies, and the two classes must be cared for in two different ways. There must, in other words, be provision in the ritual and instruction of the Church for those who have just entered, or who are in the state of introduction, together with a careful looking out thence toward those Who do not know of the Church, and who might be led to accept what the LORD therein reveals for their salvation; and there must be ample provision for those who have passed the threshold and are coming out of generals and into the particulars of the revelation for the Church.
     Throughout must there prevail the idea that the revelation is of the LORD in His Divine Humanity, Sole God of Heaven and Earth, and addressed to man as a spiritual being and for the sake of his eternal life as such. It is simply a matter of adaptation of this general or universal of revelation to the state of the recipient.
     Now there is but one universal New Church, but there are as many individual Churches of the Universal New Church as there are individual members of that universal Church. Whether there shall be but one or more General Churches of the Universal New Church is to be determined according to the judgment of the men of the Church, within the broad line of regard for the states and uses to the men of the Church. The doctrine is clear that in the past there have been, as in the Ancient Church, varieties of what may be called general churches, based upon variety of genius or general disposition of the members respectively. So, too, it is undoubtedly indicated that, in the process of time and the development of the New Church, there will be varieties of Churches within its borders. In fact, we may say that there are varieties of the Church, or varieties of Churches, already within even what purports to be any one Church, for in the sight of the LORD "and of the angels those who are in one state of the Church are allied to one spiritual society, and those of another state) to a different society of the heavens, and thus, internally, they are of different Churches or bodies or organizations of the Church, although nominally and outwardly of one and the same Church.
     It is in recognition of possible uses of the Church, all looking, however, to the same end, namely: the salvation of men by drawing them to the revelation of the LORD to them as spiritual beings; of possible uses somewhat differing because of these variations of state; and especially in recognition of uses growing out of these two most general states that have somewhat been described, that it has been determined best, at the present time, to establish and perpetuate a distinction of Churches, of which many of us are members. The Church of the Academy and the General Church of the Advent of the Lord, both within the LORD'S New Church, are organized and to be carried on in representation of the distinction of the two states of call to the Church and introduction into it, with the necessary carrying forward for a longer or shorter time of those thus provided for; and the training and further development of the knowledge, faith, and life of those who have made a certain advance or have come into certain states of affection. Each of these Churches is complete in itself and each may, as it sees best, do anything or all of that which the Church has to do in the world. But at present it has been determined by the Academy of the New Church that it is not prepared to enter upon the work of external evangelization, including the appeal to the world at large, combatting the falses of the old and effort to produce a judgment there, together with the more general teaching of those who have lately entered or who are in the love of this evangelistic work; but that it will, continue in the work of education of the children of the Church, and of all adults who desire more particular instruction in the truths of the revelation for the Church, and especially in the training of young men for the priesthood of the Church. The General Church sees the importance of this use by the Academy, sees that it must most certainly be performed, and would even enter upon the performance of that use itself did not the Academy make it the main thing of its life. But the General Church also sees that the other work of the Church must be done, and, since the first is provided for at present, at least, determines to devote itself mainly to the use of external evangelization and all that is connected therewith. The importance of this use is recognized by the Academy, and, were no other body prepared to perform it, undoubtedly would itself endeavor in some way to provide for it.
     In the furtherance of its own work the Academy has determined to inaugurate public worship suited to its own sphere and uses. Many of us are members at the same time of the Academy and of the General Church. It rests with us to make a choice in accordance with our affections and needs, which we would attend and engage in, the worship of the Academy or that of the General Church. Both are free to all. The end of each is the same, and is that which has been pointed out The differences will be in the adaptation to the two great states already indicated. What the particular form will be must be determined from time to time as the uses are developed. The main consideration at present is that these two Churches are brothers. In no sense rivals. The question of superiority of the one over the other, or of greater or lesser dignity and honor attaching to them does not enter. Anything that the one may do the other may also do, only, for the present at least there is the mutual understanding that the sphere and use of the one are toward the members already quite well instructed in doctrine and to children of the Church; and the sphere and uses of the other toward those not so well taught in particulars of doctrine, and especially toward those who are as yet ignorant of the revelation for the Church.

213




     It is believed that by this mutual and brotherly division of uses the cause of their extension of the reception of the LORD in His New and more glorious revelation of Himself will be advanced in the world and that there will be increased opening of the spirits of men to the voice as of a trumpet and to the scene of the Son of Man in the midst of the candlesticks, and from these the building up of a heaven in which the LORD alone shall reign, King of kings and LORD of lords.- AMEN.
What proceeds from the Lord 1891

What proceeds from the Lord              1891

     What proceeds from the Lord, that also is Himself. - A. E. 392.
FIFTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF THE PITTSBURGH SOCIETY 1891

FIFTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF THE PITTSBURGH SOCIETY              1891

     ON November 6th, the fiftieth anniversary of the formation of the Pittsburgh Society will be celebrated. Old members are being invited to be present. A meeting will be held on Friday evening, November 6th, at which there will be some historical addresses, followed by a social. On the following Sunday, the services will also be part of the celebration.
Divine proceeding 1891

Divine proceeding              1891

     The Divine proceeding from the Lord is the Lord Himself.- A. E. 392.
NEW CHURCH IN JAPAN 1891

NEW CHURCH IN JAPAN              1891

     Communicated.

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.)

     
     IN our March issue we reprinted from The New Church Pacific its account of the introduction of the New Church into Japan. Mr. A. W. Manning, of Oakland, California, in whose house Mr. Kay Takami has lately been living, has written some details to the Messenger, mainly concerning the Takimi family, who seem generally to have embraced the Doctrines. The Pacific in its October issue contains the following supplementary intelligence:     
     The interest taken in the announcement, a few months ago, of the first beginnings of an interest in the New Church doctrines in Japan, leads us, constantly questioned as we are, concerning its further progress, to gather up the fragments of information from time to time received, and make a statement of the present condition of the New Church movement in that country.
     Our information comes, of course, from Mr. Kay Takimi. He is in constant communication with his mother, but she seems to be little given to talking over-much about herself and her own doings, or of the numbers who attend her lectures, nor does she give the particulars of her efforts in the various places which she visits, nor as definite accounts as we would like concerning the form of society organization adopted. Yet we have certain definite, though fragmentary, information which will unquestionably prove of interest and, perhaps, serve also to prevent our New Church friends from entertaining too exaggerated an idea of the success of the movement in Japan.
     The societies which have been formed here thus far are mainly for the investigation and study of the new truths, and are hardly to be considered as congregations of full and positive receivers. Yet the movement has progressed so far as to have led to the formation of societies, as nearly as we can understand the matter, one, as it were, within the other. There is the "True Educational Society," as it is termed, which is constituted of all those who have united for the purpose of investigating the new truths. Then there is the "Society of Love and Wisdom," which is formed of those who have received, without reserve, the doctrines of the New Jerusalem and who acknowledge Swedenborg as the LORD'S messenger in this His Second Advent. There are now four at these societies besides the central one at Tokio. Or perhaps it would be more proper to say that there is a central society at Tokio with four branches, one each at Niegata, Nagako, Tosa, and Kioto. Each has a regular organisation with a president and other officers. Mrs. Sy Takimi is, herself, President of the central society and of the whole body. Her brother, Tay Yamada, is President at Tosa, her daughter, Yna Takimi, at Nagako, said gentlemen whose names are unknown to us at the two other places. The number of members in the "True Educational Society" is four hundred and fifty-two; the number in the "Society of Love and Wisdom," thus of pronounced receivers of the Doctrines, fifty-two, certainly a very interesting showing for one year's work.
     Mrs. Takimi seems to go forth with an earnest zeal, equal to that of John Wesley of old, but on a still higher plane, loving, faithful, untiring, preaching and lecturing, Sundays and week days, and full frequently twice a day, and announcing the truths of the LORD'S Second Coming with no uncertain sound. So far she has for her guidance, and for that of the interested, the Divine Love and Wisdom and the Divine Providence, and about one-third of the True Christian Religion, translated into' Japanese by her son, Kay Takimi. She writes by each steamer that arrives at San Francisco, asking questions of her son, who always wisely answers by giving extracts from the Writings. She seems, as near as can be judged, to imbibe the truth in her affections, seeing and acknowledging it at its mere statement from the Writings of the Church. She writes us that she has now been at work in the cause over a year, of which time she has spent only two moths at home. She usually speaks in public halls, which, it seems, are as common in Japan as with us. At these public meetings she delivers a lecture, while at those of the Society she reads from the Writings and explains. Just how many attendants there usually are at these public meetings we do not learn. She speaks of a recent course of lectures at Tosn, however, on the subject of "What is Truth?" the attendance at the first of which was over three hundred, at the second over five hundred, and at the third, over one thousand five hundred. At that time twenty-two joined the Society. Mrs. Takimi is a lady fifty-seven years of age. She has some advantage in having been, to some extent, previously known throughout the empire as a lecturer on moral and natural philosophy, botany; etc. We have understood that she is also recognized as a poetess of no mean ability.
     At the regular Sunday meetings of the several societies, the principal features are reading from the translated Writings, answers to questions by the President, etc. It is to be presumed, therefore, that several manuscript copies of the books of Swedenborg, thus far translated, have been made. Whether there is any service, such as our churches here have, is not stated. No attempt at forming a ministry has yet been made. It has been thought of and talked of, but there are good reasons why they do not deem the time to have arrived. They will take no hasty step, nor one that is not well considered; and that step may be delayed for quite a while yet.
     Mr. Kay Takimi is now attending the college of California at Oakland.

214



He is giving special attention to the Latin language, as it is his design to translate Swedenborg's works from the original instead of from the English, so soon as he feels qualified to do so. He has charge of the Sunday-school of the Japanese Methodist Mission, of Oakland. In addition to the class teaching he gives an address or lecture to them almost every Sunday evening, though, of course, he cannot speak there quite as plainly as he would like to do. His attachment to the New Church, however, is a matter of public notoriety. Through him a very intelligent young Japanese physician, just graduated from the Cooper Medical College of San Francisco, Dr. Kobashe, has become intensely interested in the Writings of the New Church, and an ardent receiver. This gentleman goes to. Germany for a year, and will then settle down to practice in Tokio.
     Miss Yna Takimi, who takes so leading a part in the Japanese-New Church, is a young lady of twenty-three, and is also quite a poetess. A little poem by her, just sent to her brother, who has furnished the Editor of the Pacific with a literal rendering of the words, has been reproduced by the latter in English poetical dress, as follows:

     HOW CAN WE KNOW?

     How can we know
The heart's deep sentiment-the hidden thought?
Except by words with wondrous meaning fraught
     How can we know?

     How can we know
The inward meaning of material things?
Save by the light which correspondence brings,
     How can we know?

     No one can know
The veiled internal in its living light;
Unless externally revealed to sight,
     No one can know.

     Thus we may know
The truths enwrapped within the holy Word
Only by living influx from the LORD
     Thus only know.

     And this we know,
That influx from the glorious sun of heaven
To heart-felt faith alone is surely given;
     Yes, this we know.

     After the above had been written, the news was received that Mrs. Sy Takimi has passed into the spiritual world. The decease of her husband was noted in the Life a few months ago.
     According to still later advices, Mr. Kay Takimi has returned to Japan.
Divine proceeding 1891

Divine proceeding              1891

     The Divine proceeding is the proceeding of His Love, and the Proceeding is Himself out - of Himself. - A. E. 392.
MEETING OF THE OHIO ASSOCIATION 1891

MEETING OF THE OHIO ASSOCIATION              1891

     (From a Private Letter.)

     MIDDLEPORT, OHIO, October 18th, 1891=122.

     . . . THE doings of the Ohio Association, I am sure, will be of interest to you. The following ministers and visitors are here: the Rev. John Goddard and wife, the Rev. Messrs. H. H. Grant, E. D. Daniels, and G. M. Davidson; Prof. Moses and wife, of Urbana; Mr. Browne and Miss Wagar, of Cleveland; Mr. Moores, of Glendale, and Mr. Abbot, of Columbus.
     Mr. Daniels opened the meeting by reading Psalm lxvii, but on account of the non-arrival of the General Pastor, the Rev. John Goddard, no business was transacted on Friday. At half-past eleven that day Mr. Grant preached a sermon. It abounded in references to the Writings. It treated mostly of the internal and external man and infants in heaven.
     Friday evening a reception was given at the home of Mr. William Grant. There were about seventy-five people there. An orchestra of five pieces furnished delightful music for all desiring to dance. Nearly every one responded in this direction, as the evening was cool and made dancing enjoyable.
     On Saturday morning the business session began.
     First the delegates were enrolled, then the reports of the ministers and Societies were read, also the report of the Executive Committee and Treasurer. There was a short discussion as to whether isolated members should be admitted into the Association. It was voted to do so and to publish their names in the Journal. A few other reports were read, and then it was time for services.
     Mr. Davidson preached on "Heavenly Peace and Happiness."
     Mr. Goddard gave his annual address in the afternoon. In the beginning he read a part of chapter ii of Isaiah, chapter vi of John, and chapter xii of the Revelation. He then spoke about the Church which first would come into tribulation, after which there would be a resurrection. He then made a strong appeal for all to act from their own judgment-that is, to think for themselves. He said that the Writings should be the only true authority for the New Church, but that there had been an attempt made to put in an outside authority He also insinuated that a certain body of men in the Church were being blindly led by one man. At the close he spoke about the Church in heathen lands.
     After he had finished, the Board of Missions made their report. They reported more money collected the past year than in any of the former years, with the exception of one, when Mr. Beaman did a great deal of work.
     The subject of the Evangelist was discussed, and more money asked for.
     Last evening the many subjects brought us by the Missionary Board were discussed by the ministers and laymen.
     Mr. Goddard preached to a congregation of about one hundred and twenty-five this morning,- after which the Holy Supper was administered. To-morrow morning the ministers have a meeting. . .
     . . Mr. -- has taken a great interest in the Schools showed him the catalogue and also this year's roster. He was greatly surprised when he found out the size of the Academy Schools. He is well acquainted with Mr. --, and when he found out that I had boarded in the same house with him, he asked me several questions about him, among them, "Did Mr. -- ever talk to you about theology?" Afterward he wanted to know whether any of the students ever talked on religious subjects, and was surprised to find out that the very youngest boys had religious instruction in school. He said that this was the very best thing to be done, but had no idea that it was being done in any school.
     Monday Evening, October 19th.
     The ministers met this morning and Mr. Daniels read a paper on "Preachers and Preaching." Nearly the whole consisted of extracts from the Writings, and the discussion of it took up all the time from half-past ten to twelve.

215




     I was not able to go down to the church to hear the other papers, but learn that it was the most interesting meeting of them all. The Rev. H. H. Grant read a paper on "Evolution," after which Mr. Daniels read three papers, one of them being on "How are we to understand the Doctrine of Concubinage, brought forth in Conjugial Love." As soon as he had finished Mr. Goddard arose and said that this subject was displeasing to many, and those that wanted to leave before the discussion could do so. Mr. Daniels then said that those there were not babies, but were rational beings, and should look at the subject in a rational manner, and that any that would leave the church on account of this doctrine had better leave it for good. None left.
     The discussion that followed was a very lively one. For every objection raised Mr. Daniels answered by reading passages from the Writings.
Divine proceeding 1891

Divine proceeding              1891

     The Divine proceeding is the Lord Himself in Heaven and in the Church. - A. E. 617.
MIDDLEPORT, OHIO 1891

MIDDLEPORT, OHIO              1891

     THE class in Hebrew which was begun by Candidate Acton this summer, will be continued under the leadership of a former student of the Academy.
     The Sunday-school presented the Church with a copy of the Word in Hebrew and Greek, and on Sunday, October 4th, it was substituted for the copy of the English on the Repository. Dr. Hanlin read from Heaven and Hell concerning the speech of the angels. He also read parts of a sermon written by Mr. Bostock on the Word, and published in the Life.
     The Sunday evening reading meetings are well attended, being held at the homes of the different New Church people. Dr. Hanlin was appointed reader, but when he is not able to be there the head of the house; does the reading. The meeting lasts from seven to a quarter of eight, after which there is a discussion on any; subject that may arise. On Wednesday evenings the boys, five in number, meet together and read from Conjugial Love.
Holiness 1891

Holiness              1891

     Holiness is predicated of the Divine Truth which proceeds from the Lord.- A. C. 8309.
BAPTISMAL SERVICE 1891

BAPTISMAL SERVICE              1891

     ON the sixteenth day of September of this year in the city of Philadelphia a girl babe was introduced by the rite of baptism into the LORD'S New Church and inserted among Christians in the spiritual world. The ceremony was probably different in some degree from any that has hitherto been performed in the New Church. A short account of it may therefore be of use.
     By way of introduction, let it be said that the name chosen for the child by its parents was Phyllis, an old Greek name, derived from a word meaning a green leaf or twig.     
     When all was in readiness, the priest, arrayed in the robes of his office, began the ceremony by opening the Word in Hebrew and the Writings in English. The Liturgy service, to the end of the LORD'S Prayer on page 149, was made use of without change. When this I point was reached the priest said:
     "Since this child is now, from the LORD, by its parents to be gifted with a name, let us hear something of what the LORD in His Divine Revelation tells us about names and naming"
     He then read as follows:
     "Name, and calling by name, denotes knowledge of the quality of a thing, games are not attended to in heaven, but instead thereof they apprehend in idea all that the name implies, and there one is distinguished from another by the idea of quality, not by name, and even in the world, when a person is named, his quality is thought of. The names given by the Ancients to their sons and daughters were significant, and to call by name, according to their manner of understanding, was to know the quality. These names were significant of the state of the parents, but especially of the mothers, either when they conceived, or during the time of gestation, or both; otherwise they denoted the state of the infant when born" (A. C. 1946, 2643, 144).
     At the end of this reading the priest said: "As the name chosen for this child is a Greek word, nearly equivalent in meaning to the Hebrew word Hebrew] (asebh), a green thing or shoot, let us also hear what the LORD tells us is the significance of a green thing." He then read as follows:
     "'And there was not any green thing a residue,' signifies that all the sensitive of truth was obliterated; this appears from the signification of 'there not being a residue,' as being to obliterate; and from the signification of what is 'green' as being the scientific and sensual; here the sensitive of truth, because by the fruit of a tree is signified the cognitive of good; and because it is said 'every green thing in the tree and in the herb of the field.' That what is green is the sensitive of truth is because by herb, grass, the leaf of a tree are signified truths, thence their greenness is the sensitive of truth. By the sensitive is signified the ultimate of perception. The sensitive of truth is signified by the green thing in Isaiah: 'The waters of Nimrim shall be desolations, because the grass is withered, the herb is consumed, there is no green thing,' xv, 6; and in the Apocalypse: 'The fifth angel sounded, and the locusts went forth; it was said to them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth nor any green thing,' ix, 4" (A. C. 7691).
     "This, the ultimate of the perception of truth," said the priest, "is essentially a female quality."
     The child was then baptized according to the first formula in the Liturgy. The blessing was pronounced in the original Hebrew.
     After the ceremony was concluded wine was brought out, and a toast was drunk to "the increase in the Church." It is hardly necessary to say that the sphere was a very delightful one.
Heaven 1891

Heaven              1891

     The Divine Truth proceeding from the Lord, makes Heaven.- A. C. 8309.
series of weekly Organ Recitals 1891

series of weekly Organ Recitals              1891

     A series of weekly Organ Recitals (free) will be given under the auspices of the Organ Player's Club, in the New Jerusalem Church, Twenty-second and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia, beginning on the 7th of November and continuing through November and December, at four o'clock on each Saturday afternoon of those months. The aim is to stimulate an interest in, and to exhibit some of the resources of music when played on a good organ. The series includes recitals by organists of prominent congregations of the Old Church.

216



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.

     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL HJ. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Subscriptions are also received through the following agents:
UNITED STATES:-MR. JOHN B. SYNNESTVEDT, 85 Dearborn Street, Chicago, Ill.
     MR. R. W. MEANS. JR. 21 Windsor Street, Allegheny, Pa.
CANADA:-MR. RUDOLPH ROSCHMAN, Waterloo, Ontario.
ENGLAND:-REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
SCOTLAND:-MR. WM. ROBERTSON, 18 Charmichael Street, Gowan, Glasgow.

     PHILADELPHIA, NOVEMBER, 1891=122.

     CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes. p. 201.- The Multiplication of the internal church (a Sermon), p. 202.- Conjunction of the Divine Good Natural with the Good of Truth, p. 204.-Destruction of Remains with the Posterity of Jacob, p. 204.- The Schools of the Academy of the New Church, p. 206.-Beginning of Public Services by the Academy of the New Church, p. 207.-"Is a Change Impending?" p. 207.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 208.- A New Translation of Conjugial Love, p. 209.
     The General Church.-Isolated Members and Others Interested in the Church, p. 210.- The Academy and the General church, p. 210.-Fiftieth Anniversary of the Pittsburgh Society, p. 213.
     Communicated.- The New Church in Japan, p. 213.-Meeting of the Ohio Association, p. 214.-Middleport, Ohio, p. 215.- A Baptismal Service, p. 215.
     News Gleanings, p. 216.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 216.
     AT HOME.

     Massachusetts.- AT the meeting of the Massachusetts Association, held in Abington, on October 8th, a paper on "The Science and Holiness of the Word," prepared by the Rev. John Worcester, was presented and caused some discussion, the Rev. J. K. Smyth stating that it was the duty of the New Church to make three things known; definite and comforting information about the Spiritual World, the doctrine of the glorification of the LORD'S Humanity, and the actual showing of the spiritual sense of the Word.
     THE Theological School at Cambridge has opened with eleven students.
     Maryland.- THE Rev. T. A. King, of Baltimore, writes to New Church Messenger, that three gentlemen, heads of families have been received into the Church. He says: "We find that the most effective way of doing missionary work is to state clearly and distinctly the origin of the New Church Doctrines and then leave the results entirely with the LORD. By doing this we have found that those who come into the Church enter through the gate of baptism and realize that they are connecting themselves with a society of believers in the Second Coming of the Loan."
     Illinois.- THE new chapel which was bought by the Chicago Society for the Englewood Society was dedicated on September 13th, by the Rev. L. P. Mercer, and the Rev. A. John Cleare now preaches there.
     Iowa.- THE third annual meeting of the General Society of the New Church in Iowa was held at the Lenox New Church temple, near Norway. The Rev. S. Wood had made regular visits every fourth week to Lenox, Nashville, Lost Nation, and DeWitt. Among the attendants were the Rev. J. J. Lehnen, the Rev. Jacob Kimm, Mr. Wm. H. Adkins, a licentiate, and Mrs. S. E. Nash, Secretary of Des Moines Society.
     Michigan.- THE House of Worship, in Detroit, has been thoroughly renovated, and natural gas and electric light introduced; the whole at an expense of $1,700.
     THE fifteenth annual meeting of the Michigan Association was held in Detroit on October 3d and 4th, and was attended by the Rev. Messrs. Frost, Smith, and Dole, of the Association, and the Rev. L. P. Mercer, of the Illinois Association.
     Missouri.- THE fifth annual meeting of the German Synod was held at Wellesrille, October 9th to 11th. The Rev. Messrs. Busmann, Bartels, Lehnen, Sudbrack, and Roeder were present, also delegates and others. It was decided to add the names Mr. Nussbaum, of Grutli, Tenn., and Dr. Nahrhaft, of Budapest, Austria, to the list of ministers of the Synod, the former to be ordained by the President of the Synod, and the latter, through a representative, chosen among the members of the Budapest Society. It was resolved that the Synod ordains no one for life, but only for the time while faithful to the Life and Doctrine of the New Church, and while members of the Synod. It was further resolved to establish a Publication Committee to consist of linguist Germans preferable, and to be members the various bodies of the Church, both is this country and Europe.
     Texas.- THE Rev. J. Fox visited Austin August 20th, and Sequier, August 27th, delivering a series of lectures in each place and administering the Holy Supper, also baptizing four children in Sequier.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.- A NEW Church house of worship, at Haslingden was dedicated on September 2d. It is built in Gothic style of the early English period, and a spire rises from one of its corners. The church proper seats about 250 persons, and the school-room below the church has room for 350.
     A SMALL church building has just been completed in Stockport, and opening services were held on September 6th, by the Rev J. R. Rendell.
     THE Rev. James F. Buss, of New- Castleon- Tyne, has accepted an invitation to become the Pastor of the Northampton Society.
     Switzerland.- THE sixteenth annual meeting of the Swiss Union was held in Zurich on September 13th, in presence of 34 members and 12 visitors. Three new members have been added to the Union. Two, Prof. Pfirsch and Mrs. Tanner-Kern, have past into the other world. Mrs. Kern left a legacy of 200 francs to the Union; 248 francs have also been received from Argentine, being the total of an indebtedness due to the Treasurer. The Rev. F. Gorwitz presented the Union with Professor Pfirsch's German New Church books, wishing them to be considered as a bequest direct from the Professor. The Professor's entire theological library was originally bequested to Messrs. Mittnacht and Gorwitz, Mr. Mittnacht afterward presenting his share in it to Mr. Gdrwitz. It was resolved that the Book Repository under establishment should be of the Swiss Union. Eighty-six shares of 25 francs each have been subscribed for.
     New Zealand.- A NEW CHURCH temple seating about 80 has been erected by the Auckland Society, and was opened for public worship on July 26th, on which occasion Mr. Mallabond, of Parna Bay, preached the sermon to a large audience, mostly strangers.
EDITORIAL NOTES 1891

EDITORIAL NOTES       Editor       1891



Vol. XI. PHILADELPHIA, DECEMBER 1891=122. No. 12.
     The Divine which has revealed itself is the Divine Human.- A. E. 45.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     THE wisdom of the act of the General Church, one year ago, in separating from the General Convention is strongly confirmed by the recent expressions in the organ of the latter body.
     The two things which caused the separation, the denial of the Divine Human and the absence of charity, appear more plainly than formerly; due, doubtless, in great measure to the continued insistence that the teaching concerning the state of the Christian world is of "less vital importance "than others. The Dragon is in the world of spirits, breathing destruction, and wherever the mind is turned toward him with favor, it is opened to the reception of his subtle, poisonous afflatus.
     The unbelief in the Divinity of the LORD'S Human, and, what is essentially the same thing, the finding of "imperfections" and "limitations" in the Sacred Scripture; moreover, the absence of charity,-affect those the New Church who coquet with the Old Church. Naturally, agnosticism in regard to the ultimates of the Christian religion-that is to say, in regard to the Divinity of the LORD'S Person, and the infallibility of the letter of the Word-does not appear in the New Church in the same form as in the Old. The denial of the Divinity, of THE TRUTH, as which the LORD makes His Second Coming, is evidenced rather in the corresponding solicitude to recognize and acknowledge "imperfections" and "limitations in the revelation of the Word in its Internal Sense, and in the general sphere of negation, evidences which cannot be gainsaid.
     And when the Divinity of the Doctrine is denied, the lack of charity is an inevitable sequent in the refusal to conform with the Divine Doctrine. The Unquestioning acceptance of misrepresentations of the life, profession, and doctrinal tenets of others, naturally follows in its wake and completes the evidence.
     There is cause for rejoicing that the masquerading under the guise of charity is at an end.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     The Divine Truth is the same as the Divine Human.- A. C. 2643.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     WHILE the disease is coming more to the surface in The Messenger, the remedy is also forthcoming. The Rev. John E. Bowers contributed to its columns a short but pithy and powerful article, giving the Doctrine on the subject of "The Writings and the Word." But it is one thing for a physician to offer a remedy-it is another whether the patient will take it.     
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     THE Lord came into the world to save the human race, which otherwise would have perished in eternal death.- A. E. 806.
Title Unspecified 1891

Title Unspecified              1891

     THE Rev. L. P. Mercer contributes to The Messenger an address delivered by him on "All Saints' day" [!] in memory of the Rev. N. C. Burnham, in which he pays "a long acknowledged debt of gratitude and affection" to this minister of the New Church. The appreciative and loving words that are uttered in this address are, however, not without discordant notes.
     Dr. Burnham's staunchness and loyalty to the truth not painted in true colors when it is stated that "his position on this subject [the Advent of the LORD in the Revelations, contained in Swedenborg's books, and their Divine Authority as the law of the Church], must not be confounded with more recent developments of Academy doctrines, calling the Writings the Word, and the Divine Human of the LORD in a sense apparently intended to make the breach between themselves and others an absolute separation."
     It will not do to intrench one's self behind the lifeless body of another in order to defend one's self against the shafts of the Divine Truth. The spirit of the man has left a record behind him that proves the shamefulness of such a procedure.
     It was not so long ago that it need to have faded from the memory, that the serial entitled Words for the New Church was called into existence especially to combat the satanic spirit of denial then rampant, which inspired the words published in the New Jerusalem Messenger:
     "Swedenborg's writings are not a Revelation in any such sense [that is, as the Word]. . . . They are not the Word, not the living Divine Truth thus clothed and adapted. No, infinitely far from it. This would make them Sacred Scripture, would make them God's writings, which they are not. . . . No further Revelation seems necessary."
     And yet the man who preaches the memorial address of one of the editors of the Serial which combatted this falsity, has the effrontery, when that editor's lips are closed in death, to attempt to shield his own espousal of the falsity behind such an imputation!
     And he also attempts to make for his untenable position a bulwark of the popular cry that the claim for the Writings as the Word and as the LORD is new-is a "recent development"! What if it were new? Does age make opinions true? But is it new? A single reference to Church history will dispel that myth, concocted as a blind to throw inquirers off their guard, and the baselessness of which has been proved ere this.
     The first organization of the New Church on earth was effected in the year 1783, seventeen years before the present century began. Before the seventeen years had passed away, these loyal words were recorded as the conviction and faith of Newchurchmen living at that time:
     "The Divine Truth now given and continued in the spiritual sense of the Word is from the LORD alone, and respects and manifests Him alone and the things of His kingdom, and as to its Divine Truth is also the LORD Himself.
     Can a truth promulgated in the year 1799-that is to say, within eight sears of a century ago-be called a "recent development"?

218




     And now, to remove the discredit thrown about the memory of Dr. Burnham, be it recalled that he was one of the men, who, fourteen years ago, republished this statement of 1799, as expressing their belief in the year 1887. The truth then expressed is the object of contention by the Academy of the New Church now, as it was then. The issue recognized by Dr. Burnham and his associates then, has finally caused the separation in the New Church which exists now.
     While the memorialist has introduced the sad note which has been criticized, another movement following hard upon it in the address is so absurd, that it is difficult to believe that sober second thought sanctioned its publication:
     "One of the themes marked for special animadversion by Dr. Burnham, in season and out of season, was the state of the Christian world, and who shall constitute the New Church. It was one of his limitations that what he had reasoned from the Writings no one could set aside, except by actual statement from the Writings, where that subject was especially treated of; and those who differed from him on this point, and entertained a larger hope for the Christian world, drew their conclusion from an insight and generalization based on the doctrine of the Divine Providence for the salvation of souls."
     The direct doctrine of the Writings on the subject, were set aside, and those who "entertained a larger hope for the Christian world, drew their conclusion from an insight and generalization based on the doctrine of Divine Providence for the salvation of souls." If this is not a confession, it will be impossible to find one! But the confession grows fuller and more complete:
     "The kind of proof he demanded to change or enlarge his views was such as could, not be forthcoming."
     Exactly! He demanded proofs from the Divine Doctrine, not merely human desires that prompted "insights" and "generalizations." No wonder, then, that, as the memorialist continues, "that which gave confidence to others he could not by the very form of his mind entertain," because, by the acknowledgment of the writer himself, Dr. Burnham's intellect had been formed by "actual statements from the Writings where that subject was especially treated of," and those forms were truths. "Generalizations" without particular truths are generally fallacies, if not falsities.
Lord saved the human race 1891

Lord saved the human race              1891

     The Lord saved the human race by subjugating the hells, and glorifying His Human- A. E. 806.
GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM 1891

GOSPEL OF THE KINGDOM       Rev. J. E. BOWERS       1891

     "And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the inhabited [earth] for a testimony to all nations; and then shall the end be" (Matth. xxiv, 14).

     WE are taught that these words signify that the gospel of the kingdom shall first be made known in the Christian world. The gospel which is here meant, is the New Gospel, which the apostles were afterward sent out to preach in the whole spiritual world, namely, "the gospel that the LORD GOD JESUS CHRIST reigns, whose reign will be for ages of ages, according to the prediction: by Daniel vii, 13, 14; and in Revelation xi, 15" (T. C. R. 791).
     But we are also taught that:
     "The Christian Church, such as it is in itself, is now first beginning: the former Church was Christian only in name, but not in reality and in essence" (T. C. R. 668).
     The reason why the former Church was Christian only in name is because the men of that Church did not worship the LORD alone, but an imaginary tri-personal Being. And the reason why the Christian Church, such as it is in itself, is now first beginning is because this Church is the crown of all the Churches that have hitherto been in the world. And it is such because the men of this Church will worship the one visible God, in Whom is the invisible God, as the soul is in the body.
     There can be no conjunction with an invisible God, nor with a Being who is supposed to consist of three divine persons. But the man of the Church can only be conjoined with God when be acknowledges the LORD alone as God. And if he truly acknowledges the LORD-he will receive Divine Truth and Good from Him. As these are united in his mind, and he thus receives faith and charity, he is conjoined with the LORD, and becomes a Church in the least form.
     When men cease to acknowledge the LORD, and therefore to receive from Him truth and its good, from which are derived faith and charity, the consequences are most serious and fatal. For in this case their degeneracy is inevitable, as certain as it is that the night succeeds the setting of the sun. When the love of self and the love of the world prevail with man, instead of the love of the LORD and the love of the neighbor, then there is an end of the genuine happiness of life with him. And what is lamentable is that unless these evil loves are overcome by regeneration man's spiritual state grows worse so long as he lives in the world. We are taught that without the new birth from the LORD, inherited inclinations to evils continue to increase from successive parents, and man becomes more prone to evils, and at length to evils of every kind (T. C. R. 521).
     Evils of life originate from falses of faith. Thus when, in the imaginations of men, the Divine Trinity had been divided into three persons, and this dogma had been promulgated, in the process of time the outcome was substitution, the vicarious atonement, instantaneous regeneration by faith alone, and other monstrous heresies. When these falsifications of the Word took place a dark cloud arose, spiritually speaking, which at length overspread the whole so-called Christian world. And thus was fulfilled the prophecy which was written: "Behold, darkness shall cover the earth, and thick darkness the people" (Isaiah lx, 2).
     Since the formation of the new Christian Heaven, in the spiritual world, and the beginning of the establishment of the New Church, in the natural world, there have been some improvements in several respects. The Last Judgment, in the year 1757, produced vast changes in the constitution of the spiritual world, and prepared the way for a better condition of things in the natural world. So we read:
     "Henceforth the man of the Church will be in a more free state of thinking on matters of faith-that is, on spiritual things which relate to heaven, because spiritual liberty has been restored to him:" And further, that "now, from restored liberty, man can better perceive interior truths, if he wills to perceive them, and thus be made more internal, if he wills it" (L. J. 73, 74) It depends upon the state of the will.
     Viewed in the light of truth, as revealed in the Heavenly Doctrines, and as confirmed from observation and experience, the state of the Christian world is very bad.

219



The regeneration of the race is necessarily a slow process. It is now one hundred and twenty-two years since the. LORD began to establish His last and crowning Church on the earth. It has made as much progress as possible. People sometimes ask why the New Church grows so slowly. But the wonder is, not that the Church grows so slowly, but that in the present state of the world it can make any progress at all.
     For, when we consider the matter in the light of revealed Truth, what do we find? We find that naturalism and agnosticism prevail almost universally throughout the Christian world. This word, "agnosticism," means that men are profoundly ignorant about-spiritual and Divine things. They are indifferent about the existence of God, the Creator and Sustainer of the universe; about their own spiritual nature and immortality; about a heaven or a hell, or a life after death. What a state of spiritual blindness and perversity for men professing to be Christians to be in! The fact is, the Churches of the various denominations are full of agnostics. They do not let it appear externally that they are-such. But, from what is revealed to us, we know that internally they are such if they do not acknowledge the LORD alone as God: though who the true believers are is known to the LORD, and no one else.
     People generally, at this day, are quite indifferent about definite ideas concerning spiritual subjects. From the old dogma of keeping the reason under subjection to faith, and that a false and spurious faith, men have an aversion to the idea of rationally understanding matters of religion. They say that doctrines are of no consequence; it is sufficient or people to live a good life. But their claim of leading a good life is mere hypocrisy, because they are unwilling to learn from revealed truth the nature of the evils which must be shunned, in order that a person may really live a good life.
     Such is the state of the world at this day, that, by many, external good nature is regarded as charity. Even some professing New Church people are in this false notion. They look upon those who plainly, openly, and fearlessly teach the Divine truth which the LORD in His Mercy has revealed for the salvation of the human race as uncharitable! But what a terrible delusion! There is much revealed to us in the Writings, respecting the state of the Christian world. The corrupt nature and evil disposition of those who profess to be Christians, and are not excepting in name, are described. And what is said is just as true to-day as it was at the time it was first written, as applying to those who constitute the Old Church. By those who constitute the Old Church are meant those who believe in three persons in the Godhead, and in salvation by faith alone; specifically those who from falses of faith are in evils of life, or from evils of life are in falses of faith. Among these are a remnant of the simple good called the elect; but they are few, and the LORD alone knows who and where they are.
     It is important for us to learn what is taught in the Writings concerning the state of the Christian world, in order that we may be able to realize how very necessary it is for the gospel of the kingdom to be preached. No one can become a Newchurchman until he learns of and plainly sees the evils and falses of the Old Church. For before he sees these things in the light of revealed Truth, he is unable to see the necessity of a New Church, either in himself or in the world at large.
     It is declared in the Writings that the Church at this day-that is, the Church called "orthodox"-is so vastated that it is destitute of faith and love. What is called faith is faith alone; and is, therefore, a false, spurious, hypocritical, or dead faith. And with such a faith the good of love or charity cannot be conjoined.
     We are told that many of the gentiles abhor the doctrine of Christians because they see their life. Thus it is evident that nowhere does there exist a more detestable life than in the Christian world (A. C. 916).
     The LORD'S Servant, through whom the Divine Revelation for the New Church was given, in one passage says:
     "This I can assert, that those who come into the other life from the Christian world are the worst of all, hating the neighbor, hating faith, and denying the LORD; for in the other life hearts speak" (A. C. 1886).
     "At this day there are very many in the Christian world who ascribe all things to nature, and scarcely I anything to the Divine" (A. C. 5572).
     In the Arcana Coelestia, where that part of the 24th chapter of Matthew containing our text is explained as to its internal sense, and the consummation of the age, which is called the abomination of desolation, is treated of there is revealed to us the internal state of the men of the Christian world, who are in no acknowledgment of the LORD, and consequently in no reception of truth and love from Him. It is a lamentable state, but that what is said is true even at this day can be verified by actual observation and experience. It is shown how the internal state differs from the external appearances, as to those who are called Christians. Thus, if the external restraints were removed, if men did not fear the penalties of human laws, if they did not fear for their reputation, they would rush one against another with intestine hatred, according to their will-tendencies and their thoughts; they would seize the goods of others without any conscience, and likewise would murder one another without any conscience, more especially the innocent. Such are Christians at this day as to their interiors, except a few, who are not known; whence it appears what is the quality of the Church (A. C. 3489).
     There are some, as every one knows, who become so wicked that external restraints do not prevent them from committing the most atrocious crimes, such as murder, suicide, the seduction of innocent girls, and the like, There is only one way for men to come out of the terrible evils and falses in which they are, and that is by acknowledging the LORD, and by receiving enlightenment from Him by means of the truth; and as they live according to the truth, being regenerated.
     It is a momentous truth of our doctrine that without the coming of the LORD into the world no one would have been saved. In the same passage where this is stated, it is added:
     "It is similar at this day; wherefore, unless the LORD should again come into the world, in Divine Truth which is the Word, no one can be saved" (T. C. R. 3).
     The LORD has come again into the world in Divine Truth. He has done this by making a New Revelation of Himself, to His finite creatures. Thus the LORD, who is the WORD, made a New Revelation of Himself, in that He revealed the Spiritual Sense of the Word, in the Writings of the New Church, and this is equivalent to giving a New Revelation of the WORD. And of this Revelation it is said that it "surpasses all, the Revelations that have hitherto been made from the creation of the world" (Inv. 44).
     By the Coming of the LORD is meant a New Revelation of Divine Truth from Him. By this Revelation the LORD established His New Church, signified by the New Jerusalem, in the Apocalypse.

220



For we are taught that the Church is from the Word, and that it is such with man as is his understanding of the Word. That is to say, with the man of the New Church the Church is such as is his understanding of the spiritual sense of the Word. Or, what is the same thing, a man cannot be a Newchurchman without understanding the spiritual sense of the Word. Accordingly we read:
     "The Word is like a mine, in which gold and silver are at the bottom in all abundance; and like a mine in which, more and more interiorly, stones more and more precious are concealed; these mines are opened according to the understanding of the Word. Without an understanding of the Word, such as it is in itself in its bosom, and in its depth, it would no more make the Church with man than those mines in the continent of Asia could make a European rich, unless he were among those who possess and work them" (T. C. R. 245).
     The gospel of the kingdom, which is to be preached in the whole inhabited (earth), is the glorious Gospel of the Coming of the LORD, to establish his New Church, which is the crown of all the Churches, and in which His kingdom is to endure to all eternity. It is the gospel that now there is salvation from the LORD'S Divine Power; because the LORD alone reigns in heaven and in the Church. It is the gospel involved in the sublime words of the Apocalypse: "And I heard a great voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and the power, and the kingdom of our God and the power of His Christ" (ch. xii, 10). God, here, is the essential Divine from whom are all things, and Christ is the Divine Human, which is called the Son of God; and because the essential Divine, and the LORD'S Divine Human are one, like soul and body, it follows that the LORD alone reigns (A. R. 553).
      We get a very definite idea of what the gospel is from the following passages:
      By evangelization are meant all things in the Word which treat of the LORD, and all things which in worship represented Him; for evangelization is annunciation concerning the LORD, His Advent, and concerning the things which are from Him, which belong to salvation and eternal life, and as all things of the Word, in its inmost sense, treat of the LORD alone, and also all things of worship represented Him, therefore the whole Word is the Gospel; in like manner all worship which is carried on according to the things commanded in the Word; and as the priests were set over the worship, and, also taught, therefore by their ministry was signified worship and evangelization" (A. C. 9925).
     The supreme object, then, in our evangelistic work should be to publish by the press, and to proclaim by the living voice, and to promulgate in every possible way the sublime and glorious Doctrines of Divine Truth which the LORD has revealed in the Writings of the New Church. On the part of those whose office it is to teach these Doctrines, the trumpet should have no uncertain sound. They should teach them faithfully, sincerely, and fearlessly, from an ardent desire for the spiritual and eternal well-being of men, from the love of the salvation of souls. Thus they should not merely say something about the Doctrines, but should teach the Doctrines themselves, in such ways that they will be effective-that is, in such ways that the evils of human nature will be exposed to view, and that they can be seen, and can afterward be repented of and put away. The Divine Truth should be taught in such a manner that the clear light of that truth will cause the falsities of the Old Church to appear in strong' contrast to the genuine truths of the Word of God. In the teaching of the truth there should be no fear of giving offense to any one. For if the teaching of the truth in such a manner as to expose to a man his evils and falses, offends him, it is so much worse for the man: the teacher has done his duty, for the doing of which he is responsible. Those who teach, and by means of truths lead to the good of life, are the good shepherds spoken of in the Word.
     We are taught that the simple good, who in the Word are meant by the elect, are comparatively few, and are scattered abroad in the Christian world in this the "cloudy and dark day of the consummated Church." These are spoken of in the Word where the LORD says: "Behold, I, I will both search my sheep, and seek them out." "I will feed them in a good pasture, and upon the high mountains of Israel shall their fold be; there shall they lie in a good fold, and in a fat pasture shall they feed upon the mountains of Israel" (Ezek. xxxiv, 11, 14);
     In the spiritual sense, these words mean "that the LORD, when He comes into the world, will gather together a Church, and will teach the people thereof Divine Truths." And the Church here meant is the Church of the New Jerusalem, for the sake of which the Divine Truth has been revealed.
     In the New Church there is the LORD'S "dominion of an age that shall have no end, and His kingdom which shall never perish," and which shall therefore endure to eternity. This being the case it follows that we are living in the first era of the New Church. And we are distinctly taught that die Church will at first be with a few. And a very good reason is given for this; showing that in the nature of things it cannot be otherwise. Thus we read:
     "It is of the LORD'S Divine Providence that the Church should at first be confined to a few, and that its numbers should successively increase, because the falses of the former Church must first be removed; for before this, truths cannot be received; since truths, which are received and implanted before falses are removed, do not remain, and they are also rejected by the dragonists" (A. R. 547).
     The dragonists are those who believe and confirm themselves in the dogma of three persons in the Godhead, and claim to be justified and saved by faith alone. And where is the "orthodox" Christian who does not believe this? And where is the member of any of die religious sects of to-day who believes that evils are to be shunned as sins against God? and that this is necessary to salvation? Can you find one?
     Swedenborg says:
     "I have often wondered that although the whole Christian world has known that evils must be shunned as sins, and that otherwise they are not remitted, and if they are not remitted there is no salvation, yet hardly one in thousands knows this. Inquiry was made in the spiritual world, and it was found to be so. When they were asked whether, they know this, they replied that they did not, and that they have never known it. This is because they have not thought about it, and because the most have thought only about faith, and about salvation by it alone" (D. P. 153).
     The gospel of the kingdom which is to be preached in the whole earth, in its condensed form, consists of the two great essentials, which are the acknowledgment of the LORD as the one true God of heaven and earth, Who alone is to be worshiped, and that salvation is obtained in no other way than by keeping the commandments of the decalogue. This gospel is to be preached for a testimony to all nations.

221



And this to the end that all may know the essentials of the Christian Religion, which are faith in the LORD and charity toward the neighbor; so that they may not make ignorance a pretext. By nations, in the text, are meant evils, as to principles, and those who are in evils, as to persons.
     Those who are in evils, and take delight in them, are also in falses corresponding to them. And in this case there is such a perversion of the order of the human mind that they no longer know what is true and what is good. In this state evil is regarded as good, and falsity is taken as truth. Thus the inverted human understanding corresponds to the sight of an owl, for light is seen as darkness and darkness as light. And when the men of Christendom, through the falsifications of the truths of the Word, came into this state, then there was the consummation of the age-that is, the end of the Church. The LORD permits men to act in freedom, whether they will act according to reason or not. His Divine Providence allows an old order of things to exist until it has run its course-produced its effects-and the way is prepared for a change. Then a new state begins, from which there is progress and a further development. It is so as to the individual human mind, as to societies, and also as to the Church generally. Thus it is in the nature of things that there are Judgments executed.
     The Last Judgment, in the consummation of the age, prepared the way for the establishment of the New Church and the LORD'S universal and eternal reign of truth and love.
     From what is taught in the Writings, we have no reason to expect that there will be a rapid increase in the New' Church for many ages to come. But there will be a gradual successive increase, as the falses of the former Church are removed. But how very slowly the removal of these falses is effected we may know from experience in ourselves and from observation in others. The fact is that all the men of this age who receive the New Doctrines have in their nature more or less of the hereditary taint of their forefathers, who were of the former Church. It is a mercy that, hereditary inclinations to evils do not condemn any one, for if this were the case scarcely any one at this day could be saved. But in the Divine Mercy, the conditions are such that no matter how strong the inclinations to evil may be in men, whoever is willing to acknowledge the LORD, and thus disposed to implore His aid, can be regenerated and saved. For the LORD has subjugated the hells, and has made salvation possible for every man who really desires to be saved. Every man who really desires this is willing to acknowledge the LORD God the SAVIOUR, to renounce his evils, and to live according to the commandments. Such a man does not expect to be saved by faith alone; but he humiliates himself before the LORD by repentance, confessing that he is only evil, and that the LORD alone is good, because He is the Divine Good Itself.
     By the Last Judgment, in the year 1757, the evil were rejected and the good were liberated, as we are taught, and the LORD thus performed the Divine work of Redemption anew. On this account there was the glorification of the LORD, by the angels of the universal heavens, which is described in the Apocalypse in these sublime words:
     "And I heard as the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of vehement thunders, saying, Allelujah, for the LORD GOD OMNIPOTENT reigneth. Let us rejoice and exult and give the glory unto Him, for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His wife hath made herself ready" (ch. xix, 6, 7).
     To the devout man of the Church, the exposition of the internal sense of this glorification is most elevating and cheering. For it shows how far- reaching, yea, how all-comprehending, are the effects of the LORD'S New Advent.
     From what we are taught, we see the absolute necessity of the establishment of a New Church. For the Old Church, as a Church, has rejected faith in the LORD as the only true and living God, who is the Divine Founder of the Church; who is the Creator, Redeemer, and Regenerator; Who alone is to be worshiped by the angels of heaven and by men on the earth, because He alone is our Divine Father in the Heavens, the Fountain of life, and the Source of all blessing. The Old Church rejects the Divine Truth as now revealed, and refuses to acknowledge the LORD in His Second Coming. They will not come unto Him that they may have the light and life of the eternal Gospel. For these reasons, as we are taught in the Writings, the men of the Old Church have closed with themselves the internal man, and thereby have closed heaven to themselves (A. C. 9256).
     But the LORD, who is the Light of the world, has now actually come again into the world in Divine Truth, which is revealed in the Writings of the New Church. And this is the very light of life with men: "the true light which enlighteneth every man that cometh into the world." For by means of the light of Divine Truth, and the corresponding warmth of the Divine Love, there is the LORD'S perpetual Presence with the men of the Church. And without this light, namely, without the Revelation of the Spiritual Sense of the Word, mankind would have remained in spiritual darkness, and would finally have perished in eternal death.
     With reference to those who have been living without a knowledge of the Divine Truth, and yet are desirous and able to receive it, and are also now receiving it, according to their capacity and their need, for which the LORD in His Mercy abundantly provides-it is written in the letter of the Word:
     "The people who walked in darkness have seen a great Light, they that dwelt in the land of the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined" (Isaiah ix, 2, 3).
     And in another place:
     "The LORD shall arise upon Thee, and His glory shall be seen upon Thee. And the nations shall walk to Thy light, and kings to the brightness of Thy rising" (Ib. lx, 2, 3).
Unless the Lord had come into the world 1891

Unless the Lord had come into the world              1891

     Unless the Lord had come into the world, and become Man, and delivered from hell all those who believe in Him, and love Him, no one of mortals could have been saved.- A. E. 806.
EXTINCTION OF ALL THE TRUTH OF DOCTRINE OF THE ANCIENT CHURCH 1891

EXTINCTION OF ALL THE TRUTH OF DOCTRINE OF THE ANCIENT CHURCH              1891

     (GENESIS xxxiv, 18-31.)

     (VERSES 18, 19.) The Church with the Hivites such as it had been with the Ancients, condescended as to life and as to doctrine, and desired to accept the religiosum of the Church with the posterity of Jacob, notwithstanding theirs was the primary of the truths of the Church with the Ancients.

222




     (Verses 20-22.) Those who were in the goods and truths of the Church with the Ancients persuaded themselves that there was agreement as to doctrinals, as to life and as to doctrine, and that thus the truth of doctrine might extend itself by conjunction with that religiosum, notwithstanding that the posterity of Jacob agreed as to life and as to doctrine only if they would be initiated by an external rite into their representatives and significatives as to externals alone.
     (Verse 23.) Thus (persuaded they) their truths and goods would be alike and of one form, if they condescended and were consociated in life.
     The goods and truths of the Most Ancient Church, which yet remained as to some part with Hamor and Shechem and their families, agreed with the goods and truths which were from the Ancient Church with the posterity of Jacob; for the rituals which were instituted with the posterity of Jacob were nothing else than externals which represented and signified the internals which were of the Most Ancient Church. Those who were of the Most Ancient Church did not care about external rituals, because they were internal men, and the LORD inflowed with them by an internal way, and, taught them what was good. The varieties and differences of good were to them truths, and hence they knew that all and the single things in the world represented the LORD'S Kingdom, for the universal world or universal nature is a theatre representative of the LORD'S Kingdom. But they who were of the Ancient Church were not internal men but external; wherefore with them the LORD could not inflow by an internal way, but by an external, and teach what was good, and this first by such things as represented and signified, whence arose the Representative Church, and afterward by the doctrinals of good and truth, which were represented' and signified, whence arose the Christian Church. The Christian Church in its essence is the same as to internal form with the Representative Church but the representatives and significatives of the latter were abrogated when the LORD came into the world, by reason that all and the single things represented Him, and consequently the things which are of His Kingdom, for these are from Him, and, as made be said, are Himself. But between the Most Ancient Church and the Christian, the difference is such as the light of the sun by day and the human of the moon and stars by night, for the; former saw goods by an internal or prior way; but the: latter saw by an external or posterior way. Nearly the like difference was between the Most Ancient Church and the Ancient, only that they of the Christian Church could be in a fuller lumen if they acknowledged internal things, or had believed and done the truths and goods which the LORD taught. The good itself is the same to each, but the difference is the seeing it in the clear or in the obscure. Now, whereas good is the same to each, consequently truth also, thence it is that it is said above that goods and truths were alike and of one form; for Hamor and Shechem were of the remains of the Most Ancient Church and the posterity of Jacob were from the Ancient Church which was called Hebrew, but only in its externals. But Hamor and Shechem his son sinned enormously in that they received circumcision, as will he seen in the following.
     (Verse 24.) These remains of the Most Ancient     
     Church consented and receded from the doctrine of the Church with the Ancients, and acceded to externals, by allowing themselves to be initiated into the representatives and significatives of the posterity of Jacob as to externals alone.
     The men (homines) of the Most Ancient Church, from the remains of which were Hamor and Shechem and their families, were of a genius and tamper altogether other and diverse from the men (viri) of the Ancient Church. For the men of the Most Ancient Church had a voluntary in which was integrity, but not so the men of the Ancient Church. Wherefore with the men of the Most Ancient Church the LORD could inflow through the voluntary, consequently by an internal way, but not with the men of the Ancient Church; for in these the voluntary was destroyed; but the LORD inflowed into their intellectual, thus not by an internal way, but by an external way. Hence it may be seen that they who were of the Most Ancient Church were internal men and had no externals of worship, and that they who were of the Ancient Church were external men, and had externals of worship; for the former through internals saw externals as by the light of the sun by day, and the latter through externals saw internals as in the lumen of the moon and stars by night, wherefore the LORD also appears in heaven to the former as a sun, but to the latter as a moon. The case is similar at this day with the men of the Christian Church. From these things it may now appear what was the difference between those who were represented by Hamor and Shechem, who, because they were of the remains of the Most Ancient Church, were in intervals and not in externals, and between those who are signified by the sons of Jacob, who were in externals, and not in internals. And it may further appear that Hamor and Shechem could not accede to externals and accept those which were with the sons of Jacob, without their internals being closed, and if these had been closed they would have perished eternally. This is the arcane cause that Hamor and Shechem with their families were slain, which would not otherwise have been permitted. Yet this does not exculpate the sons of Jacob, but that they committed an enormous crime; they knew nothing of that arcanum, nor regarded that end. Every one is judged according to his end or intention; that their intention was fraudulent is expressly stated in verse 13; and when any such thing is permitted by the LORD, it is effected by the wicked, and by infernals who infuse. But all the evil which the wicked intend and do to the good, the LORD turns into good, as here, that Hamor and Shechem with their families might be saved.
     (Verse 25.) The departure from internals and accession to externals in the case of the families of Hamor and Shechem was continuous even to the end in the lust that they desired to the externals in which were the posterity of Jacob, so that faith and love, and the truths and goods of the Church with the posterity of Jacob became the false and evil, and extirpated the truths of doctrine of the Church with the Ancients.
     The Jewish nation extinguished in itself the all of faith and the all of charity. This appears still better where it is said of them that they slew Hamor and Shechem and the men of the city, and that the sons of Jacob came upon those who were thrust through and spoiled them all. Simeon and Levi did this in order that it might be represented that the truth of faith and the good of charity was made false and evil; for when the true is made false and the good is made evil in the. Church, the Church is at an end.
     It was the Church with the Ancients, derived from the Most Ancient Church which was to have been established anew with the posterity from Jacob, because the Ancient Church began to perish. But they extinguished
     with themselves all the truth of faith and good of charity, thus every internal of worship, and thus no Church could be established with that posterity, wherefore it was that because they were obstinately urgent, only the Representative of a Church was instituted with them.

223




     (Verse 26.) They extinguished with themselves the Church itself by the false and evil combating, and they also took away the affection of truth from those who were of the remains of the Most Ancient Church. At the same time the good and truth with Hamor and Shechem and his family were infracted because they acceded to externals.
     (Verse 27.) All that posterity of Jacob destroyed doctrine-that is, after the truth and good of the Church were extinguished, and the false and evil were in their place, there were next superadded falses and evils; for when once the truth and good of the Church are extinguished, then falses and evils are superadded; for falses and evils have a continual growth in a Church once perverted and extinct. Thus that posterity defiled the truth of faith.
     (Verses 28, 29.) Further, that posterity destroyed rational and natural good, and the truths thence, thus every truth and good of the Church. They even destroyed all the scientifics which they had acquired to themselves, likewise all innocence and charity, or the affections of good: they deprived and perverted them, thus everything of the Church.
     (Verse 30.) The Ancient Church external perceived that on account of the spiritual of faith and the celestial of love becoming the false and the evil, those who were of the Ancient Church would abominate it; for this Church yet remained with some nations in the land of Canaan. The representative of a Church was not instituted with the posterity of Jacob, until this Ancient Church had altogether perished, which is also signified by this, that the posterity of Jacob were not admitted into the land of Canaan, until the iniquity of the inhabitants of the land was consummated, as is said in Genesis xx, 16, for there is not any new Church begun to be established until the former has been vastated.
     There were yet those in the land of Canaan who were in the good and truth of the Church; for in that land there were those who were of the Most Ancient Church, and there were also those who were of the Ancient
     Church, especially of that which was called the Hebrew Church, wherefore those who were of the land of Canaan were in general called. Hebrews; they also had altars and sacrificed thereon. On this account, after they became idolators, it was so often commanded that their altars should be destroyed. As long, therefore, as the Church, or anything of the Church remained with them, by the Canaanite is signified the good of the Church, and by the Perizite the truth of the Church; but when everything of the Church was consummated by them, then by the Canannite was signified evil, and by the Perizite the false.
     The Ancient Church external perceived that by the falses and evils spoken of above it might easily perish as to truth and good.
     (Verse 31.) The response was that this was because they had no affection except the affection of falses, and that thus they were a corrupt Church.     
Holy Spirit 1891

Holy Spirit              1891

     The Holy Spirit is the Divine Truth which proceeds from the Divine Human of the Lord.- A. C. 6993.
HOLY SPIRIT AND ITS COMMUNICATION 1891

HOLY SPIRIT AND ITS COMMUNICATION              1891

     THE Divine Human of the LORD is Substance Itself, from which proceed the light and heat of the spiritual world, which in their essence are love and wisdom. These also are the LORD'S presence with angels and men. After the LORD'S Human was made Divine, the Holy Spirit proceeds from it; for after the Resurrection the LORD appeared to the disciples and said: "Peace be unto you, and having said this, He breathed on them and said: Receive ye the Holy Spirit" (John xx, 21, 22).
     "The Holy Spirit is the Divine Truth, and also the Divine Virtue and Operation, proceeding from the One God, in Whom is the Divine Trinity, thus from THE LORD GOD THE SAVIOUR."
     "By the Holy Spirit is properly signified the Divine Truth, thus also the Word; and in this sense the LORD Himself is also the Holy Spirit; but because in the Church, at this day, the Divine Operation, which is actual justification, is described by the Holy Spirit, therefore this is here taken for the Holy Spirit, and this is especially treated of, also because the Divine Operation is effected through the Divine Truth which proceeds from the LORD; and that which proceeds is of one and the same essence with him from whom it proceeds, as these three, the soul, the body, and proceeding, which together make one essence: with man, merely human, but with the LORD Divine and at the same time Human, after the Glorification so united as the prior with its posterior, and as essence with its form: thus the three essentials, which are called the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit in the LORD are One" (T. C. R. 139).
     Here we are taught that the Divine which is called the Holy Spirit, is the Divine Truth or the Word, and also the Divine Operation; and again that it is the LORD Himself. The Divine operation, however, is generally meant by the Holy Spirit, and we are frequently taught that this operation is by the Divine Truth.
     "The Divine Virtue and Operation, which are meant by the Holy Spirit, are, in general, reformation and regeneration, and according to these, renovation, vivification, sanctification, and justification, and according to these, purification from evils and remission of sins, and at length salvation." "These are the virtues in their order which the LORD operates with those who believe in Him, and accommodate and dispose themselves for I His reception and habitation, and this is effected by the Divine Truth, and with Christians by the Word, for this is the only medium by which man approaches to the LORD, and in which the LORD enters; for as was said above, the LORD is the Divine Truth Itself, and whatever proceeds from Him is that; but Divine Truth from the Divine Good must be understood, which is the same as faith from charity, for faith is nothing else than truth, and charity is nothing else than goodness. By Divine Truth from Good-that is, by faith from charity-man is reformed and regenerated, then renovated, vivified, sanctified, justified, and according to the progressions and increments of these he is purified from evils, and purification from these is the remission of sins. . . . It is to be known that the LORD continually operates those saving graces with every man, for they are steps to heaven, for the LORD wills the salvation of all, wherefore the salvation of all is His end, and he who wills the end wills the means; on account of the salvation of men was His Advent, Redemption, and the Passion of the Cross, and because the salvation of men was and is His end to eternity, it follows that the above-mentioned operations are mediate ends, and salvation is the ultimate end" (T. C. R. 142).
     The operation of the Holy Spirit is the Divine Proceeding from God through His Human for the salvation of men. This Proceeding is the Divine Truth from the Divine Good, and this Divine Truth against the Word.

224



The Word, however, means not only the letter but also the Spirit, and, therefore; it means the Word and the Heavenly Doctrines of the New Church as the external presence of the LORD in the world, and it also and especially means the influx into these when read and received by man. It is this influx of the Holy Spirit in men's minds whilst reading and hearing the Diviner Truth, that vivifies or makes it alive, for we are taught that "the Word in the letter is dead, but that it is vivified in reading it." It is similar with the Heavenly Doctrine. The living truth inflows as heavenly light when man sees and understands the Word and Doctrine, but to read without understanding does not vivify. One may also read and understand and yet not be affected by the truth, and yet if he does not receive the truth with affection, it is in his mind like wintry light which does not communicate the Divine Life, therefore it is not the Holy Spirit properly so called, for the Holy Spirit is the Divine Truth from the Divine Good, and this is received only so far as one learns truths for the sake of applying them to the uses of life.
     The doctrine of the Holy Spirit is closely related to the doctrine of the Priesthood, for this office is of Divine institution for the sake of communicating the Holy Spirit to men.
     When we come into this plane of the operation of the Holy Spirit we enter the region of the finite capacities of men, who are all more or less liable to error, being imperfect, whilst the Holy Spirit Itself, and the Divine Revelations from it are infinite, perfect, and infallible. But the LORD, in order to provide that the operations of the Holy Spirit shall proceed with due order for the salvation of men, eliminates as far as possible, the human errability of the instruments which He uses in the communication of His Holy Spirit. Hence the Priesthood is guided by a special illustration in the performance of that holy office.
     That the Priesthood is the especial means of communicating the Holy Spirit on the earth through men to men, we are taught in the Canons.
     "That the Divine, which is called the Holy Spirit, proceeding from God through His Human, passes through the angelic heaven into the world, thus through angels into men."
     "Thence it passes through men to men, and in the Church especially through the clergy to the laity" (Canons, "Holy Spirit," chap. III, IV).
     "That no one can receive the Holy Spirit except from, the LORD JESUS CHRIST, because it proceeds from God-the Father through Him, and by the Holy Spirit is meant the Divine Proceeding."
     "That no one can receive the Holy Spirit-that is, the Divine Truth and Good, except he who approaches the LORD immediately, and at the same time is in delight."
     "That the Holy Spirit-that is, the Divine Proceeding, never becomes man's, but that it is constantly the LORD'S with him."
     "That therefore the Holy, which is meant by the Holy Spirit, does not inhere, and neither does it remain, except so long as man receives it and believes in the LORD, and at the same time is in the doctrine of truth from the Word, and in a life according to it." is "That the Holy, which is meant by the holy Spirit, not transferred from man to man; but by the LORD through man to man."
     "That God the Father does not send the Holy Spirit-that is, His Divine, through the LORD unto man, but that the LORD sends it from God the Father."
     "That the clergyman, because he is to teach from the Word the doctrine concerning the LORD, and concerning redemption and salvation from Him, is to be inaugurated by the solemn promise of the Holy Spirit, and by the representation of its translation; but that it is received by the clergyman according to the faith of his life."
     "That the Divine, which is meant by the Holy Spirit, proceeds from the LORD through the clergy to the laity by preachings, according to the reception of the doctrine of truth thence."
     "And by the sacrament of the Holy Supper according to repentance before it."
     "It proceeds to the clergy and from these to the laity."
     "It inflows into men who believe in the LORD, and if according to order, into the clergy, and thus through these into the laity" (Canons, "Holy Spirit," Chap. IV).
     These things concerning the Holy Spirit show us that the Holy Spirit is received only as we observe certain conditions. 1st. We must approach the LORD alone, and receive with delight what He communicates. 2d. The Holy Spirit remains with us only so long as we maintain a right attitude toward the LORD, and remain steadfast in the Divine Truth. 3d. The clergyman receives the Holy Spirit from the LORD according to the faith of his life. 4th. From the clergy the layman receives the Holy Spirit through their preachings and through the Holy Supper. 5th. The Holy Spirit inflows, and it is transferred from the clergy to the laity by the LORD. Therefore, although the LORD uses men in this work of reformation and regeneration, still the men do not reform, regenerate, and save men, but the LORD alone does this work. He alone inflows through the media of men's minds into other men, implanting knowledges of the Word and of Doctrine. Also when these are in the mind the LORD inflows into and operates upon them, leading man from evil ends to good ends, leading him to shun evils and to do goods, and thus He alone reforms and regenerates. Men in priestly offices may teach the Word and Doctrine, and thereby communicate knowledge of these things, nevertheless the LORD leads them in this work, and He actually does it.
     We are taught that the clergyman receives the Holy Spirit according to the faith of his life. Thus he must approach the LORD immediately and believe in Him; and he must also be in the life according to the LORD'S teachings, for this is meant by faith of life, or truth from good. The Holy Spirit here meant is the influx of the LORD'S truth from good into the knowledges from the Word and Doctrine, which he has in his memory; and this influx should he in and operate in all the knowledges of the Word and doctrine which he communicates to his people, for it is according to this influx that he receives the graces of his office.
     In The True Christian Religion we read:
     "There are four things which, with the clergy, follow in order, illustration, perception, disposition, and instruction, illustration is from the LORD. Perception is with man, according to the state of his mind formed by doctrinals, which, if they are truths, the perception becomes clear, from the light which illuminates; but if they are false, the perception becomes obscure, which, nevertheless, may appear as clear from confirmations, but this is from fatuous light, which before the merely natural sight is similar to clearness. But disposition is from the affection of the love of the will: the delight of this hove disposes; if this is the love of evil and hence of falsity, it excites a zeal which outwardly is fierce, rough, burning, and flaming, and inwardly it is anger, rage, and unmercifulness; but if it is of good, and hence of truth, outwardly, it is mild, smooth, thundering, and glowing, and within is charity, grace, and mercy.

225



But instruction follows as an effect from those as causes. Thus illustration, which is from the LORD, is turned into various lights and heats, with every one according to the state of his mind" (T. C. R. 155).
     Illustration, therefore, which is heavenly light inflowing into the mind from the LORD as the Sun of heaven, must fall into a mind infilled with truths of doctrine that this light or truth may come into clear perception. The LORD continually inflows with light, but man must acquire genuine truths of doctrine, and thus supply receptive vessels in his understanding for this heavenly light. The will, however, may be in the love of good or evil, the love of evil disposes all things of the mind into an evil form, and when it uses truths it is for an evil end, and thus it perverts them and closes the mind against heaven, thus turning the holy inflowing from the LORD into evil. The love of good, however, applies the truth to right ends and purposes, and thus disposes the things of the mind into order. The end, then, is man's salvation and eternal life, which also being the Loan's ends, man comes into the true priestly relation with Him, and serves Him in communicating the Holy Spirit to men, and thereby the Loan saves men from their sins: which communication of the Holy Spirit is through instruction in the Word and Doctrine, and through conjunction with the LORD in the Holy Supper.
Holy which is from the Lord 1891

Holy which is from the Lord              1891

     The Holy which is from the Lord, has in it Divine Good and Divine Truth.- A. C. 4180.
NOTES ON ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY 1891

NOTES ON ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY              1891

[From the current Lectures of the Rev. O. Th. Odhner, Professor of Ecclesiastical History at the Academy of the New Church.]

     I.

     THE CHURCH.

     THE CHURCH is the subject of Ecclesiastical History. It is, therefore, first of all, necessary to gain a rational understanding of what the Church is.
     1. The word "Church" (Scotch, Kirk, German Kirche, Swedish, Kyrka), is derived from the Greek Kvpta. The feminine form of the adjective Kurios = "governing," "authorized," fixed," "regular;" hence, in the early Christian Church," Kuria ekklesia" = the fixed or regular assembly of Christians in any one place.
     As a substantive, ho Kurios means ruler, master, The LORD, and ha kuria mistress, wife. The word "Church" presents, therefore, the idea of the Loan's Bride, the Wife of the LAMB.

     2. Spiritual definitions of the word "Church." The LORD'S Body, of which He is the head (T. C. R. 176, 379, 416).
     The LORD'S Kingdom on Earth (A. C. 29, 2162, 4236).
     The LORD'S Heaven on Earth (A. R. 486, 816; Cor. 15; D. P. 30).

     3. What makes or constitutes the Church? Three essentials: The acknowledgment of Divine of the LORD; the acknowledgment of the Holiness of the Word, and the Life which is called charity (D. P. 259).
     (a) The Divine of the LORD makes the Church, and not anything whatever of what is proper to man (A. C. 10,760, H. H. 8; A. C. 10,151, 768, 10,357).     
     This is the most sublime Truth concerning the Church, according to which every Church must be judged. The Church dies when man ascribes any intelligence or good to himself, and does not give all power and authority to the LORD.
     (b.) The Word of the LORD makes the Church (John i, 1-3; A. C 10,761); yet not the Word, but the understanding of the Word (8. 8. 78).
     There is no understanding of the Word without Doctrine from the LORD; this, therefore, constitutes the Church (Cor. 18; 8. S. 79).
     Yet not Doctrine, but the soundness and purity of the Doctrine (T. C. R. 245).
     According to this essential Truth, also, every Church must be judged-i. e., according to its attitudes toward its own Divine Revelation.
     (a.) The Life which is called Charity makes the Church. Doctrine, and faith from it, cause the Loan's Presence with man, but not His conjunction with man, unless the Divine Truth is received into the affection of Truth. This affection, therefore, is what makes the Church, and from it the Church is called a virgin and a bride (A. C. 4899, 809, 2982, 3963).
     Within this affection, if genuine, lies concealed the affection of good, or the affection of applying the truth to the uses of life, for the sake of the LORD and the neighbor.
     Essentially, therefore, the good of love to the Lord, and of charity toward the neighbor makes the Church with man.
     Neither truth alone, nor good alone makes the Church, but the conjunction of both in the Heavenly Marriage (C. L. 72).

     4. Where is the Church, and how is it constituted?
     "The Kingdom of God is within you" (Luke xvii, 21).
     It is in the inmost things of man (C. L. 130; A. E. 627).
     The spiritual man is a Church in particular, and a number of these the Church in general (A. C. 4292).
     The man of the Church is not only the Church, but is the whole of the Church (A. C. 768).

     5. The Church Universal.
     All men in whom the Church is in any degree, before the Loan form one Gorand Man, called the Church Universal, the members of which are scattered throughout the whole world, with the wise as well as with the simple and the gentiles (A. C. 7398, 3778; D. P. 325; T. C. R. 416).

     6. The Church Specific.
     In the body of this Gorand Man, the heart and the lungs are formed by those who possess the Word, directly approach the LORD, and who therefore can be in wisdom and a life of uses above all others. These, together, are called the Church Specific. This Church performs the same vital and essential uses to the Church Universal as the heart and the lungs perform for the body. It serves, therefore, as a medium of influx and communication of the Loan with the whole human race. Without the Church Specific, the Church Universal would die, and with it the whole human race, as does the body when the heart and lungs cease to be active. Without the Church Specific, Heaven itself would be dissipated as a house when its foundations are ruined.
     Lest this should happen, the LORD has provided that there shall always be a Church upon the earth, and that a new Church is established before an old Church is devastated (A. C. 4159, 8152, 10,765, 2054, 4217).

226





     7. Ecclesiastical History has to deal exclusively with the history of the Church Specific, the Church `Universal being known to the LORD alone. It has to do, not with the faith only of the Churches, but with their life also. In this respect ecclesiastical history in the New- Church will be a new science. In the Old Church, where faith has been separated from charity, ecclesiastical history has been separated from secular history and is supposed to deal principally with the innumerable quarrels of theologians over abstract formulas of faith.
     This science will be new also in respect to its field of study, whole eras of the history of mankind having been opened anew by the Revelation to the New Church.
     Without a knowledge of the history of the Churches that have been, the teachings concerning the Second Coming of the Loan and concerning the New Church cannot be understood. Hence the Loan wrote through Swedenborg: "A new ecclesiastical history must be written, because now is the advent of the LORD, foretold in Matthew xxv" (Eccl. Hist. 1).
     So important is this that the four last works written through Swedenborg treat principally of the History of the Churches. These works are.
     1. Ecclesiastical History of the New Church.
     2. Summary of the Coronis.
     3. Coronis, or Appendix to The True Christian Religion.
     4. The Consummation of the Age, and Invitation to the New Church.
     The study of this science should be approached in reverence, for it treats of a holy subject. The Word itself is Ecclesiastical History, for it is the history of the Churches, the history of the regeneration of man, the history of the Glorification of the Human of the LORD.
     Ecclesiastical History should be studied not merely for the sake of information, but for the sake of life, so that being warned by the errors of the past, we may know how to meet the dangers of the future. It will also increase and strengthen our trust in the Divine Providence and Mercy of the LORD.
     In the Coronis the LORD Himself has provided a textbook on Church History which must be followed in the study of this science.
No one can think of the Divine Itself 1891

No one can think of the Divine Itself              1891

     No one can think of the Divine Itself, unless he presents to himself the idea of a Divine Man.- A. C. 8705.
Notes and Reviews 1891

Notes and Reviews              1891

     THE Rev. S. C. Eby had editorial charge of New Church Messenger during the past summer.



     THE Rev. T. F. Wright, Ph. D., is the Honorary General Secretary for the United States of the Palestine Exploration Fund.



     ALL, excepting about three and a half pages, of the November issue of the. Concordance (Part 46) is taken up with references to the teachings about Heaven, nor is this entry completed.



     MR. JAMES SPIERS expects, about Christmas, to publish a new work by Dr. J. J. Garth Willkinson, entitled "The African and the True Christian Religion. A Study in the Writings of Emanuel Swedenborg."



     A TWENTY- THREE page supplement in octavo, of Bote der Neuen Kirche contains the Journal of the fifth annual meeting of the German Synod of the New Church, held in Wellsville, Mo., on October 9th to 11th, 1891.



     THROUGH the courtesy of the American Swedenborg Print; received a number of the sheets containing the Relation respecting the "Joys of Heaven and Nuptials there" from the recently published edition of De Amore Conjugiale, for use primarily as a text-book in the Academy Schools. The price of this Relation in paper is 10 cents, in cloth 30 cents.



     Der Regenbogen, published by the Rev. W. H. Schliffer, of New York, continues to appear periodically. It contains useful and uncontroversial articles mainly based upon the Writings. The manner of introducing the references is misleading, as it does not always appear whether the teaching given is a direct quotation, or not. The Confession of Faith in the paper ought to contain a statement concerning the Second Coming of the LORD.



     THE Rev. J. C. Ager, Secretary of the American Swedenborg Printing and Publishing Society, writes: "In your very interesting bibliography of Heaven and Hell, you say that our edition was published in 1878 and 1878 by the New Church Board of Publication. I have no recollection of any such edition, But in 1878 she Society sold to Claxton, Remsen & Haffelfinger, of Philadelphia, twenty-five sets of the Arcana Coelestia, and seventy-five sets of the other works with that firm's imprint on the title-page."



     SWEDENBORG'S summer-house (the "lusthus" mentioned in the October Life) Stockholm which was occupied by him for many years, was changed last summer into a house of mourning. The walls from floor to ceiling have been covered with black cloth covered with silver stars. In the middle of the room stands a catafalque, and on this a coffin containing an effigy of Swedenborg. The head is made of plaster, and is said to be a good likeness, even the death pallor having been reproduced. Some antique candelabra with wax candles are placed on each side of the catafalque to make the whole more impressive. The entrance fee is 10 ore.
     In connection with this a short biography in Swedish has been published, giving a very incomplete account of his work, but several relations about his visions; which, more than anything else, will arouse the people in Sweden to get a glimpse of his face, as now exhibited in the summerhouse.



     New Church Monthly for November contains an excellent note on Education, showing the fallacy of the idea, which is so commonly held by Newchurchmen, that the Old Church can supply a Newchurchman with the natural scientifics within which are to be contained the Doctrines of the Church. After demonstrating that the scientifics of the Old Church, and which are taught in its schools, not only cannot be receptive of the Doctrines of the Church, but are diametrically opposed to them, it proceeds to treat of a still more important phase of the subject, that the object of Education is eternal happiness in Heaven, which can only be acquired by man's learning to check his evil lusts and being obedient to the LORD.
     The November Monthly also contains the Fifth of Mr. Tilson's Sermons on the Priesthood, which gives the LORD'S Teachings concerning man's opposition to the Priesthood. In another article the address from the General Convention to the General Conference is largely quoted and ably criticized. An account of the opening of the Academy School in Camberwell,-the text of the Rev. T. F. Robinson's resignation from the General Conference, and Church News make up the rest of the contents of this number.



     THE English "New Church Temperance Society" has issued its Eleventh Annual Report. From the report it appears that the Society has suffered a slight decrease in membership, owing apparently to a change in the rules, by which total abstinence alone is now recognized as a qualification for membership. The reports of the various branch societies indicate in many cases a lack of active interest in the work of temperance.

227



Although styled the "New Church Temperance Society," this body can hardly be considered as being of the New Church, whose end must be to study and teach the Doctrines of the New Church, and whose life is altogether from those Doctrines, for the President in his report says, "Total Abstinence, pure and simple, is the chief end in view, and all other matters necessarily gather about it." The sole end of the Society is total abstinence, even to prohibition, and to this end the Writings themselves are subservient. And this in face of the teaching that all things are to be made new, not by men, but by the LORD as He comes to man, thus not from without, but from within. Throughout the whole report there is not a single application of the truths revealed in the Writings, although there is abundant mention of temperance work done by the Old Church, and commendation of the good effects of such work.



     THE Rev. Wm. H. Alden has begun the preparation of a Lexicon of Swedenborg's Latin. His plan proposes a vocabulary of all the Latin words used by Swedenborg, with sufficient reference to the passages in which they occur, to show their peculiar use; and in connection with this, a list of all the Greek and Hebrew words translated by Swedenborg, with the Latin words by which he translated them.
     The great use to the New Church, of the proposed work, need not be dwelled upon here. Suffice it to say that it will be of the utmost value for future translations of the Word and the Doctrines, and in our New Church schools and colleges, in which latter, the need of such a work has long been felt.
     Mr. Alden deserves every encouragement in his self-imposed task, which will require years of painstaking patient labor, and the recognition and appreciation of which will come from comparatively few.
     He expresses his desire to hear from any one interested in this work, or already engaged in it. It is fair to presume that most of those who have been engaged in the translation of the Writings have compiled vocabularies, which would probably be of service to him. The compiler of the Swedenborg Concordance has made a list of the Latin words used by Swedenborg, with the translations incorporated into the Concordance, and is constantly adding to and perfecting this vocabulary, which he hopes to publish eventually as an appendix to the Concordance.



     Definite Theology is the title of a small work lately published by the Rev. Joseph Deans. It is divided into six chapters, which respectively treat of JESUS CHRIST, The Scriptures, Salvation, Immortality, The Duration of Hell, Swedenborg, and the New Church. The work is "dedicated to the Adullamites who are discontented with the theological position of the Churches, orthodox and unorthodox, or who are in distress because of the attacks now being made on the faith once delivered to the saints." The representative character here ascribed to Adullam is not warranted. Adullam in the good sense is truth from good, in the opposite falsity from evil, not an intermediate state. The book is not calculated to give the reader a sufficiently firm and unmistakable position. The object of the book seems to be to make the reader a Newchurchman. But if the same, after having read the book, were to agree to all the essential Doctrines there brought forth and then were to ask himself, What is the New Church? he would not be able to arrive at a satisfactory definition. For although the book teaches the truth with respect to some of the essential Doctrines of the New Church, which are confirmed by a number of useful Scripture passages, there is little satisfaction in considering himself to be a Newchurchman, when one has round no definite teaching as to what the' New Church is. Only toward the close of the book, and after having given the Doctrine concerning JESUS CHRIST, the Scriptures, Salvation, Immortality, and the Duration of Hell, the author informs the reader that at the outset the student of the Doctrines of the New Church is confronted by a position that startles him, namely, the: position which Swedenborg takes when he sets forth the Doctrines of the New Church as a revelation from God. This, taken together with what precedes about the spiritual sense of the Word, may leave the impression that the Doctrines of the New Church are a revelation of the spiritual sense of the Word; and well would it have been if the author had left it at that. But further along he presents the reader with the heresy-creating belief that the same revelation is to be considered "rather as the interpretation of the Word of God." Not a word is said in the work as to why a revelation has been made nor is there a single mention of the Second Advent of the LORD. While the book gives some light with respect to some of the essential Doctrines of the New Church and contains a valuable collection of Scripture passages, it will to all appearance not gain many true and loyal adherents to the LORD in His Second Advent.
No one can be conjoined with the Divine Itself 1891

No one can be conjoined with the Divine Itself              1891

     No one can be conjoined with the Divine Itself except by the idea of a Divine Man.- A. C. 8705.
FIFTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF THE PITTSBURGH SOCIETY 1891

FIFTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF THE PITTSBURGH SOCIETY              1891

     The General Church.

     [Address all communications for the department of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, to the Secretary, the Rev. Leonard G. Jordan, 2536 Continental Ave., Philadelphia, Pa.]

     ON November 16th, 1841, seven receivers of the Heavenly Doctrines assembled together at the house of Mr. John Mellor, in Pittsburgh, and were organized into a Society of the New Church by the Rev. Richard de Charms, Sr. Of the seven original members one (Mrs. Anna Aitken) still remains among us, having continued a member throughout the whole period of fifty years.
     On Friday evening, November 6th, the Society met to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the formation of the Society. Those who had formerly been members of the Society were invited, at least all whose addresses were known, and a number of them were present with us. Much regret was expressed that our beloved Bishop, who was for so long a time Pastor of the Society, was not able to be present.
     The officiating priests entered the school-room wearing their robes. The Word in the Original Hebrew and Greek, and the True Christian Religion in the Original Latin were taken out of the- Repository and placed on the table. The copy of The True Christian Religion was formerly owned by Judge Young, of Greensburg, Pa., one of the first receivers of the Doctrines in this country. It afterward came into the possession of his daughter, Mary Jane Foster, who was one of the seven original members. It was presented by her to the Rev. Wm. H. Benade when he was Pastor of the Society, and by him was presented to the School on the occasion of its dedication.
     After the opening of the Word and selection 127 was sung, the 60th chapter of Isaiah was read, and n. 784 of The True Christian Religion. The Rev. John Whitehead, the Pastor of the Society, delivered an address reviewing the history of the Society, connecting it with the introduction of the New Church in this country, and also giving something of the interior development of the Society and the uses or which it was founded. The Rev. Andrew Czerny, in whose charge is the German work in Pittsburgh, gave an account of the work among the Germans. A poem also was read composed by Mr. Benjamin Fuller, one of our young men. After this hymn 94 was sung, and the benediction pronounced. This closed the formal part of the proceedings.
     A social meeting followed at which there, were served wine, punch, and other refreshments.

228



Various toasts were proposed, viz.: the New Church, the Pittsburgh Society, the Bishop, and the School. A toast to Mrs. Aitken was especially enjoyed. When it was proposed, one of the members crowned her with a wreath of smilax and roses. At this time, also, a very interesting paper by her was read, giving her reminiscences of the formation of the Society. I believe she intends sending it to the Life, since it is in the form of a communication to it.
     On Sunday, November 8th, the services were a part of the celebration, and were conducted by the Rev. John Whitehead, and the Rev. Andrew Czerny. The sermon by Mr. Whitehead was on the spiritual signification of the "Jubilee." The celebration was well attended and seemed to be greatly enjoyed by those present.
If any one thinks of the Divine Itself 1891

If any one thinks of the Divine Itself              1891

     If any one thinks of the Divine Itself, without the idea of a Divine Man, he thinks interminately, and an interminate idea is no idea.- A. C. 8705.
REMINISCENCES OF THE FORMATION OF THE PITTSBURGH SOCIETY 1891

REMINISCENCES OF THE FORMATION OF THE PITTSBURGH SOCIETY       ANNA AITKEN       1891

TO THE EDITOR OF THE NEW CHURCH LIFE:
     I presume the majority of your readers are aware of the fact that there exists in the city of Pittsburgh a New Church Society consisting of nearly one hundred members, with the Rev. John Whitehead as Pastor.
     A few years ago, white conversing with our late President, Mr. David McCandless, over the many changes that had taken place since the Society was organized, he remarked that many of the old ministers were dropping off, among the most prominent were Mr. Thos. Worcester, Mr. Haworth and I think Mr. Silver, and referred to the fact that I was the only one left of the original members in Pittsburgh who met together in 1841 to form themselves into a society of the New Jerusalem Church. He then urged me to commit to writing a few items connected with the event, which, he said, he knew could not fail to interest those who love the Heavenly Doctrines, and particularly in after years, when a history of the infantile efforts of the past may be found useful and attractive as illustrative of the leadings of the Divine Providence in the affairs connected with His Church in its ultimation upon earth. Since that time I have frequently thought of endeavoring to comply with his request, and to-day I decided to commence. And now where shall be the starting point in my record? Will your readers bear with me while I set down a few things connected with myself personally-as to how I was led into a knowledge of the wonderful Revelations now made manifest in the Second Advent of our only LORD?
     While still young, and at my father's home in Dumferinline, Scotland, the writings of Dr. Channing fell in my way and interested me exceedingly, especially three discourses on the internal evidence of the Christian Religion. A young man of my acquaintance, of a very ardent and hopeful disposition, purchased the works and lost no time in circulating them among quite a circle of advocates who were delighted to get rid of the doctrine of the tri-personality. Some fifteen or twenty joined with us, and with a good deal of fortitude made a start to have worship, for which purpose a hall was rented and a reader appointed to conduct the services on Sunday mornings. In the meantime the young-man alluded to above became my husband (nearly half a century ago) and alas! the teachings we had hailed with so much delight became unsatisfactory to both of us, and for several years we were tossed on a sea of uncertainty. Sometimes a faint glimpse of hope would arise and yield a ray of light along our darkened minds, but was very soon obscured and put aside, leaving us where it found us, in a state of almost anguish and despair, so that there seemed no alternative left but to allow our frail barque to drift hither and thither without rudder or compass. But about the beginning of 1840 He who "gathered outcasts in" found us weary and worn, and supplied the needful remedy by means of which we landed on a little island of the New Jerusalem,- upon which we became safely anchored after a long and dreary voyage of uncertainty and dismay, with none at the helm to direct us on our course toward the wished-for shore.
     The small body of Unitarians, alluded to above, had called a public meeting to hold a discussion regarding the Trinity. The meeting was largely attended by parties of different beliefs, and the controversy was running pretty high, each quoting Scripture to substantiate his view of the matter, as we are informed in the Writings of the New Church can easily be done if the attention be confined to the letter alone. In fact, they had torn the Divine Word into shreds in trying to explore apparent contradictions therein. A gentleman in the audience asked permission to say a few words upon the subject, which was readily granted. He explained the New Church Doctrine concerning the Trinity, maintaining that which need not be dwelt upon here; suffice it to say that my dear husband was so much interested in the remarks of this speaker that on the next morning, I as soon as daylight appeared, he hastened to the house of Mr. Patton, and borrowed some of the New Church Writings; his mind seemed open to a warm and earnest reception of their true import without stint or measure. Alas! for poor me! I had many days to grope in the darkness of night, but by and by the day-dawn appeared and some of the mists cleared away. I shall never forget the sensation of delight which seemed to fill my whole soul. It was while engaged in reading the Earths in the Universe, concerning some of the inhabitants of the planet Jupiter, how they think of the Loan continually as being in the Human Form, etc. Almost instantly I seemed to be able to grasp the importance of their elevated conceptions, and to acknowledge from the heart that it was indeed the Truth of Heaven.
     You should have seen the dawn of gladness which sparkled in the eye of my husband as he turned toward me when he perceived that the pearl of great price had been found at last.
     I now take a step forward in my narrative, and arrive at the point where we emigrate; arriving in Pittsburgh in the summer of 1840. Very little was known by us of the outward condition of the Societies of the Church, and in our ignorance we imagined that in some quiet corner might be found a small gathering of those who, like ourselves were turning their faces toward- the Holy City, but all our efforts were fruitless, and having searched the city over and over many Sunday mornings in succession, we had to give up all hope of finding anything of the sort. In the meantime, we continued to read with much earnestness; and whenever an opportunity offered, my husband failed not to take advantage of it, telling others what a prize he had found. But within a few months his work on earth was suddenly brought to an end.

229



On the 18th day of February, 1841, he took his departure to his eternal home above, and left me to grope my way alone as far as outward things are concerned, but everlasting thanks to our Heavenly Father, his stay on earth had been prolonged for sufficient time to arouse me to search and to love the Heavenly Doctrines which were the delight of his life, and which have proved of such inestimable value to me.
     One little event connected with religious life I remember very distinctly. A friend wished me to accompany her to church (Methodist), and the lively devotional spirit affected me so that a sense of my isolated and forlorn state became almost intolerable, and on reaching home where my husband was sick in bed, I sat down beside him and told him my trouble, and said I, "The only remedy is for us to unite with some branch of the Christian Church where we may find a temporary resting place, as we may never find any New Church while living in Pittsburgh."
     My husband smiled at my remark and simply replied, "Please to reach me The Christian Religion," which he opened and read the explanations of the Divine Words, "No man putteth a piece of new cloth upon an old garment," also this-in regard to "putting new wine into old bottles." "Now," said he, "how could you get along with the new wine by mixing up with any sect of the Old Church? You might indeed be externally among them, but your heart and soul would refuse to co-operate, and nothing but discord and trouble would ensue, and there would not exist any platform upon which we could unite." Well, I was like the girl in the play, I concluded to sleep and waken upon it. Next morning on being asked what I had concluded to do about joining the Methodist body, my reply was couched in these words, "Andrew, I see clearly, that such a step would be altogether wrong and productive of no possible good to either party, and I am satisfied that there is no other way but to wait, no matter how long, until further developments in the course of events might bring about a change, and a day might dawn when we would be blessed with the society of those with whom we had real genuine sympathy."
     My record now reaches a little forward. My sister's mind became very receptive under the conversations indulged in, and the reading of Mr. Noble's work on the Plenary Inspiration of the Sacred Scripture. She became convinced, and so delighted that she said, "Why everybody will believe that, whenever presented."
     Another incident I may mention here. Alexander Campbell was then a leader among the Baptists; my I sister, her husband, my husband and myself went on a Sunday evening to hear him discourse. Toward the close, his manner became very impressive, and he spoke in this wise: " I believe that at the Great Day of Accounts it will be found that thousands have perilled their salvation upon the turning of a straw." These words, together with the manner of their delivery, so impressed my sister that sleep went entirely away, and she could find no rest until she came to us in her sore distress. My husband arose and dressed, and with his usual generous, kindness tendered her his aid and counsel. To this day she remembers his remarks with due thankfulness, as they surely pointed her the right direction.
     We now come to the main subject; viz., the way in which I became acquainted with a few individuals who professed a belief in the Writings, and who afterward formed the small Society in Pittsburgh.
     An acquaintance of ours to whom we had talked about religious matters a good deal, and had acquired some knowledge regarding the claims of the New Church, was attracted to a volume which he saw lying upon the counter in a store where he happened to have some business, and on opening it, found it was Mr. Barrett's Lectures, and on inquiring as to who owned it, was told that it belonged to Mr. John Mellor, and, further, that he was a believer in views therein contained, he lost no time in finding that gentleman, telling him about me, and how anxious I was to find even one individual who could sympathize and reciprocate in the acknowledgment of the worth of the treasures of heavenly wisdom vouchsafed to the world in these latter days, and which often caused me to pause and ask myself: "Can it be possible that of all the multitude of church-goers whom I meet on Sunday on their way to the many places of worship, not one among the number knows anything about the good tidings except one solitary woman?" and frequently questions arose in my mind causing me uneasiness; but the Arm of Truth invariably upheld me, and in the conflict I always came out the conqueror, and more and more confirmed in my convictions of the Divine Origin to which the Doctrines lay claim.
     Your readers may believe me when I tell them how much pleased I was, when, one day, two strange gentlemen called upon me (I was then living at the house of my sister in Allegheny). They told me they had heard that I was alone, and wanted so much to find if there were any Newchurchmen in or about the neighborhood. I told them of my trouble, and showed them some of the works which we had brought with us from Scotland, and of course we became friends at once. Mr. Mellor invited me to his house, where afterward the Society was formed.
     I am unable to give the particulars as to how it was brought about that the Rev. Richard DeCharms visited us, but I remember how diligently we tried to hunt everywhere to find if others might possibly be found. The New Jerusalem Magazine had the name of Mr. Caleb Isbister printed in the list of Isolated Receivers. Him we found living at Sharpsburg, about six miles from the city. He was immediately notified that his presence was invited to meet a few friends who were endeavoring to make some arrangements to have meetings, etc. Ere this, however, I may mention that the name of Mr. Andrew Cline was added to the number, and Mr. George Smith, who had lately arrived from Lancashire, England, and was a firm believer as well as the rest of us, which is a point not to be lost sight of, as earnest and sincere acceptance of the great Truth of the Second Coming of the LORD may be said to be a great centre from which may flow a genuine desire and effort to give fixedness and stability to conviction. Well, as I have said above, it remains a mystery to me by what means the event was brought about, but well do I remember that sacred day in the month of November, 1841, when I was invited to the house of Mr. John Mellor, and there I met the parties above alluded to, and Mr. and Mrs. Foster, whose infant daughter along with myself, was baptized by Mr. De Charms. It seems to me that prior to the meeting, perhaps a day or two, a Constitution was written out by him, assisted by Mr. Cline. This was read and approved and our signatures affixed to it before the Society was formally organized. I must not forget to state that Miss Elizabeth Young, daughter of Judge Young (who afterward became Mrs. Woods), who but recently deceased, was along with her sister, and also signed the Constitution.
     I had intended to say a great many things regarding our success and efforts to procure the services of a regular minister, and other points which to me were so intensely interesting, but having procured the Society journal, I find a pretty full and accurate account has been kept, and a printed document written by our much loved brother, J. H. McClellaud, and published in the Messenger over ten years ago; so it is unnecessary to enter into further details, as these records will be sufficient for reference at any time, if wanted.

230




     I will only allude to that memorable day when it was permitted to hear the sound of a New Church minister's voice, David Powell, who thus began reading from the old book of worship: "Come ye and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD, and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk in His paths." The effect upon my mind was so overpowering that era I was aware the tears were running down my cheeks, and although the place of meeting was very humble and obscure, my heart overflowed with gratitude, for the LORD was assuredly present, and we knew it.
     And now, dear friends, I will bid you all goodbye. Over three score and ten years have passed over my head, and the things of time will soon vanish from my sight, but I rejoice to say the verities of the New Jerusalem have lost none of their attraction with the lapse of years. Nay, my insight and love for them becomes stronger and stronger every day, and as the heavenly store is of infinite magnitude, the more we acquire, so much greater will be the increase.
     ANNA AITKEN.
They who from the spirit think of God 1891

They who from the spirit think of God              1891

     They who from the spirit think of God present to themselves the idea of the Divine under a human species.- A. C. 3705.
PROSPERITY OF THE IMMANUEL CHURCH 1891

PROSPERITY OF THE IMMANUEL CHURCH       A. E. N       1891

     THE Immanuel Church is happy and prosperous. The Friday evening classes are well attended. The reading of the work On Divine Love and Wisdom is being continued, and the subjects treated of there, furnish such interesting themes for discussion and instruction that one can hardly feel reconciled to missing a single meeting when called away on business.
     The Church will soon be under the charge of a resident pastor. The Rev. N. D. Pendleton, who has for the past year been ministering to the Church, is now nominated by the Bishop to the office of Pastor of Immanuel Church. A meeting of the Church was held, October 7th, to answer the question of the Bishop, "Whether the members of the Church can in freedom and with confidence accept the Rev. N. D. Pendleton as their pastor."
      Almost all the gentlemen of the Church spoke at this meeting, and their expressions were so free and uniformly in the affirmative that we are now anticipating with pleasure an early visit from the Bishop to install Mr. Pendleton as our pastor.
     There seems always to be some one thing that attracts the attention and affection of the members of this Church to such an extent that other things seem trivial when compared with it. Our special source of delight at present is the Orchestra which if it continues to grow, as it has lately, will soon be embarrassed for want of an audience before which to perform.
     The orchestra has expanded from a very small beginning several years ago, until now it has the dignity conferred upon it of being a church institution, and is now called the Immanuel Church Orchestra.
     As it is under the government of the Church, the only officers of the orchestra are a director, Mr. O. Blackman; a kapell-meister, Mr. John Forrest, and a treasurer, Mr. Henry Cowley. The treasury is a continual source of interest, for the generous way in which it is voluntarily filled makes it an accurate thermometer registering the warmth and general interest in the orchestra.
     From the funds in the treasury all good music is bought, and whenever any one' in the Church displays musical talent, and is in earnest in his desire to join us, the orchestra will, through its treasury, give him whatever assistance is necessary to purchase a good instrument and obtain instruction. This course is followed because genius is not found among the opulent only.
     The orchestra meets every Sunday afternoon to practice, and at periodical intervals or when a few new pieces have been learned, a public rehearsal is given, to which all are invited. The first of these public rehearsals took place November 8th, and in spite of the rainy weather there was a large attendance. A programme of five numbers was rendered, including cornet and trombone solos with orchestral accompaniment, a violin solo, a string quartette, and an overture for a full orchestra.
     Whatever may have been the musical merit of this performance, it certainly was enjoyed very much by those present.
     Sixteen instruments now respond to the director's baton; there are three first violins, two second violins, two violas, two 'cellos, and one double bass; also one flute, two clarionets, two cornets, and a trombone. Besides these there are several understudies and aspirants.
     The orchestra practise and rehearsals are held in the annex built this summer to accommodate the increased attendance of the school.
     This hall will be very useful in the social life of the Church, and it promises to become the scene of many good times during the coming winter. A dancing class will be held there every other Thursday evening. A professional dancing teacher has been engaged to instruct the class.
     The Dancing Class, the Orchestra, the Academy School, and the Immanuel Church have united in buying a first-class Weber piano. Each has the use of it for its purpose.
     CHICAGO, November 10th. A. E. N.
All who see God as Man 1891

All who see God as Man              1891

     All who see God as Man, see Him from the Lord.- A. E. 1114.
ALLENTOWN CHURCH 1891

ALLENTOWN CHURCH              1891

     THE Rev. H. Synnestvedt has resumed his visits, under the pastoral direction of the Rev. E. J. E. Schreck, who went to Allentown in September, baptized a young man and administered the sacrament of the Holy Supper. On the Sundays alternating with the visits, the services are led by one of the laymen, who reads from the Writings or some published sermon. The doctrinal class, consisting of young and old together, has finished reading the first part of Conjugial Love, and has taken up the study of The Apocalypse Revealed. These meetings are held at the houses of the members, in rotation. The Sunday-school, which is held just before the services, is receiving elementary instruction in the Doctrines as presented in The New Jerusalem and Its Heavenly Doctrine. The scholars are also committing to memory passages from the Word and the Faith of the New Heaven and of the New Church.
     The young people have formed what is called the "Euphonia," which is the name of a use in the Society rather than of a society within the Church. They meet weekly, read history, sing, and engage in social diversions. For further particulars concerning "Euphonia," see The Bulletin.

231



angels in Heaven are in Man 1891

angels in Heaven are in Man              1891

     The angels in Heaven are in Man, Who is the Divine Proceeding of the Lord.- A. E. 1115.
LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN 1891

LETTER FROM GREAT BRITAIN       JAMES CALDWELL       1891

     Communicated.

[Responsibility for the views expressed in this Department rests with the writers.]

     IT is often urged by "New Church" ministers, that the Doctrines are dry and uninteresting. This is put forward as a reason for not preaching doctrinal sermons. This may be the reason why ministers do not preach such sermons, but it could not be honestly urged by the people as a reason for not hearing them; for "dry" reading is of ordinary, every-day consumption. Lawyers pore over blue books and business men spend hours with their ledgers; nothing seems to interest them so much. Oh! but these do that for a livelihood! Exactly. And eternal life requires that men should give attention to "dry" doctrine. But all the "dry" reading is not done from necessity. What more "dry" than a report of a foot-ball match, or similar event? Yet the youth and' young men of this generation seem to be given over to that kind of intellectual pabulum. There must be some other reason why heavenly doctrine is unpalatable to the people. In any case, what the people like is not the thing to be considered. The people need doctrine; for by means of doctrine alone can they be saved from their, sins. The people, as has been shown, can read, converse upon, and study very dry things. It is the minister's duty to give them dry doctrine to consider. If the people refuse to hear, the sin will be on their own heads, and the minister will have saved his soul.     
     ON more than one occasion during the proceedings of the recent Conference of the New Church, it was asserted that that body was the only representative of the New Church in this country. Why is the Conference so suspiciously eager to emphasize its claim at this moment? Is it because it will not be able truthfully to make a like claim ever again? Or does it seek to discount in advance the claims of another body of the New Church? Surely, its case is not so intrinsically weak already; in its own estimation, too.
     JAMES CALDWELL.
In every spirit 1891

In every spirit              1891

     In every spirit, and also in every man, when he is in the idea of his spirit, it is inseated to think of God as Man.- A. E. 1115.
STREET, IN SOMERSETSHIRE, ENGLAND 1891

STREET, IN SOMERSETSHIRE, ENGLAND              1891

     ACTING upon a suspicion that the members of the little band of New Church people in Street, a village in Somersetshire, believed in the Heavenly Doctrines as the Academy does, the West of England Missionary Association refused to prosecute the missionary work in that village.
     In the, correspondence on the subject that passed be one of the ministers of the Association, the Rev. C. H. Wilkins, of Bristol, and the Secretary of the Society, Mr. Frank H. Rose, the former says:
     On the Academy's own showing, it is no minor matter on which these two bodies differ [i.e., the Academy and the English Conference]. They differ on essentials and on essentials they differ diametrically. So differing, they cannot possibly work together.     
     "Indeed, the Conference, in so far as I understand its spirit, is very much more in sympathy with the members of the other Christian communions than with the Academy.
     "My question to you, therefore, meant simply, Is the Street Society turning toward the Academy or toward the Conference? And it was asked because I, for one, decline to take any part in any missionary operations carried on, directly or indirectly, in connection with a Society which supports the position taken by the Academy.
     "I put the matter thus bluntly because I am anxious to prevent all possibility of being misunderstood. Sincerely hoping that you will feel yourself able to frankly deny that the little Street Society is, in any way, turning toward the Academy, and sincerely wishing you and yours every truest blessing," etc.
     In a postscript, Mr. Wilkins writes: "I have shown this letter to my friend and brother Mr. Martin [minister of the Bath Society], and I am glad to say that to every word of it he gives his hearty indorsement."
     Mr. Rose closes the correspondence with these words: "We are sorry that you should draw such a distinction between the Academy and the Conference, but as we cannot accept any views that differ diametrically from the Divine Authority of the Writings, and the absolute deadness of the Old Church, the foundations of the Academy's position, we are compelled to decline further aid from the West of England Missionary Association."
Most Ancients 1891

Most Ancients              1891

     The Most Ancients, more than their posterity, worshiped God visible under a human form.- A. E. 1116.
CHRISTMAS PRESENTS 1891

CHRISTMAS PRESENTS              1891

     THE Academy Book Room has a number of books, well adapted for Christmas presents, of which the following are a few:
THE WORD IN HEBREW AND GREEK. According to the New Church Canon. Elegantly bound in full cochineal morocco, gilt edges (5 1/4 x 8 1/2 inches). Price, $9.00.
THE SACRED SCRIPTURE, or THE WORD OF THE LORD. Octavo edition. According to the New Church Canon. Handsomely bound in full cochineal morocco, gilt edges. Also, in maroon morocco, flexible cover, gilt edges. Price of either, $5.00.
Same, in half cochineal morocco, gilt edge, $4.00.
Same, very neatly bound in brown, in half morocco, gilt edge, $3.00.
The above prices include postage.
CONJUGIAL LOVE. New English edition (see review in Life for November). Cloth, $1.00. Also bound to order in any style, at a moderate advance in price.
DIVINE LOVE AND WISDOM. English foolscap edition. Cloth, 75 cents; postage, 6 cents.
The same. Pocket edition. Handsomely bound, cloth, 40 cents; postage, 5 cents.

We would suggest that any of the books referred to Calendar of the General Church of the Advent of the LORD, just published, would make acceptable holiday gifts. Our catalogue, which will be sent free on application, contains a descriptive list of all other books on sale.
     ACADEMY BOOK ROOM,
     1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.

232



NEWS GLEANINGS 1891

NEWS GLEANINGS       Various       1891


     NEW CHURCH LIFE.

     PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE ACADEMY OF THE NEW CHURCH.

TERMS:-One Dollar per annum, payable in advance.
     The EDITOR'S address is No. 868 North Nineteenth Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Address all business communications to MR. CARL HJ. ASPLUNDH, Agent, No. 1821 Wallace Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
     Subscriptions are also received through the following agents:
UNITED STATES:-MR. JOHN B. SYNNESTVEDT, 85 Dearborn Street, Chicago, Ill.
     MR. R. W. MEANS. JR. 21 Windsor Street, Allegheny, Pa.
CANADA:-MR. RUDOLPH ROSCHMAN, Waterloo, Ontario.
ENGLAND:-REV. R. J. TILSON, 2 Inglis Street Camberwell, London, S. E.
     MR. G. A. MCQUEEN, Roman Road, Colchester.
     MR. JAS. CALDWELL, 59 County Road, N., Liverpool.
SCOTLAND:-MR. WM. ROBERTSON, 18 Charmichael Street, Gowan, Glasgow.

     PHILADELPHIA, DECEMBER, 1891=122.

      CONTENTS.

     Editorial Notes p. 217.- The Gospel of the Kingdom (a Sermon), p. 218- Extinction of all the Truth of Doctrine of the Ancient Church (Genesis xxxiv, 18-31), p. 221.- The Holy Spirit and the Communication, p. 223.-Notes on Ecclesiastical History; I. The Church, p. 225.
     Notes and Reviews, p. 226.
     The General Church.- The Fiftieth Anniversary of the Pittsburgh Society, p. 227.-Reminiscences of the Formation of the Pittsburgh Society, p. 228.-Prosperity of the Immanuel Church, p. 230.- The Allentown church, p. 230.
     Communicated.-Letter from Great Britain, p. 231.- Street in Somersetshire, England, p. 231.- Christmas Presents, p. 231.
     News Gleanings, p. 232.-Births, Marriages, and Deaths, p. 232.
     AT HOME.

     Maryland.- THE Rev. J. E. Smith has delivered a course of lectures at Peachblossom.
     Washington, D. C.- THE Ministers of the Maryland Association held their quarterly conference here, on October 15th, when several papers were read pertaining to missionary work.
     Ohio.- THE Rev. Percy Billings, formerly Pastor of the Portland, Maine, Society, is now Pastor of the Cleveland Society.
     Massachusetts.- A MOVEMENT is on foot at Cambridge to erect a house of worship on the grounds of the Theological School of the General Convention, for which purpose $700 is on hand, and $2,000 have been promised.
      THE Rev. G. I. Ward was installed as pastor of the Lancaster Society, on October 21st, by the General Pastor, the Rev. John Worcester.
     THE Rev. W. H. Hinkley's decennial as pastor at Brookline was celebrated on October 21st, with a reception at the house of the pastor. Among those present were five of the twenty members that organized this Society thirty-five years ago.
     Virginia.- A MISSIONARY tour has been made by the Rev. Lewis F. Hite through the counties of Prince William, Rappahannock Culpepper, and eight different places visited.
     Minnesota.- THE sixteenth annual meeting of the Minnesota- Association was held, October 23d, at St. Paul. The Rev. Messrs. Ed. C. Mitchell and J. S. David were present, and sixty-three members, thirty of whom were from Minneapolis.
     California.- THE Rev. D. A. Dryden will preach every Sunday morning at San Jose, instead of fortnightly as heretofore.
     Texas.- THE Rev. Jabez Fox lectured last in San Antonio, Pearsall, and Corpus Christi, and has returned to Galveston.
     Canada.- THE Annual Harvest Festival was celebrated in Toronto, October 11th, on which occasion the church was abundantly decorated with flowers and fruit, which were afterward distributed to the sick and infirm. The Pastor, the Rev. L. G. Allbutt, preached in the morning, and Mr. S. B. Dick, of Bromley, Kent, England, lectured in the evening.
     New York.- THE Rev. M. C. Callan, formerly of Lynn, Mass., will take charge of the New Church Circles existing on Long Island, Bayshore, and Hempstead, under the auspices of the New York Association.
     Maine.- THE Maine Association has engaged the Rev. J. B. Spiers for missionary work in this State. Mr. Spiers is making his home at Saco, where he has begun work among receivers in that place.
     Missouri.- THE St. Louis Society began services on September 20th, in their new place of worship. The building will seat about 250. The Rev. A. Roeder preached here October 11th.

     ABROAD.

     Great Britain.- A SPECIAL Service was held at the Surrey Masonic Hall, on Sunday, September 6th, when the Rev. R. J. Tilson preached on the Doctrine of the Word. New copies of The Word, in Hebrew and Greek, and The True Christian Religion, in Latin, were on this occasion put into use, as well as a pedestal for the offertory box. A very pleasing description of the workmanship on these things will be found in the November issue of the Church Monthly.
     THE Rev. R. J. Tilson visited Leicester, September 21st, and baptized a family consisting of husband, wife, and four children.
     THE seventeenth annual meeting of the New Church Evidence Society was held in London, on October 17th. The object of this Society is to vindicate the New Church and its doctrines from misrepresentations.
     THE New Church Orphanage held its tenth annual meeting in London, on October 26th at which the Rev. John Presland presided. Thirty-four children are at present maintained by this institution.
     THE twenty-fifth anniversary of the Rev. W. Westall's ordination was celebrated by the Middleton Society, on October 28th, on which occasion there were present, among others, the Revs. Messrs. J. J. Woodford, E. Jones, J. T. Freeth, and H. Cameron, each one giving an address congratulating Mr. Westall on the work he has done during the past year.
     MR. W. J. Adcock, of Derby, has accepted a unanimous invitation to the Pastorate of the Liverpool Society.
     THE Rev. Joseph Deans, after a seven years' connection with the Leeds Society, has received and accepted a unanimous invitation to become the Pastor of the Cathedral Street Society in Glasgow, to take effect with the beginning of the new year.
     MR. S. W. Wall was Introduced as Assistant Minister of the South Side Society in Glasgow, on October 23d, the second anniversary of their new house of worship.
     "A NEWCHURCHMAN of considerable experience in Africa" advertises in Morning Light for gentlemen of means who would be interested in forming an Association with the ultimate object of communicating with the tribes in Africa referred to in the Writings, "with the view to the performance of reciprocal uses; and perhaps the formation of New Church colonies."
     Sweden.- AN extensive missionary tour has been made this summer throughout the middle provinces, by the Rev. C. J. N. Manby, who has visited twenty towns, delivering lectures to both small and large audiences.